]> code.delx.au - gnu-emacs/blob - lisp/ldefs-boot.el
; Auto-commit of loaddefs files.
[gnu-emacs] / lisp / ldefs-boot.el
1 ;;; loaddefs.el --- automatically extracted autoloads
2 ;;
3 ;;; Code:
4
5 \f
6 ;;;### (autoloads nil "5x5" "play/5x5.el" (22026 25907 631502 692000))
7 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/5x5.el
8
9 (autoload '5x5 "5x5" "\
10 Play 5x5.
11
12 The object of 5x5 is very simple, by moving around the grid and flipping
13 squares you must fill the grid.
14
15 5x5 keyboard bindings are:
16 \\<5x5-mode-map>
17 Flip \\[5x5-flip-current]
18 Move up \\[5x5-up]
19 Move down \\[5x5-down]
20 Move left \\[5x5-left]
21 Move right \\[5x5-right]
22 Start new game \\[5x5-new-game]
23 New game with random grid \\[5x5-randomize]
24 Random cracker \\[5x5-crack-randomly]
25 Mutate current cracker \\[5x5-crack-mutating-current]
26 Mutate best cracker \\[5x5-crack-mutating-best]
27 Mutate xor cracker \\[5x5-crack-xor-mutate]
28 Solve with Calc \\[5x5-solve-suggest]
29 Rotate left Calc Solutions \\[5x5-solve-rotate-left]
30 Rotate right Calc Solutions \\[5x5-solve-rotate-right]
31 Quit current game \\[5x5-quit-game]
32
33 \(fn &optional SIZE)" t nil)
34
35 (autoload '5x5-crack-randomly "5x5" "\
36 Attempt to crack 5x5 using random solutions.
37
38 \(fn)" t nil)
39
40 (autoload '5x5-crack-mutating-current "5x5" "\
41 Attempt to crack 5x5 by mutating the current solution.
42
43 \(fn)" t nil)
44
45 (autoload '5x5-crack-mutating-best "5x5" "\
46 Attempt to crack 5x5 by mutating the best solution.
47
48 \(fn)" t nil)
49
50 (autoload '5x5-crack-xor-mutate "5x5" "\
51 Attempt to crack 5x5 by xoring the current and best solution.
52 Mutate the result.
53
54 \(fn)" t nil)
55
56 (autoload '5x5-crack "5x5" "\
57 Attempt to find a solution for 5x5.
58
59 5x5-crack takes the argument BREEDER which should be a function that takes
60 two parameters, the first will be a grid vector array that is the current
61 solution and the second will be the best solution so far. The function
62 should return a grid vector array that is the new solution.
63
64 \(fn BREEDER)" t nil)
65
66 ;;;***
67 \f
68 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ada-mode" "progmodes/ada-mode.el" (22011 58553
69 ;;;;;; 865858 469000))
70 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ada-mode.el
71
72 (autoload 'ada-add-extensions "ada-mode" "\
73 Define SPEC and BODY as being valid extensions for Ada files.
74 Going from body to spec with `ff-find-other-file' used these
75 extensions.
76 SPEC and BODY are two regular expressions that must match against
77 the file name.
78
79 \(fn SPEC BODY)" nil nil)
80
81 (autoload 'ada-mode "ada-mode" "\
82 Ada mode is the major mode for editing Ada code.
83
84 \(fn)" t nil)
85
86 ;;;***
87 \f
88 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ada-stmt" "progmodes/ada-stmt.el" (21670 32331
89 ;;;;;; 385639 720000))
90 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ada-stmt.el
91
92 (autoload 'ada-header "ada-stmt" "\
93 Insert a descriptive header at the top of the file.
94
95 \(fn)" t nil)
96
97 ;;;***
98 \f
99 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ada-xref" "progmodes/ada-xref.el" (22011 58553
100 ;;;;;; 869858 469000))
101 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ada-xref.el
102
103 (autoload 'ada-find-file "ada-xref" "\
104 Open FILENAME, from anywhere in the source path.
105 Completion is available.
106
107 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
108
109 ;;;***
110 \f
111 ;;;### (autoloads nil "add-log" "vc/add-log.el" (22011 58554 85858
112 ;;;;;; 469000))
113 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/add-log.el
114
115 (put 'change-log-default-name 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
116
117 (defvar add-log-current-defun-function nil "\
118 If non-nil, function to guess name of surrounding function.
119 It is called by `add-log-current-defun' with no argument, and
120 should return the function's name as a string, or nil if point is
121 outside a function.")
122
123 (custom-autoload 'add-log-current-defun-function "add-log" t)
124
125 (defvar add-log-full-name nil "\
126 Full name of user, for inclusion in ChangeLog daily headers.
127 This defaults to the value returned by the function `user-full-name'.")
128
129 (custom-autoload 'add-log-full-name "add-log" t)
130
131 (defvar add-log-mailing-address nil "\
132 Email addresses of user, for inclusion in ChangeLog headers.
133 This defaults to the value of `user-mail-address'. In addition to
134 being a simple string, this value can also be a list. All elements
135 will be recognized as referring to the same user; when creating a new
136 ChangeLog entry, one element will be chosen at random.")
137
138 (custom-autoload 'add-log-mailing-address "add-log" t)
139
140 (autoload 'prompt-for-change-log-name "add-log" "\
141 Prompt for a change log name.
142
143 \(fn)" nil nil)
144
145 (autoload 'find-change-log "add-log" "\
146 Find a change log file for \\[add-change-log-entry] and return the name.
147
148 Optional arg FILE-NAME specifies the file to use.
149 If FILE-NAME is nil, use the value of `change-log-default-name'.
150 If `change-log-default-name' is nil, behave as though it were \"ChangeLog\"
151 \(or whatever we use on this operating system).
152
153 If `change-log-default-name' contains a leading directory component, then
154 simply find it in the current directory. Otherwise, search in the current
155 directory and its successive parents for a file so named.
156
157 Once a file is found, `change-log-default-name' is set locally in the
158 current buffer to the complete file name.
159 Optional arg BUFFER-FILE overrides `buffer-file-name'.
160
161 \(fn &optional FILE-NAME BUFFER-FILE)" nil nil)
162
163 (autoload 'add-change-log-entry "add-log" "\
164 Find change log file, and add an entry for today and an item for this file.
165 Optional arg WHOAMI (interactive prefix) non-nil means prompt for user
166 name and email (stored in `add-log-full-name' and `add-log-mailing-address').
167
168 Second arg FILE-NAME is file name of the change log.
169 If nil, use the value of `change-log-default-name'.
170
171 Third arg OTHER-WINDOW non-nil means visit in other window.
172
173 Fourth arg NEW-ENTRY non-nil means always create a new entry at the front;
174 never append to an existing entry. Option `add-log-keep-changes-together'
175 otherwise affects whether a new entry is created.
176
177 Fifth arg PUT-NEW-ENTRY-ON-NEW-LINE non-nil means that if a new
178 entry is created, put it on a new line by itself, do not put it
179 after a comma on an existing line.
180
181 Option `add-log-always-start-new-record' non-nil means always create a
182 new record, even when the last record was made on the same date and by
183 the same person.
184
185 The change log file can start with a copyright notice and a copying
186 permission notice. The first blank line indicates the end of these
187 notices.
188
189 Today's date is calculated according to `add-log-time-zone-rule' if
190 non-nil, otherwise in local time.
191
192 \(fn &optional WHOAMI FILE-NAME OTHER-WINDOW NEW-ENTRY PUT-NEW-ENTRY-ON-NEW-LINE)" t nil)
193
194 (autoload 'add-change-log-entry-other-window "add-log" "\
195 Find change log file in other window and add entry and item.
196 This is just like `add-change-log-entry' except that it displays
197 the change log file in another window.
198
199 \(fn &optional WHOAMI FILE-NAME)" t nil)
200
201 (autoload 'change-log-mode "add-log" "\
202 Major mode for editing change logs; like Indented Text mode.
203 Prevents numeric backups and sets `left-margin' to 8 and `fill-column' to 74.
204 New log entries are usually made with \\[add-change-log-entry] or \\[add-change-log-entry-other-window].
205 Each entry behaves as a paragraph, and the entries for one day as a page.
206 Runs `change-log-mode-hook'.
207
208 \\{change-log-mode-map}
209
210 \(fn)" t nil)
211
212 (autoload 'add-log-current-defun "add-log" "\
213 Return name of function definition point is in, or nil.
214
215 Understands C, Lisp, LaTeX (\"functions\" are chapters, sections, ...),
216 Texinfo (@node titles) and Perl.
217
218 Other modes are handled by a heuristic that looks in the 10K before
219 point for uppercase headings starting in the first column or
220 identifiers followed by `:' or `='. See variables
221 `add-log-current-defun-header-regexp' and
222 `add-log-current-defun-function'.
223
224 Has a preference of looking backwards.
225
226 \(fn)" nil nil)
227
228 (autoload 'change-log-merge "add-log" "\
229 Merge the contents of change log file OTHER-LOG with this buffer.
230 Both must be found in Change Log mode (since the merging depends on
231 the appropriate motion commands). OTHER-LOG can be either a file name
232 or a buffer.
233
234 Entries are inserted in chronological order. Both the current and
235 old-style time formats for entries are supported.
236
237 \(fn OTHER-LOG)" t nil)
238
239 ;;;***
240 \f
241 ;;;### (autoloads nil "advice" "emacs-lisp/advice.el" (22011 58553
242 ;;;;;; 345858 469000))
243 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/advice.el
244
245 (defvar ad-redefinition-action 'warn "\
246 Defines what to do with redefinitions during Advice de/activation.
247 Redefinition occurs if a previously activated function that already has an
248 original definition associated with it gets redefined and then de/activated.
249 In such a case we can either accept the current definition as the new
250 original definition, discard the current definition and replace it with the
251 old original, or keep it and raise an error. The values `accept', `discard',
252 `error' or `warn' govern what will be done. `warn' is just like `accept' but
253 it additionally prints a warning message. All other values will be
254 interpreted as `error'.")
255
256 (custom-autoload 'ad-redefinition-action "advice" t)
257
258 (defvar ad-default-compilation-action 'maybe "\
259 Defines whether to compile advised definitions during activation.
260 A value of `always' will result in unconditional compilation, `never' will
261 always avoid compilation, `maybe' will compile if the byte-compiler is already
262 loaded, and `like-original' will compile if the original definition of the
263 advised function is compiled or a built-in function. Every other value will
264 be interpreted as `maybe'. This variable will only be considered if the
265 COMPILE argument of `ad-activate' was supplied as nil.")
266
267 (custom-autoload 'ad-default-compilation-action "advice" t)
268
269 (autoload 'ad-enable-advice "advice" "\
270 Enables the advice of FUNCTION with CLASS and NAME.
271
272 \(fn FUNCTION CLASS NAME)" t nil)
273
274 (autoload 'ad-disable-advice "advice" "\
275 Disable the advice of FUNCTION with CLASS and NAME.
276
277 \(fn FUNCTION CLASS NAME)" t nil)
278
279 (autoload 'ad-add-advice "advice" "\
280 Add a piece of ADVICE to FUNCTION's list of advices in CLASS.
281
282 ADVICE has the form (NAME PROTECTED ENABLED DEFINITION), where
283 NAME is the advice name; PROTECTED is a flag specifying whether
284 to protect against non-local exits; ENABLED is a flag specifying
285 whether to initially enable the advice; and DEFINITION has the
286 form (advice . LAMBDA), where LAMBDA is a lambda expression.
287
288 If FUNCTION already has a piece of advice with the same name,
289 then POSITION is ignored, and the old advice is overwritten with
290 the new one.
291
292 If FUNCTION already has one or more pieces of advice of the
293 specified CLASS, then POSITION determines where the new piece
294 goes. POSITION can either be `first', `last' or a number (where
295 0 corresponds to `first', and numbers outside the valid range are
296 mapped to the closest extremal position).
297
298 If FUNCTION was not advised already, its advice info will be
299 initialized. Redefining a piece of advice whose name is part of
300 the cache-id will clear the cache.
301
302 \(fn FUNCTION ADVICE CLASS POSITION)" nil nil)
303
304 (autoload 'ad-activate "advice" "\
305 Activate all the advice information of an advised FUNCTION.
306 If FUNCTION has a proper original definition then an advised
307 definition will be generated from FUNCTION's advice info and the
308 definition of FUNCTION will be replaced with it. If a previously
309 cached advised definition was available, it will be used.
310 The optional COMPILE argument determines whether the resulting function
311 or a compilable cached definition will be compiled. If it is negative
312 no compilation will be performed, if it is positive or otherwise non-nil
313 the resulting function will be compiled, if it is nil the behavior depends
314 on the value of `ad-default-compilation-action' (which see).
315 Activation of an advised function that has an advice info but no actual
316 pieces of advice is equivalent to a call to `ad-unadvise'. Activation of
317 an advised function that has actual pieces of advice but none of them are
318 enabled is equivalent to a call to `ad-deactivate'. The current advised
319 definition will always be cached for later usage.
320
321 \(fn FUNCTION &optional COMPILE)" t nil)
322
323 (autoload 'defadvice "advice" "\
324 Define a piece of advice for FUNCTION (a symbol).
325 The syntax of `defadvice' is as follows:
326
327 (defadvice FUNCTION (CLASS NAME [POSITION] [ARGLIST] FLAG...)
328 [DOCSTRING] [INTERACTIVE-FORM]
329 BODY...)
330
331 FUNCTION ::= Name of the function to be advised.
332 CLASS ::= `before' | `around' | `after' | `activation' | `deactivation'.
333 NAME ::= Non-nil symbol that names this piece of advice.
334 POSITION ::= `first' | `last' | NUMBER. Optional, defaults to `first',
335 see also `ad-add-advice'.
336 ARGLIST ::= An optional argument list to be used for the advised function
337 instead of the argument list of the original. The first one found in
338 before/around/after-advices will be used.
339 FLAG ::= `protect'|`disable'|`activate'|`compile'|`preactivate'.
340 All flags can be specified with unambiguous initial substrings.
341 DOCSTRING ::= Optional documentation for this piece of advice.
342 INTERACTIVE-FORM ::= Optional interactive form to be used for the advised
343 function. The first one found in before/around/after-advices will be used.
344 BODY ::= Any s-expression.
345
346 Semantics of the various flags:
347 `protect': The piece of advice will be protected against non-local exits in
348 any code that precedes it. If any around-advice of a function is protected
349 then automatically all around-advices will be protected (the complete onion).
350
351 `activate': All advice of FUNCTION will be activated immediately if
352 FUNCTION has been properly defined prior to this application of `defadvice'.
353
354 `compile': In conjunction with `activate' specifies that the resulting
355 advised function should be compiled.
356
357 `disable': The defined advice will be disabled, hence, it will not be used
358 during activation until somebody enables it.
359
360 `preactivate': Preactivates the advised FUNCTION at macro-expansion/compile
361 time. This generates a compiled advised definition according to the current
362 advice state that will be used during activation if appropriate. Only use
363 this if the `defadvice' gets actually compiled.
364
365 usage: (defadvice FUNCTION (CLASS NAME [POSITION] [ARGLIST] FLAG...)
366 [DOCSTRING] [INTERACTIVE-FORM]
367 BODY...)
368
369 \(fn FUNCTION ARGS &rest BODY)" nil t)
370
371 (function-put 'defadvice 'doc-string-elt '3)
372
373 (function-put 'defadvice 'lisp-indent-function '2)
374
375 ;;;***
376 \f
377 ;;;### (autoloads nil "align" "align.el" (21998 46516 830024 649000))
378 ;;; Generated autoloads from align.el
379
380 (autoload 'align "align" "\
381 Attempt to align a region based on a set of alignment rules.
382 BEG and END mark the region. If BEG and END are specifically set to
383 nil (this can only be done programmatically), the beginning and end of
384 the current alignment section will be calculated based on the location
385 of point, and the value of `align-region-separate' (or possibly each
386 rule's `separate' attribute).
387
388 If SEPARATE is non-nil, it overrides the value of
389 `align-region-separate' for all rules, except those that have their
390 `separate' attribute set.
391
392 RULES and EXCLUDE-RULES, if either is non-nil, will replace the
393 default rule lists defined in `align-rules-list' and
394 `align-exclude-rules-list'. See `align-rules-list' for more details
395 on the format of these lists.
396
397 \(fn BEG END &optional SEPARATE RULES EXCLUDE-RULES)" t nil)
398
399 (autoload 'align-regexp "align" "\
400 Align the current region using an ad-hoc rule read from the minibuffer.
401 BEG and END mark the limits of the region. Interactively, this function
402 prompts for the regular expression REGEXP to align with.
403
404 For example, let's say you had a list of phone numbers, and wanted to
405 align them so that the opening parentheses would line up:
406
407 Fred (123) 456-7890
408 Alice (123) 456-7890
409 Mary-Anne (123) 456-7890
410 Joe (123) 456-7890
411
412 There is no predefined rule to handle this, but you could easily do it
413 using a REGEXP like \"(\". Interactively, all you would have to do is
414 to mark the region, call `align-regexp' and enter that regular expression.
415
416 REGEXP must contain at least one parenthesized subexpression, typically
417 whitespace of the form \"\\\\(\\\\s-*\\\\)\". In normal interactive use,
418 this is automatically added to the start of your regular expression after
419 you enter it. You only need to supply the characters to be lined up, and
420 any preceding whitespace is replaced.
421
422 If you specify a prefix argument (or use this function non-interactively),
423 you must enter the full regular expression, including the subexpression.
424 The function also then prompts for which subexpression parenthesis GROUP
425 \(default 1) within REGEXP to modify, the amount of SPACING (default
426 `align-default-spacing') to use, and whether or not to REPEAT the rule
427 throughout the line.
428
429 See `align-rules-list' for more information about these options.
430
431 The non-interactive form of the previous example would look something like:
432 (align-regexp (point-min) (point-max) \"\\\\(\\\\s-*\\\\)(\")
433
434 This function is a nothing more than a small wrapper that helps you
435 construct a rule to pass to `align-region', which does the real work.
436
437 \(fn BEG END REGEXP &optional GROUP SPACING REPEAT)" t nil)
438
439 (autoload 'align-entire "align" "\
440 Align the selected region as if it were one alignment section.
441 BEG and END mark the extent of the region. If RULES or EXCLUDE-RULES
442 is set to a list of rules (see `align-rules-list'), it can be used to
443 override the default alignment rules that would have been used to
444 align that section.
445
446 \(fn BEG END &optional RULES EXCLUDE-RULES)" t nil)
447
448 (autoload 'align-current "align" "\
449 Call `align' on the current alignment section.
450 This function assumes you want to align only the current section, and
451 so saves you from having to specify the region. If RULES or
452 EXCLUDE-RULES is set to a list of rules (see `align-rules-list'), it
453 can be used to override the default alignment rules that would have
454 been used to align that section.
455
456 \(fn &optional RULES EXCLUDE-RULES)" t nil)
457
458 (autoload 'align-highlight-rule "align" "\
459 Highlight the whitespace which a given rule would have modified.
460 BEG and END mark the extent of the region. TITLE identifies the rule
461 that should be highlighted. If RULES or EXCLUDE-RULES is set to a
462 list of rules (see `align-rules-list'), it can be used to override the
463 default alignment rules that would have been used to identify the text
464 to be colored.
465
466 \(fn BEG END TITLE &optional RULES EXCLUDE-RULES)" t nil)
467
468 (autoload 'align-unhighlight-rule "align" "\
469 Remove any highlighting that was added by `align-highlight-rule'.
470
471 \(fn)" t nil)
472
473 (autoload 'align-newline-and-indent "align" "\
474 A replacement function for `newline-and-indent', aligning as it goes.
475
476 \(fn)" t nil)
477
478 ;;;***
479 \f
480 ;;;### (autoloads nil "allout" "allout.el" (22015 55603 653705 321000))
481 ;;; Generated autoloads from allout.el
482 (push (purecopy '(allout 2 3)) package--builtin-versions)
483
484 (autoload 'allout-auto-activation-helper "allout" "\
485 Institute `allout-auto-activation'.
486
487 Intended to be used as the `allout-auto-activation' :set function.
488
489 \(fn VAR VALUE)" nil nil)
490
491 (autoload 'allout-setup "allout" "\
492 Do fundamental Emacs session for allout auto-activation.
493
494 Establishes allout processing as part of visiting a file if
495 `allout-auto-activation' is non-nil, or removes it otherwise.
496
497 The proper way to use this is through customizing the setting of
498 `allout-auto-activation'.
499
500 \(fn)" nil nil)
501
502 (defvar allout-auto-activation nil "\
503 Configure allout outline mode auto-activation.
504
505 Control whether and how allout outline mode is automatically
506 activated when files are visited with non-nil buffer-specific
507 file variable `allout-layout'.
508
509 When allout-auto-activation is \"On\" (t), allout mode is
510 activated in buffers with non-nil `allout-layout', and the
511 specified layout is applied.
512
513 With value \"ask\", auto-mode-activation is enabled, and endorsement for
514 performing auto-layout is asked of the user each time.
515
516 With value \"activate\", only auto-mode-activation is enabled.
517 Auto-layout is not.
518
519 With value nil, inhibit any automatic allout-mode activation.")
520
521 (custom-autoload 'allout-auto-activation "allout" nil)
522
523 (put 'allout-use-hanging-indents 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'booleanp) 'booleanp (lambda (x) (member x '(t nil)))))
524
525 (put 'allout-reindent-bodies 'safe-local-variable (lambda (x) (memq x '(nil t text force))))
526
527 (put 'allout-show-bodies 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'booleanp) 'booleanp (lambda (x) (member x '(t nil)))))
528
529 (put 'allout-header-prefix 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
530
531 (put 'allout-primary-bullet 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
532
533 (put 'allout-plain-bullets-string 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
534
535 (put 'allout-distinctive-bullets-string 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
536
537 (put 'allout-use-mode-specific-leader 'safe-local-variable (lambda (x) (or (memq x '(t nil allout-mode-leaders comment-start)) (stringp x))))
538
539 (put 'allout-old-style-prefixes 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'booleanp) 'booleanp (lambda (x) (member x '(t nil)))))
540
541 (put 'allout-stylish-prefixes 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'booleanp) 'booleanp (lambda (x) (member x '(t nil)))))
542
543 (put 'allout-numbered-bullet 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'string-or-null-p) 'string-or-null-p (lambda (x) (or (stringp x) (null x)))))
544
545 (put 'allout-file-xref-bullet 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'string-or-null-p) 'string-or-null-p (lambda (x) (or (stringp x) (null x)))))
546
547 (put 'allout-presentation-padding 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
548
549 (put 'allout-layout 'safe-local-variable (lambda (x) (or (numberp x) (listp x) (memq x '(: * + -)))))
550
551 (put 'allout-passphrase-verifier-string 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
552
553 (put 'allout-passphrase-hint-string 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
554
555 (autoload 'allout-mode-p "allout" "\
556 Return t if `allout-mode' is active in current buffer.
557
558 \(fn)" nil t)
559
560 (autoload 'allout-mode "allout" "\
561 Toggle Allout outline mode.
562 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Allout outline mode if ARG is
563 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
564 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
565
566 \\<allout-mode-map-value>
567 Allout outline mode is a minor mode that provides extensive
568 outline oriented formatting and manipulation. It enables
569 structural editing of outlines, as well as navigation and
570 exposure. It also is specifically aimed at accommodating
571 syntax-sensitive text like programming languages. (For example,
572 see the allout code itself, which is organized as an allout
573 outline.)
574
575 In addition to typical outline navigation and exposure, allout includes:
576
577 - topic-oriented authoring, including keystroke-based topic creation,
578 repositioning, promotion/demotion, cut, and paste
579 - incremental search with dynamic exposure and reconcealment of hidden text
580 - adjustable format, so programming code can be developed in outline-structure
581 - easy topic encryption and decryption, symmetric or key-pair
582 - \"Hot-spot\" operation, for single-keystroke maneuvering and exposure control
583 - integral outline layout, for automatic initial exposure when visiting a file
584 - independent extensibility, using comprehensive exposure and authoring hooks
585
586 and many other features.
587
588 Below is a description of the key bindings, and then description
589 of special `allout-mode' features and terminology. See also the
590 outline menubar additions for quick reference to many of the
591 features. Customize `allout-auto-activation' to prepare your
592 Emacs session for automatic activation of `allout-mode'.
593
594 The bindings are those listed in `allout-prefixed-keybindings'
595 and `allout-unprefixed-keybindings'. We recommend customizing
596 `allout-command-prefix' to use just `\\C-c' as the command
597 prefix, if the allout bindings don't conflict with any personal
598 bindings you have on \\C-c. In any case, outline structure
599 navigation and authoring is simplified by positioning the cursor
600 on an item's bullet character, the \"hot-spot\" -- then you can
601 invoke allout commands with just the un-prefixed,
602 un-control-shifted command letters. This is described further in
603 the HOT-SPOT Operation section.
604
605 Exposure Control:
606 ----------------
607 \\[allout-hide-current-subtree] `allout-hide-current-subtree'
608 \\[allout-show-children] `allout-show-children'
609 \\[allout-show-current-subtree] `allout-show-current-subtree'
610 \\[allout-show-current-entry] `allout-show-current-entry'
611 \\[allout-show-all] `allout-show-all'
612
613 Navigation:
614 ----------
615 \\[allout-next-visible-heading] `allout-next-visible-heading'
616 \\[allout-previous-visible-heading] `allout-previous-visible-heading'
617 \\[allout-up-current-level] `allout-up-current-level'
618 \\[allout-forward-current-level] `allout-forward-current-level'
619 \\[allout-backward-current-level] `allout-backward-current-level'
620 \\[allout-end-of-entry] `allout-end-of-entry'
621 \\[allout-beginning-of-current-entry] `allout-beginning-of-current-entry' (alternately, goes to hot-spot)
622 \\[allout-beginning-of-line] `allout-beginning-of-line' -- like regular beginning-of-line, but
623 if immediately repeated cycles to the beginning of the current item
624 and then to the hot-spot (if `allout-beginning-of-line-cycles' is set).
625
626
627 Topic Header Production:
628 -----------------------
629 \\[allout-open-sibtopic] `allout-open-sibtopic' Create a new sibling after current topic.
630 \\[allout-open-subtopic] `allout-open-subtopic' ... an offspring of current topic.
631 \\[allout-open-supertopic] `allout-open-supertopic' ... a sibling of the current topic's parent.
632
633 Topic Level and Prefix Adjustment:
634 ---------------------------------
635 \\[allout-shift-in] `allout-shift-in' Shift current topic and all offspring deeper
636 \\[allout-shift-out] `allout-shift-out' ... less deep
637 \\[allout-rebullet-current-heading] `allout-rebullet-current-heading' Prompt for alternate bullet for
638 current topic
639 \\[allout-rebullet-topic] `allout-rebullet-topic' Reconcile bullets of topic and
640 its offspring -- distinctive bullets are not changed, others
641 are alternated according to nesting depth.
642 \\[allout-number-siblings] `allout-number-siblings' Number bullets of topic and siblings --
643 the offspring are not affected.
644 With repeat count, revoke numbering.
645
646 Topic-oriented Killing and Yanking:
647 ----------------------------------
648 \\[allout-kill-topic] `allout-kill-topic' Kill current topic, including offspring.
649 \\[allout-copy-topic-as-kill] `allout-copy-topic-as-kill' Copy current topic, including offspring.
650 \\[allout-kill-line] `allout-kill-line' Kill line, attending to outline structure.
651 \\[allout-copy-line-as-kill] `allout-copy-line-as-kill' Copy line but don't delete it.
652 \\[allout-yank] `allout-yank' Yank, adjusting depth of yanked topic to
653 depth of heading if yanking into bare topic
654 heading (ie, prefix sans text).
655 \\[allout-yank-pop] `allout-yank-pop' Is to `allout-yank' as `yank-pop' is to `yank'.
656
657 Topic-oriented Encryption:
658 -------------------------
659 \\[allout-toggle-current-subtree-encryption] `allout-toggle-current-subtree-encryption'
660 Encrypt/Decrypt topic content
661
662 Misc commands:
663 -------------
664 M-x outlineify-sticky Activate outline mode for current buffer,
665 and establish a default file-var setting
666 for `allout-layout'.
667 \\[allout-mark-topic] `allout-mark-topic'
668 \\[allout-copy-exposed-to-buffer] `allout-copy-exposed-to-buffer'
669 Duplicate outline, sans concealed text, to
670 buffer with name derived from derived from that
671 of current buffer -- \"*BUFFERNAME exposed*\".
672 \\[allout-flatten-exposed-to-buffer] `allout-flatten-exposed-to-buffer'
673 Like above `copy-exposed', but convert topic
674 prefixes to section.subsection... numeric
675 format.
676 \\[customize-variable] allout-auto-activation
677 Prepare Emacs session for allout outline mode
678 auto-activation.
679
680 Topic Encryption
681
682 Outline mode supports gpg encryption of topics, with support for
683 symmetric and key-pair modes, and auto-encryption of topics
684 pending encryption on save.
685
686 Topics pending encryption are, by default, automatically
687 encrypted during file saves, including checkpoint saves, to avoid
688 exposing the plain text of encrypted topics in the file system.
689 If the content of the topic containing the cursor was encrypted
690 for a save, it is automatically decrypted for continued editing.
691
692 NOTE: A few GnuPG v2 versions improperly preserve incorrect
693 symmetric decryption keys, preventing entry of the correct key on
694 subsequent decryption attempts until the cache times-out. That
695 can take several minutes. (Decryption of other entries is not
696 affected.) Upgrade your EasyPG version, if you can, and you can
697 deliberately clear your gpg-agent's cache by sending it a `-HUP'
698 signal.
699
700 See `allout-toggle-current-subtree-encryption' function docstring
701 and `allout-encrypt-unencrypted-on-saves' customization variable
702 for details.
703
704 HOT-SPOT Operation
705
706 Hot-spot operation provides a means for easy, single-keystroke outline
707 navigation and exposure control.
708
709 When the text cursor is positioned directly on the bullet character of
710 a topic, regular characters (a to z) invoke the commands of the
711 corresponding allout-mode keymap control chars. For example, \"f\"
712 would invoke the command typically bound to \"C-c<space>C-f\"
713 \(\\[allout-forward-current-level] `allout-forward-current-level').
714
715 Thus, by positioning the cursor on a topic bullet, you can
716 execute the outline navigation and manipulation commands with a
717 single keystroke. Regular navigation keys (eg, \\[forward-char], \\[next-line]) don't get
718 this special translation, so you can use them to get out of the
719 hot-spot and back to normal editing operation.
720
721 In allout-mode, the normal beginning-of-line command (\\[allout-beginning-of-line]) is
722 replaced with one that makes it easy to get to the hot-spot. If you
723 repeat it immediately it cycles (if `allout-beginning-of-line-cycles'
724 is set) to the beginning of the item and then, if you hit it again
725 immediately, to the hot-spot. Similarly, `allout-beginning-of-current-entry'
726 \(\\[allout-beginning-of-current-entry]) moves to the hot-spot when the cursor is already located
727 at the beginning of the current entry.
728
729 Extending Allout
730
731 Allout exposure and authoring activities all have associated
732 hooks, by which independent code can cooperate with allout
733 without changes to the allout core. Here are key ones:
734
735 `allout-mode-hook'
736 `allout-mode-deactivate-hook' (deprecated)
737 `allout-mode-off-hook'
738 `allout-exposure-change-functions'
739 `allout-structure-added-functions'
740 `allout-structure-deleted-functions'
741 `allout-structure-shifted-functions'
742 `allout-after-copy-or-kill-hook'
743 `allout-post-undo-hook'
744
745 Terminology
746
747 Topic hierarchy constituents -- TOPICS and SUBTOPICS:
748
749 ITEM: A unitary outline element, including the HEADER and ENTRY text.
750 TOPIC: An ITEM and any ITEMs contained within it, ie having greater DEPTH
751 and with no intervening items of lower DEPTH than the container.
752 CURRENT ITEM:
753 The visible ITEM most immediately containing the cursor.
754 DEPTH: The degree of nesting of an ITEM; it increases with containment.
755 The DEPTH is determined by the HEADER PREFIX. The DEPTH is also
756 called the:
757 LEVEL: The same as DEPTH.
758
759 ANCESTORS:
760 Those ITEMs whose TOPICs contain an ITEM.
761 PARENT: An ITEM's immediate ANCESTOR. It has a DEPTH one less than that
762 of the ITEM.
763 OFFSPRING:
764 The ITEMs contained within an ITEM's TOPIC.
765 SUBTOPIC:
766 An OFFSPRING of its ANCESTOR TOPICs.
767 CHILD:
768 An immediate SUBTOPIC of its PARENT.
769 SIBLINGS:
770 TOPICs having the same PARENT and DEPTH.
771
772 Topic text constituents:
773
774 HEADER: The first line of an ITEM, include the ITEM PREFIX and HEADER
775 text.
776 ENTRY: The text content of an ITEM, before any OFFSPRING, but including
777 the HEADER text and distinct from the ITEM PREFIX.
778 BODY: Same as ENTRY.
779 PREFIX: The leading text of an ITEM which distinguishes it from normal
780 ENTRY text. Allout recognizes the outline structure according
781 to the strict PREFIX format. It consists of a PREFIX-LEAD string,
782 PREFIX-PADDING, and a BULLET. The BULLET might be followed by a
783 number, indicating the ordinal number of the topic among its
784 siblings, or an asterisk indicating encryption, plus an optional
785 space. After that is the ITEM HEADER text, which is not part of
786 the PREFIX.
787
788 The relative length of the PREFIX determines the nesting DEPTH
789 of the ITEM.
790 PREFIX-LEAD:
791 The string at the beginning of a HEADER PREFIX, by default a `.'.
792 It can be customized by changing the setting of
793 `allout-header-prefix' and then reinitializing `allout-mode'.
794
795 When the PREFIX-LEAD is set to the comment-string of a
796 programming language, outline structuring can be embedded in
797 program code without interfering with processing of the text
798 (by Emacs or the language processor) as program code. This
799 setting happens automatically when allout mode is used in
800 programming-mode buffers. See `allout-use-mode-specific-leader'
801 docstring for more detail.
802 PREFIX-PADDING:
803 Spaces or asterisks which separate the PREFIX-LEAD and the
804 bullet, determining the ITEM's DEPTH.
805 BULLET: A character at the end of the ITEM PREFIX, it must be one of
806 the characters listed on `allout-plain-bullets-string' or
807 `allout-distinctive-bullets-string'. When creating a TOPIC,
808 plain BULLETs are by default used, according to the DEPTH of the
809 TOPIC. Choice among the distinctive BULLETs is offered when you
810 provide a universal argument (\\[universal-argument]) to the
811 TOPIC creation command, or when explicitly rebulleting a TOPIC. The
812 significance of the various distinctive bullets is purely by
813 convention. See the documentation for the above bullet strings for
814 more details.
815 EXPOSURE:
816 The state of a TOPIC which determines the on-screen visibility
817 of its OFFSPRING and contained ENTRY text.
818 CONCEALED:
819 TOPICs and ENTRY text whose EXPOSURE is inhibited. Concealed
820 text is represented by \"...\" ellipses.
821
822 CONCEALED TOPICs are effectively collapsed within an ANCESTOR.
823 CLOSED: A TOPIC whose immediate OFFSPRING and body-text is CONCEALED.
824 OPEN: A TOPIC that is not CLOSED, though its OFFSPRING or BODY may be.
825
826 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
827
828 (defalias 'outlinify-sticky 'outlineify-sticky)
829
830 (autoload 'outlineify-sticky "allout" "\
831 Activate outline mode and establish file var so it is started subsequently.
832
833 See `allout-layout' and customization of `allout-auto-activation'
834 for details on preparing Emacs for automatic allout activation.
835
836 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
837
838 ;;;***
839 \f
840 ;;;### (autoloads nil "allout-widgets" "allout-widgets.el" (21998
841 ;;;;;; 46516 830024 649000))
842 ;;; Generated autoloads from allout-widgets.el
843 (push (purecopy '(allout-widgets 1 0)) package--builtin-versions)
844
845 (autoload 'allout-widgets-setup "allout-widgets" "\
846 Commission or decommission allout-widgets-mode along with allout-mode.
847
848 Meant to be used by customization of `allout-widgets-auto-activation'.
849
850 \(fn VARNAME VALUE)" nil nil)
851
852 (defvar allout-widgets-auto-activation nil "\
853 Activate to enable allout icon graphics wherever allout mode is active.
854
855 Also enable `allout-auto-activation' for this to take effect upon
856 visiting an outline.
857
858 When this is set you can disable allout widgets in select files
859 by setting `allout-widgets-mode-inhibit'
860
861 Instead of setting `allout-widgets-auto-activation' you can
862 explicitly invoke `allout-widgets-mode' in allout buffers where
863 you want allout widgets operation.
864
865 See `allout-widgets-mode' for allout widgets mode features.")
866
867 (custom-autoload 'allout-widgets-auto-activation "allout-widgets" nil)
868
869 (put 'allout-widgets-mode-inhibit 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'booleanp) 'booleanp (lambda (x) (member x '(t nil)))))
870
871 (autoload 'allout-widgets-mode "allout-widgets" "\
872 Toggle Allout Widgets mode.
873 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Allout Widgets mode if ARG is
874 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
875 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
876
877 Allout Widgets mode is an extension of Allout mode that provides
878 graphical decoration of outline structure. It is meant to
879 operate along with `allout-mode', via `allout-mode-hook'.
880
881 The graphics include:
882
883 - guide lines connecting item bullet-icons with those of their subitems.
884
885 - icons for item bullets, varying to indicate whether or not the item
886 has subitems, and if so, whether or not the item is expanded.
887
888 - cue area between the bullet-icon and the start of the body headline,
889 for item numbering, encryption indicator, and distinctive bullets.
890
891 The bullet-icon and guide line graphics provide keybindings and mouse
892 bindings for easy outline navigation and exposure control, extending
893 outline hot-spot navigation (see `allout-mode').
894
895 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
896
897 ;;;***
898 \f
899 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ange-ftp" "net/ange-ftp.el" (22011 58553 761858
900 ;;;;;; 469000))
901 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/ange-ftp.el
902
903 (defalias 'ange-ftp-re-read-dir 'ange-ftp-reread-dir)
904
905 (autoload 'ange-ftp-reread-dir "ange-ftp" "\
906 Reread remote directory DIR to update the directory cache.
907 The implementation of remote FTP file names caches directory contents
908 for speed. Therefore, when new remote files are created, Emacs
909 may not know they exist. You can use this command to reread a specific
910 directory, so that Emacs will know its current contents.
911
912 \(fn &optional DIR)" t nil)
913
914 (autoload 'ange-ftp-hook-function "ange-ftp" "\
915
916
917 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
918
919 ;;;***
920 \f
921 ;;;### (autoloads nil "animate" "play/animate.el" (21670 32331 385639
922 ;;;;;; 720000))
923 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/animate.el
924
925 (autoload 'animate-string "animate" "\
926 Display STRING animations starting at position VPOS, HPOS.
927 The characters start at randomly chosen places,
928 and all slide in parallel to their final positions,
929 passing through `animate-n-steps' positions before the final ones.
930 If HPOS is nil (or omitted), center the string horizontally
931 in the current window.
932
933 \(fn STRING VPOS &optional HPOS)" nil nil)
934
935 (autoload 'animate-sequence "animate" "\
936 Display animation strings from LIST-OF-STRING with buffer *Animation*.
937 Strings will be separated from each other by SPACE lines.
938 When the variable `animation-buffer-name' is non-nil display
939 animation in the buffer named by variable's value, creating the
940 buffer if one does not exist.
941
942 \(fn LIST-OF-STRINGS SPACE)" nil nil)
943
944 (autoload 'animate-birthday-present "animate" "\
945 Return a birthday present in the buffer *Birthday-Present*.
946 When optional arg NAME is non-nil or called-interactively, prompt for
947 NAME of birthday present receiver and return a birthday present in
948 the buffer *Birthday-Present-for-Name*.
949
950 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
951
952 ;;;***
953 \f
954 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ansi-color" "ansi-color.el" (21952 37178 110214
955 ;;;;;; 961000))
956 ;;; Generated autoloads from ansi-color.el
957 (push (purecopy '(ansi-color 3 4 2)) package--builtin-versions)
958
959 (autoload 'ansi-color-for-comint-mode-on "ansi-color" "\
960 Set `ansi-color-for-comint-mode' to t.
961
962 \(fn)" t nil)
963
964 (autoload 'ansi-color-process-output "ansi-color" "\
965 Maybe translate SGR control sequences of comint output into text properties.
966
967 Depending on variable `ansi-color-for-comint-mode' the comint output is
968 either not processed, SGR control sequences are filtered using
969 `ansi-color-filter-region', or SGR control sequences are translated into
970 text properties using `ansi-color-apply-on-region'.
971
972 The comint output is assumed to lie between the marker
973 `comint-last-output-start' and the process-mark.
974
975 This is a good function to put in `comint-output-filter-functions'.
976
977 \(fn IGNORED)" nil nil)
978
979 ;;;***
980 \f
981 ;;;### (autoloads nil "antlr-mode" "progmodes/antlr-mode.el" (22011
982 ;;;;;; 58553 873858 469000))
983 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/antlr-mode.el
984 (push (purecopy '(antlr-mode 2 2 3)) package--builtin-versions)
985
986 (autoload 'antlr-show-makefile-rules "antlr-mode" "\
987 Show Makefile rules for all grammar files in the current directory.
988 If the `major-mode' of the current buffer has the value `makefile-mode',
989 the rules are directory inserted at point. Otherwise, a *Help* buffer
990 is shown with the rules which are also put into the `kill-ring' for
991 \\[yank].
992
993 This command considers import/export vocabularies and grammar
994 inheritance and provides a value for the \"-glib\" option if necessary.
995 Customize variable `antlr-makefile-specification' for the appearance of
996 the rules.
997
998 If the file for a super-grammar cannot be determined, special file names
999 are used according to variable `antlr-unknown-file-formats' and a
1000 commentary with value `antlr-help-unknown-file-text' is added. The
1001 *Help* buffer always starts with the text in `antlr-help-rules-intro'.
1002
1003 \(fn)" t nil)
1004
1005 (autoload 'antlr-mode "antlr-mode" "\
1006 Major mode for editing ANTLR grammar files.
1007
1008 \(fn)" t nil)
1009
1010 (autoload 'antlr-set-tabs "antlr-mode" "\
1011 Use ANTLR's convention for TABs according to `antlr-tab-offset-alist'.
1012 Used in `antlr-mode'. Also a useful function in `java-mode-hook'.
1013
1014 \(fn)" nil nil)
1015
1016 ;;;***
1017 \f
1018 ;;;### (autoloads nil "appt" "calendar/appt.el" (21998 46516 878024
1019 ;;;;;; 649000))
1020 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/appt.el
1021
1022 (autoload 'appt-add "appt" "\
1023 Add an appointment for today at TIME with message MSG.
1024 The time should be in either 24 hour format or am/pm format.
1025 Optional argument WARNTIME is an integer (or string) giving the number
1026 of minutes before the appointment at which to start warning.
1027 The default is `appt-message-warning-time'.
1028
1029 \(fn TIME MSG &optional WARNTIME)" t nil)
1030
1031 (autoload 'appt-activate "appt" "\
1032 Toggle checking of appointments.
1033 With optional numeric argument ARG, turn appointment checking on if
1034 ARG is positive, otherwise off.
1035
1036 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1037
1038 ;;;***
1039 \f
1040 ;;;### (autoloads nil "apropos" "apropos.el" (21998 46516 834024
1041 ;;;;;; 649000))
1042 ;;; Generated autoloads from apropos.el
1043
1044 (autoload 'apropos-read-pattern "apropos" "\
1045 Read an apropos pattern, either a word list or a regexp.
1046 Returns the user pattern, either a list of words which are matched
1047 literally, or a string which is used as a regexp to search for.
1048
1049 SUBJECT is a string that is included in the prompt to identify what
1050 kind of objects to search.
1051
1052 \(fn SUBJECT)" nil nil)
1053
1054 (autoload 'apropos-user-option "apropos" "\
1055 Show user options that match PATTERN.
1056 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1057 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
1058 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
1059 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1060
1061 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also show
1062 variables, not just user options.
1063
1064 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL)" t nil)
1065
1066 (autoload 'apropos-variable "apropos" "\
1067 Show variables that match PATTERN.
1068 When DO-NOT-ALL is non-nil, show user options only, i.e. behave
1069 like `apropos-user-option'.
1070
1071 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-NOT-ALL)" t nil)
1072
1073 (defalias 'command-apropos 'apropos-command)
1074
1075 (autoload 'apropos-command "apropos" "\
1076 Show commands (interactively callable functions) that match PATTERN.
1077 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1078 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
1079 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
1080 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1081
1082 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also show
1083 noninteractive functions.
1084
1085 If VAR-PREDICATE is non-nil, show only variables, and only those that
1086 satisfy the predicate VAR-PREDICATE.
1087
1088 When called from a Lisp program, a string PATTERN is used as a regexp,
1089 while a list of strings is used as a word list.
1090
1091 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL VAR-PREDICATE)" t nil)
1092
1093 (autoload 'apropos-documentation-property "apropos" "\
1094 Like (documentation-property SYMBOL PROPERTY RAW) but handle errors.
1095
1096 \(fn SYMBOL PROPERTY RAW)" nil nil)
1097
1098 (autoload 'apropos "apropos" "\
1099 Show all meaningful Lisp symbols whose names match PATTERN.
1100 Symbols are shown if they are defined as functions, variables, or
1101 faces, or if they have nonempty property lists.
1102
1103 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1104 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
1105 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
1106 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1107
1108 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil,
1109 consider all symbols (if they match PATTERN).
1110
1111 Returns list of symbols and documentation found.
1112
1113 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL)" t nil)
1114
1115 (autoload 'apropos-library "apropos" "\
1116 List the variables and functions defined by library FILE.
1117 FILE should be one of the libraries currently loaded and should
1118 thus be found in `load-history'. If `apropos-do-all' is non-nil,
1119 the output includes key-bindings of commands.
1120
1121 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
1122
1123 (autoload 'apropos-value "apropos" "\
1124 Show all symbols whose value's printed representation matches PATTERN.
1125 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1126 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
1127 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
1128 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1129
1130 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also looks
1131 at function definitions (arguments, documentation and body) and at the
1132 names and values of properties.
1133
1134 Returns list of symbols and values found.
1135
1136 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL)" t nil)
1137
1138 (autoload 'apropos-documentation "apropos" "\
1139 Show symbols whose documentation contains matches for PATTERN.
1140 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1141 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
1142 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
1143 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1144
1145 Note that by default this command only searches in the file specified by
1146 `internal-doc-file-name'; i.e., the etc/DOC file. With \\[universal-argument] prefix,
1147 or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, it searches all currently defined
1148 documentation strings.
1149
1150 Returns list of symbols and documentation found.
1151
1152 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL)" t nil)
1153
1154 ;;;***
1155 \f
1156 ;;;### (autoloads nil "arc-mode" "arc-mode.el" (22085 50883 177731
1157 ;;;;;; 271000))
1158 ;;; Generated autoloads from arc-mode.el
1159
1160 (autoload 'archive-mode "arc-mode" "\
1161 Major mode for viewing an archive file in a dired-like way.
1162 You can move around using the usual cursor motion commands.
1163 Letters no longer insert themselves.
1164 Type `e' to pull a file out of the archive and into its own buffer;
1165 or click mouse-2 on the file's line in the archive mode buffer.
1166
1167 If you edit a sub-file of this archive (as with the `e' command) and
1168 save it, the contents of that buffer will be saved back into the
1169 archive.
1170
1171 \\{archive-mode-map}
1172
1173 \(fn &optional FORCE)" nil nil)
1174
1175 ;;;***
1176 \f
1177 ;;;### (autoloads nil "array" "array.el" (21670 32330 885624 725000))
1178 ;;; Generated autoloads from array.el
1179
1180 (autoload 'array-mode "array" "\
1181 Major mode for editing arrays.
1182
1183 Array mode is a specialized mode for editing arrays. An array is
1184 considered to be a two-dimensional set of strings. The strings are
1185 NOT recognized as integers or real numbers.
1186
1187 The array MUST reside at the top of the buffer.
1188
1189 TABs are not respected, and may be converted into spaces at any time.
1190 Setting the variable `array-respect-tabs' to non-nil will prevent TAB conversion,
1191 but will cause many functions to give errors if they encounter one.
1192
1193 Upon entering array mode, you will be prompted for the values of
1194 several variables. Others will be calculated based on the values you
1195 supply. These variables are all local to the buffer. Other buffer
1196 in array mode may have different values assigned to the variables.
1197 The variables are:
1198
1199 Variables you assign:
1200 array-max-row: The number of rows in the array.
1201 array-max-column: The number of columns in the array.
1202 array-columns-per-line: The number of columns in the array per line of buffer.
1203 array-field-width: The width of each field, in characters.
1204 array-rows-numbered: A logical variable describing whether to ignore
1205 row numbers in the buffer.
1206
1207 Variables which are calculated:
1208 array-line-length: The number of characters in a buffer line.
1209 array-lines-per-row: The number of buffer lines used to display each row.
1210
1211 The following commands are available (an asterisk indicates it may
1212 take a numeric prefix argument):
1213
1214 * \\<array-mode-map>\\[array-forward-column] Move forward one column.
1215 * \\[array-backward-column] Move backward one column.
1216 * \\[array-next-row] Move down one row.
1217 * \\[array-previous-row] Move up one row.
1218
1219 * \\[array-copy-forward] Copy the current field into the column to the right.
1220 * \\[array-copy-backward] Copy the current field into the column to the left.
1221 * \\[array-copy-down] Copy the current field into the row below.
1222 * \\[array-copy-up] Copy the current field into the row above.
1223
1224 * \\[array-copy-column-forward] Copy the current column into the column to the right.
1225 * \\[array-copy-column-backward] Copy the current column into the column to the left.
1226 * \\[array-copy-row-down] Copy the current row into the row below.
1227 * \\[array-copy-row-up] Copy the current row into the row above.
1228
1229 \\[array-fill-rectangle] Copy the field at mark into every cell with row and column
1230 between that of point and mark.
1231
1232 \\[array-what-position] Display the current array row and column.
1233 \\[array-goto-cell] Go to a particular array cell.
1234
1235 \\[array-make-template] Make a template for a new array.
1236 \\[array-reconfigure-rows] Reconfigure the array.
1237 \\[array-expand-rows] Expand the array (remove row numbers and
1238 newlines inside rows)
1239
1240 \\[array-display-local-variables] Display the current values of local variables.
1241
1242 Entering array mode calls the function `array-mode-hook'.
1243
1244 \(fn)" t nil)
1245
1246 ;;;***
1247 \f
1248 ;;;### (autoloads nil "artist" "textmodes/artist.el" (21906 58826
1249 ;;;;;; 78640 200000))
1250 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/artist.el
1251 (push (purecopy '(artist 1 2 6)) package--builtin-versions)
1252
1253 (autoload 'artist-mode "artist" "\
1254 Toggle Artist mode.
1255 With argument ARG, turn Artist mode on if ARG is positive.
1256 Artist lets you draw lines, squares, rectangles and poly-lines,
1257 ellipses and circles with your mouse and/or keyboard.
1258
1259 How to quit Artist mode
1260
1261 Type \\[artist-mode-off] to quit artist-mode.
1262
1263
1264 How to submit a bug report
1265
1266 Type \\[artist-submit-bug-report] to submit a bug report.
1267
1268
1269 Drawing with the mouse:
1270
1271 mouse-2
1272 shift mouse-2 Pops up a menu where you can select what to draw with
1273 mouse-1, and where you can do some settings (described
1274 below).
1275
1276 mouse-1
1277 shift mouse-1 Draws lines, rectangles or poly-lines, erases, cuts, copies
1278 or pastes:
1279
1280 Operation Not shifted Shifted
1281 --------------------------------------------------------------
1282 Pen fill-char at point line from last point
1283 to new point
1284 --------------------------------------------------------------
1285 Line Line in any direction Straight line
1286 --------------------------------------------------------------
1287 Rectangle Rectangle Square
1288 --------------------------------------------------------------
1289 Poly-line Poly-line in any dir Straight poly-lines
1290 --------------------------------------------------------------
1291 Ellipses Ellipses Circles
1292 --------------------------------------------------------------
1293 Text Text (see thru) Text (overwrite)
1294 --------------------------------------------------------------
1295 Spray-can Spray-can Set size for spray
1296 --------------------------------------------------------------
1297 Erase Erase character Erase rectangle
1298 --------------------------------------------------------------
1299 Vaporize Erase single line Erase connected
1300 lines
1301 --------------------------------------------------------------
1302 Cut Cut rectangle Cut square
1303 --------------------------------------------------------------
1304 Copy Copy rectangle Copy square
1305 --------------------------------------------------------------
1306 Paste Paste Paste
1307 --------------------------------------------------------------
1308 Flood-fill Flood-fill Flood-fill
1309 --------------------------------------------------------------
1310
1311 * Straight lines can only go horizontally, vertically
1312 or diagonally.
1313
1314 * Poly-lines are drawn while holding mouse-1 down. When you
1315 release the button, the point is set. If you want a segment
1316 to be straight, hold down shift before pressing the
1317 mouse-1 button. Click mouse-2 or mouse-3 to stop drawing
1318 poly-lines.
1319
1320 * See thru for text means that text already in the buffer
1321 will be visible through blanks in the text rendered, while
1322 overwrite means the opposite.
1323
1324 * Vaporizing connected lines only vaporizes lines whose
1325 _endpoints_ are connected. See also the variable
1326 `artist-vaporize-fuzziness'.
1327
1328 * Cut copies, then clears the rectangle/square.
1329
1330 * When drawing lines or poly-lines, you can set arrows.
1331 See below under \"Arrows\" for more info.
1332
1333 * The mode line shows the currently selected drawing operation.
1334 In addition, if it has an asterisk (*) at the end, you
1335 are currently drawing something.
1336
1337 * Be patient when flood-filling -- large areas take quite
1338 some time to fill.
1339
1340
1341 mouse-3 Erases character under pointer
1342 shift mouse-3 Erases rectangle
1343
1344
1345 Settings
1346
1347 Set fill Sets the character used when filling rectangles/squares
1348
1349 Set line Sets the character used when drawing lines
1350
1351 Erase char Sets the character used when erasing
1352
1353 Rubber-banding Toggles rubber-banding
1354
1355 Trimming Toggles trimming of line-endings (that is: when the shape
1356 is drawn, extraneous white-space at end of lines is removed)
1357
1358 Borders Toggles the drawing of line borders around filled shapes
1359
1360
1361 Drawing with keys
1362
1363 \\[artist-key-set-point] Does one of the following:
1364 For lines/rectangles/squares: sets the first/second endpoint
1365 For poly-lines: sets a point (use C-u \\[artist-key-set-point] to set last point)
1366 When erase characters: toggles erasing
1367 When cutting/copying: Sets first/last endpoint of rect/square
1368 When pasting: Pastes
1369
1370 \\[artist-select-operation] Selects what to draw
1371
1372 Move around with \\[artist-next-line], \\[artist-previous-line], \\[artist-forward-char] and \\[artist-backward-char].
1373
1374 \\[artist-select-fill-char] Sets the character to use when filling
1375 \\[artist-select-line-char] Sets the character to use when drawing
1376 \\[artist-select-erase-char] Sets the character to use when erasing
1377 \\[artist-toggle-rubber-banding] Toggles rubber-banding
1378 \\[artist-toggle-trim-line-endings] Toggles trimming of line-endings
1379 \\[artist-toggle-borderless-shapes] Toggles borders on drawn shapes
1380
1381
1382 Arrows
1383
1384 \\[artist-toggle-first-arrow] Sets/unsets an arrow at the beginning
1385 of the line/poly-line
1386
1387 \\[artist-toggle-second-arrow] Sets/unsets an arrow at the end
1388 of the line/poly-line
1389
1390
1391 Selecting operation
1392
1393 There are some keys for quickly selecting drawing operations:
1394
1395 \\[artist-select-op-line] Selects drawing lines
1396 \\[artist-select-op-straight-line] Selects drawing straight lines
1397 \\[artist-select-op-rectangle] Selects drawing rectangles
1398 \\[artist-select-op-square] Selects drawing squares
1399 \\[artist-select-op-poly-line] Selects drawing poly-lines
1400 \\[artist-select-op-straight-poly-line] Selects drawing straight poly-lines
1401 \\[artist-select-op-ellipse] Selects drawing ellipses
1402 \\[artist-select-op-circle] Selects drawing circles
1403 \\[artist-select-op-text-see-thru] Selects rendering text (see thru)
1404 \\[artist-select-op-text-overwrite] Selects rendering text (overwrite)
1405 \\[artist-select-op-spray-can] Spray with spray-can
1406 \\[artist-select-op-spray-set-size] Set size for the spray-can
1407 \\[artist-select-op-erase-char] Selects erasing characters
1408 \\[artist-select-op-erase-rectangle] Selects erasing rectangles
1409 \\[artist-select-op-vaporize-line] Selects vaporizing single lines
1410 \\[artist-select-op-vaporize-lines] Selects vaporizing connected lines
1411 \\[artist-select-op-cut-rectangle] Selects cutting rectangles
1412 \\[artist-select-op-copy-rectangle] Selects copying rectangles
1413 \\[artist-select-op-paste] Selects pasting
1414 \\[artist-select-op-flood-fill] Selects flood-filling
1415
1416
1417 Variables
1418
1419 This is a brief overview of the different variables. For more info,
1420 see the documentation for the variables (type \\[describe-variable] <variable> RET).
1421
1422 artist-rubber-banding Interactively do rubber-banding or not
1423 artist-first-char What to set at first/second point...
1424 artist-second-char ...when not rubber-banding
1425 artist-interface-with-rect If cut/copy/paste should interface with rect
1426 artist-arrows The arrows to use when drawing arrows
1427 artist-aspect-ratio Character height-to-width for squares
1428 artist-trim-line-endings Trimming of line endings
1429 artist-flood-fill-right-border Right border when flood-filling
1430 artist-flood-fill-show-incrementally Update display while filling
1431 artist-pointer-shape Pointer shape to use while drawing
1432 artist-ellipse-left-char Character to use for narrow ellipses
1433 artist-ellipse-right-char Character to use for narrow ellipses
1434 artist-borderless-shapes If shapes should have borders
1435 artist-picture-compatibility Whether or not to be picture mode compatible
1436 artist-vaporize-fuzziness Tolerance when recognizing lines
1437 artist-spray-interval Seconds between repeated sprayings
1438 artist-spray-radius Size of the spray-area
1439 artist-spray-chars The spray-\"color\"
1440 artist-spray-new-chars Initial spray-\"color\"
1441
1442 Hooks
1443
1444 Turning the mode on or off runs `artist-mode-hook'.
1445
1446
1447 Keymap summary
1448
1449 \\{artist-mode-map}
1450
1451 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1452
1453 ;;;***
1454 \f
1455 ;;;### (autoloads nil "asm-mode" "progmodes/asm-mode.el" (21670 32331
1456 ;;;;;; 385639 720000))
1457 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/asm-mode.el
1458
1459 (autoload 'asm-mode "asm-mode" "\
1460 Major mode for editing typical assembler code.
1461 Features a private abbrev table and the following bindings:
1462
1463 \\[asm-colon] outdent a preceding label, tab to next tab stop.
1464 \\[tab-to-tab-stop] tab to next tab stop.
1465 \\[asm-newline] newline, then tab to next tab stop.
1466 \\[asm-comment] smart placement of assembler comments.
1467
1468 The character used for making comments is set by the variable
1469 `asm-comment-char' (which defaults to `?\\;').
1470
1471 Alternatively, you may set this variable in `asm-mode-set-comment-hook',
1472 which is called near the beginning of mode initialization.
1473
1474 Turning on Asm mode runs the hook `asm-mode-hook' at the end of initialization.
1475
1476 Special commands:
1477 \\{asm-mode-map}
1478
1479 \(fn)" t nil)
1480
1481 ;;;***
1482 \f
1483 ;;;### (autoloads nil "auth-source" "gnus/auth-source.el" (22067
1484 ;;;;;; 17342 158157 143000))
1485 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/auth-source.el
1486
1487 (defvar auth-source-cache-expiry 7200 "\
1488 How many seconds passwords are cached, or nil to disable
1489 expiring. Overrides `password-cache-expiry' through a
1490 let-binding.")
1491
1492 (custom-autoload 'auth-source-cache-expiry "auth-source" t)
1493
1494 ;;;***
1495 \f
1496 ;;;### (autoloads nil "autoarg" "autoarg.el" (21670 32330 885624
1497 ;;;;;; 725000))
1498 ;;; Generated autoloads from autoarg.el
1499
1500 (defvar autoarg-mode nil "\
1501 Non-nil if Autoarg mode is enabled.
1502 See the command `autoarg-mode' for a description of this minor mode.")
1503
1504 (custom-autoload 'autoarg-mode "autoarg" nil)
1505
1506 (autoload 'autoarg-mode "autoarg" "\
1507 Toggle Autoarg mode, a global minor mode.
1508 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Autoarg mode if ARG is
1509 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
1510 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
1511
1512 \\<autoarg-mode-map>
1513 In Autoarg mode, digits are bound to `digit-argument', i.e. they
1514 supply prefix arguments as C-DIGIT and M-DIGIT normally do.
1515 Furthermore, C-DIGIT inserts DIGIT.
1516 \\[autoarg-terminate] terminates the prefix sequence and inserts
1517 the digits of the autoarg sequence into the buffer.
1518 Without a numeric prefix arg, the normal binding of \\[autoarg-terminate]
1519 is invoked, i.e. what it would be with Autoarg mode off.
1520
1521 For example:
1522 `6 9 \\[autoarg-terminate]' inserts `69' into the buffer, as does `C-6 C-9'.
1523 `6 9 a' inserts 69 `a's into the buffer.
1524 `6 9 \\[autoarg-terminate] \\[autoarg-terminate]' inserts `69' into the buffer and
1525 then invokes the normal binding of \\[autoarg-terminate].
1526 `C-u \\[autoarg-terminate]' invokes the normal binding of \\[autoarg-terminate] four times.
1527
1528 \\{autoarg-mode-map}
1529
1530 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1531
1532 (defvar autoarg-kp-mode nil "\
1533 Non-nil if Autoarg-Kp mode is enabled.
1534 See the command `autoarg-kp-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
1535 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1536 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
1537 or call the function `autoarg-kp-mode'.")
1538
1539 (custom-autoload 'autoarg-kp-mode "autoarg" nil)
1540
1541 (autoload 'autoarg-kp-mode "autoarg" "\
1542 Toggle Autoarg-KP mode, a global minor mode.
1543 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Autoarg-KP mode if ARG is
1544 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
1545 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
1546
1547 \\<autoarg-kp-mode-map>
1548 This is similar to `autoarg-mode' but rebinds the keypad keys
1549 `kp-1' etc. to supply digit arguments.
1550
1551 \\{autoarg-kp-mode-map}
1552
1553 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1554
1555 ;;;***
1556 \f
1557 ;;;### (autoloads nil "autoconf" "progmodes/autoconf.el" (21670 32331
1558 ;;;;;; 385639 720000))
1559 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/autoconf.el
1560
1561 (autoload 'autoconf-mode "autoconf" "\
1562 Major mode for editing Autoconf configure.ac files.
1563
1564 \(fn)" t nil)
1565
1566 ;;;***
1567 \f
1568 ;;;### (autoloads nil "autoinsert" "autoinsert.el" (21980 16567 365544
1569 ;;;;;; 893000))
1570 ;;; Generated autoloads from autoinsert.el
1571
1572 (autoload 'auto-insert "autoinsert" "\
1573 Insert default contents into new files if variable `auto-insert' is non-nil.
1574 Matches the visited file name against the elements of `auto-insert-alist'.
1575
1576 \(fn)" t nil)
1577
1578 (autoload 'define-auto-insert "autoinsert" "\
1579 Associate CONDITION with (additional) ACTION in `auto-insert-alist'.
1580 Optional AFTER means to insert action after all existing actions for CONDITION,
1581 or if CONDITION had no actions, after all other CONDITIONs.
1582
1583 \(fn CONDITION ACTION &optional AFTER)" nil nil)
1584
1585 (defvar auto-insert-mode nil "\
1586 Non-nil if Auto-Insert mode is enabled.
1587 See the command `auto-insert-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
1588 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1589 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
1590 or call the function `auto-insert-mode'.")
1591
1592 (custom-autoload 'auto-insert-mode "autoinsert" nil)
1593
1594 (autoload 'auto-insert-mode "autoinsert" "\
1595 Toggle Auto-insert mode, a global minor mode.
1596 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Auto-insert mode if ARG is
1597 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
1598 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
1599
1600 When Auto-insert mode is enabled, when new files are created you can
1601 insert a template for the file depending on the mode of the buffer.
1602
1603 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1604
1605 ;;;***
1606 \f
1607 ;;;### (autoloads nil "autoload" "emacs-lisp/autoload.el" (21935
1608 ;;;;;; 28080 450075 956000))
1609 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/autoload.el
1610
1611 (put 'generated-autoload-file 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
1612
1613 (put 'generated-autoload-load-name 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
1614
1615 (put 'autoload-ensure-writable 'risky-local-variable t)
1616
1617 (autoload 'update-file-autoloads "autoload" "\
1618 Update the autoloads for FILE.
1619 If prefix arg SAVE-AFTER is non-nil, save the buffer too.
1620
1621 If FILE binds `generated-autoload-file' as a file-local variable,
1622 autoloads are written into that file. Otherwise, the autoloads
1623 file is determined by OUTFILE. If called interactively, prompt
1624 for OUTFILE; if called from Lisp with OUTFILE nil, use the
1625 existing value of `generated-autoload-file'.
1626
1627 Return FILE if there was no autoload cookie in it, else nil.
1628
1629 \(fn FILE &optional SAVE-AFTER OUTFILE)" t nil)
1630
1631 (autoload 'update-directory-autoloads "autoload" "\
1632 Update autoload definitions for Lisp files in the directories DIRS.
1633 In an interactive call, you must give one argument, the name of a
1634 single directory. In a call from Lisp, you can supply multiple
1635 directories as separate arguments, but this usage is discouraged.
1636
1637 The function does NOT recursively descend into subdirectories of the
1638 directory or directories specified.
1639
1640 In an interactive call, prompt for a default output file for the
1641 autoload definitions, and temporarily bind the variable
1642 `generated-autoload-file' to this value. When called from Lisp,
1643 use the existing value of `generated-autoload-file'. If any Lisp
1644 file binds `generated-autoload-file' as a file-local variable,
1645 write its autoloads into the specified file instead.
1646
1647 \(fn &rest DIRS)" t nil)
1648
1649 (autoload 'batch-update-autoloads "autoload" "\
1650 Update loaddefs.el autoloads in batch mode.
1651 Calls `update-directory-autoloads' on the command line arguments.
1652 Definitions are written to `generated-autoload-file' (which
1653 should be non-nil).
1654
1655 \(fn)" nil nil)
1656
1657 ;;;***
1658 \f
1659 ;;;### (autoloads nil "autorevert" "autorevert.el" (22065 61995 826407
1660 ;;;;;; 852000))
1661 ;;; Generated autoloads from autorevert.el
1662
1663 (autoload 'auto-revert-mode "autorevert" "\
1664 Toggle reverting buffer when the file changes (Auto Revert mode).
1665 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Auto Revert mode if ARG is
1666 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
1667 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
1668
1669 Auto Revert mode is a minor mode that affects only the current
1670 buffer. When enabled, it reverts the buffer when the file on
1671 disk changes.
1672
1673 Use `global-auto-revert-mode' to automatically revert all buffers.
1674 Use `auto-revert-tail-mode' if you know that the file will only grow
1675 without being changed in the part that is already in the buffer.
1676
1677 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1678
1679 (autoload 'turn-on-auto-revert-mode "autorevert" "\
1680 Turn on Auto-Revert Mode.
1681
1682 This function is designed to be added to hooks, for example:
1683 (add-hook \\='c-mode-hook #\\='turn-on-auto-revert-mode)
1684
1685 \(fn)" nil nil)
1686
1687 (autoload 'auto-revert-tail-mode "autorevert" "\
1688 Toggle reverting tail of buffer when the file grows.
1689 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Auto-Revert Tail mode if ARG
1690 is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp,
1691 enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
1692
1693 When Auto Revert Tail mode is enabled, the tail of the file is
1694 constantly followed, as with the shell command `tail -f'. This
1695 means that whenever the file grows on disk (presumably because
1696 some background process is appending to it from time to time),
1697 this is reflected in the current buffer.
1698
1699 You can edit the buffer and turn this mode off and on again as
1700 you please. But make sure the background process has stopped
1701 writing before you save the file!
1702
1703 Use `auto-revert-mode' for changes other than appends!
1704
1705 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1706
1707 (autoload 'turn-on-auto-revert-tail-mode "autorevert" "\
1708 Turn on Auto-Revert Tail mode.
1709
1710 This function is designed to be added to hooks, for example:
1711 (add-hook \\='my-logfile-mode-hook #\\='turn-on-auto-revert-tail-mode)
1712
1713 \(fn)" nil nil)
1714
1715 (defvar global-auto-revert-mode nil "\
1716 Non-nil if Global-Auto-Revert mode is enabled.
1717 See the command `global-auto-revert-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
1718 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1719 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
1720 or call the function `global-auto-revert-mode'.")
1721
1722 (custom-autoload 'global-auto-revert-mode "autorevert" nil)
1723
1724 (autoload 'global-auto-revert-mode "autorevert" "\
1725 Toggle Global Auto Revert mode.
1726 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Global Auto Revert mode if ARG
1727 is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp,
1728 enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
1729
1730 Global Auto Revert mode is a global minor mode that reverts any
1731 buffer associated with a file when the file changes on disk. Use
1732 `auto-revert-mode' to revert a particular buffer.
1733
1734 If `global-auto-revert-non-file-buffers' is non-nil, this mode
1735 may also revert some non-file buffers, as described in the
1736 documentation of that variable. It ignores buffers with modes
1737 matching `global-auto-revert-ignore-modes', and buffers with a
1738 non-nil vale of `global-auto-revert-ignore-buffer'.
1739
1740 This function calls the hook `global-auto-revert-mode-hook'.
1741 It displays the text that `global-auto-revert-mode-text'
1742 specifies in the mode line.
1743
1744 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1745
1746 ;;;***
1747 \f
1748 ;;;### (autoloads nil "avoid" "avoid.el" (21955 13362 292569 401000))
1749 ;;; Generated autoloads from avoid.el
1750
1751 (defvar mouse-avoidance-mode nil "\
1752 Activate Mouse Avoidance mode.
1753 See function `mouse-avoidance-mode' for possible values.
1754 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1755 use either \\[customize] or the function `mouse-avoidance-mode'.")
1756
1757 (custom-autoload 'mouse-avoidance-mode "avoid" nil)
1758
1759 (autoload 'mouse-avoidance-mode "avoid" "\
1760 Set Mouse Avoidance mode to MODE.
1761 MODE should be one of the symbols `banish', `exile', `jump', `animate',
1762 `cat-and-mouse', `proteus', or `none'.
1763
1764 If MODE is nil, toggle mouse avoidance between `none' and `banish'
1765 modes. Positive numbers and symbols other than the above are treated
1766 as equivalent to `banish'; negative numbers and `-' are equivalent to `none'.
1767
1768 Effects of the different modes:
1769 * banish: Move the mouse to the upper-right corner on any keypress.
1770 * exile: Move the mouse to the corner only if the cursor gets too close,
1771 and allow it to return once the cursor is out of the way.
1772 * jump: If the cursor gets too close to the mouse, displace the mouse
1773 a random distance & direction.
1774 * animate: As `jump', but shows steps along the way for illusion of motion.
1775 * cat-and-mouse: Same as `animate'.
1776 * proteus: As `animate', but changes the shape of the mouse pointer too.
1777
1778 \(See `mouse-avoidance-threshold' for definition of \"too close\",
1779 and `mouse-avoidance-nudge-dist' and `mouse-avoidance-nudge-var' for
1780 definition of \"random distance\".)
1781
1782 \(fn &optional MODE)" t nil)
1783
1784 ;;;***
1785 \f
1786 ;;;### (autoloads nil "bat-mode" "progmodes/bat-mode.el" (21670 32331
1787 ;;;;;; 385639 720000))
1788 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/bat-mode.el
1789
1790 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.\\(bat\\|cmd\\)\\'" . bat-mode))
1791
1792 (autoload 'bat-mode "bat-mode" "\
1793 Major mode for editing DOS/Windows batch files.
1794
1795 Start a new script from `bat-template'. Read help pages for DOS commands
1796 with `bat-cmd-help'. Navigate between sections using `imenu'.
1797 Run script using `bat-run' and `bat-run-args'.
1798
1799 \\{bat-mode-map}
1800
1801 \(fn)" t nil)
1802
1803 ;;;***
1804 \f
1805 ;;;### (autoloads nil "battery" "battery.el" (22026 25907 487502
1806 ;;;;;; 692000))
1807 ;;; Generated autoloads from battery.el
1808 (put 'battery-mode-line-string 'risky-local-variable t)
1809
1810 (autoload 'battery "battery" "\
1811 Display battery status information in the echo area.
1812 The text being displayed in the echo area is controlled by the variables
1813 `battery-echo-area-format' and `battery-status-function'.
1814
1815 \(fn)" t nil)
1816
1817 (defvar display-battery-mode nil "\
1818 Non-nil if Display-Battery mode is enabled.
1819 See the command `display-battery-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
1820 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1821 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
1822 or call the function `display-battery-mode'.")
1823
1824 (custom-autoload 'display-battery-mode "battery" nil)
1825
1826 (autoload 'display-battery-mode "battery" "\
1827 Toggle battery status display in mode line (Display Battery mode).
1828 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Display Battery mode if ARG is
1829 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
1830 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
1831
1832 The text displayed in the mode line is controlled by
1833 `battery-mode-line-format' and `battery-status-function'.
1834 The mode line is be updated every `battery-update-interval'
1835 seconds.
1836
1837 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1838
1839 ;;;***
1840 \f
1841 ;;;### (autoloads nil "benchmark" "emacs-lisp/benchmark.el" (21670
1842 ;;;;;; 32330 885624 725000))
1843 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/benchmark.el
1844
1845 (autoload 'benchmark-run "benchmark" "\
1846 Time execution of FORMS.
1847 If REPETITIONS is supplied as a number, run forms that many times,
1848 accounting for the overhead of the resulting loop. Otherwise run
1849 FORMS once.
1850 Return a list of the total elapsed time for execution, the number of
1851 garbage collections that ran, and the time taken by garbage collection.
1852 See also `benchmark-run-compiled'.
1853
1854 \(fn &optional REPETITIONS &rest FORMS)" nil t)
1855
1856 (function-put 'benchmark-run 'lisp-indent-function '1)
1857
1858 (autoload 'benchmark-run-compiled "benchmark" "\
1859 Time execution of compiled version of FORMS.
1860 This is like `benchmark-run', but what is timed is a funcall of the
1861 byte code obtained by wrapping FORMS in a `lambda' and compiling the
1862 result. The overhead of the `lambda's is accounted for.
1863
1864 \(fn &optional REPETITIONS &rest FORMS)" nil t)
1865
1866 (function-put 'benchmark-run-compiled 'lisp-indent-function '1)
1867
1868 (autoload 'benchmark "benchmark" "\
1869 Print the time taken for REPETITIONS executions of FORM.
1870 Interactively, REPETITIONS is taken from the prefix arg.
1871 For non-interactive use see also `benchmark-run' and
1872 `benchmark-run-compiled'.
1873
1874 \(fn REPETITIONS FORM)" t nil)
1875
1876 ;;;***
1877 \f
1878 ;;;### (autoloads nil "bibtex" "textmodes/bibtex.el" (22011 58554
1879 ;;;;;; 41858 469000))
1880 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/bibtex.el
1881
1882 (autoload 'bibtex-initialize "bibtex" "\
1883 (Re)Initialize BibTeX buffers.
1884 Visit the BibTeX files defined by `bibtex-files' and return a list
1885 of corresponding buffers.
1886 Initialize in these buffers `bibtex-reference-keys' if not yet set.
1887 List of BibTeX buffers includes current buffer if CURRENT is non-nil
1888 and the current buffer visits a file using `bibtex-mode'.
1889 If FORCE is non-nil, (re)initialize `bibtex-reference-keys' even if
1890 already set. If SELECT is non-nil interactively select a BibTeX buffer.
1891
1892 When called interactively, FORCE is t, CURRENT is t if current buffer
1893 visits a file using `bibtex-mode', and SELECT is t if current buffer
1894 does not use `bibtex-mode',
1895
1896 \(fn &optional CURRENT FORCE SELECT)" t nil)
1897
1898 (autoload 'bibtex-mode "bibtex" "\
1899 Major mode for editing BibTeX files.
1900
1901 General information on working with BibTeX mode:
1902
1903 Use commands such as \\<bibtex-mode-map>\\[bibtex-Book] to get a template for a specific entry.
1904 Then fill in all desired fields using \\[bibtex-next-field] to jump from field
1905 to field. After having filled in all desired fields in the entry, clean the
1906 new entry with the command \\[bibtex-clean-entry].
1907
1908 Some features of BibTeX mode are available only by setting the variable
1909 `bibtex-maintain-sorted-entries' to non-nil. However, then BibTeX mode
1910 works only with buffers containing valid (syntactically correct) and sorted
1911 entries. This is usually the case, if you have created a buffer completely
1912 with BibTeX mode and finished every new entry with \\[bibtex-clean-entry].
1913
1914 For third party BibTeX files, call the command \\[bibtex-convert-alien]
1915 to fully take advantage of all features of BibTeX mode.
1916
1917
1918 Special information:
1919
1920 A command such as \\[bibtex-Book] outlines the fields for a BibTeX book entry.
1921
1922 The names of optional fields start with the string OPT, and are thus ignored
1923 by BibTeX. The names of alternative fields from which only one is required
1924 start with the string ALT. The OPT or ALT string may be removed from
1925 the name of a field with \\[bibtex-remove-OPT-or-ALT].
1926 \\[bibtex-make-field] inserts a new field after the current one.
1927 \\[bibtex-kill-field] kills the current field entirely.
1928 \\[bibtex-yank] yanks the last recently killed field after the current field.
1929 \\[bibtex-remove-delimiters] removes the double-quotes or braces around the text of the current field.
1930 \\[bibtex-empty-field] replaces the text of the current field with the default \"\" or {}.
1931 \\[bibtex-find-text] moves point to the end of the current field.
1932 \\[completion-at-point] completes word fragment before point according to context.
1933
1934 The command \\[bibtex-clean-entry] cleans the current entry, i.e. it removes OPT/ALT
1935 from the names of all non-empty optional or alternative fields, checks that
1936 no required fields are empty, and does some formatting dependent on the value
1937 of `bibtex-entry-format'. Furthermore, it can automatically generate a key
1938 for the BibTeX entry, see `bibtex-generate-autokey'.
1939 Note: some functions in BibTeX mode depend on entries being in a special
1940 format (all fields beginning on separate lines), so it is usually a bad
1941 idea to remove `realign' from `bibtex-entry-format'.
1942
1943 BibTeX mode supports Imenu and hideshow minor mode (`hs-minor-mode').
1944
1945 ----------------------------------------------------------
1946 Entry to BibTeX mode calls the value of `bibtex-mode-hook'
1947 if that value is non-nil.
1948
1949 \\{bibtex-mode-map}
1950
1951 \(fn)" t nil)
1952
1953 (autoload 'bibtex-search-entry "bibtex" "\
1954 Move point to the beginning of BibTeX entry named KEY.
1955 Return position of entry if KEY is found or nil if not found.
1956 With GLOBAL non-nil, search KEY in `bibtex-files'. Otherwise the search
1957 is limited to the current buffer. Optional arg START is buffer position
1958 where the search starts. If it is nil, start search at beginning of buffer.
1959 If DISPLAY is non-nil, display the buffer containing KEY.
1960 Otherwise, use `set-buffer'.
1961 When called interactively, START is nil, DISPLAY is t.
1962 Also, GLOBAL is t if the current mode is not `bibtex-mode'
1963 or `bibtex-search-entry-globally' is non-nil.
1964 A prefix arg negates the value of `bibtex-search-entry-globally'.
1965
1966 \(fn KEY &optional GLOBAL START DISPLAY)" t nil)
1967
1968 ;;;***
1969 \f
1970 ;;;### (autoloads nil "bibtex-style" "textmodes/bibtex-style.el"
1971 ;;;;;; (21670 32331 885635 586000))
1972 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/bibtex-style.el
1973
1974 (autoload 'bibtex-style-mode "bibtex-style" "\
1975 Major mode for editing BibTeX style files.
1976
1977 \(fn)" t nil)
1978
1979 ;;;***
1980 \f
1981 ;;;### (autoloads nil "binhex" "mail/binhex.el" (21670 32331 385639
1982 ;;;;;; 720000))
1983 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/binhex.el
1984
1985 (defconst binhex-begin-line "^:...............................................................$" "\
1986 Regular expression matching the start of a BinHex encoded region.")
1987
1988 (autoload 'binhex-decode-region-internal "binhex" "\
1989 Binhex decode region between START and END without using an external program.
1990 If HEADER-ONLY is non-nil only decode header and return filename.
1991
1992 \(fn START END &optional HEADER-ONLY)" t nil)
1993
1994 (autoload 'binhex-decode-region-external "binhex" "\
1995 Binhex decode region between START and END using external decoder.
1996
1997 \(fn START END)" t nil)
1998
1999 (autoload 'binhex-decode-region "binhex" "\
2000 Binhex decode region between START and END.
2001
2002 \(fn START END)" t nil)
2003
2004 ;;;***
2005 \f
2006 ;;;### (autoloads nil "blackbox" "play/blackbox.el" (21670 32331
2007 ;;;;;; 385639 720000))
2008 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/blackbox.el
2009
2010 (autoload 'blackbox "blackbox" "\
2011 Play blackbox.
2012 Optional prefix argument is the number of balls; the default is 4.
2013
2014 What is blackbox?
2015
2016 Blackbox is a game of hide and seek played on an 8 by 8 grid (the
2017 Blackbox). Your opponent (Emacs, in this case) has hidden several
2018 balls (usually 4) within this box. By shooting rays into the box and
2019 observing where they emerge it is possible to deduce the positions of
2020 the hidden balls. The fewer rays you use to find the balls, the lower
2021 your score.
2022
2023 Overview of play:
2024
2025 \\<blackbox-mode-map>To play blackbox, type \\[blackbox]. An optional prefix argument
2026 specifies the number of balls to be hidden in the box; the default is
2027 four.
2028
2029 The cursor can be moved around the box with the standard cursor
2030 movement keys.
2031
2032 To shoot a ray, move the cursor to the edge of the box and press SPC.
2033 The result will be determined and the playfield updated.
2034
2035 You may place or remove balls in the box by moving the cursor into the
2036 box and pressing \\[bb-romp].
2037
2038 When you think the configuration of balls you have placed is correct,
2039 press \\[bb-done]. You will be informed whether you are correct or
2040 not, and be given your score. Your score is the number of letters and
2041 numbers around the outside of the box plus five for each incorrectly
2042 placed ball. If you placed any balls incorrectly, they will be
2043 indicated with `x', and their actual positions indicated with `o'.
2044
2045 Details:
2046
2047 There are three possible outcomes for each ray you send into the box:
2048
2049 Detour: the ray is deflected and emerges somewhere other than
2050 where you sent it in. On the playfield, detours are
2051 denoted by matching pairs of numbers -- one where the
2052 ray went in, and the other where it came out.
2053
2054 Reflection: the ray is reflected and emerges in the same place
2055 it was sent in. On the playfield, reflections are
2056 denoted by the letter `R'.
2057
2058 Hit: the ray strikes a ball directly and is absorbed. It does
2059 not emerge from the box. On the playfield, hits are
2060 denoted by the letter `H'.
2061
2062 The rules for how balls deflect rays are simple and are best shown by
2063 example.
2064
2065 As a ray approaches a ball it is deflected ninety degrees. Rays can
2066 be deflected multiple times. In the diagrams below, the dashes
2067 represent empty box locations and the letter `O' represents a ball.
2068 The entrance and exit points of each ray are marked with numbers as
2069 described under \"Detour\" above. Note that the entrance and exit
2070 points are always interchangeable. `*' denotes the path taken by the
2071 ray.
2072
2073 Note carefully the relative positions of the ball and the ninety
2074 degree deflection it causes.
2075
2076 1
2077 - * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
2078 - * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
2079 1 * * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - - O -
2080 - - O - - - - - - - O - - - - - - - * * * * - -
2081 - - - - - - - - - - - * * * * * 2 3 * * * - - * - -
2082 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - O - * - -
2083 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - * * - -
2084 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - * - O -
2085 2 3
2086
2087 As mentioned above, a reflection occurs when a ray emerges from the same point
2088 it was sent in. This can happen in several ways:
2089
2090
2091 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
2092 - - - - O - - - - - O - O - - - - - - - - - - -
2093 R * * * * - - - - - - - * - - - - O - - - - - - -
2094 - - - - O - - - - - - * - - - - R - - - - - - - -
2095 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - - - - -
2096 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - - - - -
2097 - - - - - - - - R * * * * - - - - - - - - - - - -
2098 - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - - - - - - - - -
2099
2100 In the first example, the ray is deflected downwards by the upper
2101 ball, then left by the lower ball, and finally retraces its path to
2102 its point of origin. The second example is similar. The third
2103 example is a bit anomalous but can be rationalized by realizing the
2104 ray never gets a chance to get into the box. Alternatively, the ray
2105 can be thought of as being deflected downwards and immediately
2106 emerging from the box.
2107
2108 A hit occurs when a ray runs straight into a ball:
2109
2110 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
2111 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - -
2112 - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - H * * * * - - - -
2113 - - - - - - - - H * * * * O - - - - - - * - - - -
2114 - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - - - - O - - - -
2115 H * * * O - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
2116 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
2117 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
2118
2119 Be sure to compare the second example of a hit with the first example of
2120 a reflection.
2121
2122 \(fn NUM)" t nil)
2123
2124 ;;;***
2125 \f
2126 ;;;### (autoloads nil "bookmark" "bookmark.el" (22081 53819 631137
2127 ;;;;;; 351000))
2128 ;;; Generated autoloads from bookmark.el
2129 (define-key ctl-x-r-map "b" 'bookmark-jump)
2130 (define-key ctl-x-r-map "m" 'bookmark-set)
2131 (define-key ctl-x-r-map "M" 'bookmark-set-no-overwrite)
2132 (define-key ctl-x-r-map "l" 'bookmark-bmenu-list)
2133
2134 (defvar bookmark-map (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap))) (define-key map "x" 'bookmark-set) (define-key map "m" 'bookmark-set) (define-key map "M" 'bookmark-set-no-overwrite) (define-key map "j" 'bookmark-jump) (define-key map "g" 'bookmark-jump) (define-key map "o" 'bookmark-jump-other-window) (define-key map "i" 'bookmark-insert) (define-key map "e" 'edit-bookmarks) (define-key map "f" 'bookmark-insert-location) (define-key map "r" 'bookmark-rename) (define-key map "d" 'bookmark-delete) (define-key map "l" 'bookmark-load) (define-key map "w" 'bookmark-write) (define-key map "s" 'bookmark-save) map) "\
2135 Keymap containing bindings to bookmark functions.
2136 It is not bound to any key by default: to bind it
2137 so that you have a bookmark prefix, just use `global-set-key' and bind a
2138 key of your choice to `bookmark-map'. All interactive bookmark
2139 functions have a binding in this keymap.")
2140 (fset 'bookmark-map bookmark-map)
2141
2142 (autoload 'bookmark-set "bookmark" "\
2143 Set a bookmark named NAME at the current location.
2144 If NAME is nil, then prompt the user.
2145
2146 With a prefix arg (non-nil NO-OVERWRITE), do not overwrite any
2147 existing bookmark that has the same name as NAME, but instead push the
2148 new bookmark onto the bookmark alist. The most recently set bookmark
2149 with name NAME is thus the one in effect at any given time, but the
2150 others are still there, should the user decide to delete the most
2151 recent one.
2152
2153 To yank words from the text of the buffer and use them as part of the
2154 bookmark name, type C-w while setting a bookmark. Successive C-w's
2155 yank successive words.
2156
2157 Typing C-u inserts (at the bookmark name prompt) the name of the last
2158 bookmark used in the document where the new bookmark is being set;
2159 this helps you use a single bookmark name to track progress through a
2160 large document. If there is no prior bookmark for this document, then
2161 C-u inserts an appropriate name based on the buffer or file.
2162
2163 Use \\[bookmark-delete] to remove bookmarks (you give it a name and
2164 it removes only the first instance of a bookmark with that name from
2165 the list of bookmarks.)
2166
2167 \(fn &optional NAME NO-OVERWRITE)" t nil)
2168
2169 (autoload 'bookmark-set-no-overwrite "bookmark" "\
2170 Set a bookmark named NAME at the current location.
2171 If NAME is nil, then prompt the user.
2172
2173 If a bookmark named NAME already exists and prefix argument
2174 PUSH-BOOKMARK is non-nil, then push the new bookmark onto the
2175 bookmark alist. Pushing it means that among bookmarks named
2176 NAME, this one becomes the one in effect, but the others are
2177 still there, in order, and become effective again if the user
2178 ever deletes the most recent one.
2179
2180 Otherwise, if a bookmark named NAME already exists but PUSH-BOOKMARK
2181 is nil, raise an error.
2182
2183 To yank words from the text of the buffer and use them as part of the
2184 bookmark name, type C-w while setting a bookmark. Successive C-w's
2185 yank successive words.
2186
2187 Typing C-u inserts (at the bookmark name prompt) the name of the last
2188 bookmark used in the document where the new bookmark is being set;
2189 this helps you use a single bookmark name to track progress through a
2190 large document. If there is no prior bookmark for this document, then
2191 C-u inserts an appropriate name based on the buffer or file.
2192
2193 Use \\[bookmark-delete] to remove bookmarks (you give it a name and
2194 it removes only the first instance of a bookmark with that name from
2195 the list of bookmarks.)
2196
2197 \(fn &optional NAME PUSH-BOOKMARK)" t nil)
2198
2199 (autoload 'bookmark-jump "bookmark" "\
2200 Jump to bookmark BOOKMARK (a point in some file).
2201 You may have a problem using this function if the value of variable
2202 `bookmark-alist' is nil. If that happens, you need to load in some
2203 bookmarks. See help on function `bookmark-load' for more about
2204 this.
2205
2206 If the file pointed to by BOOKMARK no longer exists, you will be asked
2207 if you wish to give the bookmark a new location, and `bookmark-jump'
2208 will then jump to the new location, as well as recording it in place
2209 of the old one in the permanent bookmark record.
2210
2211 BOOKMARK is usually a bookmark name (a string). It can also be a
2212 bookmark record, but this is usually only done by programmatic callers.
2213
2214 If DISPLAY-FUNC is non-nil, it is a function to invoke to display the
2215 bookmark. It defaults to `switch-to-buffer'. A typical value for
2216 DISPLAY-FUNC would be `switch-to-buffer-other-window'.
2217
2218 \(fn BOOKMARK &optional DISPLAY-FUNC)" t nil)
2219
2220 (autoload 'bookmark-jump-other-window "bookmark" "\
2221 Jump to BOOKMARK in another window. See `bookmark-jump' for more.
2222
2223 \(fn BOOKMARK)" t nil)
2224
2225 (autoload 'bookmark-relocate "bookmark" "\
2226 Relocate BOOKMARK-NAME to another file, reading file name with minibuffer.
2227
2228 This makes an already existing bookmark point to that file, instead of
2229 the one it used to point at. Useful when a file has been renamed
2230 after a bookmark was set in it.
2231
2232 \(fn BOOKMARK-NAME)" t nil)
2233
2234 (autoload 'bookmark-insert-location "bookmark" "\
2235 Insert the name of the file associated with BOOKMARK-NAME.
2236
2237 Optional second arg NO-HISTORY means don't record this in the
2238 minibuffer history list `bookmark-history'.
2239
2240 \(fn BOOKMARK-NAME &optional NO-HISTORY)" t nil)
2241
2242 (defalias 'bookmark-locate 'bookmark-insert-location)
2243
2244 (autoload 'bookmark-rename "bookmark" "\
2245 Change the name of OLD-NAME bookmark to NEW-NAME name.
2246 If called from keyboard, prompt for OLD-NAME and NEW-NAME.
2247 If called from menubar, select OLD-NAME from a menu and prompt for NEW-NAME.
2248
2249 If called from Lisp, prompt for NEW-NAME if only OLD-NAME was passed
2250 as an argument. If called with two strings, then no prompting is done.
2251 You must pass at least OLD-NAME when calling from Lisp.
2252
2253 While you are entering the new name, consecutive C-w's insert
2254 consecutive words from the text of the buffer into the new bookmark
2255 name.
2256
2257 \(fn OLD-NAME &optional NEW-NAME)" t nil)
2258
2259 (autoload 'bookmark-insert "bookmark" "\
2260 Insert the text of the file pointed to by bookmark BOOKMARK-NAME.
2261 BOOKMARK-NAME is a bookmark name (a string), not a bookmark record.
2262
2263 You may have a problem using this function if the value of variable
2264 `bookmark-alist' is nil. If that happens, you need to load in some
2265 bookmarks. See help on function `bookmark-load' for more about
2266 this.
2267
2268 \(fn BOOKMARK-NAME)" t nil)
2269
2270 (autoload 'bookmark-delete "bookmark" "\
2271 Delete BOOKMARK-NAME from the bookmark list.
2272
2273 Removes only the first instance of a bookmark with that name. If
2274 there are one or more other bookmarks with the same name, they will
2275 not be deleted. Defaults to the \"current\" bookmark (that is, the
2276 one most recently used in this file, if any).
2277 Optional second arg BATCH means don't update the bookmark list buffer,
2278 probably because we were called from there.
2279
2280 \(fn BOOKMARK-NAME &optional BATCH)" t nil)
2281
2282 (autoload 'bookmark-write "bookmark" "\
2283 Write bookmarks to a file (reading the file name with the minibuffer).
2284
2285 \(fn)" t nil)
2286
2287 (function-put 'bookmark-write 'interactive-only 'bookmark-save)
2288
2289 (autoload 'bookmark-save "bookmark" "\
2290 Save currently defined bookmarks.
2291 Saves by default in the file defined by the variable
2292 `bookmark-default-file'. With a prefix arg, save it in file FILE
2293 \(second argument).
2294
2295 If you are calling this from Lisp, the two arguments are PARG and
2296 FILE, and if you just want it to write to the default file, then
2297 pass no arguments. Or pass in nil and FILE, and it will save in FILE
2298 instead. If you pass in one argument, and it is non-nil, then the
2299 user will be interactively queried for a file to save in.
2300
2301 When you want to load in the bookmarks from a file, use
2302 `bookmark-load', \\[bookmark-load]. That function will prompt you
2303 for a file, defaulting to the file defined by variable
2304 `bookmark-default-file'.
2305
2306 \(fn &optional PARG FILE)" t nil)
2307
2308 (autoload 'bookmark-load "bookmark" "\
2309 Load bookmarks from FILE (which must be in bookmark format).
2310 Appends loaded bookmarks to the front of the list of bookmarks. If
2311 optional second argument OVERWRITE is non-nil, existing bookmarks are
2312 destroyed. Optional third arg NO-MSG means don't display any messages
2313 while loading.
2314
2315 If you load a file that doesn't contain a proper bookmark alist, you
2316 will corrupt Emacs's bookmark list. Generally, you should only load
2317 in files that were created with the bookmark functions in the first
2318 place. Your own personal bookmark file, `~/.emacs.bmk', is
2319 maintained automatically by Emacs; you shouldn't need to load it
2320 explicitly.
2321
2322 If you load a file containing bookmarks with the same names as
2323 bookmarks already present in your Emacs, the new bookmarks will get
2324 unique numeric suffixes \"<2>\", \"<3>\", etc.
2325
2326 \(fn FILE &optional OVERWRITE NO-MSG)" t nil)
2327
2328 (autoload 'bookmark-bmenu-list "bookmark" "\
2329 Display a list of existing bookmarks.
2330 The list is displayed in a buffer named `*Bookmark List*'.
2331 The leftmost column displays a D if the bookmark is flagged for
2332 deletion, or > if it is flagged for displaying.
2333
2334 \(fn)" t nil)
2335
2336 (defalias 'list-bookmarks 'bookmark-bmenu-list)
2337
2338 (defalias 'edit-bookmarks 'bookmark-bmenu-list)
2339
2340 (autoload 'bookmark-bmenu-search "bookmark" "\
2341 Incremental search of bookmarks, hiding the non-matches as we go.
2342
2343 \(fn)" t nil)
2344
2345 (defvar menu-bar-bookmark-map (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Bookmark functions"))) (bindings--define-key map [load] '(menu-item "Load a Bookmark File..." bookmark-load :help "Load bookmarks from a bookmark file)")) (bindings--define-key map [write] '(menu-item "Save Bookmarks As..." bookmark-write :help "Write bookmarks to a file (reading the file name with the minibuffer)")) (bindings--define-key map [save] '(menu-item "Save Bookmarks" bookmark-save :help "Save currently defined bookmarks")) (bindings--define-key map [edit] '(menu-item "Edit Bookmark List" bookmark-bmenu-list :help "Display a list of existing bookmarks")) (bindings--define-key map [delete] '(menu-item "Delete Bookmark..." bookmark-delete :help "Delete a bookmark from the bookmark list")) (bindings--define-key map [rename] '(menu-item "Rename Bookmark..." bookmark-rename :help "Change the name of a bookmark")) (bindings--define-key map [locate] '(menu-item "Insert Location..." bookmark-locate :help "Insert the name of the file associated with a bookmark")) (bindings--define-key map [insert] '(menu-item "Insert Contents..." bookmark-insert :help "Insert the text of the file pointed to by a bookmark")) (bindings--define-key map [set] '(menu-item "Set Bookmark..." bookmark-set :help "Set a bookmark named inside a file.")) (bindings--define-key map [jump] '(menu-item "Jump to Bookmark..." bookmark-jump :help "Jump to a bookmark (a point in some file)")) map))
2346
2347 (defalias 'menu-bar-bookmark-map menu-bar-bookmark-map)
2348
2349 ;;;***
2350 \f
2351 ;;;### (autoloads nil "browse-url" "net/browse-url.el" (21993 28596
2352 ;;;;;; 198597 473000))
2353 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/browse-url.el
2354
2355 (defvar browse-url-browser-function 'browse-url-default-browser "\
2356 Function to display the current buffer in a WWW browser.
2357 This is used by the `browse-url-at-point', `browse-url-at-mouse', and
2358 `browse-url-of-file' commands.
2359
2360 If the value is not a function it should be a list of pairs
2361 \(REGEXP . FUNCTION). In this case the function called will be the one
2362 associated with the first REGEXP which matches the current URL. The
2363 function is passed the URL and any other args of `browse-url'. The last
2364 regexp should probably be \".\" to specify a default browser.")
2365
2366 (custom-autoload 'browse-url-browser-function "browse-url" t)
2367
2368 (autoload 'browse-url-of-file "browse-url" "\
2369 Ask a WWW browser to display FILE.
2370 Display the current buffer's file if FILE is nil or if called
2371 interactively. Turn the filename into a URL with function
2372 `browse-url-file-url'. Pass the URL to a browser using the
2373 `browse-url' function then run `browse-url-of-file-hook'.
2374
2375 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
2376
2377 (autoload 'browse-url-of-buffer "browse-url" "\
2378 Ask a WWW browser to display BUFFER.
2379 Display the current buffer if BUFFER is nil. Display only the
2380 currently visible part of BUFFER (from a temporary file) if buffer is
2381 narrowed.
2382
2383 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
2384
2385 (autoload 'browse-url-of-dired-file "browse-url" "\
2386 In Dired, ask a WWW browser to display the file named on this line.
2387
2388 \(fn)" t nil)
2389
2390 (autoload 'browse-url-of-region "browse-url" "\
2391 Ask a WWW browser to display the current region.
2392
2393 \(fn MIN MAX)" t nil)
2394
2395 (autoload 'browse-url "browse-url" "\
2396 Ask a WWW browser to load URL.
2397 Prompt for a URL, defaulting to the URL at or before point.
2398 The variable `browse-url-browser-function' says which browser to use.
2399 If the URL is a mailto: URL, consult `browse-url-mailto-function'
2400 first, if that exists.
2401
2402 Passes any ARGS to the browser function.
2403 The default is to pass `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2404
2405 \(fn URL &rest ARGS)" t nil)
2406
2407 (autoload 'browse-url-at-point "browse-url" "\
2408 Ask a WWW browser to load the URL at or before point.
2409 Variable `browse-url-browser-function' says which browser to use.
2410 Optional prefix argument ARG non-nil inverts the value of the option
2411 `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2412
2413 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2414
2415 (autoload 'browse-url-at-mouse "browse-url" "\
2416 Ask a WWW browser to load a URL clicked with the mouse.
2417 The URL is the one around or before the position of the mouse click
2418 but point is not changed. Variable `browse-url-browser-function'
2419 says which browser to use.
2420
2421 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
2422
2423 (autoload 'browse-url-xdg-open "browse-url" "\
2424 Pass the specified URL to the \"xdg-open\" command.
2425 xdg-open is a desktop utility that calls your preferred web browser.
2426 The optional argument IGNORED is not used.
2427
2428 \(fn URL &optional IGNORED)" t nil)
2429
2430 (autoload 'browse-url-netscape "browse-url" "\
2431 Ask the Netscape WWW browser to load URL.
2432 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2433 `browse-url-netscape-arguments' are also passed to Netscape.
2434
2435 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2436 non-nil, load the document in a new Netscape window, otherwise use a
2437 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2438 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2439
2440 If `browse-url-netscape-new-window-is-tab' is non-nil, then
2441 whenever a document would otherwise be loaded in a new window, it
2442 is loaded in a new tab in an existing window instead.
2443
2444 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2445 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2446
2447 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2448
2449 (make-obsolete 'browse-url-netscape 'nil '"25.1")
2450
2451 (autoload 'browse-url-mozilla "browse-url" "\
2452 Ask the Mozilla WWW browser to load URL.
2453 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2454 `browse-url-mozilla-arguments' are also passed to Mozilla.
2455
2456 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2457 non-nil, load the document in a new Mozilla window, otherwise use a
2458 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2459 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2460
2461 If `browse-url-mozilla-new-window-is-tab' is non-nil, then whenever a
2462 document would otherwise be loaded in a new window, it is loaded in a
2463 new tab in an existing window instead.
2464
2465 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2466 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2467
2468 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2469
2470 (autoload 'browse-url-firefox "browse-url" "\
2471 Ask the Firefox WWW browser to load URL.
2472 Defaults to the URL around or before point. Passes the strings
2473 in the variable `browse-url-firefox-arguments' to Firefox.
2474
2475 Interactively, if the variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is non-nil,
2476 loads the document in a new Firefox window. A non-nil prefix argument
2477 reverses the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2478
2479 If `browse-url-firefox-new-window-is-tab' is non-nil, then
2480 whenever a document would otherwise be loaded in a new window, it
2481 is loaded in a new tab in an existing window instead.
2482
2483 Non-interactively, this uses the optional second argument NEW-WINDOW
2484 instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2485
2486 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2487
2488 (autoload 'browse-url-chromium "browse-url" "\
2489 Ask the Chromium WWW browser to load URL.
2490 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in
2491 variable `browse-url-chromium-arguments' are also passed to
2492 Chromium.
2493
2494 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2495
2496 (autoload 'browse-url-galeon "browse-url" "\
2497 Ask the Galeon WWW browser to load URL.
2498 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2499 `browse-url-galeon-arguments' are also passed to Galeon.
2500
2501 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2502 non-nil, load the document in a new Galeon window, otherwise use a
2503 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2504 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2505
2506 If `browse-url-galeon-new-window-is-tab' is non-nil, then whenever a
2507 document would otherwise be loaded in a new window, it is loaded in a
2508 new tab in an existing window instead.
2509
2510 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2511 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2512
2513 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2514
2515 (make-obsolete 'browse-url-galeon 'nil '"25.1")
2516
2517 (autoload 'browse-url-emacs "browse-url" "\
2518 Ask Emacs to load URL into a buffer and show it in another window.
2519
2520 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2521
2522 (autoload 'browse-url-gnome-moz "browse-url" "\
2523 Ask Mozilla/Netscape to load URL via the GNOME program `gnome-moz-remote'.
2524 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2525 `browse-url-gnome-moz-arguments' are also passed.
2526
2527 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2528 non-nil, load the document in a new browser window, otherwise use an
2529 existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses the
2530 effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2531
2532 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2533 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2534
2535 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2536
2537 (make-obsolete 'browse-url-gnome-moz 'nil '"25.1")
2538
2539 (autoload 'browse-url-mosaic "browse-url" "\
2540 Ask the XMosaic WWW browser to load URL.
2541
2542 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2543 `browse-url-mosaic-arguments' are also passed to Mosaic and the
2544 program is invoked according to the variable
2545 `browse-url-mosaic-program'.
2546
2547 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2548 non-nil, load the document in a new Mosaic window, otherwise use a
2549 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2550 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2551
2552 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2553 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2554
2555 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2556
2557 (make-obsolete 'browse-url-mosaic 'nil '"25.1")
2558
2559 (autoload 'browse-url-cci "browse-url" "\
2560 Ask the XMosaic WWW browser to load URL.
2561 Default to the URL around or before point.
2562
2563 This function only works for XMosaic version 2.5 or later. You must
2564 select `CCI' from XMosaic's File menu, set the CCI Port Address to the
2565 value of variable `browse-url-CCI-port', and enable `Accept requests'.
2566
2567 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2568 non-nil, load the document in a new browser window, otherwise use a
2569 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2570 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2571
2572 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2573 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2574
2575 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2576
2577 (make-obsolete 'browse-url-cci 'nil '"25.1")
2578
2579 (autoload 'browse-url-conkeror "browse-url" "\
2580 Ask the Conkeror WWW browser to load URL.
2581 Default to the URL around or before point. Also pass the strings
2582 in the variable `browse-url-conkeror-arguments' to Conkeror.
2583
2584 When called interactively, if variable
2585 `browse-url-new-window-flag' is non-nil, load the document in a
2586 new Conkeror window, otherwise use a random existing one. A
2587 non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses the effect of
2588 `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2589
2590 If variable `browse-url-conkeror-new-window-is-buffer' is
2591 non-nil, then whenever a document would otherwise be loaded in a
2592 new window, load it in a new buffer in an existing window instead.
2593
2594 When called non-interactively, use optional second argument
2595 NEW-WINDOW instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2596
2597 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2598
2599 (autoload 'browse-url-w3 "browse-url" "\
2600 Ask the w3 WWW browser to load URL.
2601 Default to the URL around or before point.
2602
2603 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2604 non-nil, load the document in a new window. A non-nil interactive
2605 prefix argument reverses the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2606
2607 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2608 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2609
2610 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2611
2612 (autoload 'browse-url-w3-gnudoit "browse-url" "\
2613 Ask another Emacs running gnuserv to load the URL using the W3 browser.
2614 The `browse-url-gnudoit-program' program is used with options given by
2615 `browse-url-gnudoit-args'. Default to the URL around or before point.
2616
2617 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2618
2619 (make-obsolete 'browse-url-w3-gnudoit 'nil '"25.1")
2620
2621 (autoload 'browse-url-text-xterm "browse-url" "\
2622 Ask a text browser to load URL.
2623 URL defaults to the URL around or before point.
2624 This runs the text browser specified by `browse-url-text-browser'.
2625 in an Xterm window using the Xterm program named by `browse-url-xterm-program'
2626 with possible additional arguments `browse-url-xterm-args'.
2627
2628 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2629
2630 (autoload 'browse-url-text-emacs "browse-url" "\
2631 Ask a text browser to load URL.
2632 URL defaults to the URL around or before point.
2633 This runs the text browser specified by `browse-url-text-browser'.
2634 With a prefix argument, it runs a new browser process in a new buffer.
2635
2636 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2637 non-nil, load the document in a new browser process in a new term window,
2638 otherwise use any existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument
2639 reverses the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2640
2641 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2642 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2643
2644 \(fn URL &optional NEW-BUFFER)" t nil)
2645
2646 (autoload 'browse-url-mail "browse-url" "\
2647 Open a new mail message buffer within Emacs for the RFC 2368 URL.
2648 Default to using the mailto: URL around or before point as the
2649 recipient's address. Supplying a non-nil interactive prefix argument
2650 will cause the mail to be composed in another window rather than the
2651 current one.
2652
2653 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2654 non-nil use `compose-mail-other-window', otherwise `compose-mail'. A
2655 non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses the effect of
2656 `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2657
2658 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2659 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2660
2661 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2662
2663 (autoload 'browse-url-generic "browse-url" "\
2664 Ask the WWW browser defined by `browse-url-generic-program' to load URL.
2665 Default to the URL around or before point. A fresh copy of the
2666 browser is started up in a new process with possible additional arguments
2667 `browse-url-generic-args'. This is appropriate for browsers which
2668 don't offer a form of remote control.
2669
2670 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2671
2672 (autoload 'browse-url-kde "browse-url" "\
2673 Ask the KDE WWW browser to load URL.
2674 Default to the URL around or before point.
2675
2676 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2677
2678 (autoload 'browse-url-elinks "browse-url" "\
2679 Ask the Elinks WWW browser to load URL.
2680 Default to the URL around the point.
2681
2682 The document is loaded in a new tab of a running Elinks or, if
2683 none yet running, a newly started instance.
2684
2685 The Elinks command will be prepended by the program+arguments
2686 from `browse-url-elinks-wrapper'.
2687
2688 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2689
2690 ;;;***
2691 \f
2692 ;;;### (autoloads nil "bs" "bs.el" (21998 46516 834024 649000))
2693 ;;; Generated autoloads from bs.el
2694 (push (purecopy '(bs 1 17)) package--builtin-versions)
2695
2696 (autoload 'bs-cycle-next "bs" "\
2697 Select next buffer defined by buffer cycling.
2698 The buffers taking part in buffer cycling are defined
2699 by buffer configuration `bs-cycle-configuration-name'.
2700
2701 \(fn)" t nil)
2702
2703 (autoload 'bs-cycle-previous "bs" "\
2704 Select previous buffer defined by buffer cycling.
2705 The buffers taking part in buffer cycling are defined
2706 by buffer configuration `bs-cycle-configuration-name'.
2707
2708 \(fn)" t nil)
2709
2710 (autoload 'bs-customize "bs" "\
2711 Customization of group bs for Buffer Selection Menu.
2712
2713 \(fn)" t nil)
2714
2715 (autoload 'bs-show "bs" "\
2716 Make a menu of buffers so you can manipulate buffers or the buffer list.
2717 \\<bs-mode-map>
2718 There are many key commands similar to `Buffer-menu-mode' for
2719 manipulating the buffer list and the buffers themselves.
2720 User can move with [up] or [down], select a buffer
2721 by \\[bs-select] or [SPC]
2722
2723 Type \\[bs-kill] to leave Buffer Selection Menu without a selection.
2724 Type \\[bs-help] after invocation to get help on commands available.
2725 With prefix argument ARG show a different buffer list. Function
2726 `bs--configuration-name-for-prefix-arg' determine accordingly
2727 name of buffer configuration.
2728
2729 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
2730
2731 ;;;***
2732 \f
2733 ;;;### (autoloads nil "bubbles" "play/bubbles.el" (22026 25907 631502
2734 ;;;;;; 692000))
2735 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/bubbles.el
2736
2737 (autoload 'bubbles "bubbles" "\
2738 Play Bubbles game.
2739 \\<bubbles-mode-map>
2740 The goal is to remove all bubbles with as few moves as possible.
2741 \\[bubbles-plop] on a bubble removes that bubble and all
2742 connected bubbles of the same color. Unsupported bubbles fall
2743 down, and columns that do not contain any bubbles suck the
2744 columns on its right towards the left.
2745
2746 \\[bubbles-set-game-easy] sets the difficulty to easy.
2747 \\[bubbles-set-game-medium] sets the difficulty to medium.
2748 \\[bubbles-set-game-difficult] sets the difficulty to difficult.
2749 \\[bubbles-set-game-hard] sets the difficulty to hard.
2750
2751 \(fn)" t nil)
2752
2753 ;;;***
2754 \f
2755 ;;;### (autoloads nil "bug-reference" "progmodes/bug-reference.el"
2756 ;;;;;; (21980 16567 993544 893000))
2757 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/bug-reference.el
2758
2759 (put 'bug-reference-url-format 'safe-local-variable (lambda (s) (or (stringp s) (and (symbolp s) (get s 'bug-reference-url-format)))))
2760
2761 (autoload 'bug-reference-mode "bug-reference" "\
2762 Toggle hyperlinking bug references in the buffer (Bug Reference mode).
2763 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Bug Reference mode if ARG is
2764 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
2765 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
2766
2767 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2768
2769 (autoload 'bug-reference-prog-mode "bug-reference" "\
2770 Like `bug-reference-mode', but only buttonize in comments and strings.
2771
2772 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2773
2774 ;;;***
2775 \f
2776 ;;;### (autoloads nil "bytecomp" "emacs-lisp/bytecomp.el" (22067
2777 ;;;;;; 17342 138157 143000))
2778 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/bytecomp.el
2779 (put 'byte-compile-dynamic 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
2780 (put 'byte-compile-disable-print-circle 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
2781 (put 'byte-compile-dynamic-docstrings 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
2782
2783 (put 'byte-compile-warnings 'safe-local-variable (lambda (v) (or (symbolp v) (null (delq nil (mapcar (lambda (x) (not (symbolp x))) v))))))
2784
2785 (autoload 'byte-compile-disable-warning "bytecomp" "\
2786 Change `byte-compile-warnings' to disable WARNING.
2787 If `byte-compile-warnings' is t, set it to `(not WARNING)'.
2788 Otherwise, if the first element is `not', add WARNING, else remove it.
2789 Normally you should let-bind `byte-compile-warnings' before calling this,
2790 else the global value will be modified.
2791
2792 \(fn WARNING)" nil nil)
2793
2794 (autoload 'byte-compile-enable-warning "bytecomp" "\
2795 Change `byte-compile-warnings' to enable WARNING.
2796 If `byte-compile-warnings' is t, do nothing. Otherwise, if the
2797 first element is `not', remove WARNING, else add it.
2798 Normally you should let-bind `byte-compile-warnings' before calling this,
2799 else the global value will be modified.
2800
2801 \(fn WARNING)" nil nil)
2802
2803 (autoload 'byte-force-recompile "bytecomp" "\
2804 Recompile every `.el' file in DIRECTORY that already has a `.elc' file.
2805 Files in subdirectories of DIRECTORY are processed also.
2806
2807 \(fn DIRECTORY)" t nil)
2808
2809 (autoload 'byte-recompile-directory "bytecomp" "\
2810 Recompile every `.el' file in DIRECTORY that needs recompilation.
2811 This happens when a `.elc' file exists but is older than the `.el' file.
2812 Files in subdirectories of DIRECTORY are processed also.
2813
2814 If the `.elc' file does not exist, normally this function *does not*
2815 compile the corresponding `.el' file. However, if the prefix argument
2816 ARG is 0, that means do compile all those files. A nonzero
2817 ARG means ask the user, for each such `.el' file, whether to
2818 compile it. A nonzero ARG also means ask about each subdirectory
2819 before scanning it.
2820
2821 If the third argument FORCE is non-nil, recompile every `.el' file
2822 that already has a `.elc' file.
2823
2824 \(fn DIRECTORY &optional ARG FORCE)" t nil)
2825 (put 'no-byte-compile 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
2826
2827 (autoload 'byte-compile-file "bytecomp" "\
2828 Compile a file of Lisp code named FILENAME into a file of byte code.
2829 The output file's name is generated by passing FILENAME to the
2830 function `byte-compile-dest-file' (which see).
2831 With prefix arg (noninteractively: 2nd arg), LOAD the file after compiling.
2832 The value is non-nil if there were no errors, nil if errors.
2833
2834 \(fn FILENAME &optional LOAD)" t nil)
2835
2836 (autoload 'compile-defun "bytecomp" "\
2837 Compile and evaluate the current top-level form.
2838 Print the result in the echo area.
2839 With argument ARG, insert value in current buffer after the form.
2840
2841 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2842
2843 (autoload 'byte-compile "bytecomp" "\
2844 If FORM is a symbol, byte-compile its function definition.
2845 If FORM is a lambda or a macro, byte-compile it as a function.
2846
2847 \(fn FORM)" nil nil)
2848
2849 (autoload 'display-call-tree "bytecomp" "\
2850 Display a call graph of a specified file.
2851 This lists which functions have been called, what functions called
2852 them, and what functions they call. The list includes all functions
2853 whose definitions have been compiled in this Emacs session, as well as
2854 all functions called by those functions.
2855
2856 The call graph does not include macros, inline functions, or
2857 primitives that the byte-code interpreter knows about directly
2858 \(`eq', `cons', etc.).
2859
2860 The call tree also lists those functions which are not known to be called
2861 \(that is, to which no calls have been compiled), and which cannot be
2862 invoked interactively.
2863
2864 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
2865
2866 (autoload 'batch-byte-compile-if-not-done "bytecomp" "\
2867 Like `byte-compile-file' but doesn't recompile if already up to date.
2868 Use this from the command line, with `-batch';
2869 it won't work in an interactive Emacs.
2870
2871 \(fn)" nil nil)
2872
2873 (autoload 'batch-byte-compile "bytecomp" "\
2874 Run `byte-compile-file' on the files remaining on the command line.
2875 Use this from the command line, with `-batch';
2876 it won't work in an interactive Emacs.
2877 Each file is processed even if an error occurred previously.
2878 For example, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-byte-compile $emacs/ ~/*.el\".
2879 If NOFORCE is non-nil, don't recompile a file that seems to be
2880 already up-to-date.
2881
2882 \(fn &optional NOFORCE)" nil nil)
2883
2884 (autoload 'batch-byte-recompile-directory "bytecomp" "\
2885 Run `byte-recompile-directory' on the dirs remaining on the command line.
2886 Must be used only with `-batch', and kills Emacs on completion.
2887 For example, invoke `emacs -batch -f batch-byte-recompile-directory .'.
2888
2889 Optional argument ARG is passed as second argument ARG to
2890 `byte-recompile-directory'; see there for its possible values
2891 and corresponding effects.
2892
2893 \(fn &optional ARG)" nil nil)
2894
2895 ;;;***
2896 \f
2897 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cal-china" "calendar/cal-china.el" (21670
2898 ;;;;;; 32330 885624 725000))
2899 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-china.el
2900
2901 (put 'calendar-chinese-time-zone 'risky-local-variable t)
2902
2903 (put 'chinese-calendar-time-zone 'risky-local-variable t)
2904
2905 ;;;***
2906 \f
2907 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cal-dst" "calendar/cal-dst.el" (21990 52406
2908 ;;;;;; 468500 385000))
2909 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-dst.el
2910
2911 (put 'calendar-daylight-savings-starts 'risky-local-variable t)
2912
2913 (put 'calendar-daylight-savings-ends 'risky-local-variable t)
2914
2915 (put 'calendar-current-time-zone-cache 'risky-local-variable t)
2916
2917 ;;;***
2918 \f
2919 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cal-hebrew" "calendar/cal-hebrew.el" (21993
2920 ;;;;;; 28595 970597 473000))
2921 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-hebrew.el
2922
2923 (autoload 'calendar-hebrew-list-yahrzeits "cal-hebrew" "\
2924 List Yahrzeit dates for *Gregorian* DEATH-DATE from START-YEAR to END-YEAR.
2925 When called interactively from the calendar window, the date of death is taken
2926 from the cursor position.
2927
2928 \(fn DEATH-DATE START-YEAR END-YEAR)" t nil)
2929
2930 ;;;***
2931 \f
2932 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calc" "calc/calc.el" (22073 59712 746803 451000))
2933 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc.el
2934 (define-key ctl-x-map "*" 'calc-dispatch)
2935
2936 (autoload 'calc-dispatch "calc" "\
2937 Invoke the GNU Emacs Calculator. See \\[calc-dispatch-help] for details.
2938
2939 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2940
2941 (autoload 'calc "calc" "\
2942 The Emacs Calculator. Full documentation is listed under \"calc-mode\".
2943
2944 \(fn &optional ARG FULL-DISPLAY INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
2945
2946 (autoload 'full-calc "calc" "\
2947 Invoke the Calculator and give it a full-sized window.
2948
2949 \(fn &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
2950
2951 (autoload 'quick-calc "calc" "\
2952 Do a quick calculation in the minibuffer without invoking full Calculator.
2953 With prefix argument INSERT, insert the result in the current
2954 buffer. Otherwise, the result is copied into the kill ring.
2955
2956 \(fn &optional INSERT)" t nil)
2957
2958 (autoload 'calc-eval "calc" "\
2959 Do a quick calculation and return the result as a string.
2960 Return value will either be the formatted result in string form,
2961 or a list containing a character position and an error message in string form.
2962
2963 \(fn STR &optional SEPARATOR &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
2964
2965 (autoload 'calc-keypad "calc" "\
2966 Invoke the Calculator in \"visual keypad\" mode.
2967 This is most useful in the X window system.
2968 In this mode, click on the Calc \"buttons\" using the left mouse button.
2969 Or, position the cursor manually and do M-x calc-keypad-press.
2970
2971 \(fn &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
2972
2973 (autoload 'full-calc-keypad "calc" "\
2974 Invoke the Calculator in full-screen \"visual keypad\" mode.
2975 See calc-keypad for details.
2976
2977 \(fn &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
2978
2979 (autoload 'calc-grab-region "calc" "\
2980 Parse the region as a vector of numbers and push it on the Calculator stack.
2981
2982 \(fn TOP BOT ARG)" t nil)
2983
2984 (autoload 'calc-grab-rectangle "calc" "\
2985 Parse a rectangle as a matrix of numbers and push it on the Calculator stack.
2986
2987 \(fn TOP BOT ARG)" t nil)
2988
2989 (autoload 'calc-embedded "calc" "\
2990 Start Calc Embedded mode on the formula surrounding point.
2991
2992 \(fn ARG &optional END OBEG OEND)" t nil)
2993
2994 (autoload 'calc-embedded-activate "calc" "\
2995 Scan the current editing buffer for all embedded := and => formulas.
2996 Also looks for the equivalent TeX words, \\gets and \\evalto.
2997
2998 \(fn &optional ARG CBUF)" t nil)
2999
3000 (autoload 'defmath "calc" "\
3001 Define Calc function.
3002
3003 Like `defun' except that code in the body of the definition can
3004 make use of the full range of Calc data types and the usual
3005 arithmetic operations are converted to their Calc equivalents.
3006
3007 The prefix `calcFunc-' is added to the specified name to get the
3008 actual Lisp function name.
3009
3010 See Info node `(calc)Defining Functions'.
3011
3012 \(fn FUNC ARGS &rest BODY)" nil t)
3013
3014 (function-put 'defmath 'doc-string-elt '3)
3015
3016 ;;;***
3017 \f
3018 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calc-undo" "calc/calc-undo.el" (22073 59712
3019 ;;;;;; 730803 451000))
3020 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc-undo.el
3021
3022 (autoload 'calc-undo "calc-undo" "\
3023
3024
3025 \(fn N)" t nil)
3026
3027 ;;;***
3028 \f
3029 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calculator" "calculator.el" (22109 33223 416655
3030 ;;;;;; 811000))
3031 ;;; Generated autoloads from calculator.el
3032
3033 (autoload 'calculator "calculator" "\
3034 Run the Emacs calculator.
3035 See the documentation for `calculator-mode' for more information.
3036
3037 \(fn)" t nil)
3038
3039 ;;;***
3040 \f
3041 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calendar" "calendar/calendar.el" (22042 14122
3042 ;;;;;; 205169 136000))
3043 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/calendar.el
3044
3045 (autoload 'calendar "calendar" "\
3046 Display a three-month Gregorian calendar.
3047 The three months appear side by side, with the current month in
3048 the middle surrounded by the previous and next months. The
3049 cursor is put on today's date. If optional prefix argument ARG
3050 is non-nil, prompts for the central month and year.
3051
3052 Once in the calendar window, future or past months can be moved
3053 into view. Arbitrary months can be displayed, or the calendar
3054 can be scrolled forward or backward. The cursor can be moved
3055 forward or backward by one day, one week, one month, or one year.
3056 All of these commands take prefix arguments which, when negative,
3057 cause movement in the opposite direction. For convenience, the
3058 digit keys and the minus sign are automatically prefixes. Use
3059 \\[describe-mode] for details of the key bindings in the calendar
3060 window.
3061
3062 Displays the calendar in a separate window, or optionally in a
3063 separate frame, depending on the value of `calendar-setup'.
3064
3065 If `calendar-view-diary-initially-flag' is non-nil, also displays the
3066 diary entries for the current date (or however many days
3067 `diary-number-of-entries' specifies). This variable can be
3068 overridden by `calendar-setup'. As well as being displayed,
3069 diary entries can also be marked on the calendar (see
3070 `calendar-mark-diary-entries-flag').
3071
3072 Runs the following hooks:
3073
3074 `calendar-load-hook' - after loading calendar.el
3075 `calendar-today-visible-hook', `calendar-today-invisible-hook' - after
3076 generating a calendar, if today's date is visible or not, respectively
3077 `calendar-initial-window-hook' - after first creating a calendar
3078
3079 This function is suitable for execution in an init file.
3080
3081 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
3082
3083 ;;;***
3084 \f
3085 ;;;### (autoloads nil "canlock" "gnus/canlock.el" (21852 24381 567240
3086 ;;;;;; 49000))
3087 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/canlock.el
3088
3089 (autoload 'canlock-insert-header "canlock" "\
3090 Insert a Cancel-Key and/or a Cancel-Lock header if possible.
3091
3092 \(fn &optional ID-FOR-KEY ID-FOR-LOCK PASSWORD)" nil nil)
3093
3094 (autoload 'canlock-verify "canlock" "\
3095 Verify Cancel-Lock or Cancel-Key in BUFFER.
3096 If BUFFER is nil, the current buffer is assumed. Signal an error if
3097 it fails.
3098
3099 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
3100
3101 ;;;***
3102 \f
3103 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-engine" "progmodes/cc-engine.el" (22084
3104 ;;;;;; 30014 95762 3000))
3105 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-engine.el
3106
3107 (autoload 'c-guess-basic-syntax "cc-engine" "\
3108 Return the syntactic context of the current line.
3109
3110 \(fn)" nil nil)
3111
3112 ;;;***
3113 \f
3114 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-guess" "progmodes/cc-guess.el" (21976 19510
3115 ;;;;;; 84430 241000))
3116 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-guess.el
3117
3118 (defvar c-guess-guessed-offsets-alist nil "\
3119 Currently guessed offsets-alist.")
3120
3121 (defvar c-guess-guessed-basic-offset nil "\
3122 Currently guessed basic-offset.")
3123
3124 (autoload 'c-guess "cc-guess" "\
3125 Guess the style in the region up to `c-guess-region-max', and install it.
3126
3127 The style is given a name based on the file's absolute file name.
3128
3129 If given a prefix argument (or if the optional argument ACCUMULATE is
3130 non-nil) then the previous guess is extended, otherwise a new guess is
3131 made from scratch.
3132
3133 \(fn &optional ACCUMULATE)" t nil)
3134
3135 (autoload 'c-guess-no-install "cc-guess" "\
3136 Guess the style in the region up to `c-guess-region-max'; don't install it.
3137
3138 If given a prefix argument (or if the optional argument ACCUMULATE is
3139 non-nil) then the previous guess is extended, otherwise a new guess is
3140 made from scratch.
3141
3142 \(fn &optional ACCUMULATE)" t nil)
3143
3144 (autoload 'c-guess-buffer "cc-guess" "\
3145 Guess the style on the whole current buffer, and install it.
3146
3147 The style is given a name based on the file's absolute file name.
3148
3149 If given a prefix argument (or if the optional argument ACCUMULATE is
3150 non-nil) then the previous guess is extended, otherwise a new guess is
3151 made from scratch.
3152
3153 \(fn &optional ACCUMULATE)" t nil)
3154
3155 (autoload 'c-guess-buffer-no-install "cc-guess" "\
3156 Guess the style on the whole current buffer; don't install it.
3157
3158 If given a prefix argument (or if the optional argument ACCUMULATE is
3159 non-nil) then the previous guess is extended, otherwise a new guess is
3160 made from scratch.
3161
3162 \(fn &optional ACCUMULATE)" t nil)
3163
3164 (autoload 'c-guess-region "cc-guess" "\
3165 Guess the style on the region and install it.
3166
3167 The style is given a name based on the file's absolute file name.
3168
3169 If given a prefix argument (or if the optional argument ACCUMULATE is
3170 non-nil) then the previous guess is extended, otherwise a new guess is
3171 made from scratch.
3172
3173 \(fn START END &optional ACCUMULATE)" t nil)
3174
3175 (autoload 'c-guess-region-no-install "cc-guess" "\
3176 Guess the style on the region; don't install it.
3177
3178 Every line of code in the region is examined and values for the following two
3179 variables are guessed:
3180
3181 * `c-basic-offset', and
3182 * the indentation values of the various syntactic symbols in
3183 `c-offsets-alist'.
3184
3185 The guessed values are put into `c-guess-guessed-basic-offset' and
3186 `c-guess-guessed-offsets-alist'.
3187
3188 Frequencies of use are taken into account when guessing, so minor
3189 inconsistencies in the indentation style shouldn't produce wrong guesses.
3190
3191 If given a prefix argument (or if the optional argument ACCUMULATE is
3192 non-nil) then the previous examination is extended, otherwise a new
3193 guess is made from scratch.
3194
3195 Note that the larger the region to guess in, the slower the guessing.
3196 So you can limit the region with `c-guess-region-max'.
3197
3198 \(fn START END &optional ACCUMULATE)" t nil)
3199
3200 (autoload 'c-guess-install "cc-guess" "\
3201 Install the latest guessed style into the current buffer.
3202 \(This guessed style is a combination of `c-guess-guessed-basic-offset',
3203 `c-guess-guessed-offsets-alist' and `c-offsets-alist'.)
3204
3205 The style is entered into CC Mode's style system by
3206 `c-add-style'. Its name is either STYLE-NAME, or a name based on
3207 the absolute file name of the file if STYLE-NAME is nil.
3208
3209 \(fn &optional STYLE-NAME)" t nil)
3210
3211 ;;;***
3212 \f
3213 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-mode" "progmodes/cc-mode.el" (22084 30014
3214 ;;;;;; 99762 3000))
3215 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-mode.el
3216
3217 (autoload 'c-initialize-cc-mode "cc-mode" "\
3218 Initialize CC Mode for use in the current buffer.
3219 If the optional NEW-STYLE-INIT is nil or left out then all necessary
3220 initialization to run CC Mode for the C language is done. Otherwise
3221 only some basic setup is done, and a call to `c-init-language-vars' or
3222 `c-init-language-vars-for' is necessary too (which gives more
3223 control). See \"cc-mode.el\" for more info.
3224
3225 \(fn &optional NEW-STYLE-INIT)" nil nil)
3226 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.\\(cc\\|hh\\)\\'" . c++-mode))
3227 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.[ch]\\(pp\\|xx\\|\\+\\+\\)\\'" . c++-mode))
3228 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.\\(CC?\\|HH?\\)\\'" . c++-mode))
3229 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.[ch]\\'" . c-mode))
3230 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.y\\(acc\\)?\\'" . c-mode))
3231 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.lex\\'" . c-mode))
3232 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.i\\'" . c-mode))
3233 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.ii\\'" . c++-mode))
3234
3235 (autoload 'c-mode "cc-mode" "\
3236 Major mode for editing C code.
3237
3238 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
3239 c-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with version
3240 information already added. You just need to add a description of the
3241 problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the message.
3242
3243 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3244
3245 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3246 initialization, then `c-mode-hook'.
3247
3248 Key bindings:
3249 \\{c-mode-map}
3250
3251 \(fn)" t nil)
3252
3253 (autoload 'c++-mode "cc-mode" "\
3254 Major mode for editing C++ code.
3255 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
3256 c++-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3257 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3258 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3259 message.
3260
3261 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3262
3263 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3264 initialization, then `c++-mode-hook'.
3265
3266 Key bindings:
3267 \\{c++-mode-map}
3268
3269 \(fn)" t nil)
3270 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.m\\'" . objc-mode))
3271
3272 (autoload 'objc-mode "cc-mode" "\
3273 Major mode for editing Objective C code.
3274 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from an
3275 objc-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3276 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3277 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3278 message.
3279
3280 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3281
3282 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3283 initialization, then `objc-mode-hook'.
3284
3285 Key bindings:
3286 \\{objc-mode-map}
3287
3288 \(fn)" t nil)
3289 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.java\\'" . java-mode))
3290
3291 (autoload 'java-mode "cc-mode" "\
3292 Major mode for editing Java code.
3293 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
3294 java-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3295 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3296 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3297 message.
3298
3299 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3300
3301 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3302 initialization, then `java-mode-hook'.
3303
3304 Key bindings:
3305 \\{java-mode-map}
3306
3307 \(fn)" t nil)
3308 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.idl\\'" . idl-mode))
3309
3310 (autoload 'idl-mode "cc-mode" "\
3311 Major mode for editing CORBA's IDL, PSDL and CIDL code.
3312 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from an
3313 idl-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3314 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3315 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3316 message.
3317
3318 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3319
3320 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3321 initialization, then `idl-mode-hook'.
3322
3323 Key bindings:
3324 \\{idl-mode-map}
3325
3326 \(fn)" t nil)
3327 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.\\(u?lpc\\|pike\\|pmod\\(\\.in\\)?\\)\\'" . pike-mode))
3328 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("pike" . pike-mode))
3329
3330 (autoload 'pike-mode "cc-mode" "\
3331 Major mode for editing Pike code.
3332 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
3333 pike-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3334 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3335 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3336 message.
3337
3338 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3339
3340 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3341 initialization, then `pike-mode-hook'.
3342
3343 Key bindings:
3344 \\{pike-mode-map}
3345
3346 \(fn)" t nil)
3347 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.awk\\'" . awk-mode))
3348 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("awk" . awk-mode))
3349 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("mawk" . awk-mode))
3350 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("nawk" . awk-mode))
3351 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("gawk" . awk-mode))
3352
3353 (autoload 'awk-mode "cc-mode" "\
3354 Major mode for editing AWK code.
3355 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from an
3356 awk-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with version
3357 information already added. You just need to add a description of the
3358 problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the message.
3359
3360 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3361
3362 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3363 initialization, then `awk-mode-hook'.
3364
3365 Key bindings:
3366 \\{awk-mode-map}
3367
3368 \(fn)" t nil)
3369
3370 ;;;***
3371 \f
3372 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-styles" "progmodes/cc-styles.el" (21976
3373 ;;;;;; 19510 104430 241000))
3374 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-styles.el
3375
3376 (autoload 'c-set-style "cc-styles" "\
3377 Set the current buffer to use the style STYLENAME.
3378 STYLENAME, a string, must be an existing CC Mode style - These are contained
3379 in the variable `c-style-alist'.
3380
3381 The variable `c-indentation-style' will get set to STYLENAME.
3382
3383 \"Setting the style\" is done by setting CC Mode's \"style variables\" to the
3384 values indicated by the pertinent entry in `c-style-alist'. Other variables
3385 might get set too.
3386
3387 If DONT-OVERRIDE is neither nil nor t, style variables whose default values
3388 have been set (more precisely, whose default values are not the symbol
3389 `set-from-style') will not be changed. This avoids overriding global settings
3390 done in your init file. It is useful to call c-set-style from a mode hook
3391 in this way.
3392
3393 If DONT-OVERRIDE is t, style variables that already have values (i.e., whose
3394 values are not the symbol `set-from-style') will not be overridden. CC Mode
3395 calls c-set-style internally in this way whilst initializing a buffer; if
3396 cc-set-style is called like this from anywhere else, it will usually behave as
3397 a null operation.
3398
3399 \(fn STYLENAME &optional DONT-OVERRIDE)" t nil)
3400
3401 (autoload 'c-add-style "cc-styles" "\
3402 Adds a style to `c-style-alist', or updates an existing one.
3403 STYLE is a string identifying the style to add or update. DESCRIPTION
3404 is an association list describing the style and must be of the form:
3405
3406 ([BASESTYLE] (VARIABLE . VALUE) [(VARIABLE . VALUE) ...])
3407
3408 See the variable `c-style-alist' for the semantics of BASESTYLE,
3409 VARIABLE and VALUE. This function also sets the current style to
3410 STYLE using `c-set-style' if the optional SET-P flag is non-nil.
3411
3412 \(fn STYLE DESCRIPTION &optional SET-P)" t nil)
3413
3414 (autoload 'c-set-offset "cc-styles" "\
3415 Change the value of a syntactic element symbol in `c-offsets-alist'.
3416 SYMBOL is the syntactic element symbol to change and OFFSET is the new
3417 offset for that syntactic element. The optional argument is not used
3418 and exists only for compatibility reasons.
3419
3420 \(fn SYMBOL OFFSET &optional IGNORED)" t nil)
3421
3422 ;;;***
3423 \f
3424 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-vars" "progmodes/cc-vars.el" (22011 58553
3425 ;;;;;; 885858 469000))
3426 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-vars.el
3427 (put 'c-basic-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
3428 (put 'c-backslash-column 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
3429 (put 'c-file-style 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
3430
3431 ;;;***
3432 \f
3433 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ccl" "international/ccl.el" (22064 41137 985468
3434 ;;;;;; 395000))
3435 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/ccl.el
3436
3437 (autoload 'ccl-compile "ccl" "\
3438 Return the compiled code of CCL-PROGRAM as a vector of integers.
3439
3440 \(fn CCL-PROGRAM)" nil nil)
3441
3442 (autoload 'ccl-dump "ccl" "\
3443 Disassemble compiled CCL-code CODE.
3444
3445 \(fn CODE)" nil nil)
3446
3447 (autoload 'declare-ccl-program "ccl" "\
3448 Declare NAME as a name of CCL program.
3449
3450 This macro exists for backward compatibility. In the old version of
3451 Emacs, to compile a CCL program which calls another CCL program not
3452 yet defined, it must be declared as a CCL program in advance. But,
3453 now CCL program names are resolved not at compile time but before
3454 execution.
3455
3456 Optional arg VECTOR is a compiled CCL code of the CCL program.
3457
3458 \(fn NAME &optional VECTOR)" nil t)
3459
3460 (autoload 'define-ccl-program "ccl" "\
3461 Set NAME the compiled code of CCL-PROGRAM.
3462
3463 CCL-PROGRAM has this form:
3464 (BUFFER_MAGNIFICATION
3465 CCL_MAIN_CODE
3466 [ CCL_EOF_CODE ])
3467
3468 BUFFER_MAGNIFICATION is an integer value specifying the approximate
3469 output buffer magnification size compared with the bytes of input data
3470 text. It is assured that the actual output buffer has 256 bytes
3471 more than the size calculated by BUFFER_MAGNIFICATION.
3472 If the value is zero, the CCL program can't execute `read' and
3473 `write' commands.
3474
3475 CCL_MAIN_CODE and CCL_EOF_CODE are CCL program codes. CCL_MAIN_CODE
3476 executed at first. If there's no more input data when `read' command
3477 is executed in CCL_MAIN_CODE, CCL_EOF_CODE is executed. If
3478 CCL_MAIN_CODE is terminated, CCL_EOF_CODE is not executed.
3479
3480 Here's the syntax of CCL program code in BNF notation. The lines
3481 starting by two semicolons (and optional leading spaces) describe the
3482 semantics.
3483
3484 CCL_MAIN_CODE := CCL_BLOCK
3485
3486 CCL_EOF_CODE := CCL_BLOCK
3487
3488 CCL_BLOCK := STATEMENT | (STATEMENT [STATEMENT ...])
3489
3490 STATEMENT :=
3491 SET | IF | BRANCH | LOOP | REPEAT | BREAK | READ | WRITE | CALL
3492 | TRANSLATE | MAP | LOOKUP | END
3493
3494 SET := (REG = EXPRESSION)
3495 | (REG ASSIGNMENT_OPERATOR EXPRESSION)
3496 ;; The following form is the same as (r0 = integer).
3497 | integer
3498
3499 EXPRESSION := ARG | (EXPRESSION OPERATOR ARG)
3500
3501 ;; Evaluate EXPRESSION. If the result is nonzero, execute
3502 ;; CCL_BLOCK_0. Otherwise, execute CCL_BLOCK_1.
3503 IF := (if EXPRESSION CCL_BLOCK_0 CCL_BLOCK_1)
3504
3505 ;; Evaluate EXPRESSION. Provided that the result is N, execute
3506 ;; CCL_BLOCK_N.
3507 BRANCH := (branch EXPRESSION CCL_BLOCK_0 [CCL_BLOCK_1 ...])
3508
3509 ;; Execute STATEMENTs until (break) or (end) is executed.
3510
3511 ;; Create a block of STATEMENTs for repeating. The STATEMENTs
3512 ;; are executed sequentially until REPEAT or BREAK is executed.
3513 ;; If REPEAT statement is executed, STATEMENTs are executed from the
3514 ;; start again. If BREAK statements is executed, the execution
3515 ;; exits from the block. If neither REPEAT nor BREAK is
3516 ;; executed, the execution exits from the block after executing the
3517 ;; last STATEMENT.
3518 LOOP := (loop STATEMENT [STATEMENT ...])
3519
3520 ;; Terminate the most inner loop.
3521 BREAK := (break)
3522
3523 REPEAT :=
3524 ;; Jump to the head of the most inner loop.
3525 (repeat)
3526 ;; Same as: ((write [REG | integer | string])
3527 ;; (repeat))
3528 | (write-repeat [REG | integer | string])
3529 ;; Same as: ((write REG [ARRAY])
3530 ;; (read REG)
3531 ;; (repeat))
3532 | (write-read-repeat REG [ARRAY])
3533 ;; Same as: ((write integer)
3534 ;; (read REG)
3535 ;; (repeat))
3536 | (write-read-repeat REG integer)
3537
3538 READ := ;; Set REG_0 to a byte read from the input text, set REG_1
3539 ;; to the next byte read, and so on.
3540 (read REG_0 [REG_1 ...])
3541 ;; Same as: ((read REG)
3542 ;; (if (REG OPERATOR ARG) CCL_BLOCK_0 CCL_BLOCK_1))
3543 | (read-if (REG OPERATOR ARG) CCL_BLOCK_0 CCL_BLOCK_1)
3544 ;; Same as: ((read REG)
3545 ;; (branch REG CCL_BLOCK_0 [CCL_BLOCK_1 ...]))
3546 | (read-branch REG CCL_BLOCK_0 [CCL_BLOCK_1 ...])
3547 ;; Read a character from the input text while parsing
3548 ;; multibyte representation, set REG_0 to the charset ID of
3549 ;; the character, set REG_1 to the code point of the
3550 ;; character. If the dimension of charset is two, set REG_1
3551 ;; to ((CODE0 << 7) | CODE1), where CODE0 is the first code
3552 ;; point and CODE1 is the second code point.
3553 | (read-multibyte-character REG_0 REG_1)
3554
3555 WRITE :=
3556 ;; Write REG_0, REG_1, ... to the output buffer. If REG_N is
3557 ;; a multibyte character, write the corresponding multibyte
3558 ;; representation.
3559 (write REG_0 [REG_1 ...])
3560 ;; Same as: ((r7 = EXPRESSION)
3561 ;; (write r7))
3562 | (write EXPRESSION)
3563 ;; Write the value of `integer' to the output buffer. If it
3564 ;; is a multibyte character, write the corresponding multibyte
3565 ;; representation.
3566 | (write integer)
3567 ;; Write the byte sequence of `string' as is to the output
3568 ;; buffer.
3569 | (write string)
3570 ;; Same as: (write string)
3571 | string
3572 ;; Provided that the value of REG is N, write Nth element of
3573 ;; ARRAY to the output buffer. If it is a multibyte
3574 ;; character, write the corresponding multibyte
3575 ;; representation.
3576 | (write REG ARRAY)
3577 ;; Write a multibyte representation of a character whose
3578 ;; charset ID is REG_0 and code point is REG_1. If the
3579 ;; dimension of the charset is two, REG_1 should be ((CODE0 <<
3580 ;; 7) | CODE1), where CODE0 is the first code point and CODE1
3581 ;; is the second code point of the character.
3582 | (write-multibyte-character REG_0 REG_1)
3583
3584 ;; Call CCL program whose name is ccl-program-name.
3585 CALL := (call ccl-program-name)
3586
3587 ;; Terminate the CCL program.
3588 END := (end)
3589
3590 ;; CCL registers that can contain any integer value. As r7 is also
3591 ;; used by CCL interpreter, its value is changed unexpectedly.
3592 REG := r0 | r1 | r2 | r3 | r4 | r5 | r6 | r7
3593
3594 ARG := REG | integer
3595
3596 OPERATOR :=
3597 ;; Normal arithmetic operators (same meaning as C code).
3598 + | - | * | / | %
3599
3600 ;; Bitwise operators (same meaning as C code)
3601 | & | `|' | ^
3602
3603 ;; Shifting operators (same meaning as C code)
3604 | << | >>
3605
3606 ;; (REG = ARG_0 <8 ARG_1) means:
3607 ;; (REG = ((ARG_0 << 8) | ARG_1))
3608 | <8
3609
3610 ;; (REG = ARG_0 >8 ARG_1) means:
3611 ;; ((REG = (ARG_0 >> 8))
3612 ;; (r7 = (ARG_0 & 255)))
3613 | >8
3614
3615 ;; (REG = ARG_0 // ARG_1) means:
3616 ;; ((REG = (ARG_0 / ARG_1))
3617 ;; (r7 = (ARG_0 % ARG_1)))
3618 | //
3619
3620 ;; Normal comparing operators (same meaning as C code)
3621 | < | > | == | <= | >= | !=
3622
3623 ;; If ARG_0 and ARG_1 are higher and lower byte of Shift-JIS
3624 ;; code, and CHAR is the corresponding JISX0208 character,
3625 ;; (REG = ARG_0 de-sjis ARG_1) means:
3626 ;; ((REG = CODE0)
3627 ;; (r7 = CODE1))
3628 ;; where CODE0 is the first code point of CHAR, CODE1 is the
3629 ;; second code point of CHAR.
3630 | de-sjis
3631
3632 ;; If ARG_0 and ARG_1 are the first and second code point of
3633 ;; JISX0208 character CHAR, and SJIS is the corresponding
3634 ;; Shift-JIS code,
3635 ;; (REG = ARG_0 en-sjis ARG_1) means:
3636 ;; ((REG = HIGH)
3637 ;; (r7 = LOW))
3638 ;; where HIGH is the higher byte of SJIS, LOW is the lower
3639 ;; byte of SJIS.
3640 | en-sjis
3641
3642 ASSIGNMENT_OPERATOR :=
3643 ;; Same meaning as C code
3644 += | -= | *= | /= | %= | &= | `|=' | ^= | <<= | >>=
3645
3646 ;; (REG <8= ARG) is the same as:
3647 ;; ((REG <<= 8)
3648 ;; (REG |= ARG))
3649 | <8=
3650
3651 ;; (REG >8= ARG) is the same as:
3652 ;; ((r7 = (REG & 255))
3653 ;; (REG >>= 8))
3654
3655 ;; (REG //= ARG) is the same as:
3656 ;; ((r7 = (REG % ARG))
3657 ;; (REG /= ARG))
3658 | //=
3659
3660 ARRAY := `[' integer ... `]'
3661
3662
3663 TRANSLATE :=
3664 ;; Decode character SRC, translate it by translate table
3665 ;; TABLE, and encode it back to DST. TABLE is specified
3666 ;; by its id number in REG_0, SRC is specified by its
3667 ;; charset id number and codepoint in REG_1 and REG_2
3668 ;; respectively.
3669 ;; On encoding, the charset of highest priority is selected.
3670 ;; After the execution, DST is specified by its charset
3671 ;; id number and codepoint in REG_1 and REG_2 respectively.
3672 (translate-character REG_0 REG_1 REG_2)
3673
3674 ;; Same as above except for SYMBOL specifying the name of
3675 ;; the translate table defined by `define-translation-table'.
3676 | (translate-character SYMBOL REG_1 REG_2)
3677
3678 LOOKUP :=
3679 ;; Look up character SRC in hash table TABLE. TABLE is
3680 ;; specified by its name in SYMBOL, and SRC is specified by
3681 ;; its charset id number and codepoint in REG_1 and REG_2
3682 ;; respectively.
3683 ;; If its associated value is an integer, set REG_1 to that
3684 ;; value, and set r7 to 1. Otherwise, set r7 to 0.
3685 (lookup-character SYMBOL REG_1 REG_2)
3686
3687 ;; Look up integer value N in hash table TABLE. TABLE is
3688 ;; specified by its name in SYMBOL and N is specified in
3689 ;; REG.
3690 ;; If its associated value is a character, set REG to that
3691 ;; value, and set r7 to 1. Otherwise, set r7 to 0.
3692 | (lookup-integer SYMBOL REG(integer))
3693
3694 MAP :=
3695 ;; The following statements are for internal use only.
3696 (iterate-multiple-map REG REG MAP-IDs)
3697 | (map-multiple REG REG (MAP-SET))
3698 | (map-single REG REG MAP-ID)
3699
3700 MAP-IDs := MAP-ID ...
3701 MAP-SET := MAP-IDs | (MAP-IDs) MAP-SET
3702 MAP-ID := integer
3703
3704 \(fn NAME CCL-PROGRAM &optional DOC)" nil t)
3705
3706 (function-put 'define-ccl-program 'doc-string-elt '3)
3707
3708 (autoload 'check-ccl-program "ccl" "\
3709 Check validity of CCL-PROGRAM.
3710 If CCL-PROGRAM is a symbol denoting a CCL program, return
3711 CCL-PROGRAM, else return nil.
3712 If CCL-PROGRAM is a vector and optional arg NAME (symbol) is supplied,
3713 register CCL-PROGRAM by name NAME, and return NAME.
3714
3715 \(fn CCL-PROGRAM &optional NAME)" nil t)
3716
3717 (autoload 'ccl-execute-with-args "ccl" "\
3718 Execute CCL-PROGRAM with registers initialized by the remaining args.
3719 The return value is a vector of resulting CCL registers.
3720
3721 See the documentation of `define-ccl-program' for the detail of CCL program.
3722
3723 \(fn CCL-PROG &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
3724
3725 ;;;***
3726 \f
3727 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cconv" "emacs-lisp/cconv.el" (22026 25907
3728 ;;;;;; 559502 692000))
3729 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/cconv.el
3730
3731 (autoload 'cconv-closure-convert "cconv" "\
3732 Main entry point for closure conversion.
3733 -- FORM is a piece of Elisp code after macroexpansion.
3734 -- TOPLEVEL(optional) is a boolean variable, true if we are at the root of AST
3735
3736 Returns a form where all lambdas don't have any free variables.
3737
3738 \(fn FORM)" nil nil)
3739
3740 (autoload 'cconv-warnings-only "cconv" "\
3741 Add the warnings that closure conversion would encounter.
3742
3743 \(fn FORM)" nil nil)
3744
3745 ;;;***
3746 \f
3747 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cedet" "cedet/cedet.el" (21670 32330 885624
3748 ;;;;;; 725000))
3749 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/cedet.el
3750 (push (purecopy '(cedet 2 0)) package--builtin-versions)
3751
3752 ;;;***
3753 \f
3754 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cfengine" "progmodes/cfengine.el" (22011 58553
3755 ;;;;;; 889858 469000))
3756 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cfengine.el
3757 (push (purecopy '(cfengine 1 4)) package--builtin-versions)
3758
3759 (autoload 'cfengine3-mode "cfengine" "\
3760 Major mode for editing CFEngine3 input.
3761 There are no special keybindings by default.
3762
3763 Action blocks are treated as defuns, i.e. \\[beginning-of-defun] moves
3764 to the action header.
3765
3766 \(fn)" t nil)
3767
3768 (autoload 'cfengine2-mode "cfengine" "\
3769 Major mode for editing CFEngine2 input.
3770 There are no special keybindings by default.
3771
3772 Action blocks are treated as defuns, i.e. \\[beginning-of-defun] moves
3773 to the action header.
3774
3775 \(fn)" t nil)
3776
3777 (autoload 'cfengine-auto-mode "cfengine" "\
3778 Choose `cfengine2-mode' or `cfengine3-mode' by buffer contents.
3779
3780 \(fn)" t nil)
3781
3782 ;;;***
3783 \f
3784 ;;;### (autoloads nil "character-fold" "character-fold.el" (22068
3785 ;;;;;; 38191 905155 451000))
3786 ;;; Generated autoloads from character-fold.el
3787
3788 (autoload 'character-fold-to-regexp "character-fold" "\
3789 Return a regexp matching anything that character-folds into STRING.
3790 Any character in STRING that has an entry in
3791 `character-fold-table' is replaced with that entry (which is a
3792 regexp) and other characters are `regexp-quote'd.
3793
3794 \(fn STRING &optional LAX)" nil nil)
3795
3796 ;;;***
3797 \f
3798 ;;;### (autoloads nil "chart" "emacs-lisp/chart.el" (21998 46516
3799 ;;;;;; 978024 649000))
3800 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/chart.el
3801 (push (purecopy '(chart 0 2)) package--builtin-versions)
3802
3803 ;;;***
3804 \f
3805 ;;;### (autoloads nil "check-declare" "emacs-lisp/check-declare.el"
3806 ;;;;;; (22011 58553 361858 469000))
3807 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/check-declare.el
3808
3809 (autoload 'check-declare-file "check-declare" "\
3810 Check veracity of all `declare-function' statements in FILE.
3811 See `check-declare-directory' for more information.
3812
3813 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
3814
3815 (autoload 'check-declare-directory "check-declare" "\
3816 Check veracity of all `declare-function' statements under directory ROOT.
3817 Returns non-nil if any false statements are found.
3818
3819 \(fn ROOT)" t nil)
3820
3821 ;;;***
3822 \f
3823 ;;;### (autoloads nil "checkdoc" "emacs-lisp/checkdoc.el" (22002
3824 ;;;;;; 43570 516887 749000))
3825 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/checkdoc.el
3826 (push (purecopy '(checkdoc 0 6 2)) package--builtin-versions)
3827 (put 'checkdoc-force-docstrings-flag 'safe-local-variable #'booleanp)
3828 (put 'checkdoc-force-history-flag 'safe-local-variable #'booleanp)
3829 (put 'checkdoc-permit-comma-termination-flag 'safe-local-variable #'booleanp)
3830 (put 'checkdoc-spellcheck-documentation-flag 'safe-local-variable #'booleanp)
3831 (put 'checkdoc-ispell-list-words 'safe-local-variable #'checkdoc-list-of-strings-p)
3832 (put 'checkdoc-arguments-in-order-flag 'safe-local-variable #'booleanp)
3833 (put 'checkdoc-verb-check-experimental-flag 'safe-local-variable #'booleanp)
3834 (put 'checkdoc-symbol-words 'safe-local-variable #'checkdoc-list-of-strings-p)
3835
3836 (autoload 'checkdoc-list-of-strings-p "checkdoc" "\
3837 Return t when OBJ is a list of strings.
3838
3839 \(fn OBJ)" nil nil)
3840 (put 'checkdoc-proper-noun-regexp 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
3841 (put 'checkdoc-common-verbs-regexp 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
3842
3843 (autoload 'checkdoc "checkdoc" "\
3844 Interactively check the entire buffer for style errors.
3845 The current status of the check will be displayed in a buffer which
3846 the users will view as each check is completed.
3847
3848 \(fn)" t nil)
3849
3850 (autoload 'checkdoc-interactive "checkdoc" "\
3851 Interactively check the current buffer for doc string errors.
3852 Prefix argument START-HERE will start the checking from the current
3853 point, otherwise the check starts at the beginning of the current
3854 buffer. Allows navigation forward and backwards through document
3855 errors. Does not check for comment or space warnings.
3856 Optional argument SHOWSTATUS indicates that we should update the
3857 checkdoc status window instead of the usual behavior.
3858
3859 \(fn &optional START-HERE SHOWSTATUS)" t nil)
3860
3861 (autoload 'checkdoc-message-interactive "checkdoc" "\
3862 Interactively check the current buffer for message string errors.
3863 Prefix argument START-HERE will start the checking from the current
3864 point, otherwise the check starts at the beginning of the current
3865 buffer. Allows navigation forward and backwards through document
3866 errors. Does not check for comment or space warnings.
3867 Optional argument SHOWSTATUS indicates that we should update the
3868 checkdoc status window instead of the usual behavior.
3869
3870 \(fn &optional START-HERE SHOWSTATUS)" t nil)
3871
3872 (autoload 'checkdoc-eval-current-buffer "checkdoc" "\
3873 Evaluate and check documentation for the current buffer.
3874 Evaluation is done first because good documentation for something that
3875 doesn't work is just not useful. Comments, doc strings, and rogue
3876 spacing are all verified.
3877
3878 \(fn)" t nil)
3879
3880 (autoload 'checkdoc-current-buffer "checkdoc" "\
3881 Check current buffer for document, comment, error style, and rogue spaces.
3882 With a prefix argument (in Lisp, the argument TAKE-NOTES),
3883 store all errors found in a warnings buffer,
3884 otherwise stop after the first error.
3885
3886 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3887
3888 (autoload 'checkdoc-file "checkdoc" "\
3889 Check FILE for document, comment, error style, and rogue spaces.
3890
3891 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
3892
3893 (autoload 'checkdoc-start "checkdoc" "\
3894 Start scanning the current buffer for documentation string style errors.
3895 Only documentation strings are checked.
3896 Use `checkdoc-continue' to continue checking if an error cannot be fixed.
3897 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES means to collect all the warning messages into
3898 a separate buffer.
3899
3900 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3901
3902 (autoload 'checkdoc-continue "checkdoc" "\
3903 Find the next doc string in the current buffer which has a style error.
3904 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES means to continue through the whole buffer and
3905 save warnings in a separate buffer. Second optional argument START-POINT
3906 is the starting location. If this is nil, `point-min' is used instead.
3907
3908 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3909
3910 (autoload 'checkdoc-comments "checkdoc" "\
3911 Find missing comment sections in the current Emacs Lisp file.
3912 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES non-nil means to save warnings in a
3913 separate buffer. Otherwise print a message. This returns the error
3914 if there is one.
3915
3916 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3917
3918 (autoload 'checkdoc-rogue-spaces "checkdoc" "\
3919 Find extra spaces at the end of lines in the current file.
3920 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES non-nil means to save warnings in a
3921 separate buffer. Otherwise print a message. This returns the error
3922 if there is one.
3923 Optional argument INTERACT permits more interactive fixing.
3924
3925 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES INTERACT)" t nil)
3926
3927 (autoload 'checkdoc-message-text "checkdoc" "\
3928 Scan the buffer for occurrences of the error function, and verify text.
3929 Optional argument TAKE-NOTES causes all errors to be logged.
3930
3931 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3932
3933 (autoload 'checkdoc-eval-defun "checkdoc" "\
3934 Evaluate the current form with `eval-defun' and check its documentation.
3935 Evaluation is done first so the form will be read before the
3936 documentation is checked. If there is a documentation error, then the display
3937 of what was evaluated will be overwritten by the diagnostic message.
3938
3939 \(fn)" t nil)
3940
3941 (autoload 'checkdoc-defun "checkdoc" "\
3942 Examine the doc string of the function or variable under point.
3943 Call `error' if the doc string has problems. If NO-ERROR is
3944 non-nil, then do not call error, but call `message' instead.
3945 If the doc string passes the test, then check the function for rogue white
3946 space at the end of each line.
3947
3948 \(fn &optional NO-ERROR)" t nil)
3949
3950 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell "checkdoc" "\
3951 Check the style and spelling of everything interactively.
3952 Calls `checkdoc' with spell-checking turned on.
3953 Prefix argument is the same as for `checkdoc'
3954
3955 \(fn)" t nil)
3956
3957 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-current-buffer "checkdoc" "\
3958 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer.
3959 Calls `checkdoc-current-buffer' with spell-checking turned on.
3960 Prefix argument is the same as for `checkdoc-current-buffer'
3961
3962 \(fn)" t nil)
3963
3964 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-interactive "checkdoc" "\
3965 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer interactively.
3966 Calls `checkdoc-interactive' with spell-checking turned on.
3967 Prefix argument is the same as for `checkdoc-interactive'
3968
3969 \(fn)" t nil)
3970
3971 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-message-interactive "checkdoc" "\
3972 Check the style and spelling of message text interactively.
3973 Calls `checkdoc-message-interactive' with spell-checking turned on.
3974 Prefix argument is the same as for `checkdoc-message-interactive'
3975
3976 \(fn)" t nil)
3977
3978 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-message-text "checkdoc" "\
3979 Check the style and spelling of message text interactively.
3980 Calls `checkdoc-message-text' with spell-checking turned on.
3981 Prefix argument is the same as for `checkdoc-message-text'
3982
3983 \(fn)" t nil)
3984
3985 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-start "checkdoc" "\
3986 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer.
3987 Calls `checkdoc-start' with spell-checking turned on.
3988 Prefix argument is the same as for `checkdoc-start'
3989
3990 \(fn)" t nil)
3991
3992 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-continue "checkdoc" "\
3993 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer after point.
3994 Calls `checkdoc-continue' with spell-checking turned on.
3995 Prefix argument is the same as for `checkdoc-continue'
3996
3997 \(fn)" t nil)
3998
3999 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-comments "checkdoc" "\
4000 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer's comments.
4001 Calls `checkdoc-comments' with spell-checking turned on.
4002 Prefix argument is the same as for `checkdoc-comments'
4003
4004 \(fn)" t nil)
4005
4006 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-defun "checkdoc" "\
4007 Check the style and spelling of the current defun with Ispell.
4008 Calls `checkdoc-defun' with spell-checking turned on.
4009 Prefix argument is the same as for `checkdoc-defun'
4010
4011 \(fn)" t nil)
4012
4013 (autoload 'checkdoc-minor-mode "checkdoc" "\
4014 Toggle automatic docstring checking (Checkdoc minor mode).
4015 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Checkdoc minor mode if ARG is
4016 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
4017 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
4018
4019 In Checkdoc minor mode, the usual bindings for `eval-defun' which is
4020 bound to \\<checkdoc-minor-mode-map>\\[checkdoc-eval-defun] and `checkdoc-eval-current-buffer' are overridden to include
4021 checking of documentation strings.
4022
4023 \\{checkdoc-minor-mode-map}
4024
4025 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4026
4027 (autoload 'checkdoc-package-keywords "checkdoc" "\
4028 Find package keywords that aren't in `finder-known-keywords'.
4029
4030 \(fn)" t nil)
4031
4032 ;;;***
4033 \f
4034 ;;;### (autoloads nil "china-util" "language/china-util.el" (21670
4035 ;;;;;; 32331 385639 720000))
4036 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/china-util.el
4037
4038 (autoload 'decode-hz-region "china-util" "\
4039 Decode HZ/ZW encoded text in the current region.
4040 Return the length of resulting text.
4041
4042 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
4043
4044 (autoload 'decode-hz-buffer "china-util" "\
4045 Decode HZ/ZW encoded text in the current buffer.
4046
4047 \(fn)" t nil)
4048
4049 (autoload 'encode-hz-region "china-util" "\
4050 Encode the text in the current region to HZ.
4051 Return the length of resulting text.
4052
4053 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
4054
4055 (autoload 'encode-hz-buffer "china-util" "\
4056 Encode the text in the current buffer to HZ.
4057
4058 \(fn)" t nil)
4059
4060 (autoload 'post-read-decode-hz "china-util" "\
4061
4062
4063 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
4064
4065 (autoload 'pre-write-encode-hz "china-util" "\
4066
4067
4068 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
4069
4070 ;;;***
4071 \f
4072 ;;;### (autoloads nil "chistory" "chistory.el" (21670 32330 885624
4073 ;;;;;; 725000))
4074 ;;; Generated autoloads from chistory.el
4075
4076 (autoload 'repeat-matching-complex-command "chistory" "\
4077 Edit and re-evaluate complex command with name matching PATTERN.
4078 Matching occurrences are displayed, most recent first, until you select
4079 a form for evaluation. If PATTERN is empty (or nil), every form in the
4080 command history is offered. The form is placed in the minibuffer for
4081 editing and the result is evaluated.
4082
4083 \(fn &optional PATTERN)" t nil)
4084
4085 (autoload 'list-command-history "chistory" "\
4086 List history of commands typed to minibuffer.
4087 The number of commands listed is controlled by `list-command-history-max'.
4088 Calls value of `list-command-history-filter' (if non-nil) on each history
4089 element to judge if that element should be excluded from the list.
4090
4091 The buffer is left in Command History mode.
4092
4093 \(fn)" t nil)
4094
4095 (autoload 'command-history "chistory" "\
4096 Examine commands from `command-history' in a buffer.
4097 The number of commands listed is controlled by `list-command-history-max'.
4098 The command history is filtered by `list-command-history-filter' if non-nil.
4099 Use \\<command-history-map>\\[command-history-repeat] to repeat the command on the current line.
4100
4101 Otherwise much like Emacs-Lisp Mode except that there is no self-insertion
4102 and digits provide prefix arguments. Tab does not indent.
4103 \\{command-history-map}
4104
4105 This command always recompiles the Command History listing
4106 and runs the normal hook `command-history-hook'.
4107
4108 \(fn)" t nil)
4109
4110 ;;;***
4111 \f
4112 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cl-indent" "emacs-lisp/cl-indent.el" (21901
4113 ;;;;;; 9907 369083 895000))
4114 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/cl-indent.el
4115
4116 (autoload 'common-lisp-indent-function "cl-indent" "\
4117 Function to indent the arguments of a Lisp function call.
4118 This is suitable for use as the value of the variable
4119 `lisp-indent-function'. INDENT-POINT is the point at which the
4120 indentation function is called, and STATE is the
4121 `parse-partial-sexp' state at that position. Browse the
4122 `lisp-indent' customize group for options affecting the behavior
4123 of this function.
4124
4125 If the indentation point is in a call to a Lisp function, that
4126 function's `common-lisp-indent-function' property specifies how
4127 this function should indent it. Possible values for this
4128 property are:
4129
4130 * defun, meaning indent according to `lisp-indent-defun-method';
4131 i.e., like (4 &lambda &body), as explained below.
4132
4133 * any other symbol, meaning a function to call. The function should
4134 take the arguments: PATH STATE INDENT-POINT SEXP-COLUMN NORMAL-INDENT.
4135 PATH is a list of integers describing the position of point in terms of
4136 list-structure with respect to the containing lists. For example, in
4137 ((a b c (d foo) f) g), foo has a path of (0 3 1). In other words,
4138 to reach foo take the 0th element of the outermost list, then
4139 the 3rd element of the next list, and finally the 1st element.
4140 STATE and INDENT-POINT are as in the arguments to
4141 `common-lisp-indent-function'. SEXP-COLUMN is the column of
4142 the open parenthesis of the innermost containing list.
4143 NORMAL-INDENT is the column the indentation point was
4144 originally in. This function should behave like `lisp-indent-259'.
4145
4146 * an integer N, meaning indent the first N arguments like
4147 function arguments, and any further arguments like a body.
4148 This is equivalent to (4 4 ... &body).
4149
4150 * a list. The list element in position M specifies how to indent the Mth
4151 function argument. If there are fewer elements than function arguments,
4152 the last list element applies to all remaining arguments. The accepted
4153 list elements are:
4154
4155 * nil, meaning the default indentation.
4156
4157 * an integer, specifying an explicit indentation.
4158
4159 * &lambda. Indent the argument (which may be a list) by 4.
4160
4161 * &rest. When used, this must be the penultimate element. The
4162 element after this one applies to all remaining arguments.
4163
4164 * &body. This is equivalent to &rest lisp-body-indent, i.e., indent
4165 all remaining elements by `lisp-body-indent'.
4166
4167 * &whole. This must be followed by nil, an integer, or a
4168 function symbol. This indentation is applied to the
4169 associated argument, and as a base indent for all remaining
4170 arguments. For example, an integer P means indent this
4171 argument by P, and all remaining arguments by P, plus the
4172 value specified by their associated list element.
4173
4174 * a symbol. A function to call, with the 6 arguments specified above.
4175
4176 * a list, with elements as described above. This applies when the
4177 associated function argument is itself a list. Each element of the list
4178 specifies how to indent the associated argument.
4179
4180 For example, the function `case' has an indent property
4181 \(4 &rest (&whole 2 &rest 1)), meaning:
4182 * indent the first argument by 4.
4183 * arguments after the first should be lists, and there may be any number
4184 of them. The first list element has an offset of 2, all the rest
4185 have an offset of 2+1=3.
4186
4187 If the current mode is actually `emacs-lisp-mode', look for a
4188 `common-lisp-indent-function-for-elisp' property before looking
4189 at `common-lisp-indent-function' and, if set, use its value
4190 instead.
4191
4192 \(fn INDENT-POINT STATE)" nil nil)
4193
4194 ;;;***
4195 \f
4196 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cl-lib" "emacs-lisp/cl-lib.el" (21903 51634
4197 ;;;;;; 278370 580000))
4198 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/cl-lib.el
4199 (push (purecopy '(cl-lib 1 0)) package--builtin-versions)
4200
4201 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'custom-print-functions 'cl-custom-print-functions "24.3")
4202
4203 (defvar cl-custom-print-functions nil "\
4204 This is a list of functions that format user objects for printing.
4205 Each function is called in turn with three arguments: the object, the
4206 stream, and the print level (currently ignored). If it is able to
4207 print the object it returns true; otherwise it returns nil and the
4208 printer proceeds to the next function on the list.
4209
4210 This variable is not used at present, but it is defined in hopes that
4211 a future Emacs interpreter will be able to use it.")
4212
4213 ;;;***
4214 \f
4215 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cmacexp" "progmodes/cmacexp.el" (22026 25907
4216 ;;;;;; 631502 692000))
4217 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cmacexp.el
4218
4219 (autoload 'c-macro-expand "cmacexp" "\
4220 Expand C macros in the region, using the C preprocessor.
4221 Normally display output in temp buffer, but
4222 prefix arg means replace the region with it.
4223
4224 `c-macro-preprocessor' specifies the preprocessor to use.
4225 Tf the user option `c-macro-prompt-flag' is non-nil
4226 prompt for arguments to the preprocessor (e.g. `-DDEBUG -I ./include'),
4227 otherwise use `c-macro-cppflags'.
4228
4229 Noninteractive args are START, END, SUBST.
4230 For use inside Lisp programs, see also `c-macro-expansion'.
4231
4232 \(fn START END SUBST)" t nil)
4233
4234 ;;;***
4235 \f
4236 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cmuscheme" "cmuscheme.el" (22011 58553 281858
4237 ;;;;;; 469000))
4238 ;;; Generated autoloads from cmuscheme.el
4239
4240 (autoload 'run-scheme "cmuscheme" "\
4241 Run an inferior Scheme process, input and output via buffer `*scheme*'.
4242 If there is a process already running in `*scheme*', switch to that buffer.
4243 With argument, allows you to edit the command line (default is value
4244 of `scheme-program-name').
4245 If the file `~/.emacs_SCHEMENAME' or `~/.emacs.d/init_SCHEMENAME.scm' exists,
4246 it is given as initial input.
4247 Note that this may lose due to a timing error if the Scheme processor
4248 discards input when it starts up.
4249 Runs the hook `inferior-scheme-mode-hook' (after the `comint-mode-hook'
4250 is run).
4251 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the process buffer for a list of commands.)
4252
4253 \(fn CMD)" t nil)
4254
4255 ;;;***
4256 \f
4257 ;;;### (autoloads nil "color" "color.el" (22055 26158 710447 352000))
4258 ;;; Generated autoloads from color.el
4259
4260 (autoload 'color-name-to-rgb "color" "\
4261 Convert COLOR string to a list of normalized RGB components.
4262 COLOR should be a color name (e.g. \"white\") or an RGB triplet
4263 string (e.g. \"#ff12ec\").
4264
4265 Normally the return value is a list of three floating-point
4266 numbers, (RED GREEN BLUE), each between 0.0 and 1.0 inclusive.
4267
4268 Optional argument FRAME specifies the frame where the color is to be
4269 displayed. If FRAME is omitted or nil, use the selected frame.
4270 If FRAME cannot display COLOR, return nil.
4271
4272 \(fn COLOR &optional FRAME)" nil nil)
4273
4274 ;;;***
4275 \f
4276 ;;;### (autoloads nil "comint" "comint.el" (22011 58553 293858 469000))
4277 ;;; Generated autoloads from comint.el
4278
4279 (defvar comint-output-filter-functions '(ansi-color-process-output comint-postoutput-scroll-to-bottom comint-watch-for-password-prompt) "\
4280 Functions to call after output is inserted into the buffer.
4281 One possible function is `comint-postoutput-scroll-to-bottom'.
4282 These functions get one argument, a string containing the text as originally
4283 inserted. Note that this might not be the same as the buffer contents between
4284 `comint-last-output-start' and the buffer's `process-mark', if other filter
4285 functions have already modified the buffer.
4286
4287 See also `comint-preoutput-filter-functions'.
4288
4289 You can use `add-hook' to add functions to this list
4290 either globally or locally.")
4291
4292 (autoload 'make-comint-in-buffer "comint" "\
4293 Make a Comint process NAME in BUFFER, running PROGRAM.
4294 If BUFFER is nil, it defaults to NAME surrounded by `*'s.
4295 If there is a running process in BUFFER, it is not restarted.
4296
4297 PROGRAM should be one of the following:
4298 - a string, denoting an executable program to create via
4299 `start-file-process'
4300 - a cons pair of the form (HOST . SERVICE), denoting a TCP
4301 connection to be opened via `open-network-stream'
4302 - nil, denoting a newly-allocated pty.
4303
4304 Optional fourth arg STARTFILE is the name of a file, whose
4305 contents are sent to the process as its initial input.
4306
4307 If PROGRAM is a string, any more args are arguments to PROGRAM.
4308
4309 Return the (possibly newly created) process buffer.
4310
4311 \(fn NAME BUFFER PROGRAM &optional STARTFILE &rest SWITCHES)" nil nil)
4312
4313 (autoload 'make-comint "comint" "\
4314 Make a Comint process NAME in a buffer, running PROGRAM.
4315 The name of the buffer is made by surrounding NAME with `*'s.
4316 PROGRAM should be either a string denoting an executable program to create
4317 via `start-file-process', or a cons pair of the form (HOST . SERVICE) denoting
4318 a TCP connection to be opened via `open-network-stream'. If there is already
4319 a running process in that buffer, it is not restarted. Optional third arg
4320 STARTFILE is the name of a file, whose contents are sent to the
4321 process as its initial input.
4322
4323 If PROGRAM is a string, any more args are arguments to PROGRAM.
4324
4325 Returns the (possibly newly created) process buffer.
4326
4327 \(fn NAME PROGRAM &optional STARTFILE &rest SWITCHES)" nil nil)
4328
4329 (autoload 'comint-run "comint" "\
4330 Run PROGRAM in a Comint buffer and switch to it.
4331 The buffer name is made by surrounding the file name of PROGRAM with `*'s.
4332 The file name is used to make a symbol name, such as `comint-sh-hook', and any
4333 hooks on this symbol are run in the buffer.
4334 See `make-comint' and `comint-exec'.
4335
4336 \(fn PROGRAM)" t nil)
4337
4338 (function-put 'comint-run 'interactive-only 'make-comint)
4339
4340 (defvar comint-file-name-prefix (purecopy "") "\
4341 Prefix prepended to absolute file names taken from process input.
4342 This is used by Comint's and shell's completion functions, and by shell's
4343 directory tracking functions.")
4344
4345 (autoload 'comint-redirect-send-command "comint" "\
4346 Send COMMAND to process in current buffer, with output to OUTPUT-BUFFER.
4347 With prefix arg ECHO, echo output in process buffer.
4348
4349 If NO-DISPLAY is non-nil, do not show the output buffer.
4350
4351 \(fn COMMAND OUTPUT-BUFFER ECHO &optional NO-DISPLAY)" t nil)
4352
4353 (autoload 'comint-redirect-send-command-to-process "comint" "\
4354 Send COMMAND to PROCESS, with output to OUTPUT-BUFFER.
4355 With prefix arg, echo output in process buffer.
4356
4357 If NO-DISPLAY is non-nil, do not show the output buffer.
4358
4359 \(fn COMMAND OUTPUT-BUFFER PROCESS ECHO &optional NO-DISPLAY)" t nil)
4360
4361 (autoload 'comint-redirect-results-list "comint" "\
4362 Send COMMAND to current process.
4363 Return a list of expressions in the output which match REGEXP.
4364 REGEXP-GROUP is the regular expression group in REGEXP to use.
4365
4366 \(fn COMMAND REGEXP REGEXP-GROUP)" nil nil)
4367
4368 (autoload 'comint-redirect-results-list-from-process "comint" "\
4369 Send COMMAND to PROCESS.
4370 Return a list of expressions in the output which match REGEXP.
4371 REGEXP-GROUP is the regular expression group in REGEXP to use.
4372
4373 \(fn PROCESS COMMAND REGEXP REGEXP-GROUP)" nil nil)
4374
4375 ;;;***
4376 \f
4377 ;;;### (autoloads nil "compare-w" "vc/compare-w.el" (21872 61770
4378 ;;;;;; 310089 300000))
4379 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/compare-w.el
4380
4381 (autoload 'compare-windows "compare-w" "\
4382 Compare text in current window with text in another window.
4383 The option `compare-windows-get-window-function' defines how
4384 to get another window.
4385
4386 Compares the text starting at point in each window,
4387 moving over text in each one as far as they match.
4388
4389 This command pushes the mark in each window
4390 at the prior location of point in that window.
4391 If both windows display the same buffer,
4392 the mark is pushed twice in that buffer:
4393 first in the other window, then in the selected window.
4394
4395 A prefix arg means reverse the value of variable
4396 `compare-ignore-whitespace'. If `compare-ignore-whitespace' is
4397 nil, then a prefix arg means ignore changes in whitespace. If
4398 `compare-ignore-whitespace' is non-nil, then a prefix arg means
4399 don't ignore changes in whitespace. The variable
4400 `compare-windows-whitespace' controls how whitespace is skipped.
4401 If `compare-ignore-case' is non-nil, changes in case are also
4402 ignored.
4403
4404 If `compare-windows-sync' is non-nil, then successive calls of
4405 this command work in interlaced mode:
4406 on first call it advances points to the next difference,
4407 on second call it synchronizes points by skipping the difference,
4408 on third call it again advances points to the next difference and so on.
4409
4410 \(fn IGNORE-WHITESPACE)" t nil)
4411
4412 ;;;***
4413 \f
4414 ;;;### (autoloads nil "compile" "progmodes/compile.el" (22032 64681
4415 ;;;;;; 370838 183000))
4416 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/compile.el
4417
4418 (defvar compilation-mode-hook nil "\
4419 List of hook functions run by `compilation-mode'.")
4420
4421 (custom-autoload 'compilation-mode-hook "compile" t)
4422
4423 (defvar compilation-start-hook nil "\
4424 Hook run after starting a new compilation process.
4425 The hook is run with one argument, the new process.")
4426
4427 (custom-autoload 'compilation-start-hook "compile" t)
4428
4429 (defvar compilation-window-height nil "\
4430 Number of lines in a compilation window.
4431 If nil, use Emacs default.")
4432
4433 (custom-autoload 'compilation-window-height "compile" t)
4434
4435 (defvar compilation-process-setup-function nil "\
4436 Function to call to customize the compilation process.
4437 This function is called immediately before the compilation process is
4438 started. It can be used to set any variables or functions that are used
4439 while processing the output of the compilation process.")
4440
4441 (defvar compilation-buffer-name-function nil "\
4442 Function to compute the name of a compilation buffer.
4443 The function receives one argument, the name of the major mode of the
4444 compilation buffer. It should return a string.
4445 If nil, compute the name with `(concat \"*\" (downcase major-mode) \"*\")'.")
4446
4447 (defvar compilation-finish-function nil "\
4448 Function to call when a compilation process finishes.
4449 It is called with two arguments: the compilation buffer, and a string
4450 describing how the process finished.")
4451
4452 (defvar compilation-finish-functions nil "\
4453 Functions to call when a compilation process finishes.
4454 Each function is called with two arguments: the compilation buffer,
4455 and a string describing how the process finished.")
4456 (put 'compilation-directory 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
4457
4458 (defvar compilation-ask-about-save t "\
4459 Non-nil means \\[compile] asks which buffers to save before compiling.
4460 Otherwise, it saves all modified buffers without asking.")
4461
4462 (custom-autoload 'compilation-ask-about-save "compile" t)
4463
4464 (defvar compilation-search-path '(nil) "\
4465 List of directories to search for source files named in error messages.
4466 Elements should be directory names, not file names of directories.
4467 The value nil as an element means to try the default directory.")
4468
4469 (custom-autoload 'compilation-search-path "compile" t)
4470
4471 (defvar compile-command (purecopy "make -k ") "\
4472 Last shell command used to do a compilation; default for next compilation.
4473
4474 Sometimes it is useful for files to supply local values for this variable.
4475 You might also use mode hooks to specify it in certain modes, like this:
4476
4477 (add-hook \\='c-mode-hook
4478 (lambda ()
4479 (unless (or (file-exists-p \"makefile\")
4480 (file-exists-p \"Makefile\"))
4481 (set (make-local-variable \\='compile-command)
4482 (concat \"make -k \"
4483 (if buffer-file-name
4484 (shell-quote-argument
4485 (file-name-sans-extension buffer-file-name))))))))")
4486
4487 (custom-autoload 'compile-command "compile" t)
4488 (put 'compile-command 'safe-local-variable (lambda (a) (and (stringp a) (or (not (boundp 'compilation-read-command)) compilation-read-command))))
4489
4490 (defvar compilation-disable-input nil "\
4491 If non-nil, send end-of-file as compilation process input.
4492 This only affects platforms that support asynchronous processes (see
4493 `start-process'); synchronous compilation processes never accept input.")
4494
4495 (custom-autoload 'compilation-disable-input "compile" t)
4496
4497 (autoload 'compile "compile" "\
4498 Compile the program including the current buffer. Default: run `make'.
4499 Runs COMMAND, a shell command, in a separate process asynchronously
4500 with output going to the buffer `*compilation*'.
4501
4502 You can then use the command \\[next-error] to find the next error message
4503 and move to the source code that caused it.
4504
4505 If optional second arg COMINT is t the buffer will be in Comint mode with
4506 `compilation-shell-minor-mode'.
4507
4508 Interactively, prompts for the command if the variable
4509 `compilation-read-command' is non-nil; otherwise uses `compile-command'.
4510 With prefix arg, always prompts.
4511 Additionally, with universal prefix arg, compilation buffer will be in
4512 comint mode, i.e. interactive.
4513
4514 To run more than one compilation at once, start one then rename
4515 the `*compilation*' buffer to some other name with
4516 \\[rename-buffer]. Then _switch buffers_ and start the new compilation.
4517 It will create a new `*compilation*' buffer.
4518
4519 On most systems, termination of the main compilation process
4520 kills its subprocesses.
4521
4522 The name used for the buffer is actually whatever is returned by
4523 the function in `compilation-buffer-name-function', so you can set that
4524 to a function that generates a unique name.
4525
4526 \(fn COMMAND &optional COMINT)" t nil)
4527
4528 (autoload 'compilation-start "compile" "\
4529 Run compilation command COMMAND (low level interface).
4530 If COMMAND starts with a cd command, that becomes the `default-directory'.
4531 The rest of the arguments are optional; for them, nil means use the default.
4532
4533 MODE is the major mode to set in the compilation buffer. Mode
4534 may also be t meaning use `compilation-shell-minor-mode' under `comint-mode'.
4535
4536 If NAME-FUNCTION is non-nil, call it with one argument (the mode name)
4537 to determine the buffer name. Otherwise, the default is to
4538 reuses the current buffer if it has the proper major mode,
4539 else use or create a buffer with name based on the major mode.
4540
4541 If HIGHLIGHT-REGEXP is non-nil, `next-error' will temporarily highlight
4542 the matching section of the visited source line; the default is to use the
4543 global value of `compilation-highlight-regexp'.
4544
4545 Returns the compilation buffer created.
4546
4547 \(fn COMMAND &optional MODE NAME-FUNCTION HIGHLIGHT-REGEXP)" nil nil)
4548
4549 (autoload 'compilation-mode "compile" "\
4550 Major mode for compilation log buffers.
4551 \\<compilation-mode-map>To visit the source for a line-numbered error,
4552 move point to the error message line and type \\[compile-goto-error].
4553 To kill the compilation, type \\[kill-compilation].
4554
4555 Runs `compilation-mode-hook' with `run-mode-hooks' (which see).
4556
4557 \\{compilation-mode-map}
4558
4559 \(fn &optional NAME-OF-MODE)" t nil)
4560
4561 (put 'define-compilation-mode 'doc-string-elt 3)
4562
4563 (autoload 'compilation-shell-minor-mode "compile" "\
4564 Toggle Compilation Shell minor mode.
4565 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Compilation Shell minor mode
4566 if ARG is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from
4567 Lisp, enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
4568
4569 When Compilation Shell minor mode is enabled, all the
4570 error-parsing commands of the Compilation major mode are
4571 available but bound to keys that don't collide with Shell mode.
4572 See `compilation-mode'.
4573
4574 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4575
4576 (autoload 'compilation-minor-mode "compile" "\
4577 Toggle Compilation minor mode.
4578 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Compilation minor mode if ARG
4579 is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp,
4580 enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
4581
4582 When Compilation minor mode is enabled, all the error-parsing
4583 commands of Compilation major mode are available. See
4584 `compilation-mode'.
4585
4586 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4587
4588 (autoload 'compilation-next-error-function "compile" "\
4589 Advance to the next error message and visit the file where the error was.
4590 This is the value of `next-error-function' in Compilation buffers.
4591
4592 \(fn N &optional RESET)" t nil)
4593
4594 ;;;***
4595 \f
4596 ;;;### (autoloads nil "completion" "completion.el" (21804 59688 154807
4597 ;;;;;; 989000))
4598 ;;; Generated autoloads from completion.el
4599
4600 (defvar dynamic-completion-mode nil "\
4601 Non-nil if Dynamic-Completion mode is enabled.
4602 See the command `dynamic-completion-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
4603 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
4604 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
4605 or call the function `dynamic-completion-mode'.")
4606
4607 (custom-autoload 'dynamic-completion-mode "completion" nil)
4608
4609 (autoload 'dynamic-completion-mode "completion" "\
4610 Toggle dynamic word-completion on or off.
4611 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
4612 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
4613 if ARG is omitted or nil.
4614
4615 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4616
4617 ;;;***
4618 \f
4619 ;;;### (autoloads nil "conf-mode" "textmodes/conf-mode.el" (22026
4620 ;;;;;; 25907 647502 692000))
4621 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/conf-mode.el
4622
4623 (autoload 'conf-mode "conf-mode" "\
4624 Mode for Unix and Windows Conf files and Java properties.
4625 Most conf files know only three kinds of constructs: parameter
4626 assignments optionally grouped into sections and comments. Yet
4627 there is a great range of variation in the exact syntax of conf
4628 files. See below for various wrapper commands that set up the
4629 details for some of the most widespread variants.
4630
4631 This mode sets up font locking, outline, imenu and it provides
4632 alignment support through `conf-align-assignments'. If strings
4633 come out wrong, try `conf-quote-normal'.
4634
4635 Some files allow continuation lines, either with a backslash at
4636 the end of line, or by indenting the next line (further). These
4637 constructs cannot currently be recognized.
4638
4639 Because of this great variety of nuances, which are often not
4640 even clearly specified, please don't expect it to get every file
4641 quite right. Patches that clearly identify some special case,
4642 without breaking the general ones, are welcome.
4643
4644 If instead you start this mode with the generic `conf-mode'
4645 command, it will parse the buffer. It will generally well
4646 identify the first four cases listed below. If the buffer
4647 doesn't have enough contents to decide, this is identical to
4648 `conf-windows-mode' on Windows, elsewhere to `conf-unix-mode'.
4649 See also `conf-space-mode', `conf-colon-mode', `conf-javaprop-mode',
4650 `conf-ppd-mode' and `conf-xdefaults-mode'.
4651
4652 \\{conf-mode-map}
4653
4654 \(fn)" t nil)
4655
4656 (autoload 'conf-unix-mode "conf-mode" "\
4657 Conf Mode starter for Unix style Conf files.
4658 Comments start with `#'.
4659 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4660
4661 # Conf mode font-locks this right on Unix and with \\[conf-unix-mode]
4662
4663 \[Desktop Entry]
4664 Encoding=UTF-8
4665 Name=The GIMP
4666 Name[ca]=El GIMP
4667 Name[cs]=GIMP
4668
4669 \(fn)" t nil)
4670
4671 (autoload 'conf-windows-mode "conf-mode" "\
4672 Conf Mode starter for Windows style Conf files.
4673 Comments start with `;'.
4674 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4675
4676 ; Conf mode font-locks this right on Windows and with \\[conf-windows-mode]
4677
4678 \[ExtShellFolderViews]
4679 Default={5984FFE0-28D4-11CF-AE66-08002B2E1262}
4680 {5984FFE0-28D4-11CF-AE66-08002B2E1262}={5984FFE0-28D4-11CF-AE66-08002B2E1262}
4681
4682 \[{5984FFE0-28D4-11CF-AE66-08002B2E1262}]
4683 PersistMoniker=file://Folder.htt
4684
4685 \(fn)" t nil)
4686
4687 (autoload 'conf-javaprop-mode "conf-mode" "\
4688 Conf Mode starter for Java properties files.
4689 Comments start with `#' but are also recognized with `//' or
4690 between `/*' and `*/'.
4691 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4692
4693 # Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-javaprop-mode] (Java properties)
4694 // another kind of comment
4695 /* yet another */
4696
4697 name:value
4698 name=value
4699 name value
4700 x.1 =
4701 x.2.y.1.z.1 =
4702 x.2.y.1.z.2.zz =
4703
4704 \(fn)" t nil)
4705
4706 (autoload 'conf-space-mode "conf-mode" "\
4707 Conf Mode starter for space separated conf files.
4708 \"Assignments\" are with ` '. Keywords before the parameters are
4709 recognized according to the variable `conf-space-keywords-alist'.
4710 Alternatively, you can specify a value for the file local variable
4711 `conf-space-keywords'.
4712 Use the function `conf-space-keywords' if you want to specify keywords
4713 in an interactive fashion instead.
4714
4715 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4716
4717 # Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-space-mode] (space separated)
4718
4719 image/jpeg jpeg jpg jpe
4720 image/png png
4721 image/tiff tiff tif
4722
4723 # Or with keywords (from a recognized file name):
4724 class desktop
4725 # Standard multimedia devices
4726 add /dev/audio desktop
4727 add /dev/mixer desktop
4728
4729 \(fn)" t nil)
4730
4731 (autoload 'conf-space-keywords "conf-mode" "\
4732 Enter Conf Space mode using regexp KEYWORDS to match the keywords.
4733 See `conf-space-mode'.
4734
4735 \(fn KEYWORDS)" t nil)
4736
4737 (autoload 'conf-colon-mode "conf-mode" "\
4738 Conf Mode starter for Colon files.
4739 \"Assignments\" are with `:'.
4740 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4741
4742 # Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-colon-mode] (colon)
4743
4744 <Multi_key> <exclam> <exclam> : \"\\241\" exclamdown
4745 <Multi_key> <c> <slash> : \"\\242\" cent
4746
4747 \(fn)" t nil)
4748
4749 (autoload 'conf-ppd-mode "conf-mode" "\
4750 Conf Mode starter for Adobe/CUPS PPD files.
4751 Comments start with `*%' and \"assignments\" are with `:'.
4752 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4753
4754 *% Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-ppd-mode] (PPD)
4755
4756 *DefaultTransfer: Null
4757 *Transfer Null.Inverse: \"{ 1 exch sub }\"
4758
4759 \(fn)" t nil)
4760
4761 (autoload 'conf-xdefaults-mode "conf-mode" "\
4762 Conf Mode starter for Xdefaults files.
4763 Comments start with `!' and \"assignments\" are with `:'.
4764 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4765
4766 ! Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-xdefaults-mode] (.Xdefaults)
4767
4768 *background: gray99
4769 *foreground: black
4770
4771 \(fn)" t nil)
4772
4773 ;;;***
4774 \f
4775 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cookie1" "play/cookie1.el" (21670 32331 385639
4776 ;;;;;; 720000))
4777 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/cookie1.el
4778
4779 (autoload 'cookie "cookie1" "\
4780 Return a random phrase from PHRASE-FILE.
4781 When the phrase file is read in, display STARTMSG at the beginning
4782 of load, ENDMSG at the end.
4783 Interactively, PHRASE-FILE defaults to `cookie-file', unless that
4784 is nil or a prefix argument is used.
4785
4786 \(fn PHRASE-FILE &optional STARTMSG ENDMSG)" t nil)
4787
4788 (autoload 'cookie-insert "cookie1" "\
4789 Insert random phrases from PHRASE-FILE; COUNT of them.
4790 When the phrase file is read in, display STARTMSG at the beginning
4791 of load, ENDMSG at the end.
4792
4793 \(fn PHRASE-FILE &optional COUNT STARTMSG ENDMSG)" nil nil)
4794
4795 (autoload 'cookie-snarf "cookie1" "\
4796 Reads in the PHRASE-FILE, returns it as a vector of strings.
4797 Emit STARTMSG and ENDMSG before and after. Caches the result; second
4798 and subsequent calls on the same file won't go to disk.
4799
4800 \(fn PHRASE-FILE &optional STARTMSG ENDMSG)" nil nil)
4801
4802 ;;;***
4803 \f
4804 ;;;### (autoloads nil "copyright" "emacs-lisp/copyright.el" (22026
4805 ;;;;;; 25907 575502 692000))
4806 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/copyright.el
4807 (put 'copyright-at-end-flag 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
4808 (put 'copyright-names-regexp 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
4809 (put 'copyright-year-ranges 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
4810
4811 (autoload 'copyright-update "copyright" "\
4812 Update copyright notice to indicate the current year.
4813 With prefix ARG, replace the years in the notice rather than adding
4814 the current year after them. If necessary, and
4815 `copyright-current-gpl-version' is set, any copying permissions
4816 following the copyright are updated as well.
4817 If non-nil, INTERACTIVEP tells the function to behave as when it's called
4818 interactively.
4819
4820 \(fn &optional ARG INTERACTIVEP)" t nil)
4821
4822 (autoload 'copyright-fix-years "copyright" "\
4823 Convert 2 digit years to 4 digit years.
4824 Uses heuristic: year >= 50 means 19xx, < 50 means 20xx.
4825 If `copyright-year-ranges' (which see) is non-nil, also
4826 independently replaces consecutive years with a range.
4827
4828 \(fn)" t nil)
4829
4830 (autoload 'copyright "copyright" "\
4831 Insert a copyright by $ORGANIZATION notice at cursor.
4832
4833 \(fn &optional STR ARG)" t nil)
4834
4835 (autoload 'copyright-update-directory "copyright" "\
4836 Update copyright notice for all files in DIRECTORY matching MATCH.
4837 If FIX is non-nil, run `copyright-fix-years' instead.
4838
4839 \(fn DIRECTORY MATCH &optional FIX)" t nil)
4840
4841 ;;;***
4842 \f
4843 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cperl-mode" "progmodes/cperl-mode.el" (22011
4844 ;;;;;; 58553 893858 469000))
4845 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cperl-mode.el
4846 (put 'cperl-indent-level 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
4847 (put 'cperl-brace-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
4848 (put 'cperl-continued-brace-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
4849 (put 'cperl-label-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
4850 (put 'cperl-continued-statement-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
4851 (put 'cperl-extra-newline-before-brace 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
4852 (put 'cperl-merge-trailing-else 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
4853
4854 (autoload 'cperl-mode "cperl-mode" "\
4855 Major mode for editing Perl code.
4856 Expression and list commands understand all C brackets.
4857 Tab indents for Perl code.
4858 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
4859 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
4860
4861 Various characters in Perl almost always come in pairs: {}, (), [],
4862 sometimes <>. When the user types the first, she gets the second as
4863 well, with optional special formatting done on {}. (Disabled by
4864 default.) You can always quote (with \\[quoted-insert]) the left
4865 \"paren\" to avoid the expansion. The processing of < is special,
4866 since most the time you mean \"less\". CPerl mode tries to guess
4867 whether you want to type pair <>, and inserts is if it
4868 appropriate. You can set `cperl-electric-parens-string' to the string that
4869 contains the parens from the above list you want to be electrical.
4870 Electricity of parens is controlled by `cperl-electric-parens'.
4871 You may also set `cperl-electric-parens-mark' to have electric parens
4872 look for active mark and \"embrace\" a region if possible.'
4873
4874 CPerl mode provides expansion of the Perl control constructs:
4875
4876 if, else, elsif, unless, while, until, continue, do,
4877 for, foreach, formy and foreachmy.
4878
4879 and POD directives (Disabled by default, see `cperl-electric-keywords'.)
4880
4881 The user types the keyword immediately followed by a space, which
4882 causes the construct to be expanded, and the point is positioned where
4883 she is most likely to want to be. E.g., when the user types a space
4884 following \"if\" the following appears in the buffer: if () { or if ()
4885 } { } and the cursor is between the parentheses. The user can then
4886 type some boolean expression within the parens. Having done that,
4887 typing \\[cperl-linefeed] places you - appropriately indented - on a
4888 new line between the braces (if you typed \\[cperl-linefeed] in a POD
4889 directive line, then appropriate number of new lines is inserted).
4890
4891 If CPerl decides that you want to insert \"English\" style construct like
4892
4893 bite if angry;
4894
4895 it will not do any expansion. See also help on variable
4896 `cperl-extra-newline-before-brace'. (Note that one can switch the
4897 help message on expansion by setting `cperl-message-electric-keyword'
4898 to nil.)
4899
4900 \\[cperl-linefeed] is a convenience replacement for typing carriage
4901 return. It places you in the next line with proper indentation, or if
4902 you type it inside the inline block of control construct, like
4903
4904 foreach (@lines) {print; print}
4905
4906 and you are on a boundary of a statement inside braces, it will
4907 transform the construct into a multiline and will place you into an
4908 appropriately indented blank line. If you need a usual
4909 `newline-and-indent' behavior, it is on \\[newline-and-indent],
4910 see documentation on `cperl-electric-linefeed'.
4911
4912 Use \\[cperl-invert-if-unless] to change a construction of the form
4913
4914 if (A) { B }
4915
4916 into
4917
4918 B if A;
4919
4920 \\{cperl-mode-map}
4921
4922 Setting the variable `cperl-font-lock' to t switches on font-lock-mode
4923 \(even with older Emacsen), `cperl-electric-lbrace-space' to t switches
4924 on electric space between $ and {, `cperl-electric-parens-string' is
4925 the string that contains parentheses that should be electric in CPerl
4926 \(see also `cperl-electric-parens-mark' and `cperl-electric-parens'),
4927 setting `cperl-electric-keywords' enables electric expansion of
4928 control structures in CPerl. `cperl-electric-linefeed' governs which
4929 one of two linefeed behavior is preferable. You can enable all these
4930 options simultaneously (recommended mode of use) by setting
4931 `cperl-hairy' to t. In this case you can switch separate options off
4932 by setting them to `null'. Note that one may undo the extra
4933 whitespace inserted by semis and braces in `auto-newline'-mode by
4934 consequent \\[cperl-electric-backspace].
4935
4936 If your site has perl5 documentation in info format, you can use commands
4937 \\[cperl-info-on-current-command] and \\[cperl-info-on-command] to access it.
4938 These keys run commands `cperl-info-on-current-command' and
4939 `cperl-info-on-command', which one is which is controlled by variable
4940 `cperl-info-on-command-no-prompt' and `cperl-clobber-lisp-bindings'
4941 \(in turn affected by `cperl-hairy').
4942
4943 Even if you have no info-format documentation, short one-liner-style
4944 help is available on \\[cperl-get-help], and one can run perldoc or
4945 man via menu.
4946
4947 It is possible to show this help automatically after some idle time.
4948 This is regulated by variable `cperl-lazy-help-time'. Default with
4949 `cperl-hairy' (if the value of `cperl-lazy-help-time' is nil) is 5
4950 secs idle time . It is also possible to switch this on/off from the
4951 menu, or via \\[cperl-toggle-autohelp]. Requires `run-with-idle-timer'.
4952
4953 Use \\[cperl-lineup] to vertically lineup some construction - put the
4954 beginning of the region at the start of construction, and make region
4955 span the needed amount of lines.
4956
4957 Variables `cperl-pod-here-scan', `cperl-pod-here-fontify',
4958 `cperl-pod-face', `cperl-pod-head-face' control processing of POD and
4959 here-docs sections. With capable Emaxen results of scan are used
4960 for indentation too, otherwise they are used for highlighting only.
4961
4962 Variables controlling indentation style:
4963 `cperl-tab-always-indent'
4964 Non-nil means TAB in CPerl mode should always reindent the current line,
4965 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
4966 `cperl-indent-left-aligned-comments'
4967 Non-nil means that the comment starting in leftmost column should indent.
4968 `cperl-auto-newline'
4969 Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces,
4970 and after colons and semicolons, inserted in Perl code. The following
4971 \\[cperl-electric-backspace] will remove the inserted whitespace.
4972 Insertion after colons requires both this variable and
4973 `cperl-auto-newline-after-colon' set.
4974 `cperl-auto-newline-after-colon'
4975 Non-nil means automatically newline even after colons.
4976 Subject to `cperl-auto-newline' setting.
4977 `cperl-indent-level'
4978 Indentation of Perl statements within surrounding block.
4979 The surrounding block's indentation is the indentation
4980 of the line on which the open-brace appears.
4981 `cperl-continued-statement-offset'
4982 Extra indentation given to a substatement, such as the
4983 then-clause of an if, or body of a while, or just a statement continuation.
4984 `cperl-continued-brace-offset'
4985 Extra indentation given to a brace that starts a substatement.
4986 This is in addition to `cperl-continued-statement-offset'.
4987 `cperl-brace-offset'
4988 Extra indentation for line if it starts with an open brace.
4989 `cperl-brace-imaginary-offset'
4990 An open brace following other text is treated as if it the line started
4991 this far to the right of the actual line indentation.
4992 `cperl-label-offset'
4993 Extra indentation for line that is a label.
4994 `cperl-min-label-indent'
4995 Minimal indentation for line that is a label.
4996
4997 Settings for classic indent-styles: K&R BSD=C++ GNU PerlStyle=Whitesmith
4998 `cperl-indent-level' 5 4 2 4
4999 `cperl-brace-offset' 0 0 0 0
5000 `cperl-continued-brace-offset' -5 -4 0 0
5001 `cperl-label-offset' -5 -4 -2 -4
5002 `cperl-continued-statement-offset' 5 4 2 4
5003
5004 CPerl knows several indentation styles, and may bulk set the
5005 corresponding variables. Use \\[cperl-set-style] to do this. Use
5006 \\[cperl-set-style-back] to restore the memorized preexisting values
5007 \(both available from menu). See examples in `cperl-style-examples'.
5008
5009 Part of the indentation style is how different parts of if/elsif/else
5010 statements are broken into lines; in CPerl, this is reflected on how
5011 templates for these constructs are created (controlled by
5012 `cperl-extra-newline-before-brace'), and how reflow-logic should treat
5013 \"continuation\" blocks of else/elsif/continue, controlled by the same
5014 variable, and by `cperl-extra-newline-before-brace-multiline',
5015 `cperl-merge-trailing-else', `cperl-indent-region-fix-constructs'.
5016
5017 If `cperl-indent-level' is 0, the statement after opening brace in
5018 column 0 is indented on
5019 `cperl-brace-offset'+`cperl-continued-statement-offset'.
5020
5021 Turning on CPerl mode calls the hooks in the variable `cperl-mode-hook'
5022 with no args.
5023
5024 DO NOT FORGET to read micro-docs (available from `Perl' menu)
5025 or as help on variables `cperl-tips', `cperl-problems',
5026 `cperl-praise', `cperl-speed'.
5027
5028 \(fn)" t nil)
5029
5030 (autoload 'cperl-perldoc "cperl-mode" "\
5031 Run `perldoc' on WORD.
5032
5033 \(fn WORD)" t nil)
5034
5035 (autoload 'cperl-perldoc-at-point "cperl-mode" "\
5036 Run a `perldoc' on the word around point.
5037
5038 \(fn)" t nil)
5039
5040 ;;;***
5041 \f
5042 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cpp" "progmodes/cpp.el" (21988 10682 33624
5043 ;;;;;; 461000))
5044 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cpp.el
5045
5046 (autoload 'cpp-highlight-buffer "cpp" "\
5047 Highlight C code according to preprocessor conditionals.
5048 This command pops up a buffer which you should edit to specify
5049 what kind of highlighting to use, and the criteria for highlighting.
5050 A prefix arg suppresses display of that buffer.
5051
5052 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
5053
5054 (autoload 'cpp-parse-edit "cpp" "\
5055 Edit display information for cpp conditionals.
5056
5057 \(fn)" t nil)
5058
5059 ;;;***
5060 \f
5061 ;;;### (autoloads nil "crm" "emacs-lisp/crm.el" (21980 16567 501544
5062 ;;;;;; 893000))
5063 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/crm.el
5064
5065 (autoload 'completing-read-multiple "crm" "\
5066 Read multiple strings in the minibuffer, with completion.
5067 The arguments are the same as those of `completing-read'.
5068 \\<crm-local-completion-map>
5069 Input multiple strings by separating each one with a string that
5070 matches the regexp `crm-separator'. For example, if the separator
5071 regexp is \",\", entering \"alice,bob,eve\" specifies the strings
5072 \"alice\", \"bob\", and \"eve\".
5073
5074 We refer to contiguous strings of non-separator-characters as
5075 \"elements\". In this example there are three elements.
5076
5077 Completion is available on a per-element basis. For example, if the
5078 contents of the minibuffer are \"alice,bob,eve\" and point is between
5079 \"l\" and \"i\", pressing \\[minibuffer-complete] operates on the element \"alice\".
5080
5081 This function returns a list of the strings that were read,
5082 with empty strings removed.
5083
5084 \(fn PROMPT TABLE &optional PREDICATE REQUIRE-MATCH INITIAL-INPUT HIST DEF INHERIT-INPUT-METHOD)" nil nil)
5085
5086 ;;;***
5087 \f
5088 ;;;### (autoloads nil "css-mode" "textmodes/css-mode.el" (22038 17067
5089 ;;;;;; 867243 731000))
5090 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/css-mode.el
5091
5092 (autoload 'css-mode "css-mode" "\
5093 Major mode to edit Cascading Style Sheets.
5094
5095 \(fn)" t nil)
5096 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.scss\\'" . scss-mode))
5097
5098 (autoload 'scss-mode "css-mode" "\
5099 Major mode to edit \"Sassy CSS\" files.
5100
5101 \(fn)" t nil)
5102
5103 ;;;***
5104 \f
5105 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cua-base" "emulation/cua-base.el" (21990 52406
5106 ;;;;;; 528500 385000))
5107 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/cua-base.el
5108
5109 (defvar cua-mode nil "\
5110 Non-nil if Cua mode is enabled.
5111 See the command `cua-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
5112 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
5113 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
5114 or call the function `cua-mode'.")
5115
5116 (custom-autoload 'cua-mode "cua-base" nil)
5117
5118 (autoload 'cua-mode "cua-base" "\
5119 Toggle Common User Access style editing (CUA mode).
5120 With a prefix argument ARG, enable CUA mode if ARG is positive,
5121 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
5122 if ARG is omitted or nil.
5123
5124 CUA mode is a global minor mode. When enabled, typed text
5125 replaces the active selection, and you can use C-z, C-x, C-c, and
5126 C-v to undo, cut, copy, and paste in addition to the normal Emacs
5127 bindings. The C-x and C-c keys only do cut and copy when the
5128 region is active, so in most cases, they do not conflict with the
5129 normal function of these prefix keys.
5130
5131 If you really need to perform a command which starts with one of
5132 the prefix keys even when the region is active, you have three
5133 options:
5134 - press the prefix key twice very quickly (within 0.2 seconds),
5135 - press the prefix key and the following key within 0.2 seconds, or
5136 - use the SHIFT key with the prefix key, i.e. C-S-x or C-S-c.
5137
5138 You can customize `cua-enable-cua-keys' to completely disable the
5139 CUA bindings, or `cua-prefix-override-inhibit-delay' to change
5140 the prefix fallback behavior.
5141
5142 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5143
5144 (autoload 'cua-selection-mode "cua-base" "\
5145 Enable CUA selection mode without the C-z/C-x/C-c/C-v bindings.
5146
5147 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
5148
5149 ;;;***
5150 \f
5151 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cua-rect" "emulation/cua-rect.el" (22087 6213
5152 ;;;;;; 764351 952000))
5153 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/cua-rect.el
5154
5155 (autoload 'cua-rectangle-mark-mode "cua-rect" "\
5156 Toggle the region as rectangular.
5157 Activates the region if needed. Only lasts until the region is deactivated.
5158
5159 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5160
5161 ;;;***
5162 \f
5163 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cursor-sensor" "emacs-lisp/cursor-sensor.el"
5164 ;;;;;; (22069 62806 562804 836000))
5165 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/cursor-sensor.el
5166
5167 (autoload 'cursor-intangible-mode "cursor-sensor" "\
5168 Keep cursor outside of any `cursor-intangible' text property.
5169
5170 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5171
5172 (autoload 'cursor-sensor-mode "cursor-sensor" "\
5173 Handle the `cursor-sensor-functions' text property.
5174 This property should hold a list of functions which react to the motion
5175 of the cursor. They're called with three arguments (WINDOW OLDPOS DIR)
5176 where WINDOW is the affected window, OLDPOS is the last known position of
5177 the cursor and DIR can be `left' or `entered' depending on whether the cursor is
5178 entering the area covered by the text-property property or leaving it.
5179
5180 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5181
5182 ;;;***
5183 \f
5184 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cus-edit" "cus-edit.el" (22087 6213 748351
5185 ;;;;;; 952000))
5186 ;;; Generated autoloads from cus-edit.el
5187
5188 (defvar custom-browse-sort-alphabetically nil "\
5189 If non-nil, sort customization group alphabetically in `custom-browse'.")
5190
5191 (custom-autoload 'custom-browse-sort-alphabetically "cus-edit" t)
5192
5193 (defvar custom-buffer-sort-alphabetically t "\
5194 Whether to sort customization groups alphabetically in Custom buffer.")
5195
5196 (custom-autoload 'custom-buffer-sort-alphabetically "cus-edit" t)
5197
5198 (defvar custom-menu-sort-alphabetically nil "\
5199 If non-nil, sort each customization group alphabetically in menus.")
5200
5201 (custom-autoload 'custom-menu-sort-alphabetically "cus-edit" t)
5202
5203 (autoload 'customize-set-value "cus-edit" "\
5204 Set VARIABLE to VALUE, and return VALUE. VALUE is a Lisp object.
5205
5206 If VARIABLE has a `variable-interactive' property, that is used as if
5207 it were the arg to `interactive' (which see) to interactively read the value.
5208
5209 If VARIABLE has a `custom-type' property, it must be a widget and the
5210 `:prompt-value' property of that widget will be used for reading the value.
5211
5212 If given a prefix (or a COMMENT argument), also prompt for a comment.
5213
5214 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE &optional COMMENT)" t nil)
5215
5216 (autoload 'customize-set-variable "cus-edit" "\
5217 Set the default for VARIABLE to VALUE, and return VALUE.
5218 VALUE is a Lisp object.
5219
5220 If VARIABLE has a `custom-set' property, that is used for setting
5221 VARIABLE, otherwise `set-default' is used.
5222
5223 If VARIABLE has a `variable-interactive' property, that is used as if
5224 it were the arg to `interactive' (which see) to interactively read the value.
5225
5226 If VARIABLE has a `custom-type' property, it must be a widget and the
5227 `:prompt-value' property of that widget will be used for reading the value.
5228
5229 If given a prefix (or a COMMENT argument), also prompt for a comment.
5230
5231 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE &optional COMMENT)" t nil)
5232
5233 (autoload 'customize-save-variable "cus-edit" "\
5234 Set the default for VARIABLE to VALUE, and save it for future sessions.
5235 Return VALUE.
5236
5237 If VARIABLE has a `custom-set' property, that is used for setting
5238 VARIABLE, otherwise `set-default' is used.
5239
5240 If VARIABLE has a `variable-interactive' property, that is used as if
5241 it were the arg to `interactive' (which see) to interactively read the value.
5242
5243 If VARIABLE has a `custom-type' property, it must be a widget and the
5244 `:prompt-value' property of that widget will be used for reading the value.
5245
5246 If given a prefix (or a COMMENT argument), also prompt for a comment.
5247
5248 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE &optional COMMENT)" t nil)
5249
5250 (autoload 'customize-push-and-save "cus-edit" "\
5251 Add ELTS to LIST-VAR and save for future sessions, safely.
5252 ELTS should be a list. This function adds each entry to the
5253 value of LIST-VAR using `add-to-list'.
5254
5255 If Emacs is initialized, call `customize-save-variable' to save
5256 the resulting list value now. Otherwise, add an entry to
5257 `after-init-hook' to save it after initialization.
5258
5259 \(fn LIST-VAR ELTS)" nil nil)
5260
5261 (autoload 'customize "cus-edit" "\
5262 Select a customization buffer which you can use to set user options.
5263 User options are structured into \"groups\".
5264 Initially the top-level group `Emacs' and its immediate subgroups
5265 are shown; the contents of those subgroups are initially hidden.
5266
5267 \(fn)" t nil)
5268
5269 (autoload 'customize-mode "cus-edit" "\
5270 Customize options related to the current major mode.
5271 If a prefix \\[universal-argument] was given (or if the current major mode has no known group),
5272 then prompt for the MODE to customize.
5273
5274 \(fn MODE)" t nil)
5275
5276 (autoload 'customize-group "cus-edit" "\
5277 Customize GROUP, which must be a customization group.
5278 If OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, display in another window.
5279
5280 \(fn &optional GROUP OTHER-WINDOW)" t nil)
5281
5282 (autoload 'customize-group-other-window "cus-edit" "\
5283 Customize GROUP, which must be a customization group, in another window.
5284
5285 \(fn &optional GROUP)" t nil)
5286
5287 (defalias 'customize-variable 'customize-option)
5288
5289 (autoload 'customize-option "cus-edit" "\
5290 Customize SYMBOL, which must be a user option.
5291
5292 \(fn SYMBOL)" t nil)
5293
5294 (defalias 'customize-variable-other-window 'customize-option-other-window)
5295
5296 (autoload 'customize-option-other-window "cus-edit" "\
5297 Customize SYMBOL, which must be a user option.
5298 Show the buffer in another window, but don't select it.
5299
5300 \(fn SYMBOL)" t nil)
5301
5302 (defvar customize-package-emacs-version-alist nil "\
5303 Alist mapping versions of a package to Emacs versions.
5304 We use this for packages that have their own names, but are released
5305 as part of Emacs itself.
5306
5307 Each elements looks like this:
5308
5309 (PACKAGE (PVERSION . EVERSION)...)
5310
5311 Here PACKAGE is the name of a package, as a symbol. After
5312 PACKAGE come one or more elements, each associating a
5313 package version PVERSION with the first Emacs version
5314 EVERSION in which it (or a subsequent version of PACKAGE)
5315 was first released. Both PVERSION and EVERSION are strings.
5316 PVERSION should be a string that this package used in
5317 the :package-version keyword for `defcustom', `defgroup',
5318 and `defface'.
5319
5320 For example, the MH-E package updates this alist as follows:
5321
5322 (add-to-list \\='customize-package-emacs-version-alist
5323 \\='(MH-E (\"6.0\" . \"22.1\") (\"6.1\" . \"22.1\")
5324 (\"7.0\" . \"22.1\") (\"7.1\" . \"22.1\")
5325 (\"7.2\" . \"22.1\") (\"7.3\" . \"22.1\")
5326 (\"7.4\" . \"22.1\") (\"8.0\" . \"22.1\")))
5327
5328 The value of PACKAGE needs to be unique and it needs to match the
5329 PACKAGE value appearing in the :package-version keyword. Since
5330 the user might see the value in a error message, a good choice is
5331 the official name of the package, such as MH-E or Gnus.")
5332
5333 (defalias 'customize-changed 'customize-changed-options)
5334
5335 (autoload 'customize-changed-options "cus-edit" "\
5336 Customize all settings whose meanings have changed in Emacs itself.
5337 This includes new user options and faces, and new customization
5338 groups, as well as older options and faces whose meanings or
5339 default values have changed since the previous major Emacs
5340 release.
5341
5342 With argument SINCE-VERSION (a string), customize all settings
5343 that were added or redefined since that version.
5344
5345 \(fn &optional SINCE-VERSION)" t nil)
5346
5347 (autoload 'customize-face "cus-edit" "\
5348 Customize FACE, which should be a face name or nil.
5349 If FACE is nil, customize all faces. If FACE is actually a
5350 face-alias, customize the face it is aliased to.
5351
5352 If OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, display in another window.
5353
5354 Interactively, when point is on text which has a face specified,
5355 suggest to customize that face, if it's customizable.
5356
5357 \(fn &optional FACE OTHER-WINDOW)" t nil)
5358
5359 (autoload 'customize-face-other-window "cus-edit" "\
5360 Show customization buffer for face FACE in other window.
5361 If FACE is actually a face-alias, customize the face it is aliased to.
5362
5363 Interactively, when point is on text which has a face specified,
5364 suggest to customize that face, if it's customizable.
5365
5366 \(fn &optional FACE)" t nil)
5367
5368 (autoload 'customize-unsaved "cus-edit" "\
5369 Customize all options and faces set in this session but not saved.
5370
5371 \(fn)" t nil)
5372
5373 (autoload 'customize-rogue "cus-edit" "\
5374 Customize all user variables modified outside customize.
5375
5376 \(fn)" t nil)
5377
5378 (autoload 'customize-saved "cus-edit" "\
5379 Customize all saved options and faces.
5380
5381 \(fn)" t nil)
5382
5383 (autoload 'customize-apropos "cus-edit" "\
5384 Customize loaded options, faces and groups matching PATTERN.
5385 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
5386 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
5387 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of
5388 words, search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
5389
5390 If TYPE is `options', include only options.
5391 If TYPE is `faces', include only faces.
5392 If TYPE is `groups', include only groups.
5393
5394 \(fn PATTERN &optional TYPE)" t nil)
5395
5396 (autoload 'customize-apropos-options "cus-edit" "\
5397 Customize all loaded customizable options matching REGEXP.
5398
5399 \(fn REGEXP &optional IGNORED)" t nil)
5400
5401 (autoload 'customize-apropos-faces "cus-edit" "\
5402 Customize all loaded faces matching REGEXP.
5403
5404 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
5405
5406 (autoload 'customize-apropos-groups "cus-edit" "\
5407 Customize all loaded groups matching REGEXP.
5408
5409 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
5410
5411 (autoload 'custom-prompt-customize-unsaved-options "cus-edit" "\
5412 Prompt user to customize any unsaved customization options.
5413 Return non-nil if user chooses to customize, for use in
5414 `kill-emacs-query-functions'.
5415
5416 \(fn)" nil nil)
5417
5418 (autoload 'custom-buffer-create "cus-edit" "\
5419 Create a buffer containing OPTIONS.
5420 Optional NAME is the name of the buffer.
5421 OPTIONS should be an alist of the form ((SYMBOL WIDGET)...), where
5422 SYMBOL is a customization option, and WIDGET is a widget for editing
5423 that option.
5424 DESCRIPTION is unused.
5425
5426 \(fn OPTIONS &optional NAME DESCRIPTION)" nil nil)
5427
5428 (autoload 'custom-buffer-create-other-window "cus-edit" "\
5429 Create a buffer containing OPTIONS, and display it in another window.
5430 The result includes selecting that window.
5431 Optional NAME is the name of the buffer.
5432 OPTIONS should be an alist of the form ((SYMBOL WIDGET)...), where
5433 SYMBOL is a customization option, and WIDGET is a widget for editing
5434 that option.
5435
5436 \(fn OPTIONS &optional NAME DESCRIPTION)" nil nil)
5437
5438 (autoload 'customize-browse "cus-edit" "\
5439 Create a tree browser for the customize hierarchy.
5440
5441 \(fn &optional GROUP)" t nil)
5442
5443 (defvar custom-file nil "\
5444 File used for storing customization information.
5445 The default is nil, which means to use your init file
5446 as specified by `user-init-file'. If the value is not nil,
5447 it should be an absolute file name.
5448
5449 You can set this option through Custom, if you carefully read the
5450 last paragraph below. However, usually it is simpler to write
5451 something like the following in your init file:
5452
5453 \(setq custom-file \"~/.emacs-custom.el\")
5454 \(load custom-file)
5455
5456 Note that both lines are necessary: the first line tells Custom to
5457 save all customizations in this file, but does not load it.
5458
5459 When you change this variable outside Custom, look in the
5460 previous custom file (usually your init file) for the
5461 forms `(custom-set-variables ...)' and `(custom-set-faces ...)',
5462 and copy them (whichever ones you find) to the new custom file.
5463 This will preserve your existing customizations.
5464
5465 If you save this option using Custom, Custom will write all
5466 currently saved customizations, including the new one for this
5467 option itself, into the file you specify, overwriting any
5468 `custom-set-variables' and `custom-set-faces' forms already
5469 present in that file. It will not delete any customizations from
5470 the old custom file. You should do that manually if that is what you
5471 want. You also have to put something like `(load \"CUSTOM-FILE\")
5472 in your init file, where CUSTOM-FILE is the actual name of the
5473 file. Otherwise, Emacs will not load the file when it starts up,
5474 and hence will not set `custom-file' to that file either.")
5475
5476 (custom-autoload 'custom-file "cus-edit" t)
5477
5478 (autoload 'custom-save-all "cus-edit" "\
5479 Save all customizations in `custom-file'.
5480
5481 \(fn)" nil nil)
5482
5483 (autoload 'customize-save-customized "cus-edit" "\
5484 Save all user options which have been set in this session.
5485
5486 \(fn)" t nil)
5487
5488 (autoload 'custom-menu-create "cus-edit" "\
5489 Create menu for customization group SYMBOL.
5490 The menu is in a format applicable to `easy-menu-define'.
5491
5492 \(fn SYMBOL)" nil nil)
5493
5494 (autoload 'customize-menu-create "cus-edit" "\
5495 Return a customize menu for customization group SYMBOL.
5496 If optional NAME is given, use that as the name of the menu.
5497 Otherwise the menu will be named `Customize'.
5498 The format is suitable for use with `easy-menu-define'.
5499
5500 \(fn SYMBOL &optional NAME)" nil nil)
5501
5502 ;;;***
5503 \f
5504 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cus-theme" "cus-theme.el" (21998 46516 910024
5505 ;;;;;; 649000))
5506 ;;; Generated autoloads from cus-theme.el
5507
5508 (autoload 'customize-create-theme "cus-theme" "\
5509 Create or edit a custom theme.
5510 THEME, if non-nil, should be an existing theme to edit. If THEME
5511 is `user', the resulting *Custom Theme* buffer also contains a
5512 checkbox for removing the theme settings specified in the buffer
5513 from the Custom save file.
5514 BUFFER, if non-nil, should be a buffer to use; the default is
5515 named *Custom Theme*.
5516
5517 \(fn &optional THEME BUFFER)" t nil)
5518
5519 (autoload 'custom-theme-visit-theme "cus-theme" "\
5520 Set up a Custom buffer to edit custom theme THEME.
5521
5522 \(fn THEME)" t nil)
5523
5524 (autoload 'describe-theme "cus-theme" "\
5525 Display a description of the Custom theme THEME (a symbol).
5526
5527 \(fn THEME)" t nil)
5528
5529 (autoload 'customize-themes "cus-theme" "\
5530 Display a selectable list of Custom themes.
5531 When called from Lisp, BUFFER should be the buffer to use; if
5532 omitted, a buffer named *Custom Themes* is used.
5533
5534 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
5535
5536 ;;;***
5537 \f
5538 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cvs-status" "vc/cvs-status.el" (22026 25907
5539 ;;;;;; 671502 692000))
5540 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/cvs-status.el
5541
5542 (autoload 'cvs-status-mode "cvs-status" "\
5543 Mode used for cvs status output.
5544
5545 \(fn)" t nil)
5546
5547 ;;;***
5548 \f
5549 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cwarn" "progmodes/cwarn.el" (21670 32331 385639
5550 ;;;;;; 720000))
5551 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cwarn.el
5552 (push (purecopy '(cwarn 1 3 1)) package--builtin-versions)
5553
5554 (autoload 'cwarn-mode "cwarn" "\
5555 Minor mode that highlights suspicious C and C++ constructions.
5556
5557 Suspicious constructs are highlighted using `font-lock-warning-face'.
5558
5559 Note, in addition to enabling this minor mode, the major mode must
5560 be included in the variable `cwarn-configuration'. By default C and
5561 C++ modes are included.
5562
5563 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
5564 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
5565 if ARG is omitted or nil.
5566
5567 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5568
5569 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'turn-on-cwarn-mode 'cwarn-mode "24.1")
5570
5571 (defvar global-cwarn-mode nil "\
5572 Non-nil if Global-Cwarn mode is enabled.
5573 See the command `global-cwarn-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
5574 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
5575 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
5576 or call the function `global-cwarn-mode'.")
5577
5578 (custom-autoload 'global-cwarn-mode "cwarn" nil)
5579
5580 (autoload 'global-cwarn-mode "cwarn" "\
5581 Toggle Cwarn mode in all buffers.
5582 With prefix ARG, enable Global-Cwarn mode if ARG is positive;
5583 otherwise, disable it. If called from Lisp, enable the mode if
5584 ARG is omitted or nil.
5585
5586 Cwarn mode is enabled in all buffers where
5587 `turn-on-cwarn-mode-if-enabled' would do it.
5588 See `cwarn-mode' for more information on Cwarn mode.
5589
5590 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5591
5592 ;;;***
5593 \f
5594 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cyril-util" "language/cyril-util.el" (21670
5595 ;;;;;; 32331 385639 720000))
5596 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/cyril-util.el
5597
5598 (autoload 'cyrillic-encode-koi8-r-char "cyril-util" "\
5599 Return KOI8-R external character code of CHAR if appropriate.
5600
5601 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
5602
5603 (autoload 'cyrillic-encode-alternativnyj-char "cyril-util" "\
5604 Return ALTERNATIVNYJ external character code of CHAR if appropriate.
5605
5606 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
5607
5608 (autoload 'standard-display-cyrillic-translit "cyril-util" "\
5609 Display a cyrillic buffer using a transliteration.
5610 For readability, the table is slightly
5611 different from the one used for the input method `cyrillic-translit'.
5612
5613 The argument is a string which specifies which language you are using;
5614 that affects the choice of transliterations slightly.
5615 Possible values are listed in `cyrillic-language-alist'.
5616 If the argument is t, we use the default cyrillic transliteration.
5617 If the argument is nil, we return the display table to its standard state.
5618
5619 \(fn &optional CYRILLIC-LANGUAGE)" t nil)
5620
5621 ;;;***
5622 \f
5623 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dabbrev" "dabbrev.el" (22011 58553 321858
5624 ;;;;;; 469000))
5625 ;;; Generated autoloads from dabbrev.el
5626 (put 'dabbrev-case-fold-search 'risky-local-variable t)
5627 (put 'dabbrev-case-replace 'risky-local-variable t)
5628 (define-key esc-map "/" 'dabbrev-expand)
5629 (define-key esc-map [?\C-/] 'dabbrev-completion)
5630
5631 (autoload 'dabbrev-completion "dabbrev" "\
5632 Completion on current word.
5633 Like \\[dabbrev-expand] but finds all expansions in the current buffer
5634 and presents suggestions for completion.
5635
5636 With a prefix argument ARG, it searches all buffers accepted by the
5637 function pointed out by `dabbrev-friend-buffer-function' to find the
5638 completions.
5639
5640 If the prefix argument is 16 (which comes from \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
5641 then it searches *all* buffers.
5642
5643 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5644
5645 (autoload 'dabbrev-expand "dabbrev" "\
5646 Expand previous word \"dynamically\".
5647
5648 Expands to the most recent, preceding word for which this is a prefix.
5649 If no suitable preceding word is found, words following point are
5650 considered. If still no suitable word is found, then look in the
5651 buffers accepted by the function pointed out by variable
5652 `dabbrev-friend-buffer-function'.
5653
5654 A positive prefix argument, N, says to take the Nth backward *distinct*
5655 possibility. A negative argument says search forward.
5656
5657 If the cursor has not moved from the end of the previous expansion and
5658 no argument is given, replace the previously-made expansion
5659 with the next possible expansion not yet tried.
5660
5661 The variable `dabbrev-backward-only' may be used to limit the
5662 direction of search to backward if set non-nil.
5663
5664 See also `dabbrev-abbrev-char-regexp' and \\[dabbrev-completion].
5665
5666 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
5667
5668 ;;;***
5669 \f
5670 ;;;### (autoloads nil "data-debug" "cedet/data-debug.el" (21974 64192
5671 ;;;;;; 556009 993000))
5672 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/data-debug.el
5673
5674 (autoload 'data-debug-new-buffer "data-debug" "\
5675 Create a new data-debug buffer with NAME.
5676
5677 \(fn NAME)" nil nil)
5678
5679 ;;;***
5680 \f
5681 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dbus" "net/dbus.el" (22011 58553 761858 469000))
5682 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/dbus.el
5683
5684 (autoload 'dbus-handle-event "dbus" "\
5685 Handle events from the D-Bus.
5686 EVENT is a D-Bus event, see `dbus-check-event'. HANDLER, being
5687 part of the event, is called with arguments ARGS.
5688 If the HANDLER returns a `dbus-error', it is propagated as return message.
5689
5690 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
5691
5692 ;;;***
5693 \f
5694 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dcl-mode" "progmodes/dcl-mode.el" (22011 58553
5695 ;;;;;; 897858 469000))
5696 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/dcl-mode.el
5697
5698 (autoload 'dcl-mode "dcl-mode" "\
5699 Major mode for editing DCL-files.
5700
5701 This mode indents command lines in blocks. (A block is commands between
5702 THEN-ELSE-ENDIF and between lines matching dcl-block-begin-regexp and
5703 dcl-block-end-regexp.)
5704
5705 Labels are indented to a fixed position unless they begin or end a block.
5706 Whole-line comments (matching dcl-comment-line-regexp) are not indented.
5707 Data lines are not indented.
5708
5709 Key bindings:
5710
5711 \\{dcl-mode-map}
5712 Commands not usually bound to keys:
5713
5714 \\[dcl-save-nondefault-options] Save changed options
5715 \\[dcl-save-all-options] Save all options
5716 \\[dcl-save-option] Save any option
5717 \\[dcl-save-mode] Save buffer mode
5718
5719 Variables controlling indentation style and extra features:
5720
5721 dcl-basic-offset
5722 Extra indentation within blocks.
5723
5724 dcl-continuation-offset
5725 Extra indentation for continued lines.
5726
5727 dcl-margin-offset
5728 Indentation for the first command line in a file or SUBROUTINE.
5729
5730 dcl-margin-label-offset
5731 Indentation for a label.
5732
5733 dcl-comment-line-regexp
5734 Lines matching this regexp will not be indented.
5735
5736 dcl-block-begin-regexp
5737 dcl-block-end-regexp
5738 Regexps that match command lines that begin and end, respectively,
5739 a block of command lines that will be given extra indentation.
5740 Command lines between THEN-ELSE-ENDIF are always indented; these variables
5741 make it possible to define other places to indent.
5742 Set to nil to disable this feature.
5743
5744 dcl-calc-command-indent-function
5745 Can be set to a function that customizes indentation for command lines.
5746 Two such functions are included in the package:
5747 dcl-calc-command-indent-multiple
5748 dcl-calc-command-indent-hang
5749
5750 dcl-calc-cont-indent-function
5751 Can be set to a function that customizes indentation for continued lines.
5752 One such function is included in the package:
5753 dcl-calc-cont-indent-relative (set by default)
5754
5755 dcl-tab-always-indent
5756 If t, pressing TAB always indents the current line.
5757 If nil, pressing TAB indents the current line if point is at the left
5758 margin.
5759
5760 dcl-electric-characters
5761 Non-nil causes lines to be indented at once when a label, ELSE or ENDIF is
5762 typed.
5763
5764 dcl-electric-reindent-regexps
5765 Use this variable and function dcl-electric-character to customize
5766 which words trigger electric indentation.
5767
5768 dcl-tempo-comma
5769 dcl-tempo-left-paren
5770 dcl-tempo-right-paren
5771 These variables control the look of expanded templates.
5772
5773 dcl-imenu-generic-expression
5774 Default value for imenu-generic-expression. The default includes
5775 SUBROUTINE labels in the main listing and sub-listings for
5776 other labels, CALL, GOTO and GOSUB statements.
5777
5778 dcl-imenu-label-labels
5779 dcl-imenu-label-goto
5780 dcl-imenu-label-gosub
5781 dcl-imenu-label-call
5782 Change the text that is used as sub-listing labels in imenu.
5783
5784 Loading this package calls the value of the variable
5785 `dcl-mode-load-hook' with no args, if that value is non-nil.
5786 Turning on DCL mode calls the value of the variable `dcl-mode-hook'
5787 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
5788
5789
5790 The following example uses the default values for all variables:
5791
5792 $! This is a comment line that is not indented (it matches
5793 $! dcl-comment-line-regexp)
5794 $! Next follows the first command line. It is indented dcl-margin-offset.
5795 $ i = 1
5796 $ ! Other comments are indented like command lines.
5797 $ ! A margin label indented dcl-margin-label-offset:
5798 $ label:
5799 $ if i.eq.1
5800 $ then
5801 $ ! Lines between THEN-ELSE and ELSE-ENDIF are
5802 $ ! indented dcl-basic-offset
5803 $ loop1: ! This matches dcl-block-begin-regexp...
5804 $ ! ...so this line is indented dcl-basic-offset
5805 $ text = \"This \" + - ! is a continued line
5806 \"lined up with the command line\"
5807 $ type sys$input
5808 Data lines are not indented at all.
5809 $ endloop1: ! This matches dcl-block-end-regexp
5810 $ endif
5811 $
5812
5813
5814 There is some minimal font-lock support (see vars
5815 `dcl-font-lock-defaults' and `dcl-font-lock-keywords').
5816
5817 \(fn)" t nil)
5818
5819 ;;;***
5820 \f
5821 ;;;### (autoloads nil "debug" "emacs-lisp/debug.el" (21918 44225
5822 ;;;;;; 955204 84000))
5823 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/debug.el
5824
5825 (setq debugger 'debug)
5826
5827 (autoload 'debug "debug" "\
5828 Enter debugger. \\<debugger-mode-map>`\\[debugger-continue]' returns from the debugger.
5829 Arguments are mainly for use when this is called from the internals
5830 of the evaluator.
5831
5832 You may call with no args, or you may pass nil as the first arg and
5833 any other args you like. In that case, the list of args after the
5834 first will be printed into the backtrace buffer.
5835
5836 \(fn &rest ARGS)" t nil)
5837
5838 (autoload 'debug-on-entry "debug" "\
5839 Request FUNCTION to invoke debugger each time it is called.
5840
5841 When called interactively, prompt for FUNCTION in the minibuffer.
5842
5843 This works by modifying the definition of FUNCTION. If you tell the
5844 debugger to continue, FUNCTION's execution proceeds. If FUNCTION is a
5845 normal function or a macro written in Lisp, you can also step through
5846 its execution. FUNCTION can also be a primitive that is not a special
5847 form, in which case stepping is not possible. Break-on-entry for
5848 primitive functions only works when that function is called from Lisp.
5849
5850 Use \\[cancel-debug-on-entry] to cancel the effect of this command.
5851 Redefining FUNCTION also cancels it.
5852
5853 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
5854
5855 (autoload 'cancel-debug-on-entry "debug" "\
5856 Undo effect of \\[debug-on-entry] on FUNCTION.
5857 If FUNCTION is nil, cancel debug-on-entry for all functions.
5858 When called interactively, prompt for FUNCTION in the minibuffer.
5859 To specify a nil argument interactively, exit with an empty minibuffer.
5860
5861 \(fn &optional FUNCTION)" t nil)
5862
5863 ;;;***
5864 \f
5865 ;;;### (autoloads nil "decipher" "play/decipher.el" (21948 40114
5866 ;;;;;; 398686 453000))
5867 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/decipher.el
5868
5869 (autoload 'decipher "decipher" "\
5870 Format a buffer of ciphertext for cryptanalysis and enter Decipher mode.
5871
5872 \(fn)" t nil)
5873
5874 (autoload 'decipher-mode "decipher" "\
5875 Major mode for decrypting monoalphabetic substitution ciphers.
5876 Lower-case letters enter plaintext.
5877 Upper-case letters are commands.
5878
5879 The buffer is made read-only so that normal Emacs commands cannot
5880 modify it.
5881
5882 The most useful commands are:
5883 \\<decipher-mode-map>
5884 \\[decipher-digram-list] Display a list of all digrams & their frequency
5885 \\[decipher-frequency-count] Display the frequency of each ciphertext letter
5886 \\[decipher-adjacency-list] Show adjacency list for current letter (lists letters appearing next to it)
5887 \\[decipher-make-checkpoint] Save the current cipher alphabet (checkpoint)
5888 \\[decipher-restore-checkpoint] Restore a saved cipher alphabet (checkpoint)
5889
5890 \(fn)" t nil)
5891
5892 ;;;***
5893 \f
5894 ;;;### (autoloads nil "delim-col" "delim-col.el" (21980 16567 477544
5895 ;;;;;; 893000))
5896 ;;; Generated autoloads from delim-col.el
5897 (push (purecopy '(delim-col 2 1)) package--builtin-versions)
5898
5899 (autoload 'delimit-columns-customize "delim-col" "\
5900 Customization of `columns' group.
5901
5902 \(fn)" t nil)
5903
5904 (autoload 'delimit-columns-region "delim-col" "\
5905 Prettify all columns in a text region.
5906
5907 START and END delimits the text region.
5908
5909 \(fn START END)" t nil)
5910
5911 (autoload 'delimit-columns-rectangle "delim-col" "\
5912 Prettify all columns in a text rectangle.
5913
5914 START and END delimits the corners of text rectangle.
5915
5916 \(fn START END)" t nil)
5917
5918 ;;;***
5919 \f
5920 ;;;### (autoloads nil "delsel" "delsel.el" (21973 43315 242113 285000))
5921 ;;; Generated autoloads from delsel.el
5922
5923 (defalias 'pending-delete-mode 'delete-selection-mode)
5924
5925 (defvar delete-selection-mode nil "\
5926 Non-nil if Delete-Selection mode is enabled.
5927 See the command `delete-selection-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
5928 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
5929 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
5930 or call the function `delete-selection-mode'.")
5931
5932 (custom-autoload 'delete-selection-mode "delsel" nil)
5933
5934 (autoload 'delete-selection-mode "delsel" "\
5935 Toggle Delete Selection mode.
5936 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Delete Selection mode if ARG
5937 is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp,
5938 enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
5939
5940 When Delete Selection mode is enabled, typed text replaces the selection
5941 if the selection is active. Otherwise, typed text is just inserted at
5942 point regardless of any selection.
5943
5944 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5945
5946 ;;;***
5947 \f
5948 ;;;### (autoloads nil "derived" "emacs-lisp/derived.el" (21978 61237
5949 ;;;;;; 450488 269000))
5950 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/derived.el
5951
5952 (autoload 'define-derived-mode "derived" "\
5953 Create a new mode as a variant of an existing mode.
5954
5955 The arguments to this command are as follow:
5956
5957 CHILD: the name of the command for the derived mode.
5958 PARENT: the name of the command for the parent mode (e.g. `text-mode')
5959 or nil if there is no parent.
5960 NAME: a string which will appear in the status line (e.g. \"Hypertext\")
5961 DOCSTRING: an optional documentation string--if you do not supply one,
5962 the function will attempt to invent something useful.
5963 BODY: forms to execute just before running the
5964 hooks for the new mode. Do not use `interactive' here.
5965
5966 BODY can start with a bunch of keyword arguments. The following keyword
5967 arguments are currently understood:
5968 :group GROUP
5969 Declare the customization group that corresponds to this mode.
5970 The command `customize-mode' uses this.
5971 :syntax-table TABLE
5972 Use TABLE instead of the default (CHILD-syntax-table).
5973 A nil value means to simply use the same syntax-table as the parent.
5974 :abbrev-table TABLE
5975 Use TABLE instead of the default (CHILD-abbrev-table).
5976 A nil value means to simply use the same abbrev-table as the parent.
5977
5978 Here is how you could define LaTeX-Thesis mode as a variant of LaTeX mode:
5979
5980 (define-derived-mode LaTeX-thesis-mode LaTeX-mode \"LaTeX-Thesis\")
5981
5982 You could then make new key bindings for `LaTeX-thesis-mode-map'
5983 without changing regular LaTeX mode. In this example, BODY is empty,
5984 and DOCSTRING is generated by default.
5985
5986 On a more complicated level, the following command uses `sgml-mode' as
5987 the parent, and then sets the variable `case-fold-search' to nil:
5988
5989 (define-derived-mode article-mode sgml-mode \"Article\"
5990 \"Major mode for editing technical articles.\"
5991 (setq case-fold-search nil))
5992
5993 Note that if the documentation string had been left out, it would have
5994 been generated automatically, with a reference to the keymap.
5995
5996 The new mode runs the hook constructed by the function
5997 `derived-mode-hook-name'.
5998
5999 See Info node `(elisp)Derived Modes' for more details.
6000
6001 \(fn CHILD PARENT NAME &optional DOCSTRING &rest BODY)" nil t)
6002
6003 (function-put 'define-derived-mode 'doc-string-elt '4)
6004
6005 (function-put 'define-derived-mode 'lisp-indent-function '3)
6006
6007 (autoload 'derived-mode-init-mode-variables "derived" "\
6008 Initialize variables for a new MODE.
6009 Right now, if they don't already exist, set up a blank keymap, an
6010 empty syntax table, and an empty abbrev table -- these will be merged
6011 the first time the mode is used.
6012
6013 \(fn MODE)" nil nil)
6014
6015 ;;;***
6016 \f
6017 ;;;### (autoloads nil "descr-text" "descr-text.el" (21998 46516 914024
6018 ;;;;;; 649000))
6019 ;;; Generated autoloads from descr-text.el
6020
6021 (autoload 'describe-text-properties "descr-text" "\
6022 Describe widgets, buttons, overlays, and text properties at POS.
6023 POS is taken to be in BUFFER or in current buffer if nil.
6024 Interactively, describe them for the character after point.
6025 If optional second argument OUTPUT-BUFFER is non-nil,
6026 insert the output into that buffer, and don't initialize or clear it
6027 otherwise.
6028
6029 \(fn POS &optional OUTPUT-BUFFER BUFFER)" t nil)
6030
6031 (autoload 'describe-char "descr-text" "\
6032 Describe position POS (interactively, point) and the char after POS.
6033 POS is taken to be in BUFFER, or the current buffer if BUFFER is nil.
6034 The information is displayed in buffer `*Help*'.
6035
6036 The position information includes POS; the total size of BUFFER; the
6037 region limits, if narrowed; the column number; and the horizontal
6038 scroll amount, if the buffer is horizontally scrolled.
6039
6040 The character information includes the character code; charset and
6041 code points in it; syntax; category; how the character is encoded in
6042 BUFFER and in BUFFER's file; character composition information (if
6043 relevant); the font and font glyphs used to display the character;
6044 the character's canonical name and other properties defined by the
6045 Unicode Data Base; and widgets, buttons, overlays, and text properties
6046 relevant to POS.
6047
6048 \(fn POS &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
6049
6050 (autoload 'describe-char-eldoc "descr-text" "\
6051 Return a description of character at point for use by ElDoc mode.
6052
6053 Return nil if character at point is a printable ASCII
6054 character (i.e. codepoint between 32 and 127 inclusively).
6055 Otherwise return a description formatted by
6056 `describe-char-eldoc--format' function taking into account value
6057 of `eldoc-echo-area-use-multiline-p' variable and width of
6058 minibuffer window for width limit.
6059
6060 This function is meant to be used as a value of
6061 `eldoc-documentation-function' variable.
6062
6063 \(fn)" nil nil)
6064
6065 ;;;***
6066 \f
6067 ;;;### (autoloads nil "desktop" "desktop.el" (22026 25907 555502
6068 ;;;;;; 692000))
6069 ;;; Generated autoloads from desktop.el
6070
6071 (defvar desktop-save-mode nil "\
6072 Non-nil if Desktop-Save mode is enabled.
6073 See the command `desktop-save-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
6074 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
6075 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
6076 or call the function `desktop-save-mode'.")
6077
6078 (custom-autoload 'desktop-save-mode "desktop" nil)
6079
6080 (autoload 'desktop-save-mode "desktop" "\
6081 Toggle desktop saving (Desktop Save mode).
6082 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Desktop Save mode if ARG is positive,
6083 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode if ARG
6084 is omitted or nil.
6085
6086 When Desktop Save mode is enabled, the state of Emacs is saved from
6087 one session to another. In particular, Emacs will save the desktop when
6088 it exits (this may prompt you; see the option `desktop-save'). The next
6089 time Emacs starts, if this mode is active it will restore the desktop.
6090
6091 To manually save the desktop at any time, use the command `\\[desktop-save]'.
6092 To load it, use `\\[desktop-read]'.
6093
6094 Once a desktop file exists, Emacs will auto-save it according to the
6095 option `desktop-auto-save-timeout'.
6096
6097 To see all the options you can set, browse the `desktop' customization group.
6098
6099 For further details, see info node `(emacs)Saving Emacs Sessions'.
6100
6101 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6102
6103 (defvar desktop-locals-to-save '(desktop-locals-to-save truncate-lines case-fold-search case-replace fill-column overwrite-mode change-log-default-name line-number-mode column-number-mode size-indication-mode buffer-file-coding-system indent-tabs-mode tab-width indicate-buffer-boundaries indicate-empty-lines show-trailing-whitespace) "\
6104 List of local variables to save for each buffer.
6105 The variables are saved only when they really are local. Conventional minor
6106 modes are restored automatically; they should not be listed here.")
6107
6108 (custom-autoload 'desktop-locals-to-save "desktop" t)
6109
6110 (defvar-local desktop-save-buffer nil "\
6111 When non-nil, save buffer status in desktop file.
6112
6113 If the value is a function, it is called by `desktop-save' with argument
6114 DESKTOP-DIRNAME to obtain auxiliary information to save in the desktop
6115 file along with the state of the buffer for which it was called.
6116
6117 When file names are returned, they should be formatted using the call
6118 \"(desktop-file-name FILE-NAME DESKTOP-DIRNAME)\".
6119
6120 Later, when `desktop-read' evaluates the desktop file, auxiliary information
6121 is passed as the argument DESKTOP-BUFFER-MISC to functions in
6122 `desktop-buffer-mode-handlers'.")
6123
6124 (defvar desktop-buffer-mode-handlers nil "\
6125 Alist of major mode specific functions to restore a desktop buffer.
6126 Functions listed are called by `desktop-create-buffer' when `desktop-read'
6127 evaluates the desktop file. List elements must have the form
6128
6129 (MAJOR-MODE . RESTORE-BUFFER-FUNCTION).
6130
6131 Buffers with a major mode not specified here, are restored by the default
6132 handler `desktop-restore-file-buffer'.
6133
6134 Handlers are called with argument list
6135
6136 (DESKTOP-BUFFER-FILE-NAME DESKTOP-BUFFER-NAME DESKTOP-BUFFER-MISC)
6137
6138 Furthermore, they may use the following variables:
6139
6140 `desktop-file-version'
6141 `desktop-buffer-major-mode'
6142 `desktop-buffer-minor-modes'
6143 `desktop-buffer-point'
6144 `desktop-buffer-mark'
6145 `desktop-buffer-read-only'
6146 `desktop-buffer-locals'
6147
6148 If a handler returns a buffer, then the saved mode settings
6149 and variable values for that buffer are copied into it.
6150
6151 Modules that define a major mode that needs a special handler should contain
6152 code like
6153
6154 (defun foo-restore-desktop-buffer
6155 ...
6156 (add-to-list 'desktop-buffer-mode-handlers
6157 '(foo-mode . foo-restore-desktop-buffer))
6158
6159 The major mode function must either be autoloaded, or of the form
6160 \"foobar-mode\" and defined in library \"foobar\", so that desktop
6161 can guess how to load the mode's definition.")
6162
6163 (put 'desktop-buffer-mode-handlers 'risky-local-variable t)
6164
6165 (defvar desktop-minor-mode-handlers nil "\
6166 Alist of functions to restore non-standard minor modes.
6167 Functions are called by `desktop-create-buffer' to restore minor modes.
6168 List elements must have the form
6169
6170 (MINOR-MODE . RESTORE-FUNCTION).
6171
6172 Minor modes not specified here, are restored by the standard minor mode
6173 function.
6174
6175 Handlers are called with argument list
6176
6177 (DESKTOP-BUFFER-LOCALS)
6178
6179 Furthermore, they may use the following variables:
6180
6181 `desktop-file-version'
6182 `desktop-buffer-file-name'
6183 `desktop-buffer-name'
6184 `desktop-buffer-major-mode'
6185 `desktop-buffer-minor-modes'
6186 `desktop-buffer-point'
6187 `desktop-buffer-mark'
6188 `desktop-buffer-read-only'
6189 `desktop-buffer-misc'
6190
6191 When a handler is called, the buffer has been created and the major mode has
6192 been set, but local variables listed in desktop-buffer-locals has not yet been
6193 created and set.
6194
6195 Modules that define a minor mode that needs a special handler should contain
6196 code like
6197
6198 (defun foo-desktop-restore
6199 ...
6200 (add-to-list 'desktop-minor-mode-handlers
6201 '(foo-mode . foo-desktop-restore))
6202
6203 The minor mode function must either be autoloaded, or of the form
6204 \"foobar-mode\" and defined in library \"foobar\", so that desktop
6205 can guess how to load the mode's definition.
6206
6207 See also `desktop-minor-mode-table'.")
6208
6209 (put 'desktop-minor-mode-handlers 'risky-local-variable t)
6210
6211 (autoload 'desktop-clear "desktop" "\
6212 Empty the Desktop.
6213 This kills all buffers except for internal ones and those with names matched by
6214 a regular expression in the list `desktop-clear-preserve-buffers'.
6215 Furthermore, it clears the variables listed in `desktop-globals-to-clear'.
6216 When called interactively and `desktop-restore-frames' is non-nil, it also
6217 deletes all frames except the selected one (and its minibuffer frame,
6218 if different).
6219
6220 \(fn)" t nil)
6221
6222 (autoload 'desktop-save "desktop" "\
6223 Save the desktop in a desktop file.
6224 Parameter DIRNAME specifies where to save the desktop file.
6225 Optional parameter RELEASE says whether we're done with this desktop.
6226 If ONLY-IF-CHANGED is non-nil, compare the current desktop information
6227 to that in the desktop file, and if the desktop information has not
6228 changed since it was last saved then do not rewrite the file.
6229
6230 \(fn DIRNAME &optional RELEASE ONLY-IF-CHANGED)" t nil)
6231
6232 (autoload 'desktop-remove "desktop" "\
6233 Delete desktop file in `desktop-dirname'.
6234 This function also sets `desktop-dirname' to nil.
6235
6236 \(fn)" t nil)
6237
6238 (autoload 'desktop-read "desktop" "\
6239 Read and process the desktop file in directory DIRNAME.
6240 Look for a desktop file in DIRNAME, or if DIRNAME is omitted, look in
6241 directories listed in `desktop-path'. If a desktop file is found, it
6242 is processed and `desktop-after-read-hook' is run. If no desktop file
6243 is found, clear the desktop and run `desktop-no-desktop-file-hook'.
6244 This function is a no-op when Emacs is running in batch mode.
6245 It returns t if a desktop file was loaded, nil otherwise.
6246
6247 \(fn &optional DIRNAME)" t nil)
6248
6249 (autoload 'desktop-load-default "desktop" "\
6250 Load the `default' start-up library manually.
6251 Also inhibit further loading of it.
6252
6253 \(fn)" nil nil)
6254
6255 (make-obsolete 'desktop-load-default 'desktop-save-mode '"22.1")
6256
6257 (autoload 'desktop-change-dir "desktop" "\
6258 Change to desktop saved in DIRNAME.
6259 Kill the desktop as specified by variables `desktop-save-mode' and
6260 `desktop-save', then clear the desktop and load the desktop file in
6261 directory DIRNAME.
6262
6263 \(fn DIRNAME)" t nil)
6264
6265 (autoload 'desktop-save-in-desktop-dir "desktop" "\
6266 Save the desktop in directory `desktop-dirname'.
6267
6268 \(fn)" t nil)
6269
6270 (autoload 'desktop-revert "desktop" "\
6271 Revert to the last loaded desktop.
6272
6273 \(fn)" t nil)
6274
6275 ;;;***
6276 \f
6277 ;;;### (autoloads nil "deuglify" "gnus/deuglify.el" (21855 576 877944
6278 ;;;;;; 285000))
6279 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/deuglify.el
6280
6281 (autoload 'gnus-article-outlook-unwrap-lines "deuglify" "\
6282 Unwrap lines that appear to be wrapped citation lines.
6283 You can control what lines will be unwrapped by frobbing
6284 `gnus-outlook-deuglify-unwrap-min' and `gnus-outlook-deuglify-unwrap-max',
6285 indicating the minimum and maximum length of an unwrapped citation line. If
6286 NODISPLAY is non-nil, don't redisplay the article buffer.
6287
6288 \(fn &optional NODISPLAY)" t nil)
6289
6290 (autoload 'gnus-article-outlook-repair-attribution "deuglify" "\
6291 Repair a broken attribution line.
6292 If NODISPLAY is non-nil, don't redisplay the article buffer.
6293
6294 \(fn &optional NODISPLAY)" t nil)
6295
6296 (autoload 'gnus-outlook-deuglify-article "deuglify" "\
6297 Full deuglify of broken Outlook (Express) articles.
6298 Treat dumbquotes, unwrap lines, repair attribution and rearrange citation. If
6299 NODISPLAY is non-nil, don't redisplay the article buffer.
6300
6301 \(fn &optional NODISPLAY)" t nil)
6302
6303 (autoload 'gnus-article-outlook-deuglify-article "deuglify" "\
6304 Deuglify broken Outlook (Express) articles and redisplay.
6305
6306 \(fn)" t nil)
6307
6308 ;;;***
6309 \f
6310 ;;;### (autoloads nil "diary-lib" "calendar/diary-lib.el" (22026
6311 ;;;;;; 25907 547502 692000))
6312 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/diary-lib.el
6313
6314 (autoload 'diary "diary-lib" "\
6315 Generate the diary window for ARG days starting with the current date.
6316 If no argument is provided, the number of days of diary entries is governed
6317 by the variable `diary-number-of-entries'. A value of ARG less than 1
6318 does nothing. This function is suitable for execution in an init file.
6319
6320 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6321
6322 (autoload 'diary-mail-entries "diary-lib" "\
6323 Send a mail message showing diary entries for next NDAYS days.
6324 If no prefix argument is given, NDAYS is set to `diary-mail-days'.
6325 Mail is sent to the address specified by `diary-mail-addr'.
6326
6327 Here is an example of a script to call `diary-mail-entries',
6328 suitable for regular scheduling using cron (or at). Note that
6329 since `emacs -script' does not load your init file, you should
6330 ensure that all relevant variables are set.
6331
6332 #!/usr/bin/emacs -script
6333 ;; diary-rem.el - run the Emacs diary-reminder
6334
6335 \(setq diary-mail-days 3
6336 diary-file \"/path/to/diary.file\"
6337 calendar-date-style 'european
6338 diary-mail-addr \"user@host.name\")
6339
6340 \(diary-mail-entries)
6341
6342 # diary-rem.el ends here
6343
6344 \(fn &optional NDAYS)" t nil)
6345
6346 (autoload 'diary-mode "diary-lib" "\
6347 Major mode for editing the diary file.
6348
6349 \(fn)" t nil)
6350
6351 ;;;***
6352 \f
6353 ;;;### (autoloads nil "diff" "vc/diff.el" (21804 59688 284811 0))
6354 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/diff.el
6355
6356 (defvar diff-switches (purecopy "-u") "\
6357 A string or list of strings specifying switches to be passed to diff.")
6358
6359 (custom-autoload 'diff-switches "diff" t)
6360
6361 (defvar diff-command (purecopy "diff") "\
6362 The command to use to run diff.")
6363
6364 (custom-autoload 'diff-command "diff" t)
6365
6366 (autoload 'diff "diff" "\
6367 Find and display the differences between OLD and NEW files.
6368 When called interactively, read NEW, then OLD, using the
6369 minibuffer. The default for NEW is the current buffer's file
6370 name, and the default for OLD is a backup file for NEW, if one
6371 exists. If NO-ASYNC is non-nil, call diff synchronously.
6372
6373 When called interactively with a prefix argument, prompt
6374 interactively for diff switches. Otherwise, the switches
6375 specified in the variable `diff-switches' are passed to the diff command.
6376
6377 \(fn OLD NEW &optional SWITCHES NO-ASYNC)" t nil)
6378
6379 (autoload 'diff-backup "diff" "\
6380 Diff this file with its backup file or vice versa.
6381 Uses the latest backup, if there are several numerical backups.
6382 If this file is a backup, diff it with its original.
6383 The backup file is the first file given to `diff'.
6384 With prefix arg, prompt for diff switches.
6385
6386 \(fn FILE &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
6387
6388 (autoload 'diff-latest-backup-file "diff" "\
6389 Return the latest existing backup of FILE, or nil.
6390
6391 \(fn FN)" nil nil)
6392
6393 (autoload 'diff-buffer-with-file "diff" "\
6394 View the differences between BUFFER and its associated file.
6395 This requires the external program `diff' to be in your `exec-path'.
6396
6397 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
6398
6399 ;;;***
6400 \f
6401 ;;;### (autoloads nil "diff-mode" "vc/diff-mode.el" (22087 6213 816351
6402 ;;;;;; 952000))
6403 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/diff-mode.el
6404
6405 (autoload 'diff-mode "diff-mode" "\
6406 Major mode for viewing/editing context diffs.
6407 Supports unified and context diffs as well as (to a lesser extent)
6408 normal diffs.
6409
6410 When the buffer is read-only, the ESC prefix is not necessary.
6411 If you edit the buffer manually, diff-mode will try to update the hunk
6412 headers for you on-the-fly.
6413
6414 You can also switch between context diff and unified diff with \\[diff-context->unified],
6415 or vice versa with \\[diff-unified->context] and you can also reverse the direction of
6416 a diff with \\[diff-reverse-direction].
6417
6418 \\{diff-mode-map}
6419
6420 \(fn)" t nil)
6421
6422 (autoload 'diff-minor-mode "diff-mode" "\
6423 Toggle Diff minor mode.
6424 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Diff minor mode if ARG is
6425 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
6426 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
6427
6428 \\{diff-minor-mode-map}
6429
6430 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6431
6432 ;;;***
6433 \f
6434 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dig" "net/dig.el" (21670 32331 385639 720000))
6435 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/dig.el
6436
6437 (autoload 'dig "dig" "\
6438 Query addresses of a DOMAIN using dig, by calling `dig-invoke'.
6439 Optional arguments are passed to `dig-invoke'.
6440
6441 \(fn DOMAIN &optional QUERY-TYPE QUERY-CLASS QUERY-OPTION DIG-OPTION SERVER)" t nil)
6442
6443 ;;;***
6444 \f
6445 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dired" "dired.el" (22085 50883 181731 271000))
6446 ;;; Generated autoloads from dired.el
6447
6448 (defvar dired-listing-switches (purecopy "-al") "\
6449 Switches passed to `ls' for Dired. MUST contain the `l' option.
6450 May contain all other options that don't contradict `-l';
6451 may contain even `F', `b', `i' and `s'. See also the variable
6452 `dired-ls-F-marks-symlinks' concerning the `F' switch.
6453 On systems such as MS-DOS and MS-Windows, which use `ls' emulation in Lisp,
6454 some of the `ls' switches are not supported; see the doc string of
6455 `insert-directory' in `ls-lisp.el' for more details.")
6456
6457 (custom-autoload 'dired-listing-switches "dired" t)
6458
6459 (defvar dired-directory nil "\
6460 The directory name or wildcard spec that this Dired directory lists.
6461 Local to each Dired buffer. May be a list, in which case the car is the
6462 directory name and the cdr is the list of files to mention.
6463 The directory name must be absolute, but need not be fully expanded.")
6464 (define-key ctl-x-map "d" 'dired)
6465
6466 (autoload 'dired "dired" "\
6467 \"Edit\" directory DIRNAME--delete, rename, print, etc. some files in it.
6468 Optional second argument SWITCHES specifies the `ls' options used.
6469 \(Interactively, use a prefix argument to be able to specify SWITCHES.)
6470
6471 If DIRNAME is a string, Dired displays a list of files in DIRNAME (which
6472 may also have shell wildcards appended to select certain files).
6473
6474 If DIRNAME is a cons, its first element is taken as the directory name
6475 and the rest as an explicit list of files to make directory entries for.
6476 In this case, SWITCHES are applied to each of the files separately, and
6477 therefore switches that control the order of the files in the produced
6478 listing have no effect.
6479
6480 \\<dired-mode-map>You can flag files for deletion with \\[dired-flag-file-deletion] and then
6481 delete them by typing \\[dired-do-flagged-delete].
6482 Type \\[describe-mode] after entering Dired for more info.
6483
6484 If DIRNAME is already in a Dired buffer, that buffer is used without refresh.
6485
6486 \(fn DIRNAME &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
6487 (define-key ctl-x-4-map "d" 'dired-other-window)
6488
6489 (autoload 'dired-other-window "dired" "\
6490 \"Edit\" directory DIRNAME. Like `dired' but selects in another window.
6491
6492 \(fn DIRNAME &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
6493 (define-key ctl-x-5-map "d" 'dired-other-frame)
6494
6495 (autoload 'dired-other-frame "dired" "\
6496 \"Edit\" directory DIRNAME. Like `dired' but makes a new frame.
6497
6498 \(fn DIRNAME &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
6499
6500 (autoload 'dired-noselect "dired" "\
6501 Like `dired' but returns the Dired buffer as value, does not select it.
6502
6503 \(fn DIR-OR-LIST &optional SWITCHES)" nil nil)
6504
6505 (autoload 'dired-mode "dired" "\
6506 Mode for \"editing\" directory listings.
6507 In Dired, you are \"editing\" a list of the files in a directory and
6508 (optionally) its subdirectories, in the format of `ls -lR'.
6509 Each directory is a page: use \\[backward-page] and \\[forward-page] to move pagewise.
6510 \"Editing\" means that you can run shell commands on files, visit,
6511 compress, load or byte-compile them, change their file attributes
6512 and insert subdirectories into the same buffer. You can \"mark\"
6513 files for later commands or \"flag\" them for deletion, either file
6514 by file or all files matching certain criteria.
6515 You can move using the usual cursor motion commands.\\<dired-mode-map>
6516 The buffer is read-only. Digits are prefix arguments.
6517 Type \\[dired-flag-file-deletion] to flag a file `D' for deletion.
6518 Type \\[dired-mark] to Mark a file or subdirectory for later commands.
6519 Most commands operate on the marked files and use the current file
6520 if no files are marked. Use a numeric prefix argument to operate on
6521 the next ARG (or previous -ARG if ARG<0) files, or just `1'
6522 to operate on the current file only. Prefix arguments override marks.
6523 Mark-using commands display a list of failures afterwards. Type \\[dired-summary]
6524 to see why something went wrong.
6525 Type \\[dired-unmark] to Unmark a file or all files of an inserted subdirectory.
6526 Type \\[dired-unmark-backward] to back up one line and unmark or unflag.
6527 Type \\[dired-do-flagged-delete] to delete (eXpunge) the files flagged `D'.
6528 Type \\[dired-find-file] to Find the current line's file
6529 (or dired it in another buffer, if it is a directory).
6530 Type \\[dired-find-file-other-window] to find file or Dired directory in Other window.
6531 Type \\[dired-maybe-insert-subdir] to Insert a subdirectory in this buffer.
6532 Type \\[dired-do-rename] to Rename a file or move the marked files to another directory.
6533 Type \\[dired-do-copy] to Copy files.
6534 Type \\[dired-sort-toggle-or-edit] to toggle Sorting by name/date or change the `ls' switches.
6535 Type \\[revert-buffer] to read all currently expanded directories aGain.
6536 This retains all marks and hides subdirs again that were hidden before.
6537 Use `SPC' and `DEL' to move down and up by lines.
6538
6539 If Dired ever gets confused, you can either type \\[revert-buffer] to read the
6540 directories again, type \\[dired-do-redisplay] to relist the file at point or the marked files or a
6541 subdirectory, or type \\[dired-build-subdir-alist] to parse the buffer
6542 again for the directory tree.
6543
6544 Customization variables (rename this buffer and type \\[describe-variable] on each line
6545 for more info):
6546
6547 `dired-listing-switches'
6548 `dired-trivial-filenames'
6549 `dired-marker-char'
6550 `dired-del-marker'
6551 `dired-keep-marker-rename'
6552 `dired-keep-marker-copy'
6553 `dired-keep-marker-hardlink'
6554 `dired-keep-marker-symlink'
6555
6556 Hooks (use \\[describe-variable] to see their documentation):
6557
6558 `dired-before-readin-hook'
6559 `dired-after-readin-hook'
6560 `dired-mode-hook'
6561 `dired-load-hook'
6562
6563 Keybindings:
6564 \\{dired-mode-map}
6565
6566 \(fn &optional DIRNAME SWITCHES)" nil nil)
6567 (put 'dired-find-alternate-file 'disabled t)
6568
6569 ;;;***
6570 \f
6571 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dirtrack" "dirtrack.el" (21981 37426 531399
6572 ;;;;;; 97000))
6573 ;;; Generated autoloads from dirtrack.el
6574
6575 (autoload 'dirtrack-mode "dirtrack" "\
6576 Toggle directory tracking in shell buffers (Dirtrack mode).
6577 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Dirtrack mode if ARG is
6578 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
6579 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
6580
6581 This method requires that your shell prompt contain the current
6582 working directory at all times, and that you set the variable
6583 `dirtrack-list' to match the prompt.
6584
6585 This is an alternative to `shell-dirtrack-mode', which works by
6586 tracking `cd' and similar commands which change the shell working
6587 directory.
6588
6589 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6590
6591 (autoload 'dirtrack "dirtrack" "\
6592 Determine the current directory from the process output for a prompt.
6593 This filter function is used by `dirtrack-mode'. It looks for
6594 the prompt specified by `dirtrack-list', and calls
6595 `shell-process-cd' if the directory seems to have changed away
6596 from `default-directory'.
6597
6598 \(fn INPUT)" nil nil)
6599
6600 ;;;***
6601 \f
6602 ;;;### (autoloads nil "disass" "emacs-lisp/disass.el" (21993 28596
6603 ;;;;;; 58597 473000))
6604 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/disass.el
6605
6606 (autoload 'disassemble "disass" "\
6607 Print disassembled code for OBJECT in (optional) BUFFER.
6608 OBJECT can be a symbol defined as a function, or a function itself
6609 \(a lambda expression or a compiled-function object).
6610 If OBJECT is not already compiled, we compile it, but do not
6611 redefine OBJECT if it is a symbol.
6612
6613 \(fn OBJECT &optional BUFFER INDENT INTERACTIVE-P)" t nil)
6614
6615 ;;;***
6616 \f
6617 ;;;### (autoloads nil "disp-table" "disp-table.el" (21981 37426 535399
6618 ;;;;;; 97000))
6619 ;;; Generated autoloads from disp-table.el
6620
6621 (autoload 'make-display-table "disp-table" "\
6622 Return a new, empty display table.
6623
6624 \(fn)" nil nil)
6625
6626 (autoload 'display-table-slot "disp-table" "\
6627 Return the value of the extra slot in DISPLAY-TABLE named SLOT.
6628 SLOT may be a number from 0 to 5 inclusive, or a slot name (symbol).
6629 Valid symbols are `truncation', `wrap', `escape', `control',
6630 `selective-display', and `vertical-border'.
6631
6632 \(fn DISPLAY-TABLE SLOT)" nil nil)
6633
6634 (autoload 'set-display-table-slot "disp-table" "\
6635 Set the value of the extra slot in DISPLAY-TABLE named SLOT to VALUE.
6636 SLOT may be a number from 0 to 5 inclusive, or a name (symbol).
6637 Valid symbols are `truncation', `wrap', `escape', `control',
6638 `selective-display', and `vertical-border'.
6639
6640 \(fn DISPLAY-TABLE SLOT VALUE)" nil nil)
6641
6642 (autoload 'describe-display-table "disp-table" "\
6643 Describe the display table DT in a help buffer.
6644
6645 \(fn DT)" nil nil)
6646
6647 (autoload 'describe-current-display-table "disp-table" "\
6648 Describe the display table in use in the selected window and buffer.
6649
6650 \(fn)" t nil)
6651
6652 (autoload 'standard-display-8bit "disp-table" "\
6653 Display characters representing raw bytes in the range L to H literally.
6654
6655 On a terminal display, each character in the range is displayed
6656 by sending the corresponding byte directly to the terminal.
6657
6658 On a graphic display, each character in the range is displayed
6659 using the default font by a glyph whose code is the corresponding
6660 byte.
6661
6662 Note that ASCII printable characters (SPC to TILDA) are displayed
6663 in the default way after this call.
6664
6665 \(fn L H)" nil nil)
6666
6667 (autoload 'standard-display-default "disp-table" "\
6668 Display characters in the range L to H using the default notation.
6669
6670 \(fn L H)" nil nil)
6671
6672 (autoload 'standard-display-ascii "disp-table" "\
6673 Display character C using printable string S.
6674
6675 \(fn C S)" nil nil)
6676
6677 (autoload 'standard-display-g1 "disp-table" "\
6678 Display character C as character SC in the g1 character set.
6679 This function assumes that your terminal uses the SO/SI characters;
6680 it is meaningless for an X frame.
6681
6682 \(fn C SC)" nil nil)
6683
6684 (autoload 'standard-display-graphic "disp-table" "\
6685 Display character C as character GC in graphics character set.
6686 This function assumes VT100-compatible escapes; it is meaningless for an
6687 X frame.
6688
6689 \(fn C GC)" nil nil)
6690
6691 (autoload 'standard-display-underline "disp-table" "\
6692 Display character C as character UC plus underlining.
6693
6694 \(fn C UC)" nil nil)
6695
6696 (autoload 'create-glyph "disp-table" "\
6697 Allocate a glyph code to display by sending STRING to the terminal.
6698
6699 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
6700
6701 (autoload 'make-glyph-code "disp-table" "\
6702 Return a glyph code representing char CHAR with face FACE.
6703
6704 \(fn CHAR &optional FACE)" nil nil)
6705
6706 (autoload 'glyph-char "disp-table" "\
6707 Return the character of glyph code GLYPH.
6708
6709 \(fn GLYPH)" nil nil)
6710
6711 (autoload 'glyph-face "disp-table" "\
6712 Return the face of glyph code GLYPH, or nil if glyph has default face.
6713
6714 \(fn GLYPH)" nil nil)
6715
6716 (autoload 'standard-display-european "disp-table" "\
6717 Semi-obsolete way to toggle display of ISO 8859 European characters.
6718
6719 This function is semi-obsolete; you probably don't need it, or else you
6720 probably should use `set-language-environment' or `set-locale-environment'.
6721
6722 This function enables European character display if ARG is positive,
6723 disables it if negative. Otherwise, it toggles European character display.
6724
6725 When this mode is enabled, characters in the range of 160 to 255
6726 display not as octal escapes, but as accented characters. Codes 146
6727 and 160 display as apostrophe and space, even though they are not the
6728 ASCII codes for apostrophe and space.
6729
6730 Enabling European character display with this command noninteractively
6731 from Lisp code also selects Latin-1 as the language environment.
6732 This provides increased compatibility for users who call this function
6733 in `.emacs'.
6734
6735 \(fn ARG)" nil nil)
6736
6737 ;;;***
6738 \f
6739 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dissociate" "play/dissociate.el" (21670 32331
6740 ;;;;;; 385639 720000))
6741 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/dissociate.el
6742
6743 (autoload 'dissociated-press "dissociate" "\
6744 Dissociate the text of the current buffer.
6745 Output goes in buffer named *Dissociation*,
6746 which is redisplayed each time text is added to it.
6747 Every so often the user must say whether to continue.
6748 If ARG is positive, require ARG chars of continuity.
6749 If ARG is negative, require -ARG words of continuity.
6750 Default is 2.
6751
6752 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6753
6754 ;;;***
6755 \f
6756 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dnd" "dnd.el" (22026 25907 555502 692000))
6757 ;;; Generated autoloads from dnd.el
6758
6759 (defvar dnd-protocol-alist `((,(purecopy "^file:///") . dnd-open-local-file) (,(purecopy "^file://") . dnd-open-file) (,(purecopy "^file:") . dnd-open-local-file) (,(purecopy "^\\(https?\\|ftp\\|file\\|nfs\\)://") . dnd-open-file)) "\
6760 The functions to call for different protocols when a drop is made.
6761 This variable is used by `dnd-handle-one-url' and `dnd-handle-file-name'.
6762 The list contains of (REGEXP . FUNCTION) pairs.
6763 The functions shall take two arguments, URL, which is the URL dropped and
6764 ACTION which is the action to be performed for the drop (move, copy, link,
6765 private or ask).
6766 If no match is found here, and the value of `browse-url-browser-function'
6767 is a pair of (REGEXP . FUNCTION), those regexps are tried for a match.
6768 If no match is found, the URL is inserted as text by calling `dnd-insert-text'.
6769 The function shall return the action done (move, copy, link or private)
6770 if some action was made, or nil if the URL is ignored.")
6771
6772 (custom-autoload 'dnd-protocol-alist "dnd" t)
6773
6774 ;;;***
6775 \f
6776 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dns-mode" "textmodes/dns-mode.el" (21670 32331
6777 ;;;;;; 885635 586000))
6778 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/dns-mode.el
6779
6780 (autoload 'dns-mode "dns-mode" "\
6781 Major mode for viewing and editing DNS master files.
6782 This mode is inherited from text mode. It add syntax
6783 highlighting, and some commands for handling DNS master files.
6784 Its keymap inherits from `text-mode' and it has the same
6785 variables for customizing indentation. It has its own abbrev
6786 table and its own syntax table.
6787
6788 Turning on DNS mode runs `dns-mode-hook'.
6789
6790 \(fn)" t nil)
6791 (defalias 'zone-mode 'dns-mode)
6792
6793 (autoload 'dns-mode-soa-increment-serial "dns-mode" "\
6794 Locate SOA record and increment the serial field.
6795
6796 \(fn)" t nil)
6797
6798 ;;;***
6799 \f
6800 ;;;### (autoloads nil "doc-view" "doc-view.el" (22058 2348 742214
6801 ;;;;;; 951000))
6802 ;;; Generated autoloads from doc-view.el
6803
6804 (autoload 'doc-view-mode-p "doc-view" "\
6805 Return non-nil if document type TYPE is available for `doc-view'.
6806 Document types are symbols like `dvi', `ps', `pdf', or `odf' (any
6807 OpenDocument format).
6808
6809 \(fn TYPE)" nil nil)
6810
6811 (autoload 'doc-view-mode "doc-view" "\
6812 Major mode in DocView buffers.
6813
6814 DocView Mode is an Emacs document viewer. It displays PDF, PS
6815 and DVI files (as PNG images) in Emacs buffers.
6816
6817 You can use \\<doc-view-mode-map>\\[doc-view-toggle-display] to
6818 toggle between displaying the document or editing it as text.
6819 \\{doc-view-mode-map}
6820
6821 \(fn)" t nil)
6822
6823 (autoload 'doc-view-mode-maybe "doc-view" "\
6824 Switch to `doc-view-mode' if possible.
6825 If the required external tools are not available, then fallback
6826 to the next best mode.
6827
6828 \(fn)" nil nil)
6829
6830 (autoload 'doc-view-minor-mode "doc-view" "\
6831 Toggle displaying buffer via Doc View (Doc View minor mode).
6832 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Doc View minor mode if ARG is
6833 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
6834 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
6835
6836 See the command `doc-view-mode' for more information on this mode.
6837
6838 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6839
6840 (autoload 'doc-view-bookmark-jump "doc-view" "\
6841
6842
6843 \(fn BMK)" nil nil)
6844
6845 ;;;***
6846 \f
6847 ;;;### (autoloads nil "doctor" "play/doctor.el" (22011 58553 865858
6848 ;;;;;; 469000))
6849 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/doctor.el
6850
6851 (autoload 'doctor "doctor" "\
6852 Switch to *doctor* buffer and start giving psychotherapy.
6853
6854 \(fn)" t nil)
6855
6856 ;;;***
6857 \f
6858 ;;;### (autoloads nil "double" "double.el" (21953 58033 239058 929000))
6859 ;;; Generated autoloads from double.el
6860
6861 (autoload 'double-mode "double" "\
6862 Toggle special insertion on double keypresses (Double mode).
6863 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Double mode if ARG is
6864 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
6865 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
6866
6867 When Double mode is enabled, some keys will insert different
6868 strings when pressed twice. See `double-map' for details.
6869
6870 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6871
6872 ;;;***
6873 \f
6874 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dunnet" "play/dunnet.el" (21980 16567 965544
6875 ;;;;;; 893000))
6876 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/dunnet.el
6877 (push (purecopy '(dunnet 2 2)) package--builtin-versions)
6878
6879 (autoload 'dunnet "dunnet" "\
6880 Switch to *dungeon* buffer and start game.
6881
6882 \(fn)" t nil)
6883
6884 ;;;***
6885 \f
6886 ;;;### (autoloads nil "easy-mmode" "emacs-lisp/easy-mmode.el" (22011
6887 ;;;;;; 58553 361858 469000))
6888 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/easy-mmode.el
6889
6890 (defalias 'easy-mmode-define-minor-mode 'define-minor-mode)
6891
6892 (autoload 'define-minor-mode "easy-mmode" "\
6893 Define a new minor mode MODE.
6894 This defines the toggle command MODE and (by default) a control variable
6895 MODE (you can override this with the :variable keyword, see below).
6896 DOC is the documentation for the mode toggle command.
6897
6898 The defined mode command takes one optional (prefix) argument.
6899 Interactively with no prefix argument, it toggles the mode.
6900 A prefix argument enables the mode if the argument is positive,
6901 and disables it otherwise.
6902
6903 When called from Lisp, the mode command toggles the mode if the
6904 argument is `toggle', disables the mode if the argument is a
6905 non-positive integer, and enables the mode otherwise (including
6906 if the argument is omitted or nil or a positive integer).
6907
6908 If DOC is nil, give the mode command a basic doc-string
6909 documenting what its argument does.
6910
6911 Optional INIT-VALUE is the initial value of the mode's variable.
6912 Optional LIGHTER is displayed in the mode line when the mode is on.
6913 Optional KEYMAP is the default keymap bound to the mode keymap.
6914 If non-nil, it should be a variable name (whose value is a keymap),
6915 or an expression that returns either a keymap or a list of
6916 arguments for `easy-mmode-define-keymap'. If you supply a KEYMAP
6917 argument that is not a symbol, this macro defines the variable
6918 MODE-map and gives it the value that KEYMAP specifies.
6919
6920 BODY contains code to execute each time the mode is enabled or disabled.
6921 It is executed after toggling the mode, and before running MODE-hook.
6922 Before the actual body code, you can write keyword arguments, i.e.
6923 alternating keywords and values. If you provide BODY, then you must
6924 provide (even if just nil) INIT-VALUE, LIGHTER, and KEYMAP, or provide
6925 at least one keyword argument, or both; otherwise, BODY would be
6926 misinterpreted as the first omitted argument. The following special
6927 keywords are supported (other keywords are passed to `defcustom' if
6928 the minor mode is global):
6929
6930 :group GROUP Custom group name to use in all generated `defcustom' forms.
6931 Defaults to MODE without the possible trailing \"-mode\".
6932 Don't use this default group name unless you have written a
6933 `defgroup' to define that group properly.
6934 :global GLOBAL If non-nil specifies that the minor mode is not meant to be
6935 buffer-local, so don't make the variable MODE buffer-local.
6936 By default, the mode is buffer-local.
6937 :init-value VAL Same as the INIT-VALUE argument.
6938 Not used if you also specify :variable.
6939 :lighter SPEC Same as the LIGHTER argument.
6940 :keymap MAP Same as the KEYMAP argument.
6941 :require SYM Same as in `defcustom'.
6942 :variable PLACE The location to use instead of the variable MODE to store
6943 the state of the mode. This can be simply a different
6944 named variable, or a generalized variable.
6945 PLACE can also be of the form (GET . SET), where GET is
6946 an expression that returns the current state, and SET is
6947 a function that takes one argument, the new state, and
6948 sets it. If you specify a :variable, this function does
6949 not define a MODE variable (nor any of the terms used
6950 in :variable).
6951
6952 :after-hook A single lisp form which is evaluated after the mode hooks
6953 have been run. It should not be quoted.
6954
6955 For example, you could write
6956 (define-minor-mode foo-mode \"If enabled, foo on you!\"
6957 :lighter \" Foo\" :require 'foo :global t :group 'hassle :version \"27.5\"
6958 ...BODY CODE...)
6959
6960 \(fn MODE DOC &optional INIT-VALUE LIGHTER KEYMAP &rest BODY)" nil t)
6961
6962 (function-put 'define-minor-mode 'doc-string-elt '2)
6963
6964 (function-put 'define-minor-mode 'lisp-indent-function '1)
6965
6966 (defalias 'easy-mmode-define-global-mode 'define-globalized-minor-mode)
6967
6968 (defalias 'define-global-minor-mode 'define-globalized-minor-mode)
6969
6970 (autoload 'define-globalized-minor-mode "easy-mmode" "\
6971 Make a global mode GLOBAL-MODE corresponding to buffer-local minor MODE.
6972 TURN-ON is a function that will be called with no args in every buffer
6973 and that should try to turn MODE on if applicable for that buffer.
6974 KEYS is a list of CL-style keyword arguments. As the minor mode
6975 defined by this function is always global, any :global keyword is
6976 ignored. Other keywords have the same meaning as in `define-minor-mode',
6977 which see. In particular, :group specifies the custom group.
6978 The most useful keywords are those that are passed on to the
6979 `defcustom'. It normally makes no sense to pass the :lighter
6980 or :keymap keywords to `define-globalized-minor-mode', since these
6981 are usually passed to the buffer-local version of the minor mode.
6982
6983 If MODE's set-up depends on the major mode in effect when it was
6984 enabled, then disabling and reenabling MODE should make MODE work
6985 correctly with the current major mode. This is important to
6986 prevent problems with derived modes, that is, major modes that
6987 call another major mode in their body.
6988
6989 When a major mode is initialized, MODE is actually turned on just
6990 after running the major mode's hook. However, MODE is not turned
6991 on if the hook has explicitly disabled it.
6992
6993 \(fn GLOBAL-MODE MODE TURN-ON &rest KEYS)" nil t)
6994
6995 (function-put 'define-globalized-minor-mode 'doc-string-elt '2)
6996
6997 (autoload 'easy-mmode-define-keymap "easy-mmode" "\
6998 Return a keymap built from bindings BS.
6999 BS must be a list of (KEY . BINDING) where
7000 KEY and BINDINGS are suitable for `define-key'.
7001 Optional NAME is passed to `make-sparse-keymap'.
7002 Optional map M can be used to modify an existing map.
7003 ARGS is a list of additional keyword arguments.
7004
7005 Valid keywords and arguments are:
7006
7007 :name Name of the keymap; overrides NAME argument.
7008 :dense Non-nil for a dense keymap.
7009 :inherit Parent keymap.
7010 :group Ignored.
7011 :suppress Non-nil to call `suppress-keymap' on keymap,
7012 'nodigits to suppress digits as prefix arguments.
7013
7014 \(fn BS &optional NAME M ARGS)" nil nil)
7015
7016 (autoload 'easy-mmode-defmap "easy-mmode" "\
7017 Define a constant M whose value is the result of `easy-mmode-define-keymap'.
7018 The M, BS, and ARGS arguments are as per that function. DOC is
7019 the constant's documentation.
7020
7021 \(fn M BS DOC &rest ARGS)" nil t)
7022
7023 (autoload 'easy-mmode-defsyntax "easy-mmode" "\
7024 Define variable ST as a syntax-table.
7025 CSS contains a list of syntax specifications of the form (CHAR . SYNTAX).
7026
7027 \(fn ST CSS DOC &rest ARGS)" nil t)
7028
7029 ;;;***
7030 \f
7031 ;;;### (autoloads nil "easymenu" "emacs-lisp/easymenu.el" (21670
7032 ;;;;;; 32330 885624 725000))
7033 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/easymenu.el
7034
7035 (autoload 'easy-menu-define "easymenu" "\
7036 Define a pop-up menu and/or menu bar menu specified by MENU.
7037 If SYMBOL is non-nil, define SYMBOL as a function to pop up the
7038 submenu defined by MENU, with DOC as its doc string.
7039
7040 MAPS, if non-nil, should be a keymap or a list of keymaps; add
7041 the submenu defined by MENU to the keymap or each of the keymaps,
7042 as a top-level menu bar item.
7043
7044 The first element of MENU must be a string. It is the menu bar
7045 item name. It may be followed by the following keyword argument
7046 pairs:
7047
7048 :filter FUNCTION
7049 FUNCTION must be a function which, if called with one
7050 argument---the list of the other menu items---returns the
7051 items to actually display.
7052
7053 :visible INCLUDE
7054 INCLUDE is an expression. The menu is visible if the
7055 expression evaluates to a non-nil value. `:included' is an
7056 alias for `:visible'.
7057
7058 :active ENABLE
7059 ENABLE is an expression. The menu is enabled for selection
7060 if the expression evaluates to a non-nil value. `:enable' is
7061 an alias for `:active'.
7062
7063 The rest of the elements in MENU are menu items.
7064 A menu item can be a vector of three elements:
7065
7066 [NAME CALLBACK ENABLE]
7067
7068 NAME is a string--the menu item name.
7069
7070 CALLBACK is a command to run when the item is chosen, or an
7071 expression to evaluate when the item is chosen.
7072
7073 ENABLE is an expression; the item is enabled for selection if the
7074 expression evaluates to a non-nil value.
7075
7076 Alternatively, a menu item may have the form:
7077
7078 [ NAME CALLBACK [ KEYWORD ARG ]... ]
7079
7080 where NAME and CALLBACK have the same meanings as above, and each
7081 optional KEYWORD and ARG pair should be one of the following:
7082
7083 :keys KEYS
7084 KEYS is a string; a keyboard equivalent to the menu item.
7085 This is normally not needed because keyboard equivalents are
7086 usually computed automatically. KEYS is expanded with
7087 `substitute-command-keys' before it is used.
7088
7089 :key-sequence KEYS
7090 KEYS is a hint for speeding up Emacs's first display of the
7091 menu. It should be nil if you know that the menu item has no
7092 keyboard equivalent; otherwise it should be a string or
7093 vector specifying a keyboard equivalent for the menu item.
7094
7095 :active ENABLE
7096 ENABLE is an expression; the item is enabled for selection
7097 whenever this expression's value is non-nil. `:enable' is an
7098 alias for `:active'.
7099
7100 :visible INCLUDE
7101 INCLUDE is an expression; this item is only visible if this
7102 expression has a non-nil value. `:included' is an alias for
7103 `:visible'.
7104
7105 :label FORM
7106 FORM is an expression that is dynamically evaluated and whose
7107 value serves as the menu item's label (the default is NAME).
7108
7109 :suffix FORM
7110 FORM is an expression that is dynamically evaluated and whose
7111 value is concatenated with the menu entry's label.
7112
7113 :style STYLE
7114 STYLE is a symbol describing the type of menu item; it should
7115 be `toggle' (a checkbox), or `radio' (a radio button), or any
7116 other value (meaning an ordinary menu item).
7117
7118 :selected SELECTED
7119 SELECTED is an expression; the checkbox or radio button is
7120 selected whenever the expression's value is non-nil.
7121
7122 :help HELP
7123 HELP is a string, the help to display for the menu item.
7124
7125 Alternatively, a menu item can be a string. Then that string
7126 appears in the menu as unselectable text. A string consisting
7127 solely of dashes is displayed as a menu separator.
7128
7129 Alternatively, a menu item can be a list with the same format as
7130 MENU. This is a submenu.
7131
7132 \(fn SYMBOL MAPS DOC MENU)" nil t)
7133
7134 (function-put 'easy-menu-define 'lisp-indent-function 'defun)
7135
7136 (autoload 'easy-menu-do-define "easymenu" "\
7137
7138
7139 \(fn SYMBOL MAPS DOC MENU)" nil nil)
7140
7141 (autoload 'easy-menu-create-menu "easymenu" "\
7142 Create a menu called MENU-NAME with items described in MENU-ITEMS.
7143 MENU-NAME is a string, the name of the menu. MENU-ITEMS is a list of items
7144 possibly preceded by keyword pairs as described in `easy-menu-define'.
7145
7146 \(fn MENU-NAME MENU-ITEMS)" nil nil)
7147
7148 (autoload 'easy-menu-change "easymenu" "\
7149 Change menu found at PATH as item NAME to contain ITEMS.
7150 PATH is a list of strings for locating the menu that
7151 should contain a submenu named NAME.
7152 ITEMS is a list of menu items, as in `easy-menu-define'.
7153 These items entirely replace the previous items in that submenu.
7154
7155 If MAP is specified, it should normally be a keymap; nil stands for the local
7156 menu-bar keymap. It can also be a symbol, which has earlier been used as the
7157 first argument in a call to `easy-menu-define', or the value of such a symbol.
7158
7159 If the menu located by PATH has no submenu named NAME, add one.
7160 If the optional argument BEFORE is present, add it just before
7161 the submenu named BEFORE, otherwise add it at the end of the menu.
7162
7163 To implement dynamic menus, either call this from
7164 `menu-bar-update-hook' or use a menu filter.
7165
7166 \(fn PATH NAME ITEMS &optional BEFORE MAP)" nil nil)
7167
7168 ;;;***
7169 \f
7170 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ebnf2ps" "progmodes/ebnf2ps.el" (22011 58553
7171 ;;;;;; 897858 469000))
7172 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ebnf2ps.el
7173 (push (purecopy '(ebnf2ps 4 4)) package--builtin-versions)
7174
7175 (autoload 'ebnf-customize "ebnf2ps" "\
7176 Customization for ebnf group.
7177
7178 \(fn)" t nil)
7179
7180 (autoload 'ebnf-print-directory "ebnf2ps" "\
7181 Generate and print a PostScript syntactic chart image of DIRECTORY.
7182
7183 If DIRECTORY is nil, it's used `default-directory'.
7184
7185 The files in DIRECTORY that matches `ebnf-file-suffix-regexp' (which see) are
7186 processed.
7187
7188 See also `ebnf-print-buffer'.
7189
7190 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
7191
7192 (autoload 'ebnf-print-file "ebnf2ps" "\
7193 Generate and print a PostScript syntactic chart image of the file FILE.
7194
7195 If optional arg DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE is non-nil, the buffer isn't
7196 killed after process termination.
7197
7198 See also `ebnf-print-buffer'.
7199
7200 \(fn FILE &optional DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE)" t nil)
7201
7202 (autoload 'ebnf-print-buffer "ebnf2ps" "\
7203 Generate and print a PostScript syntactic chart image of the buffer.
7204
7205 When called with a numeric prefix argument (C-u), prompts the user for
7206 the name of a file to save the PostScript image in, instead of sending
7207 it to the printer.
7208
7209 More specifically, the FILENAME argument is treated as follows: if it
7210 is nil, send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save
7211 the PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is a
7212 number, prompt the user for the name of the file to save in.
7213
7214 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
7215
7216 (autoload 'ebnf-print-region "ebnf2ps" "\
7217 Generate and print a PostScript syntactic chart image of the region.
7218 Like `ebnf-print-buffer', but prints just the current region.
7219
7220 \(fn FROM TO &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
7221
7222 (autoload 'ebnf-spool-directory "ebnf2ps" "\
7223 Generate and spool a PostScript syntactic chart image of DIRECTORY.
7224
7225 If DIRECTORY is nil, it's used `default-directory'.
7226
7227 The files in DIRECTORY that matches `ebnf-file-suffix-regexp' (which see) are
7228 processed.
7229
7230 See also `ebnf-spool-buffer'.
7231
7232 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
7233
7234 (autoload 'ebnf-spool-file "ebnf2ps" "\
7235 Generate and spool a PostScript syntactic chart image of the file FILE.
7236
7237 If optional arg DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE is non-nil, the buffer isn't
7238 killed after process termination.
7239
7240 See also `ebnf-spool-buffer'.
7241
7242 \(fn FILE &optional DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE)" t nil)
7243
7244 (autoload 'ebnf-spool-buffer "ebnf2ps" "\
7245 Generate and spool a PostScript syntactic chart image of the buffer.
7246 Like `ebnf-print-buffer' except that the PostScript image is saved in a
7247 local buffer to be sent to the printer later.
7248
7249 Use the command `ebnf-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
7250
7251 \(fn)" t nil)
7252
7253 (autoload 'ebnf-spool-region "ebnf2ps" "\
7254 Generate a PostScript syntactic chart image of the region and spool locally.
7255 Like `ebnf-spool-buffer', but spools just the current region.
7256
7257 Use the command `ebnf-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
7258
7259 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
7260
7261 (autoload 'ebnf-eps-directory "ebnf2ps" "\
7262 Generate EPS files from EBNF files in DIRECTORY.
7263
7264 If DIRECTORY is nil, it's used `default-directory'.
7265
7266 The files in DIRECTORY that matches `ebnf-file-suffix-regexp' (which see) are
7267 processed.
7268
7269 See also `ebnf-eps-buffer'.
7270
7271 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
7272
7273 (autoload 'ebnf-eps-file "ebnf2ps" "\
7274 Generate an EPS file from EBNF file FILE.
7275
7276 If optional arg DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE is non-nil, the buffer isn't
7277 killed after EPS generation.
7278
7279 See also `ebnf-eps-buffer'.
7280
7281 \(fn FILE &optional DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE)" t nil)
7282
7283 (autoload 'ebnf-eps-buffer "ebnf2ps" "\
7284 Generate a PostScript syntactic chart image of the buffer in an EPS file.
7285
7286 Generate an EPS file for each production in the buffer.
7287 The EPS file name has the following form:
7288
7289 <PREFIX><PRODUCTION>.eps
7290
7291 <PREFIX> is given by variable `ebnf-eps-prefix'.
7292 The default value is \"ebnf--\".
7293
7294 <PRODUCTION> is the production name.
7295 Some characters in the production file name are replaced to
7296 produce a valid file name. For example, the production name
7297 \"A/B + C\" is modified to produce \"A_B_+_C\", and the EPS
7298 file name used in this case will be \"ebnf--A_B_+_C.eps\".
7299
7300 WARNING: This function does *NOT* ask any confirmation to override existing
7301 files.
7302
7303 \(fn)" t nil)
7304
7305 (autoload 'ebnf-eps-region "ebnf2ps" "\
7306 Generate a PostScript syntactic chart image of the region in an EPS file.
7307
7308 Generate an EPS file for each production in the region.
7309 The EPS file name has the following form:
7310
7311 <PREFIX><PRODUCTION>.eps
7312
7313 <PREFIX> is given by variable `ebnf-eps-prefix'.
7314 The default value is \"ebnf--\".
7315
7316 <PRODUCTION> is the production name.
7317 Some characters in the production file name are replaced to
7318 produce a valid file name. For example, the production name
7319 \"A/B + C\" is modified to produce \"A_B_+_C\", and the EPS
7320 file name used in this case will be \"ebnf--A_B_+_C.eps\".
7321
7322 WARNING: This function does *NOT* ask any confirmation to override existing
7323 files.
7324
7325 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
7326
7327 (defalias 'ebnf-despool 'ps-despool)
7328
7329 (autoload 'ebnf-syntax-directory "ebnf2ps" "\
7330 Do a syntactic analysis of the files in DIRECTORY.
7331
7332 If DIRECTORY is nil, use `default-directory'.
7333
7334 Only the files in DIRECTORY that match `ebnf-file-suffix-regexp' (which see)
7335 are processed.
7336
7337 See also `ebnf-syntax-buffer'.
7338
7339 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
7340
7341 (autoload 'ebnf-syntax-file "ebnf2ps" "\
7342 Do a syntactic analysis of the named FILE.
7343
7344 If optional arg DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE is non-nil, the buffer isn't
7345 killed after syntax checking.
7346
7347 See also `ebnf-syntax-buffer'.
7348
7349 \(fn FILE &optional DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE)" t nil)
7350
7351 (autoload 'ebnf-syntax-buffer "ebnf2ps" "\
7352 Do a syntactic analysis of the current buffer.
7353
7354 \(fn)" t nil)
7355
7356 (autoload 'ebnf-syntax-region "ebnf2ps" "\
7357 Do a syntactic analysis of a region.
7358
7359 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
7360
7361 (autoload 'ebnf-setup "ebnf2ps" "\
7362 Return the current ebnf2ps setup.
7363
7364 \(fn)" nil nil)
7365
7366 (autoload 'ebnf-find-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7367 Return style definition if NAME is already defined; otherwise, return nil.
7368
7369 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7370
7371 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
7372
7373 (autoload 'ebnf-insert-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7374 Insert a new style NAME with inheritance INHERITS and values VALUES.
7375
7376 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7377
7378 \(fn NAME INHERITS &rest VALUES)" t nil)
7379
7380 (autoload 'ebnf-delete-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7381 Delete style NAME.
7382
7383 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7384
7385 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
7386
7387 (autoload 'ebnf-merge-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7388 Merge values of style NAME with style VALUES.
7389
7390 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7391
7392 \(fn NAME &rest VALUES)" t nil)
7393
7394 (autoload 'ebnf-apply-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7395 Set STYLE as the current style.
7396
7397 Returns the old style symbol.
7398
7399 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7400
7401 \(fn STYLE)" t nil)
7402
7403 (autoload 'ebnf-reset-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7404 Reset current style.
7405
7406 Returns the old style symbol.
7407
7408 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7409
7410 \(fn &optional STYLE)" t nil)
7411
7412 (autoload 'ebnf-push-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7413 Push the current style onto a stack and set STYLE as the current style.
7414
7415 Returns the old style symbol.
7416
7417 See also `ebnf-pop-style'.
7418
7419 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7420
7421 \(fn &optional STYLE)" t nil)
7422
7423 (autoload 'ebnf-pop-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7424 Pop a style from the stack of pushed styles and set it as the current style.
7425
7426 Returns the old style symbol.
7427
7428 See also `ebnf-push-style'.
7429
7430 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7431
7432 \(fn)" t nil)
7433
7434 ;;;***
7435 \f
7436 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ebrowse" "progmodes/ebrowse.el" (21998 46517
7437 ;;;;;; 206024 649000))
7438 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ebrowse.el
7439
7440 (autoload 'ebrowse-tree-mode "ebrowse" "\
7441 Major mode for Ebrowse class tree buffers.
7442 Each line corresponds to a class in a class tree.
7443 Letters do not insert themselves, they are commands.
7444 File operations in the tree buffer work on class tree data structures.
7445 E.g.\\[save-buffer] writes the tree to the file it was loaded from.
7446
7447 Tree mode key bindings:
7448 \\{ebrowse-tree-mode-map}
7449
7450 \(fn)" t nil)
7451
7452 (autoload 'ebrowse-electric-choose-tree "ebrowse" "\
7453 Return a buffer containing a tree or nil if no tree found or canceled.
7454
7455 \(fn)" t nil)
7456
7457 (autoload 'ebrowse-member-mode "ebrowse" "\
7458 Major mode for Ebrowse member buffers.
7459
7460 \(fn)" t nil)
7461
7462 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-view-declaration "ebrowse" "\
7463 View declaration of member at point.
7464
7465 \(fn)" t nil)
7466
7467 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-declaration "ebrowse" "\
7468 Find declaration of member at point.
7469
7470 \(fn)" t nil)
7471
7472 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-view-definition "ebrowse" "\
7473 View definition of member at point.
7474
7475 \(fn)" t nil)
7476
7477 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-definition "ebrowse" "\
7478 Find definition of member at point.
7479
7480 \(fn)" t nil)
7481
7482 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-declaration-other-window "ebrowse" "\
7483 Find declaration of member at point in other window.
7484
7485 \(fn)" t nil)
7486
7487 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-view-definition-other-window "ebrowse" "\
7488 View definition of member at point in other window.
7489
7490 \(fn)" t nil)
7491
7492 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-definition-other-window "ebrowse" "\
7493 Find definition of member at point in other window.
7494
7495 \(fn)" t nil)
7496
7497 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-declaration-other-frame "ebrowse" "\
7498 Find definition of member at point in other frame.
7499
7500 \(fn)" t nil)
7501
7502 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-view-definition-other-frame "ebrowse" "\
7503 View definition of member at point in other frame.
7504
7505 \(fn)" t nil)
7506
7507 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-definition-other-frame "ebrowse" "\
7508 Find definition of member at point in other frame.
7509
7510 \(fn)" t nil)
7511
7512 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-complete-symbol "ebrowse" "\
7513 Perform completion on the C++ symbol preceding point.
7514 A second call of this function without changing point inserts the next match.
7515 A call with prefix PREFIX reads the symbol to insert from the minibuffer with
7516 completion.
7517
7518 \(fn PREFIX)" t nil)
7519
7520 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-loop-continue "ebrowse" "\
7521 Repeat last operation on files in tree.
7522 FIRST-TIME non-nil means this is not a repetition, but the first time.
7523 TREE-BUFFER if indirectly specifies which files to loop over.
7524
7525 \(fn &optional FIRST-TIME TREE-BUFFER)" t nil)
7526
7527 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-search "ebrowse" "\
7528 Search for REGEXP in all files in a tree.
7529 If marked classes exist, process marked classes, only.
7530 If regular expression is nil, repeat last search.
7531
7532 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
7533
7534 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-query-replace "ebrowse" "\
7535 Query replace FROM with TO in all files of a class tree.
7536 With prefix arg, process files of marked classes only.
7537
7538 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
7539
7540 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-search-member-use "ebrowse" "\
7541 Search for call sites of a member.
7542 If FIX-NAME is specified, search uses of that member.
7543 Otherwise, read a member name from the minibuffer.
7544 Searches in all files mentioned in a class tree for something that
7545 looks like a function call to the member.
7546
7547 \(fn &optional FIX-NAME)" t nil)
7548
7549 (autoload 'ebrowse-back-in-position-stack "ebrowse" "\
7550 Move backward in the position stack.
7551 Prefix arg ARG says how much.
7552
7553 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
7554
7555 (autoload 'ebrowse-forward-in-position-stack "ebrowse" "\
7556 Move forward in the position stack.
7557 Prefix arg ARG says how much.
7558
7559 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
7560
7561 (autoload 'ebrowse-electric-position-menu "ebrowse" "\
7562 List positions in the position stack in an electric buffer.
7563
7564 \(fn)" t nil)
7565
7566 (autoload 'ebrowse-save-tree "ebrowse" "\
7567 Save current tree in same file it was loaded from.
7568
7569 \(fn)" t nil)
7570
7571 (autoload 'ebrowse-save-tree-as "ebrowse" "\
7572 Write the current tree data structure to a file.
7573 Read the file name from the minibuffer if interactive.
7574 Otherwise, FILE-NAME specifies the file to save the tree in.
7575
7576 \(fn &optional FILE-NAME)" t nil)
7577
7578 (autoload 'ebrowse-statistics "ebrowse" "\
7579 Display statistics for a class tree.
7580
7581 \(fn)" t nil)
7582
7583 ;;;***
7584 \f
7585 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ebuff-menu" "ebuff-menu.el" (21953 58033 239058
7586 ;;;;;; 929000))
7587 ;;; Generated autoloads from ebuff-menu.el
7588
7589 (autoload 'electric-buffer-list "ebuff-menu" "\
7590 Pop up the Buffer Menu in an \"electric\" window.
7591 If you type SPC or RET (`Electric-buffer-menu-select'), that
7592 selects the buffer at point and quits the \"electric\" window.
7593 Otherwise, you can move around in the Buffer Menu, marking
7594 buffers to be selected, saved or deleted; these other commands
7595 are much like those of `Buffer-menu-mode'.
7596
7597 Run hooks in `electric-buffer-menu-mode-hook' on entry.
7598
7599 \\<electric-buffer-menu-mode-map>
7600 \\[keyboard-quit] or \\[Electric-buffer-menu-quit] -- exit buffer menu, returning to previous window and buffer
7601 configuration. If the very first character typed is a space, it
7602 also has this effect.
7603 \\[Electric-buffer-menu-select] -- select buffer of line point is on.
7604 Also show buffers marked with m in other windows,
7605 deletes buffers marked with \"D\", and saves those marked with \"S\".
7606 \\[Buffer-menu-mark] -- mark buffer to be displayed.
7607 \\[Buffer-menu-not-modified] -- clear modified-flag on that buffer.
7608 \\[Buffer-menu-save] -- mark that buffer to be saved.
7609 \\[Buffer-menu-delete] or \\[Buffer-menu-delete-backwards] -- mark that buffer to be deleted.
7610 \\[Buffer-menu-unmark] -- remove all kinds of marks from current line.
7611 \\[Electric-buffer-menu-mode-view-buffer] -- view buffer, returning when done.
7612 \\[Buffer-menu-backup-unmark] -- back up a line and remove marks.
7613
7614 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
7615
7616 ;;;***
7617 \f
7618 ;;;### (autoloads nil "echistory" "echistory.el" (21670 32330 885624
7619 ;;;;;; 725000))
7620 ;;; Generated autoloads from echistory.el
7621
7622 (autoload 'Electric-command-history-redo-expression "echistory" "\
7623 Edit current history line in minibuffer and execute result.
7624 With prefix arg NOCONFIRM, execute current line as-is without editing.
7625
7626 \(fn &optional NOCONFIRM)" t nil)
7627
7628 ;;;***
7629 \f
7630 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ecomplete" "gnus/ecomplete.el" (21670 32330
7631 ;;;;;; 885624 725000))
7632 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/ecomplete.el
7633
7634 (autoload 'ecomplete-setup "ecomplete" "\
7635
7636
7637 \(fn)" nil nil)
7638
7639 ;;;***
7640 \f
7641 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ede" "cedet/ede.el" (22040 58794 676259 771000))
7642 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/ede.el
7643 (push (purecopy '(ede 1 2)) package--builtin-versions)
7644
7645 (defvar global-ede-mode nil "\
7646 Non-nil if Global-Ede mode is enabled.
7647 See the command `global-ede-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
7648 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
7649 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
7650 or call the function `global-ede-mode'.")
7651
7652 (custom-autoload 'global-ede-mode "ede" nil)
7653
7654 (autoload 'global-ede-mode "ede" "\
7655 Toggle global EDE (Emacs Development Environment) mode.
7656 With a prefix argument ARG, enable global EDE mode if ARG is
7657 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
7658 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
7659
7660 This global minor mode enables `ede-minor-mode' in all buffers in
7661 an EDE controlled project.
7662
7663 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7664
7665 ;;;***
7666 \f
7667 ;;;### (autoloads nil "edebug" "emacs-lisp/edebug.el" (22022 28851
7668 ;;;;;; 765037 303000))
7669 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/edebug.el
7670
7671 (defvar edebug-all-defs nil "\
7672 If non-nil, evaluating defining forms instruments for Edebug.
7673 This applies to `eval-defun', `eval-region', `eval-buffer', and
7674 `eval-current-buffer'. `eval-region' is also called by
7675 `eval-last-sexp', and `eval-print-last-sexp'.
7676
7677 You can use the command `edebug-all-defs' to toggle the value of this
7678 variable. You may wish to make it local to each buffer with
7679 \(make-local-variable \\='edebug-all-defs) in your
7680 `emacs-lisp-mode-hook'.")
7681
7682 (custom-autoload 'edebug-all-defs "edebug" t)
7683
7684 (defvar edebug-all-forms nil "\
7685 Non-nil means evaluation of all forms will instrument for Edebug.
7686 This doesn't apply to loading or evaluations in the minibuffer.
7687 Use the command `edebug-all-forms' to toggle the value of this option.")
7688
7689 (custom-autoload 'edebug-all-forms "edebug" t)
7690
7691 (autoload 'edebug-basic-spec "edebug" "\
7692 Return t if SPEC uses only extant spec symbols.
7693 An extant spec symbol is a symbol that is not a function and has a
7694 `edebug-form-spec' property.
7695
7696 \(fn SPEC)" nil nil)
7697
7698 (defalias 'edebug-defun 'edebug-eval-top-level-form)
7699
7700 (autoload 'edebug-eval-top-level-form "edebug" "\
7701 Evaluate the top level form point is in, stepping through with Edebug.
7702 This is like `eval-defun' except that it steps the code for Edebug
7703 before evaluating it. It displays the value in the echo area
7704 using `eval-expression' (which see).
7705
7706 If you do this on a function definition such as a defun or defmacro,
7707 it defines the function and instruments its definition for Edebug,
7708 so it will do Edebug stepping when called later. It displays
7709 `Edebug: FUNCTION' in the echo area to indicate that FUNCTION is now
7710 instrumented for Edebug.
7711
7712 If the current defun is actually a call to `defvar' or `defcustom',
7713 evaluating it this way resets the variable using its initial value
7714 expression even if the variable already has some other value.
7715 \(Normally `defvar' and `defcustom' do not alter the value if there
7716 already is one.)
7717
7718 \(fn)" t nil)
7719
7720 (autoload 'edebug-all-defs "edebug" "\
7721 Toggle edebugging of all definitions.
7722
7723 \(fn)" t nil)
7724
7725 (autoload 'edebug-all-forms "edebug" "\
7726 Toggle edebugging of all forms.
7727
7728 \(fn)" t nil)
7729
7730 ;;;***
7731 \f
7732 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ediff" "vc/ediff.el" (22011 58554 93858 469000))
7733 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/ediff.el
7734 (push (purecopy '(ediff 2 81 4)) package--builtin-versions)
7735
7736 (autoload 'ediff-files "ediff" "\
7737 Run Ediff on a pair of files, FILE-A and FILE-B.
7738
7739 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7740
7741 (autoload 'ediff-files3 "ediff" "\
7742 Run Ediff on three files, FILE-A, FILE-B, and FILE-C.
7743
7744 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-C &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7745
7746 (defalias 'ediff3 'ediff-files3)
7747
7748 (defalias 'ediff 'ediff-files)
7749
7750 (autoload 'ediff-current-file "ediff" "\
7751 Start ediff between current buffer and its file on disk.
7752 This command can be used instead of `revert-buffer'. If there is
7753 nothing to revert then this command fails.
7754
7755 \(fn)" t nil)
7756
7757 (autoload 'ediff-backup "ediff" "\
7758 Run Ediff on FILE and its backup file.
7759 Uses the latest backup, if there are several numerical backups.
7760 If this file is a backup, `ediff' it with its original.
7761
7762 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
7763
7764 (autoload 'ediff-buffers "ediff" "\
7765 Run Ediff on a pair of buffers, BUFFER-A and BUFFER-B.
7766
7767 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME)" t nil)
7768
7769 (defalias 'ebuffers 'ediff-buffers)
7770
7771 (autoload 'ediff-buffers3 "ediff" "\
7772 Run Ediff on three buffers, BUFFER-A, BUFFER-B, and BUFFER-C.
7773
7774 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B BUFFER-C &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME)" t nil)
7775
7776 (defalias 'ebuffers3 'ediff-buffers3)
7777
7778 (autoload 'ediff-directories "ediff" "\
7779 Run Ediff on a pair of directories, DIR1 and DIR2, comparing files that have
7780 the same name in both. The third argument, REGEXP, is nil or a regular
7781 expression; only file names that match the regexp are considered.
7782
7783 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 REGEXP)" t nil)
7784
7785 (defalias 'edirs 'ediff-directories)
7786
7787 (autoload 'ediff-directory-revisions "ediff" "\
7788 Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, comparing its files with their revisions.
7789 The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file
7790 names. Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account.
7791
7792 \(fn DIR1 REGEXP)" t nil)
7793
7794 (defalias 'edir-revisions 'ediff-directory-revisions)
7795
7796 (autoload 'ediff-directories3 "ediff" "\
7797 Run Ediff on three directories, DIR1, DIR2, and DIR3, comparing files that
7798 have the same name in all three. The last argument, REGEXP, is nil or a
7799 regular expression; only file names that match the regexp are considered.
7800
7801 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 DIR3 REGEXP)" t nil)
7802
7803 (defalias 'edirs3 'ediff-directories3)
7804
7805 (autoload 'ediff-merge-directories "ediff" "\
7806 Run Ediff on a pair of directories, DIR1 and DIR2, merging files that have
7807 the same name in both. The third argument, REGEXP, is nil or a regular
7808 expression; only file names that match the regexp are considered.
7809
7810 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
7811
7812 (defalias 'edirs-merge 'ediff-merge-directories)
7813
7814 (autoload 'ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor "ediff" "\
7815 Merge files in directories DIR1 and DIR2 using files in ANCESTOR-DIR as ancestors.
7816 Ediff merges files that have identical names in DIR1, DIR2. If a pair of files
7817 in DIR1 and DIR2 doesn't have an ancestor in ANCESTOR-DIR, Ediff will merge
7818 without ancestor. The fourth argument, REGEXP, is nil or a regular expression;
7819 only file names that match the regexp are considered.
7820
7821 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 ANCESTOR-DIR REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
7822
7823 (autoload 'ediff-merge-directory-revisions "ediff" "\
7824 Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, merging its files with their revisions.
7825 The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file
7826 names. Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account.
7827
7828 \(fn DIR1 REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
7829
7830 (defalias 'edir-merge-revisions 'ediff-merge-directory-revisions)
7831
7832 (autoload 'ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor "ediff" "\
7833 Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, merging its files with their revisions and ancestors.
7834 The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file
7835 names. Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account.
7836
7837 \(fn DIR1 REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
7838
7839 (defalias 'edir-merge-revisions-with-ancestor 'ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor)
7840
7841 (defalias 'edirs-merge-with-ancestor 'ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor)
7842
7843 (autoload 'ediff-windows-wordwise "ediff" "\
7844 Compare WIND-A and WIND-B, which are selected by clicking, wordwise.
7845 With prefix argument, DUMB-MODE, or on a non-windowing display, works as
7846 follows:
7847 If WIND-A is nil, use selected window.
7848 If WIND-B is nil, use window next to WIND-A.
7849
7850 \(fn DUMB-MODE &optional WIND-A WIND-B STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7851
7852 (autoload 'ediff-windows-linewise "ediff" "\
7853 Compare WIND-A and WIND-B, which are selected by clicking, linewise.
7854 With prefix argument, DUMB-MODE, or on a non-windowing display, works as
7855 follows:
7856 If WIND-A is nil, use selected window.
7857 If WIND-B is nil, use window next to WIND-A.
7858
7859 \(fn DUMB-MODE &optional WIND-A WIND-B STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7860
7861 (autoload 'ediff-regions-wordwise "ediff" "\
7862 Run Ediff on a pair of regions in specified buffers.
7863 Regions (i.e., point and mark) can be set in advance or marked interactively.
7864 This function is effective only for relatively small regions, up to 200
7865 lines. For large regions, use `ediff-regions-linewise'.
7866
7867 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7868
7869 (autoload 'ediff-regions-linewise "ediff" "\
7870 Run Ediff on a pair of regions in specified buffers.
7871 Regions (i.e., point and mark) can be set in advance or marked interactively.
7872 Each region is enlarged to contain full lines.
7873 This function is effective for large regions, over 100-200
7874 lines. For small regions, use `ediff-regions-wordwise'.
7875
7876 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7877
7878 (defalias 'ediff-merge 'ediff-merge-files)
7879
7880 (autoload 'ediff-merge-files "ediff" "\
7881 Merge two files without ancestor.
7882
7883 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7884
7885 (autoload 'ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor "ediff" "\
7886 Merge two files with ancestor.
7887
7888 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7889
7890 (defalias 'ediff-merge-with-ancestor 'ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor)
7891
7892 (autoload 'ediff-merge-buffers "ediff" "\
7893 Merge buffers without ancestor.
7894
7895 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7896
7897 (autoload 'ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor "ediff" "\
7898 Merge buffers with ancestor.
7899
7900 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B BUFFER-ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7901
7902 (autoload 'ediff-merge-revisions "ediff" "\
7903 Run Ediff by merging two revisions of a file.
7904 The file is the optional FILE argument or the file visited by the current
7905 buffer.
7906
7907 \(fn &optional FILE STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7908
7909 (autoload 'ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor "ediff" "\
7910 Run Ediff by merging two revisions of a file with a common ancestor.
7911 The file is the optional FILE argument or the file visited by the current
7912 buffer.
7913
7914 \(fn &optional FILE STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7915
7916 (autoload 'ediff-patch-file "ediff" "\
7917 Query for a file name, and then run Ediff by patching that file.
7918 If optional PATCH-BUF is given, use the patch in that buffer
7919 and don't ask the user.
7920 If prefix argument, then: if even argument, assume that the patch is in a
7921 buffer. If odd -- assume it is in a file.
7922
7923 \(fn &optional ARG PATCH-BUF)" t nil)
7924
7925 (autoload 'ediff-patch-buffer "ediff" "\
7926 Run Ediff by patching the buffer specified at prompt.
7927 Without the optional prefix ARG, asks if the patch is in some buffer and
7928 prompts for the buffer or a file, depending on the answer.
7929 With ARG=1, assumes the patch is in a file and prompts for the file.
7930 With ARG=2, assumes the patch is in a buffer and prompts for the buffer.
7931 PATCH-BUF is an optional argument, which specifies the buffer that contains the
7932 patch. If not given, the user is prompted according to the prefix argument.
7933
7934 \(fn &optional ARG PATCH-BUF)" t nil)
7935
7936 (defalias 'epatch 'ediff-patch-file)
7937
7938 (defalias 'epatch-buffer 'ediff-patch-buffer)
7939
7940 (autoload 'ediff-revision "ediff" "\
7941 Run Ediff by comparing versions of a file.
7942 The file is an optional FILE argument or the file entered at the prompt.
7943 Default: the file visited by the current buffer.
7944 Uses `vc.el' or `rcs.el' depending on `ediff-version-control-package'.
7945
7946 \(fn &optional FILE STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7947
7948 (defalias 'erevision 'ediff-revision)
7949
7950 (autoload 'ediff-version "ediff" "\
7951 Return string describing the version of Ediff.
7952 When called interactively, displays the version.
7953
7954 \(fn)" t nil)
7955
7956 (autoload 'ediff-documentation "ediff" "\
7957 Display Ediff's manual.
7958 With optional NODE, goes to that node.
7959
7960 \(fn &optional NODE)" t nil)
7961
7962 (autoload 'ediff-files-command "ediff" "\
7963
7964
7965 \(fn)" nil nil)
7966
7967 (autoload 'ediff3-files-command "ediff" "\
7968
7969
7970 \(fn)" nil nil)
7971
7972 (autoload 'ediff-merge-command "ediff" "\
7973
7974
7975 \(fn)" nil nil)
7976
7977 (autoload 'ediff-merge-with-ancestor-command "ediff" "\
7978
7979
7980 \(fn)" nil nil)
7981
7982 (autoload 'ediff-directories-command "ediff" "\
7983
7984
7985 \(fn)" nil nil)
7986
7987 (autoload 'ediff-directories3-command "ediff" "\
7988
7989
7990 \(fn)" nil nil)
7991
7992 (autoload 'ediff-merge-directories-command "ediff" "\
7993
7994
7995 \(fn)" nil nil)
7996
7997 (autoload 'ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor-command "ediff" "\
7998
7999
8000 \(fn)" nil nil)
8001
8002 ;;;***
8003 \f
8004 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ediff-help" "vc/ediff-help.el" (21870 54319
8005 ;;;;;; 247944 919000))
8006 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/ediff-help.el
8007
8008 (autoload 'ediff-customize "ediff-help" "\
8009
8010
8011 \(fn)" t nil)
8012
8013 ;;;***
8014 \f
8015 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ediff-mult" "vc/ediff-mult.el" (21993 28596
8016 ;;;;;; 422597 473000))
8017 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/ediff-mult.el
8018
8019 (autoload 'ediff-show-registry "ediff-mult" "\
8020 Display Ediff's registry.
8021
8022 \(fn)" t nil)
8023
8024 (defalias 'eregistry 'ediff-show-registry)
8025
8026 ;;;***
8027 \f
8028 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ediff-util" "vc/ediff-util.el" (22026 25907
8029 ;;;;;; 671502 692000))
8030 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/ediff-util.el
8031
8032 (autoload 'ediff-toggle-multiframe "ediff-util" "\
8033 Switch from multiframe display to single-frame display and back.
8034 To change the default, set the variable `ediff-window-setup-function',
8035 which see.
8036
8037 \(fn)" t nil)
8038
8039 (autoload 'ediff-toggle-use-toolbar "ediff-util" "\
8040 Enable or disable Ediff toolbar.
8041 Works only in versions of Emacs that support toolbars.
8042 To change the default, set the variable `ediff-use-toolbar-p', which see.
8043
8044 \(fn)" t nil)
8045
8046 ;;;***
8047 \f
8048 ;;;### (autoloads nil "edmacro" "edmacro.el" (21976 19509 748430
8049 ;;;;;; 241000))
8050 ;;; Generated autoloads from edmacro.el
8051 (push (purecopy '(edmacro 2 1)) package--builtin-versions)
8052
8053 (autoload 'edit-kbd-macro "edmacro" "\
8054 Edit a keyboard macro.
8055 At the prompt, type any key sequence which is bound to a keyboard macro.
8056 Or, type `C-x e' or RET to edit the last keyboard macro, `C-h l' to edit
8057 the last 300 keystrokes as a keyboard macro, or `\\[execute-extended-command]' to edit a macro by
8058 its command name.
8059 With a prefix argument, format the macro in a more concise way.
8060
8061 \(fn KEYS &optional PREFIX FINISH-HOOK STORE-HOOK)" t nil)
8062
8063 (autoload 'edit-last-kbd-macro "edmacro" "\
8064 Edit the most recently defined keyboard macro.
8065
8066 \(fn &optional PREFIX)" t nil)
8067
8068 (autoload 'edit-named-kbd-macro "edmacro" "\
8069 Edit a keyboard macro which has been given a name by `name-last-kbd-macro'.
8070
8071 \(fn &optional PREFIX)" t nil)
8072
8073 (autoload 'read-kbd-macro "edmacro" "\
8074 Read the region as a keyboard macro definition.
8075 The region is interpreted as spelled-out keystrokes, e.g., \"M-x abc RET\".
8076 See documentation for `edmacro-mode' for details.
8077 Leading/trailing \"C-x (\" and \"C-x )\" in the text are allowed and ignored.
8078 The resulting macro is installed as the \"current\" keyboard macro.
8079
8080 In Lisp, may also be called with a single STRING argument in which case
8081 the result is returned rather than being installed as the current macro.
8082 The result will be a string if possible, otherwise an event vector.
8083 Second argument NEED-VECTOR means to return an event vector always.
8084
8085 \(fn START &optional END)" t nil)
8086
8087 (autoload 'format-kbd-macro "edmacro" "\
8088 Return the keyboard macro MACRO as a human-readable string.
8089 This string is suitable for passing to `read-kbd-macro'.
8090 Second argument VERBOSE means to put one command per line with comments.
8091 If VERBOSE is `1', put everything on one line. If VERBOSE is omitted
8092 or nil, use a compact 80-column format.
8093
8094 \(fn &optional MACRO VERBOSE)" nil nil)
8095
8096 ;;;***
8097 \f
8098 ;;;### (autoloads nil "edt" "emulation/edt.el" (22011 58553 453858
8099 ;;;;;; 469000))
8100 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/edt.el
8101
8102 (autoload 'edt-set-scroll-margins "edt" "\
8103 Set scroll margins.
8104 Argument TOP is the top margin in number of lines or percent of window.
8105 Argument BOTTOM is the bottom margin in number of lines or percent of window.
8106
8107 \(fn TOP BOTTOM)" t nil)
8108
8109 (autoload 'edt-emulation-on "edt" "\
8110 Turn on EDT Emulation.
8111
8112 \(fn)" t nil)
8113
8114 ;;;***
8115 \f
8116 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ehelp" "ehelp.el" (21953 58033 247058 929000))
8117 ;;; Generated autoloads from ehelp.el
8118
8119 (autoload 'with-electric-help "ehelp" "\
8120 Pop up an \"electric\" help buffer.
8121 THUNK is a function of no arguments which is called to initialize the
8122 contents of BUFFER. BUFFER defaults to `*Help*'. BUFFER will be
8123 erased before THUNK is called unless NOERASE is non-nil. THUNK will
8124 be called while BUFFER is current and with `standard-output' bound to
8125 the buffer specified by BUFFER.
8126
8127 If THUNK returns nil, we display BUFFER starting at the top, and shrink
8128 the window to fit. If THUNK returns non-nil, we don't do those things.
8129
8130 After THUNK has been called, this function \"electrically\" pops up a
8131 window in which BUFFER is displayed and allows the user to scroll
8132 through that buffer in `electric-help-mode'. The window's height will
8133 be at least MINHEIGHT if this value is non-nil.
8134
8135 If THUNK returns nil, we display BUFFER starting at the top, and
8136 shrink the window to fit if `electric-help-shrink-window' is non-nil.
8137 If THUNK returns non-nil, we don't do those things.
8138
8139 When the user exits (with `electric-help-exit', or otherwise), the help
8140 buffer's window disappears (i.e., we use `save-window-excursion'), and
8141 BUFFER is put back into its original major mode.
8142
8143 \(fn THUNK &optional BUFFER NOERASE MINHEIGHT)" nil nil)
8144
8145 (autoload 'electric-helpify "ehelp" "\
8146
8147
8148 \(fn FUN &optional NAME)" nil nil)
8149
8150 ;;;***
8151 \f
8152 ;;;### (autoloads nil "eieio" "emacs-lisp/eieio.el" (22102 59970
8153 ;;;;;; 680776 103000))
8154 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/eieio.el
8155 (push (purecopy '(eieio 1 4)) package--builtin-versions)
8156
8157 ;;;***
8158 \f
8159 ;;;### (autoloads nil "eieio-core" "emacs-lisp/eieio-core.el" (22102
8160 ;;;;;; 59970 668776 103000))
8161 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/eieio-core.el
8162 (push (purecopy '(eieio-core 1 4)) package--builtin-versions)
8163
8164 (autoload 'eieio-defclass-autoload "eieio-core" "\
8165 Create autoload symbols for the EIEIO class CNAME.
8166 SUPERCLASSES are the superclasses that CNAME inherits from.
8167 DOC is the docstring for CNAME.
8168 This function creates a mock-class for CNAME and adds it into
8169 SUPERCLASSES as children.
8170 It creates an autoload function for CNAME's constructor.
8171
8172 \(fn CNAME SUPERCLASSES FILENAME DOC)" nil nil)
8173
8174 ;;;***
8175 \f
8176 ;;;### (autoloads nil "elec-pair" "elec-pair.el" (21888 48869 288181
8177 ;;;;;; 796000))
8178 ;;; Generated autoloads from elec-pair.el
8179
8180 (defvar electric-pair-text-pairs '((34 . 34)) "\
8181 Alist of pairs that should always be used in comments and strings.
8182
8183 Pairs of delimiters in this list are a fallback in case they have
8184 no syntax relevant to `electric-pair-mode' in the syntax table
8185 defined in `electric-pair-text-syntax-table'")
8186
8187 (custom-autoload 'electric-pair-text-pairs "elec-pair" t)
8188
8189 (defvar electric-pair-mode nil "\
8190 Non-nil if Electric-Pair mode is enabled.
8191 See the command `electric-pair-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
8192 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
8193 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
8194 or call the function `electric-pair-mode'.")
8195
8196 (custom-autoload 'electric-pair-mode "elec-pair" nil)
8197
8198 (autoload 'electric-pair-mode "elec-pair" "\
8199 Toggle automatic parens pairing (Electric Pair mode).
8200 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Electric Pair mode if ARG is
8201 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
8202 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
8203
8204 Electric Pair mode is a global minor mode. When enabled, typing
8205 an open parenthesis automatically inserts the corresponding
8206 closing parenthesis. (Likewise for brackets, etc.). To toggle
8207 the mode in a single buffer, use `electric-pair-local-mode'.
8208
8209 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8210
8211 (autoload 'electric-pair-local-mode "elec-pair" "\
8212 Toggle `electric-pair-mode' only in this buffer.
8213
8214 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8215
8216 ;;;***
8217 \f
8218 ;;;### (autoloads nil "elide-head" "elide-head.el" (21670 32330 885624
8219 ;;;;;; 725000))
8220 ;;; Generated autoloads from elide-head.el
8221
8222 (autoload 'elide-head "elide-head" "\
8223 Hide header material in buffer according to `elide-head-headers-to-hide'.
8224
8225 The header is made invisible with an overlay. With a prefix arg, show
8226 an elided material again.
8227
8228 This is suitable as an entry on `find-file-hook' or appropriate mode hooks.
8229
8230 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8231
8232 ;;;***
8233 \f
8234 ;;;### (autoloads nil "elint" "emacs-lisp/elint.el" (22030 22952
8235 ;;;;;; 921158 467000))
8236 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/elint.el
8237
8238 (autoload 'elint-file "elint" "\
8239 Lint the file FILE.
8240
8241 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
8242
8243 (autoload 'elint-directory "elint" "\
8244 Lint all the .el files in DIRECTORY.
8245 A complicated directory may require a lot of memory.
8246
8247 \(fn DIRECTORY)" t nil)
8248
8249 (autoload 'elint-current-buffer "elint" "\
8250 Lint the current buffer.
8251 If necessary, this first calls `elint-initialize'.
8252
8253 \(fn)" t nil)
8254
8255 (autoload 'elint-defun "elint" "\
8256 Lint the function at point.
8257 If necessary, this first calls `elint-initialize'.
8258
8259 \(fn)" t nil)
8260
8261 (autoload 'elint-initialize "elint" "\
8262 Initialize elint.
8263 If elint is already initialized, this does nothing, unless
8264 optional prefix argument REINIT is non-nil.
8265
8266 \(fn &optional REINIT)" t nil)
8267
8268 ;;;***
8269 \f
8270 ;;;### (autoloads nil "elp" "emacs-lisp/elp.el" (21670 32330 885624
8271 ;;;;;; 725000))
8272 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/elp.el
8273
8274 (autoload 'elp-instrument-function "elp" "\
8275 Instrument FUNSYM for profiling.
8276 FUNSYM must be a symbol of a defined function.
8277
8278 \(fn FUNSYM)" t nil)
8279
8280 (autoload 'elp-instrument-list "elp" "\
8281 Instrument, for profiling, all functions in `elp-function-list'.
8282 Use optional LIST if provided instead.
8283 If called interactively, read LIST using the minibuffer.
8284
8285 \(fn &optional LIST)" t nil)
8286
8287 (autoload 'elp-instrument-package "elp" "\
8288 Instrument for profiling, all functions which start with PREFIX.
8289 For example, to instrument all ELP functions, do the following:
8290
8291 \\[elp-instrument-package] RET elp- RET
8292
8293 \(fn PREFIX)" t nil)
8294
8295 (autoload 'elp-results "elp" "\
8296 Display current profiling results.
8297 If `elp-reset-after-results' is non-nil, then current profiling
8298 information for all instrumented functions is reset after results are
8299 displayed.
8300
8301 \(fn)" t nil)
8302
8303 ;;;***
8304 \f
8305 ;;;### (autoloads nil "emacs-lock" "emacs-lock.el" (21670 32330 885624
8306 ;;;;;; 725000))
8307 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lock.el
8308
8309 (autoload 'emacs-lock-mode "emacs-lock" "\
8310 Toggle Emacs Lock mode in the current buffer.
8311 If called with a plain prefix argument, ask for the locking mode
8312 to be used. With any other prefix ARG, turn mode on if ARG is
8313 positive, off otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode if
8314 ARG is omitted or nil.
8315
8316 Initially, if the user does not pass an explicit locking mode, it
8317 defaults to `emacs-lock-default-locking-mode' (which see);
8318 afterwards, the locking mode most recently set on the buffer is
8319 used instead.
8320
8321 When called from Elisp code, ARG can be any locking mode:
8322
8323 exit -- Emacs cannot exit while the buffer is locked
8324 kill -- the buffer cannot be killed, but Emacs can exit as usual
8325 all -- the buffer is locked against both actions
8326
8327 Other values are interpreted as usual.
8328
8329 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8330
8331 ;;;***
8332 \f
8333 ;;;### (autoloads nil "emacsbug" "mail/emacsbug.el" (22030 22952
8334 ;;;;;; 933158 467000))
8335 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/emacsbug.el
8336
8337 (autoload 'report-emacs-bug "emacsbug" "\
8338 Report a bug in GNU Emacs.
8339 Prompts for bug subject. Leaves you in a mail buffer.
8340
8341 \(fn TOPIC &optional UNUSED)" t nil)
8342
8343 (set-advertised-calling-convention 'report-emacs-bug '(topic) '"24.5")
8344
8345 ;;;***
8346 \f
8347 ;;;### (autoloads nil "emerge" "vc/emerge.el" (21953 58033 507058
8348 ;;;;;; 929000))
8349 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/emerge.el
8350
8351 (autoload 'emerge-files "emerge" "\
8352 Run Emerge on two files.
8353
8354 \(fn ARG FILE-A FILE-B FILE-OUT &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
8355
8356 (autoload 'emerge-files-with-ancestor "emerge" "\
8357 Run Emerge on two files, giving another file as the ancestor.
8358
8359 \(fn ARG FILE-A FILE-B FILE-ANCESTOR FILE-OUT &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
8360
8361 (autoload 'emerge-buffers "emerge" "\
8362 Run Emerge on two buffers.
8363
8364 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
8365
8366 (autoload 'emerge-buffers-with-ancestor "emerge" "\
8367 Run Emerge on two buffers, giving another buffer as the ancestor.
8368
8369 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B BUFFER-ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
8370
8371 (autoload 'emerge-files-command "emerge" "\
8372
8373
8374 \(fn)" nil nil)
8375
8376 (autoload 'emerge-files-with-ancestor-command "emerge" "\
8377
8378
8379 \(fn)" nil nil)
8380
8381 (autoload 'emerge-files-remote "emerge" "\
8382
8383
8384 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-OUT)" nil nil)
8385
8386 (autoload 'emerge-files-with-ancestor-remote "emerge" "\
8387
8388
8389 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-ANC FILE-OUT)" nil nil)
8390
8391 (autoload 'emerge-revisions "emerge" "\
8392 Emerge two RCS revisions of a file.
8393
8394 \(fn ARG FILE REVISION-A REVISION-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
8395
8396 (autoload 'emerge-revisions-with-ancestor "emerge" "\
8397 Emerge two RCS revisions of a file, with another revision as ancestor.
8398
8399 \(fn ARG FILE REVISION-A REVISION-B ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
8400
8401 (autoload 'emerge-merge-directories "emerge" "\
8402
8403
8404 \(fn A-DIR B-DIR ANCESTOR-DIR OUTPUT-DIR)" t nil)
8405
8406 ;;;***
8407 \f
8408 ;;;### (autoloads nil "enriched" "textmodes/enriched.el" (21691 38459
8409 ;;;;;; 74604 918000))
8410 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/enriched.el
8411
8412 (autoload 'enriched-mode "enriched" "\
8413 Minor mode for editing text/enriched files.
8414 These are files with embedded formatting information in the MIME standard
8415 text/enriched format.
8416
8417 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
8418 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
8419 if ARG is omitted or nil.
8420
8421 Turning the mode on or off runs `enriched-mode-hook'.
8422
8423 More information about Enriched mode is available in the file
8424 \"enriched.txt\" in `data-directory'.
8425
8426 Commands:
8427
8428 \\{enriched-mode-map}
8429
8430 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8431
8432 (autoload 'enriched-encode "enriched" "\
8433
8434
8435 \(fn FROM TO ORIG-BUF)" nil nil)
8436
8437 (autoload 'enriched-decode "enriched" "\
8438
8439
8440 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
8441
8442 ;;;***
8443 \f
8444 ;;;### (autoloads nil "epa" "epa.el" (22093 44991 758016 539000))
8445 ;;; Generated autoloads from epa.el
8446
8447 (autoload 'epa-list-keys "epa" "\
8448 List all keys matched with NAME from the public keyring.
8449
8450 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
8451
8452 (autoload 'epa-list-secret-keys "epa" "\
8453 List all keys matched with NAME from the private keyring.
8454
8455 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
8456
8457 (autoload 'epa-select-keys "epa" "\
8458 Display a user's keyring and ask him to select keys.
8459 CONTEXT is an epg-context.
8460 PROMPT is a string to prompt with.
8461 NAMES is a list of strings to be matched with keys. If it is nil, all
8462 the keys are listed.
8463 If SECRET is non-nil, list secret keys instead of public keys.
8464
8465 \(fn CONTEXT PROMPT &optional NAMES SECRET)" nil nil)
8466
8467 (autoload 'epa-decrypt-file "epa" "\
8468 Decrypt DECRYPT-FILE into PLAIN-FILE.
8469 If you do not specify PLAIN-FILE, this functions prompts for the value to use.
8470
8471 \(fn DECRYPT-FILE &optional PLAIN-FILE)" t nil)
8472
8473 (autoload 'epa-verify-file "epa" "\
8474 Verify FILE.
8475
8476 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
8477
8478 (autoload 'epa-sign-file "epa" "\
8479 Sign FILE by SIGNERS keys selected.
8480
8481 \(fn FILE SIGNERS MODE)" t nil)
8482
8483 (autoload 'epa-encrypt-file "epa" "\
8484 Encrypt FILE for RECIPIENTS.
8485
8486 \(fn FILE RECIPIENTS)" t nil)
8487
8488 (autoload 'epa-decrypt-region "epa" "\
8489 Decrypt the current region between START and END.
8490
8491 If MAKE-BUFFER-FUNCTION is non-nil, call it to prepare an output buffer.
8492 It should return that buffer. If it copies the input, it should
8493 delete the text now being decrypted. It should leave point at the
8494 proper place to insert the plaintext.
8495
8496 Be careful about using this command in Lisp programs!
8497 Since this function operates on regions, it does some tricks such
8498 as coding-system detection and unibyte/multibyte conversion. If
8499 you are sure how the data in the region should be treated, you
8500 should consider using the string based counterpart
8501 `epg-decrypt-string', or the file based counterpart
8502 `epg-decrypt-file' instead.
8503
8504 For example:
8505
8506 \(let ((context (epg-make-context \\='OpenPGP)))
8507 (decode-coding-string
8508 (epg-decrypt-string context (buffer-substring start end))
8509 \\='utf-8))
8510
8511 \(fn START END &optional MAKE-BUFFER-FUNCTION)" t nil)
8512
8513 (autoload 'epa-decrypt-armor-in-region "epa" "\
8514 Decrypt OpenPGP armors in the current region between START and END.
8515
8516 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8517 See the reason described in the `epa-decrypt-region' documentation.
8518
8519 \(fn START END)" t nil)
8520
8521 (function-put 'epa-decrypt-armor-in-region 'interactive-only 't)
8522
8523 (autoload 'epa-verify-region "epa" "\
8524 Verify the current region between START and END.
8525
8526 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8527 Since this function operates on regions, it does some tricks such
8528 as coding-system detection and unibyte/multibyte conversion. If
8529 you are sure how the data in the region should be treated, you
8530 should consider using the string based counterpart
8531 `epg-verify-string', or the file based counterpart
8532 `epg-verify-file' instead.
8533
8534 For example:
8535
8536 \(let ((context (epg-make-context \\='OpenPGP)))
8537 (decode-coding-string
8538 (epg-verify-string context (buffer-substring start end))
8539 \\='utf-8))
8540
8541 \(fn START END)" t nil)
8542
8543 (function-put 'epa-verify-region 'interactive-only 't)
8544
8545 (autoload 'epa-verify-cleartext-in-region "epa" "\
8546 Verify OpenPGP cleartext signed messages in the current region
8547 between START and END.
8548
8549 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8550 See the reason described in the `epa-verify-region' documentation.
8551
8552 \(fn START END)" t nil)
8553
8554 (function-put 'epa-verify-cleartext-in-region 'interactive-only 't)
8555
8556 (autoload 'epa-sign-region "epa" "\
8557 Sign the current region between START and END by SIGNERS keys selected.
8558
8559 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8560 Since this function operates on regions, it does some tricks such
8561 as coding-system detection and unibyte/multibyte conversion. If
8562 you are sure how the data should be treated, you should consider
8563 using the string based counterpart `epg-sign-string', or the file
8564 based counterpart `epg-sign-file' instead.
8565
8566 For example:
8567
8568 \(let ((context (epg-make-context \\='OpenPGP)))
8569 (epg-sign-string
8570 context
8571 (encode-coding-string (buffer-substring start end) \\='utf-8)))
8572
8573 \(fn START END SIGNERS MODE)" t nil)
8574
8575 (function-put 'epa-sign-region 'interactive-only 't)
8576
8577 (autoload 'epa-encrypt-region "epa" "\
8578 Encrypt the current region between START and END for RECIPIENTS.
8579
8580 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8581 Since this function operates on regions, it does some tricks such
8582 as coding-system detection and unibyte/multibyte conversion. If
8583 you are sure how the data should be treated, you should consider
8584 using the string based counterpart `epg-encrypt-string', or the
8585 file based counterpart `epg-encrypt-file' instead.
8586
8587 For example:
8588
8589 \(let ((context (epg-make-context \\='OpenPGP)))
8590 (epg-encrypt-string
8591 context
8592 (encode-coding-string (buffer-substring start end) \\='utf-8)
8593 nil))
8594
8595 \(fn START END RECIPIENTS SIGN SIGNERS)" t nil)
8596
8597 (function-put 'epa-encrypt-region 'interactive-only 't)
8598
8599 (autoload 'epa-delete-keys "epa" "\
8600 Delete selected KEYS.
8601
8602 \(fn KEYS &optional ALLOW-SECRET)" t nil)
8603
8604 (autoload 'epa-import-keys "epa" "\
8605 Import keys from FILE.
8606
8607 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
8608
8609 (autoload 'epa-import-keys-region "epa" "\
8610 Import keys from the region.
8611
8612 \(fn START END)" t nil)
8613
8614 (autoload 'epa-import-armor-in-region "epa" "\
8615 Import keys in the OpenPGP armor format in the current region
8616 between START and END.
8617
8618 \(fn START END)" t nil)
8619
8620 (autoload 'epa-export-keys "epa" "\
8621 Export selected KEYS to FILE.
8622
8623 \(fn KEYS FILE)" t nil)
8624
8625 (autoload 'epa-insert-keys "epa" "\
8626 Insert selected KEYS after the point.
8627
8628 \(fn KEYS)" t nil)
8629
8630 ;;;***
8631 \f
8632 ;;;### (autoloads nil "epa-dired" "epa-dired.el" (21670 32330 885624
8633 ;;;;;; 725000))
8634 ;;; Generated autoloads from epa-dired.el
8635
8636 (autoload 'epa-dired-do-decrypt "epa-dired" "\
8637 Decrypt marked files.
8638
8639 \(fn)" t nil)
8640
8641 (autoload 'epa-dired-do-verify "epa-dired" "\
8642 Verify marked files.
8643
8644 \(fn)" t nil)
8645
8646 (autoload 'epa-dired-do-sign "epa-dired" "\
8647 Sign marked files.
8648
8649 \(fn)" t nil)
8650
8651 (autoload 'epa-dired-do-encrypt "epa-dired" "\
8652 Encrypt marked files.
8653
8654 \(fn)" t nil)
8655
8656 ;;;***
8657 \f
8658 ;;;### (autoloads nil "epa-file" "epa-file.el" (21964 28338 113695
8659 ;;;;;; 749000))
8660 ;;; Generated autoloads from epa-file.el
8661
8662 (autoload 'epa-file-handler "epa-file" "\
8663
8664
8665 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
8666
8667 (autoload 'epa-file-enable "epa-file" "\
8668
8669
8670 \(fn)" t nil)
8671
8672 (autoload 'epa-file-disable "epa-file" "\
8673
8674
8675 \(fn)" t nil)
8676
8677 ;;;***
8678 \f
8679 ;;;### (autoloads nil "epa-mail" "epa-mail.el" (21670 32330 885624
8680 ;;;;;; 725000))
8681 ;;; Generated autoloads from epa-mail.el
8682
8683 (autoload 'epa-mail-mode "epa-mail" "\
8684 A minor-mode for composing encrypted/clearsigned mails.
8685 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
8686 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
8687 if ARG is omitted or nil.
8688
8689 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8690
8691 (autoload 'epa-mail-decrypt "epa-mail" "\
8692 Decrypt OpenPGP armors in the current buffer.
8693 The buffer is expected to contain a mail message.
8694
8695 \(fn)" t nil)
8696
8697 (function-put 'epa-mail-decrypt 'interactive-only 't)
8698
8699 (autoload 'epa-mail-verify "epa-mail" "\
8700 Verify OpenPGP cleartext signed messages in the current buffer.
8701 The buffer is expected to contain a mail message.
8702
8703 \(fn)" t nil)
8704
8705 (function-put 'epa-mail-verify 'interactive-only 't)
8706
8707 (autoload 'epa-mail-sign "epa-mail" "\
8708 Sign the current buffer.
8709 The buffer is expected to contain a mail message.
8710
8711 \(fn START END SIGNERS MODE)" t nil)
8712
8713 (function-put 'epa-mail-sign 'interactive-only 't)
8714
8715 (autoload 'epa-mail-encrypt "epa-mail" "\
8716 Encrypt the outgoing mail message in the current buffer.
8717 Takes the recipients from the text in the header in the buffer
8718 and translates them through `epa-mail-aliases'.
8719 With prefix argument, asks you to select among them interactively
8720 and also whether and how to sign.
8721
8722 Called from Lisp, the optional argument RECIPIENTS is a list
8723 of recipient addresses, t to perform symmetric encryption,
8724 or nil meaning use the defaults.
8725
8726 SIGNERS is a list of keys to sign the message with.
8727
8728 \(fn &optional RECIPIENTS SIGNERS)" t nil)
8729
8730 (autoload 'epa-mail-import-keys "epa-mail" "\
8731 Import keys in the OpenPGP armor format in the current buffer.
8732 The buffer is expected to contain a mail message.
8733
8734 \(fn)" t nil)
8735
8736 (function-put 'epa-mail-import-keys 'interactive-only 't)
8737
8738 (defvar epa-global-mail-mode nil "\
8739 Non-nil if Epa-Global-Mail mode is enabled.
8740 See the command `epa-global-mail-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
8741 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
8742 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
8743 or call the function `epa-global-mail-mode'.")
8744
8745 (custom-autoload 'epa-global-mail-mode "epa-mail" nil)
8746
8747 (autoload 'epa-global-mail-mode "epa-mail" "\
8748 Minor mode to hook EasyPG into Mail mode.
8749 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
8750 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
8751 if ARG is omitted or nil.
8752
8753 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8754
8755 ;;;***
8756 \f
8757 ;;;### (autoloads nil "epg" "epg.el" (22076 35900 86633 595000))
8758 ;;; Generated autoloads from epg.el
8759 (push (purecopy '(epg 1 0 0)) package--builtin-versions)
8760
8761 (autoload 'epg-make-context "epg" "\
8762 Return a context object.
8763
8764 \(fn &optional PROTOCOL ARMOR TEXTMODE INCLUDE-CERTS CIPHER-ALGORITHM DIGEST-ALGORITHM COMPRESS-ALGORITHM)" nil nil)
8765
8766 ;;;***
8767 \f
8768 ;;;### (autoloads nil "epg-config" "epg-config.el" (21927 33969 780642
8769 ;;;;;; 720000))
8770 ;;; Generated autoloads from epg-config.el
8771
8772 (autoload 'epg-configuration "epg-config" "\
8773 Return a list of internal configuration parameters of `epg-gpg-program'.
8774
8775 \(fn)" nil nil)
8776
8777 (autoload 'epg-check-configuration "epg-config" "\
8778 Verify that a sufficient version of GnuPG is installed.
8779
8780 \(fn CONFIG &optional MINIMUM-VERSION)" nil nil)
8781
8782 (autoload 'epg-expand-group "epg-config" "\
8783 Look at CONFIG and try to expand GROUP.
8784
8785 \(fn CONFIG GROUP)" nil nil)
8786
8787 ;;;***
8788 \f
8789 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc" "erc/erc.el" (22011 58553 477858 469000))
8790 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc.el
8791 (push (purecopy '(erc 5 3)) package--builtin-versions)
8792
8793 (autoload 'erc-select-read-args "erc" "\
8794 Prompt the user for values of nick, server, port, and password.
8795
8796 \(fn)" nil nil)
8797
8798 (autoload 'erc "erc" "\
8799 ERC is a powerful, modular, and extensible IRC client.
8800 This function is the main entry point for ERC.
8801
8802 It permits you to select connection parameters, and then starts ERC.
8803
8804 Non-interactively, it takes the keyword arguments
8805 (server (erc-compute-server))
8806 (port (erc-compute-port))
8807 (nick (erc-compute-nick))
8808 password
8809 (full-name (erc-compute-full-name)))
8810
8811 That is, if called with
8812
8813 (erc :server \"irc.freenode.net\" :full-name \"Harry S Truman\")
8814
8815 then the server and full-name will be set to those values, whereas
8816 `erc-compute-port', `erc-compute-nick' and `erc-compute-full-name' will
8817 be invoked for the values of the other parameters.
8818
8819 \(fn &key (SERVER (erc-compute-server)) (PORT (erc-compute-port)) (NICK (erc-compute-nick)) PASSWORD (FULL-NAME (erc-compute-full-name)))" t nil)
8820
8821 (defalias 'erc-select 'erc)
8822
8823 (autoload 'erc-tls "erc" "\
8824 Interactively select TLS connection parameters and run ERC.
8825 Arguments are the same as for `erc'.
8826
8827 \(fn &rest R)" t nil)
8828
8829 (autoload 'erc-handle-irc-url "erc" "\
8830 Use ERC to IRC on HOST:PORT in CHANNEL as USER with PASSWORD.
8831 If ERC is already connected to HOST:PORT, simply /join CHANNEL.
8832 Otherwise, connect to HOST:PORT as USER and /join CHANNEL.
8833
8834 \(fn HOST PORT CHANNEL USER PASSWORD)" nil nil)
8835
8836 ;;;***
8837 \f
8838 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-autoaway" "erc/erc-autoaway.el" (21989
8839 ;;;;;; 31537 763825 721000))
8840 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-autoaway.el
8841 (autoload 'erc-autoaway-mode "erc-autoaway")
8842
8843 ;;;***
8844 \f
8845 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-button" "erc/erc-button.el" (21998 46517
8846 ;;;;;; 30024 649000))
8847 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-button.el
8848 (autoload 'erc-button-mode "erc-button" nil t)
8849
8850 ;;;***
8851 \f
8852 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-capab" "erc/erc-capab.el" (21670 32330
8853 ;;;;;; 885624 725000))
8854 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-capab.el
8855 (autoload 'erc-capab-identify-mode "erc-capab" nil t)
8856
8857 ;;;***
8858 \f
8859 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-compat" "erc/erc-compat.el" (21670 32330
8860 ;;;;;; 885624 725000))
8861 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-compat.el
8862 (autoload 'erc-define-minor-mode "erc-compat")
8863
8864 ;;;***
8865 \f
8866 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-dcc" "erc/erc-dcc.el" (21998 46517 30024
8867 ;;;;;; 649000))
8868 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-dcc.el
8869 (autoload 'erc-dcc-mode "erc-dcc")
8870
8871 (autoload 'erc-cmd-DCC "erc-dcc" "\
8872 Parser for /dcc command.
8873 This figures out the dcc subcommand and calls the appropriate routine to
8874 handle it. The function dispatched should be named \"erc-dcc-do-FOO-command\",
8875 where FOO is one of CLOSE, GET, SEND, LIST, CHAT, etc.
8876
8877 \(fn CMD &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
8878
8879 (autoload 'pcomplete/erc-mode/DCC "erc-dcc" "\
8880 Provides completion for the /DCC command.
8881
8882 \(fn)" nil nil)
8883
8884 (defvar erc-ctcp-query-DCC-hook '(erc-ctcp-query-DCC) "\
8885 Hook variable for CTCP DCC queries.")
8886
8887 (autoload 'erc-ctcp-query-DCC "erc-dcc" "\
8888 The function called when a CTCP DCC request is detected by the client.
8889 It examines the DCC subcommand, and calls the appropriate routine for
8890 that subcommand.
8891
8892 \(fn PROC NICK LOGIN HOST TO QUERY)" nil nil)
8893
8894 ;;;***
8895 \f
8896 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-desktop-notifications" "erc/erc-desktop-notifications.el"
8897 ;;;;;; (21670 32330 885624 725000))
8898 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-desktop-notifications.el
8899 (autoload 'erc-notifications-mode "erc-desktop-notifications" "" t)
8900
8901 ;;;***
8902 \f
8903 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-ezbounce" "erc/erc-ezbounce.el" (21855
8904 ;;;;;; 576 787951 155000))
8905 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-ezbounce.el
8906
8907 (autoload 'erc-cmd-ezb "erc-ezbounce" "\
8908 Send EZB commands to the EZBouncer verbatim.
8909
8910 \(fn LINE &optional FORCE)" nil nil)
8911
8912 (autoload 'erc-ezb-get-login "erc-ezbounce" "\
8913 Return an appropriate EZBounce login for SERVER and PORT.
8914 Look up entries in `erc-ezb-login-alist'. If the username or password
8915 in the alist is nil, prompt for the appropriate values.
8916
8917 \(fn SERVER PORT)" nil nil)
8918
8919 (autoload 'erc-ezb-lookup-action "erc-ezbounce" "\
8920
8921
8922 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
8923
8924 (autoload 'erc-ezb-notice-autodetect "erc-ezbounce" "\
8925 React on an EZBounce NOTICE request.
8926
8927 \(fn PROC PARSED)" nil nil)
8928
8929 (autoload 'erc-ezb-identify "erc-ezbounce" "\
8930 Identify to the EZBouncer server.
8931
8932 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
8933
8934 (autoload 'erc-ezb-init-session-list "erc-ezbounce" "\
8935 Reset the EZBounce session list to nil.
8936
8937 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
8938
8939 (autoload 'erc-ezb-end-of-session-list "erc-ezbounce" "\
8940 Indicate the end of the EZBounce session listing.
8941
8942 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
8943
8944 (autoload 'erc-ezb-add-session "erc-ezbounce" "\
8945 Add an EZBounce session to the session list.
8946
8947 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
8948
8949 (autoload 'erc-ezb-select "erc-ezbounce" "\
8950 Select an IRC server to use by EZBounce, in ERC style.
8951
8952 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
8953
8954 (autoload 'erc-ezb-select-session "erc-ezbounce" "\
8955 Select a detached EZBounce session.
8956
8957 \(fn)" nil nil)
8958
8959 (autoload 'erc-ezb-initialize "erc-ezbounce" "\
8960 Add EZBouncer convenience functions to ERC.
8961
8962 \(fn)" nil nil)
8963
8964 ;;;***
8965 \f
8966 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-fill" "erc/erc-fill.el" (21989 31537 771825
8967 ;;;;;; 721000))
8968 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-fill.el
8969 (autoload 'erc-fill-mode "erc-fill" nil t)
8970
8971 (autoload 'erc-fill "erc-fill" "\
8972 Fill a region using the function referenced in `erc-fill-function'.
8973 You can put this on `erc-insert-modify-hook' and/or `erc-send-modify-hook'.
8974
8975 \(fn)" nil nil)
8976
8977 ;;;***
8978 \f
8979 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-identd" "erc/erc-identd.el" (21670 32330
8980 ;;;;;; 885624 725000))
8981 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-identd.el
8982 (autoload 'erc-identd-mode "erc-identd")
8983
8984 (autoload 'erc-identd-start "erc-identd" "\
8985 Start an identd server listening to port 8113.
8986 Port 113 (auth) will need to be redirected to port 8113 on your
8987 machine -- using iptables, or a program like redir which can be
8988 run from inetd. The idea is to provide a simple identd server
8989 when you need one, without having to install one globally on your
8990 system.
8991
8992 \(fn &optional PORT)" t nil)
8993
8994 (autoload 'erc-identd-stop "erc-identd" "\
8995
8996
8997 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
8998
8999 ;;;***
9000 \f
9001 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-imenu" "erc/erc-imenu.el" (21670 32330
9002 ;;;;;; 885624 725000))
9003 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-imenu.el
9004
9005 (autoload 'erc-create-imenu-index "erc-imenu" "\
9006
9007
9008 \(fn)" nil nil)
9009
9010 ;;;***
9011 \f
9012 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-join" "erc/erc-join.el" (21670 32330 885624
9013 ;;;;;; 725000))
9014 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-join.el
9015 (autoload 'erc-autojoin-mode "erc-join" nil t)
9016
9017 ;;;***
9018 \f
9019 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-list" "erc/erc-list.el" (21670 32330 885624
9020 ;;;;;; 725000))
9021 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-list.el
9022 (autoload 'erc-list-mode "erc-list")
9023
9024 ;;;***
9025 \f
9026 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-log" "erc/erc-log.el" (21670 32330 885624
9027 ;;;;;; 725000))
9028 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-log.el
9029 (autoload 'erc-log-mode "erc-log" nil t)
9030
9031 (autoload 'erc-logging-enabled "erc-log" "\
9032 Return non-nil if logging is enabled for BUFFER.
9033 If BUFFER is nil, the value of `current-buffer' is used.
9034 Logging is enabled if `erc-log-channels-directory' is non-nil, the directory
9035 is writable (it will be created as necessary) and
9036 `erc-enable-logging' returns a non-nil value.
9037
9038 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" nil nil)
9039
9040 (autoload 'erc-save-buffer-in-logs "erc-log" "\
9041 Append BUFFER contents to the log file, if logging is enabled.
9042 If BUFFER is not provided, current buffer is used.
9043 Logging is enabled if `erc-logging-enabled' returns non-nil.
9044
9045 This is normally done on exit, to save the unsaved portion of the
9046 buffer, since only the text that runs off the buffer limit is logged
9047 automatically.
9048
9049 You can save every individual message by putting this function on
9050 `erc-insert-post-hook'.
9051
9052 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
9053
9054 ;;;***
9055 \f
9056 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-match" "erc/erc-match.el" (22011 58553
9057 ;;;;;; 461858 469000))
9058 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-match.el
9059 (autoload 'erc-match-mode "erc-match")
9060
9061 (autoload 'erc-add-pal "erc-match" "\
9062 Add pal interactively to `erc-pals'.
9063
9064 \(fn)" t nil)
9065
9066 (autoload 'erc-delete-pal "erc-match" "\
9067 Delete pal interactively to `erc-pals'.
9068
9069 \(fn)" t nil)
9070
9071 (autoload 'erc-add-fool "erc-match" "\
9072 Add fool interactively to `erc-fools'.
9073
9074 \(fn)" t nil)
9075
9076 (autoload 'erc-delete-fool "erc-match" "\
9077 Delete fool interactively to `erc-fools'.
9078
9079 \(fn)" t nil)
9080
9081 (autoload 'erc-add-keyword "erc-match" "\
9082 Add keyword interactively to `erc-keywords'.
9083
9084 \(fn)" t nil)
9085
9086 (autoload 'erc-delete-keyword "erc-match" "\
9087 Delete keyword interactively to `erc-keywords'.
9088
9089 \(fn)" t nil)
9090
9091 (autoload 'erc-add-dangerous-host "erc-match" "\
9092 Add dangerous-host interactively to `erc-dangerous-hosts'.
9093
9094 \(fn)" t nil)
9095
9096 (autoload 'erc-delete-dangerous-host "erc-match" "\
9097 Delete dangerous-host interactively to `erc-dangerous-hosts'.
9098
9099 \(fn)" t nil)
9100
9101 ;;;***
9102 \f
9103 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-menu" "erc/erc-menu.el" (21670 32330 885624
9104 ;;;;;; 725000))
9105 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-menu.el
9106 (autoload 'erc-menu-mode "erc-menu" nil t)
9107
9108 ;;;***
9109 \f
9110 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-netsplit" "erc/erc-netsplit.el" (21670
9111 ;;;;;; 32330 885624 725000))
9112 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-netsplit.el
9113 (autoload 'erc-netsplit-mode "erc-netsplit")
9114
9115 (autoload 'erc-cmd-WHOLEFT "erc-netsplit" "\
9116 Show who's gone.
9117
9118 \(fn)" nil nil)
9119
9120 ;;;***
9121 \f
9122 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-networks" "erc/erc-networks.el" (22011
9123 ;;;;;; 58553 473858 469000))
9124 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-networks.el
9125
9126 (autoload 'erc-determine-network "erc-networks" "\
9127 Return the name of the network or \"Unknown\" as a symbol. Use the
9128 server parameter NETWORK if provided, otherwise parse the server name and
9129 search for a match in `erc-networks-alist'.
9130
9131 \(fn)" nil nil)
9132
9133 (autoload 'erc-server-select "erc-networks" "\
9134 Interactively select a server to connect to using `erc-server-alist'.
9135
9136 \(fn)" t nil)
9137
9138 ;;;***
9139 \f
9140 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-notify" "erc/erc-notify.el" (21670 32330
9141 ;;;;;; 885624 725000))
9142 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-notify.el
9143 (autoload 'erc-notify-mode "erc-notify" nil t)
9144
9145 (autoload 'erc-cmd-NOTIFY "erc-notify" "\
9146 Change `erc-notify-list' or list current notify-list members online.
9147 Without args, list the current list of notified people online,
9148 with args, toggle notify status of people.
9149
9150 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
9151
9152 (autoload 'pcomplete/erc-mode/NOTIFY "erc-notify" "\
9153
9154
9155 \(fn)" nil nil)
9156
9157 ;;;***
9158 \f
9159 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-page" "erc/erc-page.el" (21670 32330 885624
9160 ;;;;;; 725000))
9161 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-page.el
9162 (autoload 'erc-page-mode "erc-page")
9163
9164 ;;;***
9165 \f
9166 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-pcomplete" "erc/erc-pcomplete.el" (22079
9167 ;;;;;; 12092 327174 267000))
9168 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-pcomplete.el
9169 (autoload 'erc-completion-mode "erc-pcomplete" nil t)
9170
9171 ;;;***
9172 \f
9173 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-replace" "erc/erc-replace.el" (21670 32330
9174 ;;;;;; 885624 725000))
9175 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-replace.el
9176 (autoload 'erc-replace-mode "erc-replace")
9177
9178 ;;;***
9179 \f
9180 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-ring" "erc/erc-ring.el" (21670 32330 885624
9181 ;;;;;; 725000))
9182 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-ring.el
9183 (autoload 'erc-ring-mode "erc-ring" nil t)
9184
9185 ;;;***
9186 \f
9187 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-services" "erc/erc-services.el" (22011
9188 ;;;;;; 58553 473858 469000))
9189 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-services.el
9190 (autoload 'erc-services-mode "erc-services" nil t)
9191
9192 (autoload 'erc-nickserv-identify-mode "erc-services" "\
9193 Set up hooks according to which MODE the user has chosen.
9194
9195 \(fn MODE)" t nil)
9196
9197 (autoload 'erc-nickserv-identify "erc-services" "\
9198 Send an \"identify <PASSWORD>\" message to NickServ.
9199 When called interactively, read the password using `read-passwd'.
9200
9201 \(fn PASSWORD)" t nil)
9202
9203 ;;;***
9204 \f
9205 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-sound" "erc/erc-sound.el" (21670 32330
9206 ;;;;;; 885624 725000))
9207 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-sound.el
9208 (autoload 'erc-sound-mode "erc-sound")
9209
9210 ;;;***
9211 \f
9212 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-speedbar" "erc/erc-speedbar.el" (21980
9213 ;;;;;; 16567 521544 893000))
9214 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-speedbar.el
9215
9216 (autoload 'erc-speedbar-browser "erc-speedbar" "\
9217 Initialize speedbar to display an ERC browser.
9218 This will add a speedbar major display mode.
9219
9220 \(fn)" t nil)
9221
9222 ;;;***
9223 \f
9224 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-spelling" "erc/erc-spelling.el" (21727
9225 ;;;;;; 11963 635339 992000))
9226 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-spelling.el
9227 (autoload 'erc-spelling-mode "erc-spelling" nil t)
9228
9229 ;;;***
9230 \f
9231 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-stamp" "erc/erc-stamp.el" (21860 18496
9232 ;;;;;; 27951 644000))
9233 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-stamp.el
9234 (autoload 'erc-timestamp-mode "erc-stamp" nil t)
9235
9236 ;;;***
9237 \f
9238 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-track" "erc/erc-track.el" (21980 16567
9239 ;;;;;; 521544 893000))
9240 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-track.el
9241
9242 (defvar erc-track-minor-mode nil "\
9243 Non-nil if Erc-Track minor mode is enabled.
9244 See the command `erc-track-minor-mode' for a description of this minor mode.")
9245
9246 (custom-autoload 'erc-track-minor-mode "erc-track" nil)
9247
9248 (autoload 'erc-track-minor-mode "erc-track" "\
9249 Toggle mode line display of ERC activity (ERC Track minor mode).
9250 With a prefix argument ARG, enable ERC Track minor mode if ARG is
9251 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
9252 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
9253
9254 ERC Track minor mode is a global minor mode. It exists for the
9255 sole purpose of providing the C-c C-SPC and C-c C-@ keybindings.
9256 Make sure that you have enabled the track module, otherwise the
9257 keybindings will not do anything useful.
9258
9259 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
9260 (autoload 'erc-track-mode "erc-track" nil t)
9261
9262 ;;;***
9263 \f
9264 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-truncate" "erc/erc-truncate.el" (21670
9265 ;;;;;; 32330 885624 725000))
9266 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-truncate.el
9267 (autoload 'erc-truncate-mode "erc-truncate" nil t)
9268
9269 (autoload 'erc-truncate-buffer-to-size "erc-truncate" "\
9270 Truncates the buffer to the size SIZE.
9271 If BUFFER is not provided, the current buffer is assumed. The deleted
9272 region is logged if `erc-logging-enabled' returns non-nil.
9273
9274 \(fn SIZE &optional BUFFER)" nil nil)
9275
9276 (autoload 'erc-truncate-buffer "erc-truncate" "\
9277 Truncates the current buffer to `erc-max-buffer-size'.
9278 Meant to be used in hooks, like `erc-insert-post-hook'.
9279
9280 \(fn)" t nil)
9281
9282 ;;;***
9283 \f
9284 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-xdcc" "erc/erc-xdcc.el" (21670 32330 885624
9285 ;;;;;; 725000))
9286 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-xdcc.el
9287 (autoload 'erc-xdcc-mode "erc-xdcc")
9288
9289 (autoload 'erc-xdcc-add-file "erc-xdcc" "\
9290 Add a file to `erc-xdcc-files'.
9291
9292 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
9293
9294 ;;;***
9295 \f
9296 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ert" "emacs-lisp/ert.el" (22063 20273 739891
9297 ;;;;;; 395000))
9298 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/ert.el
9299
9300 (autoload 'ert-deftest "ert" "\
9301 Define NAME (a symbol) as a test.
9302
9303 BODY is evaluated as a `progn' when the test is run. It should
9304 signal a condition on failure or just return if the test passes.
9305
9306 `should', `should-not', `should-error' and `skip-unless' are
9307 useful for assertions in BODY.
9308
9309 Use `ert' to run tests interactively.
9310
9311 Tests that are expected to fail can be marked as such
9312 using :expected-result. See `ert-test-result-type-p' for a
9313 description of valid values for RESULT-TYPE.
9314
9315 \(fn NAME () [DOCSTRING] [:expected-result RESULT-TYPE] [:tags '(TAG...)] BODY...)" nil t)
9316
9317 (function-put 'ert-deftest 'doc-string-elt '3)
9318
9319 (function-put 'ert-deftest 'lisp-indent-function '2)
9320
9321 (put 'ert-deftest 'lisp-indent-function 2)
9322
9323 (put 'ert-info 'lisp-indent-function 1)
9324
9325 (autoload 'ert-run-tests-batch "ert" "\
9326 Run the tests specified by SELECTOR, printing results to the terminal.
9327
9328 SELECTOR works as described in `ert-select-tests', except if
9329 SELECTOR is nil, in which case all tests rather than none will be
9330 run; this makes the command line \"emacs -batch -l my-tests.el -f
9331 ert-run-tests-batch-and-exit\" useful.
9332
9333 Returns the stats object.
9334
9335 \(fn &optional SELECTOR)" nil nil)
9336
9337 (autoload 'ert-run-tests-batch-and-exit "ert" "\
9338 Like `ert-run-tests-batch', but exits Emacs when done.
9339
9340 The exit status will be 0 if all test results were as expected, 1
9341 on unexpected results, or 2 if the tool detected an error outside
9342 of the tests (e.g. invalid SELECTOR or bug in the code that runs
9343 the tests).
9344
9345 \(fn &optional SELECTOR)" nil nil)
9346
9347 (autoload 'ert-run-tests-interactively "ert" "\
9348 Run the tests specified by SELECTOR and display the results in a buffer.
9349
9350 SELECTOR works as described in `ert-select-tests'.
9351 OUTPUT-BUFFER-NAME and MESSAGE-FN should normally be nil; they
9352 are used for automated self-tests and specify which buffer to use
9353 and how to display message.
9354
9355 \(fn SELECTOR &optional OUTPUT-BUFFER-NAME MESSAGE-FN)" t nil)
9356
9357 (defalias 'ert 'ert-run-tests-interactively)
9358
9359 (autoload 'ert-describe-test "ert" "\
9360 Display the documentation for TEST-OR-TEST-NAME (a symbol or ert-test).
9361
9362 \(fn TEST-OR-TEST-NAME)" t nil)
9363
9364 ;;;***
9365 \f
9366 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ert-x" "emacs-lisp/ert-x.el" (22011 58553
9367 ;;;;;; 393858 469000))
9368 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/ert-x.el
9369
9370 (put 'ert-with-test-buffer 'lisp-indent-function 1)
9371
9372 (autoload 'ert-kill-all-test-buffers "ert-x" "\
9373 Kill all test buffers that are still live.
9374
9375 \(fn)" t nil)
9376
9377 ;;;***
9378 \f
9379 ;;;### (autoloads nil "esh-mode" "eshell/esh-mode.el" (22065 61995
9380 ;;;;;; 862407 852000))
9381 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/esh-mode.el
9382
9383 (autoload 'eshell-mode "esh-mode" "\
9384 Emacs shell interactive mode.
9385
9386 \(fn)" t nil)
9387
9388 ;;;***
9389 \f
9390 ;;;### (autoloads nil "eshell" "eshell/eshell.el" (21670 32330 885624
9391 ;;;;;; 725000))
9392 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/eshell.el
9393 (push (purecopy '(eshell 2 4 2)) package--builtin-versions)
9394
9395 (autoload 'eshell "eshell" "\
9396 Create an interactive Eshell buffer.
9397 The buffer used for Eshell sessions is determined by the value of
9398 `eshell-buffer-name'. If there is already an Eshell session active in
9399 that buffer, Emacs will simply switch to it. Otherwise, a new session
9400 will begin. A numeric prefix arg (as in `C-u 42 M-x eshell RET')
9401 switches to the session with that number, creating it if necessary. A
9402 nonnumeric prefix arg means to create a new session. Returns the
9403 buffer selected (or created).
9404
9405 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
9406
9407 (autoload 'eshell-command "eshell" "\
9408 Execute the Eshell command string COMMAND.
9409 With prefix ARG, insert output into the current buffer at point.
9410
9411 \(fn &optional COMMAND ARG)" t nil)
9412
9413 (autoload 'eshell-command-result "eshell" "\
9414 Execute the given Eshell COMMAND, and return the result.
9415 The result might be any Lisp object.
9416 If STATUS-VAR is a symbol, it will be set to the exit status of the
9417 command. This is the only way to determine whether the value returned
9418 corresponding to a successful execution.
9419
9420 \(fn COMMAND &optional STATUS-VAR)" nil nil)
9421
9422 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'eshell-report-bug 'report-emacs-bug "23.1")
9423
9424 ;;;***
9425 \f
9426 ;;;### (autoloads nil "etags" "progmodes/etags.el" (22087 6213 768351
9427 ;;;;;; 952000))
9428 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/etags.el
9429
9430 (defvar tags-file-name nil "\
9431 File name of tags table.
9432 To switch to a new tags table, setting this variable is sufficient.
9433 If you set this variable, do not also set `tags-table-list'.
9434 Use the `etags' program to make a tags table file.")
9435 (put 'tags-file-name 'variable-interactive (purecopy "fVisit tags table: "))
9436 (put 'tags-file-name 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
9437
9438 (defvar tags-case-fold-search 'default "\
9439 Whether tags operations should be case-sensitive.
9440 A value of t means case-insensitive, a value of nil means case-sensitive.
9441 Any other value means use the setting of `case-fold-search'.")
9442
9443 (custom-autoload 'tags-case-fold-search "etags" t)
9444
9445 (defvar tags-table-list nil "\
9446 List of file names of tags tables to search.
9447 An element that is a directory means the file \"TAGS\" in that directory.
9448 To switch to a new list of tags tables, setting this variable is sufficient.
9449 If you set this variable, do not also set `tags-file-name'.
9450 Use the `etags' program to make a tags table file.")
9451
9452 (custom-autoload 'tags-table-list "etags" t)
9453
9454 (defvar tags-compression-info-list (purecopy '("" ".Z" ".bz2" ".gz" ".xz" ".tgz")) "\
9455 List of extensions tried by etags when `auto-compression-mode' is on.
9456 An empty string means search the non-compressed file.")
9457
9458 (custom-autoload 'tags-compression-info-list "etags" t)
9459
9460 (defvar tags-add-tables 'ask-user "\
9461 Control whether to add a new tags table to the current list.
9462 t means do; nil means don't (always start a new list).
9463 Any other value means ask the user whether to add a new tags table
9464 to the current list (as opposed to starting a new list).")
9465
9466 (custom-autoload 'tags-add-tables "etags" t)
9467
9468 (defvar find-tag-hook nil "\
9469 Hook to be run by \\[find-tag] after finding a tag. See `run-hooks'.
9470 The value in the buffer in which \\[find-tag] is done is used,
9471 not the value in the buffer \\[find-tag] goes to.")
9472
9473 (custom-autoload 'find-tag-hook "etags" t)
9474
9475 (defvar find-tag-default-function nil "\
9476 A function of no arguments used by \\[find-tag] to pick a default tag.
9477 If nil, and the symbol that is the value of `major-mode'
9478 has a `find-tag-default-function' property (see `put'), that is used.
9479 Otherwise, `find-tag-default' is used.")
9480
9481 (custom-autoload 'find-tag-default-function "etags" t)
9482
9483 (autoload 'tags-table-mode "etags" "\
9484 Major mode for tags table file buffers.
9485
9486 \(fn)" t nil)
9487
9488 (autoload 'visit-tags-table "etags" "\
9489 Tell tags commands to use tags table file FILE.
9490 FILE should be the name of a file created with the `etags' program.
9491 A directory name is ok too; it means file TAGS in that directory.
9492
9493 Normally \\[visit-tags-table] sets the global value of `tags-file-name'.
9494 With a prefix arg, set the buffer-local value instead.
9495 When you find a tag with \\[find-tag], the buffer it finds the tag
9496 in is given a local value of this variable which is the name of the tags
9497 file the tag was in.
9498
9499 \(fn FILE &optional LOCAL)" t nil)
9500
9501 (autoload 'visit-tags-table-buffer "etags" "\
9502 Select the buffer containing the current tags table.
9503 If optional arg is a string, visit that file as a tags table.
9504 If optional arg is t, visit the next table in `tags-table-list'.
9505 If optional arg is the atom `same', don't look for a new table;
9506 just select the buffer visiting `tags-file-name'.
9507 If arg is nil or absent, choose a first buffer from information in
9508 `tags-file-name', `tags-table-list', `tags-table-list-pointer'.
9509 Returns t if it visits a tags table, or nil if there are no more in the list.
9510
9511 \(fn &optional CONT)" nil nil)
9512
9513 (autoload 'tags-table-files "etags" "\
9514 Return a list of files in the current tags table.
9515 Assumes the tags table is the current buffer. The file names are returned
9516 as they appeared in the `etags' command that created the table, usually
9517 without directory names.
9518
9519 \(fn)" nil nil)
9520
9521 (autoload 'tags-lazy-completion-table "etags" "\
9522
9523
9524 \(fn)" nil nil)
9525 (defun tags-completion-at-point-function ()
9526 (if (or tags-table-list tags-file-name)
9527 (progn
9528 (load "etags")
9529 (tags-completion-at-point-function))))
9530
9531 (autoload 'find-tag-noselect "etags" "\
9532 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
9533 Returns the buffer containing the tag's definition and moves its point there,
9534 but does not select the buffer.
9535 The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer near point.
9536
9537 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
9538 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
9539 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
9540 is the atom `-' (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number
9541 or just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
9542
9543 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
9544
9545 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
9546 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
9547 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
9548
9549 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9550
9551 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P REGEXP-P)" t nil)
9552
9553 (autoload 'find-tag "etags" "\
9554 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
9555 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition, and move point there.
9556 The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer around or before point.
9557
9558 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
9559 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
9560 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
9561 is the atom `-' (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number
9562 or just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
9563
9564 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
9565
9566 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
9567 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
9568 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
9569
9570 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9571
9572 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P REGEXP-P)" t nil)
9573
9574 (make-obsolete 'find-tag 'xref-find-definitions '"25.1")
9575
9576 (autoload 'find-tag-other-window "etags" "\
9577 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
9578 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition in another window, and
9579 move point there. The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer
9580 around or before point.
9581
9582 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
9583 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
9584 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
9585 is negative (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number or
9586 just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
9587
9588 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
9589
9590 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
9591 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
9592 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
9593
9594 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9595
9596 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P REGEXP-P)" t nil)
9597
9598 (make-obsolete 'find-tag-other-window 'xref-find-definitions-other-window '"25.1")
9599
9600 (autoload 'find-tag-other-frame "etags" "\
9601 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
9602 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition in another frame, and
9603 move point there. The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer
9604 around or before point.
9605
9606 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
9607 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
9608 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
9609 is negative (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number or
9610 just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
9611
9612 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
9613
9614 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
9615 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
9616 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
9617
9618 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9619
9620 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P)" t nil)
9621
9622 (make-obsolete 'find-tag-other-frame 'xref-find-definitions-other-frame '"25.1")
9623
9624 (autoload 'find-tag-regexp "etags" "\
9625 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name matches REGEXP.
9626 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition and move point there.
9627
9628 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
9629 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
9630 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
9631 is negative (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number or
9632 just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
9633
9634 If third arg OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, select the buffer in another window.
9635
9636 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
9637 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
9638 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
9639
9640 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9641
9642 \(fn REGEXP &optional NEXT-P OTHER-WINDOW)" t nil)
9643
9644 (make-obsolete 'find-tag-regexp 'xref-find-apropos '"25.1")
9645
9646 (defalias 'pop-tag-mark 'xref-pop-marker-stack)
9647
9648 (autoload 'next-file "etags" "\
9649 Select next file among files in current tags table.
9650
9651 A first argument of t (prefix arg, if interactive) initializes to the
9652 beginning of the list of files in the tags table. If the argument is
9653 neither nil nor t, it is evalled to initialize the list of files.
9654
9655 Non-nil second argument NOVISIT means use a temporary buffer
9656 to save time and avoid uninteresting warnings.
9657
9658 Value is nil if the file was already visited;
9659 if the file was newly read in, the value is the filename.
9660
9661 \(fn &optional INITIALIZE NOVISIT)" t nil)
9662
9663 (autoload 'tags-loop-continue "etags" "\
9664 Continue last \\[tags-search] or \\[tags-query-replace] command.
9665 Used noninteractively with non-nil argument to begin such a command (the
9666 argument is passed to `next-file', which see).
9667
9668 Two variables control the processing we do on each file: the value of
9669 `tags-loop-scan' is a form to be executed on each file to see if it is
9670 interesting (it returns non-nil if so) and `tags-loop-operate' is a form to
9671 evaluate to operate on an interesting file. If the latter evaluates to
9672 nil, we exit; otherwise we scan the next file.
9673
9674 \(fn &optional FIRST-TIME)" t nil)
9675
9676 (make-obsolete 'tags-loop-continue '"use `xref-find-definitions' interface instead." '"25.1")
9677
9678 (autoload 'tags-search "etags" "\
9679 Search through all files listed in tags table for match for REGEXP.
9680 Stops when a match is found.
9681 To continue searching for next match, use command \\[tags-loop-continue].
9682
9683 If FILE-LIST-FORM is non-nil, it should be a form that, when
9684 evaluated, will return a list of file names. The search will be
9685 restricted to these files.
9686
9687 Also see the documentation of the `tags-file-name' variable.
9688
9689 \(fn REGEXP &optional FILE-LIST-FORM)" t nil)
9690
9691 (autoload 'tags-query-replace "etags" "\
9692 Do `query-replace-regexp' of FROM with TO on all files listed in tags table.
9693 Third arg DELIMITED (prefix arg) means replace only word-delimited matches.
9694 If you exit (\\[keyboard-quit], RET or q), you can resume the query replace
9695 with the command \\[tags-loop-continue].
9696 Fourth arg FILE-LIST-FORM non-nil means initialize the replacement loop.
9697 Fifth and sixth arguments START and END are accepted, for compatibility
9698 with `query-replace-regexp', and ignored.
9699
9700 If FILE-LIST-FORM is non-nil, it is a form to evaluate to
9701 produce the list of files to search.
9702
9703 See also the documentation of the variable `tags-file-name'.
9704
9705 \(fn FROM TO &optional DELIMITED FILE-LIST-FORM)" t nil)
9706
9707 (autoload 'list-tags "etags" "\
9708 Display list of tags in file FILE.
9709 This searches only the first table in the list, and no included tables.
9710 FILE should be as it appeared in the `etags' command, usually without a
9711 directory specification.
9712
9713 \(fn FILE &optional NEXT-MATCH)" t nil)
9714
9715 (autoload 'tags-apropos "etags" "\
9716 Display list of all tags in tags table REGEXP matches.
9717
9718 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
9719
9720 (make-obsolete 'tags-apropos 'xref-find-apropos '"25.1")
9721
9722 (autoload 'select-tags-table "etags" "\
9723 Select a tags table file from a menu of those you have already used.
9724 The list of tags tables to select from is stored in `tags-table-set-list';
9725 see the doc of that variable if you want to add names to the list.
9726
9727 \(fn)" t nil)
9728
9729 (autoload 'complete-tag "etags" "\
9730 Perform tags completion on the text around point.
9731 Completes to the set of names listed in the current tags table.
9732 The string to complete is chosen in the same way as the default
9733 for \\[find-tag] (which see).
9734
9735 \(fn)" t nil)
9736
9737 ;;;***
9738 \f
9739 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ethio-util" "language/ethio-util.el" (21862
9740 ;;;;;; 60209 768658 443000))
9741 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/ethio-util.el
9742
9743 (autoload 'setup-ethiopic-environment-internal "ethio-util" "\
9744
9745
9746 \(fn)" nil nil)
9747
9748 (autoload 'ethio-sera-to-fidel-buffer "ethio-util" "\
9749 Convert the current buffer from SERA to FIDEL.
9750
9751 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
9752 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
9753
9754 If the 1st optional argument SECONDARY is non-nil, assume the
9755 buffer begins with the secondary language; otherwise with the
9756 primary language.
9757
9758 If the 2nd optional argument FORCE is non-nil, perform conversion
9759 even if the buffer is read-only.
9760
9761 See also the descriptions of the variables
9762 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon' and `ethio-use-three-dot-question'.
9763
9764 \(fn &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
9765
9766 (autoload 'ethio-sera-to-fidel-region "ethio-util" "\
9767 Convert the characters in region from SERA to FIDEL.
9768
9769 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
9770 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
9771
9772 If the 3rd argument SECONDARY is given and non-nil, assume the
9773 region begins with the secondary language; otherwise with the
9774 primary language.
9775
9776 If the 4th argument FORCE is given and non-nil, perform
9777 conversion even if the buffer is read-only.
9778
9779 See also the descriptions of the variables
9780 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon' and `ethio-use-three-dot-question'.
9781
9782 \(fn BEGIN END &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
9783
9784 (autoload 'ethio-sera-to-fidel-marker "ethio-util" "\
9785 Convert the regions surrounded by \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" from SERA to FIDEL.
9786 Assume that each region begins with `ethio-primary-language'.
9787 The markers \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" themselves are not deleted.
9788
9789 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
9790
9791 (autoload 'ethio-fidel-to-sera-buffer "ethio-util" "\
9792 Replace all the FIDEL characters in the current buffer to the SERA format.
9793 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
9794 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
9795
9796 If the 1st optional argument SECONDARY is non-nil, try to convert the
9797 region so that it begins with the secondary language; otherwise with the
9798 primary language.
9799
9800 If the 2nd optional argument FORCE is non-nil, convert even if the
9801 buffer is read-only.
9802
9803 See also the descriptions of the variables
9804 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon', `ethio-use-three-dot-question',
9805 `ethio-quote-vowel-always' and `ethio-numeric-reduction'.
9806
9807 \(fn &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
9808
9809 (autoload 'ethio-fidel-to-sera-region "ethio-util" "\
9810 Replace all the FIDEL characters in the region to the SERA format.
9811
9812 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
9813 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
9814
9815 If the 3rd argument SECONDARY is given and non-nil, convert
9816 the region so that it begins with the secondary language; otherwise with
9817 the primary language.
9818
9819 If the 4th argument FORCE is given and non-nil, convert even if the
9820 buffer is read-only.
9821
9822 See also the descriptions of the variables
9823 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon', `ethio-use-three-dot-question',
9824 `ethio-quote-vowel-always' and `ethio-numeric-reduction'.
9825
9826 \(fn BEGIN END &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
9827
9828 (autoload 'ethio-fidel-to-sera-marker "ethio-util" "\
9829 Convert the regions surrounded by \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" from FIDEL to SERA.
9830 The markers \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" themselves are not deleted.
9831
9832 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
9833
9834 (autoload 'ethio-modify-vowel "ethio-util" "\
9835 Modify the vowel of the FIDEL that is under the cursor.
9836
9837 \(fn)" t nil)
9838
9839 (autoload 'ethio-replace-space "ethio-util" "\
9840 Replace ASCII spaces with Ethiopic word separators in the region.
9841
9842 In the specified region, replace word separators surrounded by two
9843 Ethiopic characters, depending on the first argument CH, which should
9844 be 1, 2, or 3.
9845
9846 If CH = 1, word separator will be replaced with an ASCII space.
9847 If CH = 2, with two ASCII spaces.
9848 If CH = 3, with the Ethiopic colon-like word separator.
9849
9850 The 2nd and 3rd arguments BEGIN and END specify the region.
9851
9852 \(fn CH BEGIN END)" t nil)
9853
9854 (autoload 'ethio-input-special-character "ethio-util" "\
9855 This function is deprecated.
9856
9857 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
9858
9859 (autoload 'ethio-fidel-to-tex-buffer "ethio-util" "\
9860 Convert each fidel characters in the current buffer into a fidel-tex command.
9861
9862 \(fn)" t nil)
9863
9864 (autoload 'ethio-tex-to-fidel-buffer "ethio-util" "\
9865 Convert fidel-tex commands in the current buffer into fidel chars.
9866
9867 \(fn)" t nil)
9868
9869 (autoload 'ethio-fidel-to-java-buffer "ethio-util" "\
9870 Convert Ethiopic characters into the Java escape sequences.
9871
9872 Each escape sequence is of the form \\uXXXX, where XXXX is the
9873 character's codepoint (in hex) in Unicode.
9874
9875 If `ethio-java-save-lowercase' is non-nil, use [0-9a-f].
9876 Otherwise, [0-9A-F].
9877
9878 \(fn)" nil nil)
9879
9880 (autoload 'ethio-java-to-fidel-buffer "ethio-util" "\
9881 Convert the Java escape sequences into corresponding Ethiopic characters.
9882
9883 \(fn)" nil nil)
9884
9885 (autoload 'ethio-find-file "ethio-util" "\
9886 Transliterate file content into Ethiopic depending on filename suffix.
9887
9888 \(fn)" nil nil)
9889
9890 (autoload 'ethio-write-file "ethio-util" "\
9891 Transliterate Ethiopic characters in ASCII depending on the file extension.
9892
9893 \(fn)" nil nil)
9894
9895 (autoload 'ethio-insert-ethio-space "ethio-util" "\
9896 Insert the Ethiopic word delimiter (the colon-like character).
9897 With ARG, insert that many delimiters.
9898
9899 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
9900
9901 (autoload 'ethio-composition-function "ethio-util" "\
9902
9903
9904 \(fn POS TO FONT-OBJECT STRING)" nil nil)
9905
9906 ;;;***
9907 \f
9908 ;;;### (autoloads nil "eudc" "net/eudc.el" (22026 25907 611502 692000))
9909 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc.el
9910
9911 (autoload 'eudc-set-server "eudc" "\
9912 Set the directory server to SERVER using PROTOCOL.
9913 Unless NO-SAVE is non-nil, the server is saved as the default
9914 server for future sessions.
9915
9916 \(fn SERVER PROTOCOL &optional NO-SAVE)" t nil)
9917
9918 (autoload 'eudc-get-email "eudc" "\
9919 Get the email field of NAME from the directory server.
9920 If ERROR is non-nil, report an error if there is none.
9921
9922 \(fn NAME &optional ERROR)" t nil)
9923
9924 (autoload 'eudc-get-phone "eudc" "\
9925 Get the phone field of NAME from the directory server.
9926 If ERROR is non-nil, report an error if there is none.
9927
9928 \(fn NAME &optional ERROR)" t nil)
9929
9930 (autoload 'eudc-expand-inline "eudc" "\
9931 Query the directory server, and expand the query string before point.
9932 The query string consists of the buffer substring from the point back to
9933 the preceding comma, colon or beginning of line.
9934 The variable `eudc-inline-query-format' controls how to associate the
9935 individual inline query words with directory attribute names.
9936 After querying the server for the given string, the expansion specified by
9937 `eudc-inline-expansion-format' is inserted in the buffer at point.
9938 If REPLACE is non-nil, then this expansion replaces the name in the buffer.
9939 `eudc-expansion-overwrites-query' being non-nil inverts the meaning of REPLACE.
9940 Multiple servers can be tried with the same query until one finds a match,
9941 see `eudc-inline-expansion-servers'
9942
9943 \(fn &optional REPLACE)" t nil)
9944
9945 (autoload 'eudc-query-form "eudc" "\
9946 Display a form to query the directory server.
9947 If given a non-nil argument GET-FIELDS-FROM-SERVER, the function first
9948 queries the server for the existing fields and displays a corresponding form.
9949
9950 \(fn &optional GET-FIELDS-FROM-SERVER)" t nil)
9951
9952 (autoload 'eudc-load-eudc "eudc" "\
9953 Load the Emacs Unified Directory Client.
9954 This does nothing except loading eudc by autoload side-effect.
9955
9956 \(fn)" t nil)
9957
9958 (cond ((not (featurep 'xemacs)) (defvar eudc-tools-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Directory Search"))) (define-key map [phone] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Get Phone") eudc-get-phone :help ,(purecopy "Get the phone field of name from the directory server"))) (define-key map [email] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Get Email") eudc-get-email :help ,(purecopy "Get the email field of NAME from the directory server"))) (define-key map [separator-eudc-email] menu-bar-separator) (define-key map [expand-inline] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Expand Inline Query") eudc-expand-inline :help ,(purecopy "Query the directory server, and expand the query string before point"))) (define-key map [query] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Query with Form") eudc-query-form :help ,(purecopy "Display a form to query the directory server"))) (define-key map [separator-eudc-query] menu-bar-separator) (define-key map [new] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "New Server") eudc-set-server :help ,(purecopy "Set the directory server to SERVER using PROTOCOL"))) (define-key map [load] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Load Hotlist of Servers") eudc-load-eudc :help ,(purecopy "Load the Emacs Unified Directory Client"))) map)) (fset 'eudc-tools-menu (symbol-value 'eudc-tools-menu))) (t (let ((menu '("Directory Search" ["Load Hotlist of Servers" eudc-load-eudc t] ["New Server" eudc-set-server t] ["---" nil nil] ["Query with Form" eudc-query-form t] ["Expand Inline Query" eudc-expand-inline t] ["---" nil nil] ["Get Email" eudc-get-email t] ["Get Phone" eudc-get-phone t]))) (if (not (featurep 'eudc-autoloads)) (if (featurep 'xemacs) (if (and (featurep 'menubar) (not (featurep 'infodock))) (add-submenu '("Tools") menu)) (require 'easymenu) (cond ((fboundp 'easy-menu-add-item) (easy-menu-add-item nil '("tools") (easy-menu-create-menu (car menu) (cdr menu)))) ((fboundp 'easy-menu-create-keymaps) (define-key global-map [menu-bar tools eudc] (cons "Directory Search" (easy-menu-create-keymaps "Directory Search" (cdr menu)))))))))))
9959
9960 ;;;***
9961 \f
9962 ;;;### (autoloads nil "eudc-bob" "net/eudc-bob.el" (22026 25907 607502
9963 ;;;;;; 692000))
9964 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc-bob.el
9965
9966 (autoload 'eudc-display-generic-binary "eudc-bob" "\
9967 Display a button for unidentified binary DATA.
9968
9969 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
9970
9971 (autoload 'eudc-display-url "eudc-bob" "\
9972 Display URL and make it clickable.
9973
9974 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
9975
9976 (autoload 'eudc-display-mail "eudc-bob" "\
9977 Display e-mail address and make it clickable.
9978
9979 \(fn MAIL)" nil nil)
9980
9981 (autoload 'eudc-display-sound "eudc-bob" "\
9982 Display a button to play the sound DATA.
9983
9984 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
9985
9986 (autoload 'eudc-display-jpeg-inline "eudc-bob" "\
9987 Display the JPEG DATA inline at point if possible.
9988
9989 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
9990
9991 (autoload 'eudc-display-jpeg-as-button "eudc-bob" "\
9992 Display a button for the JPEG DATA.
9993
9994 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
9995
9996 ;;;***
9997 \f
9998 ;;;### (autoloads nil "eudc-export" "net/eudc-export.el" (22026 25907
9999 ;;;;;; 607502 692000))
10000 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc-export.el
10001
10002 (autoload 'eudc-insert-record-at-point-into-bbdb "eudc-export" "\
10003 Insert record at point into the BBDB database.
10004 This function can only be called from a directory query result buffer.
10005
10006 \(fn)" t nil)
10007
10008 (autoload 'eudc-try-bbdb-insert "eudc-export" "\
10009 Call `eudc-insert-record-at-point-into-bbdb' if on a record.
10010
10011 \(fn)" t nil)
10012
10013 ;;;***
10014 \f
10015 ;;;### (autoloads nil "eudc-hotlist" "net/eudc-hotlist.el" (22026
10016 ;;;;;; 25907 607502 692000))
10017 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc-hotlist.el
10018
10019 (autoload 'eudc-edit-hotlist "eudc-hotlist" "\
10020 Edit the hotlist of directory servers in a specialized buffer.
10021
10022 \(fn)" t nil)
10023
10024 ;;;***
10025 \f
10026 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ewoc" "emacs-lisp/ewoc.el" (21670 32330 885624
10027 ;;;;;; 725000))
10028 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/ewoc.el
10029
10030 (autoload 'ewoc-create "ewoc" "\
10031 Create an empty ewoc.
10032
10033 The ewoc will be inserted in the current buffer at the current position.
10034
10035 PRETTY-PRINTER should be a function that takes one argument, an
10036 element, and inserts a string representing it in the buffer (at
10037 point). The string PRETTY-PRINTER inserts may be empty or span
10038 several lines. The PRETTY-PRINTER should use `insert', and not
10039 `insert-before-markers'.
10040
10041 Optional second and third arguments HEADER and FOOTER are strings,
10042 possibly empty, that will always be present at the top and bottom,
10043 respectively, of the ewoc.
10044
10045 Normally, a newline is automatically inserted after the header,
10046 the footer and every node's printed representation. Optional
10047 fourth arg NOSEP non-nil inhibits this.
10048
10049 \(fn PRETTY-PRINTER &optional HEADER FOOTER NOSEP)" nil nil)
10050
10051 ;;;***
10052 \f
10053 ;;;### (autoloads nil "eww" "net/eww.el" (22063 20273 743891 395000))
10054 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eww.el
10055
10056 (defvar eww-suggest-uris '(eww-links-at-point url-get-url-at-point eww-current-url) "\
10057 List of functions called to form the list of default URIs for `eww'.
10058 Each of the elements is a function returning either a string or a list
10059 of strings. The results will be joined into a single list with
10060 duplicate entries (if any) removed.")
10061
10062 (custom-autoload 'eww-suggest-uris "eww" t)
10063
10064 (autoload 'eww "eww" "\
10065 Fetch URL and render the page.
10066 If the input doesn't look like an URL or a domain name, the
10067 word(s) will be searched for via `eww-search-prefix'.
10068
10069 \(fn URL)" t nil)
10070 (defalias 'browse-web 'eww)
10071
10072 (autoload 'eww-open-file "eww" "\
10073 Render FILE using EWW.
10074
10075 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
10076
10077 (autoload 'eww-search-words "eww" "\
10078 Search the web for the text between BEG and END.
10079 See the `eww-search-prefix' variable for the search engine used.
10080
10081 \(fn &optional BEG END)" t nil)
10082
10083 (autoload 'eww-mode "eww" "\
10084 Mode for browsing the web.
10085
10086 \(fn)" t nil)
10087
10088 (autoload 'eww-browse-url "eww" "\
10089
10090
10091 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" nil nil)
10092
10093 (autoload 'eww-list-bookmarks "eww" "\
10094 Display the bookmarks.
10095
10096 \(fn)" t nil)
10097
10098 ;;;***
10099 \f
10100 ;;;### (autoloads nil "executable" "progmodes/executable.el" (21988
10101 ;;;;;; 10682 37624 461000))
10102 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/executable.el
10103
10104 (autoload 'executable-command-find-posix-p "executable" "\
10105 Check if PROGRAM handles arguments Posix-style.
10106 If PROGRAM is non-nil, use that instead of \"find\".
10107
10108 \(fn &optional PROGRAM)" nil nil)
10109
10110 (autoload 'executable-interpret "executable" "\
10111 Run script with user-specified args, and collect output in a buffer.
10112 While script runs asynchronously, you can use the \\[next-error]
10113 command to find the next error. The buffer is also in `comint-mode' and
10114 `compilation-shell-minor-mode', so that you can answer any prompts.
10115
10116 \(fn COMMAND)" t nil)
10117
10118 (autoload 'executable-set-magic "executable" "\
10119 Set this buffer's interpreter to INTERPRETER with optional ARGUMENT.
10120 The variables `executable-magicless-file-regexp', `executable-prefix',
10121 `executable-insert', `executable-query' and `executable-chmod' control
10122 when and how magic numbers are inserted or replaced and scripts made
10123 executable.
10124
10125 \(fn INTERPRETER &optional ARGUMENT NO-QUERY-FLAG INSERT-FLAG)" t nil)
10126
10127 (autoload 'executable-make-buffer-file-executable-if-script-p "executable" "\
10128 Make file executable according to umask if not already executable.
10129 If file already has any execute bits set at all, do not change existing
10130 file modes.
10131
10132 \(fn)" nil nil)
10133
10134 ;;;***
10135 \f
10136 ;;;### (autoloads nil "expand" "expand.el" (22011 58553 477858 469000))
10137 ;;; Generated autoloads from expand.el
10138
10139 (autoload 'expand-add-abbrevs "expand" "\
10140 Add a list of abbreviations to abbrev table TABLE.
10141 ABBREVS is a list of abbrev definitions; each abbrev description entry
10142 has the form (ABBREV EXPANSION ARG).
10143
10144 ABBREV is the abbreviation to replace.
10145
10146 EXPANSION is the replacement string or a function which will make the
10147 expansion. For example, you could use the DMacros or skeleton packages
10148 to generate such functions.
10149
10150 ARG is an optional argument which can be a number or a list of
10151 numbers. If ARG is a number, point is placed ARG chars from the
10152 beginning of the expanded text.
10153
10154 If ARG is a list of numbers, point is placed according to the first
10155 member of the list, but you can visit the other specified positions
10156 cyclically with the functions `expand-jump-to-previous-slot' and
10157 `expand-jump-to-next-slot'.
10158
10159 If ARG is omitted, point is placed at the end of the expanded text.
10160
10161 \(fn TABLE ABBREVS)" nil nil)
10162
10163 (autoload 'expand-abbrev-hook "expand" "\
10164 Abbrev hook used to do the expansion job of expand abbrevs.
10165 See `expand-add-abbrevs'. Value is non-nil if expansion was done.
10166
10167 \(fn)" nil nil)
10168
10169 (autoload 'expand-jump-to-previous-slot "expand" "\
10170 Move the cursor to the previous slot in the last abbrev expansion.
10171 This is used only in conjunction with `expand-add-abbrevs'.
10172
10173 \(fn)" t nil)
10174
10175 (autoload 'expand-jump-to-next-slot "expand" "\
10176 Move the cursor to the next slot in the last abbrev expansion.
10177 This is used only in conjunction with `expand-add-abbrevs'.
10178
10179 \(fn)" t nil)
10180 (define-key abbrev-map "p" 'expand-jump-to-previous-slot)
10181 (define-key abbrev-map "n" 'expand-jump-to-next-slot)
10182
10183 ;;;***
10184 \f
10185 ;;;### (autoloads nil "f90" "progmodes/f90.el" (22071 17982 246921
10186 ;;;;;; 531000))
10187 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/f90.el
10188
10189 (autoload 'f90-mode "f90" "\
10190 Major mode for editing Fortran 90,95 code in free format.
10191 For fixed format code, use `fortran-mode'.
10192
10193 \\[f90-indent-line] indents the current line.
10194 \\[f90-indent-new-line] indents current line and creates a new indented line.
10195 \\[f90-indent-subprogram] indents the current subprogram.
10196
10197 Type \\=`? or \\=`\\[help-command] to display a list of built-in abbrevs for F90 keywords.
10198
10199 Key definitions:
10200 \\{f90-mode-map}
10201
10202 Variables controlling indentation style and extra features:
10203
10204 `f90-do-indent'
10205 Extra indentation within do blocks (default 3).
10206 `f90-if-indent'
10207 Extra indentation within if/select/where/forall blocks (default 3).
10208 `f90-type-indent'
10209 Extra indentation within type/enum/interface/block-data blocks (default 3).
10210 `f90-program-indent'
10211 Extra indentation within program/module/subroutine/function blocks
10212 (default 2).
10213 `f90-associate-indent'
10214 Extra indentation within associate blocks (default 2).
10215 `f90-critical-indent'
10216 Extra indentation within critical/block blocks (default 2).
10217 `f90-continuation-indent'
10218 Extra indentation applied to continuation lines (default 5).
10219 `f90-comment-region'
10220 String inserted by function \\[f90-comment-region] at start of each
10221 line in region (default \"!!!$\").
10222 `f90-indented-comment-re'
10223 Regexp determining the type of comment to be intended like code
10224 (default \"!\").
10225 `f90-directive-comment-re'
10226 Regexp of comment-like directive like \"!HPF\\\\$\", not to be indented
10227 (default \"!hpf\\\\$\").
10228 `f90-break-delimiters'
10229 Regexp holding list of delimiters at which lines may be broken
10230 (default \"[-+*/><=,% \\t]\").
10231 `f90-break-before-delimiters'
10232 Non-nil causes `f90-do-auto-fill' to break lines before delimiters
10233 (default t).
10234 `f90-beginning-ampersand'
10235 Automatic insertion of `&' at beginning of continuation lines (default t).
10236 `f90-smart-end'
10237 From an END statement, check and fill the end using matching block start.
10238 Allowed values are `blink', `no-blink', and nil, which determine
10239 whether to blink the matching beginning (default `blink').
10240 `f90-auto-keyword-case'
10241 Automatic change of case of keywords (default nil).
10242 The possibilities are `downcase-word', `upcase-word', `capitalize-word'.
10243 `f90-leave-line-no'
10244 Do not left-justify line numbers (default nil).
10245
10246 Turning on F90 mode calls the value of the variable `f90-mode-hook'
10247 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
10248
10249 \(fn)" t nil)
10250
10251 ;;;***
10252 \f
10253 ;;;### (autoloads nil "face-remap" "face-remap.el" (21888 47150 706945
10254 ;;;;;; 440000))
10255 ;;; Generated autoloads from face-remap.el
10256
10257 (autoload 'face-remap-add-relative "face-remap" "\
10258 Add a face remapping entry of FACE to SPECS in the current buffer.
10259 Return a cookie which can be used to delete this remapping with
10260 `face-remap-remove-relative'.
10261
10262 The remaining arguments, SPECS, should form a list of faces.
10263 Each list element should be either a face name or a property list
10264 of face attribute/value pairs. If more than one face is listed,
10265 that specifies an aggregate face, in the same way as in a `face'
10266 text property, except for possible priority changes noted below.
10267
10268 The face remapping specified by SPECS takes effect alongside the
10269 remappings from other calls to `face-remap-add-relative' for the
10270 same FACE, as well as the normal definition of FACE (at lowest
10271 priority). This function tries to sort multiple remappings for
10272 the same face, so that remappings specifying relative face
10273 attributes are applied after remappings specifying absolute face
10274 attributes.
10275
10276 The base (lowest priority) remapping may be set to something
10277 other than the normal definition of FACE via `face-remap-set-base'.
10278
10279 \(fn FACE &rest SPECS)" nil nil)
10280
10281 (autoload 'face-remap-reset-base "face-remap" "\
10282 Set the base remapping of FACE to the normal definition of FACE.
10283 This causes the remappings specified by `face-remap-add-relative'
10284 to apply on top of the normal definition of FACE.
10285
10286 \(fn FACE)" nil nil)
10287
10288 (autoload 'face-remap-set-base "face-remap" "\
10289 Set the base remapping of FACE in the current buffer to SPECS.
10290 This causes the remappings specified by `face-remap-add-relative'
10291 to apply on top of the face specification given by SPECS.
10292
10293 The remaining arguments, SPECS, should form a list of faces.
10294 Each list element should be either a face name or a property list
10295 of face attribute/value pairs, like in a `face' text property.
10296
10297 If SPECS is empty, call `face-remap-reset-base' to use the normal
10298 definition of FACE as the base remapping; note that this is
10299 different from SPECS containing a single value nil, which means
10300 not to inherit from the global definition of FACE at all.
10301
10302 \(fn FACE &rest SPECS)" nil nil)
10303
10304 (autoload 'text-scale-set "face-remap" "\
10305 Set the scale factor of the default face in the current buffer to LEVEL.
10306 If LEVEL is non-zero, `text-scale-mode' is enabled, otherwise it is disabled.
10307
10308 LEVEL is a number of steps, with 0 representing the default size.
10309 Each step scales the height of the default face by the variable
10310 `text-scale-mode-step' (a negative number decreases the height by
10311 the same amount).
10312
10313 \(fn LEVEL)" t nil)
10314
10315 (autoload 'text-scale-increase "face-remap" "\
10316 Increase the height of the default face in the current buffer by INC steps.
10317 If the new height is other than the default, `text-scale-mode' is enabled.
10318
10319 Each step scales the height of the default face by the variable
10320 `text-scale-mode-step' (a negative number of steps decreases the
10321 height by the same amount). As a special case, an argument of 0
10322 will remove any scaling currently active.
10323
10324 \(fn INC)" t nil)
10325
10326 (autoload 'text-scale-decrease "face-remap" "\
10327 Decrease the height of the default face in the current buffer by DEC steps.
10328 See `text-scale-increase' for more details.
10329
10330 \(fn DEC)" t nil)
10331 (define-key ctl-x-map [(control ?+)] 'text-scale-adjust)
10332 (define-key ctl-x-map [(control ?-)] 'text-scale-adjust)
10333 (define-key ctl-x-map [(control ?=)] 'text-scale-adjust)
10334 (define-key ctl-x-map [(control ?0)] 'text-scale-adjust)
10335
10336 (autoload 'text-scale-adjust "face-remap" "\
10337 Adjust the height of the default face by INC.
10338
10339 INC may be passed as a numeric prefix argument.
10340
10341 The actual adjustment made depends on the final component of the
10342 key-binding used to invoke the command, with all modifiers removed:
10343
10344 +, = Increase the default face height by one step
10345 - Decrease the default face height by one step
10346 0 Reset the default face height to the global default
10347
10348 After adjusting, continue to read input events and further adjust
10349 the face height as long as the input event read
10350 \(with all modifiers removed) is one of the above characters.
10351
10352 Each step scales the height of the default face by the variable
10353 `text-scale-mode-step' (a negative number of steps decreases the
10354 height by the same amount). As a special case, an argument of 0
10355 will remove any scaling currently active.
10356
10357 This command is a special-purpose wrapper around the
10358 `text-scale-increase' command which makes repetition convenient
10359 even when it is bound in a non-top-level keymap. For binding in
10360 a top-level keymap, `text-scale-increase' or
10361 `text-scale-decrease' may be more appropriate.
10362
10363 \(fn INC)" t nil)
10364
10365 (autoload 'buffer-face-mode "face-remap" "\
10366 Minor mode for a buffer-specific default face.
10367 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
10368 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
10369 if ARG is omitted or nil. When enabled, the face specified by the
10370 variable `buffer-face-mode-face' is used to display the buffer text.
10371
10372 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10373
10374 (autoload 'buffer-face-set "face-remap" "\
10375 Enable `buffer-face-mode', using face specs SPECS.
10376 Each argument in SPECS should be a face, i.e. either a face name
10377 or a property list of face attributes and values. If more than
10378 one face is listed, that specifies an aggregate face, like in a
10379 `face' text property. If SPECS is nil or omitted, disable
10380 `buffer-face-mode'.
10381
10382 This function makes the variable `buffer-face-mode-face' buffer
10383 local, and sets it to FACE.
10384
10385 \(fn &rest SPECS)" t nil)
10386
10387 (autoload 'buffer-face-toggle "face-remap" "\
10388 Toggle `buffer-face-mode', using face specs SPECS.
10389 Each argument in SPECS should be a face, i.e. either a face name
10390 or a property list of face attributes and values. If more than
10391 one face is listed, that specifies an aggregate face, like in a
10392 `face' text property.
10393
10394 If `buffer-face-mode' is already enabled, and is currently using
10395 the face specs SPECS, then it is disabled; if `buffer-face-mode'
10396 is disabled, or is enabled and currently displaying some other
10397 face, then is left enabled, but the face changed to reflect SPECS.
10398
10399 This function will make the variable `buffer-face-mode-face'
10400 buffer local, and set it to SPECS.
10401
10402 \(fn &rest SPECS)" t nil)
10403
10404 (autoload 'variable-pitch-mode "face-remap" "\
10405 Variable-pitch default-face mode.
10406 An interface to `buffer-face-mode' which uses the `variable-pitch' face.
10407 Besides the choice of face, it is the same as `buffer-face-mode'.
10408
10409 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10410
10411 ;;;***
10412 \f
10413 ;;;### (autoloads nil "feedmail" "mail/feedmail.el" (22011 58553
10414 ;;;;;; 677858 469000))
10415 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/feedmail.el
10416 (push (purecopy '(feedmail 11)) package--builtin-versions)
10417
10418 (autoload 'feedmail-send-it "feedmail" "\
10419 Send the current mail buffer using the Feedmail package.
10420 This is a suitable value for `send-mail-function'. It can be used
10421 with various lower-level mechanisms to provide features such as queueing.
10422
10423 \(fn)" nil nil)
10424
10425 (autoload 'feedmail-run-the-queue-no-prompts "feedmail" "\
10426 Like `feedmail-run-the-queue', but suppress confirmation prompts.
10427
10428 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10429
10430 (autoload 'feedmail-run-the-queue-global-prompt "feedmail" "\
10431 Like `feedmail-run-the-queue', but with a global confirmation prompt.
10432 This is generally most useful if run non-interactively, since you can
10433 bail out with an appropriate answer to the global confirmation prompt.
10434
10435 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10436
10437 (autoload 'feedmail-run-the-queue "feedmail" "\
10438 Visit each message in the feedmail queue directory and send it out.
10439 Return value is a list of three things: number of messages sent, number of
10440 messages skipped, and number of non-message things in the queue (commonly
10441 backup file names and the like).
10442
10443 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10444
10445 (autoload 'feedmail-queue-reminder "feedmail" "\
10446 Perform some kind of reminder activity about queued and draft messages.
10447 Called with an optional symbol argument which says what kind of event
10448 is triggering the reminder activity. The default is 'on-demand, which
10449 is what you typically would use if you were putting this in your Emacs start-up
10450 or mail hook code. Other recognized values for WHAT-EVENT (these are passed
10451 internally by feedmail):
10452
10453 after-immediate (a message has just been sent in immediate mode)
10454 after-queue (a message has just been queued)
10455 after-draft (a message has just been placed in the draft directory)
10456 after-run (the queue has just been run, possibly sending messages)
10457
10458 WHAT-EVENT is used as a key into the table `feedmail-queue-reminder-alist'. If
10459 the associated value is a function, it is called without arguments and is expected
10460 to perform the reminder activity. You can supply your own reminder functions
10461 by redefining `feedmail-queue-reminder-alist'. If you don't want any reminders,
10462 you can set `feedmail-queue-reminder-alist' to nil.
10463
10464 \(fn &optional WHAT-EVENT)" t nil)
10465
10466 ;;;***
10467 \f
10468 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ffap" "ffap.el" (21993 28596 82597 473000))
10469 ;;; Generated autoloads from ffap.el
10470
10471 (autoload 'ffap-next "ffap" "\
10472 Search buffer for next file or URL, and run ffap.
10473 Optional argument BACK says to search backwards.
10474 Optional argument WRAP says to try wrapping around if necessary.
10475 Interactively: use a single prefix \\[universal-argument] to search backwards,
10476 double prefix to wrap forward, triple to wrap backwards.
10477 Actual search is done by the function `ffap-next-guess'.
10478
10479 \(fn &optional BACK WRAP)" t nil)
10480
10481 (autoload 'find-file-at-point "ffap" "\
10482 Find FILENAME, guessing a default from text around point.
10483 If `ffap-url-regexp' is not nil, the FILENAME may also be an URL.
10484 With a prefix, this command behaves exactly like `ffap-file-finder'.
10485 If `ffap-require-prefix' is set, the prefix meaning is reversed.
10486 See also the variables `ffap-dired-wildcards', `ffap-newfile-prompt',
10487 and the functions `ffap-file-at-point' and `ffap-url-at-point'.
10488
10489 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
10490
10491 (defalias 'ffap 'find-file-at-point)
10492
10493 (autoload 'ffap-menu "ffap" "\
10494 Put up a menu of files and URLs mentioned in this buffer.
10495 Then set mark, jump to choice, and try to fetch it. The menu is
10496 cached in `ffap-menu-alist', and rebuilt by `ffap-menu-rescan'.
10497 The optional RESCAN argument (a prefix, interactively) forces
10498 a rebuild. Searches with `ffap-menu-regexp'.
10499
10500 \(fn &optional RESCAN)" t nil)
10501
10502 (autoload 'ffap-at-mouse "ffap" "\
10503 Find file or URL guessed from text around mouse click.
10504 Interactively, calls `ffap-at-mouse-fallback' if no guess is found.
10505 Return value:
10506 * if a guess string is found, return it (after finding it)
10507 * if the fallback is called, return whatever it returns
10508 * otherwise, nil
10509
10510 \(fn E)" t nil)
10511
10512 (autoload 'dired-at-point "ffap" "\
10513 Start Dired, defaulting to file at point. See `ffap'.
10514 If `dired-at-point-require-prefix' is set, the prefix meaning is reversed.
10515
10516 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
10517
10518 (autoload 'ffap-guess-file-name-at-point "ffap" "\
10519 Try to get a file name at point.
10520 This hook is intended to be put in `file-name-at-point-functions'.
10521
10522 \(fn)" nil nil)
10523
10524 (autoload 'ffap-bindings "ffap" "\
10525 Evaluate the forms in variable `ffap-bindings'.
10526
10527 \(fn)" t nil)
10528
10529 ;;;***
10530 \f
10531 ;;;### (autoloads nil "filecache" "filecache.el" (21740 23998 26747
10532 ;;;;;; 125000))
10533 ;;; Generated autoloads from filecache.el
10534
10535 (autoload 'file-cache-add-directory "filecache" "\
10536 Add all files in DIRECTORY to the file cache.
10537 If called from Lisp with a non-nil REGEXP argument is non-nil,
10538 only add files whose names match REGEXP.
10539
10540 \(fn DIRECTORY &optional REGEXP)" t nil)
10541
10542 (autoload 'file-cache-add-directory-list "filecache" "\
10543 Add DIRECTORIES (a list of directory names) to the file cache.
10544 If called interactively, read the directory names one by one.
10545 If the optional REGEXP argument is non-nil, only files which match it
10546 will be added to the cache. Note that the REGEXP is applied to the
10547 files in each directory, not to the directory list itself.
10548
10549 \(fn DIRECTORIES &optional REGEXP)" t nil)
10550
10551 (autoload 'file-cache-add-file "filecache" "\
10552 Add FILE to the file cache.
10553
10554 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
10555
10556 (autoload 'file-cache-add-directory-using-find "filecache" "\
10557 Use the `find' command to add files to the file cache.
10558 Find is run in DIRECTORY.
10559
10560 \(fn DIRECTORY)" t nil)
10561
10562 (autoload 'file-cache-add-directory-using-locate "filecache" "\
10563 Use the `locate' command to add files to the file cache.
10564 STRING is passed as an argument to the locate command.
10565
10566 \(fn STRING)" t nil)
10567
10568 (autoload 'file-cache-add-directory-recursively "filecache" "\
10569 Adds DIR and any subdirectories to the file-cache.
10570 This function does not use any external programs.
10571 If the optional REGEXP argument is non-nil, only files which match it
10572 will be added to the cache. Note that the REGEXP is applied to the
10573 files in each directory, not to the directory list itself.
10574
10575 \(fn DIR &optional REGEXP)" t nil)
10576
10577 (autoload 'file-cache-minibuffer-complete "filecache" "\
10578 Complete a filename in the minibuffer using a preloaded cache.
10579 Filecache does two kinds of substitution: it completes on names in
10580 the cache, and, once it has found a unique name, it cycles through
10581 the directories that the name is available in. With a prefix argument,
10582 the name is considered already unique; only the second substitution
10583 \(directories) is done.
10584
10585 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
10586
10587 ;;;***
10588 \f
10589 ;;;### (autoloads nil "filenotify" "filenotify.el" (22102 59970 680776
10590 ;;;;;; 103000))
10591 ;;; Generated autoloads from filenotify.el
10592
10593 (autoload 'file-notify-handle-event "filenotify" "\
10594 Handle file system monitoring event.
10595 If EVENT is a filewatch event, call its callback. It has the format
10596
10597 (file-notify (DESCRIPTOR ACTIONS FILE [FILE1-OR-COOKIE]) CALLBACK)
10598
10599 Otherwise, signal a `file-notify-error'.
10600
10601 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
10602
10603 ;;;***
10604 \f
10605 ;;;### (autoloads nil "files-x" "files-x.el" (22083 9150 136915 960000))
10606 ;;; Generated autoloads from files-x.el
10607
10608 (autoload 'add-file-local-variable "files-x" "\
10609 Add file-local VARIABLE with its VALUE to the Local Variables list.
10610
10611 This command deletes all existing settings of VARIABLE (except `mode'
10612 and `eval') and adds a new file-local VARIABLE with VALUE to the
10613 Local Variables list.
10614
10615 If there is no Local Variables list in the current file buffer
10616 then this function adds the first line containing the string
10617 `Local Variables:' and the last line containing the string `End:'.
10618
10619 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
10620
10621 (autoload 'delete-file-local-variable "files-x" "\
10622 Delete all settings of file-local VARIABLE from the Local Variables list.
10623
10624 \(fn VARIABLE &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
10625
10626 (autoload 'add-file-local-variable-prop-line "files-x" "\
10627 Add file-local VARIABLE with its VALUE to the -*- line.
10628
10629 This command deletes all existing settings of VARIABLE (except `mode'
10630 and `eval') and adds a new file-local VARIABLE with VALUE to
10631 the -*- line.
10632
10633 If there is no -*- line at the beginning of the current file buffer
10634 then this function adds it.
10635
10636 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
10637
10638 (autoload 'delete-file-local-variable-prop-line "files-x" "\
10639 Delete all settings of file-local VARIABLE from the -*- line.
10640
10641 \(fn VARIABLE &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
10642
10643 (autoload 'add-dir-local-variable "files-x" "\
10644 Add directory-local VARIABLE with its VALUE and MODE to .dir-locals.el.
10645
10646 \(fn MODE VARIABLE VALUE)" t nil)
10647
10648 (autoload 'delete-dir-local-variable "files-x" "\
10649 Delete all MODE settings of file-local VARIABLE from .dir-locals.el.
10650
10651 \(fn MODE VARIABLE)" t nil)
10652
10653 (autoload 'copy-file-locals-to-dir-locals "files-x" "\
10654 Copy file-local variables to .dir-locals.el.
10655
10656 \(fn)" t nil)
10657
10658 (autoload 'copy-dir-locals-to-file-locals "files-x" "\
10659 Copy directory-local variables to the Local Variables list.
10660
10661 \(fn)" t nil)
10662
10663 (autoload 'copy-dir-locals-to-file-locals-prop-line "files-x" "\
10664 Copy directory-local variables to the -*- line.
10665
10666 \(fn)" t nil)
10667
10668 ;;;***
10669 \f
10670 ;;;### (autoloads nil "filesets" "filesets.el" (22026 25907 587502
10671 ;;;;;; 692000))
10672 ;;; Generated autoloads from filesets.el
10673
10674 (autoload 'filesets-init "filesets" "\
10675 Filesets initialization.
10676 Set up hooks, load the cache file -- if existing -- and build the menu.
10677
10678 \(fn)" nil nil)
10679
10680 ;;;***
10681 \f
10682 ;;;### (autoloads nil "find-cmd" "find-cmd.el" (22011 58553 489858
10683 ;;;;;; 469000))
10684 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-cmd.el
10685 (push (purecopy '(find-cmd 0 6)) package--builtin-versions)
10686
10687 (autoload 'find-cmd "find-cmd" "\
10688 Initiate the building of a find command.
10689 For example:
10690
10691 \(find-cmd \\='(prune (name \".svn\" \".git\" \".CVS\"))
10692 \\='(and (or (name \"*.pl\" \"*.pm\" \"*.t\")
10693 (mtime \"+1\"))
10694 (fstype \"nfs\" \"ufs\"))))
10695
10696 `default-directory' is used as the initial search path. The
10697 result is a string that should be ready for the command line.
10698
10699 \(fn &rest SUBFINDS)" nil nil)
10700
10701 ;;;***
10702 \f
10703 ;;;### (autoloads nil "find-dired" "find-dired.el" (22011 58553 489858
10704 ;;;;;; 469000))
10705 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-dired.el
10706
10707 (autoload 'find-dired "find-dired" "\
10708 Run `find' and go into Dired mode on a buffer of the output.
10709 The command run (after changing into DIR) is essentially
10710
10711 find . \\( ARGS \\) -ls
10712
10713 except that the car of the variable `find-ls-option' specifies what to
10714 use in place of \"-ls\" as the final argument.
10715
10716 \(fn DIR ARGS)" t nil)
10717
10718 (autoload 'find-name-dired "find-dired" "\
10719 Search DIR recursively for files matching the globbing pattern PATTERN,
10720 and run Dired on those files.
10721 PATTERN is a shell wildcard (not an Emacs regexp) and need not be quoted.
10722 The default command run (after changing into DIR) is
10723
10724 find . -name \\='PATTERN\\=' -ls
10725
10726 See `find-name-arg' to customize the arguments.
10727
10728 \(fn DIR PATTERN)" t nil)
10729
10730 (autoload 'find-grep-dired "find-dired" "\
10731 Find files in DIR matching a regexp REGEXP and start Dired on output.
10732 The command run (after changing into DIR) is
10733
10734 find . \\( -type f -exec `grep-program' `find-grep-options' \\
10735 -e REGEXP {} \\; \\) -ls
10736
10737 where the car of the variable `find-ls-option' specifies what to
10738 use in place of \"-ls\" as the final argument.
10739
10740 \(fn DIR REGEXP)" t nil)
10741
10742 ;;;***
10743 \f
10744 ;;;### (autoloads nil "find-file" "find-file.el" (22011 58553 489858
10745 ;;;;;; 469000))
10746 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-file.el
10747
10748 (defvar ff-special-constructs `((,(purecopy "^#\\s *\\(include\\|import\\)\\s +[<\"]\\(.*\\)[>\"]") lambda nil (buffer-substring (match-beginning 2) (match-end 2)))) "\
10749 List of special constructs recognized by `ff-treat-as-special'.
10750 Each element, tried in order, has the form (REGEXP . EXTRACT).
10751 If REGEXP matches the current line (from the beginning of the line),
10752 `ff-treat-as-special' calls function EXTRACT with no args.
10753 If EXTRACT returns nil, keep trying. Otherwise, return the
10754 filename that EXTRACT returned.")
10755
10756 (custom-autoload 'ff-special-constructs "find-file" t)
10757
10758 (autoload 'ff-get-other-file "find-file" "\
10759 Find the header or source file corresponding to this file.
10760 See also the documentation for `ff-find-other-file'.
10761
10762 If optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, find the file in another window.
10763
10764 \(fn &optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW)" t nil)
10765
10766 (defalias 'ff-find-related-file 'ff-find-other-file)
10767
10768 (autoload 'ff-find-other-file "find-file" "\
10769 Find the header or source file corresponding to this file.
10770 Being on a `#include' line pulls in that file.
10771
10772 If optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, find the file in the other window.
10773 If optional IGNORE-INCLUDE is non-nil, ignore being on `#include' lines.
10774
10775 Variables of interest include:
10776
10777 - `ff-case-fold-search'
10778 Non-nil means ignore cases in matches (see `case-fold-search').
10779 If you have extensions in different cases, you will want this to be nil.
10780
10781 - `ff-always-in-other-window'
10782 If non-nil, always open the other file in another window, unless an
10783 argument is given to `ff-find-other-file'.
10784
10785 - `ff-ignore-include'
10786 If non-nil, ignores #include lines.
10787
10788 - `ff-always-try-to-create'
10789 If non-nil, always attempt to create the other file if it was not found.
10790
10791 - `ff-quiet-mode'
10792 If non-nil, traces which directories are being searched.
10793
10794 - `ff-special-constructs'
10795 A list of regular expressions specifying how to recognize special
10796 constructs such as include files etc, and an associated method for
10797 extracting the filename from that construct.
10798
10799 - `ff-other-file-alist'
10800 Alist of extensions to find given the current file's extension.
10801
10802 - `ff-search-directories'
10803 List of directories searched through with each extension specified in
10804 `ff-other-file-alist' that matches this file's extension.
10805
10806 - `ff-pre-find-hook'
10807 List of functions to be called before the search for the file starts.
10808
10809 - `ff-pre-load-hook'
10810 List of functions to be called before the other file is loaded.
10811
10812 - `ff-post-load-hook'
10813 List of functions to be called after the other file is loaded.
10814
10815 - `ff-not-found-hook'
10816 List of functions to be called if the other file could not be found.
10817
10818 - `ff-file-created-hook'
10819 List of functions to be called if the other file has been created.
10820
10821 \(fn &optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW IGNORE-INCLUDE)" t nil)
10822
10823 (autoload 'ff-mouse-find-other-file "find-file" "\
10824 Visit the file you click on.
10825
10826 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
10827
10828 (autoload 'ff-mouse-find-other-file-other-window "find-file" "\
10829 Visit the file you click on in another window.
10830
10831 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
10832
10833 ;;;***
10834 \f
10835 ;;;### (autoloads nil "find-func" "emacs-lisp/find-func.el" (22011
10836 ;;;;;; 58553 409858 469000))
10837 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/find-func.el
10838
10839 (autoload 'find-library "find-func" "\
10840 Find the Emacs Lisp source of LIBRARY.
10841 LIBRARY should be a string (the name of the library).
10842
10843 \(fn LIBRARY)" t nil)
10844
10845 (autoload 'find-function-search-for-symbol "find-func" "\
10846 Search for SYMBOL's definition of type TYPE in LIBRARY.
10847 Visit the library in a buffer, and return a cons cell (BUFFER . POSITION),
10848 or just (BUFFER . nil) if the definition can't be found in the file.
10849
10850 If TYPE is nil, look for a function definition.
10851 Otherwise, TYPE specifies the kind of definition,
10852 and it is interpreted via `find-function-regexp-alist'.
10853 The search is done in the source for library LIBRARY.
10854
10855 \(fn SYMBOL TYPE LIBRARY)" nil nil)
10856
10857 (autoload 'find-function-noselect "find-func" "\
10858 Return a pair (BUFFER . POINT) pointing to the definition of FUNCTION.
10859
10860 Finds the source file containing the definition of FUNCTION
10861 in a buffer and the point of the definition. The buffer is
10862 not selected. If the function definition can't be found in
10863 the buffer, returns (BUFFER).
10864
10865 If FUNCTION is a built-in function, this function normally
10866 attempts to find it in the Emacs C sources; however, if LISP-ONLY
10867 is non-nil, signal an error instead.
10868
10869 If the file where FUNCTION is defined is not known, then it is
10870 searched for in `find-function-source-path' if non-nil, otherwise
10871 in `load-path'.
10872
10873 \(fn FUNCTION &optional LISP-ONLY)" nil nil)
10874
10875 (autoload 'find-function "find-func" "\
10876 Find the definition of the FUNCTION near point.
10877
10878 Finds the source file containing the definition of the function
10879 near point (selected by `function-called-at-point') in a buffer and
10880 places point before the definition.
10881 Set mark before moving, if the buffer already existed.
10882
10883 The library where FUNCTION is defined is searched for in
10884 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
10885 See also `find-function-recenter-line' and `find-function-after-hook'.
10886
10887 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
10888
10889 (autoload 'find-function-other-window "find-func" "\
10890 Find, in another window, the definition of FUNCTION near point.
10891
10892 See `find-function' for more details.
10893
10894 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
10895
10896 (autoload 'find-function-other-frame "find-func" "\
10897 Find, in another frame, the definition of FUNCTION near point.
10898
10899 See `find-function' for more details.
10900
10901 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
10902
10903 (autoload 'find-variable-noselect "find-func" "\
10904 Return a pair `(BUFFER . POINT)' pointing to the definition of VARIABLE.
10905
10906 Finds the library containing the definition of VARIABLE in a buffer and
10907 the point of the definition. The buffer is not selected.
10908 If the variable's definition can't be found in the buffer, return (BUFFER).
10909
10910 The library where VARIABLE is defined is searched for in FILE or
10911 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
10912
10913 \(fn VARIABLE &optional FILE)" nil nil)
10914
10915 (autoload 'find-variable "find-func" "\
10916 Find the definition of the VARIABLE at or before point.
10917
10918 Finds the library containing the definition of the variable
10919 near point (selected by `variable-at-point') in a buffer and
10920 places point before the definition.
10921
10922 Set mark before moving, if the buffer already existed.
10923
10924 The library where VARIABLE is defined is searched for in
10925 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
10926 See also `find-function-recenter-line' and `find-function-after-hook'.
10927
10928 \(fn VARIABLE)" t nil)
10929
10930 (autoload 'find-variable-other-window "find-func" "\
10931 Find, in another window, the definition of VARIABLE near point.
10932
10933 See `find-variable' for more details.
10934
10935 \(fn VARIABLE)" t nil)
10936
10937 (autoload 'find-variable-other-frame "find-func" "\
10938 Find, in another frame, the definition of VARIABLE near point.
10939
10940 See `find-variable' for more details.
10941
10942 \(fn VARIABLE)" t nil)
10943
10944 (autoload 'find-definition-noselect "find-func" "\
10945 Return a pair `(BUFFER . POINT)' pointing to the definition of SYMBOL.
10946 If the definition can't be found in the buffer, return (BUFFER).
10947 TYPE says what type of definition: nil for a function, `defvar' for a
10948 variable, `defface' for a face. This function does not switch to the
10949 buffer nor display it.
10950
10951 The library where SYMBOL is defined is searched for in FILE or
10952 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
10953
10954 \(fn SYMBOL TYPE &optional FILE)" nil nil)
10955
10956 (autoload 'find-face-definition "find-func" "\
10957 Find the definition of FACE. FACE defaults to the name near point.
10958
10959 Finds the Emacs Lisp library containing the definition of the face
10960 near point (selected by `variable-at-point') in a buffer and
10961 places point before the definition.
10962
10963 Set mark before moving, if the buffer already existed.
10964
10965 The library where FACE is defined is searched for in
10966 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
10967 See also `find-function-recenter-line' and `find-function-after-hook'.
10968
10969 \(fn FACE)" t nil)
10970
10971 (autoload 'find-function-on-key "find-func" "\
10972 Find the function that KEY invokes. KEY is a string.
10973 Set mark before moving, if the buffer already existed.
10974
10975 \(fn KEY)" t nil)
10976
10977 (autoload 'find-function-on-key-other-window "find-func" "\
10978 Find, in the other window, the function that KEY invokes.
10979 See `find-function-on-key'.
10980
10981 \(fn KEY)" t nil)
10982
10983 (autoload 'find-function-on-key-other-frame "find-func" "\
10984 Find, in the other frame, the function that KEY invokes.
10985 See `find-function-on-key'.
10986
10987 \(fn KEY)" t nil)
10988
10989 (autoload 'find-function-at-point "find-func" "\
10990 Find directly the function at point in the other window.
10991
10992 \(fn)" t nil)
10993
10994 (autoload 'find-variable-at-point "find-func" "\
10995 Find directly the variable at point in the other window.
10996
10997 \(fn)" t nil)
10998
10999 (autoload 'find-function-setup-keys "find-func" "\
11000 Define some key bindings for the find-function family of functions.
11001
11002 \(fn)" nil nil)
11003
11004 ;;;***
11005 \f
11006 ;;;### (autoloads nil "find-lisp" "find-lisp.el" (21670 32330 885624
11007 ;;;;;; 725000))
11008 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-lisp.el
11009
11010 (autoload 'find-lisp-find-dired "find-lisp" "\
11011 Find files in DIR, matching REGEXP.
11012
11013 \(fn DIR REGEXP)" t nil)
11014
11015 (autoload 'find-lisp-find-dired-subdirectories "find-lisp" "\
11016 Find all subdirectories of DIR.
11017
11018 \(fn DIR)" t nil)
11019
11020 (autoload 'find-lisp-find-dired-filter "find-lisp" "\
11021 Change the filter on a `find-lisp-find-dired' buffer to REGEXP.
11022
11023 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
11024
11025 ;;;***
11026 \f
11027 ;;;### (autoloads nil "finder" "finder.el" (21998 46517 46024 649000))
11028 ;;; Generated autoloads from finder.el
11029 (push (purecopy '(finder 1 0)) package--builtin-versions)
11030
11031 (autoload 'finder-list-keywords "finder" "\
11032 Display descriptions of the keywords in the Finder buffer.
11033
11034 \(fn)" t nil)
11035
11036 (autoload 'finder-commentary "finder" "\
11037 Display FILE's commentary section.
11038 FILE should be in a form suitable for passing to `locate-library'.
11039
11040 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
11041
11042 (autoload 'finder-by-keyword "finder" "\
11043 Find packages matching a given keyword.
11044
11045 \(fn)" t nil)
11046
11047 ;;;***
11048 \f
11049 ;;;### (autoloads nil "flow-ctrl" "flow-ctrl.el" (21670 32330 885624
11050 ;;;;;; 725000))
11051 ;;; Generated autoloads from flow-ctrl.el
11052
11053 (autoload 'enable-flow-control "flow-ctrl" "\
11054 Toggle flow control handling.
11055 When handling is enabled, user can type C-s as C-\\, and C-q as C-^.
11056 With arg, enable flow control mode if arg is positive, otherwise disable.
11057
11058 \(fn &optional ARGUMENT)" t nil)
11059
11060 (autoload 'enable-flow-control-on "flow-ctrl" "\
11061 Enable flow control if using one of a specified set of terminal types.
11062 Use `(enable-flow-control-on \"vt100\" \"h19\")' to enable flow control
11063 on VT-100 and H19 terminals. When flow control is enabled,
11064 you must type C-\\ to get the effect of a C-s, and type C-^
11065 to get the effect of a C-q.
11066
11067 \(fn &rest LOSING-TERMINAL-TYPES)" nil nil)
11068
11069 ;;;***
11070 \f
11071 ;;;### (autoloads nil "flow-fill" "gnus/flow-fill.el" (21670 32330
11072 ;;;;;; 885624 725000))
11073 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/flow-fill.el
11074
11075 (autoload 'fill-flowed-encode "flow-fill" "\
11076
11077
11078 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" nil nil)
11079
11080 (autoload 'fill-flowed "flow-fill" "\
11081
11082
11083 \(fn &optional BUFFER DELETE-SPACE)" nil nil)
11084
11085 ;;;***
11086 \f
11087 ;;;### (autoloads nil "flymake" "progmodes/flymake.el" (22011 58553
11088 ;;;;;; 901858 469000))
11089 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/flymake.el
11090 (push (purecopy '(flymake 0 3)) package--builtin-versions)
11091
11092 (autoload 'flymake-mode "flymake" "\
11093 Toggle Flymake mode on or off.
11094 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Flymake mode if ARG is
11095 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
11096 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil, and toggle it if ARG is `toggle'.
11097 \\{flymake-mode-map}
11098
11099 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11100
11101 (autoload 'flymake-mode-on "flymake" "\
11102 Turn flymake mode on.
11103
11104 \(fn)" nil nil)
11105
11106 (autoload 'flymake-mode-off "flymake" "\
11107 Turn flymake mode off.
11108
11109 \(fn)" nil nil)
11110
11111 (autoload 'flymake-find-file-hook "flymake" "\
11112
11113
11114 \(fn)" nil nil)
11115
11116 ;;;***
11117 \f
11118 ;;;### (autoloads nil "flyspell" "textmodes/flyspell.el" (21980 16568
11119 ;;;;;; 77544 893000))
11120 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/flyspell.el
11121
11122 (autoload 'flyspell-prog-mode "flyspell" "\
11123 Turn on `flyspell-mode' for comments and strings.
11124
11125 \(fn)" t nil)
11126 (defvar flyspell-mode nil "Non-nil if Flyspell mode is enabled.")
11127
11128 (autoload 'flyspell-mode "flyspell" "\
11129 Toggle on-the-fly spell checking (Flyspell mode).
11130 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Flyspell mode if ARG is
11131 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
11132 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
11133
11134 Flyspell mode is a buffer-local minor mode. When enabled, it
11135 spawns a single Ispell process and checks each word. The default
11136 flyspell behavior is to highlight incorrect words.
11137
11138 Bindings:
11139 \\[ispell-word]: correct words (using Ispell).
11140 \\[flyspell-auto-correct-word]: automatically correct word.
11141 \\[flyspell-auto-correct-previous-word]: automatically correct the last misspelled word.
11142 \\[flyspell-correct-word] (or down-mouse-2): popup correct words.
11143
11144 Hooks:
11145 This runs `flyspell-mode-hook' after flyspell mode is entered or exit.
11146
11147 Remark:
11148 `flyspell-mode' uses `ispell-mode'. Thus all Ispell options are
11149 valid. For instance, a different dictionary can be used by
11150 invoking `ispell-change-dictionary'.
11151
11152 Consider using the `ispell-parser' to check your text. For instance
11153 consider adding:
11154 \(add-hook \\='tex-mode-hook (function (lambda () (setq ispell-parser \\='tex))))
11155 in your init file.
11156
11157 \\[flyspell-region] checks all words inside a region.
11158 \\[flyspell-buffer] checks the whole buffer.
11159
11160 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11161
11162 (autoload 'turn-on-flyspell "flyspell" "\
11163 Unconditionally turn on Flyspell mode.
11164
11165 \(fn)" nil nil)
11166
11167 (autoload 'turn-off-flyspell "flyspell" "\
11168 Unconditionally turn off Flyspell mode.
11169
11170 \(fn)" nil nil)
11171
11172 (autoload 'flyspell-mode-off "flyspell" "\
11173 Turn Flyspell mode off.
11174
11175 \(fn)" nil nil)
11176
11177 (autoload 'flyspell-region "flyspell" "\
11178 Flyspell text between BEG and END.
11179
11180 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
11181
11182 (autoload 'flyspell-buffer "flyspell" "\
11183 Flyspell whole buffer.
11184
11185 \(fn)" t nil)
11186
11187 ;;;***
11188 \f
11189 ;;;### (autoloads nil "foldout" "foldout.el" (22011 58553 513858
11190 ;;;;;; 469000))
11191 ;;; Generated autoloads from foldout.el
11192 (push (purecopy '(foldout 1 10)) package--builtin-versions)
11193
11194 ;;;***
11195 \f
11196 ;;;### (autoloads nil "follow" "follow.el" (22023 49716 552634 164000))
11197 ;;; Generated autoloads from follow.el
11198
11199 (autoload 'turn-on-follow-mode "follow" "\
11200 Turn on Follow mode. Please see the function `follow-mode'.
11201
11202 \(fn)" nil nil)
11203
11204 (autoload 'turn-off-follow-mode "follow" "\
11205 Turn off Follow mode. Please see the function `follow-mode'.
11206
11207 \(fn)" nil nil)
11208
11209 (autoload 'follow-mode "follow" "\
11210 Toggle Follow mode.
11211 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Follow mode if ARG is
11212 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
11213 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
11214
11215 Follow mode is a minor mode that combines windows into one tall
11216 virtual window. This is accomplished by two main techniques:
11217
11218 * The windows always displays adjacent sections of the buffer.
11219 This means that whenever one window is moved, all the
11220 others will follow. (Hence the name Follow mode.)
11221
11222 * Should point (cursor) end up outside a window, another
11223 window displaying that point is selected, if possible. This
11224 makes it possible to walk between windows using normal cursor
11225 movement commands.
11226
11227 Follow mode comes to its prime when used on a large screen and two
11228 side-by-side windows are used. The user can, with the help of Follow
11229 mode, use two full-height windows as though they would have been
11230 one. Imagine yourself editing a large function, or section of text,
11231 and being able to use 144 lines instead of the normal 72... (your
11232 mileage may vary).
11233
11234 To split one large window into two side-by-side windows, the commands
11235 `\\[split-window-right]' or `\\[follow-delete-other-windows-and-split]' can be used.
11236
11237 Only windows displayed in the same frame follow each other.
11238
11239 This command runs the normal hook `follow-mode-hook'.
11240
11241 Keys specific to Follow mode:
11242 \\{follow-mode-map}
11243
11244 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11245
11246 (autoload 'follow-scroll-up "follow" "\
11247 Scroll text in a Follow mode window chain up.
11248
11249 If called with no ARG, the `next-screen-context-lines' last lines of
11250 the bottom window in the chain will be visible in the top window.
11251
11252 If called with an argument, scroll ARG lines up.
11253 Negative ARG means scroll downward.
11254
11255 Works like `scroll-up' when not in Follow mode.
11256
11257 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11258
11259 (autoload 'follow-scroll-down "follow" "\
11260 Scroll text in a Follow mode window chain down.
11261
11262 If called with no ARG, the `next-screen-context-lines' top lines of
11263 the top window in the chain will be visible in the bottom window.
11264
11265 If called with an argument, scroll ARG lines down.
11266 Negative ARG means scroll upward.
11267
11268 Works like `scroll-down' when not in Follow mode.
11269
11270 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11271
11272 (autoload 'follow-delete-other-windows-and-split "follow" "\
11273 Create two side by side windows and enter Follow mode.
11274
11275 Execute this command to display as much as possible of the text
11276 in the selected window. All other windows, in the current
11277 frame, are deleted and the selected window is split in two
11278 side-by-side windows. Follow mode is activated, hence the
11279 two windows always will display two successive pages.
11280 \(If one window is moved, the other one will follow.)
11281
11282 If ARG is positive, the leftmost window is selected. If negative,
11283 the rightmost is selected. If ARG is nil, the leftmost window is
11284 selected if the original window is the first one in the frame.
11285
11286 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11287
11288 ;;;***
11289 \f
11290 ;;;### (autoloads nil "footnote" "mail/footnote.el" (22026 25907
11291 ;;;;;; 595502 692000))
11292 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/footnote.el
11293 (push (purecopy '(footnote 0 19)) package--builtin-versions)
11294
11295 (autoload 'footnote-mode "footnote" "\
11296 Toggle Footnote mode.
11297 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Footnote mode if ARG is
11298 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
11299 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
11300
11301 Footnode mode is a buffer-local minor mode. If enabled, it
11302 provides footnote support for `message-mode'. To get started,
11303 play around with the following keys:
11304 \\{footnote-minor-mode-map}
11305
11306 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11307
11308 ;;;***
11309 \f
11310 ;;;### (autoloads nil "forms" "forms.el" (21981 37426 535399 97000))
11311 ;;; Generated autoloads from forms.el
11312
11313 (autoload 'forms-mode "forms" "\
11314 Major mode to visit files in a field-structured manner using a form.
11315
11316 Commands: Equivalent keys in read-only mode:
11317 TAB forms-next-field TAB
11318 C-c TAB forms-next-field
11319 C-c < forms-first-record <
11320 C-c > forms-last-record >
11321 C-c ? describe-mode ?
11322 C-c C-k forms-delete-record
11323 C-c C-q forms-toggle-read-only q
11324 C-c C-o forms-insert-record
11325 C-c C-l forms-jump-record l
11326 C-c C-n forms-next-record n
11327 C-c C-p forms-prev-record p
11328 C-c C-r forms-search-reverse r
11329 C-c C-s forms-search-forward s
11330 C-c C-x forms-exit x
11331
11332 \(fn &optional PRIMARY)" t nil)
11333
11334 (autoload 'forms-find-file "forms" "\
11335 Visit a file in Forms mode.
11336
11337 \(fn FN)" t nil)
11338
11339 (autoload 'forms-find-file-other-window "forms" "\
11340 Visit a file in Forms mode in other window.
11341
11342 \(fn FN)" t nil)
11343
11344 ;;;***
11345 \f
11346 ;;;### (autoloads nil "fortran" "progmodes/fortran.el" (22011 58553
11347 ;;;;;; 901858 469000))
11348 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/fortran.el
11349
11350 (autoload 'fortran-mode "fortran" "\
11351 Major mode for editing Fortran code in fixed format.
11352 For free format code, use `f90-mode'.
11353
11354 \\[fortran-indent-line] indents the current Fortran line correctly.
11355 Note that DO statements must not share a common CONTINUE.
11356
11357 Type ;? or ;\\[help-command] to display a list of built-in abbrevs for Fortran keywords.
11358
11359 Key definitions:
11360 \\{fortran-mode-map}
11361
11362 Variables controlling indentation style and extra features:
11363
11364 `fortran-comment-line-start'
11365 To use comments starting with `!', set this to the string \"!\".
11366 `fortran-do-indent'
11367 Extra indentation within DO blocks (default 3).
11368 `fortran-if-indent'
11369 Extra indentation within IF blocks (default 3).
11370 `fortran-structure-indent'
11371 Extra indentation within STRUCTURE, UNION, MAP and INTERFACE blocks.
11372 (default 3)
11373 `fortran-continuation-indent'
11374 Extra indentation applied to continuation statements (default 5).
11375 `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent'
11376 Amount of extra indentation for text in full-line comments (default 0).
11377 `fortran-comment-indent-style'
11378 How to indent the text in full-line comments. Allowed values are:
11379 nil don't change the indentation
11380 `fixed' indent to `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent' beyond the
11381 value of either
11382 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-fixed' (fixed format) or
11383 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-tab' (TAB format),
11384 depending on the continuation format in use.
11385 `relative' indent to `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent' beyond the
11386 indentation for a line of code.
11387 (default `fixed')
11388 `fortran-comment-indent-char'
11389 Single-character string to be inserted instead of space for
11390 full-line comment indentation (default \" \").
11391 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-fixed'
11392 Minimum indentation for statements in fixed format mode (default 6).
11393 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-tab'
11394 Minimum indentation for statements in TAB format mode (default 9).
11395 `fortran-line-number-indent'
11396 Maximum indentation for line numbers (default 1). A line number will
11397 get less than this much indentation if necessary to avoid reaching
11398 column 5.
11399 `fortran-check-all-num-for-matching-do'
11400 Non-nil causes all numbered lines to be treated as possible \"continue\"
11401 statements (default nil).
11402 `fortran-blink-matching-if'
11403 Non-nil causes \\[fortran-indent-line] on an ENDIF (or ENDDO) statement
11404 to blink on the matching IF (or DO [WHILE]). (default nil)
11405 `fortran-continuation-string'
11406 Single-character string to be inserted in column 5 of a continuation
11407 line (default \"$\").
11408 `fortran-comment-region'
11409 String inserted by \\[fortran-comment-region] at start of each line in
11410 the region (default \"c$$$\").
11411 `fortran-electric-line-number'
11412 Non-nil causes line number digits to be moved to the correct column
11413 as typed (default t).
11414 `fortran-break-before-delimiters'
11415 Non-nil causes lines to be broken before delimiters (default t).
11416
11417 Turning on Fortran mode calls the value of the variable `fortran-mode-hook'
11418 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
11419
11420 \(fn)" t nil)
11421
11422 ;;;***
11423 \f
11424 ;;;### (autoloads nil "fortune" "play/fortune.el" (21670 32331 385639
11425 ;;;;;; 720000))
11426 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/fortune.el
11427
11428 (autoload 'fortune-add-fortune "fortune" "\
11429 Add STRING to a fortune file FILE.
11430
11431 Interactively, if called with a prefix argument,
11432 read the file name to use. Otherwise use the value of `fortune-file'.
11433
11434 \(fn STRING FILE)" t nil)
11435
11436 (autoload 'fortune-from-region "fortune" "\
11437 Append the current region to a local fortune-like data file.
11438
11439 Interactively, if called with a prefix argument,
11440 read the file name to use. Otherwise use the value of `fortune-file'.
11441
11442 \(fn BEG END FILE)" t nil)
11443
11444 (autoload 'fortune-compile "fortune" "\
11445 Compile fortune file.
11446
11447 If called with a prefix asks for the FILE to compile, otherwise uses
11448 the value of `fortune-file'. This currently cannot handle directories.
11449
11450 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
11451
11452 (autoload 'fortune-to-signature "fortune" "\
11453 Create signature from output of the fortune program.
11454
11455 If called with a prefix asks for the FILE to choose the fortune from,
11456 otherwise uses the value of `fortune-file'. If you want to have fortune
11457 choose from a set of files in a directory, call interactively with prefix
11458 and choose the directory as the fortune-file.
11459
11460 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
11461
11462 (autoload 'fortune "fortune" "\
11463 Display a fortune cookie.
11464 If called with a prefix asks for the FILE to choose the fortune from,
11465 otherwise uses the value of `fortune-file'. If you want to have fortune
11466 choose from a set of files in a directory, call interactively with prefix
11467 and choose the directory as the fortune-file.
11468
11469 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
11470
11471 ;;;***
11472 \f
11473 ;;;### (autoloads nil "frameset" "frameset.el" (21799 41766 981374
11474 ;;;;;; 972000))
11475 ;;; Generated autoloads from frameset.el
11476
11477 (defvar frameset-session-filter-alist '((name . :never) (left . frameset-filter-iconified) (minibuffer . frameset-filter-minibuffer) (top . frameset-filter-iconified)) "\
11478 Minimum set of parameters to filter for live (on-session) framesets.
11479 DO NOT MODIFY. See `frameset-filter-alist' for a full description.")
11480
11481 (defvar frameset-persistent-filter-alist (nconc '((background-color . frameset-filter-sanitize-color) (buffer-list . :never) (buffer-predicate . :never) (buried-buffer-list . :never) (font . frameset-filter-shelve-param) (foreground-color . frameset-filter-sanitize-color) (fullscreen . frameset-filter-shelve-param) (GUI:font . frameset-filter-unshelve-param) (GUI:fullscreen . frameset-filter-unshelve-param) (GUI:height . frameset-filter-unshelve-param) (GUI:width . frameset-filter-unshelve-param) (height . frameset-filter-shelve-param) (outer-window-id . :never) (parent-id . :never) (tty . frameset-filter-tty-to-GUI) (tty-type . frameset-filter-tty-to-GUI) (width . frameset-filter-shelve-param) (window-id . :never) (window-system . :never)) frameset-session-filter-alist) "\
11482 Parameters to filter for persistent framesets.
11483 DO NOT MODIFY. See `frameset-filter-alist' for a full description.")
11484
11485 (defvar frameset-filter-alist frameset-persistent-filter-alist "\
11486 Alist of frame parameters and filtering functions.
11487
11488 This alist is the default value of the FILTERS argument of
11489 `frameset-save' and `frameset-restore' (which see).
11490
11491 Initially, `frameset-filter-alist' is set to, and shares the value of,
11492 `frameset-persistent-filter-alist'. You can override any item in
11493 this alist by `push'ing a new item onto it. If, for some reason, you
11494 intend to modify existing values, do
11495
11496 (setq frameset-filter-alist (copy-tree frameset-filter-alist))
11497
11498 before changing anything.
11499
11500 On saving, PARAMETERS is the parameter alist of each frame processed,
11501 and FILTERED is the parameter alist that gets saved to the frameset.
11502
11503 On restoring, PARAMETERS is the parameter alist extracted from the
11504 frameset, and FILTERED is the resulting frame parameter alist used
11505 to restore the frame.
11506
11507 Elements of `frameset-filter-alist' are conses (PARAM . ACTION),
11508 where PARAM is a parameter name (a symbol identifying a frame
11509 parameter), and ACTION can be:
11510
11511 nil The parameter is copied to FILTERED.
11512 :never The parameter is never copied to FILTERED.
11513 :save The parameter is copied only when saving the frame.
11514 :restore The parameter is copied only when restoring the frame.
11515 FILTER A filter function.
11516
11517 FILTER can be a symbol FILTER-FUN, or a list (FILTER-FUN ARGS...).
11518 FILTER-FUN is invoked with
11519
11520 (apply FILTER-FUN CURRENT FILTERED PARAMETERS SAVING ARGS)
11521
11522 where
11523
11524 CURRENT A cons (PARAM . VALUE), where PARAM is the one being
11525 filtered and VALUE is its current value.
11526 FILTERED The resulting alist (so far).
11527 PARAMETERS The complete alist of parameters being filtered,
11528 SAVING Non-nil if filtering before saving state, nil if filtering
11529 before restoring it.
11530 ARGS Any additional arguments specified in the ACTION.
11531
11532 FILTER-FUN is allowed to modify items in FILTERED, but no other arguments.
11533 It must return:
11534 nil Skip CURRENT (do not add it to FILTERED).
11535 t Add CURRENT to FILTERED as is.
11536 (NEW-PARAM . NEW-VALUE) Add this to FILTERED instead of CURRENT.
11537
11538 Frame parameters not on this alist are passed intact, as if they were
11539 defined with ACTION = nil.")
11540
11541 (autoload 'frameset-frame-id "frameset" "\
11542 Return the frame id of FRAME, if it has one; else, return nil.
11543 A frame id is a string that uniquely identifies a frame.
11544 It is persistent across `frameset-save' / `frameset-restore'
11545 invocations, and once assigned is never changed unless the same
11546 frame is duplicated (via `frameset-restore'), in which case the
11547 newest frame keeps the id and the old frame's is set to nil.
11548
11549 \(fn FRAME)" nil nil)
11550
11551 (autoload 'frameset-frame-id-equal-p "frameset" "\
11552 Return non-nil if FRAME's id matches ID.
11553
11554 \(fn FRAME ID)" nil nil)
11555
11556 (autoload 'frameset-frame-with-id "frameset" "\
11557 Return the live frame with id ID, if exists; else nil.
11558 If FRAME-LIST is a list of frames, check these frames only.
11559 If nil, check all live frames.
11560
11561 \(fn ID &optional FRAME-LIST)" nil nil)
11562
11563 (autoload 'frameset-save "frameset" "\
11564 Return a frameset for FRAME-LIST, a list of frames.
11565 Dead frames and non-frame objects are silently removed from the list.
11566 If nil, FRAME-LIST defaults to the output of `frame-list' (all live frames).
11567 APP, NAME and DESCRIPTION are optional data; see the docstring of the
11568 `frameset' defstruct for details.
11569 FILTERS is an alist of parameter filters; if nil, the value of the variable
11570 `frameset-filter-alist' is used instead.
11571 PREDICATE is a predicate function, which must return non-nil for frames that
11572 should be saved; if PREDICATE is nil, all frames from FRAME-LIST are saved.
11573 PROPERTIES is a user-defined property list to add to the frameset.
11574
11575 \(fn FRAME-LIST &key APP NAME DESCRIPTION FILTERS PREDICATE PROPERTIES)" nil nil)
11576
11577 (autoload 'frameset-restore "frameset" "\
11578 Restore a FRAMESET into the current display(s).
11579
11580 PREDICATE is a function called with two arguments, the parameter alist
11581 and the window-state of the frame being restored, in that order (see
11582 the docstring of the `frameset' defstruct for additional details).
11583 If PREDICATE returns nil, the frame described by that parameter alist
11584 and window-state is not restored.
11585
11586 FILTERS is an alist of parameter filters; if nil, the value of
11587 `frameset-filter-alist' is used instead.
11588
11589 REUSE-FRAMES selects the policy to reuse frames when restoring:
11590 t All existing frames can be reused.
11591 nil No existing frame can be reused.
11592 match Only frames with matching frame ids can be reused.
11593 PRED A predicate function; it receives as argument a live frame,
11594 and must return non-nil to allow reusing it, nil otherwise.
11595
11596 FORCE-DISPLAY can be:
11597 t Frames are restored in the current display.
11598 nil Frames are restored, if possible, in their original displays.
11599 delete Frames in other displays are deleted instead of restored.
11600 PRED A function called with two arguments, the parameter alist and
11601 the window state (in that order). It must return t, nil or
11602 `delete', as above but affecting only the frame that will
11603 be created from that parameter alist.
11604
11605 FORCE-ONSCREEN can be:
11606 t Force onscreen only those frames that are fully offscreen.
11607 nil Do not force any frame back onscreen.
11608 all Force onscreen any frame fully or partially offscreen.
11609 PRED A function called with three arguments,
11610 - the live frame just restored,
11611 - a list (LEFT TOP WIDTH HEIGHT), describing the frame,
11612 - a list (LEFT TOP WIDTH HEIGHT), describing the workarea.
11613 It must return non-nil to force the frame onscreen, nil otherwise.
11614
11615 CLEANUP-FRAMES allows to \"clean up\" the frame list after restoring a frameset:
11616 t Delete all frames that were not created or restored upon.
11617 nil Keep all frames.
11618 FUNC A function called with two arguments:
11619 - FRAME, a live frame.
11620 - ACTION, which can be one of
11621 :rejected Frame existed, but was not a candidate for reuse.
11622 :ignored Frame existed, was a candidate, but wasn't reused.
11623 :reused Frame existed, was a candidate, and restored upon.
11624 :created Frame didn't exist, was created and restored upon.
11625 Return value is ignored.
11626
11627 Note the timing and scope of the operations described above: REUSE-FRAMES
11628 affects existing frames; PREDICATE, FILTERS and FORCE-DISPLAY affect the frame
11629 being restored before that happens; FORCE-ONSCREEN affects the frame once
11630 it has been restored; and CLEANUP-FRAMES affects all frames alive after the
11631 restoration, including those that have been reused or created anew.
11632
11633 All keyword parameters default to nil.
11634
11635 \(fn FRAMESET &key PREDICATE FILTERS REUSE-FRAMES FORCE-DISPLAY FORCE-ONSCREEN CLEANUP-FRAMES)" nil nil)
11636
11637 (autoload 'frameset--jump-to-register "frameset" "\
11638 Restore frameset from DATA stored in register.
11639 Called from `jump-to-register'. Internal use only.
11640
11641 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
11642
11643 (autoload 'frameset--print-register "frameset" "\
11644 Print basic info about frameset stored in DATA.
11645 Called from `list-registers' and `view-register'. Internal use only.
11646
11647 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
11648
11649 (autoload 'frameset-to-register "frameset" "\
11650 Store the current frameset in register REGISTER.
11651 Use \\[jump-to-register] to restore the frameset.
11652 Argument is a character, naming the register.
11653
11654 Interactively, reads the register using `register-read-with-preview'.
11655
11656 \(fn REGISTER)" t nil)
11657
11658 ;;;***
11659 \f
11660 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gamegrid" "play/gamegrid.el" (21720 38720
11661 ;;;;;; 956749 443000))
11662 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/gamegrid.el
11663 (push (purecopy '(gamegrid 1 2)) package--builtin-versions)
11664
11665 ;;;***
11666 \f
11667 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gdb-mi" "progmodes/gdb-mi.el" (22030 22952
11668 ;;;;;; 977158 467000))
11669 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/gdb-mi.el
11670
11671 (defvar gdb-enable-debug nil "\
11672 Non-nil if Gdb-Enable-Debug mode is enabled.
11673 See the command `gdb-enable-debug' for a description of this minor mode.")
11674
11675 (custom-autoload 'gdb-enable-debug "gdb-mi" nil)
11676
11677 (autoload 'gdb-enable-debug "gdb-mi" "\
11678 Toggle logging of transaction between Emacs and Gdb.
11679 The log is stored in `gdb-debug-log' as an alist with elements
11680 whose cons is send, send-item or recv and whose cdr is the string
11681 being transferred. This list may grow up to a size of
11682 `gdb-debug-log-max' after which the oldest element (at the end of
11683 the list) is deleted every time a new one is added (at the front).
11684
11685 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11686
11687 (autoload 'gdb "gdb-mi" "\
11688 Run gdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
11689 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
11690 and source-file directory for your debugger.
11691
11692 COMMAND-LINE is the shell command for starting the gdb session.
11693 It should be a string consisting of the name of the gdb
11694 executable followed by command line options. The command line
11695 options should include \"-i=mi\" to use gdb's MI text interface.
11696 Note that the old \"--annotate\" option is no longer supported.
11697
11698 If option `gdb-many-windows' is nil (the default value) then gdb just
11699 pops up the GUD buffer unless `gdb-show-main' is t. In this case
11700 it starts with two windows: one displaying the GUD buffer and the
11701 other with the source file with the main routine of the inferior.
11702
11703 If option `gdb-many-windows' is t, regardless of the value of
11704 `gdb-show-main', the layout below will appear. Keybindings are
11705 shown in some of the buffers.
11706
11707 Watch expressions appear in the speedbar/slowbar.
11708
11709 The following commands help control operation :
11710
11711 `gdb-many-windows' - Toggle the number of windows gdb uses.
11712 `gdb-restore-windows' - To restore the window layout.
11713
11714 See Info node `(emacs)GDB Graphical Interface' for a more
11715 detailed description of this mode.
11716
11717
11718 +----------------------------------------------------------------------+
11719 | GDB Toolbar |
11720 +-----------------------------------+----------------------------------+
11721 | GUD buffer (I/O of GDB) | Locals buffer |
11722 | | |
11723 | | |
11724 | | |
11725 +-----------------------------------+----------------------------------+
11726 | Source buffer | I/O buffer (of debugged program) |
11727 | | (comint-mode) |
11728 | | |
11729 | | |
11730 | | |
11731 | | |
11732 | | |
11733 | | |
11734 +-----------------------------------+----------------------------------+
11735 | Stack buffer | Breakpoints buffer |
11736 | RET gdb-select-frame | SPC gdb-toggle-breakpoint |
11737 | | RET gdb-goto-breakpoint |
11738 | | D gdb-delete-breakpoint |
11739 +-----------------------------------+----------------------------------+
11740
11741 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
11742
11743 ;;;***
11744 \f
11745 ;;;### (autoloads nil "generic" "emacs-lisp/generic.el" (21670 32330
11746 ;;;;;; 885624 725000))
11747 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/generic.el
11748
11749 (defvar generic-mode-list nil "\
11750 A list of mode names for `generic-mode'.
11751 Do not add entries to this list directly; use `define-generic-mode'
11752 instead (which see).")
11753
11754 (autoload 'define-generic-mode "generic" "\
11755 Create a new generic mode MODE.
11756
11757 MODE is the name of the command for the generic mode; don't quote it.
11758 The optional DOCSTRING is the documentation for the mode command. If
11759 you do not supply it, `define-generic-mode' uses a default
11760 documentation string instead.
11761
11762 COMMENT-LIST is a list in which each element is either a character, a
11763 string of one or two characters, or a cons cell. A character or a
11764 string is set up in the mode's syntax table as a \"comment starter\".
11765 If the entry is a cons cell, the `car' is set up as a \"comment
11766 starter\" and the `cdr' as a \"comment ender\". (Use nil for the
11767 latter if you want comments to end at the end of the line.) Note that
11768 the syntax table has limitations about what comment starters and
11769 enders are actually possible.
11770
11771 KEYWORD-LIST is a list of keywords to highlight with
11772 `font-lock-keyword-face'. Each keyword should be a string.
11773
11774 FONT-LOCK-LIST is a list of additional expressions to highlight. Each
11775 element of this list should have the same form as an element of
11776 `font-lock-keywords'.
11777
11778 AUTO-MODE-LIST is a list of regular expressions to add to
11779 `auto-mode-alist'. These regular expressions are added when Emacs
11780 runs the macro expansion.
11781
11782 FUNCTION-LIST is a list of functions to call to do some additional
11783 setup. The mode command calls these functions just before it runs the
11784 mode hook `MODE-hook'.
11785
11786 See the file generic-x.el for some examples of `define-generic-mode'.
11787
11788 \(fn MODE COMMENT-LIST KEYWORD-LIST FONT-LOCK-LIST AUTO-MODE-LIST FUNCTION-LIST &optional DOCSTRING)" nil t)
11789
11790 (function-put 'define-generic-mode 'lisp-indent-function '1)
11791
11792 (function-put 'define-generic-mode 'doc-string-elt '7)
11793
11794 (autoload 'generic-mode-internal "generic" "\
11795 Go into the generic mode MODE.
11796
11797 \(fn MODE COMMENT-LIST KEYWORD-LIST FONT-LOCK-LIST FUNCTION-LIST)" nil nil)
11798
11799 (autoload 'generic-mode "generic" "\
11800 Enter generic mode MODE.
11801
11802 Generic modes provide basic comment and font-lock functionality
11803 for \"generic\" files. (Files which are too small to warrant their
11804 own mode, but have comment characters, keywords, and the like.)
11805
11806 To define a generic-mode, use the function `define-generic-mode'.
11807 Some generic modes are defined in `generic-x.el'.
11808
11809 \(fn MODE)" t nil)
11810
11811 (autoload 'generic-make-keywords-list "generic" "\
11812 Return a `font-lock-keywords' construct that highlights KEYWORD-LIST.
11813 KEYWORD-LIST is a list of keyword strings that should be
11814 highlighted with face FACE. This function calculates a regular
11815 expression that matches these keywords and concatenates it with
11816 PREFIX and SUFFIX. Then it returns a construct based on this
11817 regular expression that can be used as an element of
11818 `font-lock-keywords'.
11819
11820 \(fn KEYWORD-LIST FACE &optional PREFIX SUFFIX)" nil nil)
11821
11822 (make-obsolete 'generic-make-keywords-list 'regexp-opt '"24.4")
11823
11824 ;;;***
11825 \f
11826 ;;;### (autoloads nil "glasses" "progmodes/glasses.el" (22011 58553
11827 ;;;;;; 901858 469000))
11828 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/glasses.el
11829
11830 (autoload 'glasses-mode "glasses" "\
11831 Minor mode for making identifiers likeThis readable.
11832 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
11833 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
11834 if ARG is omitted or nil. When this mode is active, it tries to
11835 add virtual separators (like underscores) at places they belong to.
11836
11837 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11838
11839 ;;;***
11840 \f
11841 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gmm-utils" "gnus/gmm-utils.el" (21993 28596
11842 ;;;;;; 86597 473000))
11843 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gmm-utils.el
11844
11845 (autoload 'gmm-regexp-concat "gmm-utils" "\
11846 Potentially concat a list of regexps into a single one.
11847 The concatenation is done with logical ORs.
11848
11849 \(fn REGEXP)" nil nil)
11850
11851 (autoload 'gmm-message "gmm-utils" "\
11852 If LEVEL is lower than `gmm-verbose' print ARGS using `message'.
11853
11854 Guideline for numbers:
11855 1 - error messages
11856 3 - non-serious error messages
11857 5 - messages for things that take a long time
11858 7 - not very important messages on stuff
11859 9 - messages inside loops.
11860
11861 \(fn LEVEL &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
11862
11863 (autoload 'gmm-error "gmm-utils" "\
11864 Beep an error if LEVEL is equal to or less than `gmm-verbose'.
11865 ARGS are passed to `message'.
11866
11867 \(fn LEVEL &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
11868
11869 (autoload 'gmm-widget-p "gmm-utils" "\
11870 Non-nil if SYMBOL is a widget.
11871
11872 \(fn SYMBOL)" nil nil)
11873
11874 (autoload 'gmm-tool-bar-from-list "gmm-utils" "\
11875 Make a tool bar from ICON-LIST.
11876
11877 Within each entry of ICON-LIST, the first element is a menu
11878 command, the second element is an icon file name and the third
11879 element is a test function. You can use \\[describe-key]
11880 <menu-entry> to find out the name of a menu command. The fourth
11881 and all following elements are passed as the PROPS argument to the
11882 function `tool-bar-local-item'.
11883
11884 If ZAP-LIST is a list, remove those item from the default
11885 `tool-bar-map'. If it is t, start with a new sparse map. You
11886 can use \\[describe-key] <icon> to find out the name of an icon
11887 item. When \\[describe-key] <icon> shows \"<tool-bar> <new-file>
11888 runs the command find-file\", then use `new-file' in ZAP-LIST.
11889
11890 DEFAULT-MAP specifies the default key map for ICON-LIST.
11891
11892 \(fn ICON-LIST ZAP-LIST DEFAULT-MAP)" nil nil)
11893
11894 ;;;***
11895 \f
11896 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus" "gnus/gnus.el" (22011 58553 561858 469000))
11897 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus.el
11898 (push (purecopy '(gnus 5 13)) package--builtin-versions)
11899 (when (fboundp 'custom-autoload)
11900 (custom-autoload 'gnus-select-method "gnus"))
11901
11902 (autoload 'gnus-slave-no-server "gnus" "\
11903 Read network news as a slave, without connecting to the local server.
11904
11905 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11906
11907 (autoload 'gnus-no-server "gnus" "\
11908 Read network news.
11909 If ARG is a positive number, Gnus will use that as the startup
11910 level. If ARG is nil, Gnus will be started at level 2. If ARG is
11911 non-nil and not a positive number, Gnus will prompt the user for the
11912 name of an NNTP server to use.
11913 As opposed to `gnus', this command will not connect to the local
11914 server.
11915
11916 \(fn &optional ARG SLAVE)" t nil)
11917
11918 (autoload 'gnus-slave "gnus" "\
11919 Read news as a slave.
11920
11921 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11922
11923 (autoload 'gnus-other-frame "gnus" "\
11924 Pop up a frame to read news.
11925 This will call one of the Gnus commands which is specified by the user
11926 option `gnus-other-frame-function' (default `gnus') with the argument
11927 ARG if Gnus is not running, otherwise pop up a Gnus frame and run the
11928 command specified by `gnus-other-frame-resume-function'.
11929 The optional second argument DISPLAY should be a standard display string
11930 such as \"unix:0\" to specify where to pop up a frame. If DISPLAY is
11931 omitted or the function `make-frame-on-display' is not available, the
11932 current display is used.
11933
11934 \(fn &optional ARG DISPLAY)" t nil)
11935
11936 (autoload 'gnus "gnus" "\
11937 Read network news.
11938 If ARG is non-nil and a positive number, Gnus will use that as the
11939 startup level. If ARG is non-nil and not a positive number, Gnus will
11940 prompt the user for the name of an NNTP server to use.
11941
11942 \(fn &optional ARG DONT-CONNECT SLAVE)" t nil)
11943
11944 ;;;***
11945 \f
11946 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-agent" "gnus/gnus-agent.el" (21989 31537
11947 ;;;;;; 791825 721000))
11948 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-agent.el
11949
11950 (autoload 'gnus-unplugged "gnus-agent" "\
11951 Start Gnus unplugged.
11952
11953 \(fn)" t nil)
11954
11955 (autoload 'gnus-plugged "gnus-agent" "\
11956 Start Gnus plugged.
11957
11958 \(fn)" t nil)
11959
11960 (autoload 'gnus-slave-unplugged "gnus-agent" "\
11961 Read news as a slave unplugged.
11962
11963 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11964
11965 (autoload 'gnus-agentize "gnus-agent" "\
11966 Allow Gnus to be an offline newsreader.
11967
11968 The gnus-agentize function is now called internally by gnus when
11969 gnus-agent is set. If you wish to avoid calling gnus-agentize,
11970 customize gnus-agent to nil.
11971
11972 This will modify the `gnus-setup-news-hook', and
11973 `message-send-mail-real-function' variables, and install the Gnus agent
11974 minor mode in all Gnus buffers.
11975
11976 \(fn)" t nil)
11977
11978 (autoload 'gnus-agent-possibly-save-gcc "gnus-agent" "\
11979 Save GCC if Gnus is unplugged.
11980
11981 \(fn)" nil nil)
11982
11983 (autoload 'gnus-agent-rename-group "gnus-agent" "\
11984 Rename fully-qualified OLD-GROUP as NEW-GROUP.
11985 Always updates the agent, even when disabled, as the old agent
11986 files would corrupt gnus when the agent was next enabled.
11987 Depends upon the caller to determine whether group renaming is
11988 supported.
11989
11990 \(fn OLD-GROUP NEW-GROUP)" nil nil)
11991
11992 (autoload 'gnus-agent-delete-group "gnus-agent" "\
11993 Delete fully-qualified GROUP.
11994 Always updates the agent, even when disabled, as the old agent
11995 files would corrupt gnus when the agent was next enabled.
11996 Depends upon the caller to determine whether group deletion is
11997 supported.
11998
11999 \(fn GROUP)" nil nil)
12000
12001 (autoload 'gnus-agent-get-undownloaded-list "gnus-agent" "\
12002 Construct list of articles that have not been downloaded.
12003
12004 \(fn)" nil nil)
12005
12006 (autoload 'gnus-agent-possibly-alter-active "gnus-agent" "\
12007 Possibly expand a group's active range to include articles
12008 downloaded into the agent.
12009
12010 \(fn GROUP ACTIVE &optional INFO)" nil nil)
12011
12012 (autoload 'gnus-agent-find-parameter "gnus-agent" "\
12013 Search for GROUPs SYMBOL in the group's parameters, the group's
12014 topic parameters, the group's category, or the customizable
12015 variables. Returns the first non-nil value found.
12016
12017 \(fn GROUP SYMBOL)" nil nil)
12018
12019 (autoload 'gnus-agent-batch-fetch "gnus-agent" "\
12020 Start Gnus and fetch session.
12021
12022 \(fn)" t nil)
12023
12024 (autoload 'gnus-agent-batch "gnus-agent" "\
12025 Start Gnus, send queue and fetch session.
12026
12027 \(fn)" t nil)
12028
12029 (autoload 'gnus-agent-regenerate "gnus-agent" "\
12030 Regenerate all agent covered files.
12031 CLEAN is obsolete and ignored.
12032
12033 \(fn &optional CLEAN REREAD)" t nil)
12034
12035 ;;;***
12036 \f
12037 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-art" "gnus/gnus-art.el" (22011 58553
12038 ;;;;;; 521858 469000))
12039 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-art.el
12040
12041 (autoload 'gnus-article-prepare-display "gnus-art" "\
12042 Make the current buffer look like a nice article.
12043
12044 \(fn)" nil nil)
12045
12046 ;;;***
12047 \f
12048 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-bookmark" "gnus/gnus-bookmark.el" (22011
12049 ;;;;;; 58553 521858 469000))
12050 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-bookmark.el
12051
12052 (autoload 'gnus-bookmark-set "gnus-bookmark" "\
12053 Set a bookmark for this article.
12054
12055 \(fn)" t nil)
12056
12057 (autoload 'gnus-bookmark-jump "gnus-bookmark" "\
12058 Jump to a Gnus bookmark (BMK-NAME).
12059
12060 \(fn &optional BMK-NAME)" t nil)
12061
12062 (autoload 'gnus-bookmark-bmenu-list "gnus-bookmark" "\
12063 Display a list of existing Gnus bookmarks.
12064 The list is displayed in a buffer named `*Gnus Bookmark List*'.
12065 The leftmost column displays a D if the bookmark is flagged for
12066 deletion, or > if it is flagged for displaying.
12067
12068 \(fn)" t nil)
12069
12070 ;;;***
12071 \f
12072 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-cache" "gnus/gnus-cache.el" (21670 32330
12073 ;;;;;; 885624 725000))
12074 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-cache.el
12075
12076 (autoload 'gnus-jog-cache "gnus-cache" "\
12077 Go through all groups and put the articles into the cache.
12078
12079 Usage:
12080 $ emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs -l gnus -f gnus-jog-cache
12081
12082 \(fn)" t nil)
12083
12084 (autoload 'gnus-cache-generate-active "gnus-cache" "\
12085 Generate the cache active file.
12086
12087 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
12088
12089 (autoload 'gnus-cache-generate-nov-databases "gnus-cache" "\
12090 Generate NOV files recursively starting in DIR.
12091
12092 \(fn DIR)" t nil)
12093
12094 (autoload 'gnus-cache-rename-group "gnus-cache" "\
12095 Rename OLD-GROUP as NEW-GROUP.
12096 Always updates the cache, even when disabled, as the old cache
12097 files would corrupt Gnus when the cache was next enabled. It
12098 depends on the caller to determine whether group renaming is
12099 supported.
12100
12101 \(fn OLD-GROUP NEW-GROUP)" nil nil)
12102
12103 (autoload 'gnus-cache-delete-group "gnus-cache" "\
12104 Delete GROUP from the cache.
12105 Always updates the cache, even when disabled, as the old cache
12106 files would corrupt gnus when the cache was next enabled.
12107 Depends upon the caller to determine whether group deletion is
12108 supported.
12109
12110 \(fn GROUP)" nil nil)
12111
12112 ;;;***
12113 \f
12114 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-delay" "gnus/gnus-delay.el" (21670 32330
12115 ;;;;;; 885624 725000))
12116 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-delay.el
12117
12118 (autoload 'gnus-delay-article "gnus-delay" "\
12119 Delay this article by some time.
12120 DELAY is a string, giving the length of the time. Possible values are:
12121
12122 * <digits><units> for <units> in minutes (`m'), hours (`h'), days (`d'),
12123 weeks (`w'), months (`M'), or years (`Y');
12124
12125 * YYYY-MM-DD for a specific date. The time of day is given by the
12126 variable `gnus-delay-default-hour', minute and second are zero.
12127
12128 * hh:mm for a specific time. Use 24h format. If it is later than this
12129 time, then the deadline is tomorrow, else today.
12130
12131 \(fn DELAY)" t nil)
12132
12133 (autoload 'gnus-delay-send-queue "gnus-delay" "\
12134 Send all the delayed messages that are due now.
12135
12136 \(fn)" t nil)
12137
12138 (autoload 'gnus-delay-initialize "gnus-delay" "\
12139 Initialize the gnus-delay package.
12140 This sets up a key binding in `message-mode' to delay a message.
12141 This tells Gnus to look for delayed messages after getting new news.
12142
12143 The optional arg NO-KEYMAP is ignored.
12144 Checking delayed messages is skipped if optional arg NO-CHECK is non-nil.
12145
12146 \(fn &optional NO-KEYMAP NO-CHECK)" nil nil)
12147
12148 ;;;***
12149 \f
12150 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-diary" "gnus/gnus-diary.el" (21670 32330
12151 ;;;;;; 885624 725000))
12152 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-diary.el
12153
12154 (autoload 'gnus-user-format-function-d "gnus-diary" "\
12155
12156
12157 \(fn HEADER)" nil nil)
12158
12159 (autoload 'gnus-user-format-function-D "gnus-diary" "\
12160
12161
12162 \(fn HEADER)" nil nil)
12163
12164 ;;;***
12165 \f
12166 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-dired" "gnus/gnus-dired.el" (21670 32330
12167 ;;;;;; 885624 725000))
12168 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-dired.el
12169
12170 (autoload 'turn-on-gnus-dired-mode "gnus-dired" "\
12171 Convenience method to turn on gnus-dired-mode.
12172
12173 \(fn)" t nil)
12174
12175 ;;;***
12176 \f
12177 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-draft" "gnus/gnus-draft.el" (21670 32330
12178 ;;;;;; 885624 725000))
12179 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-draft.el
12180
12181 (autoload 'gnus-draft-reminder "gnus-draft" "\
12182 Reminder user if there are unsent drafts.
12183
12184 \(fn)" t nil)
12185
12186 ;;;***
12187 \f
12188 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-fun" "gnus/gnus-fun.el" (21989 31537
12189 ;;;;;; 811825 721000))
12190 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-fun.el
12191
12192 (autoload 'gnus--random-face-with-type "gnus-fun" "\
12193 Return file from DIR with extension EXT, omitting matches of OMIT, processed by FUN.
12194
12195 \(fn DIR EXT OMIT FUN)" nil nil)
12196
12197 (autoload 'message-goto-eoh "message" nil t)
12198
12199 (autoload 'gnus-random-x-face "gnus-fun" "\
12200 Return X-Face header data chosen randomly from `gnus-x-face-directory'.
12201
12202 Files matching `gnus-x-face-omit-files' are not considered.
12203
12204 \(fn)" t nil)
12205
12206 (autoload 'gnus-insert-random-x-face-header "gnus-fun" "\
12207 Insert a random X-Face header from `gnus-x-face-directory'.
12208
12209 \(fn)" t nil)
12210
12211 (autoload 'gnus-x-face-from-file "gnus-fun" "\
12212 Insert an X-Face header based on an image FILE.
12213
12214 Depending on `gnus-convert-image-to-x-face-command' it may accept
12215 different input formats.
12216
12217 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
12218
12219 (autoload 'gnus-face-from-file "gnus-fun" "\
12220 Return a Face header based on an image FILE.
12221
12222 Depending on `gnus-convert-image-to-face-command' it may accept
12223 different input formats.
12224
12225 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
12226
12227 (autoload 'gnus-convert-face-to-png "gnus-fun" "\
12228 Convert FACE (which is base64-encoded) to a PNG.
12229 The PNG is returned as a string.
12230
12231 \(fn FACE)" nil nil)
12232
12233 (autoload 'gnus-convert-png-to-face "gnus-fun" "\
12234 Convert FILE to a Face.
12235 FILE should be a PNG file that's 48x48 and smaller than or equal to
12236 726 bytes.
12237
12238 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
12239
12240 (autoload 'gnus-random-face "gnus-fun" "\
12241 Return randomly chosen Face from `gnus-face-directory'.
12242
12243 Files matching `gnus-face-omit-files' are not considered.
12244
12245 \(fn)" t nil)
12246
12247 (autoload 'gnus-insert-random-face-header "gnus-fun" "\
12248 Insert a random Face header from `gnus-face-directory'.
12249
12250 \(fn)" nil nil)
12251
12252 ;;;***
12253 \f
12254 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-gravatar" "gnus/gnus-gravatar.el" (21670
12255 ;;;;;; 32330 885624 725000))
12256 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-gravatar.el
12257
12258 (autoload 'gnus-treat-from-gravatar "gnus-gravatar" "\
12259 Display gravatar in the From header.
12260 If gravatar is already displayed, remove it.
12261
12262 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
12263
12264 (autoload 'gnus-treat-mail-gravatar "gnus-gravatar" "\
12265 Display gravatars in the Cc and To headers.
12266 If gravatars are already displayed, remove them.
12267
12268 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
12269
12270 ;;;***
12271 \f
12272 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-group" "gnus/gnus-group.el" (22011 58553
12273 ;;;;;; 529858 469000))
12274 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-group.el
12275
12276 (autoload 'gnus-fetch-group "gnus-group" "\
12277 Start Gnus if necessary and enter GROUP.
12278 If ARTICLES, display those articles.
12279 Returns whether the fetching was successful or not.
12280
12281 \(fn GROUP &optional ARTICLES)" t nil)
12282
12283 (autoload 'gnus-fetch-group-other-frame "gnus-group" "\
12284 Pop up a frame and enter GROUP.
12285
12286 \(fn GROUP)" t nil)
12287
12288 ;;;***
12289 \f
12290 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-html" "gnus/gnus-html.el" (21972 22452
12291 ;;;;;; 190264 357000))
12292 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-html.el
12293
12294 (autoload 'gnus-article-html "gnus-html" "\
12295
12296
12297 \(fn &optional HANDLE)" nil nil)
12298
12299 (autoload 'gnus-html-prefetch-images "gnus-html" "\
12300
12301
12302 \(fn SUMMARY)" nil nil)
12303
12304 ;;;***
12305 \f
12306 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-kill" "gnus/gnus-kill.el" (21670 32330
12307 ;;;;;; 885624 725000))
12308 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-kill.el
12309
12310 (defalias 'gnus-batch-kill 'gnus-batch-score)
12311
12312 (autoload 'gnus-batch-score "gnus-kill" "\
12313 Run batched scoring.
12314 Usage: emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs -l gnus -f gnus-batch-score
12315
12316 \(fn)" t nil)
12317
12318 ;;;***
12319 \f
12320 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-ml" "gnus/gnus-ml.el" (21670 32330 885624
12321 ;;;;;; 725000))
12322 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-ml.el
12323
12324 (autoload 'turn-on-gnus-mailing-list-mode "gnus-ml" "\
12325
12326
12327 \(fn)" nil nil)
12328
12329 (autoload 'gnus-mailing-list-insinuate "gnus-ml" "\
12330 Setup group parameters from List-Post header.
12331 If FORCE is non-nil, replace the old ones.
12332
12333 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
12334
12335 (autoload 'gnus-mailing-list-mode "gnus-ml" "\
12336 Minor mode for providing mailing-list commands.
12337
12338 \\{gnus-mailing-list-mode-map}
12339
12340 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12341
12342 ;;;***
12343 \f
12344 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-mlspl" "gnus/gnus-mlspl.el" (22011 58553
12345 ;;;;;; 529858 469000))
12346 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-mlspl.el
12347
12348 (autoload 'gnus-group-split-setup "gnus-mlspl" "\
12349 Set up the split for `nnmail-split-fancy'.
12350 Sets things up so that nnmail-split-fancy is used for mail
12351 splitting, and defines the variable nnmail-split-fancy according with
12352 group parameters.
12353
12354 If AUTO-UPDATE is non-nil (prefix argument accepted, if called
12355 interactively), it makes sure nnmail-split-fancy is re-computed before
12356 getting new mail, by adding `gnus-group-split-update' to
12357 `nnmail-pre-get-new-mail-hook'.
12358
12359 A non-nil CATCH-ALL replaces the current value of
12360 `gnus-group-split-default-catch-all-group'. This variable is only used
12361 by gnus-group-split-update, and only when its CATCH-ALL argument is
12362 nil. This argument may contain any fancy split, that will be added as
12363 the last split in a `|' split produced by `gnus-group-split-fancy',
12364 unless overridden by any group marked as a catch-all group. Typical
12365 uses are as simple as the name of a default mail group, but more
12366 elaborate fancy splits may also be useful to split mail that doesn't
12367 match any of the group-specified splitting rules. See
12368 `gnus-group-split-fancy' for details.
12369
12370 \(fn &optional AUTO-UPDATE CATCH-ALL)" t nil)
12371
12372 (autoload 'gnus-group-split-update "gnus-mlspl" "\
12373 Computes nnmail-split-fancy from group params and CATCH-ALL.
12374 It does this by calling by calling (gnus-group-split-fancy nil
12375 nil CATCH-ALL).
12376
12377 If CATCH-ALL is nil, `gnus-group-split-default-catch-all-group' is used
12378 instead. This variable is set by `gnus-group-split-setup'.
12379
12380 \(fn &optional CATCH-ALL)" t nil)
12381
12382 (autoload 'gnus-group-split "gnus-mlspl" "\
12383 Use information from group parameters in order to split mail.
12384 See `gnus-group-split-fancy' for more information.
12385
12386 `gnus-group-split' is a valid value for `nnmail-split-methods'.
12387
12388 \(fn)" nil nil)
12389
12390 (autoload 'gnus-group-split-fancy "gnus-mlspl" "\
12391 Uses information from group parameters in order to split mail.
12392 It can be embedded into `nnmail-split-fancy' lists with the SPLIT
12393
12394 \(: gnus-group-split-fancy GROUPS NO-CROSSPOST CATCH-ALL)
12395
12396 GROUPS may be a regular expression or a list of group names, that will
12397 be used to select candidate groups. If it is omitted or nil, all
12398 existing groups are considered.
12399
12400 if NO-CROSSPOST is omitted or nil, a & split will be returned,
12401 otherwise, a | split, that does not allow crossposting, will be
12402 returned.
12403
12404 For each selected group, a SPLIT is composed like this: if SPLIT-SPEC
12405 is specified, this split is returned as-is (unless it is nil: in this
12406 case, the group is ignored). Otherwise, if TO-ADDRESS, TO-LIST and/or
12407 EXTRA-ALIASES are specified, a regexp that matches any of them is
12408 constructed (extra-aliases may be a list). Additionally, if
12409 SPLIT-REGEXP is specified, the regexp will be extended so that it
12410 matches this regexp too, and if SPLIT-EXCLUDE is specified, RESTRICT
12411 clauses will be generated.
12412
12413 If CATCH-ALL is nil, no catch-all handling is performed, regardless of
12414 catch-all marks in group parameters. Otherwise, if there is no
12415 selected group whose SPLIT-REGEXP matches the empty string, nor is
12416 there a selected group whose SPLIT-SPEC is 'catch-all, this fancy
12417 split (say, a group name) will be appended to the returned SPLIT list,
12418 as the last element of a '| SPLIT.
12419
12420 For example, given the following group parameters:
12421
12422 nnml:mail.bar:
12423 \((to-address . \"bar@femail.com\")
12424 (split-regexp . \".*@femail\\\\.com\"))
12425 nnml:mail.foo:
12426 \((to-list . \"foo@nowhere.gov\")
12427 (extra-aliases \"foo@localhost\" \"foo-redist@home\")
12428 (split-exclude \"bugs-foo\" \"rambling-foo\")
12429 (admin-address . \"foo-request@nowhere.gov\"))
12430 nnml:mail.others:
12431 \((split-spec . catch-all))
12432
12433 Calling (gnus-group-split-fancy nil nil \"mail.others\") returns:
12434
12435 \(| (& (any \"\\\\(bar@femail\\\\.com\\\\|.*@femail\\\\.com\\\\)\"
12436 \"mail.bar\")
12437 (any \"\\\\(foo@nowhere\\\\.gov\\\\|foo@localhost\\\\|foo-redist@home\\\\)\"
12438 - \"bugs-foo\" - \"rambling-foo\" \"mail.foo\"))
12439 \"mail.others\")
12440
12441 \(fn &optional GROUPS NO-CROSSPOST CATCH-ALL)" nil nil)
12442
12443 ;;;***
12444 \f
12445 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-msg" "gnus/gnus-msg.el" (21725 56638
12446 ;;;;;; 795320 63000))
12447 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-msg.el
12448
12449 (autoload 'gnus-msg-mail "gnus-msg" "\
12450 Start editing a mail message to be sent.
12451 Like `message-mail', but with Gnus paraphernalia, particularly the
12452 Gcc: header for archiving purposes.
12453 If Gnus isn't running, a plain `message-mail' setup is used
12454 instead.
12455
12456 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS CONTINUE SWITCH-ACTION YANK-ACTION SEND-ACTIONS RETURN-ACTION)" t nil)
12457
12458 (autoload 'gnus-button-mailto "gnus-msg" "\
12459 Mail to ADDRESS.
12460
12461 \(fn ADDRESS)" nil nil)
12462
12463 (autoload 'gnus-button-reply "gnus-msg" "\
12464 Like `message-reply'.
12465
12466 \(fn &optional TO-ADDRESS WIDE)" t nil)
12467
12468 (define-mail-user-agent 'gnus-user-agent 'gnus-msg-mail 'message-send-and-exit 'message-kill-buffer 'message-send-hook)
12469
12470 ;;;***
12471 \f
12472 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-notifications" "gnus/gnus-notifications.el"
12473 ;;;;;; (21757 29489 158925 687000))
12474 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-notifications.el
12475
12476 (autoload 'gnus-notifications "gnus-notifications" "\
12477 Send a notification on new message.
12478 This check for new messages that are in group with a level lower
12479 or equal to `gnus-notifications-minimum-level' and send a
12480 notification using `notifications-notify' for it.
12481
12482 This is typically a function to add in
12483 `gnus-after-getting-new-news-hook'
12484
12485 \(fn)" nil nil)
12486
12487 ;;;***
12488 \f
12489 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-picon" "gnus/gnus-picon.el" (21670 32330
12490 ;;;;;; 885624 725000))
12491 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-picon.el
12492
12493 (autoload 'gnus-treat-from-picon "gnus-picon" "\
12494 Display picons in the From header.
12495 If picons are already displayed, remove them.
12496
12497 \(fn)" t nil)
12498
12499 (autoload 'gnus-treat-mail-picon "gnus-picon" "\
12500 Display picons in the Cc and To headers.
12501 If picons are already displayed, remove them.
12502
12503 \(fn)" t nil)
12504
12505 (autoload 'gnus-treat-newsgroups-picon "gnus-picon" "\
12506 Display picons in the Newsgroups and Followup-To headers.
12507 If picons are already displayed, remove them.
12508
12509 \(fn)" t nil)
12510
12511 ;;;***
12512 \f
12513 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-range" "gnus/gnus-range.el" (21670 32330
12514 ;;;;;; 885624 725000))
12515 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-range.el
12516
12517 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-difference "gnus-range" "\
12518 Return a list of elements of LIST1 that do not appear in LIST2.
12519 Both lists have to be sorted over <.
12520 The tail of LIST1 is not copied.
12521
12522 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12523
12524 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-ndifference "gnus-range" "\
12525 Return a list of elements of LIST1 that do not appear in LIST2.
12526 Both lists have to be sorted over <.
12527 LIST1 is modified.
12528
12529 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12530
12531 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-complement "gnus-range" "\
12532 Return a list of elements that are in LIST1 or LIST2 but not both.
12533 Both lists have to be sorted over <.
12534
12535 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12536
12537 (autoload 'gnus-intersection "gnus-range" "\
12538
12539
12540 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12541
12542 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-intersection "gnus-range" "\
12543 Return intersection of LIST1 and LIST2.
12544 LIST1 and LIST2 have to be sorted over <.
12545
12546 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12547
12548 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-range-intersection "gnus-range" "\
12549 Return intersection of RANGE1 and RANGE2.
12550 RANGE1 and RANGE2 have to be sorted over <.
12551
12552 \(fn RANGE1 RANGE2)" nil nil)
12553
12554 (defalias 'gnus-set-sorted-intersection 'gnus-sorted-nintersection)
12555
12556 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-nintersection "gnus-range" "\
12557 Return intersection of LIST1 and LIST2 by modifying cdr pointers of LIST1.
12558 LIST1 and LIST2 have to be sorted over <.
12559
12560 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12561
12562 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-union "gnus-range" "\
12563 Return union of LIST1 and LIST2.
12564 LIST1 and LIST2 have to be sorted over <.
12565
12566 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12567
12568 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-nunion "gnus-range" "\
12569 Return union of LIST1 and LIST2 by modifying cdr pointers of LIST1.
12570 LIST1 and LIST2 have to be sorted over <.
12571
12572 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12573
12574 (autoload 'gnus-add-to-sorted-list "gnus-range" "\
12575 Add NUM into sorted LIST by side effect.
12576
12577 \(fn LIST NUM)" nil nil)
12578
12579 ;;;***
12580 \f
12581 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-registry" "gnus/gnus-registry.el" (22011
12582 ;;;;;; 58553 541858 469000))
12583 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-registry.el
12584
12585 (autoload 'gnus-registry-initialize "gnus-registry" "\
12586 Initialize the Gnus registry.
12587
12588 \(fn)" t nil)
12589
12590 (autoload 'gnus-registry-install-hooks "gnus-registry" "\
12591 Install the registry hooks.
12592
12593 \(fn)" t nil)
12594
12595 ;;;***
12596 \f
12597 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-sieve" "gnus/gnus-sieve.el" (22011 58553
12598 ;;;;;; 541858 469000))
12599 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-sieve.el
12600
12601 (autoload 'gnus-sieve-update "gnus-sieve" "\
12602 Update the Sieve script in gnus-sieve-file, by replacing the region
12603 between gnus-sieve-region-start and gnus-sieve-region-end with
12604 \(gnus-sieve-script gnus-sieve-select-method gnus-sieve-crosspost), then
12605 execute gnus-sieve-update-shell-command.
12606 See the documentation for these variables and functions for details.
12607
12608 \(fn)" t nil)
12609
12610 (autoload 'gnus-sieve-generate "gnus-sieve" "\
12611 Generate the Sieve script in gnus-sieve-file, by replacing the region
12612 between gnus-sieve-region-start and gnus-sieve-region-end with
12613 \(gnus-sieve-script gnus-sieve-select-method gnus-sieve-crosspost).
12614 See the documentation for these variables and functions for details.
12615
12616 \(fn)" t nil)
12617
12618 (autoload 'gnus-sieve-article-add-rule "gnus-sieve" "\
12619
12620
12621 \(fn)" t nil)
12622
12623 ;;;***
12624 \f
12625 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-spec" "gnus/gnus-spec.el" (21670 32330
12626 ;;;;;; 885624 725000))
12627 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-spec.el
12628
12629 (autoload 'gnus-update-format "gnus-spec" "\
12630 Update the format specification near point.
12631
12632 \(fn VAR)" t nil)
12633
12634 ;;;***
12635 \f
12636 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-start" "gnus/gnus-start.el" (21993 28596
12637 ;;;;;; 102597 473000))
12638 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-start.el
12639
12640 (autoload 'gnus-declare-backend "gnus-start" "\
12641 Declare back end NAME with ABILITIES as a Gnus back end.
12642
12643 \(fn NAME &rest ABILITIES)" nil nil)
12644
12645 ;;;***
12646 \f
12647 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-sum" "gnus/gnus-sum.el" (22080 32958
12648 ;;;;;; 2580 652000))
12649 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-sum.el
12650
12651 (autoload 'gnus-summary-bookmark-jump "gnus-sum" "\
12652 Handler function for record returned by `gnus-summary-bookmark-make-record'.
12653 BOOKMARK is a bookmark name or a bookmark record.
12654
12655 \(fn BOOKMARK)" nil nil)
12656
12657 ;;;***
12658 \f
12659 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-sync" "gnus/gnus-sync.el" (21832 3452
12660 ;;;;;; 581913 198000))
12661 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-sync.el
12662
12663 (autoload 'gnus-sync-initialize "gnus-sync" "\
12664 Initialize the Gnus sync facility.
12665
12666 \(fn)" t nil)
12667
12668 (autoload 'gnus-sync-install-hooks "gnus-sync" "\
12669 Install the sync hooks.
12670
12671 \(fn)" t nil)
12672
12673 ;;;***
12674 \f
12675 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-win" "gnus/gnus-win.el" (21670 32330
12676 ;;;;;; 885624 725000))
12677 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-win.el
12678
12679 (autoload 'gnus-add-configuration "gnus-win" "\
12680 Add the window configuration CONF to `gnus-buffer-configuration'.
12681
12682 \(fn CONF)" nil nil)
12683
12684 ;;;***
12685 \f
12686 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnutls" "net/gnutls.el" (22011 58553 761858
12687 ;;;;;; 469000))
12688 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/gnutls.el
12689
12690 (defvar gnutls-min-prime-bits 256 "\
12691 Minimum number of prime bits accepted by GnuTLS for key exchange.
12692 During a Diffie-Hellman handshake, if the server sends a prime
12693 number with fewer than this number of bits, the handshake is
12694 rejected. (The smaller the prime number, the less secure the
12695 key exchange is against man-in-the-middle attacks.)
12696
12697 A value of nil says to use the default GnuTLS value.")
12698
12699 (custom-autoload 'gnutls-min-prime-bits "gnutls" t)
12700
12701 ;;;***
12702 \f
12703 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gomoku" "play/gomoku.el" (21998 46517 190024
12704 ;;;;;; 649000))
12705 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/gomoku.el
12706
12707 (autoload 'gomoku "gomoku" "\
12708 Start a Gomoku game between you and Emacs.
12709
12710 If a game is in progress, this command allows you to resume it.
12711 If optional arguments N and M are given, an N by M board is used.
12712 If prefix arg is given for N, M is prompted for.
12713
12714 You and Emacs play in turn by marking a free square. You mark it with X
12715 and Emacs marks it with O. The winner is the first to get five contiguous
12716 marks horizontally, vertically or in diagonal.
12717
12718 You play by moving the cursor over the square you choose and hitting
12719 \\<gomoku-mode-map>\\[gomoku-human-plays].
12720
12721 This program actually plays a simplified or archaic version of the
12722 Gomoku game, and ought to be upgraded to use the full modern rules.
12723
12724 Use \\[describe-mode] for more info.
12725
12726 \(fn &optional N M)" t nil)
12727
12728 ;;;***
12729 \f
12730 ;;;### (autoloads nil "goto-addr" "net/goto-addr.el" (21670 32331
12731 ;;;;;; 385639 720000))
12732 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/goto-addr.el
12733
12734 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'goto-address-at-mouse 'goto-address-at-point "22.1")
12735
12736 (autoload 'goto-address-at-point "goto-addr" "\
12737 Send to the e-mail address or load the URL at point.
12738 Send mail to address at point. See documentation for
12739 `goto-address-find-address-at-point'. If no address is found
12740 there, then load the URL at or before point.
12741
12742 \(fn &optional EVENT)" t nil)
12743
12744 (autoload 'goto-address "goto-addr" "\
12745 Sets up goto-address functionality in the current buffer.
12746 Allows user to use mouse/keyboard command to click to go to a URL
12747 or to send e-mail.
12748 By default, goto-address binds `goto-address-at-point' to mouse-2 and C-c RET
12749 only on URLs and e-mail addresses.
12750
12751 Also fontifies the buffer appropriately (see `goto-address-fontify-p' and
12752 `goto-address-highlight-p' for more information).
12753
12754 \(fn)" t nil)
12755 (put 'goto-address 'safe-local-eval-function t)
12756
12757 (autoload 'goto-address-mode "goto-addr" "\
12758 Minor mode to buttonize URLs and e-mail addresses in the current buffer.
12759 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
12760 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
12761 if ARG is omitted or nil.
12762
12763 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12764
12765 (autoload 'goto-address-prog-mode "goto-addr" "\
12766 Like `goto-address-mode', but only for comments and strings.
12767
12768 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12769
12770 ;;;***
12771 \f
12772 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gravatar" "gnus/gravatar.el" (21670 32330
12773 ;;;;;; 885624 725000))
12774 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gravatar.el
12775
12776 (autoload 'gravatar-retrieve "gravatar" "\
12777 Retrieve MAIL-ADDRESS gravatar and call CB on retrieval.
12778 You can provide a list of argument to pass to CB in CBARGS.
12779
12780 \(fn MAIL-ADDRESS CB &optional CBARGS)" nil nil)
12781
12782 (autoload 'gravatar-retrieve-synchronously "gravatar" "\
12783 Retrieve MAIL-ADDRESS gravatar and returns it.
12784
12785 \(fn MAIL-ADDRESS)" nil nil)
12786
12787 ;;;***
12788 \f
12789 ;;;### (autoloads nil "grep" "progmodes/grep.el" (22061 64938 520287
12790 ;;;;;; 963000))
12791 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/grep.el
12792
12793 (defvar grep-window-height nil "\
12794 Number of lines in a grep window. If nil, use `compilation-window-height'.")
12795
12796 (custom-autoload 'grep-window-height "grep" t)
12797
12798 (defvar grep-command nil "\
12799 The default grep command for \\[grep].
12800 If the grep program used supports an option to always include file names
12801 in its output (such as the `-H' option to GNU grep), it's a good idea to
12802 include it when specifying `grep-command'.
12803
12804 In interactive usage, the actual value of this variable is set up
12805 by `grep-compute-defaults'; to change the default value, use
12806 Customize or call the function `grep-apply-setting'.")
12807
12808 (custom-autoload 'grep-command "grep" nil)
12809
12810 (defvar grep-find-command nil "\
12811 The default find command for \\[grep-find].
12812 In interactive usage, the actual value of this variable is set up
12813 by `grep-compute-defaults'; to change the default value, use
12814 Customize or call the function `grep-apply-setting'.")
12815
12816 (custom-autoload 'grep-find-command "grep" nil)
12817
12818 (defvar grep-setup-hook nil "\
12819 List of hook functions run by `grep-process-setup' (see `run-hooks').")
12820
12821 (custom-autoload 'grep-setup-hook "grep" t)
12822
12823 (defconst grep-regexp-alist '(("^\\(.*?[^/\n]\\):[ ]*\\([1-9][0-9]*\\)[ ]*:" 1 2 ((lambda nil (when grep-highlight-matches (let* ((beg (match-end 0)) (end (save-excursion (goto-char beg) (line-end-position))) (mbeg (text-property-any beg end 'font-lock-face grep-match-face))) (when mbeg (- mbeg beg))))) lambda nil (when grep-highlight-matches (let* ((beg (match-end 0)) (end (save-excursion (goto-char beg) (line-end-position))) (mbeg (text-property-any beg end 'font-lock-face grep-match-face)) (mend (and mbeg (next-single-property-change mbeg 'font-lock-face nil end)))) (when mend (- mend beg)))))) ("^Binary file \\(.+\\) matches$" 1 nil nil 0 1)) "\
12824 Regexp used to match grep hits. See `compilation-error-regexp-alist'.")
12825
12826 (defvar grep-program (purecopy "grep") "\
12827 The default grep program for `grep-command' and `grep-find-command'.
12828 This variable's value takes effect when `grep-compute-defaults' is called.")
12829
12830 (defvar find-program (purecopy "find") "\
12831 The default find program.
12832 This is used by commands like `grep-find-command', `find-dired'
12833 and others.")
12834
12835 (defvar xargs-program (purecopy "xargs") "\
12836 The default xargs program for `grep-find-command'.
12837 See `grep-find-use-xargs'.
12838 This variable's value takes effect when `grep-compute-defaults' is called.")
12839
12840 (defvar grep-find-use-xargs nil "\
12841 How to invoke find and grep.
12842 If `exec', use `find -exec {} ;'.
12843 If `exec-plus' use `find -exec {} +'.
12844 If `gnu', use `find -print0' and `xargs -0'.
12845 Any other value means to use `find -print' and `xargs'.
12846
12847 This variable's value takes effect when `grep-compute-defaults' is called.")
12848
12849 (defvar grep-history nil "\
12850 History list for grep.")
12851
12852 (defvar grep-find-history nil "\
12853 History list for grep-find.")
12854
12855 (autoload 'grep-process-setup "grep" "\
12856 Setup compilation variables and buffer for `grep'.
12857 Set up `compilation-exit-message-function' and run `grep-setup-hook'.
12858
12859 \(fn)" nil nil)
12860
12861 (autoload 'grep-compute-defaults "grep" "\
12862
12863
12864 \(fn)" nil nil)
12865
12866 (autoload 'grep-mode "grep" "\
12867 Sets `grep-last-buffer' and `compilation-window-height'.
12868
12869 \(fn)" nil nil)
12870
12871 (autoload 'grep "grep" "\
12872 Run Grep with user-specified COMMAND-ARGS, collect output in a buffer.
12873 While Grep runs asynchronously, you can use \\[next-error] (M-x next-error),
12874 or \\<grep-mode-map>\\[compile-goto-error] in the *grep* buffer, to go to the lines where Grep found
12875 matches. To kill the Grep job before it finishes, type \\[kill-compilation].
12876
12877 Noninteractively, COMMAND-ARGS should specify the Grep command-line
12878 arguments.
12879
12880 For doing a recursive `grep', see the `rgrep' command. For running
12881 Grep in a specific directory, see `lgrep'.
12882
12883 This command uses a special history list for its COMMAND-ARGS, so you
12884 can easily repeat a grep command.
12885
12886 A prefix argument says to default the COMMAND-ARGS based on the current
12887 tag the cursor is over, substituting it into the last Grep command
12888 in the Grep command history (or into `grep-command' if that history
12889 list is empty).
12890
12891 \(fn COMMAND-ARGS)" t nil)
12892
12893 (autoload 'grep-find "grep" "\
12894 Run grep via find, with user-specified args COMMAND-ARGS.
12895 Collect output in a buffer.
12896 While find runs asynchronously, you can use the \\[next-error] command
12897 to find the text that grep hits refer to.
12898
12899 This command uses a special history list for its arguments, so you can
12900 easily repeat a find command.
12901
12902 \(fn COMMAND-ARGS)" t nil)
12903
12904 (defalias 'find-grep 'grep-find)
12905
12906 (autoload 'lgrep "grep" "\
12907 Run grep, searching for REGEXP in FILES in directory DIR.
12908 The search is limited to file names matching shell pattern FILES.
12909 FILES may use abbreviations defined in `grep-files-aliases', e.g.
12910 entering `ch' is equivalent to `*.[ch]'.
12911
12912 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, you can edit the constructed shell command line
12913 before it is executed.
12914 With two \\[universal-argument] prefixes, directly edit and run `grep-command'.
12915
12916 Collect output in a buffer. While grep runs asynchronously, you
12917 can use \\[next-error] (M-x next-error), or \\<grep-mode-map>\\[compile-goto-error] in the grep output buffer,
12918 to go to the lines where grep found matches.
12919
12920 This command shares argument histories with \\[rgrep] and \\[grep].
12921
12922 \(fn REGEXP &optional FILES DIR CONFIRM)" t nil)
12923
12924 (autoload 'rgrep "grep" "\
12925 Recursively grep for REGEXP in FILES in directory tree rooted at DIR.
12926 The search is limited to file names matching shell pattern FILES.
12927 FILES may use abbreviations defined in `grep-files-aliases', e.g.
12928 entering `ch' is equivalent to `*.[ch]'.
12929
12930 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, you can edit the constructed shell command line
12931 before it is executed.
12932 With two \\[universal-argument] prefixes, directly edit and run `grep-find-command'.
12933
12934 Collect output in a buffer. While the recursive grep is running,
12935 you can use \\[next-error] (M-x next-error), or \\<grep-mode-map>\\[compile-goto-error] in the grep output buffer,
12936 to visit the lines where matches were found. To kill the job
12937 before it finishes, type \\[kill-compilation].
12938
12939 This command shares argument histories with \\[lgrep] and \\[grep-find].
12940
12941 When called programmatically and FILES is nil, REGEXP is expected
12942 to specify a command to run.
12943
12944 \(fn REGEXP &optional FILES DIR CONFIRM)" t nil)
12945
12946 (autoload 'zrgrep "grep" "\
12947 Recursively grep for REGEXP in gzipped FILES in tree rooted at DIR.
12948 Like `rgrep' but uses `zgrep' for `grep-program', sets the default
12949 file name to `*.gz', and sets `grep-highlight-matches' to `always'.
12950
12951 \(fn REGEXP &optional FILES DIR CONFIRM TEMPLATE)" t nil)
12952
12953 (defalias 'rzgrep 'zrgrep)
12954
12955 ;;;***
12956 \f
12957 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gs" "gs.el" (21670 32331 385639 720000))
12958 ;;; Generated autoloads from gs.el
12959
12960 (autoload 'gs-load-image "gs" "\
12961 Load a PS image for display on FRAME.
12962 SPEC is an image specification, IMG-HEIGHT and IMG-WIDTH are width
12963 and height of the image in pixels. WINDOW-AND-PIXMAP-ID is a string of
12964 the form \"WINDOW-ID PIXMAP-ID\". Value is non-nil if successful.
12965
12966 \(fn FRAME SPEC IMG-WIDTH IMG-HEIGHT WINDOW-AND-PIXMAP-ID PIXEL-COLORS)" nil nil)
12967
12968 ;;;***
12969 \f
12970 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gud" "progmodes/gud.el" (22018 31799 115263
12971 ;;;;;; 120000))
12972 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/gud.el
12973
12974 (autoload 'gud-gdb "gud" "\
12975 Run gdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
12976 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working
12977 directory and source-file directory for your debugger.
12978
12979 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12980
12981 (autoload 'sdb "gud" "\
12982 Run sdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
12983 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
12984 and source-file directory for your debugger.
12985
12986 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12987
12988 (autoload 'dbx "gud" "\
12989 Run dbx on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
12990 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
12991 and source-file directory for your debugger.
12992
12993 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12994
12995 (autoload 'xdb "gud" "\
12996 Run xdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
12997 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
12998 and source-file directory for your debugger.
12999
13000 You can set the variable `gud-xdb-directories' to a list of program source
13001 directories if your program contains sources from more than one directory.
13002
13003 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
13004
13005 (autoload 'perldb "gud" "\
13006 Run perldb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
13007 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
13008 and source-file directory for your debugger.
13009
13010 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
13011
13012 (autoload 'pdb "gud" "\
13013 Run pdb on program FILE in buffer `*gud-FILE*'.
13014 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
13015 and source-file directory for your debugger.
13016
13017 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
13018
13019 (autoload 'guiler "gud" "\
13020 Run guiler on program FILE in buffer `*gud-FILE*'.
13021 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
13022 and source-file directory for your debugger.
13023
13024 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
13025
13026 (autoload 'jdb "gud" "\
13027 Run jdb with command line COMMAND-LINE in a buffer.
13028 The buffer is named \"*gud*\" if no initial class is given or
13029 \"*gud-<initial-class-basename>*\" if there is. If the \"-classpath\"
13030 switch is given, omit all whitespace between it and its value.
13031
13032 See `gud-jdb-use-classpath' and `gud-jdb-classpath' documentation for
13033 information on how jdb accesses source files. Alternatively (if
13034 `gud-jdb-use-classpath' is nil), see `gud-jdb-directories' for the
13035 original source file access method.
13036
13037 For general information about commands available to control jdb from
13038 gud, see `gud-mode'.
13039
13040 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
13041
13042 (autoload 'gdb-script-mode "gud" "\
13043 Major mode for editing GDB scripts.
13044
13045 \(fn)" t nil)
13046
13047 (defvar gud-tooltip-mode nil "\
13048 Non-nil if Gud-Tooltip mode is enabled.
13049 See the command `gud-tooltip-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
13050 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
13051 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
13052 or call the function `gud-tooltip-mode'.")
13053
13054 (custom-autoload 'gud-tooltip-mode "gud" nil)
13055
13056 (autoload 'gud-tooltip-mode "gud" "\
13057 Toggle the display of GUD tooltips.
13058 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the feature if ARG is
13059 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
13060 it if ARG is omitted or nil.
13061
13062 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13063
13064 ;;;***
13065 \f
13066 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gv" "emacs-lisp/gv.el" (22011 58553 409858
13067 ;;;;;; 469000))
13068 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/gv.el
13069
13070 (autoload 'gv-get "gv" "\
13071 Build the code that applies DO to PLACE.
13072 PLACE must be a valid generalized variable.
13073 DO must be a function; it will be called with 2 arguments: GETTER and SETTER,
13074 where GETTER is a (copyable) Elisp expression that returns the value of PLACE,
13075 and SETTER is a function which returns the code to set PLACE when called
13076 with a (not necessarily copyable) Elisp expression that returns the value to
13077 set it to.
13078 DO must return an Elisp expression.
13079
13080 \(fn PLACE DO)" nil nil)
13081
13082 (autoload 'gv-letplace "gv" "\
13083 Build the code manipulating the generalized variable PLACE.
13084 GETTER will be bound to a copyable expression that returns the value
13085 of PLACE.
13086 SETTER will be bound to a function that takes an expression V and returns
13087 a new expression that sets PLACE to V.
13088 BODY should return some Elisp expression E manipulating PLACE via GETTER
13089 and SETTER.
13090 The returned value will then be an Elisp expression that first evaluates
13091 all the parts of PLACE that can be evaluated and then runs E.
13092
13093 \(fn (GETTER SETTER) PLACE &rest BODY)" nil t)
13094
13095 (function-put 'gv-letplace 'lisp-indent-function '2)
13096
13097 (autoload 'gv-define-expander "gv" "\
13098 Use HANDLER to handle NAME as a generalized var.
13099 NAME is a symbol: the name of a function, macro, or special form.
13100 HANDLER is a function which takes an argument DO followed by the same
13101 arguments as NAME. DO is a function as defined in `gv-get'.
13102
13103 \(fn NAME HANDLER)" nil t)
13104
13105 (function-put 'gv-define-expander 'lisp-indent-function '1)
13106
13107 (autoload 'gv--defun-declaration "gv" "\
13108
13109
13110 \(fn SYMBOL NAME ARGS HANDLER &optional FIX)" nil nil)
13111
13112 (or (assq 'gv-expander defun-declarations-alist) (let ((x `(gv-expander ,(apply-partially #'gv--defun-declaration 'gv-expander)))) (push x macro-declarations-alist) (push x defun-declarations-alist)))
13113
13114 (or (assq 'gv-setter defun-declarations-alist) (push `(gv-setter ,(apply-partially #'gv--defun-declaration 'gv-setter)) defun-declarations-alist))
13115
13116 (autoload 'gv-define-setter "gv" "\
13117 Define a setter method for generalized variable NAME.
13118 This macro is an easy-to-use substitute for `gv-define-expander' that works
13119 well for simple place forms.
13120 Assignments of VAL to (NAME ARGS...) are expanded by binding the argument
13121 forms (VAL ARGS...) according to ARGLIST, then executing BODY, which must
13122 return a Lisp form that does the assignment.
13123 The first arg in ARGLIST (the one that receives VAL) receives an expression
13124 which can do arbitrary things, whereas the other arguments are all guaranteed
13125 to be pure and copyable. Example use:
13126 (gv-define-setter aref (v a i) \\=`(aset ,a ,i ,v))
13127
13128 \(fn NAME ARGLIST &rest BODY)" nil t)
13129
13130 (function-put 'gv-define-setter 'lisp-indent-function '2)
13131
13132 (autoload 'gv-define-simple-setter "gv" "\
13133 Define a simple setter method for generalized variable NAME.
13134 This macro is an easy-to-use substitute for `gv-define-expander' that works
13135 well for simple place forms. Assignments of VAL to (NAME ARGS...) are
13136 turned into calls of the form (SETTER ARGS... VAL).
13137
13138 If FIX-RETURN is non-nil, then SETTER is not assumed to return VAL and
13139 instead the assignment is turned into something equivalent to
13140 (let ((temp VAL))
13141 (SETTER ARGS... temp)
13142 temp)
13143 so as to preserve the semantics of `setf'.
13144
13145 \(fn NAME SETTER &optional FIX-RETURN)" nil t)
13146
13147 (autoload 'setf "gv" "\
13148 Set each PLACE to the value of its VAL.
13149 This is a generalized version of `setq'; the PLACEs may be symbolic
13150 references such as (car x) or (aref x i), as well as plain symbols.
13151 For example, (setf (cadr x) y) is equivalent to (setcar (cdr x) y).
13152 The return value is the last VAL in the list.
13153
13154 \(fn PLACE VAL PLACE VAL ...)" nil t)
13155
13156 (put 'gv-place 'edebug-form-spec 'edebug-match-form)
13157
13158 (autoload 'gv-ref "gv" "\
13159 Return a reference to PLACE.
13160 This is like the `&' operator of the C language.
13161 Note: this only works reliably with lexical binding mode, except for very
13162 simple PLACEs such as (function-symbol 'foo) which will also work in dynamic
13163 binding mode.
13164
13165 \(fn PLACE)" nil t)
13166
13167 ;;;***
13168 \f
13169 ;;;### (autoloads nil "handwrite" "play/handwrite.el" (22026 25907
13170 ;;;;;; 631502 692000))
13171 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/handwrite.el
13172
13173 (autoload 'handwrite "handwrite" "\
13174 Turns the buffer into a \"handwritten\" document.
13175 The functions `handwrite-10pt', `handwrite-11pt', `handwrite-12pt'
13176 and `handwrite-13pt' set up for various sizes of output.
13177
13178 Variables: `handwrite-linespace' (default 12)
13179 `handwrite-fontsize' (default 11)
13180 `handwrite-numlines' (default 60)
13181 `handwrite-pagenumbering' (default nil)
13182
13183 \(fn)" t nil)
13184
13185 ;;;***
13186 \f
13187 ;;;### (autoloads nil "hanoi" "play/hanoi.el" (21799 41767 31221
13188 ;;;;;; 635000))
13189 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/hanoi.el
13190
13191 (autoload 'hanoi "hanoi" "\
13192 Towers of Hanoi diversion. Use NRINGS rings.
13193
13194 \(fn NRINGS)" t nil)
13195
13196 (autoload 'hanoi-unix "hanoi" "\
13197 Towers of Hanoi, UNIX doomsday version.
13198 Displays 32-ring towers that have been progressing at one move per
13199 second since 1970-01-01 00:00:00 GMT.
13200
13201 Repent before ring 31 moves.
13202
13203 \(fn)" t nil)
13204
13205 (autoload 'hanoi-unix-64 "hanoi" "\
13206 Like hanoi-unix, but pretend to have a 64-bit clock.
13207 This is, necessarily (as of Emacs 20.3), a crock. When the
13208 current-time interface is made s2G-compliant, hanoi.el will need
13209 to be updated.
13210
13211 \(fn)" t nil)
13212
13213 ;;;***
13214 \f
13215 ;;;### (autoloads nil "hashcash" "mail/hashcash.el" (21670 32331
13216 ;;;;;; 385639 720000))
13217 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/hashcash.el
13218
13219 (autoload 'hashcash-insert-payment "hashcash" "\
13220 Insert X-Payment and X-Hashcash headers with a payment for ARG
13221
13222 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
13223
13224 (autoload 'hashcash-insert-payment-async "hashcash" "\
13225 Insert X-Payment and X-Hashcash headers with a payment for ARG
13226 Only start calculation. Results are inserted when ready.
13227
13228 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
13229
13230 (autoload 'hashcash-verify-payment "hashcash" "\
13231 Verify a hashcash payment
13232
13233 \(fn TOKEN &optional RESOURCE AMOUNT)" nil nil)
13234
13235 (autoload 'mail-add-payment "hashcash" "\
13236 Add X-Payment: and X-Hashcash: headers with a hashcash payment
13237 for each recipient address. Prefix arg sets default payment temporarily.
13238 Set ASYNC to t to start asynchronous calculation. (See
13239 `mail-add-payment-async').
13240
13241 \(fn &optional ARG ASYNC)" t nil)
13242
13243 (autoload 'mail-add-payment-async "hashcash" "\
13244 Add X-Payment: and X-Hashcash: headers with a hashcash payment
13245 for each recipient address. Prefix arg sets default payment temporarily.
13246 Calculation is asynchronous.
13247
13248 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13249
13250 (autoload 'mail-check-payment "hashcash" "\
13251 Look for a valid X-Payment: or X-Hashcash: header.
13252 Prefix arg sets default accept amount temporarily.
13253
13254 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13255
13256 ;;;***
13257 \f
13258 ;;;### (autoloads nil "help-at-pt" "help-at-pt.el" (21670 32331 385639
13259 ;;;;;; 720000))
13260 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-at-pt.el
13261
13262 (autoload 'help-at-pt-string "help-at-pt" "\
13263 Return the help-echo string at point.
13264 Normally, the string produced by the `help-echo' text or overlay
13265 property, or nil, is returned.
13266 If KBD is non-nil, `kbd-help' is used instead, and any
13267 `help-echo' property is ignored. In this case, the return value
13268 can also be t, if that is the value of the `kbd-help' property.
13269
13270 \(fn &optional KBD)" nil nil)
13271
13272 (autoload 'help-at-pt-kbd-string "help-at-pt" "\
13273 Return the keyboard help string at point.
13274 If the `kbd-help' text or overlay property at point produces a
13275 string, return it. Otherwise, use the `help-echo' property.
13276 If this produces no string either, return nil.
13277
13278 \(fn)" nil nil)
13279
13280 (autoload 'display-local-help "help-at-pt" "\
13281 Display local help in the echo area.
13282 This displays a short help message, namely the string produced by
13283 the `kbd-help' property at point. If `kbd-help' does not produce
13284 a string, but the `help-echo' property does, then that string is
13285 printed instead.
13286
13287 A numeric argument ARG prevents display of a message in case
13288 there is no help. While ARG can be used interactively, it is
13289 mainly meant for use from Lisp.
13290
13291 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13292
13293 (autoload 'help-at-pt-cancel-timer "help-at-pt" "\
13294 Cancel any timer set by `help-at-pt-set-timer'.
13295 This disables `help-at-pt-display-when-idle'.
13296
13297 \(fn)" t nil)
13298
13299 (autoload 'help-at-pt-set-timer "help-at-pt" "\
13300 Enable `help-at-pt-display-when-idle'.
13301 This is done by setting a timer, if none is currently active.
13302
13303 \(fn)" t nil)
13304
13305 (defvar help-at-pt-display-when-idle 'never "\
13306 Automatically show local help on point-over.
13307 If the value is t, the string obtained from any `kbd-help' or
13308 `help-echo' property at point is automatically printed in the
13309 echo area, if nothing else is already displayed there, or after a
13310 quit. If both `kbd-help' and `help-echo' produce help strings,
13311 `kbd-help' is used. If the value is a list, the help only gets
13312 printed if there is a text or overlay property at point that is
13313 included in this list. Suggested properties are `keymap',
13314 `local-map', `button' and `kbd-help'. Any value other than t or
13315 a non-empty list disables the feature.
13316
13317 This variable only takes effect after a call to
13318 `help-at-pt-set-timer'. The help gets printed after Emacs has
13319 been idle for `help-at-pt-timer-delay' seconds. You can call
13320 `help-at-pt-cancel-timer' to cancel the timer set by, and the
13321 effect of, `help-at-pt-set-timer'.
13322
13323 When this variable is set through Custom, `help-at-pt-set-timer'
13324 is called automatically, unless the value is `never', in which
13325 case `help-at-pt-cancel-timer' is called. Specifying an empty
13326 list of properties through Custom will set the timer, thus
13327 enabling buffer local values. It sets the actual value to nil.
13328 Thus, Custom distinguishes between a nil value and other values
13329 that disable the feature, which Custom identifies with `never'.
13330 The default is `never'.")
13331
13332 (custom-autoload 'help-at-pt-display-when-idle "help-at-pt" nil)
13333
13334 (autoload 'scan-buf-move-to-region "help-at-pt" "\
13335 Go to the start of the next region with non-nil PROP property.
13336 Then run HOOK, which should be a quoted symbol that is a normal
13337 hook variable, or an expression evaluating to such a symbol.
13338 Adjacent areas with different non-nil PROP properties are
13339 considered different regions.
13340
13341 With numeric argument ARG, move to the start of the ARGth next
13342 such region, then run HOOK. If ARG is negative, move backward.
13343 If point is already in a region, then that region does not count
13344 toward ARG. If ARG is 0 and point is inside a region, move to
13345 the start of that region. If ARG is 0 and point is not in a
13346 region, print a message to that effect, but do not move point and
13347 do not run HOOK. If there are not enough regions to move over,
13348 an error results and the number of available regions is mentioned
13349 in the error message. Point is not moved and HOOK is not run.
13350
13351 \(fn PROP &optional ARG HOOK)" nil nil)
13352
13353 (autoload 'scan-buf-next-region "help-at-pt" "\
13354 Go to the start of the next region with non-nil help-echo.
13355 Print the help found there using `display-local-help'. Adjacent
13356 areas with different non-nil help-echo properties are considered
13357 different regions.
13358
13359 With numeric argument ARG, move to the start of the ARGth next
13360 help-echo region. If ARG is negative, move backward. If point
13361 is already in a help-echo region, then that region does not count
13362 toward ARG. If ARG is 0 and point is inside a help-echo region,
13363 move to the start of that region. If ARG is 0 and point is not
13364 in such a region, just print a message to that effect. If there
13365 are not enough regions to move over, an error results and the
13366 number of available regions is mentioned in the error message.
13367
13368 A potentially confusing subtlety is that point can be in a
13369 help-echo region without any local help being available. This is
13370 because `help-echo' can be a function evaluating to nil. This
13371 rarely happens in practice.
13372
13373 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13374
13375 (autoload 'scan-buf-previous-region "help-at-pt" "\
13376 Go to the start of the previous region with non-nil help-echo.
13377 Print the help found there using `display-local-help'. Adjacent
13378 areas with different non-nil help-echo properties are considered
13379 different regions. With numeric argument ARG, behaves like
13380 `scan-buf-next-region' with argument -ARG.
13381
13382 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13383
13384 ;;;***
13385 \f
13386 ;;;### (autoloads nil "help-fns" "help-fns.el" (22083 9150 144915
13387 ;;;;;; 960000))
13388 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-fns.el
13389
13390 (autoload 'describe-function "help-fns" "\
13391 Display the full documentation of FUNCTION (a symbol).
13392
13393 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
13394
13395 (autoload 'help-C-file-name "help-fns" "\
13396 Return the name of the C file where SUBR-OR-VAR is defined.
13397 KIND should be `var' for a variable or `subr' for a subroutine.
13398
13399 \(fn SUBR-OR-VAR KIND)" nil nil)
13400
13401 (autoload 'find-lisp-object-file-name "help-fns" "\
13402 Guess the file that defined the Lisp object OBJECT, of type TYPE.
13403 OBJECT should be a symbol associated with a function, variable, or face;
13404 alternatively, it can be a function definition.
13405 If TYPE is `defvar', search for a variable definition.
13406 If TYPE is `defface', search for a face definition.
13407 If TYPE is not a symbol, search for a function definition.
13408
13409 The return value is the absolute name of a readable file where OBJECT is
13410 defined. If several such files exist, preference is given to a file
13411 found via `load-path'. The return value can also be `C-source', which
13412 means that OBJECT is a function or variable defined in C. If no
13413 suitable file is found, return nil.
13414
13415 \(fn OBJECT TYPE)" nil nil)
13416
13417 (autoload 'describe-function-1 "help-fns" "\
13418
13419
13420 \(fn FUNCTION)" nil nil)
13421
13422 (autoload 'variable-at-point "help-fns" "\
13423 Return the bound variable symbol found at or before point.
13424 Return 0 if there is no such symbol.
13425 If ANY-SYMBOL is non-nil, don't insist the symbol be bound.
13426
13427 \(fn &optional ANY-SYMBOL)" nil nil)
13428
13429 (autoload 'describe-variable "help-fns" "\
13430 Display the full documentation of VARIABLE (a symbol).
13431 Returns the documentation as a string, also.
13432 If VARIABLE has a buffer-local value in BUFFER or FRAME
13433 \(default to the current buffer and current frame),
13434 it is displayed along with the global value.
13435
13436 \(fn VARIABLE &optional BUFFER FRAME)" t nil)
13437
13438 (autoload 'describe-symbol "help-fns" "\
13439 Display the full documentation of SYMBOL.
13440 Will show the info of SYMBOL as a function, variable, and/or face.
13441
13442 \(fn SYMBOL &optional BUFFER FRAME)" t nil)
13443
13444 (autoload 'describe-syntax "help-fns" "\
13445 Describe the syntax specifications in the syntax table of BUFFER.
13446 The descriptions are inserted in a help buffer, which is then displayed.
13447 BUFFER defaults to the current buffer.
13448
13449 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
13450
13451 (autoload 'describe-categories "help-fns" "\
13452 Describe the category specifications in the current category table.
13453 The descriptions are inserted in a buffer, which is then displayed.
13454 If BUFFER is non-nil, then describe BUFFER's category table instead.
13455 BUFFER should be a buffer or a buffer name.
13456
13457 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
13458
13459 (autoload 'doc-file-to-man "help-fns" "\
13460 Produce an nroff buffer containing the doc-strings from the DOC file.
13461
13462 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
13463
13464 (autoload 'doc-file-to-info "help-fns" "\
13465 Produce a texinfo buffer with sorted doc-strings from the DOC file.
13466
13467 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
13468
13469 ;;;***
13470 \f
13471 ;;;### (autoloads nil "help-macro" "help-macro.el" (21670 32331 385639
13472 ;;;;;; 720000))
13473 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-macro.el
13474
13475 (defvar three-step-help nil "\
13476 Non-nil means give more info about Help command in three steps.
13477 The three steps are simple prompt, prompt with all options, and
13478 window listing and describing the options.
13479 A value of nil means skip the middle step, so that \\[help-command] \\[help-command]
13480 gives the window that lists the options.")
13481
13482 (custom-autoload 'three-step-help "help-macro" t)
13483
13484 ;;;***
13485 \f
13486 ;;;### (autoloads nil "help-mode" "help-mode.el" (21972 22452 270264
13487 ;;;;;; 357000))
13488 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-mode.el
13489
13490 (autoload 'help-mode "help-mode" "\
13491 Major mode for viewing help text and navigating references in it.
13492 Entry to this mode runs the normal hook `help-mode-hook'.
13493 Commands:
13494 \\{help-mode-map}
13495
13496 \(fn)" t nil)
13497
13498 (autoload 'help-mode-setup "help-mode" "\
13499 Enter Help Mode in the current buffer.
13500
13501 \(fn)" nil nil)
13502
13503 (autoload 'help-mode-finish "help-mode" "\
13504 Finalize Help Mode setup in current buffer.
13505
13506 \(fn)" nil nil)
13507
13508 (autoload 'help-setup-xref "help-mode" "\
13509 Invoked from commands using the \"*Help*\" buffer to install some xref info.
13510
13511 ITEM is a (FUNCTION . ARGS) pair appropriate for recreating the help
13512 buffer after following a reference. INTERACTIVE-P is non-nil if the
13513 calling command was invoked interactively. In this case the stack of
13514 items for help buffer \"back\" buttons is cleared.
13515
13516 This should be called very early, before the output buffer is cleared,
13517 because we want to record the \"previous\" position of point so we can
13518 restore it properly when going back.
13519
13520 \(fn ITEM INTERACTIVE-P)" nil nil)
13521
13522 (autoload 'help-buffer "help-mode" "\
13523 Return the name of a buffer for inserting help.
13524 If `help-xref-following' is non-nil, this is the name of the
13525 current buffer. Signal an error if this buffer is not derived
13526 from `help-mode'.
13527 Otherwise, return \"*Help*\", creating a buffer with that name if
13528 it does not already exist.
13529
13530 \(fn)" nil nil)
13531
13532 (autoload 'help-make-xrefs "help-mode" "\
13533 Parse and hyperlink documentation cross-references in the given BUFFER.
13534
13535 Find cross-reference information in a buffer and activate such cross
13536 references for selection with `help-follow'. Cross-references have
13537 the canonical form `...' and the type of reference may be
13538 disambiguated by the preceding word(s) used in
13539 `help-xref-symbol-regexp'. Faces only get cross-referenced if
13540 preceded or followed by the word `face'. Variables without
13541 variable documentation do not get cross-referenced, unless
13542 preceded by the word `variable' or `option'.
13543
13544 If the variable `help-xref-mule-regexp' is non-nil, find also
13545 cross-reference information related to multilingual environment
13546 \(e.g., coding-systems). This variable is also used to disambiguate
13547 the type of reference as the same way as `help-xref-symbol-regexp'.
13548
13549 A special reference `back' is made to return back through a stack of
13550 help buffers. Variable `help-back-label' specifies the text for
13551 that.
13552
13553 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
13554
13555 (autoload 'help-xref-button "help-mode" "\
13556 Make a hyperlink for cross-reference text previously matched.
13557 MATCH-NUMBER is the subexpression of interest in the last matched
13558 regexp. TYPE is the type of button to use. Any remaining arguments are
13559 passed to the button's help-function when it is invoked.
13560 See `help-make-xrefs'.
13561
13562 \(fn MATCH-NUMBER TYPE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
13563
13564 (autoload 'help-insert-xref-button "help-mode" "\
13565 Insert STRING and make a hyperlink from cross-reference text on it.
13566 TYPE is the type of button to use. Any remaining arguments are passed
13567 to the button's help-function when it is invoked.
13568 See `help-make-xrefs'.
13569
13570 \(fn STRING TYPE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
13571
13572 (autoload 'help-xref-on-pp "help-mode" "\
13573 Add xrefs for symbols in `pp's output between FROM and TO.
13574
13575 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
13576
13577 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'help-xref-interned 'describe-symbol "25.1")
13578
13579 (autoload 'help-bookmark-jump "help-mode" "\
13580 Jump to help-mode bookmark BOOKMARK.
13581 Handler function for record returned by `help-bookmark-make-record'.
13582 BOOKMARK is a bookmark name or a bookmark record.
13583
13584 \(fn BOOKMARK)" nil nil)
13585
13586 ;;;***
13587 \f
13588 ;;;### (autoloads nil "helper" "emacs-lisp/helper.el" (21670 32330
13589 ;;;;;; 885624 725000))
13590 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/helper.el
13591
13592 (autoload 'Helper-describe-bindings "helper" "\
13593 Describe local key bindings of current mode.
13594
13595 \(fn)" t nil)
13596
13597 (autoload 'Helper-help "helper" "\
13598 Provide help for current mode.
13599
13600 \(fn)" t nil)
13601
13602 ;;;***
13603 \f
13604 ;;;### (autoloads nil "hexl" "hexl.el" (22079 12092 331174 267000))
13605 ;;; Generated autoloads from hexl.el
13606
13607 (autoload 'hexl-mode "hexl" "\
13608 \\<hexl-mode-map>A mode for editing binary files in hex dump format.
13609 This is not an ordinary major mode; it alters some aspects
13610 of the current mode's behavior, but not all; also, you can exit
13611 Hexl mode and return to the previous mode using `hexl-mode-exit'.
13612
13613 This function automatically converts a buffer into the hexl format
13614 using the function `hexlify-buffer'.
13615
13616 Each line in the buffer has an \"address\" (displayed in hexadecimal)
13617 representing the offset into the file that the characters on this line
13618 are at and 16 characters from the file (displayed as hexadecimal
13619 values grouped every `hexl-bits' bits, and as their ASCII values).
13620
13621 If any of the characters (displayed as ASCII characters) are
13622 unprintable (control or meta characters) they will be replaced by
13623 periods.
13624
13625 If `hexl-mode' is invoked with an argument the buffer is assumed to be
13626 in hexl format.
13627
13628 A sample format:
13629
13630 HEX ADDR: 0011 2233 4455 6677 8899 aabb ccdd eeff ASCII-TEXT
13631 -------- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ----------------
13632 00000000: 5468 6973 2069 7320 6865 786c 2d6d 6f64 This is hexl-mod
13633 00000010: 652e 2020 4561 6368 206c 696e 6520 7265 e. Each line re
13634 00000020: 7072 6573 656e 7473 2031 3620 6279 7465 presents 16 byte
13635 00000030: 7320 6173 2068 6578 6164 6563 696d 616c s as hexadecimal
13636 00000040: 2041 5343 4949 0a61 6e64 2070 7269 6e74 ASCII.and print
13637 00000050: 6162 6c65 2041 5343 4949 2063 6861 7261 able ASCII chara
13638 00000060: 6374 6572 732e 2020 416e 7920 636f 6e74 cters. Any cont
13639 00000070: 726f 6c20 6f72 206e 6f6e 2d41 5343 4949 rol or non-ASCII
13640 00000080: 2063 6861 7261 6374 6572 730a 6172 6520 characters.are
13641 00000090: 6469 7370 6c61 7965 6420 6173 2070 6572 displayed as per
13642 000000a0: 696f 6473 2069 6e20 7468 6520 7072 696e iods in the prin
13643 000000b0: 7461 626c 6520 6368 6172 6163 7465 7220 table character
13644 000000c0: 7265 6769 6f6e 2e0a region..
13645
13646 Movement is as simple as movement in a normal Emacs text buffer.
13647 Most cursor movement bindings are the same: use \\[hexl-backward-char], \\[hexl-forward-char], \\[hexl-next-line], and \\[hexl-previous-line]
13648 to move the cursor left, right, down, and up.
13649
13650 Advanced cursor movement commands (ala \\[hexl-beginning-of-line], \\[hexl-end-of-line], \\[hexl-beginning-of-buffer], and \\[hexl-end-of-buffer]) are
13651 also supported.
13652
13653 There are several ways to change text in hexl mode:
13654
13655 ASCII characters (character between space (0x20) and tilde (0x7E)) are
13656 bound to self-insert so you can simply type the character and it will
13657 insert itself (actually overstrike) into the buffer.
13658
13659 \\[hexl-quoted-insert] followed by another keystroke allows you to insert the key even if
13660 it isn't bound to self-insert. An octal number can be supplied in place
13661 of another key to insert the octal number's ASCII representation.
13662
13663 \\[hexl-insert-hex-char] will insert a given hexadecimal value (if it is between 0 and 0xFF)
13664 into the buffer at the current point.
13665
13666 \\[hexl-insert-octal-char] will insert a given octal value (if it is between 0 and 0377)
13667 into the buffer at the current point.
13668
13669 \\[hexl-insert-decimal-char] will insert a given decimal value (if it is between 0 and 255)
13670 into the buffer at the current point.
13671
13672 \\[hexl-mode-exit] will exit `hexl-mode'.
13673
13674 Note: saving the file with any of the usual Emacs commands
13675 will actually convert it back to binary format while saving.
13676
13677 You can use \\[hexl-find-file] to visit a file in Hexl mode.
13678
13679 \\[describe-bindings] for advanced commands.
13680
13681 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13682
13683 (autoload 'hexl-find-file "hexl" "\
13684 Edit file FILENAME as a binary file in hex dump format.
13685 Switch to a buffer visiting file FILENAME, creating one if none exists,
13686 and edit the file in `hexl-mode'.
13687
13688 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
13689
13690 (autoload 'hexlify-buffer "hexl" "\
13691 Convert a binary buffer to hexl format.
13692 This discards the buffer's undo information.
13693
13694 \(fn)" t nil)
13695
13696 ;;;***
13697 \f
13698 ;;;### (autoloads nil "hi-lock" "hi-lock.el" (21993 28596 134597
13699 ;;;;;; 473000))
13700 ;;; Generated autoloads from hi-lock.el
13701
13702 (autoload 'hi-lock-mode "hi-lock" "\
13703 Toggle selective highlighting of patterns (Hi Lock mode).
13704 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Hi Lock mode if ARG is
13705 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
13706 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
13707
13708 Hi Lock mode is automatically enabled when you invoke any of the
13709 highlighting commands listed below, such as \\[highlight-regexp].
13710 To enable Hi Lock mode in all buffers, use `global-hi-lock-mode'
13711 or add (global-hi-lock-mode 1) to your init file.
13712
13713 In buffers where Font Lock mode is enabled, patterns are
13714 highlighted using font lock. In buffers where Font Lock mode is
13715 disabled, patterns are applied using overlays; in this case, the
13716 highlighting will not be updated as you type.
13717
13718 When Hi Lock mode is enabled, a \"Regexp Highlighting\" submenu
13719 is added to the \"Edit\" menu. The commands in the submenu,
13720 which can be called interactively, are:
13721
13722 \\[highlight-regexp] REGEXP FACE
13723 Highlight matches of pattern REGEXP in current buffer with FACE.
13724
13725 \\[highlight-phrase] PHRASE FACE
13726 Highlight matches of phrase PHRASE in current buffer with FACE.
13727 (PHRASE can be any REGEXP, but spaces will be replaced by matches
13728 to whitespace and initial lower-case letters will become case insensitive.)
13729
13730 \\[highlight-lines-matching-regexp] REGEXP FACE
13731 Highlight lines containing matches of REGEXP in current buffer with FACE.
13732
13733 \\[highlight-symbol-at-point]
13734 Highlight the symbol found near point without prompting, using the next
13735 available face automatically.
13736
13737 \\[unhighlight-regexp] REGEXP
13738 Remove highlighting on matches of REGEXP in current buffer.
13739
13740 \\[hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns]
13741 Write active REGEXPs into buffer as comments (if possible). They may
13742 be read the next time file is loaded or when the \\[hi-lock-find-patterns] command
13743 is issued. The inserted regexps are in the form of font lock keywords.
13744 (See `font-lock-keywords'.) They may be edited and re-loaded with \\[hi-lock-find-patterns],
13745 any valid `font-lock-keywords' form is acceptable. When a file is
13746 loaded the patterns are read if `hi-lock-file-patterns-policy' is
13747 'ask and the user responds y to the prompt, or if
13748 `hi-lock-file-patterns-policy' is bound to a function and that
13749 function returns t.
13750
13751 \\[hi-lock-find-patterns]
13752 Re-read patterns stored in buffer (in the format produced by \\[hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns]).
13753
13754 When hi-lock is started and if the mode is not excluded or patterns
13755 rejected, the beginning of the buffer is searched for lines of the
13756 form:
13757 Hi-lock: FOO
13758
13759 where FOO is a list of patterns. The patterns must start before
13760 position (number of characters into buffer)
13761 `hi-lock-file-patterns-range'. Patterns will be read until
13762 Hi-lock: end is found. A mode is excluded if it's in the list
13763 `hi-lock-exclude-modes'.
13764
13765 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13766
13767 (defvar global-hi-lock-mode nil "\
13768 Non-nil if Global-Hi-Lock mode is enabled.
13769 See the command `global-hi-lock-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
13770 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
13771 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
13772 or call the function `global-hi-lock-mode'.")
13773
13774 (custom-autoload 'global-hi-lock-mode "hi-lock" nil)
13775
13776 (autoload 'global-hi-lock-mode "hi-lock" "\
13777 Toggle Hi-Lock mode in all buffers.
13778 With prefix ARG, enable Global-Hi-Lock mode if ARG is positive;
13779 otherwise, disable it. If called from Lisp, enable the mode if
13780 ARG is omitted or nil.
13781
13782 Hi-Lock mode is enabled in all buffers where
13783 `turn-on-hi-lock-if-enabled' would do it.
13784 See `hi-lock-mode' for more information on Hi-Lock mode.
13785
13786 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13787
13788 (defalias 'highlight-lines-matching-regexp 'hi-lock-line-face-buffer)
13789
13790 (autoload 'hi-lock-line-face-buffer "hi-lock" "\
13791 Set face of all lines containing a match of REGEXP to FACE.
13792 Interactively, prompt for REGEXP using `read-regexp', then FACE.
13793 Use the global history list for FACE.
13794
13795 Use Font lock mode, if enabled, to highlight REGEXP. Otherwise,
13796 use overlays for highlighting. If overlays are used, the
13797 highlighting will not update as you type.
13798
13799 \(fn REGEXP &optional FACE)" t nil)
13800
13801 (defalias 'highlight-regexp 'hi-lock-face-buffer)
13802
13803 (autoload 'hi-lock-face-buffer "hi-lock" "\
13804 Set face of each match of REGEXP to FACE.
13805 Interactively, prompt for REGEXP using `read-regexp', then FACE.
13806 Use the global history list for FACE.
13807
13808 Use Font lock mode, if enabled, to highlight REGEXP. Otherwise,
13809 use overlays for highlighting. If overlays are used, the
13810 highlighting will not update as you type.
13811
13812 \(fn REGEXP &optional FACE)" t nil)
13813
13814 (defalias 'highlight-phrase 'hi-lock-face-phrase-buffer)
13815
13816 (autoload 'hi-lock-face-phrase-buffer "hi-lock" "\
13817 Set face of each match of phrase REGEXP to FACE.
13818 Interactively, prompt for REGEXP using `read-regexp', then FACE.
13819 Use the global history list for FACE.
13820
13821 When called interactively, replace whitespace in user-provided
13822 regexp with arbitrary whitespace, and make initial lower-case
13823 letters case-insensitive, before highlighting with `hi-lock-set-pattern'.
13824
13825 Use Font lock mode, if enabled, to highlight REGEXP. Otherwise,
13826 use overlays for highlighting. If overlays are used, the
13827 highlighting will not update as you type.
13828
13829 \(fn REGEXP &optional FACE)" t nil)
13830
13831 (defalias 'highlight-symbol-at-point 'hi-lock-face-symbol-at-point)
13832
13833 (autoload 'hi-lock-face-symbol-at-point "hi-lock" "\
13834 Highlight each instance of the symbol at point.
13835 Uses the next face from `hi-lock-face-defaults' without prompting,
13836 unless you use a prefix argument.
13837 Uses `find-tag-default-as-symbol-regexp' to retrieve the symbol at point.
13838
13839 This uses Font lock mode if it is enabled; otherwise it uses overlays,
13840 in which case the highlighting will not update as you type.
13841
13842 \(fn)" t nil)
13843
13844 (defalias 'unhighlight-regexp 'hi-lock-unface-buffer)
13845
13846 (autoload 'hi-lock-unface-buffer "hi-lock" "\
13847 Remove highlighting of each match to REGEXP set by hi-lock.
13848 Interactively, prompt for REGEXP, accepting only regexps
13849 previously inserted by hi-lock interactive functions.
13850 If REGEXP is t (or if \\[universal-argument] was specified interactively),
13851 then remove all hi-lock highlighting.
13852
13853 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
13854
13855 (autoload 'hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns "hi-lock" "\
13856 Write interactively added patterns, if any, into buffer at point.
13857
13858 Interactively added patterns are those normally specified using
13859 `highlight-regexp' and `highlight-lines-matching-regexp'; they can
13860 be found in variable `hi-lock-interactive-patterns'.
13861
13862 \(fn)" t nil)
13863
13864 ;;;***
13865 \f
13866 ;;;### (autoloads nil "hideif" "progmodes/hideif.el" (21989 31537
13867 ;;;;;; 939825 721000))
13868 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/hideif.el
13869
13870 (autoload 'hide-ifdef-mode "hideif" "\
13871 Toggle features to hide/show #ifdef blocks (Hide-Ifdef mode).
13872 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Hide-Ifdef mode if ARG is
13873 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
13874 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
13875
13876 Hide-Ifdef mode is a buffer-local minor mode for use with C and
13877 C-like major modes. When enabled, code within #ifdef constructs
13878 that the C preprocessor would eliminate may be hidden from view.
13879 Several variables affect how the hiding is done:
13880
13881 `hide-ifdef-env'
13882 An association list of defined and undefined symbols for the
13883 current project. Initially, the global value of `hide-ifdef-env'
13884 is used. This variable was a buffer-local variable, which limits
13885 hideif to parse only one C/C++ file at a time. We've extended
13886 hideif to support parsing a C/C++ project containing multiple C/C++
13887 source files opened simultaneously in different buffers. Therefore
13888 `hide-ifdef-env' can no longer be buffer local but must be global.
13889
13890 `hide-ifdef-define-alist'
13891 An association list of defined symbol lists.
13892 Use `hide-ifdef-set-define-alist' to save the current `hide-ifdef-env'
13893 and `hide-ifdef-use-define-alist' to set the current `hide-ifdef-env'
13894 from one of the lists in `hide-ifdef-define-alist'.
13895
13896 `hide-ifdef-lines'
13897 Set to non-nil to not show #if, #ifdef, #ifndef, #else, and
13898 #endif lines when hiding.
13899
13900 `hide-ifdef-initially'
13901 Indicates whether `hide-ifdefs' should be called when Hide-Ifdef mode
13902 is activated.
13903
13904 `hide-ifdef-read-only'
13905 Set to non-nil if you want to make buffers read only while hiding.
13906 After `show-ifdefs', read-only status is restored to previous value.
13907
13908 \\{hide-ifdef-mode-map}
13909
13910 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13911
13912 ;;;***
13913 \f
13914 ;;;### (autoloads nil "hideshow" "progmodes/hideshow.el" (22026 25907
13915 ;;;;;; 635502 692000))
13916 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/hideshow.el
13917
13918 (defvar hs-special-modes-alist (mapcar 'purecopy '((c-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil nil) (c++-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil nil) (bibtex-mode ("@\\S(*\\(\\s(\\)" 1)) (java-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil nil) (js-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil))) "\
13919 Alist for initializing the hideshow variables for different modes.
13920 Each element has the form
13921 (MODE START END COMMENT-START FORWARD-SEXP-FUNC ADJUST-BEG-FUNC).
13922
13923 If non-nil, hideshow will use these values as regexps to define blocks
13924 and comments, respectively for major mode MODE.
13925
13926 START, END and COMMENT-START are regular expressions. A block is
13927 defined as text surrounded by START and END.
13928
13929 As a special case, START may be a list of the form (COMPLEX-START
13930 MDATA-SELECTOR), where COMPLEX-START is a regexp w/ multiple parts and
13931 MDATA-SELECTOR an integer that specifies which sub-match is the proper
13932 place to adjust point, before calling `hs-forward-sexp-func'. Point
13933 is adjusted to the beginning of the specified match. For example,
13934 see the `hs-special-modes-alist' entry for `bibtex-mode'.
13935
13936 For some major modes, `forward-sexp' does not work properly. In those
13937 cases, FORWARD-SEXP-FUNC specifies another function to use instead.
13938
13939 See the documentation for `hs-adjust-block-beginning' to see what is the
13940 use of ADJUST-BEG-FUNC.
13941
13942 If any of the elements is left nil or omitted, hideshow tries to guess
13943 appropriate values. The regexps should not contain leading or trailing
13944 whitespace. Case does not matter.")
13945
13946 (autoload 'hs-minor-mode "hideshow" "\
13947 Minor mode to selectively hide/show code and comment blocks.
13948 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
13949 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
13950 if ARG is omitted or nil.
13951
13952 When hideshow minor mode is on, the menu bar is augmented with hideshow
13953 commands and the hideshow commands are enabled.
13954 The value '(hs . t) is added to `buffer-invisibility-spec'.
13955
13956 The main commands are: `hs-hide-all', `hs-show-all', `hs-hide-block',
13957 `hs-show-block', `hs-hide-level' and `hs-toggle-hiding'. There is also
13958 `hs-hide-initial-comment-block' and `hs-mouse-toggle-hiding'.
13959
13960 Turning hideshow minor mode off reverts the menu bar and the
13961 variables to default values and disables the hideshow commands.
13962
13963 Lastly, the normal hook `hs-minor-mode-hook' is run using `run-hooks'.
13964
13965 Key bindings:
13966 \\{hs-minor-mode-map}
13967
13968 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13969
13970 (autoload 'turn-off-hideshow "hideshow" "\
13971 Unconditionally turn off `hs-minor-mode'.
13972
13973 \(fn)" nil nil)
13974
13975 ;;;***
13976 \f
13977 ;;;### (autoloads nil "hilit-chg" "hilit-chg.el" (21980 16567 693544
13978 ;;;;;; 893000))
13979 ;;; Generated autoloads from hilit-chg.el
13980
13981 (autoload 'highlight-changes-mode "hilit-chg" "\
13982 Toggle highlighting changes in this buffer (Highlight Changes mode).
13983 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Highlight Changes mode if ARG
13984 is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp,
13985 enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
13986
13987 When Highlight Changes is enabled, changes are marked with a text
13988 property. Normally they are displayed in a distinctive face, but
13989 command \\[highlight-changes-visible-mode] can be used to toggle
13990 this on and off.
13991
13992 Other functions for buffers in this mode include:
13993 \\[highlight-changes-next-change] - move point to beginning of next change
13994 \\[highlight-changes-previous-change] - move to beginning of previous change
13995 \\[highlight-changes-remove-highlight] - remove the change face from the region
13996 \\[highlight-changes-rotate-faces] - rotate different \"ages\" of changes
13997 through various faces.
13998 \\[highlight-compare-with-file] - mark text as changed by comparing this
13999 buffer with the contents of a file
14000 \\[highlight-compare-buffers] highlights differences between two buffers.
14001
14002 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14003
14004 (autoload 'highlight-changes-visible-mode "hilit-chg" "\
14005 Toggle visibility of highlighting due to Highlight Changes mode.
14006 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Highlight Changes Visible mode
14007 if ARG is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from
14008 Lisp, enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
14009
14010 Highlight Changes Visible mode only has an effect when Highlight
14011 Changes mode is on. When enabled, the changed text is displayed
14012 in a distinctive face.
14013
14014 The default value can be customized with variable
14015 `highlight-changes-visibility-initial-state'.
14016
14017 This command does not itself set Highlight Changes mode.
14018
14019 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14020
14021 (autoload 'highlight-changes-remove-highlight "hilit-chg" "\
14022 Remove the change face from the region between BEG and END.
14023 This allows you to manually remove highlighting from uninteresting changes.
14024
14025 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
14026
14027 (autoload 'highlight-changes-next-change "hilit-chg" "\
14028 Move to the beginning of the next change, if in Highlight Changes mode.
14029
14030 \(fn)" t nil)
14031
14032 (autoload 'highlight-changes-previous-change "hilit-chg" "\
14033 Move to the beginning of the previous change, if in Highlight Changes mode.
14034
14035 \(fn)" t nil)
14036
14037 (autoload 'highlight-changes-rotate-faces "hilit-chg" "\
14038 Rotate the faces if in Highlight Changes mode and the changes are visible.
14039
14040 Current changes are displayed in the face described by the first element
14041 of `highlight-changes-face-list', one level older changes are shown in
14042 face described by the second element, and so on. Very old changes remain
14043 shown in the last face in the list.
14044
14045 You can automatically rotate colors when the buffer is saved by adding
14046 this function to `write-file-functions' as a buffer-local value. To do
14047 this, eval the following in the buffer to be saved:
14048
14049 (add-hook \\='write-file-functions \\='highlight-changes-rotate-faces nil t)
14050
14051 \(fn)" t nil)
14052
14053 (autoload 'highlight-compare-buffers "hilit-chg" "\
14054 Compare two buffers and highlight the differences.
14055
14056 The default is the current buffer and the one in the next window.
14057
14058 If either buffer is modified and is visiting a file, you are prompted
14059 to save the file.
14060
14061 Unless the buffer is unmodified and visiting a file, the buffer is
14062 written to a temporary file for comparison.
14063
14064 If a buffer is read-only, differences will be highlighted but no property
14065 changes are made, so \\[highlight-changes-next-change] and
14066 \\[highlight-changes-previous-change] will not work.
14067
14068 \(fn BUF-A BUF-B)" t nil)
14069
14070 (autoload 'highlight-compare-with-file "hilit-chg" "\
14071 Compare this buffer with a file, and highlight differences.
14072
14073 If the buffer has a backup filename, it is used as the default when
14074 this function is called interactively.
14075
14076 If the current buffer is visiting the file being compared against, it
14077 also will have its differences highlighted. Otherwise, the file is
14078 read in temporarily but the buffer is deleted.
14079
14080 If the buffer is read-only, differences will be highlighted but no property
14081 changes are made, so \\[highlight-changes-next-change] and
14082 \\[highlight-changes-previous-change] will not work.
14083
14084 \(fn FILE-B)" t nil)
14085
14086 (defvar global-highlight-changes-mode nil "\
14087 Non-nil if Global-Highlight-Changes mode is enabled.
14088 See the command `global-highlight-changes-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
14089 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
14090 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
14091 or call the function `global-highlight-changes-mode'.")
14092
14093 (custom-autoload 'global-highlight-changes-mode "hilit-chg" nil)
14094
14095 (autoload 'global-highlight-changes-mode "hilit-chg" "\
14096 Toggle Highlight-Changes mode in all buffers.
14097 With prefix ARG, enable Global-Highlight-Changes mode if ARG is positive;
14098 otherwise, disable it. If called from Lisp, enable the mode if
14099 ARG is omitted or nil.
14100
14101 Highlight-Changes mode is enabled in all buffers where
14102 `highlight-changes-mode-turn-on' would do it.
14103 See `highlight-changes-mode' for more information on Highlight-Changes mode.
14104
14105 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14106
14107 ;;;***
14108 \f
14109 ;;;### (autoloads nil "hippie-exp" "hippie-exp.el" (21850 34968 457268
14110 ;;;;;; 630000))
14111 ;;; Generated autoloads from hippie-exp.el
14112 (push (purecopy '(hippie-exp 1 6)) package--builtin-versions)
14113
14114 (defvar hippie-expand-try-functions-list '(try-complete-file-name-partially try-complete-file-name try-expand-all-abbrevs try-expand-list try-expand-line try-expand-dabbrev try-expand-dabbrev-all-buffers try-expand-dabbrev-from-kill try-complete-lisp-symbol-partially try-complete-lisp-symbol) "\
14115 The list of expansion functions tried in order by `hippie-expand'.
14116 To change the behavior of `hippie-expand', remove, change the order of,
14117 or insert functions in this list.")
14118
14119 (custom-autoload 'hippie-expand-try-functions-list "hippie-exp" t)
14120
14121 (autoload 'hippie-expand "hippie-exp" "\
14122 Try to expand text before point, using multiple methods.
14123 The expansion functions in `hippie-expand-try-functions-list' are
14124 tried in order, until a possible expansion is found. Repeated
14125 application of `hippie-expand' inserts successively possible
14126 expansions.
14127 With a positive numeric argument, jumps directly to the ARG next
14128 function in this list. With a negative argument or just \\[universal-argument],
14129 undoes the expansion.
14130
14131 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
14132
14133 (autoload 'make-hippie-expand-function "hippie-exp" "\
14134 Construct a function similar to `hippie-expand'.
14135 Make it use the expansion functions in TRY-LIST. An optional second
14136 argument VERBOSE non-nil makes the function verbose.
14137
14138 \(fn TRY-LIST &optional VERBOSE)" nil t)
14139
14140 ;;;***
14141 \f
14142 ;;;### (autoloads nil "hl-line" "hl-line.el" (21670 32331 385639
14143 ;;;;;; 720000))
14144 ;;; Generated autoloads from hl-line.el
14145
14146 (autoload 'hl-line-mode "hl-line" "\
14147 Toggle highlighting of the current line (Hl-Line mode).
14148 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Hl-Line mode if ARG is
14149 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
14150 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
14151
14152 Hl-Line mode is a buffer-local minor mode. If
14153 `hl-line-sticky-flag' is non-nil, Hl-Line mode highlights the
14154 line about the buffer's point in all windows. Caveat: the
14155 buffer's point might be different from the point of a
14156 non-selected window. Hl-Line mode uses the function
14157 `hl-line-highlight' on `post-command-hook' in this case.
14158
14159 When `hl-line-sticky-flag' is nil, Hl-Line mode highlights the
14160 line about point in the selected window only. In this case, it
14161 uses the function `hl-line-unhighlight' on `pre-command-hook' in
14162 addition to `hl-line-highlight' on `post-command-hook'.
14163
14164 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14165
14166 (defvar global-hl-line-mode nil "\
14167 Non-nil if Global-Hl-Line mode is enabled.
14168 See the command `global-hl-line-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
14169 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
14170 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
14171 or call the function `global-hl-line-mode'.")
14172
14173 (custom-autoload 'global-hl-line-mode "hl-line" nil)
14174
14175 (autoload 'global-hl-line-mode "hl-line" "\
14176 Toggle line highlighting in all buffers (Global Hl-Line mode).
14177 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Global Hl-Line mode if ARG is
14178 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
14179 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
14180
14181 If `global-hl-line-sticky-flag' is non-nil, Global Hl-Line mode
14182 highlights the line about the current buffer's point in all
14183 windows.
14184
14185 Global-Hl-Line mode uses the functions `global-hl-line-unhighlight' and
14186 `global-hl-line-highlight' on `pre-command-hook' and `post-command-hook'.
14187
14188 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14189
14190 ;;;***
14191 \f
14192 ;;;### (autoloads nil "holidays" "calendar/holidays.el" (22026 25907
14193 ;;;;;; 551502 692000))
14194 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/holidays.el
14195
14196 (defvar holiday-general-holidays (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-fixed 1 1 "New Year's Day") (holiday-float 1 1 3 "Martin Luther King Day") (holiday-fixed 2 2 "Groundhog Day") (holiday-fixed 2 14 "Valentine's Day") (holiday-float 2 1 3 "President's Day") (holiday-fixed 3 17 "St. Patrick's Day") (holiday-fixed 4 1 "April Fools' Day") (holiday-float 5 0 2 "Mother's Day") (holiday-float 5 1 -1 "Memorial Day") (holiday-fixed 6 14 "Flag Day") (holiday-float 6 0 3 "Father's Day") (holiday-fixed 7 4 "Independence Day") (holiday-float 9 1 1 "Labor Day") (holiday-float 10 1 2 "Columbus Day") (holiday-fixed 10 31 "Halloween") (holiday-fixed 11 11 "Veteran's Day") (holiday-float 11 4 4 "Thanksgiving"))) "\
14197 General holidays. Default value is for the United States.
14198 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
14199
14200 (custom-autoload 'holiday-general-holidays "holidays" t)
14201
14202 (put 'holiday-general-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
14203
14204 (defvar holiday-oriental-holidays (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-chinese-new-year) (if calendar-chinese-all-holidays-flag (append (holiday-chinese 1 15 "Lantern Festival") (holiday-chinese-qingming) (holiday-chinese 5 5 "Dragon Boat Festival") (holiday-chinese 7 7 "Double Seventh Festival") (holiday-chinese 8 15 "Mid-Autumn Festival") (holiday-chinese 9 9 "Double Ninth Festival") (holiday-chinese-winter-solstice))))) "\
14205 Oriental holidays.
14206 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
14207
14208 (custom-autoload 'holiday-oriental-holidays "holidays" t)
14209
14210 (put 'holiday-oriental-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
14211
14212 (defvar holiday-local-holidays nil "\
14213 Local holidays.
14214 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
14215
14216 (custom-autoload 'holiday-local-holidays "holidays" t)
14217
14218 (put 'holiday-local-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
14219
14220 (defvar holiday-other-holidays nil "\
14221 User defined holidays.
14222 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
14223
14224 (custom-autoload 'holiday-other-holidays "holidays" t)
14225
14226 (put 'holiday-other-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
14227
14228 (defvar holiday-hebrew-holidays (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-hebrew-passover) (holiday-hebrew-rosh-hashanah) (holiday-hebrew-hanukkah) (if calendar-hebrew-all-holidays-flag (append (holiday-hebrew-tisha-b-av) (holiday-hebrew-misc))))) "\
14229 Jewish holidays.
14230 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
14231
14232 (custom-autoload 'holiday-hebrew-holidays "holidays" t)
14233
14234 (put 'holiday-hebrew-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
14235
14236 (defvar holiday-christian-holidays (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-easter-etc) (holiday-fixed 12 25 "Christmas") (if calendar-christian-all-holidays-flag (append (holiday-fixed 1 6 "Epiphany") (holiday-julian 12 25 "Christmas (Julian calendar)") (holiday-greek-orthodox-easter) (holiday-fixed 8 15 "Assumption") (holiday-advent 0 "Advent"))))) "\
14237 Christian holidays.
14238 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
14239
14240 (custom-autoload 'holiday-christian-holidays "holidays" t)
14241
14242 (put 'holiday-christian-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
14243
14244 (defvar holiday-islamic-holidays (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-islamic-new-year) (holiday-islamic 9 1 "Ramadan Begins") (if calendar-islamic-all-holidays-flag (append (holiday-islamic 1 10 "Ashura") (holiday-islamic 3 12 "Mulad-al-Nabi") (holiday-islamic 7 26 "Shab-e-Mi'raj") (holiday-islamic 8 15 "Shab-e-Bara't") (holiday-islamic 9 27 "Shab-e Qadr") (holiday-islamic 10 1 "Id-al-Fitr") (holiday-islamic 12 10 "Id-al-Adha"))))) "\
14245 Islamic holidays.
14246 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
14247
14248 (custom-autoload 'holiday-islamic-holidays "holidays" t)
14249
14250 (put 'holiday-islamic-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
14251
14252 (defvar holiday-bahai-holidays (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-bahai-new-year) (holiday-bahai-ridvan) (holiday-fixed 5 23 "Declaration of the Báb") (holiday-fixed 5 29 "Ascension of Bahá’u’lláh") (holiday-fixed 7 9 "Martyrdom of the Báb") (holiday-fixed 10 20 "Birth of the Báb") (holiday-fixed 11 12 "Birth of Bahá’u’lláh") (if calendar-bahai-all-holidays-flag (append (holiday-fixed 11 26 "Day of the Covenant") (holiday-fixed 11 28 "Ascension of `Abdu’l-Bahá"))))) "\
14253 Bahá’í holidays.
14254 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
14255
14256 (custom-autoload 'holiday-bahai-holidays "holidays" t)
14257
14258 (put 'holiday-bahai-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
14259
14260 (defvar holiday-solar-holidays (mapcar 'purecopy '((solar-equinoxes-solstices) (holiday-sexp calendar-daylight-savings-starts (format "Daylight Saving Time Begins %s" (solar-time-string (/ calendar-daylight-savings-starts-time (float 60)) calendar-standard-time-zone-name))) (holiday-sexp calendar-daylight-savings-ends (format "Daylight Saving Time Ends %s" (solar-time-string (/ calendar-daylight-savings-ends-time (float 60)) calendar-daylight-time-zone-name))))) "\
14261 Sun-related holidays.
14262 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
14263
14264 (custom-autoload 'holiday-solar-holidays "holidays" t)
14265
14266 (put 'holiday-solar-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
14267
14268 (put 'calendar-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
14269
14270 (autoload 'holidays "holidays" "\
14271 Display the holidays for last month, this month, and next month.
14272 If called with an optional prefix argument ARG, prompts for month and year.
14273 This function is suitable for execution in a init file.
14274
14275 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14276
14277 (autoload 'list-holidays "holidays" "\
14278 Display holidays for years Y1 to Y2 (inclusive).
14279 Y2 defaults to Y1. The optional list of holidays L defaults to
14280 `calendar-holidays'. If you want to control what holidays are
14281 displayed, use a different list. For example,
14282
14283 (list-holidays 2006 2006
14284 (append holiday-general-holidays holiday-local-holidays))
14285
14286 will display holidays for the year 2006 defined in the two
14287 mentioned lists, and nothing else.
14288
14289 When called interactively, this command offers a choice of
14290 holidays, based on the variables `holiday-solar-holidays' etc. See the
14291 documentation of `calendar-holidays' for a list of the variables
14292 that control the choices, as well as a description of the format
14293 of a holiday list.
14294
14295 The optional LABEL is used to label the buffer created.
14296
14297 \(fn Y1 &optional Y2 L LABEL)" t nil)
14298
14299 (defalias 'holiday-list 'list-holidays)
14300
14301 ;;;***
14302 \f
14303 ;;;### (autoloads nil "html2text" "gnus/html2text.el" (21670 32330
14304 ;;;;;; 885624 725000))
14305 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/html2text.el
14306
14307 (autoload 'html2text "html2text" "\
14308 Convert HTML to plain text in the current buffer.
14309
14310 \(fn)" t nil)
14311
14312 ;;;***
14313 \f
14314 ;;;### (autoloads nil "htmlfontify" "htmlfontify.el" (22026 25907
14315 ;;;;;; 591502 692000))
14316 ;;; Generated autoloads from htmlfontify.el
14317 (push (purecopy '(htmlfontify 0 21)) package--builtin-versions)
14318
14319 (autoload 'htmlfontify-buffer "htmlfontify" "\
14320 Create a new buffer, named for the current buffer + a .html extension,
14321 containing an inline CSS-stylesheet and formatted CSS-markup HTML
14322 that reproduces the look of the current Emacs buffer as closely
14323 as possible.
14324
14325 Dangerous characters in the existing buffer are turned into HTML
14326 entities, so you should even be able to do HTML-within-HTML
14327 fontified display.
14328
14329 You should, however, note that random control or eight-bit
14330 characters such as ^L (\f) or ¤ (\244) won't get mapped yet.
14331
14332 If the SRCDIR and FILE arguments are set, lookup etags derived
14333 entries in the `hfy-tags-cache' and add HTML anchors and
14334 hyperlinks as appropriate.
14335
14336 \(fn &optional SRCDIR FILE)" t nil)
14337
14338 (autoload 'htmlfontify-copy-and-link-dir "htmlfontify" "\
14339 Trawl SRCDIR and write fontified-and-hyperlinked output in DSTDIR.
14340 F-EXT and L-EXT specify values for `hfy-extn' and `hfy-link-extn'.
14341
14342 You may also want to set `hfy-page-header' and `hfy-page-footer'.
14343
14344 \(fn SRCDIR DSTDIR &optional F-EXT L-EXT)" t nil)
14345
14346 ;;;***
14347 \f
14348 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ibuf-macs" "ibuf-macs.el" (21670 32331 385639
14349 ;;;;;; 720000))
14350 ;;; Generated autoloads from ibuf-macs.el
14351
14352 (autoload 'define-ibuffer-column "ibuf-macs" "\
14353 Define a column SYMBOL for use with `ibuffer-formats'.
14354
14355 BODY will be called with `buffer' bound to the buffer object, and
14356 `mark' bound to the current mark on the buffer. The original ibuffer
14357 buffer will be bound to `ibuffer-buf'.
14358
14359 If NAME is given, it will be used as a title for the column.
14360 Otherwise, the title will default to a capitalized version of the
14361 SYMBOL's name. PROPS is a plist of additional properties to add to
14362 the text, such as `mouse-face'. And SUMMARIZER, if given, is a
14363 function which will be passed a list of all the strings in its column;
14364 it should return a string to display at the bottom.
14365
14366 If HEADER-MOUSE-MAP is given, it will be used as a keymap for the
14367 title of the column.
14368
14369 Note that this macro expands into a `defun' for a function named
14370 ibuffer-make-column-NAME. If INLINE is non-nil, then the form will be
14371 inlined into the compiled format versions. This means that if you
14372 change its definition, you should explicitly call
14373 `ibuffer-recompile-formats'.
14374
14375 \(fn SYMBOL (&key NAME INLINE PROPS SUMMARIZER) &rest BODY)" nil t)
14376
14377 (function-put 'define-ibuffer-column 'lisp-indent-function 'defun)
14378
14379 (autoload 'define-ibuffer-sorter "ibuf-macs" "\
14380 Define a method of sorting named NAME.
14381 DOCUMENTATION is the documentation of the function, which will be called
14382 `ibuffer-do-sort-by-NAME'.
14383 DESCRIPTION is a short string describing the sorting method.
14384
14385 For sorting, the forms in BODY will be evaluated with `a' bound to one
14386 buffer object, and `b' bound to another. BODY should return a non-nil
14387 value if and only if `a' is \"less than\" `b'.
14388
14389 \(fn NAME DOCUMENTATION (&key DESCRIPTION) &rest BODY)" nil t)
14390
14391 (function-put 'define-ibuffer-sorter 'lisp-indent-function '1)
14392
14393 (function-put 'define-ibuffer-sorter 'doc-string-elt '2)
14394
14395 (autoload 'define-ibuffer-op "ibuf-macs" "\
14396 Generate a function which operates on a buffer.
14397 OP becomes the name of the function; if it doesn't begin with
14398 `ibuffer-do-', then that is prepended to it.
14399 When an operation is performed, this function will be called once for
14400 each marked buffer, with that buffer current.
14401
14402 ARGS becomes the formal parameters of the function.
14403 DOCUMENTATION becomes the docstring of the function.
14404 INTERACTIVE becomes the interactive specification of the function.
14405 MARK describes which type of mark (:deletion, or nil) this operation
14406 uses. :deletion means the function operates on buffers marked for
14407 deletion, otherwise it acts on normally marked buffers.
14408 MODIFIER-P describes how the function modifies buffers. This is used
14409 to set the modification flag of the Ibuffer buffer itself. Valid
14410 values are:
14411 nil - the function never modifiers buffers
14412 t - the function it always modifies buffers
14413 :maybe - attempt to discover this information by comparing the
14414 buffer's modification flag.
14415 DANGEROUS is a boolean which should be set if the user should be
14416 prompted before performing this operation.
14417 OPSTRING is a string which will be displayed to the user after the
14418 operation is complete, in the form:
14419 \"Operation complete; OPSTRING x buffers\"
14420 ACTIVE-OPSTRING is a string which will be displayed to the user in a
14421 confirmation message, in the form:
14422 \"Really ACTIVE-OPSTRING x buffers?\"
14423 COMPLEX means this function is special; see the source code of this
14424 macro for exactly what it does.
14425
14426 \(fn OP ARGS DOCUMENTATION (&key INTERACTIVE MARK MODIFIER-P DANGEROUS OPSTRING ACTIVE-OPSTRING COMPLEX) &rest BODY)" nil t)
14427
14428 (function-put 'define-ibuffer-op 'lisp-indent-function '2)
14429
14430 (function-put 'define-ibuffer-op 'doc-string-elt '3)
14431
14432 (autoload 'define-ibuffer-filter "ibuf-macs" "\
14433 Define a filter named NAME.
14434 DOCUMENTATION is the documentation of the function.
14435 READER is a form which should read a qualifier from the user.
14436 DESCRIPTION is a short string describing the filter.
14437
14438 BODY should contain forms which will be evaluated to test whether or
14439 not a particular buffer should be displayed or not. The forms in BODY
14440 will be evaluated with BUF bound to the buffer object, and QUALIFIER
14441 bound to the current value of the filter.
14442
14443 \(fn NAME DOCUMENTATION (&key READER DESCRIPTION) &rest BODY)" nil t)
14444
14445 (function-put 'define-ibuffer-filter 'lisp-indent-function '2)
14446
14447 (function-put 'define-ibuffer-filter 'doc-string-elt '2)
14448
14449 ;;;***
14450 \f
14451 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ibuffer" "ibuffer.el" (22032 64681 350838
14452 ;;;;;; 183000))
14453 ;;; Generated autoloads from ibuffer.el
14454
14455 (autoload 'ibuffer-list-buffers "ibuffer" "\
14456 Display a list of buffers, in another window.
14457 If optional argument FILES-ONLY is non-nil, then add a filter for
14458 buffers which are visiting a file.
14459
14460 \(fn &optional FILES-ONLY)" t nil)
14461
14462 (autoload 'ibuffer-other-window "ibuffer" "\
14463 Like `ibuffer', but displayed in another window by default.
14464 If optional argument FILES-ONLY is non-nil, then add a filter for
14465 buffers which are visiting a file.
14466
14467 \(fn &optional FILES-ONLY)" t nil)
14468
14469 (autoload 'ibuffer "ibuffer" "\
14470 Begin using Ibuffer to edit a list of buffers.
14471 Type `h' after entering ibuffer for more information.
14472
14473 All arguments are optional.
14474 OTHER-WINDOW-P says to use another window.
14475 NAME specifies the name of the buffer (defaults to \"*Ibuffer*\").
14476 QUALIFIERS is an initial set of filtering qualifiers to use;
14477 see `ibuffer-filtering-qualifiers'.
14478 NOSELECT means don't select the Ibuffer buffer.
14479 SHRINK means shrink the buffer to minimal size. The special
14480 value `onewindow' means always use another window.
14481 FILTER-GROUPS is an initial set of filtering groups to use;
14482 see `ibuffer-filter-groups'.
14483 FORMATS is the value to use for `ibuffer-formats'.
14484 If specified, then the variable `ibuffer-formats' will have
14485 that value locally in this buffer.
14486
14487 \(fn &optional OTHER-WINDOW-P NAME QUALIFIERS NOSELECT SHRINK FILTER-GROUPS FORMATS)" t nil)
14488
14489 ;;;***
14490 \f
14491 ;;;### (autoloads nil "icalendar" "calendar/icalendar.el" (22026
14492 ;;;;;; 25907 551502 692000))
14493 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/icalendar.el
14494 (push (purecopy '(icalendar 0 19)) package--builtin-versions)
14495
14496 (autoload 'icalendar-export-file "icalendar" "\
14497 Export diary file to iCalendar format.
14498 All diary entries in the file DIARY-FILENAME are converted to iCalendar
14499 format. The result is appended to the file ICAL-FILENAME.
14500
14501 \(fn DIARY-FILENAME ICAL-FILENAME)" t nil)
14502
14503 (autoload 'icalendar-export-region "icalendar" "\
14504 Export region in diary file to iCalendar format.
14505 All diary entries in the region from MIN to MAX in the current buffer are
14506 converted to iCalendar format. The result is appended to the file
14507 ICAL-FILENAME.
14508 This function attempts to return t if something goes wrong. In this
14509 case an error string which describes all the errors and problems is
14510 written into the buffer `*icalendar-errors*'.
14511
14512 \(fn MIN MAX ICAL-FILENAME)" t nil)
14513
14514 (autoload 'icalendar-import-file "icalendar" "\
14515 Import an iCalendar file and append to a diary file.
14516 Argument ICAL-FILENAME output iCalendar file.
14517 Argument DIARY-FILENAME input `diary-file'.
14518 Optional argument NON-MARKING determines whether events are created as
14519 non-marking or not.
14520
14521 \(fn ICAL-FILENAME DIARY-FILENAME &optional NON-MARKING)" t nil)
14522
14523 (autoload 'icalendar-import-buffer "icalendar" "\
14524 Extract iCalendar events from current buffer.
14525
14526 This function searches the current buffer for the first iCalendar
14527 object, reads it and adds all VEVENT elements to the diary
14528 DIARY-FILE.
14529
14530 It will ask for each appointment whether to add it to the diary
14531 unless DO-NOT-ASK is non-nil. When called interactively,
14532 DO-NOT-ASK is nil, so that you are asked for each event.
14533
14534 NON-MARKING determines whether diary events are created as
14535 non-marking.
14536
14537 Return code t means that importing worked well, return code nil
14538 means that an error has occurred. Error messages will be in the
14539 buffer `*icalendar-errors*'.
14540
14541 \(fn &optional DIARY-FILE DO-NOT-ASK NON-MARKING)" t nil)
14542
14543 ;;;***
14544 \f
14545 ;;;### (autoloads nil "icomplete" "icomplete.el" (21980 16567 701544
14546 ;;;;;; 893000))
14547 ;;; Generated autoloads from icomplete.el
14548
14549 (defvar icomplete-mode nil "\
14550 Non-nil if Icomplete mode is enabled.
14551 See the command `icomplete-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
14552 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
14553 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
14554 or call the function `icomplete-mode'.")
14555
14556 (custom-autoload 'icomplete-mode "icomplete" nil)
14557
14558 (autoload 'icomplete-mode "icomplete" "\
14559 Toggle incremental minibuffer completion (Icomplete mode).
14560 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Icomplete mode if ARG is
14561 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
14562 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
14563
14564 When this global minor mode is enabled, typing in the minibuffer
14565 continuously displays a list of possible completions that match
14566 the string you have typed. See `icomplete-completions' for a
14567 description of how prospective completions are displayed.
14568
14569 For more information, see Info node `(emacs)Icomplete'.
14570 For options you can set, `\\[customize-group] icomplete'.
14571
14572 You can use the following key bindings to navigate and select
14573 completions:
14574
14575 \\{icomplete-minibuffer-map}
14576
14577 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14578 (when (locate-library "obsolete/iswitchb")
14579 (autoload 'iswitchb-mode "iswitchb" "Toggle Iswitchb mode." t)
14580 (make-obsolete 'iswitchb-mode
14581 "use `icomplete-mode' or `ido-mode' instead." "24.4"))
14582
14583 ;;;***
14584 \f
14585 ;;;### (autoloads nil "icon" "progmodes/icon.el" (21670 32331 385639
14586 ;;;;;; 720000))
14587 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/icon.el
14588
14589 (autoload 'icon-mode "icon" "\
14590 Major mode for editing Icon code.
14591 Expression and list commands understand all Icon brackets.
14592 Tab indents for Icon code.
14593 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
14594 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
14595 \\{icon-mode-map}
14596 Variables controlling indentation style:
14597 icon-tab-always-indent
14598 Non-nil means TAB in Icon mode should always reindent the current line,
14599 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
14600 icon-auto-newline
14601 Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces
14602 inserted in Icon code.
14603 icon-indent-level
14604 Indentation of Icon statements within surrounding block.
14605 The surrounding block's indentation is the indentation
14606 of the line on which the open-brace appears.
14607 icon-continued-statement-offset
14608 Extra indentation given to a substatement, such as the
14609 then-clause of an if or body of a while.
14610 icon-continued-brace-offset
14611 Extra indentation given to a brace that starts a substatement.
14612 This is in addition to `icon-continued-statement-offset'.
14613 icon-brace-offset
14614 Extra indentation for line if it starts with an open brace.
14615 icon-brace-imaginary-offset
14616 An open brace following other text is treated as if it were
14617 this far to the right of the start of its line.
14618
14619 Turning on Icon mode calls the value of the variable `icon-mode-hook'
14620 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
14621
14622 \(fn)" t nil)
14623
14624 ;;;***
14625 \f
14626 ;;;### (autoloads nil "idlw-shell" "progmodes/idlw-shell.el" (22011
14627 ;;;;;; 58553 905858 469000))
14628 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/idlw-shell.el
14629
14630 (autoload 'idlwave-shell "idlw-shell" "\
14631 Run an inferior IDL, with I/O through buffer `(idlwave-shell-buffer)'.
14632 If buffer exists but shell process is not running, start new IDL.
14633 If buffer exists and shell process is running, just switch to the buffer.
14634
14635 When called with a prefix ARG, or when `idlwave-shell-use-dedicated-frame'
14636 is non-nil, the shell buffer and the source buffers will be in
14637 separate frames.
14638
14639 The command to run comes from variable `idlwave-shell-explicit-file-name',
14640 with options taken from `idlwave-shell-command-line-options'.
14641
14642 The buffer is put in `idlwave-shell-mode', providing commands for sending
14643 input and controlling the IDL job. See help on `idlwave-shell-mode'.
14644 See also the variable `idlwave-shell-prompt-pattern'.
14645
14646 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the shell buffer for a list of commands.)
14647
14648 \(fn &optional ARG QUICK)" t nil)
14649
14650 ;;;***
14651 \f
14652 ;;;### (autoloads nil "idlwave" "progmodes/idlwave.el" (22011 58553
14653 ;;;;;; 909858 469000))
14654 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/idlwave.el
14655 (push (purecopy '(idlwave 6 1 22)) package--builtin-versions)
14656
14657 (autoload 'idlwave-mode "idlwave" "\
14658 Major mode for editing IDL source files (version 6.1_em22).
14659
14660 The main features of this mode are
14661
14662 1. Indentation and Formatting
14663 --------------------------
14664 Like other Emacs programming modes, C-j inserts a newline and indents.
14665 TAB is used for explicit indentation of the current line.
14666
14667 To start a continuation line, use \\[idlwave-split-line]. This
14668 function can also be used in the middle of a line to split the line
14669 at that point. When used inside a long constant string, the string
14670 is split at that point with the `+' concatenation operator.
14671
14672 Comments are indented as follows:
14673
14674 `;;;' Indentation remains unchanged.
14675 `;;' Indent like the surrounding code
14676 `;' Indent to a minimum column.
14677
14678 The indentation of comments starting in column 0 is never changed.
14679
14680 Use \\[idlwave-fill-paragraph] to refill a paragraph inside a
14681 comment. The indentation of the second line of the paragraph
14682 relative to the first will be retained. Use
14683 \\[idlwave-auto-fill-mode] to toggle auto-fill mode for these
14684 comments. When the variable `idlwave-fill-comment-line-only' is
14685 nil, code can also be auto-filled and auto-indented.
14686
14687 To convert pre-existing IDL code to your formatting style, mark the
14688 entire buffer with \\[mark-whole-buffer] and execute
14689 \\[idlwave-expand-region-abbrevs]. Then mark the entire buffer
14690 again followed by \\[indent-region] (`indent-region').
14691
14692 2. Routine Info
14693 ------------
14694 IDLWAVE displays information about the calling sequence and the
14695 accepted keyword parameters of a procedure or function with
14696 \\[idlwave-routine-info]. \\[idlwave-find-module] jumps to the
14697 source file of a module. These commands know about system
14698 routines, all routines in idlwave-mode buffers and (when the
14699 idlwave-shell is active) about all modules currently compiled under
14700 this shell. It also makes use of pre-compiled or custom-scanned
14701 user and library catalogs many popular libraries ship with by
14702 default. Use \\[idlwave-update-routine-info] to update this
14703 information, which is also used for completion (see item 4).
14704
14705 3. Online IDL Help
14706 ---------------
14707
14708 \\[idlwave-context-help] displays the IDL documentation relevant
14709 for the system variable, keyword, or routines at point. A single
14710 key stroke gets you directly to the right place in the docs. See
14711 the manual to configure where and how the HTML help is displayed.
14712
14713 4. Completion
14714 ----------
14715 \\[idlwave-complete] completes the names of procedures, functions
14716 class names, keyword parameters, system variables and tags, class
14717 tags, structure tags, filenames and much more. It is context
14718 sensitive and figures out what is expected at point. Lower case
14719 strings are completed in lower case, other strings in mixed or
14720 upper case.
14721
14722 5. Code Templates and Abbreviations
14723 --------------------------------
14724 Many Abbreviations are predefined to expand to code fragments and templates.
14725 The abbreviations start generally with a `\\'. Some examples:
14726
14727 \\pr PROCEDURE template
14728 \\fu FUNCTION template
14729 \\c CASE statement template
14730 \\sw SWITCH statement template
14731 \\f FOR loop template
14732 \\r REPEAT Loop template
14733 \\w WHILE loop template
14734 \\i IF statement template
14735 \\elif IF-ELSE statement template
14736 \\b BEGIN
14737
14738 For a full list, use \\[idlwave-list-abbrevs]. Some templates also
14739 have direct keybindings - see the list of keybindings below.
14740
14741 \\[idlwave-doc-header] inserts a documentation header at the
14742 beginning of the current program unit (pro, function or main).
14743 Change log entries can be added to the current program unit with
14744 \\[idlwave-doc-modification].
14745
14746 6. Automatic Case Conversion
14747 -------------------------
14748 The case of reserved words and some abbrevs is controlled by
14749 `idlwave-reserved-word-upcase' and `idlwave-abbrev-change-case'.
14750
14751 7. Automatic END completion
14752 ------------------------
14753 If the variable `idlwave-expand-generic-end' is non-nil, each END typed
14754 will be converted to the specific version, like ENDIF, ENDFOR, etc.
14755
14756 8. Hooks
14757 -----
14758 Loading idlwave.el runs `idlwave-load-hook'.
14759 Turning on `idlwave-mode' runs `idlwave-mode-hook'.
14760
14761 9. Documentation and Customization
14762 -------------------------------
14763 Info documentation for this package is available. Use
14764 \\[idlwave-info] to display (complain to your sysadmin if that does
14765 not work). For Postscript, PDF, and HTML versions of the
14766 documentation, check IDLWAVE's homepage at URL
14767 `http://github.com/jdtsmith/idlwave'.
14768 IDLWAVE has customize support - see the group `idlwave'.
14769
14770 10.Keybindings
14771 -----------
14772 Here is a list of all keybindings of this mode.
14773 If some of the key bindings below show with ??, use \\[describe-key]
14774 followed by the key sequence to see what the key sequence does.
14775
14776 \\{idlwave-mode-map}
14777
14778 \(fn)" t nil)
14779
14780 ;;;***
14781 \f
14782 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ido" "ido.el" (22011 58553 641858 469000))
14783 ;;; Generated autoloads from ido.el
14784
14785 (defvar ido-mode nil "\
14786 Determines for which buffer/file Ido should be enabled.
14787 The following values are possible:
14788 - `buffer': Turn only on Ido buffer behavior (switching, killing,
14789 displaying...)
14790 - `file': Turn only on Ido file behavior (finding, writing, inserting...)
14791 - `both': Turn on Ido buffer and file behavior.
14792 - nil: Turn off any Ido switching.
14793
14794 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
14795 use either \\[customize] or the function `ido-mode'.")
14796
14797 (custom-autoload 'ido-mode "ido" nil)
14798
14799 (autoload 'ido-mode "ido" "\
14800 Toggle Ido mode on or off.
14801 With ARG, turn Ido mode on if arg is positive, off otherwise.
14802 Turning on Ido mode will remap (via a minor-mode keymap) the default
14803 keybindings for the `find-file' and `switch-to-buffer' families of
14804 commands to the Ido versions of these functions.
14805 However, if ARG arg equals 'files, remap only commands for files, or
14806 if it equals 'buffers, remap only commands for buffer switching.
14807 This function also adds a hook to the minibuffer.
14808
14809 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14810
14811 (autoload 'ido-switch-buffer "ido" "\
14812 Switch to another buffer.
14813 The buffer is displayed according to `ido-default-buffer-method' -- the
14814 default is to show it in the same window, unless it is already visible
14815 in another frame.
14816
14817 As you type in a string, all of the buffers matching the string are
14818 displayed if substring-matching is used (default). Look at
14819 `ido-enable-prefix' and `ido-toggle-prefix'. When you have found the
14820 buffer you want, it can then be selected. As you type, most keys have
14821 their normal keybindings, except for the following: \\<ido-buffer-completion-map>
14822
14823 RET Select the buffer at the front of the list of matches.
14824 If the list is empty, possibly prompt to create new buffer.
14825
14826 \\[ido-select-text] Use the current input string verbatim.
14827
14828 \\[ido-next-match] Put the first element at the end of the list.
14829 \\[ido-prev-match] Put the last element at the start of the list.
14830 \\[ido-complete] Complete a common suffix to the current string that matches
14831 all buffers. If there is only one match, select that buffer.
14832 If there is no common suffix, show a list of all matching buffers
14833 in a separate window.
14834 \\[ido-edit-input] Edit input string.
14835 \\[ido-fallback-command] Fallback to non-ido version of current command.
14836 \\[ido-toggle-regexp] Toggle regexp searching.
14837 \\[ido-toggle-prefix] Toggle between substring and prefix matching.
14838 \\[ido-toggle-case] Toggle case-sensitive searching of buffer names.
14839 \\[ido-completion-help] Show list of matching buffers in separate window.
14840 \\[ido-enter-find-file] Drop into `ido-find-file'.
14841 \\[ido-kill-buffer-at-head] Kill buffer at head of buffer list.
14842 \\[ido-toggle-ignore] Toggle ignoring buffers listed in `ido-ignore-buffers'.
14843
14844 \(fn)" t nil)
14845
14846 (autoload 'ido-switch-buffer-other-window "ido" "\
14847 Switch to another buffer and show it in another window.
14848 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14849 For details of keybindings, see `ido-switch-buffer'.
14850
14851 \(fn)" t nil)
14852
14853 (autoload 'ido-display-buffer "ido" "\
14854 Display a buffer in another window but don't select it.
14855 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14856 For details of keybindings, see `ido-switch-buffer'.
14857
14858 \(fn)" t nil)
14859
14860 (autoload 'ido-kill-buffer "ido" "\
14861 Kill a buffer.
14862 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14863 For details of keybindings, see `ido-switch-buffer'.
14864
14865 \(fn)" t nil)
14866
14867 (autoload 'ido-insert-buffer "ido" "\
14868 Insert contents of a buffer in current buffer after point.
14869 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14870 For details of keybindings, see `ido-switch-buffer'.
14871
14872 \(fn)" t nil)
14873
14874 (autoload 'ido-switch-buffer-other-frame "ido" "\
14875 Switch to another buffer and show it in another frame.
14876 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14877 For details of keybindings, see `ido-switch-buffer'.
14878
14879 \(fn)" t nil)
14880
14881 (autoload 'ido-find-file-in-dir "ido" "\
14882 Switch to another file starting from DIR.
14883
14884 \(fn DIR)" t nil)
14885
14886 (autoload 'ido-find-file "ido" "\
14887 Edit file with name obtained via minibuffer.
14888 The file is displayed according to `ido-default-file-method' -- the
14889 default is to show it in the same window, unless it is already visible
14890 in another frame.
14891
14892 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring. As you
14893 type in a string, all of the filenames matching the string are displayed
14894 if substring-matching is used (default). Look at `ido-enable-prefix' and
14895 `ido-toggle-prefix'. When you have found the filename you want, it can
14896 then be selected. As you type, most keys have their normal keybindings,
14897 except for the following: \\<ido-file-completion-map>
14898
14899 RET Select the file at the front of the list of matches.
14900 If the list is empty, possibly prompt to create new file.
14901
14902 \\[ido-select-text] Use the current input string verbatim.
14903
14904 \\[ido-next-match] Put the first element at the end of the list.
14905 \\[ido-prev-match] Put the last element at the start of the list.
14906 \\[ido-complete] Complete a common suffix to the current string that matches
14907 all files. If there is only one match, select that file.
14908 If there is no common suffix, show a list of all matching files
14909 in a separate window.
14910 \\[ido-magic-delete-char] Open the specified directory in Dired mode.
14911 \\[ido-edit-input] Edit input string (including directory).
14912 \\[ido-prev-work-directory] Go to previous directory in work directory history.
14913 \\[ido-next-work-directory] Go to next directory in work directory history.
14914 \\[ido-merge-work-directories] Search for file in the work directory history.
14915 \\[ido-forget-work-directory] Remove current directory from the work directory history.
14916 \\[ido-prev-work-file] Cycle to previous file in work file history.
14917 \\[ido-next-work-file] Cycle to next file in work file history.
14918 \\[ido-wide-find-file-or-pop-dir] Prompt for a file and use find to locate it.
14919 \\[ido-wide-find-dir-or-delete-dir] Prompt for a directory and use find to locate it.
14920 \\[ido-make-directory] Prompt for a directory to create in current directory.
14921 \\[ido-fallback-command] Fallback to non-Ido version of current command.
14922 \\[ido-toggle-regexp] Toggle regexp searching.
14923 \\[ido-toggle-prefix] Toggle between substring and prefix matching.
14924 \\[ido-toggle-case] Toggle case-sensitive searching of file names.
14925 \\[ido-toggle-literal] Toggle literal reading of this file.
14926 \\[ido-completion-help] Show list of matching files in separate window.
14927 \\[ido-toggle-ignore] Toggle ignoring files listed in `ido-ignore-files'.
14928
14929 \(fn)" t nil)
14930
14931 (autoload 'ido-find-file-other-window "ido" "\
14932 Switch to another file and show it in another window.
14933 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14934 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14935
14936 \(fn)" t nil)
14937
14938 (autoload 'ido-find-alternate-file "ido" "\
14939 Switch to another file and show it in another window.
14940 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14941 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14942
14943 \(fn)" t nil)
14944
14945 (autoload 'ido-find-file-read-only "ido" "\
14946 Edit file read-only with name obtained via minibuffer.
14947 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14948 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14949
14950 \(fn)" t nil)
14951
14952 (autoload 'ido-find-file-read-only-other-window "ido" "\
14953 Edit file read-only in other window with name obtained via minibuffer.
14954 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14955 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14956
14957 \(fn)" t nil)
14958
14959 (autoload 'ido-find-file-read-only-other-frame "ido" "\
14960 Edit file read-only in other frame with name obtained via minibuffer.
14961 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14962 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14963
14964 \(fn)" t nil)
14965
14966 (autoload 'ido-display-file "ido" "\
14967 Display a file in another window but don't select it.
14968 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14969 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14970
14971 \(fn)" t nil)
14972
14973 (autoload 'ido-find-file-other-frame "ido" "\
14974 Switch to another file and show it in another frame.
14975 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14976 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14977
14978 \(fn)" t nil)
14979
14980 (autoload 'ido-write-file "ido" "\
14981 Write current buffer to a file.
14982 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14983 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14984
14985 \(fn)" t nil)
14986
14987 (autoload 'ido-insert-file "ido" "\
14988 Insert contents of file in current buffer.
14989 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14990 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14991
14992 \(fn)" t nil)
14993
14994 (autoload 'ido-dired "ido" "\
14995 Call `dired' the Ido way.
14996 The directory is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14997 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14998
14999 \(fn)" t nil)
15000
15001 (autoload 'ido-read-buffer "ido" "\
15002 Ido replacement for the built-in `read-buffer'.
15003 Return the name of a buffer selected.
15004 PROMPT is the prompt to give to the user. DEFAULT if given is the default
15005 buffer to be selected, which will go to the front of the list.
15006 If REQUIRE-MATCH is non-nil, an existing buffer must be selected.
15007
15008 \(fn PROMPT &optional DEFAULT REQUIRE-MATCH PREDICATE)" nil nil)
15009
15010 (autoload 'ido-read-file-name "ido" "\
15011 Ido replacement for the built-in `read-file-name'.
15012 Read file name, prompting with PROMPT and completing in directory DIR.
15013 See `read-file-name' for additional parameters.
15014
15015 \(fn PROMPT &optional DIR DEFAULT-FILENAME MUSTMATCH INITIAL PREDICATE)" nil nil)
15016
15017 (autoload 'ido-read-directory-name "ido" "\
15018 Ido replacement for the built-in `read-directory-name'.
15019 Read directory name, prompting with PROMPT and completing in directory DIR.
15020 See `read-directory-name' for additional parameters.
15021
15022 \(fn PROMPT &optional DIR DEFAULT-DIRNAME MUSTMATCH INITIAL)" nil nil)
15023
15024 (autoload 'ido-completing-read "ido" "\
15025 Ido replacement for the built-in `completing-read'.
15026 Read a string in the minibuffer with Ido-style completion.
15027 PROMPT is a string to prompt with; normally it ends in a colon and a space.
15028 CHOICES is a list of strings which are the possible completions.
15029 PREDICATE and INHERIT-INPUT-METHOD are currently ignored; they are included
15030 to be compatible with `completing-read'.
15031 If REQUIRE-MATCH is non-nil, the user is not allowed to exit unless
15032 the input is (or completes to) an element of CHOICES or is null.
15033 If the input is null, `ido-completing-read' returns DEF, or an empty
15034 string if DEF is nil, regardless of the value of REQUIRE-MATCH.
15035 If INITIAL-INPUT is non-nil, insert it in the minibuffer initially,
15036 with point positioned at the end.
15037 HIST, if non-nil, specifies a history list.
15038 DEF, if non-nil, is the default value.
15039
15040 \(fn PROMPT CHOICES &optional PREDICATE REQUIRE-MATCH INITIAL-INPUT HIST DEF INHERIT-INPUT-METHOD)" nil nil)
15041
15042 ;;;***
15043 \f
15044 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ielm" "ielm.el" (22067 17342 170157 143000))
15045 ;;; Generated autoloads from ielm.el
15046
15047 (autoload 'ielm "ielm" "\
15048 Interactively evaluate Emacs Lisp expressions.
15049 Switches to the buffer `*ielm*', or creates it if it does not exist.
15050 See `inferior-emacs-lisp-mode' for details.
15051
15052 \(fn)" t nil)
15053
15054 ;;;***
15055 \f
15056 ;;;### (autoloads nil "iimage" "iimage.el" (21990 52406 604500 385000))
15057 ;;; Generated autoloads from iimage.el
15058
15059 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'turn-on-iimage-mode 'iimage-mode "24.1")
15060
15061 (autoload 'iimage-mode "iimage" "\
15062 Toggle Iimage mode on or off.
15063 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Iimage mode if ARG is
15064 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
15065 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil, and toggle it if ARG is `toggle'.
15066 \\{iimage-mode-map}
15067
15068 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
15069
15070 ;;;***
15071 \f
15072 ;;;### (autoloads nil "image" "image.el" (22048 52907 35535 316000))
15073 ;;; Generated autoloads from image.el
15074
15075 (autoload 'image-type-from-data "image" "\
15076 Determine the image type from image data DATA.
15077 Value is a symbol specifying the image type or nil if type cannot
15078 be determined.
15079
15080 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
15081
15082 (autoload 'image-type-from-buffer "image" "\
15083 Determine the image type from data in the current buffer.
15084 Value is a symbol specifying the image type or nil if type cannot
15085 be determined.
15086
15087 \(fn)" nil nil)
15088
15089 (autoload 'image-type-from-file-header "image" "\
15090 Determine the type of image file FILE from its first few bytes.
15091 Value is a symbol specifying the image type, or nil if type cannot
15092 be determined.
15093
15094 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
15095
15096 (autoload 'image-type-from-file-name "image" "\
15097 Determine the type of image file FILE from its name.
15098 Value is a symbol specifying the image type, or nil if type cannot
15099 be determined.
15100
15101 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
15102
15103 (autoload 'image-type "image" "\
15104 Determine and return image type.
15105 SOURCE is an image file name or image data.
15106 Optional TYPE is a symbol describing the image type. If TYPE is omitted
15107 or nil, try to determine the image type from its first few bytes
15108 of image data. If that doesn't work, and SOURCE is a file name,
15109 use its file extension as image type.
15110 Optional DATA-P non-nil means SOURCE is a string containing image data.
15111
15112 \(fn SOURCE &optional TYPE DATA-P)" nil nil)
15113
15114 (autoload 'image-type-available-p "image" "\
15115 Return non-nil if image type TYPE is available.
15116 Image types are symbols like `xbm' or `jpeg'.
15117
15118 \(fn TYPE)" nil nil)
15119
15120 (autoload 'image-type-auto-detected-p "image" "\
15121 Return t if the current buffer contains an auto-detectable image.
15122 This function is intended to be used from `magic-fallback-mode-alist'.
15123
15124 The buffer is considered to contain an auto-detectable image if
15125 its beginning matches an image type in `image-type-header-regexps',
15126 and that image type is present in `image-type-auto-detectable' with a
15127 non-nil value. If that value is non-nil, but not t, then the image type
15128 must be available.
15129
15130 \(fn)" nil nil)
15131
15132 (autoload 'create-image "image" "\
15133 Create an image.
15134 FILE-OR-DATA is an image file name or image data.
15135 Optional TYPE is a symbol describing the image type. If TYPE is omitted
15136 or nil, try to determine the image type from its first few bytes
15137 of image data. If that doesn't work, and FILE-OR-DATA is a file name,
15138 use its file extension as image type.
15139 Optional DATA-P non-nil means FILE-OR-DATA is a string containing image data.
15140 Optional PROPS are additional image attributes to assign to the image,
15141 like, e.g. `:mask MASK'.
15142 Value is the image created, or nil if images of type TYPE are not supported.
15143
15144 Images should not be larger than specified by `max-image-size'.
15145
15146 Image file names that are not absolute are searched for in the
15147 \"images\" sub-directory of `data-directory' and
15148 `x-bitmap-file-path' (in that order).
15149
15150 \(fn FILE-OR-DATA &optional TYPE DATA-P &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
15151
15152 (autoload 'put-image "image" "\
15153 Put image IMAGE in front of POS in the current buffer.
15154 IMAGE must be an image created with `create-image' or `defimage'.
15155 IMAGE is displayed by putting an overlay into the current buffer with a
15156 `before-string' STRING that has a `display' property whose value is the
15157 image. STRING is defaulted if you omit it.
15158 The overlay created will have the `put-image' property set to t.
15159 POS may be an integer or marker.
15160 AREA is where to display the image. AREA nil or omitted means
15161 display it in the text area, a value of `left-margin' means
15162 display it in the left marginal area, a value of `right-margin'
15163 means display it in the right marginal area.
15164
15165 \(fn IMAGE POS &optional STRING AREA)" nil nil)
15166
15167 (autoload 'insert-image "image" "\
15168 Insert IMAGE into current buffer at point.
15169 IMAGE is displayed by inserting STRING into the current buffer
15170 with a `display' property whose value is the image. STRING
15171 defaults to a single space if you omit it.
15172 AREA is where to display the image. AREA nil or omitted means
15173 display it in the text area, a value of `left-margin' means
15174 display it in the left marginal area, a value of `right-margin'
15175 means display it in the right marginal area.
15176 SLICE specifies slice of IMAGE to insert. SLICE nil or omitted
15177 means insert whole image. SLICE is a list (X Y WIDTH HEIGHT)
15178 specifying the X and Y positions and WIDTH and HEIGHT of image area
15179 to insert. A float value 0.0 - 1.0 means relative to the width or
15180 height of the image; integer values are taken as pixel values.
15181
15182 \(fn IMAGE &optional STRING AREA SLICE)" nil nil)
15183
15184 (autoload 'insert-sliced-image "image" "\
15185 Insert IMAGE into current buffer at point.
15186 IMAGE is displayed by inserting STRING into the current buffer
15187 with a `display' property whose value is the image. The default
15188 STRING is a single space.
15189 AREA is where to display the image. AREA nil or omitted means
15190 display it in the text area, a value of `left-margin' means
15191 display it in the left marginal area, a value of `right-margin'
15192 means display it in the right marginal area.
15193 The image is automatically split into ROWS x COLS slices.
15194
15195 \(fn IMAGE &optional STRING AREA ROWS COLS)" nil nil)
15196
15197 (autoload 'remove-images "image" "\
15198 Remove images between START and END in BUFFER.
15199 Remove only images that were put in BUFFER with calls to `put-image'.
15200 BUFFER nil or omitted means use the current buffer.
15201
15202 \(fn START END &optional BUFFER)" nil nil)
15203
15204 (autoload 'find-image "image" "\
15205 Find an image, choosing one of a list of image specifications.
15206
15207 SPECS is a list of image specifications.
15208
15209 Each image specification in SPECS is a property list. The contents of
15210 a specification are image type dependent. All specifications must at
15211 least contain the properties `:type TYPE' and either `:file FILE' or
15212 `:data DATA', where TYPE is a symbol specifying the image type,
15213 e.g. `xbm', FILE is the file to load the image from, and DATA is a
15214 string containing the actual image data. The specification whose TYPE
15215 is supported, and FILE exists, is used to construct the image
15216 specification to be returned. Return nil if no specification is
15217 satisfied.
15218
15219 The image is looked for in `image-load-path'.
15220
15221 Image files should not be larger than specified by `max-image-size'.
15222
15223 \(fn SPECS)" nil nil)
15224
15225 (autoload 'defimage "image" "\
15226 Define SYMBOL as an image, and return SYMBOL.
15227
15228 SPECS is a list of image specifications. DOC is an optional
15229 documentation string.
15230
15231 Each image specification in SPECS is a property list. The contents of
15232 a specification are image type dependent. All specifications must at
15233 least contain the properties `:type TYPE' and either `:file FILE' or
15234 `:data DATA', where TYPE is a symbol specifying the image type,
15235 e.g. `xbm', FILE is the file to load the image from, and DATA is a
15236 string containing the actual image data. The first image
15237 specification whose TYPE is supported, and FILE exists, is used to
15238 define SYMBOL.
15239
15240 Example:
15241
15242 (defimage test-image ((:type xpm :file \"~/test1.xpm\")
15243 (:type xbm :file \"~/test1.xbm\")))
15244
15245 \(fn SYMBOL SPECS &optional DOC)" nil t)
15246
15247 (function-put 'defimage 'doc-string-elt '3)
15248
15249 (autoload 'imagemagick-register-types "image" "\
15250 Register file types that can be handled by ImageMagick.
15251 This function is called at startup, after loading the init file.
15252 It registers the ImageMagick types returned by `imagemagick-filter-types'.
15253
15254 Registered image types are added to `auto-mode-alist', so that
15255 Emacs visits them in Image mode. They are also added to
15256 `image-type-file-name-regexps', so that the `image-type' function
15257 recognizes these files as having image type `imagemagick'.
15258
15259 If Emacs is compiled without ImageMagick support, this does nothing.
15260
15261 \(fn)" nil nil)
15262
15263 ;;;***
15264 \f
15265 ;;;### (autoloads nil "image-dired" "image-dired.el" (22011 58553
15266 ;;;;;; 641858 469000))
15267 ;;; Generated autoloads from image-dired.el
15268 (push (purecopy '(image-dired 0 4 11)) package--builtin-versions)
15269
15270 (autoload 'image-dired-dired-toggle-marked-thumbs "image-dired" "\
15271 Toggle thumbnails in front of file names in the dired buffer.
15272 If no marked file could be found, insert or hide thumbnails on the
15273 current line. ARG, if non-nil, specifies the files to use instead
15274 of the marked files. If ARG is an integer, use the next ARG (or
15275 previous -ARG, if ARG<0) files.
15276
15277 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
15278
15279 (autoload 'image-dired-dired-with-window-configuration "image-dired" "\
15280 Open directory DIR and create a default window configuration.
15281
15282 Convenience command that:
15283
15284 - Opens dired in folder DIR
15285 - Splits windows in most useful (?) way
15286 - Set `truncate-lines' to t
15287
15288 After the command has finished, you would typically mark some
15289 image files in dired and type
15290 \\[image-dired-display-thumbs] (`image-dired-display-thumbs').
15291
15292 If called with prefix argument ARG, skip splitting of windows.
15293
15294 The current window configuration is saved and can be restored by
15295 calling `image-dired-restore-window-configuration'.
15296
15297 \(fn DIR &optional ARG)" t nil)
15298
15299 (autoload 'image-dired-display-thumbs "image-dired" "\
15300 Display thumbnails of all marked files, in `image-dired-thumbnail-buffer'.
15301 If a thumbnail image does not exist for a file, it is created on the
15302 fly. With prefix argument ARG, display only thumbnail for file at
15303 point (this is useful if you have marked some files but want to show
15304 another one).
15305
15306 Recommended usage is to split the current frame horizontally so that
15307 you have the dired buffer in the left window and the
15308 `image-dired-thumbnail-buffer' buffer in the right window.
15309
15310 With optional argument APPEND, append thumbnail to thumbnail buffer
15311 instead of erasing it first.
15312
15313 Optional argument DO-NOT-POP controls if `pop-to-buffer' should be
15314 used or not. If non-nil, use `display-buffer' instead of
15315 `pop-to-buffer'. This is used from functions like
15316 `image-dired-next-line-and-display' and
15317 `image-dired-previous-line-and-display' where we do not want the
15318 thumbnail buffer to be selected.
15319
15320 \(fn &optional ARG APPEND DO-NOT-POP)" t nil)
15321
15322 (autoload 'image-dired-show-all-from-dir "image-dired" "\
15323 Make a preview buffer for all images in DIR and display it.
15324 If the number of files in DIR matching `image-file-name-regexp'
15325 exceeds `image-dired-show-all-from-dir-max-files', a warning will be
15326 displayed.
15327
15328 \(fn DIR)" t nil)
15329
15330 (defalias 'image-dired 'image-dired-show-all-from-dir)
15331
15332 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'tumme 'image-dired "24.4")
15333
15334 (autoload 'image-dired-tag-files "image-dired" "\
15335 Tag marked file(s) in dired. With prefix ARG, tag file at point.
15336
15337 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
15338
15339 (autoload 'image-dired-delete-tag "image-dired" "\
15340 Remove tag for selected file(s).
15341 With prefix argument ARG, remove tag from file at point.
15342
15343 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
15344
15345 (autoload 'image-dired-jump-thumbnail-buffer "image-dired" "\
15346 Jump to thumbnail buffer.
15347
15348 \(fn)" t nil)
15349
15350 (autoload 'image-dired-setup-dired-keybindings "image-dired" "\
15351 Setup easy-to-use keybindings for the commands to be used in dired mode.
15352 Note that n, p and <down> and <up> will be hijacked and bound to
15353 `image-dired-dired-x-line'.
15354
15355 \(fn)" t nil)
15356
15357 (autoload 'image-dired-display-thumbs-append "image-dired" "\
15358 Append thumbnails to `image-dired-thumbnail-buffer'.
15359
15360 \(fn)" t nil)
15361
15362 (autoload 'image-dired-display-thumb "image-dired" "\
15363 Shorthand for `image-dired-display-thumbs' with prefix argument.
15364
15365 \(fn)" t nil)
15366
15367 (autoload 'image-dired-dired-display-external "image-dired" "\
15368 Display file at point using an external viewer.
15369
15370 \(fn)" t nil)
15371
15372 (autoload 'image-dired-dired-display-image "image-dired" "\
15373 Display current image file.
15374 See documentation for `image-dired-display-image' for more information.
15375 With prefix argument ARG, display image in its original size.
15376
15377 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
15378
15379 (autoload 'image-dired-dired-comment-files "image-dired" "\
15380 Add comment to current or marked files in dired.
15381
15382 \(fn)" t nil)
15383
15384 (autoload 'image-dired-mark-tagged-files "image-dired" "\
15385 Use regexp to mark files with matching tag.
15386 A `tag' is a keyword, a piece of meta data, associated with an
15387 image file and stored in image-dired's database file. This command
15388 lets you input a regexp and this will be matched against all tags
15389 on all image files in the database file. The files that have a
15390 matching tag will be marked in the dired buffer.
15391
15392 \(fn)" t nil)
15393
15394 (autoload 'image-dired-dired-edit-comment-and-tags "image-dired" "\
15395 Edit comment and tags of current or marked image files.
15396 Edit comment and tags for all marked image files in an
15397 easy-to-use form.
15398
15399 \(fn)" t nil)
15400
15401 ;;;***
15402 \f
15403 ;;;### (autoloads nil "image-file" "image-file.el" (21670 32331 385639
15404 ;;;;;; 720000))
15405 ;;; Generated autoloads from image-file.el
15406
15407 (defvar image-file-name-extensions (purecopy '("png" "jpeg" "jpg" "gif" "tiff" "tif" "xbm" "xpm" "pbm" "pgm" "ppm" "pnm" "svg")) "\
15408 A list of image-file filename extensions.
15409 Filenames having one of these extensions are considered image files,
15410 in addition to those matching `image-file-name-regexps'.
15411
15412 See `auto-image-file-mode'; if `auto-image-file-mode' is enabled,
15413 setting this variable directly does not take effect unless
15414 `auto-image-file-mode' is re-enabled; this happens automatically when
15415 the variable is set using \\[customize].")
15416
15417 (custom-autoload 'image-file-name-extensions "image-file" nil)
15418
15419 (defvar image-file-name-regexps nil "\
15420 List of regexps matching image-file filenames.
15421 Filenames matching one of these regexps are considered image files,
15422 in addition to those with an extension in `image-file-name-extensions'.
15423
15424 See function `auto-image-file-mode'; if `auto-image-file-mode' is
15425 enabled, setting this variable directly does not take effect unless
15426 `auto-image-file-mode' is re-enabled; this happens automatically when
15427 the variable is set using \\[customize].")
15428
15429 (custom-autoload 'image-file-name-regexps "image-file" nil)
15430
15431 (autoload 'image-file-name-regexp "image-file" "\
15432 Return a regular expression matching image-file filenames.
15433
15434 \(fn)" nil nil)
15435
15436 (autoload 'insert-image-file "image-file" "\
15437 Insert the image file FILE into the current buffer.
15438 Optional arguments VISIT, BEG, END, and REPLACE are interpreted as for
15439 the command `insert-file-contents'.
15440
15441 \(fn FILE &optional VISIT BEG END REPLACE)" nil nil)
15442
15443 (defvar auto-image-file-mode nil "\
15444 Non-nil if Auto-Image-File mode is enabled.
15445 See the command `auto-image-file-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
15446 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
15447 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
15448 or call the function `auto-image-file-mode'.")
15449
15450 (custom-autoload 'auto-image-file-mode "image-file" nil)
15451
15452 (autoload 'auto-image-file-mode "image-file" "\
15453 Toggle visiting of image files as images (Auto Image File mode).
15454 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Auto Image File mode if ARG is
15455 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
15456 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
15457
15458 An image file is one whose name has an extension in
15459 `image-file-name-extensions', or matches a regexp in
15460 `image-file-name-regexps'.
15461
15462 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
15463
15464 ;;;***
15465 \f
15466 ;;;### (autoloads nil "image-mode" "image-mode.el" (22091 3267 895306
15467 ;;;;;; 892000))
15468 ;;; Generated autoloads from image-mode.el
15469
15470 (autoload 'image-mode "image-mode" "\
15471 Major mode for image files.
15472 You can use \\<image-mode-map>\\[image-toggle-display]
15473 to toggle between display as an image and display as text.
15474
15475 Key bindings:
15476 \\{image-mode-map}
15477
15478 \(fn)" t nil)
15479
15480 (autoload 'image-minor-mode "image-mode" "\
15481 Toggle Image minor mode in this buffer.
15482 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Image minor mode if ARG is
15483 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
15484 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
15485
15486 Image minor mode provides the key \\<image-mode-map>\\[image-toggle-display],
15487 to switch back to `image-mode' and display an image file as the
15488 actual image.
15489
15490 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
15491
15492 (autoload 'image-mode-as-text "image-mode" "\
15493 Set a non-image mode as major mode in combination with image minor mode.
15494 A non-image major mode found from `auto-mode-alist' or Fundamental mode
15495 displays an image file as text. `image-minor-mode' provides the key
15496 \\<image-mode-map>\\[image-toggle-display] to switch back to `image-mode'
15497 to display an image file as the actual image.
15498
15499 You can use `image-mode-as-text' in `auto-mode-alist' when you want
15500 to display an image file as text initially.
15501
15502 See commands `image-mode' and `image-minor-mode' for more information
15503 on these modes.
15504
15505 \(fn)" t nil)
15506
15507 (autoload 'image-bookmark-jump "image-mode" "\
15508
15509
15510 \(fn BMK)" nil nil)
15511
15512 ;;;***
15513 \f
15514 ;;;### (autoloads nil "imenu" "imenu.el" (21986 55346 284512 613000))
15515 ;;; Generated autoloads from imenu.el
15516
15517 (defvar imenu-sort-function nil "\
15518 The function to use for sorting the index mouse-menu.
15519
15520 Affects only the mouse index menu.
15521
15522 Set this to nil if you don't want any sorting (faster).
15523 The items in the menu are then presented in the order they were found
15524 in the buffer.
15525
15526 Set it to `imenu--sort-by-name' if you want alphabetic sorting.
15527
15528 The function should take two arguments and return t if the first
15529 element should come before the second. The arguments are cons cells;
15530 \(NAME . POSITION). Look at `imenu--sort-by-name' for an example.")
15531
15532 (custom-autoload 'imenu-sort-function "imenu" t)
15533
15534 (defvar imenu-generic-expression nil "\
15535 List of definition matchers for creating an Imenu index.
15536 Each element of this list should have the form
15537
15538 (MENU-TITLE REGEXP INDEX [FUNCTION] [ARGUMENTS...])
15539
15540 MENU-TITLE should be nil (in which case the matches for this
15541 element are put in the top level of the buffer index) or a
15542 string (which specifies the title of a submenu into which the
15543 matches are put).
15544 REGEXP is a regular expression matching a definition construct
15545 which is to be displayed in the menu. REGEXP may also be a
15546 function, called without arguments. It is expected to search
15547 backwards. It must return true and set `match-data' if it finds
15548 another element.
15549 INDEX is an integer specifying which subexpression of REGEXP
15550 matches the definition's name; this subexpression is displayed as
15551 the menu item.
15552 FUNCTION, if present, specifies a function to call when the index
15553 item is selected by the user. This function is called with
15554 arguments consisting of the item name, the buffer position, and
15555 the ARGUMENTS.
15556
15557 The variable `imenu-case-fold-search' determines whether or not
15558 the regexp matches are case sensitive, and `imenu-syntax-alist'
15559 can be used to alter the syntax table for the search.
15560
15561 If non-nil this pattern is passed to `imenu--generic-function' to
15562 create a buffer index.
15563
15564 For example, see the value of `fortran-imenu-generic-expression'
15565 used by `fortran-mode' with `imenu-syntax-alist' set locally to
15566 give the characters which normally have \"symbol\" syntax
15567 \"word\" syntax during matching.")
15568 (put 'imenu-generic-expression 'risky-local-variable t)
15569
15570 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-generic-expression)
15571
15572 (defvar imenu-create-index-function 'imenu-default-create-index-function "\
15573 The function to use for creating an index alist of the current buffer.
15574
15575 It should be a function that takes no arguments and returns
15576 an index alist of the current buffer. The function is
15577 called within a `save-excursion'.
15578
15579 See `imenu--index-alist' for the format of the buffer index alist.")
15580
15581 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-create-index-function)
15582
15583 (defvar imenu-prev-index-position-function 'beginning-of-defun "\
15584 Function for finding the next index position.
15585
15586 If `imenu-create-index-function' is set to
15587 `imenu-default-create-index-function', then you must set this variable
15588 to a function that will find the next index, looking backwards in the
15589 file.
15590
15591 The function should leave point at the place to be connected to the
15592 index and it should return nil when it doesn't find another index.")
15593
15594 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-prev-index-position-function)
15595
15596 (defvar imenu-extract-index-name-function nil "\
15597 Function for extracting the index item name, given a position.
15598
15599 This function is called after `imenu-prev-index-position-function'
15600 finds a position for an index item, with point at that position.
15601 It should return the name for that index item.")
15602
15603 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-extract-index-name-function)
15604
15605 (defvar imenu-name-lookup-function nil "\
15606 Function to compare string with index item.
15607
15608 This function will be called with two strings, and should return
15609 non-nil if they match.
15610
15611 If nil, comparison is done with `string='.
15612 Set this to some other function for more advanced comparisons,
15613 such as \"begins with\" or \"name matches and number of
15614 arguments match\".")
15615
15616 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-name-lookup-function)
15617
15618 (defvar imenu-default-goto-function 'imenu-default-goto-function "\
15619 The default function called when selecting an Imenu item.
15620 The function in this variable is called when selecting a normal index-item.")
15621
15622 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-default-goto-function)
15623 (put 'imenu--index-alist 'risky-local-variable t)
15624
15625 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-syntax-alist)
15626
15627 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-case-fold-search)
15628
15629 (autoload 'imenu-add-to-menubar "imenu" "\
15630 Add an `imenu' entry to the menu bar for the current buffer.
15631 NAME is a string used to name the menu bar item.
15632 See the command `imenu' for more information.
15633
15634 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
15635
15636 (autoload 'imenu-add-menubar-index "imenu" "\
15637 Add an Imenu \"Index\" entry on the menu bar for the current buffer.
15638
15639 A trivial interface to `imenu-add-to-menubar' suitable for use in a hook.
15640
15641 \(fn)" t nil)
15642
15643 (autoload 'imenu "imenu" "\
15644 Jump to a place in the buffer chosen using a buffer menu or mouse menu.
15645 INDEX-ITEM specifies the position. See `imenu-choose-buffer-index'
15646 for more information.
15647
15648 \(fn INDEX-ITEM)" t nil)
15649
15650 ;;;***
15651 \f
15652 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ind-util" "language/ind-util.el" (21670 32331
15653 ;;;;;; 385639 720000))
15654 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/ind-util.el
15655
15656 (autoload 'indian-compose-region "ind-util" "\
15657 Compose the region according to `composition-function-table'.
15658
15659 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
15660
15661 (autoload 'indian-compose-string "ind-util" "\
15662
15663
15664 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
15665
15666 (autoload 'in-is13194-post-read-conversion "ind-util" "\
15667
15668
15669 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
15670
15671 (autoload 'in-is13194-pre-write-conversion "ind-util" "\
15672
15673
15674 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
15675
15676 (autoload 'indian-2-column-to-ucs-region "ind-util" "\
15677 Convert old Emacs Devanagari characters to UCS.
15678
15679 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
15680
15681 ;;;***
15682 \f
15683 ;;;### (autoloads nil "inf-lisp" "progmodes/inf-lisp.el" (22011 58553
15684 ;;;;;; 909858 469000))
15685 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/inf-lisp.el
15686
15687 (autoload 'inferior-lisp "inf-lisp" "\
15688 Run an inferior Lisp process, input and output via buffer `*inferior-lisp*'.
15689 If there is a process already running in `*inferior-lisp*', just switch
15690 to that buffer.
15691 With argument, allows you to edit the command line (default is value
15692 of `inferior-lisp-program'). Runs the hooks from
15693 `inferior-lisp-mode-hook' (after the `comint-mode-hook' is run).
15694 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the process buffer for a list of commands.)
15695
15696 \(fn CMD)" t nil)
15697
15698 (defalias 'run-lisp 'inferior-lisp)
15699
15700 ;;;***
15701 \f
15702 ;;;### (autoloads nil "info" "info.el" (22056 47028 727798 795000))
15703 ;;; Generated autoloads from info.el
15704
15705 (defcustom Info-default-directory-list (let* ((config-dir (file-name-as-directory (or (and (featurep 'ns) (let ((dir (expand-file-name "../info" data-directory))) (if (file-directory-p dir) dir))) configure-info-directory))) (prefixes (prune-directory-list '("/usr/local/" "/usr/" "/opt/" "/"))) (suffixes '("share/" "" "gnu/" "gnu/lib/" "gnu/lib/emacs/" "emacs/" "lib/" "lib/emacs/")) (standard-info-dirs (apply #'nconc (mapcar (lambda (pfx) (let ((dirs (mapcar (lambda (sfx) (concat pfx sfx "info/")) suffixes))) (prune-directory-list dirs))) prefixes))) (dirs (if (member config-dir standard-info-dirs) (nconc standard-info-dirs (list config-dir)) (cons config-dir standard-info-dirs)))) (if (not (eq system-type 'windows-nt)) dirs (let* ((instdir (file-name-directory invocation-directory)) (dir1 (expand-file-name "../info/" instdir)) (dir2 (expand-file-name "../../../info/" instdir))) (cond ((file-exists-p dir1) (append dirs (list dir1))) ((file-exists-p dir2) (append dirs (list dir2))) (t dirs))))) "\
15706 Default list of directories to search for Info documentation files.
15707 They are searched in the order they are given in the list.
15708 Therefore, the directory of Info files that come with Emacs
15709 normally should come last (so that local files override standard ones),
15710 unless Emacs is installed into a non-standard directory. In the latter
15711 case, the directory of Info files that come with Emacs should be
15712 first in this list.
15713
15714 Once Info is started, the list of directories to search
15715 comes from the variable `Info-directory-list'.
15716 This variable `Info-default-directory-list' is used as the default
15717 for initializing `Info-directory-list' when Info is started, unless
15718 the environment variable INFOPATH is set.
15719
15720 Although this is a customizable variable, that is mainly for technical
15721 reasons. Normally, you should either set INFOPATH or customize
15722 `Info-additional-directory-list', rather than changing this variable." :initialize (quote custom-initialize-delay) :type (quote (repeat directory)) :group (quote info))
15723
15724 (autoload 'info-other-window "info" "\
15725 Like `info' but show the Info buffer in another window.
15726
15727 \(fn &optional FILE-OR-NODE BUFFER)" t nil)
15728 (put 'info 'info-file (purecopy "emacs"))
15729
15730 (autoload 'info "info" "\
15731 Enter Info, the documentation browser.
15732 Optional argument FILE-OR-NODE specifies the file to examine;
15733 the default is the top-level directory of Info.
15734 Called from a program, FILE-OR-NODE may specify an Info node of the form
15735 \"(FILENAME)NODENAME\".
15736 Optional argument BUFFER specifies the Info buffer name;
15737 the default buffer name is *info*. If BUFFER exists,
15738 just switch to BUFFER. Otherwise, create a new buffer
15739 with the top-level Info directory.
15740
15741 In interactive use, a non-numeric prefix argument directs
15742 this command to read a file name from the minibuffer.
15743
15744 A numeric prefix argument of N selects an Info buffer named \"*info*<N>\".
15745
15746 The search path for Info files is in the variable `Info-directory-list'.
15747 The top-level Info directory is made by combining all the files named `dir'
15748 in all the directories in that path.
15749
15750 See a list of available Info commands in `Info-mode'.
15751
15752 \(fn &optional FILE-OR-NODE BUFFER)" t nil)
15753
15754 (autoload 'info-emacs-manual "info" "\
15755 Display the Emacs manual in Info mode.
15756
15757 \(fn)" t nil)
15758
15759 (autoload 'info-emacs-bug "info" "\
15760 Display the \"Reporting Bugs\" section of the Emacs manual in Info mode.
15761
15762 \(fn)" t nil)
15763
15764 (autoload 'info-standalone "info" "\
15765 Run Emacs as a standalone Info reader.
15766 Usage: emacs -f info-standalone [filename]
15767 In standalone mode, \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-exit] exits Emacs itself.
15768
15769 \(fn)" nil nil)
15770
15771 (autoload 'Info-on-current-buffer "info" "\
15772 Use Info mode to browse the current Info buffer.
15773 With a prefix arg, this queries for the node name to visit first;
15774 otherwise, that defaults to `Top'.
15775
15776 \(fn &optional NODENAME)" t nil)
15777
15778 (autoload 'Info-directory "info" "\
15779 Go to the Info directory node.
15780
15781 \(fn)" t nil)
15782
15783 (autoload 'Info-index "info" "\
15784 Look up a string TOPIC in the index for this manual and go to that entry.
15785 If there are no exact matches to the specified topic, this chooses
15786 the first match which is a case-insensitive substring of a topic.
15787 Use the \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-index-next] command to see the other matches.
15788 Give an empty topic name to go to the Index node itself.
15789
15790 \(fn TOPIC)" t nil)
15791
15792 (autoload 'info-apropos "info" "\
15793 Grovel indices of all known Info files on your system for STRING.
15794 Build a menu of the possible matches.
15795
15796 \(fn STRING)" t nil)
15797
15798 (autoload 'info-finder "info" "\
15799 Display descriptions of the keywords in the Finder virtual manual.
15800 In interactive use, a prefix argument directs this command to read
15801 a list of keywords separated by comma. After that, it displays a node
15802 with a list of packages that contain all specified keywords.
15803
15804 \(fn &optional KEYWORDS)" t nil)
15805
15806 (autoload 'Info-mode "info" "\
15807 Info mode provides commands for browsing through the Info documentation tree.
15808 Documentation in Info is divided into \"nodes\", each of which discusses
15809 one topic and contains references to other nodes which discuss related
15810 topics. Info has commands to follow the references and show you other nodes.
15811
15812 \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-help] Invoke the Info tutorial.
15813 \\[Info-exit] Quit Info: reselect previously selected buffer.
15814
15815 Selecting other nodes:
15816 \\[Info-mouse-follow-nearest-node]
15817 Follow a node reference you click on.
15818 This works with menu items, cross references, and
15819 the \"next\", \"previous\" and \"up\", depending on where you click.
15820 \\[Info-follow-nearest-node] Follow a node reference near point, like \\[Info-mouse-follow-nearest-node].
15821 \\[Info-next] Move to the \"next\" node of this node.
15822 \\[Info-prev] Move to the \"previous\" node of this node.
15823 \\[Info-up] Move \"up\" from this node.
15824 \\[Info-menu] Pick menu item specified by name (or abbreviation).
15825 Picking a menu item causes another node to be selected.
15826 \\[Info-directory] Go to the Info directory node.
15827 \\[Info-top-node] Go to the Top node of this file.
15828 \\[Info-final-node] Go to the final node in this file.
15829 \\[Info-backward-node] Go backward one node, considering all nodes as forming one sequence.
15830 \\[Info-forward-node] Go forward one node, considering all nodes as forming one sequence.
15831 \\[Info-next-reference] Move cursor to next cross-reference or menu item.
15832 \\[Info-prev-reference] Move cursor to previous cross-reference or menu item.
15833 \\[Info-follow-reference] Follow a cross reference. Reads name of reference.
15834 \\[Info-history-back] Move back in history to the last node you were at.
15835 \\[Info-history-forward] Move forward in history to the node you returned from after using \\[Info-history-back].
15836 \\[Info-history] Go to menu of visited nodes.
15837 \\[Info-toc] Go to table of contents of the current Info file.
15838
15839 Moving within a node:
15840 \\[Info-scroll-up] Normally, scroll forward a full screen.
15841 Once you scroll far enough in a node that its menu appears on the
15842 screen but after point, the next scroll moves into its first
15843 subnode. When after all menu items (or if there is no menu),
15844 move up to the parent node.
15845 \\[Info-scroll-down] Normally, scroll backward. If the beginning of the buffer is
15846 already visible, try to go to the previous menu entry, or up
15847 if there is none.
15848 \\[beginning-of-buffer] Go to beginning of node.
15849
15850 Advanced commands:
15851 \\[Info-search] Search through this Info file for specified regexp,
15852 and select the node in which the next occurrence is found.
15853 \\[Info-search-case-sensitively] Search through this Info file for specified regexp case-sensitively.
15854 \\[isearch-forward], \\[isearch-forward-regexp] Use Isearch to search through multiple Info nodes.
15855 \\[Info-index] Search for a topic in this manual's Index and go to index entry.
15856 \\[Info-index-next] (comma) Move to the next match from a previous \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-index] command.
15857 \\[Info-virtual-index] Look for a string and display the index node with results.
15858 \\[info-apropos] Look for a string in the indices of all manuals.
15859 \\[Info-goto-node] Move to node specified by name.
15860 You may include a filename as well, as (FILENAME)NODENAME.
15861 1 .. 9 Pick first ... ninth item in node's menu.
15862 Every third `*' is highlighted to help pick the right number.
15863 \\[Info-copy-current-node-name] Put name of current Info node in the kill ring.
15864 \\[clone-buffer] Select a new cloned Info buffer in another window.
15865 \\[universal-argument] \\[info] Move to new Info file with completion.
15866 \\[universal-argument] N \\[info] Select Info buffer with prefix number in the name *info*<N>.
15867
15868 \(fn)" t nil)
15869 (put 'Info-goto-emacs-command-node 'info-file (purecopy "emacs"))
15870
15871 (autoload 'Info-goto-emacs-command-node "info" "\
15872 Go to the Info node in the Emacs manual for command COMMAND.
15873 The command is found by looking up in Emacs manual's indices
15874 or in another manual found via COMMAND's `info-file' property or
15875 the variable `Info-file-list-for-emacs'.
15876 COMMAND must be a symbol or string.
15877
15878 \(fn COMMAND)" t nil)
15879 (put 'Info-goto-emacs-key-command-node 'info-file (purecopy "emacs"))
15880
15881 (autoload 'Info-goto-emacs-key-command-node "info" "\
15882 Go to the node in the Emacs manual which describes the command bound to KEY.
15883 KEY is a string.
15884 Interactively, if the binding is `execute-extended-command', a command is read.
15885 The command is found by looking up in Emacs manual's indices
15886 or in another manual found via COMMAND's `info-file' property or
15887 the variable `Info-file-list-for-emacs'.
15888
15889 \(fn KEY)" t nil)
15890
15891 (autoload 'Info-speedbar-browser "info" "\
15892 Initialize speedbar to display an Info node browser.
15893 This will add a speedbar major display mode.
15894
15895 \(fn)" t nil)
15896
15897 (autoload 'Info-bookmark-jump "info" "\
15898 This implements the `handler' function interface for the record
15899 type returned by `Info-bookmark-make-record', which see.
15900
15901 \(fn BMK)" nil nil)
15902
15903 (autoload 'info-display-manual "info" "\
15904 Display an Info buffer displaying MANUAL.
15905 If there is an existing Info buffer for MANUAL, display it.
15906 Otherwise, visit the manual in a new Info buffer. In interactive
15907 use, a prefix argument directs this command to limit the
15908 completion alternatives to currently visited manuals.
15909
15910 \(fn MANUAL)" t nil)
15911
15912 ;;;***
15913 \f
15914 ;;;### (autoloads nil "info-look" "info-look.el" (22011 58553 641858
15915 ;;;;;; 469000))
15916 ;;; Generated autoloads from info-look.el
15917
15918 (autoload 'info-lookup-reset "info-look" "\
15919 Throw away all cached data.
15920 This command is useful if the user wants to start at the beginning without
15921 quitting Emacs, for example, after some Info documents were updated on the
15922 system.
15923
15924 \(fn)" t nil)
15925 (put 'info-lookup-symbol 'info-file "emacs")
15926
15927 (autoload 'info-lookup-symbol "info-look" "\
15928 Display the definition of SYMBOL, as found in the relevant manual.
15929 When this command is called interactively, it reads SYMBOL from the
15930 minibuffer. In the minibuffer, use M-n to yank the default argument
15931 value into the minibuffer so you can edit it. The default symbol is the
15932 one found at point.
15933
15934 With prefix arg MODE a query for the symbol help mode is offered.
15935
15936 \(fn SYMBOL &optional MODE)" t nil)
15937 (put 'info-lookup-file 'info-file "emacs")
15938
15939 (autoload 'info-lookup-file "info-look" "\
15940 Display the documentation of a file.
15941 When this command is called interactively, it reads FILE from the minibuffer.
15942 In the minibuffer, use M-n to yank the default file name
15943 into the minibuffer so you can edit it.
15944 The default file name is the one found at point.
15945
15946 With prefix arg MODE a query for the file help mode is offered.
15947
15948 \(fn FILE &optional MODE)" t nil)
15949
15950 (autoload 'info-complete-symbol "info-look" "\
15951 Perform completion on symbol preceding point.
15952
15953 \(fn &optional MODE)" t nil)
15954
15955 (autoload 'info-complete-file "info-look" "\
15956 Perform completion on file preceding point.
15957
15958 \(fn &optional MODE)" t nil)
15959
15960 ;;;***
15961 \f
15962 ;;;### (autoloads nil "info-xref" "info-xref.el" (22030 22952 929158
15963 ;;;;;; 467000))
15964 ;;; Generated autoloads from info-xref.el
15965 (push (purecopy '(info-xref 3)) package--builtin-versions)
15966
15967 (autoload 'info-xref-check "info-xref" "\
15968 Check external references in FILENAME, an info document.
15969 Interactively from an `Info-mode' or `texinfo-mode' buffer the
15970 current info file is the default.
15971
15972 Results are shown in a `compilation-mode' buffer. The format is
15973 a bit rough, but there shouldn't be many problems normally. The
15974 file:line:column: is the info document, but of course normally
15975 any correction should be made in the original .texi file.
15976 Finding the right place in the .texi is a manual process.
15977
15978 When a target info file doesn't exist there's obviously no way to
15979 validate node references within it. A message is given for
15980 missing target files once per source document. It could be
15981 simply that you don't have the target installed, or it could be a
15982 mistake in the reference.
15983
15984 Indirect info files are understood, just pass the top-level
15985 foo.info to `info-xref-check' and it traverses all sub-files.
15986 Compressed info files are accepted too as usual for `Info-mode'.
15987
15988 \"makeinfo\" checks references internal to an info document, but
15989 not external references, which makes it rather easy for mistakes
15990 to creep in or node name changes to go unnoticed.
15991 `Info-validate' doesn't check external references either.
15992
15993 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
15994
15995 (autoload 'info-xref-check-all "info-xref" "\
15996 Check external references in all info documents in the info path.
15997 `Info-directory-list' and `Info-additional-directory-list' are
15998 the info paths. See `info-xref-check' for how each file is
15999 checked.
16000
16001 The search for \"all\" info files is rather permissive, since
16002 info files don't necessarily have a \".info\" extension and in
16003 particular the Emacs manuals normally don't. If you have a
16004 source code directory in `Info-directory-list' then a lot of
16005 extraneous files might be read. This will be time consuming but
16006 should be harmless.
16007
16008 \(fn)" t nil)
16009
16010 (autoload 'info-xref-check-all-custom "info-xref" "\
16011 Check info references in all customize groups and variables.
16012 Info references can be in `custom-manual' or `info-link' entries
16013 of the `custom-links' for a variable.
16014
16015 Any `custom-load' autoloads in variables are loaded in order to
16016 get full link information. This will be a lot of Lisp packages
16017 and can take a long time.
16018
16019 \(fn)" t nil)
16020
16021 (autoload 'info-xref-docstrings "info-xref" "\
16022 Check docstring info node references in source files.
16023 The given files are searched for docstring hyperlinks like
16024
16025 Info node `(elisp)Documentation Tips'
16026
16027 and those links checked by attempting to visit the target nodes
16028 as per `info-xref-check' does.
16029
16030 Interactively filenames are read as a wildcard pattern like
16031 \"foo*.el\", with the current file as a default. Usually this
16032 will be lisp sources, but anything with such hyperlinks can be
16033 checked, including the Emacs .c sources (or the etc/DOC file of
16034 all builtins).
16035
16036 Because info node hyperlinks are found by a simple regexp search
16037 in the files, the Lisp code checked doesn't have to be loaded,
16038 and links can be in the file commentary or elsewhere too. Even
16039 .elc files can usually be checked successfully if you don't have
16040 the sources handy.
16041
16042 \(fn FILENAME-LIST)" t nil)
16043
16044 ;;;***
16045 \f
16046 ;;;### (autoloads nil "informat" "informat.el" (21670 32331 385639
16047 ;;;;;; 720000))
16048 ;;; Generated autoloads from informat.el
16049
16050 (autoload 'Info-tagify "informat" "\
16051 Create or update Info file tag table in current buffer or in a region.
16052
16053 \(fn &optional INPUT-BUFFER-NAME)" t nil)
16054
16055 (defvar Info-split-threshold 262144 "\
16056 The number of characters by which `Info-split' splits an info file.")
16057
16058 (custom-autoload 'Info-split-threshold "informat" t)
16059
16060 (autoload 'Info-split "informat" "\
16061 Split an info file into an indirect file plus bounded-size subfiles.
16062 Each subfile will be up to the number of characters that
16063 `Info-split-threshold' specifies, plus one node.
16064
16065 To use this command, first visit a large Info file that has a tag
16066 table. The buffer is modified into a (small) indirect info file which
16067 should be saved in place of the original visited file.
16068
16069 The subfiles are written in the same directory the original file is
16070 in, with names generated by appending `-' and a number to the original
16071 file name. The indirect file still functions as an Info file, but it
16072 contains just the tag table and a directory of subfiles.
16073
16074 \(fn)" t nil)
16075
16076 (autoload 'Info-validate "informat" "\
16077 Check current buffer for validity as an Info file.
16078 Check that every node pointer points to an existing node.
16079
16080 \(fn)" t nil)
16081
16082 (autoload 'batch-info-validate "informat" "\
16083 Runs `Info-validate' on the files remaining on the command line.
16084 Must be used only with -batch, and kills Emacs on completion.
16085 Each file will be processed even if an error occurred previously.
16086 For example, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-info-validate $info/ ~/*.info\"
16087
16088 \(fn)" nil nil)
16089
16090 ;;;***
16091 \f
16092 ;;;### (autoloads nil "inline" "emacs-lisp/inline.el" (21670 32330
16093 ;;;;;; 885624 725000))
16094 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/inline.el
16095
16096 (autoload 'define-inline "inline" "\
16097
16098
16099 \(fn NAME ARGS &rest BODY)" nil t)
16100
16101 (function-put 'define-inline 'lisp-indent-function 'defun)
16102
16103 (function-put 'define-inline 'doc-string-elt '3)
16104
16105 ;;;***
16106 \f
16107 ;;;### (autoloads nil "inversion" "cedet/inversion.el" (21993 28595
16108 ;;;;;; 998597 473000))
16109 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/inversion.el
16110 (push (purecopy '(inversion 1 3)) package--builtin-versions)
16111
16112 (autoload 'inversion-require-emacs "inversion" "\
16113 Declare that you need either EMACS-VER, XEMACS-VER or SXEMACS-ver.
16114 Only checks one based on which kind of Emacs is being run.
16115
16116 \(fn EMACS-VER XEMACS-VER SXEMACS-VER)" nil nil)
16117
16118 ;;;***
16119 \f
16120 ;;;### (autoloads nil "isearch-x" "international/isearch-x.el" (22003
16121 ;;;;;; 64432 624146 533000))
16122 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/isearch-x.el
16123
16124 (autoload 'isearch-toggle-specified-input-method "isearch-x" "\
16125 Select an input method and turn it on in interactive search.
16126
16127 \(fn)" t nil)
16128
16129 (autoload 'isearch-toggle-input-method "isearch-x" "\
16130 Toggle input method in interactive search.
16131
16132 \(fn)" t nil)
16133
16134 (autoload 'isearch-process-search-multibyte-characters "isearch-x" "\
16135
16136
16137 \(fn LAST-CHAR &optional COUNT)" nil nil)
16138
16139 ;;;***
16140 \f
16141 ;;;### (autoloads nil "isearchb" "isearchb.el" (21767 65327 504606
16142 ;;;;;; 256000))
16143 ;;; Generated autoloads from isearchb.el
16144 (push (purecopy '(isearchb 1 5)) package--builtin-versions)
16145
16146 (autoload 'isearchb-activate "isearchb" "\
16147 Active isearchb mode for subsequent alphanumeric keystrokes.
16148 Executing this command again will terminate the search; or, if
16149 the search has not yet begun, will toggle to the last buffer
16150 accessed via isearchb.
16151
16152 \(fn)" t nil)
16153
16154 ;;;***
16155 \f
16156 ;;;### (autoloads nil "iso-cvt" "international/iso-cvt.el" (22011
16157 ;;;;;; 58553 645858 469000))
16158 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/iso-cvt.el
16159
16160 (autoload 'iso-spanish "iso-cvt" "\
16161 Translate net conventions for Spanish to ISO 8859-1.
16162 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
16163 `iso-spanish-trans-tab'.
16164 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
16165
16166 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
16167
16168 (autoload 'iso-german "iso-cvt" "\
16169 Translate net conventions for German to ISO 8859-1.
16170 Translate the region FROM and TO using the table
16171 `iso-german-trans-tab'.
16172 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
16173
16174 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
16175
16176 (autoload 'iso-iso2tex "iso-cvt" "\
16177 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters to TeX sequences.
16178 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
16179 `iso-iso2tex-trans-tab'.
16180 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
16181
16182 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
16183
16184 (autoload 'iso-tex2iso "iso-cvt" "\
16185 Translate TeX sequences to ISO 8859-1 characters.
16186 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
16187 `iso-tex2iso-trans-tab'.
16188 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
16189
16190 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
16191
16192 (autoload 'iso-gtex2iso "iso-cvt" "\
16193 Translate German TeX sequences to ISO 8859-1 characters.
16194 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
16195 `iso-gtex2iso-trans-tab'.
16196 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
16197
16198 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
16199
16200 (autoload 'iso-iso2gtex "iso-cvt" "\
16201 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters to German TeX sequences.
16202 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
16203 `iso-iso2gtex-trans-tab'.
16204 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
16205
16206 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
16207
16208 (autoload 'iso-iso2duden "iso-cvt" "\
16209 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters to Duden sequences.
16210 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
16211 `iso-iso2duden-trans-tab'.
16212 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
16213
16214 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
16215
16216 (autoload 'iso-iso2sgml "iso-cvt" "\
16217 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters in the region to SGML entities.
16218 Use entities from \"ISO 8879:1986//ENTITIES Added Latin 1//EN\".
16219 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
16220
16221 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
16222
16223 (autoload 'iso-sgml2iso "iso-cvt" "\
16224 Translate SGML entities in the region to ISO 8859-1 characters.
16225 Use entities from \"ISO 8879:1986//ENTITIES Added Latin 1//EN\".
16226 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
16227
16228 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
16229
16230 (autoload 'iso-cvt-read-only "iso-cvt" "\
16231 Warn that format is read-only.
16232
16233 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
16234
16235 (autoload 'iso-cvt-write-only "iso-cvt" "\
16236 Warn that format is write-only.
16237
16238 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
16239
16240 (autoload 'iso-cvt-define-menu "iso-cvt" "\
16241 Add submenus to the File menu, to convert to and from various formats.
16242
16243 \(fn)" t nil)
16244
16245 ;;;***
16246 \f
16247 ;;;### (autoloads nil "iso-transl" "international/iso-transl.el"
16248 ;;;;;; (21840 19142 552627 956000))
16249 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/iso-transl.el
16250 (define-key key-translation-map "\C-x8" 'iso-transl-ctl-x-8-map)
16251 (autoload 'iso-transl-ctl-x-8-map "iso-transl" "Keymap for C-x 8 prefix." t 'keymap)
16252
16253 ;;;***
16254 \f
16255 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ispell" "textmodes/ispell.el" (22011 58554
16256 ;;;;;; 45858 469000))
16257 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/ispell.el
16258
16259 (put 'ispell-check-comments 'safe-local-variable (lambda (a) (memq a '(nil t exclusive))))
16260
16261 (defvar ispell-personal-dictionary nil "\
16262 File name of your personal spelling dictionary, or nil.
16263 If nil, the default personal dictionary, (\"~/.ispell_DICTNAME\" for ispell or
16264 \"~/.aspell.LANG.pws\" for Aspell) is used, where DICTNAME is the name of your
16265 default dictionary and LANG the two letter language code.")
16266
16267 (custom-autoload 'ispell-personal-dictionary "ispell" t)
16268
16269 (put 'ispell-local-dictionary 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
16270
16271 (defvar ispell-menu-map nil "\
16272 Key map for ispell menu.")
16273
16274 (defvar ispell-menu-xemacs nil "\
16275 Spelling menu for XEmacs.
16276 If nil when package is loaded, a standard menu will be set,
16277 and added as a submenu of the \"Edit\" menu.")
16278
16279 (defvar ispell-menu-map-needed (and (not ispell-menu-map) (not (featurep 'xemacs)) 'reload))
16280
16281 (if ispell-menu-map-needed (progn (setq ispell-menu-map (make-sparse-keymap "Spell")) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-change-dictionary] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Change Dictionary...") ispell-change-dictionary :help ,(purecopy "Supply explicit dictionary file name"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-kill-ispell] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Kill Process") (lambda nil (interactive) (ispell-kill-ispell nil 'clear)) :enable (and (boundp 'ispell-process) ispell-process (eq (ispell-process-status) 'run)) :help ,(purecopy "Terminate Ispell subprocess"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-pdict-save] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Save Dictionary") (lambda nil (interactive) (ispell-pdict-save t t)) :help ,(purecopy "Save personal dictionary"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-customize] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Customize...") (lambda nil (interactive) (customize-group 'ispell)) :help ,(purecopy "Customize spell checking options"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-help] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Help") (lambda nil (interactive) (describe-function 'ispell-help)) :help ,(purecopy "Show standard Ispell keybindings and commands"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [flyspell-mode] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Automatic spell checking (Flyspell)") flyspell-mode :help ,(purecopy "Check spelling while you edit the text") :button (:toggle bound-and-true-p flyspell-mode))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-complete-word] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Complete Word") ispell-complete-word :help ,(purecopy "Complete word at cursor using dictionary"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-complete-word-interior-frag] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Complete Word Fragment") ispell-complete-word-interior-frag :help ,(purecopy "Complete word fragment at cursor")))))
16282
16283 (if ispell-menu-map-needed (progn (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-continue] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Continue Spell-Checking") ispell-continue :enable (and (boundp 'ispell-region-end) (marker-position ispell-region-end) (equal (marker-buffer ispell-region-end) (current-buffer))) :help ,(purecopy "Continue spell checking last region"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-word] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Spell-Check Word") ispell-word :help ,(purecopy "Spell-check word at cursor"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-comments-and-strings] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Spell-Check Comments") ispell-comments-and-strings :help ,(purecopy "Spell-check only comments and strings")))))
16284
16285 (if ispell-menu-map-needed (progn (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-region] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Spell-Check Region") ispell-region :enable mark-active :help ,(purecopy "Spell-check text in marked region"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-message] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Spell-Check Message") ispell-message :visible (eq major-mode 'mail-mode) :help ,(purecopy "Skip headers and included message text"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-buffer] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Spell-Check Buffer") ispell-buffer :help ,(purecopy "Check spelling of selected buffer"))) (fset 'ispell-menu-map (symbol-value 'ispell-menu-map))))
16286
16287 (defvar ispell-skip-region-alist `((ispell-words-keyword forward-line) (ispell-dictionary-keyword forward-line) (ispell-pdict-keyword forward-line) (ispell-parsing-keyword forward-line) (,(purecopy "^---*BEGIN PGP [A-Z ]*--*") \, (purecopy "^---*END PGP [A-Z ]*--*")) (,(purecopy "^begin [0-9][0-9][0-9] [^ ]+$") \, (purecopy "\nend\n")) (,(purecopy "^%!PS-Adobe-[123].0") \, (purecopy "\n%%EOF\n")) (,(purecopy "^---* \\(Start of \\)?[Ff]orwarded [Mm]essage") \, (purecopy "^---* End of [Ff]orwarded [Mm]essage")) (,(purecopy "\\(--+\\|_+\\|\\(/\\w\\|\\(\\(\\w\\|[-_]\\)+[.:@]\\)\\)\\(\\w\\|[-_]\\)*\\([.:/@]+\\(\\w\\|[-_~=?&]\\)+\\)+\\)"))) "\
16288 Alist expressing beginning and end of regions not to spell check.
16289 The alist key must be a regular expression.
16290 Valid forms include:
16291 (KEY) - just skip the key.
16292 (KEY . REGEXP) - skip to the end of REGEXP. REGEXP may be string or symbol.
16293 (KEY REGEXP) - skip to end of REGEXP. REGEXP must be a string.
16294 (KEY FUNCTION ARGS) - FUNCTION called with ARGS returns end of region.")
16295
16296 (defvar ispell-tex-skip-alists (purecopy '((("\\\\addcontentsline" ispell-tex-arg-end 2) ("\\\\add\\(tocontents\\|vspace\\)" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\\\([aA]lph\\|arabic\\)" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\bibliographystyle" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\makebox" ispell-tex-arg-end 0) ("\\\\e?psfig" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\document\\(class\\|style\\)" . "\\\\begin[ \n]*{[ \n]*document[ \n]*}")) (("\\(figure\\|table\\)\\*?" ispell-tex-arg-end 0) ("list" ispell-tex-arg-end 2) ("program" . "\\\\end[ \n]*{[ \n]*program[ \n]*}") ("verbatim\\*?" . "\\\\end[ \n]*{[ \n]*verbatim\\*?[ \n]*}")))) "\
16297 Lists of regions to be skipped in TeX mode.
16298 First list is used raw.
16299 Second list has key placed inside \\begin{}.
16300
16301 Delete or add any regions you want to be automatically selected
16302 for skipping in latex mode.")
16303
16304 (defconst ispell-html-skip-alists '(("<[cC][oO][dD][eE]\\>[^>]*>" "</[cC][oO][dD][eE]*>") ("<[sS][cC][rR][iI][pP][tT]\\>[^>]*>" "</[sS][cC][rR][iI][pP][tT]>") ("<[aA][pP][pP][lL][eE][tT]\\>[^>]*>" "</[aA][pP][pP][lL][eE][tT]>") ("<[vV][eE][rR][bB]\\>[^>]*>" "<[vV][eE][rR][bB]\\>[^>]*>") ("<[tT][tT]/" "/") ("<[^ \n>]" ">") ("&[^ \n;]" "[; \n]")) "\
16305 Lists of start and end keys to skip in HTML buffers.
16306 Same format as `ispell-skip-region-alist'.
16307 Note - substrings of other matches must come last
16308 (e.g. \"<[tT][tT]/\" and \"<[^ \\t\\n>]\").")
16309 (put 'ispell-local-pdict 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
16310 (define-key esc-map "$" 'ispell-word)
16311
16312 (autoload 'ispell-word "ispell" "\
16313 Check spelling of word under or before the cursor.
16314 If the word is not found in dictionary, display possible corrections
16315 in a window allowing you to choose one.
16316
16317 If optional argument FOLLOWING is non-nil or if `ispell-following-word'
16318 is non-nil when called interactively, then the following word
16319 \(rather than preceding) is checked when the cursor is not over a word.
16320 When the optional argument QUIETLY is non-nil or `ispell-quietly' is non-nil
16321 when called interactively, non-corrective messages are suppressed.
16322
16323 With a prefix argument (or if CONTINUE is non-nil),
16324 resume interrupted spell-checking of a buffer or region.
16325
16326 Interactively, in Transient Mark mode when the mark is active, call
16327 `ispell-region' to check the active region for spelling errors.
16328
16329 Word syntax is controlled by the definition of the chosen dictionary,
16330 which is in `ispell-local-dictionary-alist' or `ispell-dictionary-alist'.
16331
16332 This will check or reload the dictionary. Use \\[ispell-change-dictionary]
16333 or \\[ispell-region] to update the Ispell process.
16334
16335 Return values:
16336 nil word is correct or spelling is accepted.
16337 0 word is inserted into buffer-local definitions.
16338 \"word\" word corrected from word list.
16339 \(\"word\" arg) word is hand entered.
16340 quit spell session exited.
16341
16342 \(fn &optional FOLLOWING QUIETLY CONTINUE REGION)" t nil)
16343
16344 (autoload 'ispell-pdict-save "ispell" "\
16345 Check to see if the personal dictionary has been modified.
16346 If so, ask if it needs to be saved.
16347
16348 \(fn &optional NO-QUERY FORCE-SAVE)" t nil)
16349
16350 (autoload 'ispell-help "ispell" "\
16351 Display a list of the options available when a misspelling is encountered.
16352
16353 Selections are:
16354
16355 DIGIT: Replace the word with a digit offered in the *Choices* buffer.
16356 SPC: Accept word this time.
16357 `i': Accept word and insert into private dictionary.
16358 `a': Accept word for this session.
16359 `A': Accept word and place in `buffer-local dictionary'.
16360 `r': Replace word with typed-in value. Rechecked.
16361 `R': Replace word with typed-in value. Query-replaced in buffer. Rechecked.
16362 `?': Show these commands.
16363 `x': Exit spelling buffer. Move cursor to original point.
16364 `X': Exit spelling buffer. Leaves cursor at the current point, and permits
16365 the aborted check to be completed later.
16366 `q': Quit spelling session (Kills ispell process).
16367 `l': Look up typed-in replacement in alternate dictionary. Wildcards okay.
16368 `u': Like `i', but the word is lower-cased first.
16369 `m': Place typed-in value in personal dictionary, then recheck current word.
16370 `C-l': Redraw screen.
16371 `C-r': Recursive edit.
16372 `C-z': Suspend Emacs or iconify frame.
16373
16374 \(fn)" nil nil)
16375
16376 (autoload 'ispell-kill-ispell "ispell" "\
16377 Kill current Ispell process (so that you may start a fresh one).
16378 With NO-ERROR, just return non-nil if there was no Ispell running.
16379 With CLEAR, buffer session localwords are cleaned.
16380
16381 \(fn &optional NO-ERROR CLEAR)" t nil)
16382
16383 (autoload 'ispell-change-dictionary "ispell" "\
16384 Change to dictionary DICT for Ispell.
16385 With a prefix arg, set it \"globally\", for all buffers.
16386 Without a prefix arg, set it \"locally\", just for this buffer.
16387
16388 By just answering RET you can find out what the current dictionary is.
16389
16390 \(fn DICT &optional ARG)" t nil)
16391
16392 (autoload 'ispell-region "ispell" "\
16393 Interactively check a region for spelling errors.
16394 Return nil if spell session was terminated, otherwise returns shift offset
16395 amount for last line processed.
16396
16397 \(fn REG-START REG-END &optional RECHECKP SHIFT)" t nil)
16398
16399 (autoload 'ispell-comments-and-strings "ispell" "\
16400 Check comments and strings in the current buffer for spelling errors.
16401
16402 \(fn)" t nil)
16403
16404 (autoload 'ispell-buffer "ispell" "\
16405 Check the current buffer for spelling errors interactively.
16406
16407 \(fn)" t nil)
16408
16409 (autoload 'ispell-buffer-with-debug "ispell" "\
16410 `ispell-buffer' with some output sent to `ispell-debug-buffer' buffer.
16411 If APPEND is non-n il, append the info to previous buffer if exists.
16412
16413 \(fn &optional APPEND)" t nil)
16414
16415 (autoload 'ispell-continue "ispell" "\
16416 Continue a halted spelling session beginning with the current word.
16417
16418 \(fn)" t nil)
16419
16420 (autoload 'ispell-complete-word "ispell" "\
16421 Try to complete the word before or at point.
16422 If optional INTERIOR-FRAG is non-nil, then the word may be a character
16423 sequence inside of a word.
16424
16425 Standard ispell choices are then available.
16426
16427 \(fn &optional INTERIOR-FRAG)" t nil)
16428
16429 (autoload 'ispell-complete-word-interior-frag "ispell" "\
16430 Completes word matching character sequence inside a word.
16431
16432 \(fn)" t nil)
16433
16434 (autoload 'ispell "ispell" "\
16435 Interactively check a region or buffer for spelling errors.
16436 If `transient-mark-mode' is on, and a region is active, spell-check
16437 that region. Otherwise spell-check the buffer.
16438
16439 Ispell dictionaries are not distributed with Emacs. If you are
16440 looking for a dictionary, please see the distribution of the GNU ispell
16441 program, or do an Internet search; there are various dictionaries
16442 available on the net.
16443
16444 \(fn)" t nil)
16445
16446 (autoload 'ispell-minor-mode "ispell" "\
16447 Toggle last-word spell checking (Ispell minor mode).
16448 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Ispell minor mode if ARG is
16449 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
16450 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
16451
16452 Ispell minor mode is a buffer-local minor mode. When enabled,
16453 typing SPC or RET warns you if the previous word is incorrectly
16454 spelled.
16455
16456 All the buffer-local variables and dictionaries are ignored. To
16457 read them into the running Ispell process, type \\[ispell-word]
16458 SPC.
16459
16460 For spell-checking \"on the fly\", not just after typing SPC or
16461 RET, use `flyspell-mode'.
16462
16463 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
16464
16465 (autoload 'ispell-message "ispell" "\
16466 Check the spelling of a mail message or news post.
16467 Don't check spelling of message headers except the Subject field.
16468 Don't check included messages.
16469
16470 To abort spell checking of a message region and send the message anyway,
16471 use the `x' command. (Any subsequent regions will be checked.)
16472 The `X' command aborts sending the message so that you can edit the buffer.
16473
16474 To spell-check whenever a message is sent, include the appropriate lines
16475 in your init file:
16476 (add-hook \\='message-send-hook \\='ispell-message) ;; GNUS 5
16477 (add-hook \\='news-inews-hook \\='ispell-message) ;; GNUS 4
16478 (add-hook \\='mail-send-hook \\='ispell-message)
16479 (add-hook \\='mh-before-send-letter-hook \\='ispell-message)
16480
16481 You can bind this to the key C-c i in GNUS or mail by adding to
16482 `news-reply-mode-hook' or `mail-mode-hook' the following lambda expression:
16483 (function (lambda () (local-set-key \"\\C-ci\" \\='ispell-message)))
16484
16485 \(fn)" t nil)
16486
16487 ;;;***
16488 \f
16489 ;;;### (autoloads nil "japan-util" "language/japan-util.el" (22011
16490 ;;;;;; 58553 673858 469000))
16491 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/japan-util.el
16492
16493 (autoload 'setup-japanese-environment-internal "japan-util" "\
16494
16495
16496 \(fn)" nil nil)
16497
16498 (autoload 'japanese-katakana "japan-util" "\
16499 Convert argument to Katakana and return that.
16500 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
16501 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
16502 Optional argument HANKAKU t means to convert to `hankaku' Katakana
16503 \(`japanese-jisx0201-kana'), in which case return value
16504 may be a string even if OBJ is a character if two Katakanas are
16505 necessary to represent OBJ.
16506
16507 \(fn OBJ &optional HANKAKU)" nil nil)
16508
16509 (autoload 'japanese-hiragana "japan-util" "\
16510 Convert argument to Hiragana and return that.
16511 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
16512 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
16513
16514 \(fn OBJ)" nil nil)
16515
16516 (autoload 'japanese-hankaku "japan-util" "\
16517 Convert argument to `hankaku' and return that.
16518 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
16519 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
16520 Optional argument ASCII-ONLY non-nil means to return only ASCII character.
16521
16522 \(fn OBJ &optional ASCII-ONLY)" nil nil)
16523
16524 (autoload 'japanese-zenkaku "japan-util" "\
16525 Convert argument to `zenkaku' and return that.
16526 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
16527 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
16528
16529 \(fn OBJ)" nil nil)
16530
16531 (autoload 'japanese-katakana-region "japan-util" "\
16532 Convert Japanese `hiragana' chars in the region to `katakana' chars.
16533 Optional argument HANKAKU t means to convert to `hankaku katakana' character
16534 of which charset is `japanese-jisx0201-kana'.
16535
16536 \(fn FROM TO &optional HANKAKU)" t nil)
16537
16538 (autoload 'japanese-hiragana-region "japan-util" "\
16539 Convert Japanese `katakana' chars in the region to `hiragana' chars.
16540
16541 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
16542
16543 (autoload 'japanese-hankaku-region "japan-util" "\
16544 Convert Japanese `zenkaku' chars in the region to `hankaku' chars.
16545 `Zenkaku' chars belong to `japanese-jisx0208'
16546 `Hankaku' chars belong to `ascii' or `japanese-jisx0201-kana'.
16547 Optional argument ASCII-ONLY non-nil means to convert only to ASCII char.
16548
16549 \(fn FROM TO &optional ASCII-ONLY)" t nil)
16550
16551 (autoload 'japanese-zenkaku-region "japan-util" "\
16552 Convert hankaku' chars in the region to Japanese `zenkaku' chars.
16553 `Zenkaku' chars belong to `japanese-jisx0208'
16554 `Hankaku' chars belong to `ascii' or `japanese-jisx0201-kana'.
16555 Optional argument KATAKANA-ONLY non-nil means to convert only KATAKANA char.
16556
16557 \(fn FROM TO &optional KATAKANA-ONLY)" t nil)
16558
16559 (autoload 'read-hiragana-string "japan-util" "\
16560 Read a Hiragana string from the minibuffer, prompting with string PROMPT.
16561 If non-nil, second arg INITIAL-INPUT is a string to insert before reading.
16562
16563 \(fn PROMPT &optional INITIAL-INPUT)" nil nil)
16564
16565 ;;;***
16566 \f
16567 ;;;### (autoloads nil "jka-compr" "jka-compr.el" (21670 32331 385639
16568 ;;;;;; 720000))
16569 ;;; Generated autoloads from jka-compr.el
16570
16571 (defvar jka-compr-inhibit nil "\
16572 Non-nil means inhibit automatic uncompression temporarily.
16573 Lisp programs can bind this to t to do that.
16574 It is not recommended to set this variable permanently to anything but nil.")
16575
16576 (autoload 'jka-compr-handler "jka-compr" "\
16577
16578
16579 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
16580
16581 (autoload 'jka-compr-uninstall "jka-compr" "\
16582 Uninstall jka-compr.
16583 This removes the entries in `file-name-handler-alist' and `auto-mode-alist'
16584 and `inhibit-local-variables-suffixes' that were added
16585 by `jka-compr-installed'.
16586
16587 \(fn)" nil nil)
16588
16589 ;;;***
16590 \f
16591 ;;;### (autoloads nil "js" "progmodes/js.el" (22069 62806 682804
16592 ;;;;;; 836000))
16593 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/js.el
16594 (push (purecopy '(js 9)) package--builtin-versions)
16595
16596 (autoload 'js-mode "js" "\
16597 Major mode for editing JavaScript.
16598
16599 \(fn)" t nil)
16600
16601 (autoload 'js-jsx-mode "js" "\
16602 Major mode for editing JSX.
16603
16604 To customize the indentation for this mode, set the SGML offset
16605 variables (`sgml-basic-offset', `sgml-attribute-offset' et al)
16606 locally, like so:
16607
16608 (defun set-jsx-indentation ()
16609 (setq-local sgml-basic-offset js-indent-level))
16610 (add-hook 'js-jsx-mode-hook #'set-jsx-indentation)
16611
16612 \(fn)" t nil)
16613 (defalias 'javascript-mode 'js-mode)
16614
16615 (dolist (name (list "node" "nodejs" "gjs" "rhino")) (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist (cons (purecopy name) 'js-mode)))
16616
16617 ;;;***
16618 \f
16619 ;;;### (autoloads nil "json" "json.el" (22085 50883 185731 271000))
16620 ;;; Generated autoloads from json.el
16621 (push (purecopy '(json 1 4)) package--builtin-versions)
16622
16623 ;;;***
16624 \f
16625 ;;;### (autoloads nil "keypad" "emulation/keypad.el" (21670 32330
16626 ;;;;;; 885624 725000))
16627 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/keypad.el
16628
16629 (defvar keypad-setup nil "\
16630 Specifies the keypad setup for unshifted keypad keys when NumLock is off.
16631 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
16632 decimal key must be specified.")
16633
16634 (custom-autoload 'keypad-setup "keypad" nil)
16635
16636 (defvar keypad-numlock-setup nil "\
16637 Specifies the keypad setup for unshifted keypad keys when NumLock is on.
16638 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
16639 decimal key must be specified.")
16640
16641 (custom-autoload 'keypad-numlock-setup "keypad" nil)
16642
16643 (defvar keypad-shifted-setup nil "\
16644 Specifies the keypad setup for shifted keypad keys when NumLock is off.
16645 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
16646 decimal key must be specified.")
16647
16648 (custom-autoload 'keypad-shifted-setup "keypad" nil)
16649
16650 (defvar keypad-numlock-shifted-setup nil "\
16651 Specifies the keypad setup for shifted keypad keys when NumLock is off.
16652 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
16653 decimal key must be specified.")
16654
16655 (custom-autoload 'keypad-numlock-shifted-setup "keypad" nil)
16656
16657 (autoload 'keypad-setup "keypad" "\
16658 Set keypad bindings in `function-key-map' according to SETUP.
16659 If optional second argument NUMLOCK is non-nil, the NumLock On bindings
16660 are changed. Otherwise, the NumLock Off bindings are changed.
16661 If optional third argument SHIFT is non-nil, the shifted keypad
16662 keys are bound.
16663
16664 Setup Binding
16665 -------------------------------------------------------------
16666 'prefix Command prefix argument, i.e. M-0 .. M-9 and M--
16667 'S-cursor Bind shifted keypad keys to the shifted cursor movement keys.
16668 'cursor Bind keypad keys to the cursor movement keys.
16669 'numeric Plain numeric keypad, i.e. 0 .. 9 and . (or DECIMAL arg)
16670 'none Removes all bindings for keypad keys in function-key-map;
16671 this enables any user-defined bindings for the keypad keys
16672 in the global and local keymaps.
16673
16674 If SETUP is 'numeric and the optional fourth argument DECIMAL is non-nil,
16675 the decimal key on the keypad is mapped to DECIMAL instead of `.'
16676
16677 \(fn SETUP &optional NUMLOCK SHIFT DECIMAL)" nil nil)
16678
16679 ;;;***
16680 \f
16681 ;;;### (autoloads nil "kinsoku" "international/kinsoku.el" (21670
16682 ;;;;;; 32331 385639 720000))
16683 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/kinsoku.el
16684
16685 (autoload 'kinsoku "kinsoku" "\
16686 Go to a line breaking position near point by doing `kinsoku' processing.
16687 LINEBEG is a buffer position we can't break a line before.
16688
16689 `Kinsoku' processing is to prohibit specific characters to be placed
16690 at beginning of line or at end of line. Characters not to be placed
16691 at beginning and end of line have character category `>' and `<'
16692 respectively. This restriction is dissolved by making a line longer or
16693 shorter.
16694
16695 `Kinsoku' is a Japanese word which originally means ordering to stay
16696 in one place, and is used for the text processing described above in
16697 the context of text formatting.
16698
16699 \(fn LINEBEG)" nil nil)
16700
16701 ;;;***
16702 \f
16703 ;;;### (autoloads nil "kkc" "international/kkc.el" (21978 61237 570488
16704 ;;;;;; 269000))
16705 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/kkc.el
16706
16707 (defvar kkc-after-update-conversion-functions nil "\
16708 Functions to run after a conversion is selected in `japanese' input method.
16709 With this input method, a user can select a proper conversion from
16710 candidate list. Each time he changes the selection, functions in this
16711 list are called with two arguments; starting and ending buffer
16712 positions that contains the current selection.")
16713
16714 (autoload 'kkc-region "kkc" "\
16715 Convert Kana string in the current region to Kanji-Kana mixed string.
16716 Users can select a desirable conversion interactively.
16717 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
16718 positions FROM and TO (integers or markers) specifying the target region.
16719 When it returns, the point is at the tail of the selected conversion,
16720 and the return value is the length of the conversion.
16721
16722 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
16723
16724 ;;;***
16725 \f
16726 ;;;### (autoloads nil "kmacro" "kmacro.el" (21990 52406 604500 385000))
16727 ;;; Generated autoloads from kmacro.el
16728 (global-set-key "\C-x(" 'kmacro-start-macro)
16729 (global-set-key "\C-x)" 'kmacro-end-macro)
16730 (global-set-key "\C-xe" 'kmacro-end-and-call-macro)
16731 (global-set-key [f3] 'kmacro-start-macro-or-insert-counter)
16732 (global-set-key [f4] 'kmacro-end-or-call-macro)
16733 (global-set-key "\C-x\C-k" 'kmacro-keymap)
16734 (autoload 'kmacro-keymap "kmacro" "Keymap for keyboard macro commands." t 'keymap)
16735
16736 (autoload 'kmacro-exec-ring-item "kmacro" "\
16737 Execute item ITEM from the macro ring.
16738 ARG is the number of times to execute the item.
16739
16740 \(fn ITEM ARG)" nil nil)
16741
16742 (autoload 'kmacro-start-macro "kmacro" "\
16743 Record subsequent keyboard input, defining a keyboard macro.
16744 The commands are recorded even as they are executed.
16745 Use \\[kmacro-end-macro] to finish recording and make the macro available.
16746 Use \\[kmacro-end-and-call-macro] to execute the macro.
16747
16748 Non-nil arg (prefix arg) means append to last macro defined.
16749
16750 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, append to last keyboard macro
16751 defined. Depending on `kmacro-execute-before-append', this may begin
16752 by re-executing the last macro as if you typed it again.
16753
16754 Otherwise, it sets `kmacro-counter' to ARG or 0 if missing before
16755 defining the macro.
16756
16757 Use \\[kmacro-insert-counter] to insert (and increment) the macro counter.
16758 The counter value can be set or modified via \\[kmacro-set-counter] and \\[kmacro-add-counter].
16759 The format of the counter can be modified via \\[kmacro-set-format].
16760
16761 Use \\[kmacro-name-last-macro] to give it a permanent name.
16762 Use \\[kmacro-bind-to-key] to bind it to a key sequence.
16763
16764 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
16765
16766 (autoload 'kmacro-end-macro "kmacro" "\
16767 Finish defining a keyboard macro.
16768 The definition was started by \\[kmacro-start-macro].
16769 The macro is now available for use via \\[kmacro-call-macro],
16770 or it can be given a name with \\[kmacro-name-last-macro] and then invoked
16771 under that name.
16772
16773 With numeric arg, repeat macro now that many times,
16774 counting the definition just completed as the first repetition.
16775 An argument of zero means repeat until error.
16776
16777 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
16778
16779 (autoload 'kmacro-call-macro "kmacro" "\
16780 Call the keyboard MACRO that you defined with \\[kmacro-start-macro].
16781 A prefix argument serves as a repeat count. Zero means repeat until error.
16782 MACRO defaults to `last-kbd-macro'.
16783
16784 When you call the macro, you can call the macro again by repeating
16785 just the last key in the key sequence that you used to call this
16786 command. See `kmacro-call-repeat-key' and `kmacro-call-repeat-with-arg'
16787 for details on how to adjust or disable this behavior.
16788
16789 To make a macro permanent so you can call it even after defining
16790 others, use \\[kmacro-name-last-macro].
16791
16792 \(fn ARG &optional NO-REPEAT END-MACRO MACRO)" t nil)
16793
16794 (autoload 'kmacro-start-macro-or-insert-counter "kmacro" "\
16795 Record subsequent keyboard input, defining a keyboard macro.
16796 The commands are recorded even as they are executed.
16797
16798 Sets the `kmacro-counter' to ARG (or 0 if no prefix arg) before defining the
16799 macro.
16800
16801 With \\[universal-argument], appends to current keyboard macro (keeping
16802 the current value of `kmacro-counter').
16803
16804 When defining/executing macro, inserts macro counter and increments
16805 the counter with ARG or 1 if missing. With \\[universal-argument],
16806 inserts previous `kmacro-counter' (but do not modify counter).
16807
16808 The macro counter can be modified via \\[kmacro-set-counter] and \\[kmacro-add-counter].
16809 The format of the counter can be modified via \\[kmacro-set-format].
16810
16811 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
16812
16813 (autoload 'kmacro-end-or-call-macro "kmacro" "\
16814 End kbd macro if currently being defined; else call last kbd macro.
16815 With numeric prefix ARG, repeat macro that many times.
16816 With \\[universal-argument], call second macro in macro ring.
16817
16818 \(fn ARG &optional NO-REPEAT)" t nil)
16819
16820 (autoload 'kmacro-end-and-call-macro "kmacro" "\
16821 Call last keyboard macro, ending it first if currently being defined.
16822 With numeric prefix ARG, repeat macro that many times.
16823 Zero argument means repeat until there is an error.
16824
16825 To give a macro a permanent name, so you can call it
16826 even after defining other macros, use \\[kmacro-name-last-macro].
16827
16828 \(fn ARG &optional NO-REPEAT)" t nil)
16829
16830 (autoload 'kmacro-end-call-mouse "kmacro" "\
16831 Move point to the position clicked with the mouse and call last kbd macro.
16832 If kbd macro currently being defined end it before activating it.
16833
16834 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
16835
16836 ;;;***
16837 \f
16838 ;;;### (autoloads nil "korea-util" "language/korea-util.el" (21670
16839 ;;;;;; 32331 385639 720000))
16840 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/korea-util.el
16841
16842 (defvar default-korean-keyboard (purecopy (if (string-match "3" (or (getenv "HANGUL_KEYBOARD_TYPE") "")) "3" "")) "\
16843 The kind of Korean keyboard for Korean input method.
16844 \"\" for 2, \"3\" for 3.")
16845
16846 (autoload 'setup-korean-environment-internal "korea-util" "\
16847
16848
16849 \(fn)" nil nil)
16850
16851 ;;;***
16852 \f
16853 ;;;### (autoloads nil "lao-util" "language/lao-util.el" (21670 32331
16854 ;;;;;; 385639 720000))
16855 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/lao-util.el
16856
16857 (autoload 'lao-compose-string "lao-util" "\
16858
16859
16860 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
16861
16862 (autoload 'lao-transcribe-single-roman-syllable-to-lao "lao-util" "\
16863 Transcribe a Romanized Lao syllable in the region FROM and TO to Lao string.
16864 Only the first syllable is transcribed.
16865 The value has the form: (START END LAO-STRING), where
16866 START and END are the beginning and end positions of the Roman Lao syllable,
16867 LAO-STRING is the Lao character transcription of it.
16868
16869 Optional 3rd arg STR, if non-nil, is a string to search for Roman Lao
16870 syllable. In that case, FROM and TO are indexes to STR.
16871
16872 \(fn FROM TO &optional STR)" nil nil)
16873
16874 (autoload 'lao-transcribe-roman-to-lao-string "lao-util" "\
16875 Transcribe Romanized Lao string STR to Lao character string.
16876
16877 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
16878
16879 (autoload 'lao-composition-function "lao-util" "\
16880
16881
16882 \(fn GSTRING)" nil nil)
16883
16884 (autoload 'lao-compose-region "lao-util" "\
16885
16886
16887 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
16888
16889 ;;;***
16890 \f
16891 ;;;### (autoloads nil "latexenc" "international/latexenc.el" (21670
16892 ;;;;;; 32331 385639 720000))
16893 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/latexenc.el
16894
16895 (defvar latex-inputenc-coding-alist (purecopy '(("ansinew" . windows-1252) ("applemac" . mac-roman) ("ascii" . us-ascii) ("cp1250" . windows-1250) ("cp1252" . windows-1252) ("cp1257" . cp1257) ("cp437de" . cp437) ("cp437" . cp437) ("cp850" . cp850) ("cp852" . cp852) ("cp858" . cp858) ("cp865" . cp865) ("latin1" . iso-8859-1) ("latin2" . iso-8859-2) ("latin3" . iso-8859-3) ("latin4" . iso-8859-4) ("latin5" . iso-8859-5) ("latin9" . iso-8859-15) ("next" . next) ("utf8" . utf-8) ("utf8x" . utf-8))) "\
16896 Mapping from LaTeX encodings in \"inputenc.sty\" to Emacs coding systems.
16897 LaTeX encodings are specified with \"\\usepackage[encoding]{inputenc}\".
16898 Used by the function `latexenc-find-file-coding-system'.")
16899
16900 (custom-autoload 'latex-inputenc-coding-alist "latexenc" t)
16901
16902 (autoload 'latexenc-inputenc-to-coding-system "latexenc" "\
16903 Return the corresponding coding-system for the specified input encoding.
16904 Return nil if no matching coding system can be found.
16905
16906 \(fn INPUTENC)" nil nil)
16907
16908 (autoload 'latexenc-coding-system-to-inputenc "latexenc" "\
16909 Return the corresponding input encoding for the specified coding system.
16910 Return nil if no matching input encoding can be found.
16911
16912 \(fn CS)" nil nil)
16913
16914 (autoload 'latexenc-find-file-coding-system "latexenc" "\
16915 Determine the coding system of a LaTeX file if it uses \"inputenc.sty\".
16916 The mapping from LaTeX's \"inputenc.sty\" encoding names to Emacs
16917 coding system names is determined from `latex-inputenc-coding-alist'.
16918
16919 \(fn ARG-LIST)" nil nil)
16920
16921 ;;;***
16922 \f
16923 ;;;### (autoloads nil "latin1-disp" "international/latin1-disp.el"
16924 ;;;;;; (22011 58553 645858 469000))
16925 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/latin1-disp.el
16926
16927 (defvar latin1-display nil "\
16928 Set up Latin-1/ASCII display for ISO8859 character sets.
16929 This is done for each character set in the list `latin1-display-sets',
16930 if no font is available to display it. Characters are displayed using
16931 the corresponding Latin-1 characters where they match. Otherwise
16932 ASCII sequences are used, mostly following the Latin prefix input
16933 methods. Some different ASCII sequences are used if
16934 `latin1-display-mnemonic' is non-nil.
16935
16936 This option also treats some characters in the `mule-unicode-...'
16937 charsets if you don't have a Unicode font with which to display them.
16938
16939 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
16940 use either \\[customize] or the function `latin1-display'.")
16941
16942 (custom-autoload 'latin1-display "latin1-disp" nil)
16943
16944 (autoload 'latin1-display "latin1-disp" "\
16945 Set up Latin-1/ASCII display for the arguments character SETS.
16946 See option `latin1-display' for the method. The members of the list
16947 must be in `latin1-display-sets'. With no arguments, reset the
16948 display for all of `latin1-display-sets'. See also
16949 `latin1-display-setup'.
16950
16951 \(fn &rest SETS)" nil nil)
16952
16953 (defvar latin1-display-ucs-per-lynx nil "\
16954 Set up Latin-1/ASCII display for Unicode characters.
16955 This uses the transliterations of the Lynx browser. The display isn't
16956 changed if the display can render Unicode characters.
16957
16958 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
16959 use either \\[customize] or the function `latin1-display'.")
16960
16961 (custom-autoload 'latin1-display-ucs-per-lynx "latin1-disp" nil)
16962
16963 ;;;***
16964 \f
16965 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ld-script" "progmodes/ld-script.el" (21670
16966 ;;;;;; 32331 385639 720000))
16967 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ld-script.el
16968
16969 (autoload 'ld-script-mode "ld-script" "\
16970 A major mode to edit GNU ld script files
16971
16972 \(fn)" t nil)
16973
16974 ;;;***
16975 \f
16976 ;;;### (autoloads nil "let-alist" "emacs-lisp/let-alist.el" (21890
16977 ;;;;;; 39605 402073 663000))
16978 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/let-alist.el
16979 (push (purecopy '(let-alist 1 0 4)) package--builtin-versions)
16980
16981 (autoload 'let-alist "let-alist" "\
16982 Let-bind dotted symbols to their cdrs in ALIST and execute BODY.
16983 Dotted symbol is any symbol starting with a `.'. Only those present
16984 in BODY are let-bound and this search is done at compile time.
16985
16986 For instance, the following code
16987
16988 (let-alist alist
16989 (if (and .title .body)
16990 .body
16991 .site
16992 .site.contents))
16993
16994 essentially expands to
16995
16996 (let ((.title (cdr (assq 'title alist)))
16997 (.body (cdr (assq 'body alist)))
16998 (.site (cdr (assq 'site alist)))
16999 (.site.contents (cdr (assq 'contents (cdr (assq 'site alist))))))
17000 (if (and .title .body)
17001 .body
17002 .site
17003 .site.contents))
17004
17005 If you nest `let-alist' invocations, the inner one can't access
17006 the variables of the outer one. You can, however, access alists
17007 inside the original alist by using dots inside the symbol, as
17008 displayed in the example above.
17009
17010 \(fn ALIST &rest BODY)" nil t)
17011
17012 (function-put 'let-alist 'lisp-indent-function '1)
17013
17014 ;;;***
17015 \f
17016 ;;;### (autoloads nil "life" "play/life.el" (21670 32331 385639 720000))
17017 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/life.el
17018
17019 (autoload 'life "life" "\
17020 Run Conway's Life simulation.
17021 The starting pattern is randomly selected. Prefix arg (optional first
17022 arg non-nil from a program) is the number of seconds to sleep between
17023 generations (this defaults to 1).
17024
17025 \(fn &optional SLEEPTIME)" t nil)
17026
17027 ;;;***
17028 \f
17029 ;;;### (autoloads nil "linum" "linum.el" (22092 24132 128832 464000))
17030 ;;; Generated autoloads from linum.el
17031 (push (purecopy '(linum 0 9 24)) package--builtin-versions)
17032
17033 (autoload 'linum-mode "linum" "\
17034 Toggle display of line numbers in the left margin (Linum mode).
17035 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Linum mode if ARG is positive,
17036 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
17037 if ARG is omitted or nil.
17038
17039 Linum mode is a buffer-local minor mode.
17040
17041 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17042
17043 (defvar global-linum-mode nil "\
17044 Non-nil if Global-Linum mode is enabled.
17045 See the command `global-linum-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
17046 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
17047 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
17048 or call the function `global-linum-mode'.")
17049
17050 (custom-autoload 'global-linum-mode "linum" nil)
17051
17052 (autoload 'global-linum-mode "linum" "\
17053 Toggle Linum mode in all buffers.
17054 With prefix ARG, enable Global-Linum mode if ARG is positive;
17055 otherwise, disable it. If called from Lisp, enable the mode if
17056 ARG is omitted or nil.
17057
17058 Linum mode is enabled in all buffers where
17059 `linum-on' would do it.
17060 See `linum-mode' for more information on Linum mode.
17061
17062 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17063
17064 ;;;***
17065 \f
17066 ;;;### (autoloads nil "loadhist" "loadhist.el" (22011 58553 673858
17067 ;;;;;; 469000))
17068 ;;; Generated autoloads from loadhist.el
17069
17070 (autoload 'unload-feature "loadhist" "\
17071 Unload the library that provided FEATURE.
17072 If the feature is required by any other loaded code, and prefix arg FORCE
17073 is nil, raise an error.
17074
17075 Standard unloading activities include restoring old autoloads for
17076 functions defined by the library, undoing any additions that the
17077 library has made to hook variables or to `auto-mode-alist', undoing
17078 ELP profiling of functions in that library, unproviding any features
17079 provided by the library, and canceling timers held in variables
17080 defined by the library.
17081
17082 If a function `FEATURE-unload-function' is defined, this function
17083 calls it with no arguments, before doing anything else. That function
17084 can do whatever is appropriate to undo the loading of the library. If
17085 `FEATURE-unload-function' returns non-nil, that suppresses the
17086 standard unloading of the library. Otherwise the standard unloading
17087 proceeds.
17088
17089 `FEATURE-unload-function' has access to the package's list of
17090 definitions in the variable `unload-function-defs-list' and could
17091 remove symbols from it in the event that the package has done
17092 something strange, such as redefining an Emacs function.
17093
17094 \(fn FEATURE &optional FORCE)" t nil)
17095
17096 ;;;***
17097 \f
17098 ;;;### (autoloads nil "locate" "locate.el" (21670 32331 385639 720000))
17099 ;;; Generated autoloads from locate.el
17100
17101 (defvar locate-ls-subdir-switches (purecopy "-al") "\
17102 `ls' switches for inserting subdirectories in `*Locate*' buffers.
17103 This should contain the \"-l\" switch, but not the \"-F\" or \"-b\" switches.")
17104
17105 (custom-autoload 'locate-ls-subdir-switches "locate" t)
17106
17107 (autoload 'locate "locate" "\
17108 Run the program `locate', putting results in `*Locate*' buffer.
17109 Pass it SEARCH-STRING as argument. Interactively, prompt for SEARCH-STRING.
17110 With prefix arg ARG, prompt for the exact shell command to run instead.
17111
17112 This program searches for those file names in a database that match
17113 SEARCH-STRING and normally outputs all matching absolute file names,
17114 one per line. The database normally consists of all files on your
17115 system, or of all files that you have access to. Consult the
17116 documentation of the program for the details about how it determines
17117 which file names match SEARCH-STRING. (Those details vary highly with
17118 the version.)
17119
17120 You can specify another program for this command to run by customizing
17121 the variables `locate-command' or `locate-make-command-line'.
17122
17123 The main use of FILTER is to implement `locate-with-filter'. See
17124 the docstring of that function for its meaning.
17125
17126 After preparing the results buffer, this runs `dired-mode-hook' and
17127 then `locate-post-command-hook'.
17128
17129 \(fn SEARCH-STRING &optional FILTER ARG)" t nil)
17130
17131 (autoload 'locate-with-filter "locate" "\
17132 Run the executable program `locate' with a filter.
17133 This function is similar to the function `locate', which see.
17134 The difference is that, when invoked interactively, the present function
17135 prompts for both SEARCH-STRING and FILTER. It passes SEARCH-STRING
17136 to the locate executable program. It produces a `*Locate*' buffer
17137 that lists only those lines in the output of the locate program that
17138 contain a match for the regular expression FILTER; this is often useful
17139 to constrain a big search.
17140
17141 ARG is the interactive prefix arg, which has the same effect as in `locate'.
17142
17143 When called from Lisp, this function is identical with `locate',
17144 except that FILTER is not optional.
17145
17146 \(fn SEARCH-STRING FILTER &optional ARG)" t nil)
17147
17148 ;;;***
17149 \f
17150 ;;;### (autoloads nil "log-edit" "vc/log-edit.el" (22011 58554 93858
17151 ;;;;;; 469000))
17152 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/log-edit.el
17153
17154 (autoload 'log-edit "log-edit" "\
17155 Setup a buffer to enter a log message.
17156 The buffer is put in mode MODE or `log-edit-mode' if MODE is nil.
17157 \\<log-edit-mode-map>
17158 If SETUP is non-nil, erase the buffer and run `log-edit-hook'.
17159 Set mark and point around the entire contents of the buffer, so
17160 that it is easy to kill the contents of the buffer with
17161 \\[kill-region]. Once the user is done editing the message,
17162 invoking the command \\[log-edit-done] (`log-edit-done') will
17163 call CALLBACK to do the actual commit.
17164
17165 PARAMS if non-nil is an alist of variables and buffer-local
17166 values to give them in the Log Edit buffer. Possible keys and
17167 associated values:
17168 `log-edit-listfun' -- function taking no arguments that returns the list of
17169 files that are concerned by the current operation (using relative names);
17170 `log-edit-diff-function' -- function taking no arguments that
17171 displays a diff of the files concerned by the current operation.
17172 `vc-log-fileset' -- the VC fileset to be committed (if any).
17173
17174 If BUFFER is non-nil `log-edit' will jump to that buffer, use it
17175 to edit the log message and go back to the current buffer when
17176 done. Otherwise, it uses the current buffer.
17177
17178 \(fn CALLBACK &optional SETUP PARAMS BUFFER MODE &rest IGNORE)" nil nil)
17179
17180 ;;;***
17181 \f
17182 ;;;### (autoloads nil "log-view" "vc/log-view.el" (21947 19252 637252
17183 ;;;;;; 749000))
17184 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/log-view.el
17185
17186 (autoload 'log-view-mode "log-view" "\
17187 Major mode for browsing CVS log output.
17188
17189 \(fn)" t nil)
17190
17191 ;;;***
17192 \f
17193 ;;;### (autoloads nil "lpr" "lpr.el" (22011 58553 673858 469000))
17194 ;;; Generated autoloads from lpr.el
17195
17196 (defvar lpr-windows-system (memq system-type '(ms-dos windows-nt)) "\
17197 Non-nil if running on MS-DOS or MS Windows.")
17198
17199 (defvar lpr-lp-system (memq system-type '(usg-unix-v hpux irix)) "\
17200 Non-nil if running on a system type that uses the \"lp\" command.")
17201
17202 (defvar printer-name (and (eq system-type 'ms-dos) "PRN") "\
17203 The name of a local printer to which data is sent for printing.
17204 \(Note that PostScript files are sent to `ps-printer-name', which see.)
17205
17206 On Unix-like systems, a string value should be a name understood by
17207 lpr's -P option; otherwise the value should be nil.
17208
17209 On MS-DOS and MS-Windows systems, a string value is taken as the name of
17210 a printer device or port, provided `lpr-command' is set to \"\".
17211 Typical non-default settings would be \"LPT1\" to \"LPT3\" for parallel
17212 printers, or \"COM1\" to \"COM4\" or \"AUX\" for serial printers, or
17213 \"//hostname/printer\" for a shared network printer. You can also set
17214 it to the name of a file, in which case the output gets appended to that
17215 file. If you want to discard the printed output, set this to \"NUL\".")
17216
17217 (custom-autoload 'printer-name "lpr" t)
17218
17219 (defvar lpr-switches nil "\
17220 List of strings to pass as extra options for the printer program.
17221 It is recommended to set `printer-name' instead of including an explicit
17222 switch on this list.
17223 See `lpr-command'.")
17224
17225 (custom-autoload 'lpr-switches "lpr" t)
17226
17227 (defvar lpr-command (purecopy (cond (lpr-windows-system "") (lpr-lp-system "lp") (t "lpr"))) "\
17228 Name of program for printing a file.
17229
17230 On MS-DOS and MS-Windows systems, if the value is an empty string then
17231 Emacs will write directly to the printer port named by `printer-name'.
17232 The programs `print' and `nprint' (the standard print programs on
17233 Windows NT and Novell Netware respectively) are handled specially, using
17234 `printer-name' as the destination for output; any other program is
17235 treated like `lpr' except that an explicit filename is given as the last
17236 argument.")
17237
17238 (custom-autoload 'lpr-command "lpr" t)
17239
17240 (autoload 'lpr-buffer "lpr" "\
17241 Print buffer contents without pagination or page headers.
17242 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
17243 for customization of the printer command.
17244
17245 \(fn)" t nil)
17246
17247 (autoload 'print-buffer "lpr" "\
17248 Paginate and print buffer contents.
17249
17250 The variable `lpr-headers-switches' controls how to paginate.
17251 If it is nil (the default), we run the `pr' program (or whatever program
17252 `lpr-page-header-program' specifies) to paginate.
17253 `lpr-page-header-switches' specifies the switches for that program.
17254
17255 Otherwise, the switches in `lpr-headers-switches' are used
17256 in the print command itself; we expect them to request pagination.
17257
17258 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
17259 for further customization of the printer command.
17260
17261 \(fn)" t nil)
17262
17263 (autoload 'lpr-region "lpr" "\
17264 Print region contents without pagination or page headers.
17265 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
17266 for customization of the printer command.
17267
17268 \(fn START END)" t nil)
17269
17270 (autoload 'print-region "lpr" "\
17271 Paginate and print the region contents.
17272
17273 The variable `lpr-headers-switches' controls how to paginate.
17274 If it is nil (the default), we run the `pr' program (or whatever program
17275 `lpr-page-header-program' specifies) to paginate.
17276 `lpr-page-header-switches' specifies the switches for that program.
17277
17278 Otherwise, the switches in `lpr-headers-switches' are used
17279 in the print command itself; we expect them to request pagination.
17280
17281 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
17282 for further customization of the printer command.
17283
17284 \(fn START END)" t nil)
17285
17286 ;;;***
17287 \f
17288 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ls-lisp" "ls-lisp.el" (21993 28596 150597
17289 ;;;;;; 473000))
17290 ;;; Generated autoloads from ls-lisp.el
17291
17292 (defvar ls-lisp-support-shell-wildcards t "\
17293 Non-nil means ls-lisp treats file patterns as shell wildcards.
17294 Otherwise they are treated as Emacs regexps (for backward compatibility).")
17295
17296 (custom-autoload 'ls-lisp-support-shell-wildcards "ls-lisp" t)
17297
17298 ;;;***
17299 \f
17300 ;;;### (autoloads nil "lunar" "calendar/lunar.el" (21670 32330 885624
17301 ;;;;;; 725000))
17302 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/lunar.el
17303
17304 (autoload 'lunar-phases "lunar" "\
17305 Display the quarters of the moon for last month, this month, and next month.
17306 If called with an optional prefix argument ARG, prompts for month and year.
17307 This function is suitable for execution in an init file.
17308
17309 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17310
17311 ;;;***
17312 \f
17313 ;;;### (autoloads nil "m4-mode" "progmodes/m4-mode.el" (22015 55603
17314 ;;;;;; 805705 321000))
17315 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/m4-mode.el
17316
17317 (autoload 'm4-mode "m4-mode" "\
17318 A major mode to edit m4 macro files.
17319
17320 \(fn)" t nil)
17321
17322 ;;;***
17323 \f
17324 ;;;### (autoloads nil "macros" "macros.el" (21887 28847 979667 16000))
17325 ;;; Generated autoloads from macros.el
17326
17327 (autoload 'name-last-kbd-macro "macros" "\
17328 Assign a name to the last keyboard macro defined.
17329 Argument SYMBOL is the name to define.
17330 The symbol's function definition becomes the keyboard macro string.
17331 Such a \"function\" cannot be called from Lisp, but it is a valid editor command.
17332
17333 \(fn SYMBOL)" t nil)
17334
17335 (autoload 'insert-kbd-macro "macros" "\
17336 Insert in buffer the definition of kbd macro MACRONAME, as Lisp code.
17337 MACRONAME should be a symbol.
17338 Optional second arg KEYS means also record the keys it is on
17339 \(this is the prefix argument, when calling interactively).
17340
17341 This Lisp code will, when executed, define the kbd macro with the same
17342 definition it has now. If you say to record the keys, the Lisp code
17343 will also rebind those keys to the macro. Only global key bindings
17344 are recorded since executing this Lisp code always makes global
17345 bindings.
17346
17347 To save a kbd macro, visit a file of Lisp code such as your `~/.emacs',
17348 use this command, and then save the file.
17349
17350 \(fn MACRONAME &optional KEYS)" t nil)
17351
17352 (autoload 'kbd-macro-query "macros" "\
17353 Query user during kbd macro execution.
17354 With prefix argument, enters recursive edit, reading keyboard
17355 commands even within a kbd macro. You can give different commands
17356 each time the macro executes.
17357 Without prefix argument, asks whether to continue running the macro.
17358 Your options are: \\<query-replace-map>
17359 \\[act] Finish this iteration normally and continue with the next.
17360 \\[skip] Skip the rest of this iteration, and start the next.
17361 \\[exit] Stop the macro entirely right now.
17362 \\[recenter] Redisplay the screen, then ask again.
17363 \\[edit] Enter recursive edit; ask again when you exit from that.
17364
17365 \(fn FLAG)" t nil)
17366
17367 (autoload 'apply-macro-to-region-lines "macros" "\
17368 Apply last keyboard macro to all lines in the region.
17369 For each line that begins in the region, move to the beginning of
17370 the line, and run the last keyboard macro.
17371
17372 When called from lisp, this function takes two arguments TOP and
17373 BOTTOM, describing the current region. TOP must be before BOTTOM.
17374 The optional third argument MACRO specifies a keyboard macro to
17375 execute.
17376
17377 This is useful for quoting or unquoting included text, adding and
17378 removing comments, or producing tables where the entries are regular.
17379
17380 For example, in Usenet articles, sections of text quoted from another
17381 author are indented, or have each line start with `>'. To quote a
17382 section of text, define a keyboard macro which inserts `>', put point
17383 and mark at opposite ends of the quoted section, and use
17384 `\\[apply-macro-to-region-lines]' to mark the entire section.
17385
17386 Suppose you wanted to build a keyword table in C where each entry
17387 looked like this:
17388
17389 { \"foo\", foo_data, foo_function },
17390 { \"bar\", bar_data, bar_function },
17391 { \"baz\", baz_data, baz_function },
17392
17393 You could enter the names in this format:
17394
17395 foo
17396 bar
17397 baz
17398
17399 and write a macro to massage a word into a table entry:
17400
17401 \\C-x (
17402 \\M-d { \"\\C-y\", \\C-y_data, \\C-y_function },
17403 \\C-x )
17404
17405 and then select the region of un-tablified names and use
17406 `\\[apply-macro-to-region-lines]' to build the table from the names.
17407
17408 \(fn TOP BOTTOM &optional MACRO)" t nil)
17409 (define-key ctl-x-map "q" 'kbd-macro-query)
17410
17411 ;;;***
17412 \f
17413 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mail-extr" "mail/mail-extr.el" (22026 25907
17414 ;;;;;; 599502 692000))
17415 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mail-extr.el
17416
17417 (autoload 'mail-extract-address-components "mail-extr" "\
17418 Given an RFC-822 address ADDRESS, extract full name and canonical address.
17419 Returns a list of the form (FULL-NAME CANONICAL-ADDRESS). If no
17420 name can be extracted, FULL-NAME will be nil. Also see
17421 `mail-extr-ignore-single-names' and
17422 `mail-extr-ignore-realname-equals-mailbox-name'.
17423
17424 If the optional argument ALL is non-nil, then ADDRESS can contain zero
17425 or more recipients, separated by commas, and we return a list of
17426 the form ((FULL-NAME CANONICAL-ADDRESS) ...) with one element for
17427 each recipient. If ALL is nil, then if ADDRESS contains more than
17428 one recipients, all but the first is ignored.
17429
17430 ADDRESS may be a string or a buffer. If it is a buffer, the visible
17431 \(narrowed) portion of the buffer will be interpreted as the address.
17432 \(This feature exists so that the clever caller might be able to avoid
17433 consing a string.)
17434
17435 \(fn ADDRESS &optional ALL)" nil nil)
17436
17437 (autoload 'what-domain "mail-extr" "\
17438 Convert mail domain DOMAIN to the country it corresponds to.
17439
17440 \(fn DOMAIN)" t nil)
17441
17442 ;;;***
17443 \f
17444 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mail-hist" "mail/mail-hist.el" (21670 32331
17445 ;;;;;; 385639 720000))
17446 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mail-hist.el
17447
17448 (autoload 'mail-hist-define-keys "mail-hist" "\
17449 Define keys for accessing mail header history. For use in hooks.
17450
17451 \(fn)" nil nil)
17452
17453 (autoload 'mail-hist-enable "mail-hist" "\
17454
17455
17456 \(fn)" nil nil)
17457
17458 (defvar mail-hist-keep-history t "\
17459 Non-nil means keep a history for headers and text of outgoing mail.")
17460
17461 (custom-autoload 'mail-hist-keep-history "mail-hist" t)
17462
17463 (autoload 'mail-hist-put-headers-into-history "mail-hist" "\
17464 Put headers and contents of this message into mail header history.
17465 Each header has its own independent history, as does the body of the
17466 message.
17467
17468 This function normally would be called when the message is sent.
17469
17470 \(fn)" nil nil)
17471
17472 ;;;***
17473 \f
17474 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mail-utils" "mail/mail-utils.el" (21964 28338
17475 ;;;;;; 125695 749000))
17476 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mail-utils.el
17477
17478 (defvar mail-use-rfc822 nil "\
17479 If non-nil, use a full, hairy RFC822 parser on mail addresses.
17480 Otherwise, (the default) use a smaller, somewhat faster, and
17481 often correct parser.")
17482
17483 (custom-autoload 'mail-use-rfc822 "mail-utils" t)
17484
17485 (defvar mail-dont-reply-to-names nil "\
17486 Regexp specifying addresses to prune from a reply message.
17487 If this is nil, it is set the first time you compose a reply, to
17488 a value which excludes your own email address.
17489
17490 Matching addresses are excluded from the CC field in replies, and
17491 also the To field, unless this would leave an empty To field.")
17492
17493 (custom-autoload 'mail-dont-reply-to-names "mail-utils" t)
17494
17495 (autoload 'mail-file-babyl-p "mail-utils" "\
17496 Return non-nil if FILE is a Babyl file.
17497
17498 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
17499
17500 (autoload 'mail-quote-printable "mail-utils" "\
17501 Convert a string to the \"quoted printable\" Q encoding if necessary.
17502 If the string contains only ASCII characters and no troublesome ones,
17503 we return it unconverted.
17504
17505 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
17506 we add the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=.
17507
17508 \(fn STRING &optional WRAPPER)" nil nil)
17509
17510 (autoload 'mail-quote-printable-region "mail-utils" "\
17511 Convert the region to the \"quoted printable\" Q encoding.
17512 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
17513 we add the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=.
17514
17515 \(fn BEG END &optional WRAPPER)" t nil)
17516
17517 (autoload 'mail-unquote-printable "mail-utils" "\
17518 Undo the \"quoted printable\" encoding.
17519 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
17520 we expect to find and remove the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=.
17521
17522 \(fn STRING &optional WRAPPER)" nil nil)
17523
17524 (autoload 'mail-unquote-printable-region "mail-utils" "\
17525 Undo the \"quoted printable\" encoding in buffer from BEG to END.
17526 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
17527 we expect to find and remove the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=.
17528 On encountering malformed quoted-printable text, exits with an error,
17529 unless NOERROR is non-nil, in which case it continues, and returns nil
17530 when finished. Returns non-nil on successful completion.
17531 If UNIBYTE is non-nil, insert converted characters as unibyte.
17532 That is useful if you are going to character code decoding afterward,
17533 as Rmail does.
17534
17535 \(fn BEG END &optional WRAPPER NOERROR UNIBYTE)" t nil)
17536
17537 (autoload 'mail-fetch-field "mail-utils" "\
17538 Return the value of the header field whose type is FIELD-NAME.
17539 If second arg LAST is non-nil, use the last field of type FIELD-NAME.
17540 If third arg ALL is non-nil, concatenate all such fields with commas between.
17541 If 4th arg LIST is non-nil, return a list of all such fields.
17542 The buffer should be narrowed to just the header, else false
17543 matches may be returned from the message body.
17544
17545 \(fn FIELD-NAME &optional LAST ALL LIST)" nil nil)
17546
17547 ;;;***
17548 \f
17549 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mailabbrev" "mail/mailabbrev.el" (21850 35149
17550 ;;;;;; 497265 880000))
17551 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mailabbrev.el
17552
17553 (defvar mail-abbrevs-mode nil "\
17554 Non-nil if Mail-Abbrevs mode is enabled.
17555 See the command `mail-abbrevs-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
17556 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
17557 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
17558 or call the function `mail-abbrevs-mode'.")
17559
17560 (custom-autoload 'mail-abbrevs-mode "mailabbrev" nil)
17561
17562 (autoload 'mail-abbrevs-mode "mailabbrev" "\
17563 Toggle abbrev expansion of mail aliases (Mail Abbrevs mode).
17564 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Mail Abbrevs mode if ARG is
17565 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
17566 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
17567
17568 Mail Abbrevs mode is a global minor mode. When enabled,
17569 abbrev-like expansion is performed when editing certain mail
17570 headers (those specified by `mail-abbrev-mode-regexp'), based on
17571 the entries in your `mail-personal-alias-file'.
17572
17573 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17574
17575 (autoload 'mail-abbrevs-setup "mailabbrev" "\
17576 Initialize use of the `mailabbrev' package.
17577
17578 \(fn)" nil nil)
17579
17580 (autoload 'build-mail-abbrevs "mailabbrev" "\
17581 Read mail aliases from personal mail alias file and set `mail-abbrevs'.
17582 By default this is the file specified by `mail-personal-alias-file'.
17583
17584 \(fn &optional FILE RECURSIVEP)" nil nil)
17585
17586 (autoload 'define-mail-abbrev "mailabbrev" "\
17587 Define NAME as a mail alias abbrev that translates to DEFINITION.
17588 If DEFINITION contains multiple addresses, separate them with commas.
17589
17590 Optional argument FROM-MAILRC-FILE means that DEFINITION comes
17591 from a mailrc file. In that case, addresses are separated with
17592 spaces and addresses with embedded spaces are surrounded by
17593 double-quotes.
17594
17595 \(fn NAME DEFINITION &optional FROM-MAILRC-FILE)" t nil)
17596
17597 ;;;***
17598 \f
17599 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mailalias" "mail/mailalias.el" (21993 28596
17600 ;;;;;; 166597 473000))
17601 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mailalias.el
17602
17603 (defvar mail-complete-style 'angles "\
17604 Specifies how \\[mail-complete] formats the full name when it completes.
17605 If nil, they contain just the return address like:
17606 king@grassland.com
17607 If `parens', they look like:
17608 king@grassland.com (Elvis Parsley)
17609 If `angles', they look like:
17610 Elvis Parsley <king@grassland.com>")
17611
17612 (custom-autoload 'mail-complete-style "mailalias" t)
17613
17614 (autoload 'expand-mail-aliases "mailalias" "\
17615 Expand all mail aliases in suitable header fields found between BEG and END.
17616 If interactive, expand in header fields.
17617 Suitable header fields are `To', `From', `CC' and `BCC', `Reply-to', and
17618 their `Resent-' variants.
17619
17620 Optional second arg EXCLUDE may be a regular expression defining text to be
17621 removed from alias expansions.
17622
17623 \(fn BEG END &optional EXCLUDE)" t nil)
17624
17625 (autoload 'define-mail-alias "mailalias" "\
17626 Define NAME as a mail alias that translates to DEFINITION.
17627 This means that sending a message to NAME will actually send to DEFINITION.
17628
17629 Normally, the addresses in DEFINITION must be separated by commas.
17630 If FROM-MAILRC-FILE is non-nil, then addresses in DEFINITION
17631 can be separated by spaces; an address can contain spaces
17632 if it is quoted with double-quotes.
17633
17634 \(fn NAME DEFINITION &optional FROM-MAILRC-FILE)" t nil)
17635
17636 (autoload 'mail-completion-at-point-function "mailalias" "\
17637 Compute completion data for mail aliases.
17638 For use on `completion-at-point-functions'.
17639
17640 \(fn)" nil nil)
17641
17642 (autoload 'mail-complete "mailalias" "\
17643 Perform completion on header field or word preceding point.
17644 Completable headers are according to `mail-complete-alist'. If none matches
17645 current header, calls `mail-complete-function' and passes prefix ARG if any.
17646
17647 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
17648
17649 (make-obsolete 'mail-complete 'mail-completion-at-point-function '"24.1")
17650
17651 ;;;***
17652 \f
17653 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mailclient" "mail/mailclient.el" (22011 58553
17654 ;;;;;; 693858 469000))
17655 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mailclient.el
17656
17657 (autoload 'mailclient-send-it "mailclient" "\
17658 Pass current buffer on to the system's mail client.
17659 Suitable value for `send-mail-function'.
17660 The mail client is taken to be the handler of mailto URLs.
17661
17662 \(fn)" nil nil)
17663
17664 ;;;***
17665 \f
17666 ;;;### (autoloads nil "make-mode" "progmodes/make-mode.el" (22011
17667 ;;;;;; 58553 913858 469000))
17668 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/make-mode.el
17669
17670 (autoload 'makefile-mode "make-mode" "\
17671 Major mode for editing standard Makefiles.
17672
17673 If you are editing a file for a different make, try one of the
17674 variants `makefile-automake-mode', `makefile-gmake-mode',
17675 `makefile-makepp-mode', `makefile-bsdmake-mode' or,
17676 `makefile-imake-mode'. All but the last should be correctly
17677 chosen based on the file name, except if it is *.mk. This
17678 function ends by invoking the function(s) `makefile-mode-hook'.
17679
17680 It is strongly recommended to use `font-lock-mode', because that
17681 provides additional parsing information. This is used for
17682 example to see that a rule action `echo foo: bar' is a not rule
17683 dependency, despite the colon.
17684
17685 \\{makefile-mode-map}
17686
17687 In the browser, use the following keys:
17688
17689 \\{makefile-browser-map}
17690
17691 Makefile mode can be configured by modifying the following variables:
17692
17693 `makefile-browser-buffer-name':
17694 Name of the macro- and target browser buffer.
17695
17696 `makefile-target-colon':
17697 The string that gets appended to all target names
17698 inserted by `makefile-insert-target'.
17699 \":\" or \"::\" are quite common values.
17700
17701 `makefile-macro-assign':
17702 The string that gets appended to all macro names
17703 inserted by `makefile-insert-macro'.
17704 The normal value should be \" = \", since this is what
17705 standard make expects. However, newer makes such as dmake
17706 allow a larger variety of different macro assignments, so you
17707 might prefer to use \" += \" or \" := \" .
17708
17709 `makefile-tab-after-target-colon':
17710 If you want a TAB (instead of a space) to be appended after the
17711 target colon, then set this to a non-nil value.
17712
17713 `makefile-browser-leftmost-column':
17714 Number of blanks to the left of the browser selection mark.
17715
17716 `makefile-browser-cursor-column':
17717 Column in which the cursor is positioned when it moves
17718 up or down in the browser.
17719
17720 `makefile-browser-selected-mark':
17721 String used to mark selected entries in the browser.
17722
17723 `makefile-browser-unselected-mark':
17724 String used to mark unselected entries in the browser.
17725
17726 `makefile-browser-auto-advance-after-selection-p':
17727 If this variable is set to a non-nil value the cursor
17728 will automagically advance to the next line after an item
17729 has been selected in the browser.
17730
17731 `makefile-pickup-everything-picks-up-filenames-p':
17732 If this variable is set to a non-nil value then
17733 `makefile-pickup-everything' also picks up filenames as targets
17734 (i.e. it calls `makefile-pickup-filenames-as-targets'), otherwise
17735 filenames are omitted.
17736
17737 `makefile-cleanup-continuations':
17738 If this variable is set to a non-nil value then Makefile mode
17739 will assure that no line in the file ends with a backslash
17740 (the continuation character) followed by any whitespace.
17741 This is done by silently removing the trailing whitespace, leaving
17742 the backslash itself intact.
17743 IMPORTANT: Please note that enabling this option causes Makefile mode
17744 to MODIFY A FILE WITHOUT YOUR CONFIRMATION when \"it seems necessary\".
17745
17746 `makefile-browser-hook':
17747 A function or list of functions to be called just before the
17748 browser is entered. This is executed in the makefile buffer.
17749
17750 `makefile-special-targets-list':
17751 List of special targets. You will be offered to complete
17752 on one of those in the minibuffer whenever you enter a `.'.
17753 at the beginning of a line in Makefile mode.
17754
17755 \(fn)" t nil)
17756
17757 (autoload 'makefile-automake-mode "make-mode" "\
17758 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about automake.
17759
17760 \(fn)" t nil)
17761
17762 (autoload 'makefile-gmake-mode "make-mode" "\
17763 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about gmake.
17764
17765 \(fn)" t nil)
17766
17767 (autoload 'makefile-makepp-mode "make-mode" "\
17768 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about makepp.
17769
17770 \(fn)" t nil)
17771
17772 (autoload 'makefile-bsdmake-mode "make-mode" "\
17773 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about BSD make.
17774
17775 \(fn)" t nil)
17776
17777 (autoload 'makefile-imake-mode "make-mode" "\
17778 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about imake.
17779
17780 \(fn)" t nil)
17781
17782 ;;;***
17783 \f
17784 ;;;### (autoloads nil "makesum" "makesum.el" (21670 32331 385639
17785 ;;;;;; 720000))
17786 ;;; Generated autoloads from makesum.el
17787
17788 (autoload 'make-command-summary "makesum" "\
17789 Make a summary of current key bindings in the buffer *Summary*.
17790 Previous contents of that buffer are killed first.
17791
17792 \(fn)" t nil)
17793
17794 ;;;***
17795 \f
17796 ;;;### (autoloads nil "man" "man.el" (22026 25907 603502 692000))
17797 ;;; Generated autoloads from man.el
17798
17799 (defalias 'manual-entry 'man)
17800
17801 (autoload 'man "man" "\
17802 Get a Un*x manual page and put it in a buffer.
17803 This command is the top-level command in the man package.
17804 It runs a Un*x command to retrieve and clean a manpage in the
17805 background and places the results in a `Man-mode' browsing
17806 buffer. The variable `Man-width' defines the number of columns in
17807 formatted manual pages. The buffer is displayed immediately.
17808 The variable `Man-notify-method' defines how the buffer is displayed.
17809 If a buffer already exists for this man page, it will be displayed
17810 without running the man command.
17811
17812 For a manpage from a particular section, use either of the
17813 following. \"cat(1)\" is how cross-references appear and is
17814 passed to man as \"1 cat\".
17815
17816 cat(1)
17817 1 cat
17818
17819 To see manpages from all sections related to a subject, use an
17820 \"all pages\" option (which might be \"-a\" if it's not the
17821 default), then step through with `Man-next-manpage' (\\<Man-mode-map>\\[Man-next-manpage]) etc.
17822 Add to `Man-switches' to make this option permanent.
17823
17824 -a chmod
17825
17826 An explicit filename can be given too. Use -l if it might
17827 otherwise look like a page name.
17828
17829 /my/file/name.1.gz
17830 -l somefile.1
17831
17832 An \"apropos\" query with -k gives a buffer of matching page
17833 names or descriptions. The pattern argument is usually an
17834 \"egrep\" style regexp.
17835
17836 -k pattern
17837
17838 \(fn MAN-ARGS)" t nil)
17839
17840 (autoload 'man-follow "man" "\
17841 Get a Un*x manual page of the item under point and put it in a buffer.
17842
17843 \(fn MAN-ARGS)" t nil)
17844
17845 (autoload 'Man-bookmark-jump "man" "\
17846 Default bookmark handler for Man buffers.
17847
17848 \(fn BOOKMARK)" nil nil)
17849
17850 ;;;***
17851 \f
17852 ;;;### (autoloads nil "map" "emacs-lisp/map.el" (22084 30014 55762
17853 ;;;;;; 3000))
17854 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/map.el
17855 (push (purecopy '(map 1 0)) package--builtin-versions)
17856
17857 ;;;***
17858 \f
17859 ;;;### (autoloads nil "master" "master.el" (21670 32331 385639 720000))
17860 ;;; Generated autoloads from master.el
17861 (push (purecopy '(master 1 0 2)) package--builtin-versions)
17862
17863 (autoload 'master-mode "master" "\
17864 Toggle Master mode.
17865 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Master mode if ARG is
17866 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
17867 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
17868
17869 When Master mode is enabled, you can scroll the slave buffer
17870 using the following commands:
17871
17872 \\{master-mode-map}
17873
17874 The slave buffer is stored in the buffer-local variable `master-of'.
17875 You can set this variable using `master-set-slave'. You can show
17876 yourself the value of `master-of' by calling `master-show-slave'.
17877
17878 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17879
17880 ;;;***
17881 \f
17882 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mb-depth" "mb-depth.el" (21670 32331 385639
17883 ;;;;;; 720000))
17884 ;;; Generated autoloads from mb-depth.el
17885
17886 (defvar minibuffer-depth-indicate-mode nil "\
17887 Non-nil if Minibuffer-Depth-Indicate mode is enabled.
17888 See the command `minibuffer-depth-indicate-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
17889 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
17890 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
17891 or call the function `minibuffer-depth-indicate-mode'.")
17892
17893 (custom-autoload 'minibuffer-depth-indicate-mode "mb-depth" nil)
17894
17895 (autoload 'minibuffer-depth-indicate-mode "mb-depth" "\
17896 Toggle Minibuffer Depth Indication mode.
17897 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Minibuffer Depth Indication
17898 mode if ARG is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called
17899 from Lisp, enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
17900
17901 Minibuffer Depth Indication mode is a global minor mode. When
17902 enabled, any recursive use of the minibuffer will show the
17903 recursion depth in the minibuffer prompt. This is only useful if
17904 `enable-recursive-minibuffers' is non-nil.
17905
17906 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17907
17908 ;;;***
17909 \f
17910 ;;;### (autoloads nil "md4" "md4.el" (21670 32331 385639 720000))
17911 ;;; Generated autoloads from md4.el
17912 (push (purecopy '(md4 1 0)) package--builtin-versions)
17913
17914 ;;;***
17915 \f
17916 ;;;### (autoloads nil "message" "gnus/message.el" (22011 58553 581858
17917 ;;;;;; 469000))
17918 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/message.el
17919
17920 (define-mail-user-agent 'message-user-agent 'message-mail 'message-send-and-exit 'message-kill-buffer 'message-send-hook)
17921
17922 (autoload 'message-mode "message" "\
17923 Major mode for editing mail and news to be sent.
17924 Like Text Mode but with these additional commands:\\<message-mode-map>
17925 C-c C-s `message-send' (send the message) C-c C-c `message-send-and-exit'
17926 C-c C-d Postpone sending the message C-c C-k Kill the message
17927 C-c C-f move to a header field (and create it if there isn't):
17928 C-c C-f C-t move to To C-c C-f C-s move to Subject
17929 C-c C-f C-c move to Cc C-c C-f C-b move to Bcc
17930 C-c C-f C-w move to Fcc C-c C-f C-r move to Reply-To
17931 C-c C-f C-u move to Summary C-c C-f C-n move to Newsgroups
17932 C-c C-f C-k move to Keywords C-c C-f C-d move to Distribution
17933 C-c C-f C-o move to From (\"Originator\")
17934 C-c C-f C-f move to Followup-To
17935 C-c C-f C-m move to Mail-Followup-To
17936 C-c C-f C-e move to Expires
17937 C-c C-f C-i cycle through Importance values
17938 C-c C-f s change subject and append \"(was: <Old Subject>)\"
17939 C-c C-f x crossposting with FollowUp-To header and note in body
17940 C-c C-f t replace To: header with contents of Cc: or Bcc:
17941 C-c C-f a Insert X-No-Archive: header and a note in the body
17942 C-c C-t `message-insert-to' (add a To header to a news followup)
17943 C-c C-l `message-to-list-only' (removes all but list address in to/cc)
17944 C-c C-n `message-insert-newsgroups' (add a Newsgroup header to a news reply)
17945 C-c C-b `message-goto-body' (move to beginning of message text).
17946 C-c C-i `message-goto-signature' (move to the beginning of the signature).
17947 C-c C-w `message-insert-signature' (insert `message-signature-file' file).
17948 C-c C-y `message-yank-original' (insert current message, if any).
17949 C-c C-q `message-fill-yanked-message' (fill what was yanked).
17950 C-c C-e `message-elide-region' (elide the text between point and mark).
17951 C-c C-v `message-delete-not-region' (remove the text outside the region).
17952 C-c C-z `message-kill-to-signature' (kill the text up to the signature).
17953 C-c C-r `message-caesar-buffer-body' (rot13 the message body).
17954 C-c C-a `mml-attach-file' (attach a file as MIME).
17955 C-c C-u `message-insert-or-toggle-importance' (insert or cycle importance).
17956 C-c M-n `message-insert-disposition-notification-to' (request receipt).
17957 C-c M-m `message-mark-inserted-region' (mark region with enclosing tags).
17958 C-c M-f `message-mark-insert-file' (insert file marked with enclosing tags).
17959 M-RET `message-newline-and-reformat' (break the line and reformat).
17960
17961 \(fn)" t nil)
17962
17963 (autoload 'message-mail "message" "\
17964 Start editing a mail message to be sent.
17965 OTHER-HEADERS is an alist of header/value pairs. CONTINUE says whether
17966 to continue editing a message already being composed. SWITCH-FUNCTION
17967 is a function used to switch to and display the mail buffer.
17968
17969 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS CONTINUE SWITCH-FUNCTION YANK-ACTION SEND-ACTIONS RETURN-ACTION &rest IGNORED)" t nil)
17970
17971 (autoload 'message-news "message" "\
17972 Start editing a news article to be sent.
17973
17974 \(fn &optional NEWSGROUPS SUBJECT)" t nil)
17975
17976 (autoload 'message-reply "message" "\
17977 Start editing a reply to the article in the current buffer.
17978
17979 \(fn &optional TO-ADDRESS WIDE SWITCH-FUNCTION)" t nil)
17980
17981 (autoload 'message-wide-reply "message" "\
17982 Make a \"wide\" reply to the message in the current buffer.
17983
17984 \(fn &optional TO-ADDRESS)" t nil)
17985
17986 (autoload 'message-followup "message" "\
17987 Follow up to the message in the current buffer.
17988 If TO-NEWSGROUPS, use that as the new Newsgroups line.
17989
17990 \(fn &optional TO-NEWSGROUPS)" t nil)
17991
17992 (autoload 'message-cancel-news "message" "\
17993 Cancel an article you posted.
17994 If ARG, allow editing of the cancellation message.
17995
17996 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17997
17998 (autoload 'message-supersede "message" "\
17999 Start composing a message to supersede the current message.
18000 This is done simply by taking the old article and adding a Supersedes
18001 header line with the old Message-ID.
18002
18003 \(fn)" t nil)
18004
18005 (autoload 'message-recover "message" "\
18006 Reread contents of current buffer from its last auto-save file.
18007
18008 \(fn)" t nil)
18009
18010 (autoload 'message-forward "message" "\
18011 Forward the current message via mail.
18012 Optional NEWS will use news to forward instead of mail.
18013 Optional DIGEST will use digest to forward.
18014
18015 \(fn &optional NEWS DIGEST)" t nil)
18016
18017 (autoload 'message-forward-make-body "message" "\
18018
18019
18020 \(fn FORWARD-BUFFER &optional DIGEST)" nil nil)
18021
18022 (autoload 'message-forward-rmail-make-body "message" "\
18023
18024
18025 \(fn FORWARD-BUFFER)" nil nil)
18026
18027 (autoload 'message-insinuate-rmail "message" "\
18028 Let RMAIL use message to forward.
18029
18030 \(fn)" t nil)
18031
18032 (autoload 'message-resend "message" "\
18033 Resend the current article to ADDRESS.
18034
18035 \(fn ADDRESS)" t nil)
18036
18037 (autoload 'message-bounce "message" "\
18038 Re-mail the current message.
18039 This only makes sense if the current message is a bounce message that
18040 contains some mail you have written which has been bounced back to
18041 you.
18042
18043 \(fn)" t nil)
18044
18045 (autoload 'message-mail-other-window "message" "\
18046 Like `message-mail' command, but display mail buffer in another window.
18047
18048 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT)" t nil)
18049
18050 (autoload 'message-mail-other-frame "message" "\
18051 Like `message-mail' command, but display mail buffer in another frame.
18052
18053 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT)" t nil)
18054
18055 (autoload 'message-news-other-window "message" "\
18056 Start editing a news article to be sent.
18057
18058 \(fn &optional NEWSGROUPS SUBJECT)" t nil)
18059
18060 (autoload 'message-news-other-frame "message" "\
18061 Start editing a news article to be sent.
18062
18063 \(fn &optional NEWSGROUPS SUBJECT)" t nil)
18064
18065 (autoload 'message-bold-region "message" "\
18066 Bold all nonblank characters in the region.
18067 Works by overstriking characters.
18068 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
18069 which specify the range to operate on.
18070
18071 \(fn START END)" t nil)
18072
18073 (autoload 'message-unbold-region "message" "\
18074 Remove all boldness (overstruck characters) in the region.
18075 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
18076 which specify the range to operate on.
18077
18078 \(fn START END)" t nil)
18079
18080 ;;;***
18081 \f
18082 ;;;### (autoloads nil "meta-mode" "progmodes/meta-mode.el" (21670
18083 ;;;;;; 32331 385639 720000))
18084 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/meta-mode.el
18085 (push (purecopy '(meta-mode 1 0)) package--builtin-versions)
18086
18087 (autoload 'metafont-mode "meta-mode" "\
18088 Major mode for editing Metafont sources.
18089
18090 \(fn)" t nil)
18091
18092 (autoload 'metapost-mode "meta-mode" "\
18093 Major mode for editing MetaPost sources.
18094
18095 \(fn)" t nil)
18096
18097 ;;;***
18098 \f
18099 ;;;### (autoloads nil "metamail" "mail/metamail.el" (21980 16567
18100 ;;;;;; 769544 893000))
18101 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/metamail.el
18102
18103 (autoload 'metamail-interpret-header "metamail" "\
18104 Interpret a header part of a MIME message in current buffer.
18105 Its body part is not interpreted at all.
18106
18107 \(fn)" t nil)
18108
18109 (autoload 'metamail-interpret-body "metamail" "\
18110 Interpret a body part of a MIME message in current buffer.
18111 Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the
18112 EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1).
18113 Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not
18114 redisplayed as output is inserted.
18115 Its header part is not interpreted at all.
18116
18117 \(fn &optional VIEWMODE NODISPLAY)" t nil)
18118
18119 (autoload 'metamail-buffer "metamail" "\
18120 Process current buffer through `metamail'.
18121 Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the
18122 EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1).
18123 Optional argument BUFFER specifies a buffer to be filled (nil
18124 means current).
18125 Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not
18126 redisplayed as output is inserted.
18127
18128 \(fn &optional VIEWMODE BUFFER NODISPLAY)" t nil)
18129
18130 (autoload 'metamail-region "metamail" "\
18131 Process current region through `metamail'.
18132 Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the
18133 EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1).
18134 Optional argument BUFFER specifies a buffer to be filled (nil
18135 means current).
18136 Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not
18137 redisplayed as output is inserted.
18138
18139 \(fn BEG END &optional VIEWMODE BUFFER NODISPLAY)" t nil)
18140
18141 ;;;***
18142 \f
18143 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mh-comp" "mh-e/mh-comp.el" (22011 58553 729858
18144 ;;;;;; 469000))
18145 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-comp.el
18146
18147 (autoload 'mh-smail "mh-comp" "\
18148 Compose a message with the MH mail system.
18149 See `mh-send' for more details on composing mail.
18150
18151 \(fn)" t nil)
18152
18153 (autoload 'mh-smail-other-window "mh-comp" "\
18154 Compose a message with the MH mail system in other window.
18155 See `mh-send' for more details on composing mail.
18156
18157 \(fn)" t nil)
18158
18159 (autoload 'mh-smail-batch "mh-comp" "\
18160 Compose a message with the MH mail system.
18161
18162 This function does not prompt the user for any header fields, and
18163 thus is suitable for use by programs that want to create a mail
18164 buffer. Users should use \\[mh-smail] to compose mail.
18165
18166 Optional arguments for setting certain fields include TO,
18167 SUBJECT, and OTHER-HEADERS. Additional arguments are IGNORED.
18168
18169 This function remains for Emacs 21 compatibility. New
18170 applications should use `mh-user-agent-compose'.
18171
18172 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS &rest IGNORED)" nil nil)
18173
18174 (define-mail-user-agent 'mh-e-user-agent 'mh-user-agent-compose 'mh-send-letter 'mh-fully-kill-draft 'mh-before-send-letter-hook)
18175
18176 (autoload 'mh-user-agent-compose "mh-comp" "\
18177 Set up mail composition draft with the MH mail system.
18178 This is the `mail-user-agent' entry point to MH-E. This function
18179 conforms to the contract specified by `define-mail-user-agent'
18180 which means that this function should accept the same arguments
18181 as `compose-mail'.
18182
18183 The optional arguments TO and SUBJECT specify recipients and the
18184 initial Subject field, respectively.
18185
18186 OTHER-HEADERS is an alist specifying additional header fields.
18187 Elements look like (HEADER . VALUE) where both HEADER and VALUE
18188 are strings.
18189
18190 CONTINUE, SWITCH-FUNCTION, YANK-ACTION, SEND-ACTIONS, and
18191 RETURN-ACTION and any additional arguments are IGNORED.
18192
18193 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS CONTINUE SWITCH-FUNCTION YANK-ACTION SEND-ACTIONS RETURN-ACTION &rest IGNORED)" nil nil)
18194
18195 (autoload 'mh-send-letter "mh-comp" "\
18196 Save draft and send message.
18197
18198 When you are all through editing a message, you send it with this
18199 command. You can give a prefix argument ARG to monitor the first stage
18200 of the delivery; this output can be found in a buffer called \"*MH-E
18201 Mail Delivery*\".
18202
18203 The hook `mh-before-send-letter-hook' is run at the beginning of
18204 this command. For example, if you want to check your spelling in
18205 your message before sending, add the function `ispell-message'.
18206
18207 Unless `mh-insert-auto-fields' had previously been called
18208 manually, the function `mh-insert-auto-fields' is called to
18209 insert fields based upon the recipients. If fields are added, you
18210 are given a chance to see and to confirm these fields before the
18211 message is actually sent. You can do away with this confirmation
18212 by turning off the option `mh-auto-fields-prompt-flag'.
18213
18214 In case the MH \"send\" program is installed under a different name,
18215 use `mh-send-prog' to tell MH-E the name.
18216
18217 The hook `mh-annotate-msg-hook' is run after annotating the
18218 message and scan line.
18219
18220 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18221
18222 (autoload 'mh-fully-kill-draft "mh-comp" "\
18223 Quit editing and delete draft message.
18224
18225 If for some reason you are not happy with the draft, you can use
18226 this command to kill the draft buffer and delete the draft
18227 message. Use the command \\[kill-buffer] if you don't want to
18228 delete the draft message.
18229
18230 \(fn)" t nil)
18231
18232 ;;;***
18233 \f
18234 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mh-e" "mh-e/mh-e.el" (22030 22952 945158 467000))
18235 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-e.el
18236 (push (purecopy '(mh-e 8 6)) package--builtin-versions)
18237
18238 (put 'mh-progs 'risky-local-variable t)
18239
18240 (put 'mh-lib 'risky-local-variable t)
18241
18242 (put 'mh-lib-progs 'risky-local-variable t)
18243
18244 (autoload 'mh-version "mh-e" "\
18245 Display version information about MH-E and the MH mail handling system.
18246
18247 \(fn)" t nil)
18248
18249 ;;;***
18250 \f
18251 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mh-folder" "mh-e/mh-folder.el" (22011 58553
18252 ;;;;;; 749858 469000))
18253 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-folder.el
18254
18255 (autoload 'mh-rmail "mh-folder" "\
18256 Incorporate new mail with MH.
18257 Scan an MH folder if ARG is non-nil.
18258
18259 This function is an entry point to MH-E, the Emacs interface to
18260 the MH mail system.
18261
18262 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18263
18264 (autoload 'mh-nmail "mh-folder" "\
18265 Check for new mail in inbox folder.
18266 Scan an MH folder if ARG is non-nil.
18267
18268 This function is an entry point to MH-E, the Emacs interface to
18269 the MH mail system.
18270
18271 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18272
18273 (autoload 'mh-folder-mode "mh-folder" "\
18274 Major MH-E mode for \"editing\" an MH folder scan listing.\\<mh-folder-mode-map>
18275
18276 You can show the message the cursor is pointing to, and step through
18277 the messages. Messages can be marked for deletion or refiling into
18278 another folder; these commands are executed all at once with a
18279 separate command.
18280
18281 Options that control this mode can be changed with
18282 \\[customize-group]; specify the \"mh\" group. In particular, please
18283 see the `mh-scan-format-file' option if you wish to modify scan's
18284 format.
18285
18286 When a folder is visited, the hook `mh-folder-mode-hook' is run.
18287
18288 Ranges
18289 ======
18290 Many commands that operate on individual messages, such as
18291 `mh-forward' or `mh-refile-msg' take a RANGE argument. This argument
18292 can be used in several ways.
18293
18294 If you provide the prefix argument (\\[universal-argument]) to
18295 these commands, then you will be prompted for the message range.
18296 This can be any valid MH range which can include messages,
18297 sequences, and the abbreviations (described in the mh(1) man
18298 page):
18299
18300 <num1>-<num2>
18301 Indicates all messages in the range <num1> to <num2>, inclusive.
18302 The range must be nonempty.
18303
18304 <num>:N
18305 <num>:+N
18306 <num>:-N
18307 Up to N messages beginning with (or ending with) message num. Num
18308 may be any of the predefined symbols: first, prev, cur, next or
18309 last.
18310
18311 first:N
18312 prev:N
18313 next:N
18314 last:N
18315 The first, previous, next or last messages, if they exist.
18316
18317 all
18318 All of the messages.
18319
18320 For example, a range that shows all of these things is `1 2 3
18321 5-10 last:5 unseen'.
18322
18323 If the option `transient-mark-mode' is set to t and you set a
18324 region in the MH-Folder buffer, then the MH-E command will
18325 perform the operation on all messages in that region.
18326
18327 \\{mh-folder-mode-map}
18328
18329 \(fn)" t nil)
18330
18331 ;;;***
18332 \f
18333 ;;;### (autoloads nil "midnight" "midnight.el" (21822 58098 20521
18334 ;;;;;; 61000))
18335 ;;; Generated autoloads from midnight.el
18336
18337 (defvar midnight-mode nil "\
18338 Non-nil if Midnight mode is enabled.
18339 See the command `midnight-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
18340 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
18341 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
18342 or call the function `midnight-mode'.")
18343
18344 (custom-autoload 'midnight-mode "midnight" nil)
18345
18346 (autoload 'midnight-mode "midnight" "\
18347 Non-nil means run `midnight-hook' at midnight.
18348
18349 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18350
18351 (autoload 'clean-buffer-list "midnight" "\
18352 Kill old buffers that have not been displayed recently.
18353 The relevant variables are `clean-buffer-list-delay-general',
18354 `clean-buffer-list-delay-special', `clean-buffer-list-kill-buffer-names',
18355 `clean-buffer-list-kill-never-buffer-names',
18356 `clean-buffer-list-kill-regexps' and
18357 `clean-buffer-list-kill-never-regexps'.
18358 While processing buffers, this procedure displays messages containing
18359 the current date/time, buffer name, how many seconds ago it was
18360 displayed (can be nil if the buffer was never displayed) and its
18361 lifetime, i.e., its \"age\" when it will be purged.
18362
18363 \(fn)" t nil)
18364
18365 (autoload 'midnight-delay-set "midnight" "\
18366 Modify `midnight-timer' according to `midnight-delay'.
18367 Sets the first argument SYMB (which must be symbol `midnight-delay')
18368 to its second argument TM.
18369
18370 \(fn SYMB TM)" nil nil)
18371
18372 ;;;***
18373 \f
18374 ;;;### (autoloads nil "minibuf-eldef" "minibuf-eldef.el" (21670 32331
18375 ;;;;;; 385639 720000))
18376 ;;; Generated autoloads from minibuf-eldef.el
18377
18378 (defvar minibuffer-electric-default-mode nil "\
18379 Non-nil if Minibuffer-Electric-Default mode is enabled.
18380 See the command `minibuffer-electric-default-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
18381 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
18382 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
18383 or call the function `minibuffer-electric-default-mode'.")
18384
18385 (custom-autoload 'minibuffer-electric-default-mode "minibuf-eldef" nil)
18386
18387 (autoload 'minibuffer-electric-default-mode "minibuf-eldef" "\
18388 Toggle Minibuffer Electric Default mode.
18389 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Minibuffer Electric Default
18390 mode if ARG is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called
18391 from Lisp, enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
18392
18393 Minibuffer Electric Default mode is a global minor mode. When
18394 enabled, minibuffer prompts that show a default value only show
18395 the default when it's applicable -- that is, when hitting RET
18396 would yield the default value. If the user modifies the input
18397 such that hitting RET would enter a non-default value, the prompt
18398 is modified to remove the default indication.
18399
18400 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18401
18402 ;;;***
18403 \f
18404 ;;;### (autoloads nil "misc" "misc.el" (21670 32331 385639 720000))
18405 ;;; Generated autoloads from misc.el
18406
18407 (autoload 'butterfly "misc" "\
18408 Use butterflies to flip the desired bit on the drive platter.
18409 Open hands and let the delicate wings flap once. The disturbance
18410 ripples outward, changing the flow of the eddy currents in the
18411 upper atmosphere. These cause momentary pockets of higher-pressure
18412 air to form, which act as lenses that deflect incoming cosmic rays,
18413 focusing them to strike the drive platter and flip the desired bit.
18414 You can type `M-x butterfly C-M-c' to run it. This is a permuted
18415 variation of `C-x M-c M-butterfly' from url `http://xkcd.com/378/'.
18416
18417 \(fn)" t nil)
18418
18419 (autoload 'list-dynamic-libraries "misc" "\
18420 Display a list of all dynamic libraries known to Emacs.
18421 \(These are the libraries listed in `dynamic-library-alist'.)
18422 If optional argument LOADED-ONLY-P (interactively, prefix arg)
18423 is non-nil, only libraries already loaded are listed.
18424 Optional argument BUFFER specifies a buffer to use, instead of
18425 \"*Dynamic Libraries*\".
18426 The return value is always nil.
18427
18428 \(fn &optional LOADED-ONLY-P BUFFER)" t nil)
18429
18430 ;;;***
18431 \f
18432 ;;;### (autoloads nil "misearch" "misearch.el" (21797 36 720489 297000))
18433 ;;; Generated autoloads from misearch.el
18434 (add-hook 'isearch-mode-hook 'multi-isearch-setup)
18435
18436 (defvar multi-isearch-next-buffer-function nil "\
18437 Function to call to get the next buffer to search.
18438
18439 When this variable is set to a function that returns a buffer, then
18440 after typing another \\[isearch-forward] or \\[isearch-backward] at a failing search, the search goes
18441 to the next buffer in the series and continues searching for the
18442 next occurrence.
18443
18444 This function should return the next buffer (it doesn't need to switch
18445 to it), or nil if it can't find the next buffer (when it reaches the
18446 end of the search space).
18447
18448 The first argument of this function is the current buffer where the
18449 search is currently searching. It defines the base buffer relative to
18450 which this function should find the next buffer. When the isearch
18451 direction is backward (when option `isearch-forward' is nil), this function
18452 should return the previous buffer to search.
18453
18454 If the second argument of this function WRAP is non-nil, then it
18455 should return the first buffer in the series; and for the backward
18456 search, it should return the last buffer in the series.")
18457
18458 (defvar multi-isearch-next-buffer-current-function nil "\
18459 The currently active function to get the next buffer to search.
18460 Initialized from `multi-isearch-next-buffer-function' when
18461 Isearch starts.")
18462
18463 (defvar multi-isearch-current-buffer nil "\
18464 The buffer where the search is currently searching.
18465 The value is nil when the search still is in the initial buffer.")
18466
18467 (defvar multi-isearch-buffer-list nil "\
18468 Sequence of buffers visited by multiple buffers Isearch.
18469 This is nil if Isearch is not currently searching more than one buffer.")
18470
18471 (defvar multi-isearch-file-list nil "\
18472 Sequence of files visited by multiple file buffers Isearch.")
18473
18474 (autoload 'multi-isearch-setup "misearch" "\
18475 Set up isearch to search multiple buffers.
18476 Intended to be added to `isearch-mode-hook'.
18477
18478 \(fn)" nil nil)
18479
18480 (autoload 'multi-isearch-buffers "misearch" "\
18481 Start multi-buffer Isearch on a list of BUFFERS.
18482 This list can contain live buffers or their names.
18483 Interactively read buffer names to search, one by one, ended with RET.
18484 With a prefix argument, ask for a regexp, and search in buffers
18485 whose names match the specified regexp.
18486
18487 \(fn BUFFERS)" t nil)
18488
18489 (autoload 'multi-isearch-buffers-regexp "misearch" "\
18490 Start multi-buffer regexp Isearch on a list of BUFFERS.
18491 This list can contain live buffers or their names.
18492 Interactively read buffer names to search, one by one, ended with RET.
18493 With a prefix argument, ask for a regexp, and search in buffers
18494 whose names match the specified regexp.
18495
18496 \(fn BUFFERS)" t nil)
18497
18498 (autoload 'multi-isearch-files "misearch" "\
18499 Start multi-buffer Isearch on a list of FILES.
18500 Relative file names in this list are expanded to absolute
18501 file names using the current buffer's value of `default-directory'.
18502 Interactively read file names to search, one by one, ended with RET.
18503 With a prefix argument, ask for a wildcard, and search in file buffers
18504 whose file names match the specified wildcard.
18505
18506 \(fn FILES)" t nil)
18507
18508 (autoload 'multi-isearch-files-regexp "misearch" "\
18509 Start multi-buffer regexp Isearch on a list of FILES.
18510 Relative file names in this list are expanded to absolute
18511 file names using the current buffer's value of `default-directory'.
18512 Interactively read file names to search, one by one, ended with RET.
18513 With a prefix argument, ask for a wildcard, and search in file buffers
18514 whose file names match the specified wildcard.
18515
18516 \(fn FILES)" t nil)
18517
18518 ;;;***
18519 \f
18520 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mixal-mode" "progmodes/mixal-mode.el" (21670
18521 ;;;;;; 32331 385639 720000))
18522 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/mixal-mode.el
18523 (push (purecopy '(mixal-mode 0 1)) package--builtin-versions)
18524
18525 (autoload 'mixal-mode "mixal-mode" "\
18526 Major mode for the mixal asm language.
18527
18528 \(fn)" t nil)
18529
18530 ;;;***
18531 \f
18532 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mm-encode" "gnus/mm-encode.el" (21670 32331
18533 ;;;;;; 385639 720000))
18534 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-encode.el
18535
18536 (autoload 'mm-default-file-encoding "mm-encode" "\
18537 Return a default encoding for FILE.
18538
18539 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
18540
18541 ;;;***
18542 \f
18543 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mm-extern" "gnus/mm-extern.el" (21670 32331
18544 ;;;;;; 385639 720000))
18545 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-extern.el
18546
18547 (autoload 'mm-extern-cache-contents "mm-extern" "\
18548 Put the external-body part of HANDLE into its cache.
18549
18550 \(fn HANDLE)" nil nil)
18551
18552 (autoload 'mm-inline-external-body "mm-extern" "\
18553 Show the external-body part of HANDLE.
18554 This function replaces the buffer of HANDLE with a buffer contains
18555 the entire message.
18556 If NO-DISPLAY is nil, display it. Otherwise, do nothing after replacing.
18557
18558 \(fn HANDLE &optional NO-DISPLAY)" nil nil)
18559
18560 ;;;***
18561 \f
18562 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mm-partial" "gnus/mm-partial.el" (21670 32331
18563 ;;;;;; 385639 720000))
18564 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-partial.el
18565
18566 (autoload 'mm-inline-partial "mm-partial" "\
18567 Show the partial part of HANDLE.
18568 This function replaces the buffer of HANDLE with a buffer contains
18569 the entire message.
18570 If NO-DISPLAY is nil, display it. Otherwise, do nothing after replacing.
18571
18572 \(fn HANDLE &optional NO-DISPLAY)" nil nil)
18573
18574 ;;;***
18575 \f
18576 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mm-url" "gnus/mm-url.el" (22084 30014 55762
18577 ;;;;;; 3000))
18578 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-url.el
18579
18580 (autoload 'mm-url-insert-file-contents "mm-url" "\
18581 Insert file contents of URL.
18582 If `mm-url-use-external' is non-nil, use `mm-url-program'.
18583
18584 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
18585
18586 (autoload 'mm-url-insert-file-contents-external "mm-url" "\
18587 Insert file contents of URL using `mm-url-program'.
18588
18589 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
18590
18591 ;;;***
18592 \f
18593 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mm-uu" "gnus/mm-uu.el" (22010 37685 116774
18594 ;;;;;; 305000))
18595 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-uu.el
18596
18597 (autoload 'mm-uu-dissect "mm-uu" "\
18598 Dissect the current buffer and return a list of uu handles.
18599 The optional NOHEADER means there's no header in the buffer.
18600 MIME-TYPE specifies a MIME type and parameters, which defaults to the
18601 value of `mm-uu-text-plain-type'.
18602
18603 \(fn &optional NOHEADER MIME-TYPE)" nil nil)
18604
18605 (autoload 'mm-uu-dissect-text-parts "mm-uu" "\
18606 Dissect text parts and put uu handles into HANDLE.
18607 Assume text has been decoded if DECODED is non-nil.
18608
18609 \(fn HANDLE &optional DECODED)" nil nil)
18610
18611 ;;;***
18612 \f
18613 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mml" "gnus/mml.el" (21826 49866 790514 606000))
18614 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mml.el
18615
18616 (autoload 'mml-to-mime "mml" "\
18617 Translate the current buffer from MML to MIME.
18618
18619 \(fn)" nil nil)
18620
18621 (autoload 'mml-attach-file "mml" "\
18622 Attach a file to the outgoing MIME message.
18623 The file is not inserted or encoded until you send the message with
18624 `\\[message-send-and-exit]' or `\\[message-send]' in Message mode,
18625 or `\\[mail-send-and-exit]' or `\\[mail-send]' in Mail mode.
18626
18627 FILE is the name of the file to attach. TYPE is its
18628 content-type, a string of the form \"type/subtype\". DESCRIPTION
18629 is a one-line description of the attachment. The DISPOSITION
18630 specifies how the attachment is intended to be displayed. It can
18631 be either \"inline\" (displayed automatically within the message
18632 body) or \"attachment\" (separate from the body).
18633
18634 \(fn FILE &optional TYPE DESCRIPTION DISPOSITION)" t nil)
18635
18636 ;;;***
18637 \f
18638 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mml1991" "gnus/mml1991.el" (21670 32331 385639
18639 ;;;;;; 720000))
18640 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mml1991.el
18641
18642 (autoload 'mml1991-encrypt "mml1991" "\
18643
18644
18645 \(fn CONT &optional SIGN)" nil nil)
18646
18647 (autoload 'mml1991-sign "mml1991" "\
18648
18649
18650 \(fn CONT)" nil nil)
18651
18652 ;;;***
18653 \f
18654 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mml2015" "gnus/mml2015.el" (21670 32331 385639
18655 ;;;;;; 720000))
18656 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mml2015.el
18657
18658 (autoload 'mml2015-decrypt "mml2015" "\
18659
18660
18661 \(fn HANDLE CTL)" nil nil)
18662
18663 (autoload 'mml2015-decrypt-test "mml2015" "\
18664
18665
18666 \(fn HANDLE CTL)" nil nil)
18667
18668 (autoload 'mml2015-verify "mml2015" "\
18669
18670
18671 \(fn HANDLE CTL)" nil nil)
18672
18673 (autoload 'mml2015-verify-test "mml2015" "\
18674
18675
18676 \(fn HANDLE CTL)" nil nil)
18677
18678 (autoload 'mml2015-encrypt "mml2015" "\
18679
18680
18681 \(fn CONT &optional SIGN)" nil nil)
18682
18683 (autoload 'mml2015-sign "mml2015" "\
18684
18685
18686 \(fn CONT)" nil nil)
18687
18688 (autoload 'mml2015-self-encrypt "mml2015" "\
18689
18690
18691 \(fn)" nil nil)
18692
18693 ;;;***
18694 \f
18695 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mode-local" "cedet/mode-local.el" (22030 22952
18696 ;;;;;; 905158 467000))
18697 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/mode-local.el
18698
18699 (put 'define-overloadable-function 'doc-string-elt 3)
18700
18701 ;;;***
18702 \f
18703 ;;;### (autoloads nil "modula2" "progmodes/modula2.el" (21607 54478
18704 ;;;;;; 800121 42000))
18705 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/modula2.el
18706
18707 (defalias 'modula-2-mode 'm2-mode)
18708
18709 (autoload 'm2-mode "modula2" "\
18710 This is a mode intended to support program development in Modula-2.
18711 All control constructs of Modula-2 can be reached by typing C-c
18712 followed by the first character of the construct.
18713 \\<m2-mode-map>
18714 \\[m2-begin] begin \\[m2-case] case
18715 \\[m2-definition] definition \\[m2-else] else
18716 \\[m2-for] for \\[m2-header] header
18717 \\[m2-if] if \\[m2-module] module
18718 \\[m2-loop] loop \\[m2-or] or
18719 \\[m2-procedure] procedure Control-c Control-w with
18720 \\[m2-record] record \\[m2-stdio] stdio
18721 \\[m2-type] type \\[m2-until] until
18722 \\[m2-var] var \\[m2-while] while
18723 \\[m2-export] export \\[m2-import] import
18724 \\[m2-begin-comment] begin-comment \\[m2-end-comment] end-comment
18725 \\[suspend-emacs] suspend Emacs \\[m2-toggle] toggle
18726 \\[m2-compile] compile \\[m2-next-error] next-error
18727 \\[m2-link] link
18728
18729 `m2-indent' controls the number of spaces for each indentation.
18730 `m2-compile-command' holds the command to compile a Modula-2 program.
18731 `m2-link-command' holds the command to link a Modula-2 program.
18732
18733 \(fn)" t nil)
18734
18735 ;;;***
18736 \f
18737 ;;;### (autoloads nil "morse" "play/morse.el" (22026 25907 631502
18738 ;;;;;; 692000))
18739 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/morse.el
18740
18741 (autoload 'morse-region "morse" "\
18742 Convert all text in a given region to morse code.
18743
18744 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
18745
18746 (autoload 'unmorse-region "morse" "\
18747 Convert morse coded text in region to ordinary ASCII text.
18748
18749 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
18750
18751 (autoload 'nato-region "morse" "\
18752 Convert all text in a given region to NATO phonetic alphabet.
18753
18754 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
18755
18756 (autoload 'denato-region "morse" "\
18757 Convert NATO phonetic alphabet in region to ordinary ASCII text.
18758
18759 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
18760
18761 ;;;***
18762 \f
18763 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mouse-drag" "mouse-drag.el" (21993 28596 194597
18764 ;;;;;; 473000))
18765 ;;; Generated autoloads from mouse-drag.el
18766
18767 (autoload 'mouse-drag-throw "mouse-drag" "\
18768 \"Throw\" the page according to a mouse drag.
18769
18770 A \"throw\" is scrolling the page at a speed relative to the distance
18771 from the original mouse click to the current mouse location. Try it;
18772 you'll like it. It's easier to observe than to explain.
18773
18774 If the mouse is clicked and released in the same place of time we
18775 assume that the user didn't want to scroll but wanted to whatever
18776 mouse-2 used to do, so we pass it through.
18777
18778 Throw scrolling was inspired (but is not identical to) the \"hand\"
18779 option in MacPaint, or the middle button in Tk text widgets.
18780
18781 If `mouse-throw-with-scroll-bar' is non-nil, then this command scrolls
18782 in the opposite direction. (Different people have different ideas
18783 about which direction is natural. Perhaps it has to do with which
18784 hemisphere you're in.)
18785
18786 To test this function, evaluate:
18787 (global-set-key [down-mouse-2] \\='mouse-drag-throw)
18788
18789 \(fn START-EVENT)" t nil)
18790
18791 (autoload 'mouse-drag-drag "mouse-drag" "\
18792 \"Drag\" the page according to a mouse drag.
18793
18794 Drag scrolling moves the page according to the movement of the mouse.
18795 You \"grab\" the character under the mouse and move it around.
18796
18797 If the mouse is clicked and released in the same place of time we
18798 assume that the user didn't want to scroll but wanted to whatever
18799 mouse-2 used to do, so we pass it through.
18800
18801 Drag scrolling is identical to the \"hand\" option in MacPaint, or the
18802 middle button in Tk text widgets.
18803
18804 To test this function, evaluate:
18805 (global-set-key [down-mouse-2] \\='mouse-drag-drag)
18806
18807 \(fn START-EVENT)" t nil)
18808
18809 ;;;***
18810 \f
18811 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mpc" "mpc.el" (22093 44991 770016 539000))
18812 ;;; Generated autoloads from mpc.el
18813
18814 (autoload 'mpc "mpc" "\
18815 Main entry point for MPC.
18816
18817 \(fn)" t nil)
18818
18819 ;;;***
18820 \f
18821 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mpuz" "play/mpuz.el" (21670 32331 385639 720000))
18822 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/mpuz.el
18823
18824 (autoload 'mpuz "mpuz" "\
18825 Multiplication puzzle with GNU Emacs.
18826
18827 \(fn)" t nil)
18828
18829 ;;;***
18830 \f
18831 ;;;### (autoloads nil "msb" "msb.el" (22011 58553 757858 469000))
18832 ;;; Generated autoloads from msb.el
18833
18834 (defvar msb-mode nil "\
18835 Non-nil if Msb mode is enabled.
18836 See the command `msb-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
18837 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
18838 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
18839 or call the function `msb-mode'.")
18840
18841 (custom-autoload 'msb-mode "msb" nil)
18842
18843 (autoload 'msb-mode "msb" "\
18844 Toggle Msb mode.
18845 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Msb mode if ARG is positive,
18846 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
18847 if ARG is omitted or nil.
18848
18849 This mode overrides the binding(s) of `mouse-buffer-menu' to provide a
18850 different buffer menu using the function `msb'.
18851
18852 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18853
18854 ;;;***
18855 \f
18856 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mule-diag" "international/mule-diag.el" (21998
18857 ;;;;;; 46517 78024 649000))
18858 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/mule-diag.el
18859
18860 (autoload 'list-character-sets "mule-diag" "\
18861 Display a list of all character sets.
18862
18863 The D column contains the dimension of this character set. The CH
18864 column contains the number of characters in a block of this character
18865 set. The FINAL-BYTE column contains an ISO-2022 <final-byte> to use
18866 in the designation escape sequence for this character set in
18867 ISO-2022-based coding systems.
18868
18869 With prefix ARG, the output format gets more cryptic,
18870 but still shows the full information.
18871
18872 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
18873
18874 (autoload 'read-charset "mule-diag" "\
18875 Read a character set from the minibuffer, prompting with string PROMPT.
18876 It must be an Emacs character set listed in the variable `charset-list'.
18877
18878 Optional arguments are DEFAULT-VALUE and INITIAL-INPUT.
18879 DEFAULT-VALUE, if non-nil, is the default value.
18880 INITIAL-INPUT, if non-nil, is a string inserted in the minibuffer initially.
18881 See the documentation of the function `completing-read' for the detailed
18882 meanings of these arguments.
18883
18884 \(fn PROMPT &optional DEFAULT-VALUE INITIAL-INPUT)" nil nil)
18885
18886 (autoload 'list-charset-chars "mule-diag" "\
18887 Display a list of characters in character set CHARSET.
18888
18889 \(fn CHARSET)" t nil)
18890
18891 (autoload 'describe-character-set "mule-diag" "\
18892 Display information about built-in character set CHARSET.
18893
18894 \(fn CHARSET)" t nil)
18895
18896 (autoload 'describe-coding-system "mule-diag" "\
18897 Display information about CODING-SYSTEM.
18898
18899 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" t nil)
18900
18901 (autoload 'describe-current-coding-system-briefly "mule-diag" "\
18902 Display coding systems currently used in a brief format in echo area.
18903
18904 The format is \"F[..],K[..],T[..],P>[..],P<[..], default F[..],P<[..],P<[..]\",
18905 where mnemonics of the following coding systems come in this order
18906 in place of `..':
18907 `buffer-file-coding-system' (of the current buffer)
18908 eol-type of `buffer-file-coding-system' (of the current buffer)
18909 Value returned by `keyboard-coding-system'
18910 eol-type of `keyboard-coding-system'
18911 Value returned by `terminal-coding-system'.
18912 eol-type of `terminal-coding-system'
18913 `process-coding-system' for read (of the current buffer, if any)
18914 eol-type of `process-coding-system' for read (of the current buffer, if any)
18915 `process-coding-system' for write (of the current buffer, if any)
18916 eol-type of `process-coding-system' for write (of the current buffer, if any)
18917 default `buffer-file-coding-system'
18918 eol-type of default `buffer-file-coding-system'
18919 `default-process-coding-system' for read
18920 eol-type of `default-process-coding-system' for read
18921 `default-process-coding-system' for write
18922 eol-type of `default-process-coding-system'
18923
18924 \(fn)" t nil)
18925
18926 (autoload 'describe-current-coding-system "mule-diag" "\
18927 Display coding systems currently used, in detail.
18928
18929 \(fn)" t nil)
18930
18931 (autoload 'list-coding-systems "mule-diag" "\
18932 Display a list of all coding systems.
18933 This shows the mnemonic letter, name, and description of each coding system.
18934
18935 With prefix ARG, the output format gets more cryptic,
18936 but still contains full information about each coding system.
18937
18938 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18939
18940 (autoload 'list-coding-categories "mule-diag" "\
18941 Display a list of all coding categories.
18942
18943 \(fn)" nil nil)
18944
18945 (autoload 'describe-font "mule-diag" "\
18946 Display information about a font whose name is FONTNAME.
18947 The font must be already used by Emacs.
18948
18949 \(fn FONTNAME)" t nil)
18950
18951 (autoload 'describe-fontset "mule-diag" "\
18952 Display information about FONTSET.
18953 This shows which font is used for which character(s).
18954
18955 \(fn FONTSET)" t nil)
18956
18957 (autoload 'list-fontsets "mule-diag" "\
18958 Display a list of all fontsets.
18959 This shows the name, size, and style of each fontset.
18960 With prefix arg, also list the fonts contained in each fontset;
18961 see the function `describe-fontset' for the format of the list.
18962
18963 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
18964
18965 (autoload 'list-input-methods "mule-diag" "\
18966 Display information about all input methods.
18967
18968 \(fn)" t nil)
18969
18970 (autoload 'mule-diag "mule-diag" "\
18971 Display diagnosis of the multilingual environment (Mule).
18972
18973 This shows various information related to the current multilingual
18974 environment, including lists of input methods, coding systems,
18975 character sets, and fontsets (if Emacs is running under a window
18976 system which uses fontsets).
18977
18978 \(fn)" t nil)
18979
18980 (autoload 'font-show-log "mule-diag" "\
18981 Show log of font listing and opening.
18982 Prefix arg LIMIT says how many fonts to show for each listing.
18983 The default is 20. If LIMIT is negative, do not limit the listing.
18984
18985 \(fn &optional LIMIT)" t nil)
18986
18987 ;;;***
18988 \f
18989 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mule-util" "international/mule-util.el" (22002
18990 ;;;;;; 43570 532887 749000))
18991 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/mule-util.el
18992
18993 (defsubst string-to-list (string) "\
18994 Return a list of characters in STRING." (append string nil))
18995
18996 (defsubst string-to-vector (string) "\
18997 Return a vector of characters in STRING." (vconcat string))
18998
18999 (autoload 'store-substring "mule-util" "\
19000 Embed OBJ (string or character) at index IDX of STRING.
19001
19002 \(fn STRING IDX OBJ)" nil nil)
19003
19004 (autoload 'truncate-string-to-width "mule-util" "\
19005 Truncate string STR to end at column END-COLUMN.
19006 The optional 3rd arg START-COLUMN, if non-nil, specifies the starting
19007 column; that means to return the characters occupying columns
19008 START-COLUMN ... END-COLUMN of STR. Both END-COLUMN and START-COLUMN
19009 are specified in terms of character display width in the current
19010 buffer; see also `char-width'.
19011
19012 The optional 4th arg PADDING, if non-nil, specifies a padding
19013 character (which should have a display width of 1) to add at the end
19014 of the result if STR doesn't reach column END-COLUMN, or if END-COLUMN
19015 comes in the middle of a character in STR. PADDING is also added at
19016 the beginning of the result if column START-COLUMN appears in the
19017 middle of a character in STR.
19018
19019 If PADDING is nil, no padding is added in these cases, so
19020 the resulting string may be narrower than END-COLUMN.
19021
19022 If ELLIPSIS is non-nil, it should be a string which will replace the
19023 end of STR (including any padding) if it extends beyond END-COLUMN,
19024 unless the display width of STR is equal to or less than the display
19025 width of ELLIPSIS. If it is non-nil and not a string, then ELLIPSIS
19026 defaults to `truncate-string-ellipsis'.
19027
19028 \(fn STR END-COLUMN &optional START-COLUMN PADDING ELLIPSIS)" nil nil)
19029
19030 (defsubst nested-alist-p (obj) "\
19031 Return t if OBJ is a nested alist.
19032
19033 Nested alist is a list of the form (ENTRY . BRANCHES), where ENTRY is
19034 any Lisp object, and BRANCHES is a list of cons cells of the form
19035 \(KEY-ELEMENT . NESTED-ALIST).
19036
19037 You can use a nested alist to store any Lisp object (ENTRY) for a key
19038 sequence KEYSEQ, where KEYSEQ is a sequence of KEY-ELEMENT. KEYSEQ
19039 can be a string, a vector, or a list." (and obj (listp obj) (listp (cdr obj))))
19040
19041 (autoload 'set-nested-alist "mule-util" "\
19042 Set ENTRY for KEYSEQ in a nested alist ALIST.
19043 Optional 4th arg LEN non-nil means the first LEN elements in KEYSEQ
19044 are considered.
19045 Optional 5th argument BRANCHES if non-nil is branches for a keyseq
19046 longer than KEYSEQ.
19047 See the documentation of `nested-alist-p' for more detail.
19048
19049 \(fn KEYSEQ ENTRY ALIST &optional LEN BRANCHES)" nil nil)
19050
19051 (autoload 'lookup-nested-alist "mule-util" "\
19052 Look up key sequence KEYSEQ in nested alist ALIST. Return the definition.
19053 Optional 3rd argument LEN specifies the length of KEYSEQ.
19054 Optional 4th argument START specifies index of the starting key.
19055 The returned value is normally a nested alist of which
19056 car part is the entry for KEYSEQ.
19057 If ALIST is not deep enough for KEYSEQ, return number which is
19058 how many key elements at the front of KEYSEQ it takes
19059 to reach a leaf in ALIST.
19060 Optional 5th argument NIL-FOR-TOO-LONG non-nil means return nil
19061 even if ALIST is not deep enough.
19062
19063 \(fn KEYSEQ ALIST &optional LEN START NIL-FOR-TOO-LONG)" nil nil)
19064
19065 (autoload 'coding-system-post-read-conversion "mule-util" "\
19066 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `post-read-conversion' property.
19067
19068 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
19069
19070 (autoload 'coding-system-pre-write-conversion "mule-util" "\
19071 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `pre-write-conversion' property.
19072
19073 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
19074
19075 (autoload 'coding-system-translation-table-for-decode "mule-util" "\
19076 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `decode-translation-table' property.
19077
19078 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
19079
19080 (autoload 'coding-system-translation-table-for-encode "mule-util" "\
19081 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `encode-translation-table' property.
19082
19083 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
19084
19085 (autoload 'with-coding-priority "mule-util" "\
19086 Execute BODY like `progn' with CODING-SYSTEMS at the front of priority list.
19087 CODING-SYSTEMS is a list of coding systems. See `set-coding-system-priority'.
19088 This affects the implicit sorting of lists of coding systems returned by
19089 operations such as `find-coding-systems-region'.
19090
19091 \(fn CODING-SYSTEMS &rest BODY)" nil t)
19092 (put 'with-coding-priority 'lisp-indent-function 1)
19093
19094 (autoload 'detect-coding-with-priority "mule-util" "\
19095 Detect a coding system of the text between FROM and TO with PRIORITY-LIST.
19096 PRIORITY-LIST is an alist of coding categories vs the corresponding
19097 coding systems ordered by priority.
19098
19099 \(fn FROM TO PRIORITY-LIST)" nil t)
19100
19101 (make-obsolete 'detect-coding-with-priority 'with-coding-priority '"23.1")
19102
19103 (autoload 'detect-coding-with-language-environment "mule-util" "\
19104 Detect a coding system for the text between FROM and TO with LANG-ENV.
19105 The detection takes into account the coding system priorities for the
19106 language environment LANG-ENV.
19107
19108 \(fn FROM TO LANG-ENV)" nil nil)
19109
19110 (autoload 'char-displayable-p "mule-util" "\
19111 Return non-nil if we should be able to display CHAR.
19112 On a multi-font display, the test is only whether there is an
19113 appropriate font from the selected frame's fontset to display
19114 CHAR's charset in general. Since fonts may be specified on a
19115 per-character basis, this may not be accurate.
19116
19117 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
19118
19119 (autoload 'filepos-to-bufferpos "mule-util" "\
19120 Try to return the buffer position corresponding to a particular file position.
19121 The file position is given as a (0-based) BYTE count.
19122 The function presumes the file is encoded with CODING-SYSTEM, which defaults
19123 to `buffer-file-coding-system'.
19124 QUALITY can be:
19125 `approximate', in which case we may cut some corners to avoid
19126 excessive work.
19127 `exact', in which case we may end up re-(en/de)coding a large
19128 part of the file/buffer.
19129 nil, in which case we may return nil rather than an approximation.
19130
19131 \(fn BYTE &optional QUALITY CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
19132
19133 (autoload 'bufferpos-to-filepos "mule-util" "\
19134 Try to return the file byte corresponding to a particular buffer POSITION.
19135 Value is the file position given as a (0-based) byte count.
19136 The function presumes the file is encoded with CODING-SYSTEM, which defaults
19137 to `buffer-file-coding-system'.
19138 QUALITY can be:
19139 `approximate', in which case we may cut some corners to avoid
19140 excessive work.
19141 `exact', in which case we may end up re-(en/de)coding a large
19142 part of the file/buffer.
19143 nil, in which case we may return nil rather than an approximation.
19144
19145 \(fn POSITION &optional QUALITY CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
19146
19147 ;;;***
19148 \f
19149 ;;;### (autoloads nil "net-utils" "net/net-utils.el" (22011 58553
19150 ;;;;;; 761858 469000))
19151 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/net-utils.el
19152
19153 (autoload 'ifconfig "net-utils" "\
19154 Run ifconfig and display diagnostic output.
19155
19156 \(fn)" t nil)
19157
19158 (autoload 'iwconfig "net-utils" "\
19159 Run iwconfig and display diagnostic output.
19160
19161 \(fn)" t nil)
19162
19163 (autoload 'netstat "net-utils" "\
19164 Run netstat and display diagnostic output.
19165
19166 \(fn)" t nil)
19167
19168 (autoload 'arp "net-utils" "\
19169 Run arp and display diagnostic output.
19170
19171 \(fn)" t nil)
19172
19173 (autoload 'route "net-utils" "\
19174 Run route and display diagnostic output.
19175
19176 \(fn)" t nil)
19177
19178 (autoload 'traceroute "net-utils" "\
19179 Run traceroute program for TARGET.
19180
19181 \(fn TARGET)" t nil)
19182
19183 (autoload 'ping "net-utils" "\
19184 Ping HOST.
19185 If your system's ping continues until interrupted, you can try setting
19186 `ping-program-options'.
19187
19188 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
19189
19190 (autoload 'nslookup-host "net-utils" "\
19191 Lookup the DNS information for HOST.
19192
19193 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
19194
19195 (autoload 'nslookup "net-utils" "\
19196 Run nslookup program.
19197
19198 \(fn)" t nil)
19199
19200 (autoload 'dns-lookup-host "net-utils" "\
19201 Lookup the DNS information for HOST (name or IP address).
19202
19203 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
19204
19205 (autoload 'run-dig "net-utils" "\
19206 Run dig program.
19207
19208 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
19209
19210 (autoload 'ftp "net-utils" "\
19211 Run ftp program.
19212
19213 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
19214
19215 (autoload 'finger "net-utils" "\
19216 Finger USER on HOST.
19217
19218 \(fn USER HOST)" t nil)
19219
19220 (autoload 'whois "net-utils" "\
19221 Send SEARCH-STRING to server defined by the `whois-server-name' variable.
19222 If `whois-guess-server' is non-nil, then try to deduce the correct server
19223 from SEARCH-STRING. With argument, prompt for whois server.
19224
19225 \(fn ARG SEARCH-STRING)" t nil)
19226
19227 (autoload 'whois-reverse-lookup "net-utils" "\
19228
19229
19230 \(fn)" t nil)
19231
19232 (autoload 'network-connection-to-service "net-utils" "\
19233 Open a network connection to SERVICE on HOST.
19234
19235 \(fn HOST SERVICE)" t nil)
19236
19237 (autoload 'network-connection "net-utils" "\
19238 Open a network connection to HOST on PORT.
19239
19240 \(fn HOST PORT)" t nil)
19241
19242 ;;;***
19243 \f
19244 ;;;### (autoloads nil "netrc" "net/netrc.el" (21670 32331 385639
19245 ;;;;;; 720000))
19246 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/netrc.el
19247
19248 (autoload 'netrc-credentials "netrc" "\
19249 Return a user name/password pair.
19250 Port specifications will be prioritized in the order they are
19251 listed in the PORTS list.
19252
19253 \(fn MACHINE &rest PORTS)" nil nil)
19254
19255 ;;;***
19256 \f
19257 ;;;### (autoloads nil "network-stream" "net/network-stream.el" (21855
19258 ;;;;;; 577 147947 107000))
19259 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/network-stream.el
19260
19261 (autoload 'open-network-stream "network-stream" "\
19262 Open a TCP connection to HOST, optionally with encryption.
19263 Normally, return a network process object; with a non-nil
19264 :return-list parameter, return a list instead (see below).
19265 Input and output work as for subprocesses; `delete-process'
19266 closes it.
19267
19268 NAME is the name for the process. It is modified if necessary to
19269 make it unique.
19270 BUFFER is a buffer or buffer name to associate with the process.
19271 Process output goes at end of that buffer. BUFFER may be nil,
19272 meaning that the process is not associated with any buffer.
19273 HOST is the name or IP address of the host to connect to.
19274 SERVICE is the name of the service desired, or an integer specifying
19275 a port number to connect to.
19276
19277 The remaining PARAMETERS should be a sequence of keywords and
19278 values:
19279
19280 :type specifies the connection type, one of the following:
19281 nil or `network'
19282 -- Begin with an ordinary network connection, and if
19283 the parameters :success and :capability-command
19284 are also supplied, try to upgrade to an encrypted
19285 connection via STARTTLS. Even if that
19286 fails (e.g. if HOST does not support TLS), retain
19287 an unencrypted connection.
19288 `plain' -- An ordinary, unencrypted network connection.
19289 `starttls' -- Begin with an ordinary connection, and try
19290 upgrading via STARTTLS. If that fails for any
19291 reason, drop the connection; in that case the
19292 returned object is a killed process.
19293 `tls' -- A TLS connection.
19294 `ssl' -- Equivalent to `tls'.
19295 `shell' -- A shell connection.
19296
19297 :return-list specifies this function's return value.
19298 If omitted or nil, return a process object. A non-nil means to
19299 return (PROC . PROPS), where PROC is a process object and PROPS
19300 is a plist of connection properties, with these keywords:
19301 :greeting -- the greeting returned by HOST (a string), or nil.
19302 :capabilities -- a string representing HOST's capabilities,
19303 or nil if none could be found.
19304 :type -- the resulting connection type; `plain' (unencrypted)
19305 or `tls' (TLS-encrypted).
19306
19307 :end-of-command specifies a regexp matching the end of a command.
19308
19309 :end-of-capability specifies a regexp matching the end of the
19310 response to the command specified for :capability-command.
19311 It defaults to the regexp specified for :end-of-command.
19312
19313 :success specifies a regexp matching a message indicating a
19314 successful STARTTLS negotiation. For instance, the default
19315 should be \"^3\" for an NNTP connection.
19316
19317 :capability-command specifies a command used to query the HOST
19318 for its capabilities. For instance, for IMAP this should be
19319 \"1 CAPABILITY\\r\\n\".
19320
19321 :starttls-function specifies a function for handling STARTTLS.
19322 This function should take one parameter, the response to the
19323 capability command, and should return the command to switch on
19324 STARTTLS if the server supports STARTTLS, and nil otherwise.
19325
19326 :always-query-capabilities says whether to query the server for
19327 capabilities, even if we're doing a `plain' network connection.
19328
19329 :client-certificate should either be a list where the first
19330 element is the certificate key file name, and the second
19331 element is the certificate file name itself, or t, which
19332 means that `auth-source' will be queried for the key and the
19333 certificate. This parameter will only be used when doing TLS
19334 or STARTTLS connections.
19335
19336 :use-starttls-if-possible is a boolean that says to do opportunistic
19337 STARTTLS upgrades even if Emacs doesn't have built-in TLS functionality.
19338
19339 :warn-unless-encrypted is a boolean which, if :return-list is
19340 non-nil, is used warn the user if the connection isn't encrypted.
19341
19342 :nogreeting is a boolean that can be used to inhibit waiting for
19343 a greeting from the server.
19344
19345 :nowait is a boolean that says the connection should be made
19346 asynchronously, if possible.
19347
19348 \(fn NAME BUFFER HOST SERVICE &rest PARAMETERS)" nil nil)
19349
19350 (defalias 'open-protocol-stream 'open-network-stream)
19351
19352 ;;;***
19353 \f
19354 ;;;### (autoloads nil "newst-backend" "net/newst-backend.el" (22011
19355 ;;;;;; 58553 765858 469000))
19356 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/newst-backend.el
19357
19358 (autoload 'newsticker-running-p "newst-backend" "\
19359 Check whether newsticker is running.
19360 Return t if newsticker is running, nil otherwise. Newsticker is
19361 considered to be running if the newsticker timer list is not empty.
19362
19363 \(fn)" nil nil)
19364
19365 (autoload 'newsticker-start "newst-backend" "\
19366 Start the newsticker.
19367 Start the timers for display and retrieval. If the newsticker, i.e. the
19368 timers, are running already a warning message is printed unless
19369 DO-NOT-COMPLAIN-IF-RUNNING is not nil.
19370 Run `newsticker-start-hook' if newsticker was not running already.
19371
19372 \(fn &optional DO-NOT-COMPLAIN-IF-RUNNING)" t nil)
19373
19374 ;;;***
19375 \f
19376 ;;;### (autoloads nil "newst-plainview" "net/newst-plainview.el"
19377 ;;;;;; (21980 16567 809544 893000))
19378 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/newst-plainview.el
19379
19380 (autoload 'newsticker-plainview "newst-plainview" "\
19381 Start newsticker plainview.
19382
19383 \(fn)" t nil)
19384
19385 ;;;***
19386 \f
19387 ;;;### (autoloads nil "newst-reader" "net/newst-reader.el" (22011
19388 ;;;;;; 58553 765858 469000))
19389 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/newst-reader.el
19390
19391 (autoload 'newsticker-show-news "newst-reader" "\
19392 Start reading news. You may want to bind this to a key.
19393
19394 \(fn)" t nil)
19395
19396 ;;;***
19397 \f
19398 ;;;### (autoloads nil "newst-ticker" "net/newst-ticker.el" (21670
19399 ;;;;;; 32331 385639 720000))
19400 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/newst-ticker.el
19401
19402 (autoload 'newsticker-ticker-running-p "newst-ticker" "\
19403 Check whether newsticker's actual ticker is running.
19404 Return t if ticker is running, nil otherwise. Newsticker is
19405 considered to be running if the newsticker timer list is not
19406 empty.
19407
19408 \(fn)" nil nil)
19409
19410 (autoload 'newsticker-start-ticker "newst-ticker" "\
19411 Start newsticker's ticker (but not the news retrieval).
19412 Start display timer for the actual ticker if wanted and not
19413 running already.
19414
19415 \(fn)" t nil)
19416
19417 ;;;***
19418 \f
19419 ;;;### (autoloads nil "newst-treeview" "net/newst-treeview.el" (22030
19420 ;;;;;; 22952 973158 467000))
19421 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/newst-treeview.el
19422
19423 (autoload 'newsticker-treeview "newst-treeview" "\
19424 Start newsticker treeview.
19425
19426 \(fn)" t nil)
19427
19428 ;;;***
19429 \f
19430 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nndiary" "gnus/nndiary.el" (21990 52406 596500
19431 ;;;;;; 385000))
19432 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nndiary.el
19433
19434 (autoload 'nndiary-generate-nov-databases "nndiary" "\
19435 Generate NOV databases in all nndiary directories.
19436
19437 \(fn &optional SERVER)" t nil)
19438
19439 ;;;***
19440 \f
19441 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nndoc" "gnus/nndoc.el" (22011 58553 585858
19442 ;;;;;; 469000))
19443 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nndoc.el
19444
19445 (autoload 'nndoc-add-type "nndoc" "\
19446 Add document DEFINITION to the list of nndoc document definitions.
19447 If POSITION is nil or `last', the definition will be added
19448 as the last checked definition, if t or `first', add as the
19449 first definition, and if any other symbol, add after that
19450 symbol in the alist.
19451
19452 \(fn DEFINITION &optional POSITION)" nil nil)
19453
19454 ;;;***
19455 \f
19456 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nnfolder" "gnus/nnfolder.el" (21670 32331
19457 ;;;;;; 385639 720000))
19458 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnfolder.el
19459
19460 (autoload 'nnfolder-generate-active-file "nnfolder" "\
19461 Look for mbox folders in the nnfolder directory and make them into groups.
19462 This command does not work if you use short group names.
19463
19464 \(fn)" t nil)
19465
19466 ;;;***
19467 \f
19468 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nnml" "gnus/nnml.el" (22054 5291 911134 163000))
19469 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnml.el
19470
19471 (autoload 'nnml-generate-nov-databases "nnml" "\
19472 Generate NOV databases in all nnml directories.
19473
19474 \(fn &optional SERVER)" t nil)
19475
19476 ;;;***
19477 \f
19478 ;;;### (autoloads nil "novice" "novice.el" (21985 34484 234705 925000))
19479 ;;; Generated autoloads from novice.el
19480
19481 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'disabled-command-hook 'disabled-command-function "22.1")
19482
19483 (defvar disabled-command-function 'disabled-command-function "\
19484 Function to call to handle disabled commands.
19485 If nil, the feature is disabled, i.e., all commands work normally.")
19486
19487 (autoload 'disabled-command-function "novice" "\
19488
19489
19490 \(fn &optional CMD KEYS)" nil nil)
19491
19492 (autoload 'enable-command "novice" "\
19493 Allow COMMAND to be executed without special confirmation from now on.
19494 COMMAND must be a symbol.
19495 This command alters the user's .emacs file so that this will apply
19496 to future sessions.
19497
19498 \(fn COMMAND)" t nil)
19499
19500 (autoload 'disable-command "novice" "\
19501 Require special confirmation to execute COMMAND from now on.
19502 COMMAND must be a symbol.
19503 This command alters your init file so that this choice applies to
19504 future sessions.
19505
19506 \(fn COMMAND)" t nil)
19507
19508 ;;;***
19509 \f
19510 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nroff-mode" "textmodes/nroff-mode.el" (21670
19511 ;;;;;; 32331 885635 586000))
19512 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/nroff-mode.el
19513
19514 (autoload 'nroff-mode "nroff-mode" "\
19515 Major mode for editing text intended for nroff to format.
19516 \\{nroff-mode-map}
19517 Turning on Nroff mode runs `text-mode-hook', then `nroff-mode-hook'.
19518 Also, try `nroff-electric-mode', for automatically inserting
19519 closing requests for requests that are used in matched pairs.
19520
19521 \(fn)" t nil)
19522
19523 ;;;***
19524 \f
19525 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ntlm" "net/ntlm.el" (22069 62806 678804 836000))
19526 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/ntlm.el
19527 (push (purecopy '(ntlm 2 0 0)) package--builtin-versions)
19528
19529 ;;;***
19530 \f
19531 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nxml-glyph" "nxml/nxml-glyph.el" (21670 32331
19532 ;;;;;; 385639 720000))
19533 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/nxml-glyph.el
19534
19535 (autoload 'nxml-glyph-display-string "nxml-glyph" "\
19536 Return a string that can display a glyph for Unicode code-point N.
19537 FACE gives the face that will be used for displaying the string.
19538 Return nil if the face cannot display a glyph for N.
19539
19540 \(fn N FACE)" nil nil)
19541
19542 ;;;***
19543 \f
19544 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nxml-mode" "nxml/nxml-mode.el" (22021 7991
19545 ;;;;;; 61719 83000))
19546 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/nxml-mode.el
19547
19548 (autoload 'nxml-mode "nxml-mode" "\
19549 Major mode for editing XML.
19550
19551 \\[nxml-finish-element] finishes the current element by inserting an end-tag.
19552 C-c C-i closes a start-tag with `>' and then inserts a balancing end-tag
19553 leaving point between the start-tag and end-tag.
19554 \\[nxml-balanced-close-start-tag-block] is similar but for block rather than inline elements:
19555 the start-tag, point, and end-tag are all left on separate lines.
19556 If `nxml-slash-auto-complete-flag' is non-nil, then inserting a `</'
19557 automatically inserts the rest of the end-tag.
19558
19559 \\[completion-at-point] performs completion on the symbol preceding point.
19560
19561 \\[nxml-dynamic-markup-word] uses the contents of the current buffer
19562 to choose a tag to put around the word preceding point.
19563
19564 Sections of the document can be displayed in outline form. The
19565 variable `nxml-section-element-name-regexp' controls when an element
19566 is recognized as a section. The same key sequences that change
19567 visibility in outline mode are used except that they start with C-c C-o
19568 instead of C-c.
19569
19570 Validation is provided by the related minor-mode `rng-validate-mode'.
19571 This also makes completion schema- and context- sensitive. Element
19572 names, attribute names, attribute values and namespace URIs can all be
19573 completed. By default, `rng-validate-mode' is automatically enabled.
19574 You can toggle it using \\[rng-validate-mode] or change the default by
19575 customizing `rng-nxml-auto-validate-flag'.
19576
19577 \\[indent-for-tab-command] indents the current line appropriately.
19578 This can be customized using the variable `nxml-child-indent'
19579 and the variable `nxml-attribute-indent'.
19580
19581 \\[nxml-insert-named-char] inserts a character reference using
19582 the character's name (by default, the Unicode name).
19583 \\[universal-argument] \\[nxml-insert-named-char] inserts the character directly.
19584
19585 The Emacs commands that normally operate on balanced expressions will
19586 operate on XML markup items. Thus \\[forward-sexp] will move forward
19587 across one markup item; \\[backward-sexp] will move backward across
19588 one markup item; \\[kill-sexp] will kill the following markup item;
19589 \\[mark-sexp] will mark the following markup item. By default, each
19590 tag each treated as a single markup item; to make the complete element
19591 be treated as a single markup item, set the variable
19592 `nxml-sexp-element-flag' to t. For more details, see the function
19593 `nxml-forward-balanced-item'.
19594
19595 \\[nxml-backward-up-element] and \\[nxml-down-element] move up and down the element structure.
19596
19597 Many aspects this mode can be customized using
19598 \\[customize-group] nxml RET.
19599
19600 \(fn)" t nil)
19601 (defalias 'xml-mode 'nxml-mode)
19602
19603 ;;;***
19604 \f
19605 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nxml-uchnm" "nxml/nxml-uchnm.el" (21670 32331
19606 ;;;;;; 385639 720000))
19607 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/nxml-uchnm.el
19608
19609 (autoload 'nxml-enable-unicode-char-name-sets "nxml-uchnm" "\
19610 Enable the use of Unicode standard names for characters.
19611 The Unicode blocks for which names are enabled is controlled by
19612 the variable `nxml-enabled-unicode-blocks'.
19613
19614 \(fn)" t nil)
19615
19616 ;;;***
19617 \f
19618 ;;;### (autoloads nil "octave" "progmodes/octave.el" (22027 46774
19619 ;;;;;; 680310 591000))
19620 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/octave.el
19621
19622 (autoload 'octave-mode "octave" "\
19623 Major mode for editing Octave code.
19624
19625 Octave is a high-level language, primarily intended for numerical
19626 computations. It provides a convenient command line interface
19627 for solving linear and nonlinear problems numerically. Function
19628 definitions can also be stored in files and used in batch mode.
19629
19630 See Info node `(octave-mode) Using Octave Mode' for more details.
19631
19632 Key bindings:
19633 \\{octave-mode-map}
19634
19635 \(fn)" t nil)
19636
19637 (autoload 'inferior-octave "octave" "\
19638 Run an inferior Octave process, I/O via `inferior-octave-buffer'.
19639 This buffer is put in Inferior Octave mode. See `inferior-octave-mode'.
19640
19641 Unless ARG is non-nil, switches to this buffer.
19642
19643 The elements of the list `inferior-octave-startup-args' are sent as
19644 command line arguments to the inferior Octave process on startup.
19645
19646 Additional commands to be executed on startup can be provided either in
19647 the file specified by `inferior-octave-startup-file' or by the default
19648 startup file, `~/.emacs-octave'.
19649
19650 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19651
19652 (defalias 'run-octave 'inferior-octave)
19653
19654 ;;;***
19655 \f
19656 ;;;### (autoloads nil "opascal" "progmodes/opascal.el" (21948 40114
19657 ;;;;;; 450686 453000))
19658 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/opascal.el
19659
19660 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'delphi-mode 'opascal-mode "24.4")
19661
19662 (autoload 'opascal-mode "opascal" "\
19663 Major mode for editing OPascal code.\\<opascal-mode-map>
19664 \\[opascal-find-unit] - Search for a OPascal source file.
19665 \\[opascal-fill-comment] - Fill the current comment.
19666 \\[opascal-new-comment-line] - If in a // comment, do a new comment line.
19667
19668 \\[indent-region] also works for indenting a whole region.
19669
19670 Customization:
19671
19672 `opascal-indent-level' (default 3)
19673 Indentation of OPascal statements with respect to containing block.
19674 `opascal-compound-block-indent' (default 0)
19675 Extra indentation for blocks in compound statements.
19676 `opascal-case-label-indent' (default 0)
19677 Extra indentation for case statement labels.
19678 `opascal-search-path' (default .)
19679 Directories to search when finding external units.
19680 `opascal-verbose' (default nil)
19681 If true then OPascal token processing progress is reported to the user.
19682
19683 Coloring:
19684
19685 `opascal-keyword-face' (default `font-lock-keyword-face')
19686 Face used to color OPascal keywords.
19687
19688 \(fn)" t nil)
19689
19690 ;;;***
19691 \f
19692 ;;;### (autoloads nil "org" "org/org.el" (22011 58553 849858 469000))
19693 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org.el
19694
19695 (autoload 'org-babel-do-load-languages "org" "\
19696 Load the languages defined in `org-babel-load-languages'.
19697
19698 \(fn SYM VALUE)" nil nil)
19699
19700 (autoload 'org-babel-load-file "org" "\
19701 Load Emacs Lisp source code blocks in the Org-mode FILE.
19702 This function exports the source code using `org-babel-tangle'
19703 and then loads the resulting file using `load-file'. With prefix
19704 arg (noninteractively: 2nd arg) COMPILE the tangled Emacs Lisp
19705 file to byte-code before it is loaded.
19706
19707 \(fn FILE &optional COMPILE)" t nil)
19708
19709 (autoload 'org-version "org" "\
19710 Show the org-mode version in the echo area.
19711 With prefix argument HERE, insert it at point.
19712 When FULL is non-nil, use a verbose version string.
19713 When MESSAGE is non-nil, display a message with the version.
19714
19715 \(fn &optional HERE FULL MESSAGE)" t nil)
19716
19717 (autoload 'turn-on-orgtbl "org" "\
19718 Unconditionally turn on `orgtbl-mode'.
19719
19720 \(fn)" nil nil)
19721
19722 (autoload 'org-clock-persistence-insinuate "org" "\
19723 Set up hooks for clock persistence.
19724
19725 \(fn)" nil nil)
19726
19727 (autoload 'org-mode "org" "\
19728 Outline-based notes management and organizer, alias
19729 \"Carsten's outline-mode for keeping track of everything.\"
19730
19731 Org-mode develops organizational tasks around a NOTES file which
19732 contains information about projects as plain text. Org-mode is
19733 implemented on top of outline-mode, which is ideal to keep the content
19734 of large files well structured. It supports ToDo items, deadlines and
19735 time stamps, which magically appear in the diary listing of the Emacs
19736 calendar. Tables are easily created with a built-in table editor.
19737 Plain text URL-like links connect to websites, emails (VM), Usenet
19738 messages (Gnus), BBDB entries, and any files related to the project.
19739 For printing and sharing of notes, an Org-mode file (or a part of it)
19740 can be exported as a structured ASCII or HTML file.
19741
19742 The following commands are available:
19743
19744 \\{org-mode-map}
19745
19746 \(fn)" t nil)
19747
19748 (autoload 'org-cycle "org" "\
19749 TAB-action and visibility cycling for Org-mode.
19750
19751 This is the command invoked in Org-mode by the TAB key. Its main purpose
19752 is outline visibility cycling, but it also invokes other actions
19753 in special contexts.
19754
19755 - When this function is called with a prefix argument, rotate the entire
19756 buffer through 3 states (global cycling)
19757 1. OVERVIEW: Show only top-level headlines.
19758 2. CONTENTS: Show all headlines of all levels, but no body text.
19759 3. SHOW ALL: Show everything.
19760 When called with two `C-u C-u' prefixes, switch to the startup visibility,
19761 determined by the variable `org-startup-folded', and by any VISIBILITY
19762 properties in the buffer.
19763 When called with three `C-u C-u C-u' prefixed, show the entire buffer,
19764 including any drawers.
19765
19766 - When inside a table, re-align the table and move to the next field.
19767
19768 - When point is at the beginning of a headline, rotate the subtree started
19769 by this line through 3 different states (local cycling)
19770 1. FOLDED: Only the main headline is shown.
19771 2. CHILDREN: The main headline and the direct children are shown.
19772 From this state, you can move to one of the children
19773 and zoom in further.
19774 3. SUBTREE: Show the entire subtree, including body text.
19775 If there is no subtree, switch directly from CHILDREN to FOLDED.
19776
19777 - When point is at the beginning of an empty headline and the variable
19778 `org-cycle-level-after-item/entry-creation' is set, cycle the level
19779 of the headline by demoting and promoting it to likely levels. This
19780 speeds up creation document structure by pressing TAB once or several
19781 times right after creating a new headline.
19782
19783 - When there is a numeric prefix, go up to a heading with level ARG, do
19784 a `show-subtree' and return to the previous cursor position. If ARG
19785 is negative, go up that many levels.
19786
19787 - When point is not at the beginning of a headline, execute the global
19788 binding for TAB, which is re-indenting the line. See the option
19789 `org-cycle-emulate-tab' for details.
19790
19791 - Special case: if point is at the beginning of the buffer and there is
19792 no headline in line 1, this function will act as if called with prefix arg
19793 (C-u TAB, same as S-TAB) also when called without prefix arg.
19794 But only if also the variable `org-cycle-global-at-bob' is t.
19795
19796 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19797
19798 (autoload 'org-global-cycle "org" "\
19799 Cycle the global visibility. For details see `org-cycle'.
19800 With \\[universal-argument] prefix arg, switch to startup visibility.
19801 With a numeric prefix, show all headlines up to that level.
19802
19803 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19804 (put 'orgstruct-heading-prefix-regexp 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
19805
19806 (autoload 'orgstruct-mode "org" "\
19807 Toggle the minor mode `orgstruct-mode'.
19808 This mode is for using Org-mode structure commands in other
19809 modes. The following keys behave as if Org-mode were active, if
19810 the cursor is on a headline, or on a plain list item (both as
19811 defined by Org-mode).
19812
19813 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19814
19815 (autoload 'turn-on-orgstruct "org" "\
19816 Unconditionally turn on `orgstruct-mode'.
19817
19818 \(fn)" nil nil)
19819
19820 (autoload 'turn-on-orgstruct++ "org" "\
19821 Unconditionally turn on `orgstruct++-mode'.
19822
19823 \(fn)" nil nil)
19824
19825 (autoload 'org-run-like-in-org-mode "org" "\
19826 Run a command, pretending that the current buffer is in Org-mode.
19827 This will temporarily bind local variables that are typically bound in
19828 Org-mode to the values they have in Org-mode, and then interactively
19829 call CMD.
19830
19831 \(fn CMD)" nil nil)
19832
19833 (autoload 'org-store-link "org" "\
19834 \\<org-mode-map>Store an org-link to the current location.
19835 This link is added to `org-stored-links' and can later be inserted
19836 into an org-buffer with \\[org-insert-link].
19837
19838 For some link types, a prefix arg is interpreted.
19839 For links to Usenet articles, arg negates `org-gnus-prefer-web-links'.
19840 For file links, arg negates `org-context-in-file-links'.
19841
19842 A double prefix arg force skipping storing functions that are not
19843 part of Org's core.
19844
19845 A triple prefix arg force storing a link for each line in the
19846 active region.
19847
19848 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
19849
19850 (autoload 'org-insert-link-global "org" "\
19851 Insert a link like Org-mode does.
19852 This command can be called in any mode to insert a link in Org-mode syntax.
19853
19854 \(fn)" t nil)
19855
19856 (autoload 'org-open-at-point-global "org" "\
19857 Follow a link like Org-mode does.
19858 This command can be called in any mode to follow a link that has
19859 Org-mode syntax.
19860
19861 \(fn)" t nil)
19862
19863 (autoload 'org-open-link-from-string "org" "\
19864 Open a link in the string S, as if it was in Org-mode.
19865
19866 \(fn S &optional ARG REFERENCE-BUFFER)" t nil)
19867
19868 (autoload 'org-switchb "org" "\
19869 Switch between Org buffers.
19870 With one prefix argument, restrict available buffers to files.
19871 With two prefix arguments, restrict available buffers to agenda files.
19872
19873 Defaults to `iswitchb' for buffer name completion.
19874 Set `org-completion-use-ido' to make it use ido instead.
19875
19876 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19877
19878 (defalias 'org-ido-switchb 'org-switchb)
19879
19880 (defalias 'org-iswitchb 'org-switchb)
19881
19882 (autoload 'org-cycle-agenda-files "org" "\
19883 Cycle through the files in `org-agenda-files'.
19884 If the current buffer visits an agenda file, find the next one in the list.
19885 If the current buffer does not, find the first agenda file.
19886
19887 \(fn)" t nil)
19888
19889 (autoload 'org-submit-bug-report "org" "\
19890 Submit a bug report on Org-mode via mail.
19891
19892 Don't hesitate to report any problems or inaccurate documentation.
19893
19894 If you don't have setup sending mail from (X)Emacs, please copy the
19895 output buffer into your mail program, as it gives us important
19896 information about your Org-mode version and configuration.
19897
19898 \(fn)" t nil)
19899
19900 (autoload 'org-reload "org" "\
19901 Reload all org lisp files.
19902 With prefix arg UNCOMPILED, load the uncompiled versions.
19903
19904 \(fn &optional UNCOMPILED)" t nil)
19905
19906 (autoload 'org-customize "org" "\
19907 Call the customize function with org as argument.
19908
19909 \(fn)" t nil)
19910
19911 ;;;***
19912 \f
19913 ;;;### (autoloads nil "org-agenda" "org/org-agenda.el" (22011 58553
19914 ;;;;;; 805858 469000))
19915 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-agenda.el
19916
19917 (autoload 'org-toggle-sticky-agenda "org-agenda" "\
19918 Toggle `org-agenda-sticky'.
19919
19920 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19921
19922 (autoload 'org-agenda "org-agenda" "\
19923 Dispatch agenda commands to collect entries to the agenda buffer.
19924 Prompts for a command to execute. Any prefix arg will be passed
19925 on to the selected command. The default selections are:
19926
19927 a Call `org-agenda-list' to display the agenda for current day or week.
19928 t Call `org-todo-list' to display the global todo list.
19929 T Call `org-todo-list' to display the global todo list, select only
19930 entries with a specific TODO keyword (the user gets a prompt).
19931 m Call `org-tags-view' to display headlines with tags matching
19932 a condition (the user is prompted for the condition).
19933 M Like `m', but select only TODO entries, no ordinary headlines.
19934 L Create a timeline for the current buffer.
19935 e Export views to associated files.
19936 s Search entries for keywords.
19937 S Search entries for keywords, only with TODO keywords.
19938 / Multi occur across all agenda files and also files listed
19939 in `org-agenda-text-search-extra-files'.
19940 < Restrict agenda commands to buffer, subtree, or region.
19941 Press several times to get the desired effect.
19942 > Remove a previous restriction.
19943 # List \"stuck\" projects.
19944 ! Configure what \"stuck\" means.
19945 C Configure custom agenda commands.
19946
19947 More commands can be added by configuring the variable
19948 `org-agenda-custom-commands'. In particular, specific tags and TODO keyword
19949 searches can be pre-defined in this way.
19950
19951 If the current buffer is in Org-mode and visiting a file, you can also
19952 first press `<' once to indicate that the agenda should be temporarily
19953 \(until the next use of \\[org-agenda]) restricted to the current file.
19954 Pressing `<' twice means to restrict to the current subtree or region
19955 \(if active).
19956
19957 \(fn &optional ARG ORG-KEYS RESTRICTION)" t nil)
19958
19959 (autoload 'org-batch-agenda "org-agenda" "\
19960 Run an agenda command in batch mode and send the result to STDOUT.
19961 If CMD-KEY is a string of length 1, it is used as a key in
19962 `org-agenda-custom-commands' and triggers this command. If it is a
19963 longer string it is used as a tags/todo match string.
19964 Parameters are alternating variable names and values that will be bound
19965 before running the agenda command.
19966
19967 \(fn CMD-KEY &rest PARAMETERS)" nil t)
19968
19969 (autoload 'org-batch-agenda-csv "org-agenda" "\
19970 Run an agenda command in batch mode and send the result to STDOUT.
19971 If CMD-KEY is a string of length 1, it is used as a key in
19972 `org-agenda-custom-commands' and triggers this command. If it is a
19973 longer string it is used as a tags/todo match string.
19974 Parameters are alternating variable names and values that will be bound
19975 before running the agenda command.
19976
19977 The output gives a line for each selected agenda item. Each
19978 item is a list of comma-separated values, like this:
19979
19980 category,head,type,todo,tags,date,time,extra,priority-l,priority-n
19981
19982 category The category of the item
19983 head The headline, without TODO kwd, TAGS and PRIORITY
19984 type The type of the agenda entry, can be
19985 todo selected in TODO match
19986 tagsmatch selected in tags match
19987 diary imported from diary
19988 deadline a deadline on given date
19989 scheduled scheduled on given date
19990 timestamp entry has timestamp on given date
19991 closed entry was closed on given date
19992 upcoming-deadline warning about deadline
19993 past-scheduled forwarded scheduled item
19994 block entry has date block including g. date
19995 todo The todo keyword, if any
19996 tags All tags including inherited ones, separated by colons
19997 date The relevant date, like 2007-2-14
19998 time The time, like 15:00-16:50
19999 extra Sting with extra planning info
20000 priority-l The priority letter if any was given
20001 priority-n The computed numerical priority
20002 agenda-day The day in the agenda where this is listed
20003
20004 \(fn CMD-KEY &rest PARAMETERS)" nil t)
20005
20006 (autoload 'org-store-agenda-views "org-agenda" "\
20007 Store agenda views.
20008
20009 \(fn &rest PARAMETERS)" t nil)
20010
20011 (autoload 'org-batch-store-agenda-views "org-agenda" "\
20012 Run all custom agenda commands that have a file argument.
20013
20014 \(fn &rest PARAMETERS)" nil t)
20015
20016 (autoload 'org-agenda-list "org-agenda" "\
20017 Produce a daily/weekly view from all files in variable `org-agenda-files'.
20018 The view will be for the current day or week, but from the overview buffer
20019 you will be able to go to other days/weeks.
20020
20021 With a numeric prefix argument in an interactive call, the agenda will
20022 span ARG days. Lisp programs should instead specify SPAN to change
20023 the number of days. SPAN defaults to `org-agenda-span'.
20024
20025 START-DAY defaults to TODAY, or to the most recent match for the weekday
20026 given in `org-agenda-start-on-weekday'.
20027
20028 When WITH-HOUR is non-nil, only include scheduled and deadline
20029 items if they have an hour specification like [h]h:mm.
20030
20031 \(fn &optional ARG START-DAY SPAN WITH-HOUR)" t nil)
20032
20033 (autoload 'org-search-view "org-agenda" "\
20034 Show all entries that contain a phrase or words or regular expressions.
20035
20036 With optional prefix argument TODO-ONLY, only consider entries that are
20037 TODO entries. The argument STRING can be used to pass a default search
20038 string into this function. If EDIT-AT is non-nil, it means that the
20039 user should get a chance to edit this string, with cursor at position
20040 EDIT-AT.
20041
20042 The search string can be viewed either as a phrase that should be found as
20043 is, or it can be broken into a number of snippets, each of which must match
20044 in a Boolean way to select an entry. The default depends on the variable
20045 `org-agenda-search-view-always-boolean'.
20046 Even if this is turned off (the default) you can always switch to
20047 Boolean search dynamically by preceding the first word with \"+\" or \"-\".
20048
20049 The default is a direct search of the whole phrase, where each space in
20050 the search string can expand to an arbitrary amount of whitespace,
20051 including newlines.
20052
20053 If using a Boolean search, the search string is split on whitespace and
20054 each snippet is searched separately, with logical AND to select an entry.
20055 Words prefixed with a minus must *not* occur in the entry. Words without
20056 a prefix or prefixed with a plus must occur in the entry. Matching is
20057 case-insensitive. Words are enclosed by word delimiters (i.e. they must
20058 match whole words, not parts of a word) if
20059 `org-agenda-search-view-force-full-words' is set (default is nil).
20060
20061 Boolean search snippets enclosed by curly braces are interpreted as
20062 regular expressions that must or (when preceded with \"-\") must not
20063 match in the entry. Snippets enclosed into double quotes will be taken
20064 as a whole, to include whitespace.
20065
20066 - If the search string starts with an asterisk, search only in headlines.
20067 - If (possibly after the leading star) the search string starts with an
20068 exclamation mark, this also means to look at TODO entries only, an effect
20069 that can also be achieved with a prefix argument.
20070 - If (possibly after star and exclamation mark) the search string starts
20071 with a colon, this will mean that the (non-regexp) snippets of the
20072 Boolean search must match as full words.
20073
20074 This command searches the agenda files, and in addition the files listed
20075 in `org-agenda-text-search-extra-files'.
20076
20077 \(fn &optional TODO-ONLY STRING EDIT-AT)" t nil)
20078
20079 (autoload 'org-todo-list "org-agenda" "\
20080 Show all (not done) TODO entries from all agenda file in a single list.
20081 The prefix arg can be used to select a specific TODO keyword and limit
20082 the list to these. When using \\[universal-argument], you will be prompted
20083 for a keyword. A numeric prefix directly selects the Nth keyword in
20084 `org-todo-keywords-1'.
20085
20086 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
20087
20088 (autoload 'org-tags-view "org-agenda" "\
20089 Show all headlines for all `org-agenda-files' matching a TAGS criterion.
20090 The prefix arg TODO-ONLY limits the search to TODO entries.
20091
20092 \(fn &optional TODO-ONLY MATCH)" t nil)
20093
20094 (autoload 'org-agenda-list-stuck-projects "org-agenda" "\
20095 Create agenda view for projects that are stuck.
20096 Stuck projects are project that have no next actions. For the definitions
20097 of what a project is and how to check if it stuck, customize the variable
20098 `org-stuck-projects'.
20099
20100 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
20101
20102 (autoload 'org-diary "org-agenda" "\
20103 Return diary information from org files.
20104 This function can be used in a \"sexp\" diary entry in the Emacs calendar.
20105 It accesses org files and extracts information from those files to be
20106 listed in the diary. The function accepts arguments specifying what
20107 items should be listed. For a list of arguments allowed here, see the
20108 variable `org-agenda-entry-types'.
20109
20110 The call in the diary file should look like this:
20111
20112 &%%(org-diary) ~/path/to/some/orgfile.org
20113
20114 Use a separate line for each org file to check. Or, if you omit the file name,
20115 all files listed in `org-agenda-files' will be checked automatically:
20116
20117 &%%(org-diary)
20118
20119 If you don't give any arguments (as in the example above), the default value
20120 of `org-agenda-entry-types' is used: (:deadline :scheduled :timestamp :sexp).
20121 So the example above may also be written as
20122
20123 &%%(org-diary :deadline :timestamp :sexp :scheduled)
20124
20125 The function expects the lisp variables `entry' and `date' to be provided
20126 by the caller, because this is how the calendar works. Don't use this
20127 function from a program - use `org-agenda-get-day-entries' instead.
20128
20129 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
20130
20131 (autoload 'org-agenda-check-for-timestamp-as-reason-to-ignore-todo-item "org-agenda" "\
20132 Do we have a reason to ignore this TODO entry because it has a time stamp?
20133
20134 \(fn &optional END)" nil nil)
20135
20136 (autoload 'org-agenda-set-restriction-lock "org-agenda" "\
20137 Set restriction lock for agenda, to current subtree or file.
20138 Restriction will be the file if TYPE is `file', or if type is the
20139 universal prefix '(4), or if the cursor is before the first headline
20140 in the file. Otherwise, restriction will be to the current subtree.
20141
20142 \(fn &optional TYPE)" t nil)
20143
20144 (autoload 'org-calendar-goto-agenda "org-agenda" "\
20145 Compute the Org-mode agenda for the calendar date displayed at the cursor.
20146 This is a command that has to be installed in `calendar-mode-map'.
20147
20148 \(fn)" t nil)
20149
20150 (autoload 'org-agenda-to-appt "org-agenda" "\
20151 Activate appointments found in `org-agenda-files'.
20152 With a \\[universal-argument] prefix, refresh the list of
20153 appointments.
20154
20155 If FILTER is t, interactively prompt the user for a regular
20156 expression, and filter out entries that don't match it.
20157
20158 If FILTER is a string, use this string as a regular expression
20159 for filtering entries out.
20160
20161 If FILTER is a function, filter out entries against which
20162 calling the function returns nil. This function takes one
20163 argument: an entry from `org-agenda-get-day-entries'.
20164
20165 FILTER can also be an alist with the car of each cell being
20166 either `headline' or `category'. For example:
20167
20168 ((headline \"IMPORTANT\")
20169 (category \"Work\"))
20170
20171 will only add headlines containing IMPORTANT or headlines
20172 belonging to the \"Work\" category.
20173
20174 ARGS are symbols indicating what kind of entries to consider.
20175 By default `org-agenda-to-appt' will use :deadline*, :scheduled*
20176 \(i.e., deadlines and scheduled items with a hh:mm specification)
20177 and :timestamp entries. See the docstring of `org-diary' for
20178 details and examples.
20179
20180 If an entry has a APPT_WARNTIME property, its value will be used
20181 to override `appt-message-warning-time'.
20182
20183 \(fn &optional REFRESH FILTER &rest ARGS)" t nil)
20184
20185 ;;;***
20186 \f
20187 ;;;### (autoloads nil "org-capture" "org/org-capture.el" (21993 28596
20188 ;;;;;; 242597 473000))
20189 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-capture.el
20190
20191 (autoload 'org-capture-string "org-capture" "\
20192 Capture STRING with the template selected by KEYS.
20193
20194 \(fn STRING &optional KEYS)" t nil)
20195
20196 (autoload 'org-capture "org-capture" "\
20197 Capture something.
20198 \\<org-capture-mode-map>
20199 This will let you select a template from `org-capture-templates', and then
20200 file the newly captured information. The text is immediately inserted
20201 at the target location, and an indirect buffer is shown where you can
20202 edit it. Pressing \\[org-capture-finalize] brings you back to the previous state
20203 of Emacs, so that you can continue your work.
20204
20205 When called interactively with a \\[universal-argument] prefix argument GOTO, don't capture
20206 anything, just go to the file/headline where the selected template
20207 stores its notes. With a double prefix argument \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument], go to the last note
20208 stored.
20209
20210 When called with a `C-0' (zero) prefix, insert a template at point.
20211
20212 ELisp programs can set KEYS to a string associated with a template
20213 in `org-capture-templates'. In this case, interactive selection
20214 will be bypassed.
20215
20216 If `org-capture-use-agenda-date' is non-nil, capturing from the
20217 agenda will use the date at point as the default date. Then, a
20218 `C-1' prefix will tell the capture process to use the HH:MM time
20219 of the day at point (if any) or the current HH:MM time.
20220
20221 \(fn &optional GOTO KEYS)" t nil)
20222
20223 (autoload 'org-capture-import-remember-templates "org-capture" "\
20224 Set `org-capture-templates' to be similar to `org-remember-templates'.
20225
20226 \(fn)" t nil)
20227
20228 ;;;***
20229 \f
20230 ;;;### (autoloads nil "org-colview" "org/org-colview.el" (22011 58553
20231 ;;;;;; 809858 469000))
20232 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-colview.el
20233
20234 (autoload 'org-columns-remove-overlays "org-colview" "\
20235 Remove all currently active column overlays.
20236
20237 \(fn)" t nil)
20238
20239 (autoload 'org-columns-get-format-and-top-level "org-colview" "\
20240
20241
20242 \(fn)" nil nil)
20243
20244 (autoload 'org-columns "org-colview" "\
20245 Turn on column view on an org-mode file.
20246 When COLUMNS-FMT-STRING is non-nil, use it as the column format.
20247
20248 \(fn &optional COLUMNS-FMT-STRING)" t nil)
20249
20250 (autoload 'org-columns-compute "org-colview" "\
20251 Sum the values of property PROPERTY hierarchically, for the entire buffer.
20252
20253 \(fn PROPERTY)" t nil)
20254
20255 (autoload 'org-columns-number-to-string "org-colview" "\
20256 Convert a computed column number to a string value, according to FMT.
20257
20258 \(fn N FMT &optional PRINTF)" nil nil)
20259
20260 (autoload 'org-dblock-write:columnview "org-colview" "\
20261 Write the column view table.
20262 PARAMS is a property list of parameters:
20263
20264 :width enforce same column widths with <N> specifiers.
20265 :id the :ID: property of the entry where the columns view
20266 should be built. When the symbol `local', call locally.
20267 When `global' call column view with the cursor at the beginning
20268 of the buffer (usually this means that the whole buffer switches
20269 to column view). When \"file:path/to/file.org\", invoke column
20270 view at the start of that file. Otherwise, the ID is located
20271 using `org-id-find'.
20272 :hlines When t, insert a hline before each item. When a number, insert
20273 a hline before each level <= that number.
20274 :vlines When t, make each column a colgroup to enforce vertical lines.
20275 :maxlevel When set to a number, don't capture headlines below this level.
20276 :skip-empty-rows
20277 When t, skip rows where all specifiers other than ITEM are empty.
20278 :format When non-nil, specify the column view format to use.
20279
20280 \(fn PARAMS)" nil nil)
20281
20282 (autoload 'org-insert-columns-dblock "org-colview" "\
20283 Create a dynamic block capturing a column view table.
20284
20285 \(fn)" t nil)
20286
20287 (autoload 'org-agenda-columns "org-colview" "\
20288 Turn on or update column view in the agenda.
20289
20290 \(fn)" t nil)
20291
20292 ;;;***
20293 \f
20294 ;;;### (autoloads nil "org-compat" "org/org-compat.el" (21988 10681
20295 ;;;;;; 989624 461000))
20296 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-compat.el
20297
20298 (autoload 'org-check-version "org-compat" "\
20299 Try very hard to provide sensible version strings.
20300
20301 \(fn)" nil t)
20302
20303 ;;;***
20304 \f
20305 ;;;### (autoloads nil "org-macs" "org/org-macs.el" (21855 577 287944
20306 ;;;;;; 835000))
20307 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-macs.el
20308
20309 (autoload 'org-load-noerror-mustsuffix "org-macs" "\
20310 Load FILE with optional arguments NOERROR and MUSTSUFFIX. Drop the MUSTSUFFIX argument for XEmacs, which doesn't recognize it.
20311
20312 \(fn FILE)" nil t)
20313
20314 ;;;***
20315 \f
20316 ;;;### (autoloads nil "org-version" "org/org-version.el" (21607 54478
20317 ;;;;;; 800121 42000))
20318 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-version.el
20319
20320 (autoload 'org-release "org-version" "\
20321 The release version of org-mode.
20322 Inserted by installing org-mode or when a release is made.
20323
20324 \(fn)" nil nil)
20325
20326 (autoload 'org-git-version "org-version" "\
20327 The Git version of org-mode.
20328 Inserted by installing org-mode or when a release is made.
20329
20330 \(fn)" nil nil)
20331
20332 ;;;***
20333 \f
20334 ;;;### (autoloads nil "outline" "outline.el" (21990 52406 672500
20335 ;;;;;; 385000))
20336 ;;; Generated autoloads from outline.el
20337 (put 'outline-regexp 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
20338 (put 'outline-heading-end-regexp 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
20339
20340 (autoload 'outline-mode "outline" "\
20341 Set major mode for editing outlines with selective display.
20342 Headings are lines which start with asterisks: one for major headings,
20343 two for subheadings, etc. Lines not starting with asterisks are body lines.
20344
20345 Body text or subheadings under a heading can be made temporarily
20346 invisible, or visible again. Invisible lines are attached to the end
20347 of the heading, so they move with it, if the line is killed and yanked
20348 back. A heading with text hidden under it is marked with an ellipsis (...).
20349
20350 \\{outline-mode-map}
20351 The commands `outline-hide-subtree', `outline-show-subtree',
20352 `outline-show-children', `outline-hide-entry',
20353 `outline-show-entry', `outline-hide-leaves', and `outline-show-branches'
20354 are used when point is on a heading line.
20355
20356 The variable `outline-regexp' can be changed to control what is a heading.
20357 A line is a heading if `outline-regexp' matches something at the
20358 beginning of the line. The longer the match, the deeper the level.
20359
20360 Turning on outline mode calls the value of `text-mode-hook' and then of
20361 `outline-mode-hook', if they are non-nil.
20362
20363 \(fn)" t nil)
20364
20365 (autoload 'outline-minor-mode "outline" "\
20366 Toggle Outline minor mode.
20367 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Outline minor mode if ARG is
20368 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
20369 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
20370
20371 See the command `outline-mode' for more information on this mode.
20372
20373 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
20374 (put 'outline-level 'risky-local-variable t)
20375
20376 ;;;***
20377 \f
20378 ;;;### (autoloads nil "package" "emacs-lisp/package.el" (22104 15298
20379 ;;;;;; 466671 488000))
20380 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/package.el
20381 (push (purecopy '(package 1 0 1)) package--builtin-versions)
20382
20383 (defvar package-enable-at-startup t "\
20384 Whether to activate installed packages when Emacs starts.
20385 If non-nil, packages are activated after reading the init file
20386 and before `after-init-hook'. Activation is not done if
20387 `user-init-file' is nil (e.g. Emacs was started with \"-q\").
20388
20389 Even if the value is nil, you can type \\[package-initialize] to
20390 activate the package system at any time.")
20391
20392 (custom-autoload 'package-enable-at-startup "package" t)
20393
20394 (autoload 'package-initialize "package" "\
20395 Load Emacs Lisp packages, and activate them.
20396 The variable `package-load-list' controls which packages to load.
20397 If optional arg NO-ACTIVATE is non-nil, don't activate packages.
20398 If `user-init-file' does not mention `(package-initialize)', add
20399 it to the file.
20400 If called as part of loading `user-init-file', set
20401 `package-enable-at-startup' to nil, to prevent accidentally
20402 loading packages twice.
20403
20404 \(fn &optional NO-ACTIVATE)" t nil)
20405
20406 (autoload 'package-import-keyring "package" "\
20407 Import keys from FILE.
20408
20409 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
20410
20411 (autoload 'package-refresh-contents "package" "\
20412 Download descriptions of all configured ELPA packages.
20413 For each archive configured in the variable `package-archives',
20414 inform Emacs about the latest versions of all packages it offers,
20415 and make them available for download.
20416 Optional argument ASYNC specifies whether to perform the
20417 downloads in the background.
20418
20419 \(fn &optional ASYNC)" t nil)
20420
20421 (autoload 'package-install "package" "\
20422 Install the package PKG.
20423 PKG can be a package-desc or a symbol naming one of the available packages
20424 in an archive in `package-archives'. Interactively, prompt for its name.
20425
20426 If called interactively or if DONT-SELECT nil, add PKG to
20427 `package-selected-packages'.
20428
20429 If PKG is a package-desc and it is already installed, don't try
20430 to install it but still mark it as selected.
20431
20432 \(fn PKG &optional DONT-SELECT)" t nil)
20433
20434 (autoload 'package-install-from-buffer "package" "\
20435 Install a package from the current buffer.
20436 The current buffer is assumed to be a single .el or .tar file or
20437 a directory. These must follow the packaging guidelines (see
20438 info node `(elisp)Packaging').
20439
20440 Specially, if current buffer is a directory, the -pkg.el
20441 description file is not mandatory, in which case the information
20442 is derived from the main .el file in the directory.
20443
20444 Downloads and installs required packages as needed.
20445
20446 \(fn)" t nil)
20447
20448 (autoload 'package-install-file "package" "\
20449 Install a package from a file.
20450 The file can either be a tar file, an Emacs Lisp file, or a
20451 directory.
20452
20453 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
20454
20455 (autoload 'package-install-selected-packages "package" "\
20456 Ensure packages in `package-selected-packages' are installed.
20457 If some packages are not installed propose to install them.
20458
20459 \(fn)" t nil)
20460
20461 (autoload 'package-reinstall "package" "\
20462 Reinstall package PKG.
20463 PKG should be either a symbol, the package name, or a package-desc
20464 object.
20465
20466 \(fn PKG)" t nil)
20467
20468 (autoload 'package-autoremove "package" "\
20469 Remove packages that are no more needed.
20470
20471 Packages that are no more needed by other packages in
20472 `package-selected-packages' and their dependencies
20473 will be deleted.
20474
20475 \(fn)" t nil)
20476
20477 (autoload 'describe-package "package" "\
20478 Display the full documentation of PACKAGE (a symbol).
20479
20480 \(fn PACKAGE)" t nil)
20481
20482 (autoload 'list-packages "package" "\
20483 Display a list of packages.
20484 This first fetches the updated list of packages before
20485 displaying, unless a prefix argument NO-FETCH is specified.
20486 The list is displayed in a buffer named `*Packages*'.
20487
20488 \(fn &optional NO-FETCH)" t nil)
20489
20490 (defalias 'package-list-packages 'list-packages)
20491
20492 ;;;***
20493 \f
20494 ;;;### (autoloads nil "paren" "paren.el" (21670 32331 385639 720000))
20495 ;;; Generated autoloads from paren.el
20496
20497 (defvar show-paren-mode nil "\
20498 Non-nil if Show-Paren mode is enabled.
20499 See the command `show-paren-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
20500 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
20501 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
20502 or call the function `show-paren-mode'.")
20503
20504 (custom-autoload 'show-paren-mode "paren" nil)
20505
20506 (autoload 'show-paren-mode "paren" "\
20507 Toggle visualization of matching parens (Show Paren mode).
20508 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Show Paren mode if ARG is
20509 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
20510 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
20511
20512 Show Paren mode is a global minor mode. When enabled, any
20513 matching parenthesis is highlighted in `show-paren-style' after
20514 `show-paren-delay' seconds of Emacs idle time.
20515
20516 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
20517
20518 ;;;***
20519 \f
20520 ;;;### (autoloads nil "parse-time" "calendar/parse-time.el" (21670
20521 ;;;;;; 32330 885624 725000))
20522 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/parse-time.el
20523 (put 'parse-time-rules 'risky-local-variable t)
20524
20525 (autoload 'parse-time-string "parse-time" "\
20526 Parse the time-string STRING into (SEC MIN HOUR DAY MON YEAR DOW DST TZ).
20527 The values are identical to those of `decode-time', but any values that are
20528 unknown are returned as nil.
20529
20530 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
20531
20532 ;;;***
20533 \f
20534 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pascal" "progmodes/pascal.el" (21974 64192
20535 ;;;;;; 644009 993000))
20536 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/pascal.el
20537
20538 (autoload 'pascal-mode "pascal" "\
20539 Major mode for editing Pascal code.\\<pascal-mode-map>
20540 TAB indents for Pascal code. Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
20541
20542 \\[completion-at-point] completes the word around current point with respect to position in code
20543 \\[completion-help-at-point] shows all possible completions at this point.
20544
20545 Other useful functions are:
20546
20547 \\[pascal-mark-defun] - Mark function.
20548 \\[pascal-insert-block] - insert begin ... end;
20549 \\[pascal-star-comment] - insert (* ... *)
20550 \\[pascal-comment-area] - Put marked area in a comment, fixing nested comments.
20551 \\[pascal-uncomment-area] - Uncomment an area commented with \\[pascal-comment-area].
20552 \\[pascal-beg-of-defun] - Move to beginning of current function.
20553 \\[pascal-end-of-defun] - Move to end of current function.
20554 \\[pascal-goto-defun] - Goto function prompted for in the minibuffer.
20555 \\[pascal-outline-mode] - Enter `pascal-outline-mode'.
20556
20557 Variables controlling indentation/edit style:
20558
20559 `pascal-indent-level' (default 3)
20560 Indentation of Pascal statements with respect to containing block.
20561 `pascal-case-indent' (default 2)
20562 Indentation for case statements.
20563 `pascal-auto-newline' (default nil)
20564 Non-nil means automatically newline after semicolons and the punctuation
20565 mark after an end.
20566 `pascal-indent-nested-functions' (default t)
20567 Non-nil means nested functions are indented.
20568 `pascal-tab-always-indent' (default t)
20569 Non-nil means TAB in Pascal mode should always reindent the current line,
20570 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
20571 `pascal-auto-endcomments' (default t)
20572 Non-nil means a comment { ... } is set after the ends which ends cases and
20573 functions. The name of the function or case will be set between the braces.
20574 `pascal-auto-lineup' (default t)
20575 List of contexts where auto lineup of :'s or ='s should be done.
20576
20577 See also the user variables `pascal-type-keywords', `pascal-start-keywords' and
20578 `pascal-separator-keywords'.
20579
20580 \(fn)" t nil)
20581
20582 ;;;***
20583 \f
20584 ;;;### (autoloads nil "password-cache" "password-cache.el" (21670
20585 ;;;;;; 32331 385639 720000))
20586 ;;; Generated autoloads from password-cache.el
20587
20588 (defvar password-cache t "\
20589 Whether to cache passwords.")
20590
20591 (custom-autoload 'password-cache "password-cache" t)
20592
20593 (defvar password-cache-expiry 16 "\
20594 How many seconds passwords are cached, or nil to disable expiring.
20595 Whether passwords are cached at all is controlled by `password-cache'.")
20596
20597 (custom-autoload 'password-cache-expiry "password-cache" t)
20598
20599 (autoload 'password-in-cache-p "password-cache" "\
20600 Check if KEY is in the cache.
20601
20602 \(fn KEY)" nil nil)
20603
20604 ;;;***
20605 \f
20606 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcase" "emacs-lisp/pcase.el" (22073 59712
20607 ;;;;;; 774803 451000))
20608 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/pcase.el
20609
20610 (autoload 'pcase "pcase" "\
20611 Eval EXP and perform ML-style pattern matching on that value.
20612 CASES is a list of elements of the form (PATTERN CODE...).
20613
20614 Patterns can take the following forms:
20615 _ matches anything.
20616 SYMBOL matches anything and binds it to SYMBOL.
20617 (or PAT...) matches if any of the patterns matches.
20618 (and PAT...) matches if all the patterns match.
20619 \\='VAL matches if the object is `equal' to VAL.
20620 ATOM is a shorthand for \\='ATOM.
20621 ATOM can be a keyword, an integer, or a string.
20622 (pred FUN) matches if FUN applied to the object returns non-nil.
20623 (guard BOOLEXP) matches if BOOLEXP evaluates to non-nil.
20624 (let PAT EXP) matches if EXP matches PAT.
20625 (app FUN PAT) matches if FUN applied to the object matches PAT.
20626 If a SYMBOL is used twice in the same pattern (i.e. the pattern is
20627 \"non-linear\"), then the second occurrence is turned into an `eq'uality test.
20628
20629 FUN can take the form
20630 SYMBOL or (lambda ARGS BODY) in which case it's called with one argument.
20631 (F ARG1 .. ARGn) in which case F gets called with an n+1'th argument
20632 which is the value being matched.
20633 So a FUN of the form SYMBOL is equivalent to one of the form (FUN).
20634 FUN can refer to variables bound earlier in the pattern.
20635 E.g. you can match pairs where the cdr is larger than the car with a pattern
20636 like \\=`(,a . ,(pred (< a))) or, with more checks:
20637 \\=`(,(and a (pred numberp)) . ,(and (pred numberp) (pred (< a))))
20638 FUN is assumed to be pure, i.e. it can be dropped if its result is not used,
20639 and two identical calls can be merged into one.
20640
20641 Additional patterns can be defined via `pcase-defmacro'.
20642 Currently, the following patterns are provided this way:
20643
20644 \(fn EXP &rest CASES)" nil t)
20645
20646 (function-put 'pcase 'lisp-indent-function '1)
20647
20648 (autoload 'pcase-exhaustive "pcase" "\
20649 The exhaustive version of `pcase' (which see).
20650
20651 \(fn EXP &rest CASES)" nil t)
20652
20653 (function-put 'pcase-exhaustive 'lisp-indent-function '1)
20654
20655 (autoload 'pcase-lambda "pcase" "\
20656 Like `lambda' but allow each argument to be a pattern.
20657 I.e. accepts the usual &optional and &rest keywords, but every
20658 formal argument can be any pattern accepted by `pcase' (a mere
20659 variable name being but a special case of it).
20660
20661 \(fn LAMBDA-LIST &rest BODY)" nil t)
20662
20663 (function-put 'pcase-lambda 'doc-string-elt '2)
20664
20665 (function-put 'pcase-lambda 'lisp-indent-function 'defun)
20666
20667 (autoload 'pcase-let* "pcase" "\
20668 Like `let*' but where you can use `pcase' patterns for bindings.
20669 BODY should be an expression, and BINDINGS should be a list of bindings
20670 of the form (PAT EXP).
20671
20672 \(fn BINDINGS &rest BODY)" nil t)
20673
20674 (function-put 'pcase-let* 'lisp-indent-function '1)
20675
20676 (autoload 'pcase-let "pcase" "\
20677 Like `let' but where you can use `pcase' patterns for bindings.
20678 BODY should be a list of expressions, and BINDINGS should be a list of bindings
20679 of the form (PAT EXP).
20680 The macro is expanded and optimized under the assumption that those
20681 patterns *will* match, so a mismatch may go undetected or may cause
20682 any kind of error.
20683
20684 \(fn BINDINGS &rest BODY)" nil t)
20685
20686 (function-put 'pcase-let 'lisp-indent-function '1)
20687
20688 (autoload 'pcase-dolist "pcase" "\
20689
20690
20691 \(fn SPEC &rest BODY)" nil t)
20692
20693 (function-put 'pcase-dolist 'lisp-indent-function '1)
20694
20695 (autoload 'pcase-defmacro "pcase" "\
20696 Define a new kind of pcase PATTERN, by macro expansion.
20697 Patterns of the form (NAME ...) will be expanded according
20698 to this macro.
20699
20700 \(fn NAME ARGS &rest BODY)" nil t)
20701
20702 (function-put 'pcase-defmacro 'lisp-indent-function '2)
20703
20704 (function-put 'pcase-defmacro 'doc-string-elt '3)
20705
20706 ;;;***
20707 \f
20708 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcmpl-cvs" "pcmpl-cvs.el" (21998 46517 178024
20709 ;;;;;; 649000))
20710 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-cvs.el
20711
20712 (autoload 'pcomplete/cvs "pcmpl-cvs" "\
20713 Completion rules for the `cvs' command.
20714
20715 \(fn)" nil nil)
20716
20717 ;;;***
20718 \f
20719 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcmpl-gnu" "pcmpl-gnu.el" (21670 32331 385639
20720 ;;;;;; 720000))
20721 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-gnu.el
20722
20723 (autoload 'pcomplete/gzip "pcmpl-gnu" "\
20724 Completion for `gzip'.
20725
20726 \(fn)" nil nil)
20727
20728 (autoload 'pcomplete/bzip2 "pcmpl-gnu" "\
20729 Completion for `bzip2'.
20730
20731 \(fn)" nil nil)
20732
20733 (autoload 'pcomplete/make "pcmpl-gnu" "\
20734 Completion for GNU `make'.
20735
20736 \(fn)" nil nil)
20737
20738 (autoload 'pcomplete/tar "pcmpl-gnu" "\
20739 Completion for the GNU tar utility.
20740
20741 \(fn)" nil nil)
20742
20743 (defalias 'pcomplete/gdb 'pcomplete/xargs)
20744
20745 ;;;***
20746 \f
20747 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcmpl-linux" "pcmpl-linux.el" (21670 32331
20748 ;;;;;; 385639 720000))
20749 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-linux.el
20750
20751 (autoload 'pcomplete/kill "pcmpl-linux" "\
20752 Completion for GNU/Linux `kill', using /proc filesystem.
20753
20754 \(fn)" nil nil)
20755
20756 (autoload 'pcomplete/umount "pcmpl-linux" "\
20757 Completion for GNU/Linux `umount'.
20758
20759 \(fn)" nil nil)
20760
20761 (autoload 'pcomplete/mount "pcmpl-linux" "\
20762 Completion for GNU/Linux `mount'.
20763
20764 \(fn)" nil nil)
20765
20766 ;;;***
20767 \f
20768 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcmpl-rpm" "pcmpl-rpm.el" (21670 32331 385639
20769 ;;;;;; 720000))
20770 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-rpm.el
20771
20772 (autoload 'pcomplete/rpm "pcmpl-rpm" "\
20773 Completion for the `rpm' command.
20774
20775 \(fn)" nil nil)
20776
20777 ;;;***
20778 \f
20779 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcmpl-unix" "pcmpl-unix.el" (21791 47660 796747
20780 ;;;;;; 422000))
20781 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-unix.el
20782
20783 (autoload 'pcomplete/cd "pcmpl-unix" "\
20784 Completion for `cd'.
20785
20786 \(fn)" nil nil)
20787
20788 (defalias 'pcomplete/pushd 'pcomplete/cd)
20789
20790 (autoload 'pcomplete/rmdir "pcmpl-unix" "\
20791 Completion for `rmdir'.
20792
20793 \(fn)" nil nil)
20794
20795 (autoload 'pcomplete/rm "pcmpl-unix" "\
20796 Completion for `rm'.
20797
20798 \(fn)" nil nil)
20799
20800 (autoload 'pcomplete/xargs "pcmpl-unix" "\
20801 Completion for `xargs'.
20802
20803 \(fn)" nil nil)
20804
20805 (defalias 'pcomplete/time 'pcomplete/xargs)
20806
20807 (autoload 'pcomplete/which "pcmpl-unix" "\
20808 Completion for `which'.
20809
20810 \(fn)" nil nil)
20811
20812 (autoload 'pcomplete/chown "pcmpl-unix" "\
20813 Completion for the `chown' command.
20814
20815 \(fn)" nil nil)
20816
20817 (autoload 'pcomplete/chgrp "pcmpl-unix" "\
20818 Completion for the `chgrp' command.
20819
20820 \(fn)" nil nil)
20821
20822 (autoload 'pcomplete/ssh "pcmpl-unix" "\
20823 Completion rules for the `ssh' command.
20824
20825 \(fn)" nil nil)
20826
20827 (autoload 'pcomplete/scp "pcmpl-unix" "\
20828 Completion rules for the `scp' command.
20829 Includes files as well as host names followed by a colon.
20830
20831 \(fn)" nil nil)
20832
20833 ;;;***
20834 \f
20835 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcmpl-x" "pcmpl-x.el" (21980 16567 953544
20836 ;;;;;; 893000))
20837 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-x.el
20838
20839 (autoload 'pcomplete/tlmgr "pcmpl-x" "\
20840 Completion for the `tlmgr' command.
20841
20842 \(fn)" nil nil)
20843
20844 (autoload 'pcomplete/ack "pcmpl-x" "\
20845 Completion for the `ack' command.
20846 Start an argument with `-' to complete short options and `--' for
20847 long options.
20848
20849 \(fn)" nil nil)
20850
20851 (defalias 'pcomplete/ack-grep 'pcomplete/ack)
20852
20853 (autoload 'pcomplete/ag "pcmpl-x" "\
20854 Completion for the `ag' command.
20855
20856 \(fn)" nil nil)
20857
20858 ;;;***
20859 \f
20860 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcomplete" "pcomplete.el" (21980 16567 953544
20861 ;;;;;; 893000))
20862 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcomplete.el
20863
20864 (autoload 'pcomplete "pcomplete" "\
20865 Support extensible programmable completion.
20866 To use this function, just bind the TAB key to it, or add it to your
20867 completion functions list (it should occur fairly early in the list).
20868
20869 \(fn &optional INTERACTIVELY)" t nil)
20870
20871 (autoload 'pcomplete-reverse "pcomplete" "\
20872 If cycling completion is in use, cycle backwards.
20873
20874 \(fn)" t nil)
20875
20876 (autoload 'pcomplete-expand-and-complete "pcomplete" "\
20877 Expand the textual value of the current argument.
20878 This will modify the current buffer.
20879
20880 \(fn)" t nil)
20881
20882 (autoload 'pcomplete-continue "pcomplete" "\
20883 Complete without reference to any cycling completions.
20884
20885 \(fn)" t nil)
20886
20887 (autoload 'pcomplete-expand "pcomplete" "\
20888 Expand the textual value of the current argument.
20889 This will modify the current buffer.
20890
20891 \(fn)" t nil)
20892
20893 (autoload 'pcomplete-help "pcomplete" "\
20894 Display any help information relative to the current argument.
20895
20896 \(fn)" t nil)
20897
20898 (autoload 'pcomplete-list "pcomplete" "\
20899 Show the list of possible completions for the current argument.
20900
20901 \(fn)" t nil)
20902
20903 (autoload 'pcomplete-comint-setup "pcomplete" "\
20904 Setup a comint buffer to use pcomplete.
20905 COMPLETEF-SYM should be the symbol where the
20906 dynamic-complete-functions are kept. For comint mode itself,
20907 this is `comint-dynamic-complete-functions'.
20908
20909 \(fn COMPLETEF-SYM)" nil nil)
20910
20911 (autoload 'pcomplete-shell-setup "pcomplete" "\
20912 Setup `shell-mode' to use pcomplete.
20913
20914 \(fn)" nil nil)
20915
20916 ;;;***
20917 \f
20918 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcvs" "vc/pcvs.el" (22065 61995 886407 852000))
20919 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/pcvs.el
20920
20921 (autoload 'cvs-checkout "pcvs" "\
20922 Run a `cvs checkout MODULES' in DIR.
20923 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer, display it in the current window,
20924 and run `cvs-mode' on it.
20925
20926 With a prefix argument, prompt for cvs FLAGS to use.
20927
20928 \(fn MODULES DIR FLAGS &optional ROOT)" t nil)
20929
20930 (autoload 'cvs-quickdir "pcvs" "\
20931 Open a *cvs* buffer on DIR without running cvs.
20932 With a prefix argument, prompt for a directory to use.
20933 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
20934 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
20935 Optional argument NOSHOW if non-nil means not to display the buffer.
20936 FLAGS is ignored.
20937
20938 \(fn DIR &optional FLAGS NOSHOW)" t nil)
20939
20940 (autoload 'cvs-examine "pcvs" "\
20941 Run a `cvs -n update' in the specified DIRECTORY.
20942 That is, check what needs to be done, but don't change the disc.
20943 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer and run `cvs-mode' on it.
20944 With a prefix argument, prompt for a directory and cvs FLAGS to use.
20945 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
20946 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
20947 Optional argument NOSHOW if non-nil means not to display the buffer.
20948
20949 \(fn DIRECTORY FLAGS &optional NOSHOW)" t nil)
20950
20951 (autoload 'cvs-update "pcvs" "\
20952 Run a `cvs update' in the current working DIRECTORY.
20953 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer and run `cvs-mode' on it.
20954 With a \\[universal-argument] prefix argument, prompt for a directory to use.
20955 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
20956 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
20957 The prefix is also passed to `cvs-flags-query' to select the FLAGS
20958 passed to cvs.
20959
20960 \(fn DIRECTORY FLAGS)" t nil)
20961
20962 (autoload 'cvs-status "pcvs" "\
20963 Run a `cvs status' in the current working DIRECTORY.
20964 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer and run `cvs-mode' on it.
20965 With a prefix argument, prompt for a directory and cvs FLAGS to use.
20966 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
20967 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
20968 Optional argument NOSHOW if non-nil means not to display the buffer.
20969
20970 \(fn DIRECTORY FLAGS &optional NOSHOW)" t nil)
20971
20972 (defvar cvs-dired-action 'cvs-quickdir "\
20973 The action to be performed when opening a CVS directory.
20974 Sensible values are `cvs-examine', `cvs-status' and `cvs-quickdir'.")
20975
20976 (custom-autoload 'cvs-dired-action "pcvs" t)
20977
20978 (defvar cvs-dired-use-hook '(4) "\
20979 Whether or not opening a CVS directory should run PCL-CVS.
20980 A value of nil means never do it.
20981 `always' means to always do it unless a prefix argument is given to the
20982 command that prompted the opening of the directory.
20983 Anything else means to do it only if the prefix arg is equal to this value.")
20984
20985 (custom-autoload 'cvs-dired-use-hook "pcvs" t)
20986
20987 (defun cvs-dired-noselect (dir) "\
20988 Run `cvs-examine' if DIR is a CVS administrative directory.
20989 The exact behavior is determined also by `cvs-dired-use-hook'." (when (stringp dir) (setq dir (directory-file-name dir)) (when (and (string= "CVS" (file-name-nondirectory dir)) (file-readable-p (expand-file-name "Entries" dir)) cvs-dired-use-hook (if (eq cvs-dired-use-hook (quote always)) (not current-prefix-arg) (equal current-prefix-arg cvs-dired-use-hook))) (save-excursion (funcall cvs-dired-action (file-name-directory dir) t t)))))
20990
20991 ;;;***
20992 \f
20993 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcvs-defs" "vc/pcvs-defs.el" (21670 32331
20994 ;;;;;; 885635 586000))
20995 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/pcvs-defs.el
20996
20997 (defvar cvs-global-menu (let ((m (make-sparse-keymap "PCL-CVS"))) (define-key m [status] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Directory Status") cvs-status :help ,(purecopy "A more verbose status of a workarea"))) (define-key m [checkout] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Checkout Module") cvs-checkout :help ,(purecopy "Check out a module from the repository"))) (define-key m [update] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Update Directory") cvs-update :help ,(purecopy "Fetch updates from the repository"))) (define-key m [examine] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Examine Directory") cvs-examine :help ,(purecopy "Examine the current state of a workarea"))) (fset 'cvs-global-menu m)) "\
20998 Global menu used by PCL-CVS.")
20999
21000 ;;;***
21001 \f
21002 ;;;### (autoloads nil "perl-mode" "progmodes/perl-mode.el" (22011
21003 ;;;;;; 58553 921858 469000))
21004 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/perl-mode.el
21005 (put 'perl-indent-level 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
21006 (put 'perl-continued-statement-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
21007 (put 'perl-continued-brace-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
21008 (put 'perl-brace-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
21009 (put 'perl-brace-imaginary-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
21010 (put 'perl-label-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
21011
21012 (autoload 'perl-mode "perl-mode" "\
21013 Major mode for editing Perl code.
21014 Expression and list commands understand all Perl brackets.
21015 Tab indents for Perl code.
21016 Comments are delimited with # ... \\n.
21017 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
21018 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
21019 \\{perl-mode-map}
21020 Variables controlling indentation style:
21021 `perl-tab-always-indent'
21022 Non-nil means TAB in Perl mode should always indent the current line,
21023 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
21024 `perl-tab-to-comment'
21025 Non-nil means that for lines which don't need indenting, TAB will
21026 either delete an empty comment, indent an existing comment, move
21027 to end-of-line, or if at end-of-line already, create a new comment.
21028 `perl-nochange'
21029 Lines starting with this regular expression are not auto-indented.
21030 `perl-indent-level'
21031 Indentation of Perl statements within surrounding block.
21032 The surrounding block's indentation is the indentation
21033 of the line on which the open-brace appears.
21034 `perl-continued-statement-offset'
21035 Extra indentation given to a substatement, such as the
21036 then-clause of an if or body of a while.
21037 `perl-continued-brace-offset'
21038 Extra indentation given to a brace that starts a substatement.
21039 This is in addition to `perl-continued-statement-offset'.
21040 `perl-brace-offset'
21041 Extra indentation for line if it starts with an open brace.
21042 `perl-brace-imaginary-offset'
21043 An open brace following other text is treated as if it were
21044 this far to the right of the start of its line.
21045 `perl-label-offset'
21046 Extra indentation for line that is a label.
21047 `perl-indent-continued-arguments'
21048 Offset of argument lines relative to usual indentation.
21049
21050 Various indentation styles: K&R BSD BLK GNU LW
21051 perl-indent-level 5 8 0 2 4
21052 perl-continued-statement-offset 5 8 4 2 4
21053 perl-continued-brace-offset 0 0 0 0 -4
21054 perl-brace-offset -5 -8 0 0 0
21055 perl-brace-imaginary-offset 0 0 4 0 0
21056 perl-label-offset -5 -8 -2 -2 -2
21057
21058 Turning on Perl mode runs the normal hook `perl-mode-hook'.
21059
21060 \(fn)" t nil)
21061
21062 ;;;***
21063 \f
21064 ;;;### (autoloads nil "picture" "textmodes/picture.el" (21670 32331
21065 ;;;;;; 885635 586000))
21066 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/picture.el
21067
21068 (autoload 'picture-mode "picture" "\
21069 Switch to Picture mode, in which a quarter-plane screen model is used.
21070 \\<picture-mode-map>
21071 Printing characters replace instead of inserting themselves with motion
21072 afterwards settable by these commands:
21073
21074 Move left after insertion: \\[picture-movement-left]
21075 Move right after insertion: \\[picture-movement-right]
21076 Move up after insertion: \\[picture-movement-up]
21077 Move down after insertion: \\[picture-movement-down]
21078
21079 Move northwest (nw) after insertion: \\[picture-movement-nw]
21080 Move northeast (ne) after insertion: \\[picture-movement-ne]
21081 Move southwest (sw) after insertion: \\[picture-movement-sw]
21082 Move southeast (se) after insertion: \\[picture-movement-se]
21083
21084 Move westnorthwest (wnw) after insertion: C-u \\[picture-movement-nw]
21085 Move eastnortheast (ene) after insertion: C-u \\[picture-movement-ne]
21086 Move westsouthwest (wsw) after insertion: C-u \\[picture-movement-sw]
21087 Move eastsoutheast (ese) after insertion: C-u \\[picture-movement-se]
21088
21089 The current direction is displayed in the mode line. The initial
21090 direction is right. Whitespace is inserted and tabs are changed to
21091 spaces when required by movement. You can move around in the buffer
21092 with these commands:
21093
21094 Move vertically to SAME column in previous line: \\[picture-move-down]
21095 Move vertically to SAME column in next line: \\[picture-move-up]
21096 Move to column following last
21097 non-whitespace character: \\[picture-end-of-line]
21098 Move right, inserting spaces if required: \\[picture-forward-column]
21099 Move left changing tabs to spaces if required: \\[picture-backward-column]
21100 Move in direction of current picture motion: \\[picture-motion]
21101 Move opposite to current picture motion: \\[picture-motion-reverse]
21102 Move to beginning of next line: \\[next-line]
21103
21104 You can edit tabular text with these commands:
21105
21106 Move to column beneath (or at) next interesting
21107 character (see variable `picture-tab-chars'): \\[picture-tab-search]
21108 Move to next stop in tab stop list: \\[picture-tab]
21109 Set tab stops according to context of this line: \\[picture-set-tab-stops]
21110 (With ARG, resets tab stops to default value.)
21111 Change the tab stop list: \\[edit-tab-stops]
21112
21113 You can manipulate text with these commands:
21114 Clear ARG columns after point without moving: \\[picture-clear-column]
21115 Delete char at point: \\[picture-delete-char]
21116 Clear ARG columns backward: \\[picture-backward-clear-column]
21117 Clear ARG lines, advancing over them: \\[picture-clear-line]
21118 (the cleared text is saved in the kill ring)
21119 Open blank line(s) beneath current line: \\[picture-open-line]
21120
21121 You can manipulate rectangles with these commands:
21122 Clear a rectangle and save it: \\[picture-clear-rectangle]
21123 Clear a rectangle, saving in a named register: \\[picture-clear-rectangle-to-register]
21124 Insert currently saved rectangle at point: \\[picture-yank-rectangle]
21125 Insert rectangle from named register: \\[picture-yank-rectangle-from-register]
21126 Draw a rectangular box around mark and point: \\[picture-draw-rectangle]
21127 Copies a rectangle to a register: \\[copy-rectangle-to-register]
21128 Undo effects of rectangle overlay commands: \\[undo]
21129
21130 You can return to the previous mode with \\[picture-mode-exit], which
21131 also strips trailing whitespace from every line. Stripping is suppressed
21132 by supplying an argument.
21133
21134 Entry to this mode calls the value of `picture-mode-hook' if non-nil.
21135
21136 Note that Picture mode commands will work outside of Picture mode, but
21137 they are not by default assigned to keys.
21138
21139 \(fn)" t nil)
21140
21141 (defalias 'edit-picture 'picture-mode)
21142
21143 ;;;***
21144 \f
21145 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pinentry" "net/pinentry.el" (22076 35900 90633
21146 ;;;;;; 595000))
21147 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/pinentry.el
21148 (push (purecopy '(pinentry 0 1)) package--builtin-versions)
21149
21150 (autoload 'pinentry-start "pinentry" "\
21151 Start a Pinentry service.
21152
21153 Once the environment is properly set, subsequent invocations of
21154 the gpg command will interact with Emacs for passphrase input.
21155
21156 If the optional QUIET argument is non-nil, messages at startup
21157 will not be shown.
21158
21159 \(fn &optional QUIET)" t nil)
21160
21161 ;;;***
21162 \f
21163 ;;;### (autoloads nil "plstore" "gnus/plstore.el" (21786 29744 368212
21164 ;;;;;; 633000))
21165 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/plstore.el
21166
21167 (autoload 'plstore-open "plstore" "\
21168 Create a plstore instance associated with FILE.
21169
21170 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
21171
21172 (autoload 'plstore-mode "plstore" "\
21173 Major mode for editing PLSTORE files.
21174
21175 \(fn)" t nil)
21176
21177 ;;;***
21178 \f
21179 ;;;### (autoloads nil "po" "textmodes/po.el" (22026 25907 651502
21180 ;;;;;; 692000))
21181 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/po.el
21182
21183 (autoload 'po-find-file-coding-system "po" "\
21184 Return a (DECODING . ENCODING) pair, according to PO file's charset.
21185 Called through `file-coding-system-alist', before the file is visited for real.
21186
21187 \(fn ARG-LIST)" nil nil)
21188
21189 ;;;***
21190 \f
21191 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pong" "play/pong.el" (21670 32331 385639 720000))
21192 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/pong.el
21193
21194 (autoload 'pong "pong" "\
21195 Play pong and waste time.
21196 This is an implementation of the classical game pong.
21197 Move left and right bats and try to bounce the ball to your opponent.
21198
21199 pong-mode keybindings:\\<pong-mode-map>
21200
21201 \\{pong-mode-map}
21202
21203 \(fn)" t nil)
21204
21205 ;;;***
21206 \f
21207 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pop3" "gnus/pop3.el" (21974 64192 580009 993000))
21208 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/pop3.el
21209
21210 (autoload 'pop3-movemail "pop3" "\
21211 Transfer contents of a maildrop to the specified FILE.
21212 Use streaming commands.
21213
21214 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
21215
21216 ;;;***
21217 \f
21218 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pp" "emacs-lisp/pp.el" (21670 32330 885624
21219 ;;;;;; 725000))
21220 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/pp.el
21221
21222 (autoload 'pp-to-string "pp" "\
21223 Return a string containing the pretty-printed representation of OBJECT.
21224 OBJECT can be any Lisp object. Quoting characters are used as needed
21225 to make output that `read' can handle, whenever this is possible.
21226
21227 \(fn OBJECT)" nil nil)
21228
21229 (autoload 'pp-buffer "pp" "\
21230 Prettify the current buffer with printed representation of a Lisp object.
21231
21232 \(fn)" nil nil)
21233
21234 (autoload 'pp "pp" "\
21235 Output the pretty-printed representation of OBJECT, any Lisp object.
21236 Quoting characters are printed as needed to make output that `read'
21237 can handle, whenever this is possible.
21238 Output stream is STREAM, or value of `standard-output' (which see).
21239
21240 \(fn OBJECT &optional STREAM)" nil nil)
21241
21242 (autoload 'pp-eval-expression "pp" "\
21243 Evaluate EXPRESSION and pretty-print its value.
21244 Also add the value to the front of the list in the variable `values'.
21245
21246 \(fn EXPRESSION)" t nil)
21247
21248 (autoload 'pp-macroexpand-expression "pp" "\
21249 Macroexpand EXPRESSION and pretty-print its value.
21250
21251 \(fn EXPRESSION)" t nil)
21252
21253 (autoload 'pp-eval-last-sexp "pp" "\
21254 Run `pp-eval-expression' on sexp before point.
21255 With argument, pretty-print output into current buffer.
21256 Ignores leading comment characters.
21257
21258 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
21259
21260 (autoload 'pp-macroexpand-last-sexp "pp" "\
21261 Run `pp-macroexpand-expression' on sexp before point.
21262 With argument, pretty-print output into current buffer.
21263 Ignores leading comment characters.
21264
21265 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
21266
21267 ;;;***
21268 \f
21269 ;;;### (autoloads nil "printing" "printing.el" (21990 52406 680500
21270 ;;;;;; 385000))
21271 ;;; Generated autoloads from printing.el
21272 (push (purecopy '(printing 6 9 3)) package--builtin-versions)
21273
21274 (autoload 'pr-interface "printing" "\
21275 Activate the printing interface buffer.
21276
21277 If BUFFER is nil, the current buffer is used for printing.
21278
21279 For more information, type \\[pr-interface-help].
21280
21281 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
21282
21283 (autoload 'pr-ps-directory-preview "printing" "\
21284 Preview directory using ghostview.
21285
21286 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, a directory, a
21287 file name regexp for matching and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
21288 command prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in
21289 that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
21290
21291 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. If DIR is
21292 nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil, prompts for
21293 FILE(name)-REGEXP. The argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil,
21294 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
21295 PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a
21296 file name.
21297
21298 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
21299
21300 \(fn N-UP DIR FILE-REGEXP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21301
21302 (autoload 'pr-ps-directory-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
21303 Print directory using PostScript through ghostscript.
21304
21305 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, a directory, a
21306 file name regexp for matching and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
21307 command prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in
21308 that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
21309
21310 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. If DIR is
21311 nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil, prompts for
21312 FILE(name)-REGEXP. The argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil,
21313 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
21314 PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a
21315 file name.
21316
21317 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
21318
21319 \(fn N-UP DIR FILE-REGEXP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21320
21321 (autoload 'pr-ps-directory-print "printing" "\
21322 Print directory using PostScript printer.
21323
21324 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, a directory, a
21325 file name regexp for matching and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
21326 command prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in
21327 that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
21328
21329 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. If DIR is
21330 nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil, prompts for
21331 FILE(name)-REGEXP. The argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil,
21332 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
21333 PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a
21334 file name.
21335
21336 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
21337
21338 \(fn N-UP DIR FILE-REGEXP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21339
21340 (autoload 'pr-ps-directory-ps-print "printing" "\
21341 Print directory using PostScript printer or through ghostscript.
21342
21343 It depends on `pr-print-using-ghostscript'.
21344
21345 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, a directory, a
21346 file name regexp for matching and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
21347 command prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in
21348 that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
21349
21350 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. If DIR is
21351 nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil, prompts for
21352 FILE(name)-REGEXP. The argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil,
21353 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
21354 PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a
21355 file name.
21356
21357 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
21358
21359 \(fn N-UP DIR FILE-REGEXP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21360
21361 (autoload 'pr-ps-buffer-preview "printing" "\
21362 Preview buffer using ghostview.
21363
21364 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number and, when you use a
21365 prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the user for a file name, and saves
21366 the PostScript image in that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
21367
21368 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
21369 argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, save the image in a
21370 temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript image in a file
21371 with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a file name.
21372
21373 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21374
21375 (autoload 'pr-ps-buffer-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
21376 Print buffer using PostScript through ghostscript.
21377
21378 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number and, when you use a
21379 prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the user for a file name, and saves
21380 the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
21381
21382 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
21383 argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, send the image to the
21384 printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript image in a file with
21385 that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a file name.
21386
21387 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21388
21389 (autoload 'pr-ps-buffer-print "printing" "\
21390 Print buffer using PostScript printer.
21391
21392 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number and, when you use a
21393 prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the user for a file name, and saves
21394 the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
21395
21396 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
21397 argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, send the image to the
21398 printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript image in a file with
21399 that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a file name.
21400
21401 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21402
21403 (autoload 'pr-ps-buffer-ps-print "printing" "\
21404 Print buffer using PostScript printer or through ghostscript.
21405
21406 It depends on `pr-print-using-ghostscript'.
21407
21408 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number and, when you use a
21409 prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the user for a file name, and saves
21410 the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
21411
21412 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
21413 argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, send the image to the
21414 printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript image in a file with
21415 that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a file name.
21416
21417 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21418
21419 (autoload 'pr-ps-region-preview "printing" "\
21420 Preview region using ghostview.
21421
21422 See also `pr-ps-buffer-preview'.
21423
21424 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21425
21426 (autoload 'pr-ps-region-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
21427 Print region using PostScript through ghostscript.
21428
21429 See also `pr-ps-buffer-using-ghostscript'.
21430
21431 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21432
21433 (autoload 'pr-ps-region-print "printing" "\
21434 Print region using PostScript printer.
21435
21436 See also `pr-ps-buffer-print'.
21437
21438 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21439
21440 (autoload 'pr-ps-region-ps-print "printing" "\
21441 Print region using PostScript printer or through ghostscript.
21442
21443 See also `pr-ps-buffer-ps-print'.
21444
21445 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21446
21447 (autoload 'pr-ps-mode-preview "printing" "\
21448 Preview major mode using ghostview.
21449
21450 See also `pr-ps-buffer-preview'.
21451
21452 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21453
21454 (autoload 'pr-ps-mode-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
21455 Print major mode using PostScript through ghostscript.
21456
21457 See also `pr-ps-buffer-using-ghostscript'.
21458
21459 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21460
21461 (autoload 'pr-ps-mode-print "printing" "\
21462 Print major mode using PostScript printer.
21463
21464 See also `pr-ps-buffer-print'.
21465
21466 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21467
21468 (autoload 'pr-ps-mode-ps-print "printing" "\
21469 Print major mode using PostScript or through ghostscript.
21470
21471 See also `pr-ps-buffer-ps-print'.
21472
21473 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21474
21475 (autoload 'pr-printify-directory "printing" "\
21476 Replace nonprinting characters in directory with printable representations.
21477 The printable representations use ^ (for ASCII control characters) or hex.
21478 The characters tab, linefeed, space, return and formfeed are not affected.
21479
21480 Interactively, the command prompts for a directory and a file name regexp for
21481 matching.
21482
21483 Noninteractively, if DIR is nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil,
21484 prompts for FILE(name)-REGEXP.
21485
21486 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
21487
21488 \(fn &optional DIR FILE-REGEXP)" t nil)
21489
21490 (autoload 'pr-printify-buffer "printing" "\
21491 Replace nonprinting characters in buffer with printable representations.
21492 The printable representations use ^ (for ASCII control characters) or hex.
21493 The characters tab, linefeed, space, return and formfeed are not affected.
21494
21495 \(fn)" t nil)
21496
21497 (autoload 'pr-printify-region "printing" "\
21498 Replace nonprinting characters in region with printable representations.
21499 The printable representations use ^ (for ASCII control characters) or hex.
21500 The characters tab, linefeed, space, return and formfeed are not affected.
21501
21502 \(fn)" t nil)
21503
21504 (autoload 'pr-txt-directory "printing" "\
21505 Print directory using text printer.
21506
21507 Interactively, the command prompts for a directory and a file name regexp for
21508 matching.
21509
21510 Noninteractively, if DIR is nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil,
21511 prompts for FILE(name)-REGEXP.
21512
21513 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
21514
21515 \(fn &optional DIR FILE-REGEXP)" t nil)
21516
21517 (autoload 'pr-txt-buffer "printing" "\
21518 Print buffer using text printer.
21519
21520 \(fn)" t nil)
21521
21522 (autoload 'pr-txt-region "printing" "\
21523 Print region using text printer.
21524
21525 \(fn)" t nil)
21526
21527 (autoload 'pr-txt-mode "printing" "\
21528 Print major mode using text printer.
21529
21530 \(fn)" t nil)
21531
21532 (autoload 'pr-despool-preview "printing" "\
21533 Preview spooled PostScript.
21534
21535 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
21536 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
21537 instead of saving it in a temporary file.
21538
21539 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
21540 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
21541 PostScript image in a file with that name.
21542
21543 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21544
21545 (autoload 'pr-despool-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
21546 Print spooled PostScript using ghostscript.
21547
21548 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
21549 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
21550 instead of sending it to the printer.
21551
21552 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
21553 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
21554 image in a file with that name.
21555
21556 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21557
21558 (autoload 'pr-despool-print "printing" "\
21559 Send the spooled PostScript to the printer.
21560
21561 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
21562 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
21563 instead of sending it to the printer.
21564
21565 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
21566 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
21567 image in a file with that name.
21568
21569 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21570
21571 (autoload 'pr-despool-ps-print "printing" "\
21572 Send the spooled PostScript to the printer or use ghostscript to print it.
21573
21574 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
21575 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
21576 instead of sending it to the printer.
21577
21578 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
21579 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
21580 image in a file with that name.
21581
21582 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21583
21584 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-preview "printing" "\
21585 Preview PostScript file FILENAME.
21586
21587 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
21588
21589 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-up-preview "printing" "\
21590 Preview PostScript file FILENAME.
21591
21592 \(fn N-UP IFILENAME &optional OFILENAME)" t nil)
21593
21594 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
21595 Print PostScript file FILENAME using ghostscript.
21596
21597 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
21598
21599 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-print "printing" "\
21600 Print PostScript file FILENAME.
21601
21602 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
21603
21604 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-ps-print "printing" "\
21605 Send PostScript file FILENAME to printer or use ghostscript to print it.
21606
21607 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
21608
21609 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-up-ps-print "printing" "\
21610 Process a PostScript file IFILENAME and send it to printer.
21611
21612 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, for an input
21613 PostScript file IFILENAME and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
21614 command prompts the user for an output PostScript file name OFILENAME, and
21615 saves the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
21616
21617 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
21618 argument IFILENAME is treated as follows: if it's t, prompts for an input
21619 PostScript file name; otherwise, it *must* be a string that it's an input
21620 PostScript file name. The argument OFILENAME is treated as follows: if it's
21621 nil, send the image to the printer. If OFILENAME is a string, save the
21622 PostScript image in a file with that name. If OFILENAME is t, prompts for a
21623 file name.
21624
21625 \(fn N-UP IFILENAME &optional OFILENAME)" t nil)
21626
21627 (autoload 'pr-toggle-file-duplex "printing" "\
21628 Toggle duplex for PostScript file.
21629
21630 \(fn)" t nil)
21631
21632 (autoload 'pr-toggle-file-tumble "printing" "\
21633 Toggle tumble for PostScript file.
21634
21635 If tumble is off, produces a printing suitable for binding on the left or
21636 right.
21637 If tumble is on, produces a printing suitable for binding at the top or
21638 bottom.
21639
21640 \(fn)" t nil)
21641
21642 (autoload 'pr-toggle-file-landscape "printing" "\
21643 Toggle landscape for PostScript file.
21644
21645 \(fn)" t nil)
21646
21647 (autoload 'pr-toggle-ghostscript "printing" "\
21648 Toggle printing using ghostscript.
21649
21650 \(fn)" t nil)
21651
21652 (autoload 'pr-toggle-faces "printing" "\
21653 Toggle printing with faces.
21654
21655 \(fn)" t nil)
21656
21657 (autoload 'pr-toggle-spool "printing" "\
21658 Toggle spooling.
21659
21660 \(fn)" t nil)
21661
21662 (autoload 'pr-toggle-duplex "printing" "\
21663 Toggle duplex.
21664
21665 \(fn)" t nil)
21666
21667 (autoload 'pr-toggle-tumble "printing" "\
21668 Toggle tumble.
21669
21670 If tumble is off, produces a printing suitable for binding on the left or
21671 right.
21672 If tumble is on, produces a printing suitable for binding at the top or
21673 bottom.
21674
21675 \(fn)" t nil)
21676
21677 (autoload 'pr-toggle-landscape "printing" "\
21678 Toggle landscape.
21679
21680 \(fn)" t nil)
21681
21682 (autoload 'pr-toggle-upside-down "printing" "\
21683 Toggle upside-down.
21684
21685 \(fn)" t nil)
21686
21687 (autoload 'pr-toggle-line "printing" "\
21688 Toggle line number.
21689
21690 \(fn)" t nil)
21691
21692 (autoload 'pr-toggle-zebra "printing" "\
21693 Toggle zebra stripes.
21694
21695 \(fn)" t nil)
21696
21697 (autoload 'pr-toggle-header "printing" "\
21698 Toggle printing header.
21699
21700 \(fn)" t nil)
21701
21702 (autoload 'pr-toggle-header-frame "printing" "\
21703 Toggle printing header frame.
21704
21705 \(fn)" t nil)
21706
21707 (autoload 'pr-toggle-lock "printing" "\
21708 Toggle menu lock.
21709
21710 \(fn)" t nil)
21711
21712 (autoload 'pr-toggle-region "printing" "\
21713 Toggle whether the region is automagically detected.
21714
21715 \(fn)" t nil)
21716
21717 (autoload 'pr-toggle-mode "printing" "\
21718 Toggle auto mode.
21719
21720 \(fn)" t nil)
21721
21722 (autoload 'pr-customize "printing" "\
21723 Customization of the `printing' group.
21724
21725 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
21726
21727 (autoload 'lpr-customize "printing" "\
21728 Customization of the `lpr' group.
21729
21730 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
21731
21732 (autoload 'pr-help "printing" "\
21733 Help for the printing package.
21734
21735 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
21736
21737 (autoload 'pr-ps-name "printing" "\
21738 Interactively select a PostScript printer.
21739
21740 \(fn)" t nil)
21741
21742 (autoload 'pr-txt-name "printing" "\
21743 Interactively select a text printer.
21744
21745 \(fn)" t nil)
21746
21747 (autoload 'pr-ps-utility "printing" "\
21748 Interactively select a PostScript utility.
21749
21750 \(fn)" t nil)
21751
21752 (autoload 'pr-show-ps-setup "printing" "\
21753 Show current ps-print settings.
21754
21755 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
21756
21757 (autoload 'pr-show-pr-setup "printing" "\
21758 Show current printing settings.
21759
21760 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
21761
21762 (autoload 'pr-show-lpr-setup "printing" "\
21763 Show current lpr settings.
21764
21765 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
21766
21767 (autoload 'pr-ps-fast-fire "printing" "\
21768 Fast fire function for PostScript printing.
21769
21770 If a region is active, the region will be printed instead of the whole buffer.
21771 Also if the current major-mode is defined in `pr-mode-alist', the settings in
21772 `pr-mode-alist' will be used, that is, the current buffer or region will be
21773 printed using `pr-ps-mode-ps-print'.
21774
21775
21776 Interactively, you have the following situations:
21777
21778 M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
21779 The command prompts the user for a N-UP value and printing will
21780 immediately be done using the current active printer.
21781
21782 C-u M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
21783 C-u 0 M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
21784 The command prompts the user for a N-UP value and also for a current
21785 PostScript printer, then printing will immediately be done using the new
21786 current active printer.
21787
21788 C-u 1 M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
21789 The command prompts the user for a N-UP value and also for a file name,
21790 and saves the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the
21791 printer.
21792
21793 C-u 2 M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
21794 The command prompts the user for a N-UP value, then for a current
21795 PostScript printer and, finally, for a file name. Then change the active
21796 printer to that chosen by user and saves the PostScript image in
21797 that file instead of sending it to the printer.
21798
21799
21800 Noninteractively, the argument N-UP should be a positive integer greater than
21801 zero and the argument SELECT is treated as follows:
21802
21803 If it's nil, send the image to the printer.
21804
21805 If it's a list or an integer lesser or equal to zero, the command prompts
21806 the user for a current PostScript printer, then printing will immediately
21807 be done using the new current active printer.
21808
21809 If it's an integer equal to 1, the command prompts the user for a file name
21810 and saves the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the
21811 printer.
21812
21813 If it's an integer greater or equal to 2, the command prompts the user for a
21814 current PostScript printer and for a file name. Then change the active
21815 printer to that chosen by user and saves the PostScript image in that file
21816 instead of sending it to the printer.
21817
21818 If it's a symbol which it's defined in `pr-ps-printer-alist', it's the new
21819 active printer and printing will immediately be done using the new active
21820 printer.
21821
21822 Otherwise, send the image to the printer.
21823
21824
21825 Note that this command always behaves as if `pr-auto-region' and `pr-auto-mode'
21826 are both set to t.
21827
21828 \(fn N-UP &optional SELECT)" t nil)
21829
21830 (autoload 'pr-txt-fast-fire "printing" "\
21831 Fast fire function for text printing.
21832
21833 If a region is active, the region will be printed instead of the whole buffer.
21834 Also if the current major-mode is defined in `pr-mode-alist', the settings in
21835 `pr-mode-alist' will be used, that is, the current buffer or region will be
21836 printed using `pr-txt-mode'.
21837
21838 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
21839 user for a new active text printer.
21840
21841 Noninteractively, the argument SELECT-PRINTER is treated as follows:
21842
21843 If it's nil, the printing is sent to the current active text printer.
21844
21845 If it's a symbol which it's defined in `pr-txt-printer-alist', it's the new
21846 active printer and printing will immediately be done using the new active
21847 printer.
21848
21849 If it's non-nil, the command prompts the user for a new active text printer.
21850
21851 Note that this command always behaves as if `pr-auto-region' and `pr-auto-mode'
21852 are both set to t.
21853
21854 \(fn &optional SELECT-PRINTER)" t nil)
21855
21856 ;;;***
21857 \f
21858 ;;;### (autoloads nil "proced" "proced.el" (22085 50883 209731 271000))
21859 ;;; Generated autoloads from proced.el
21860
21861 (autoload 'proced "proced" "\
21862 Generate a listing of UNIX system processes.
21863 \\<proced-mode-map>
21864 If invoked with optional ARG, do not select the window displaying
21865 the process information.
21866
21867 This function runs the normal hook `proced-post-display-hook'.
21868
21869 See `proced-mode' for a description of features available in
21870 Proced buffers.
21871
21872 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
21873
21874 ;;;***
21875 \f
21876 ;;;### (autoloads nil "profiler" "profiler.el" (21948 40114 402686
21877 ;;;;;; 453000))
21878 ;;; Generated autoloads from profiler.el
21879
21880 (autoload 'profiler-start "profiler" "\
21881 Start/restart profilers.
21882 MODE can be one of `cpu', `mem', or `cpu+mem'.
21883 If MODE is `cpu' or `cpu+mem', time-based profiler will be started.
21884 Also, if MODE is `mem' or `cpu+mem', then memory profiler will be started.
21885
21886 \(fn MODE)" t nil)
21887
21888 (autoload 'profiler-find-profile "profiler" "\
21889 Open profile FILENAME.
21890
21891 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
21892
21893 (autoload 'profiler-find-profile-other-window "profiler" "\
21894 Open profile FILENAME.
21895
21896 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
21897
21898 (autoload 'profiler-find-profile-other-frame "profiler" "\
21899 Open profile FILENAME.
21900
21901 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
21902
21903 ;;;***
21904 \f
21905 ;;;### (autoloads nil "project" "progmodes/project.el" (22083 9150
21906 ;;;;;; 180915 960000))
21907 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/project.el
21908
21909 (autoload 'project-current "project" "\
21910 Return the project instance in DIR or `default-directory'.
21911 When no project found in DIR, and MAYBE-PROMPT is non-nil, ask
21912 the user for a different directory to look in.
21913
21914 \(fn &optional MAYBE-PROMPT DIR)" nil nil)
21915
21916 (autoload 'project-find-regexp "project" "\
21917 Find all matches for REGEXP in the current project.
21918 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, you can specify the directory
21919 to search in, and the file name pattern to search for.
21920
21921 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
21922
21923 (autoload 'project-or-libraries-find-regexp "project" "\
21924 Find all matches for REGEXP in the current project or libraries.
21925 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, you can specify the file name
21926 pattern to search for.
21927
21928 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
21929
21930 ;;;***
21931 \f
21932 ;;;### (autoloads nil "prolog" "progmodes/prolog.el" (22040 58794
21933 ;;;;;; 692259 771000))
21934 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/prolog.el
21935
21936 (autoload 'prolog-mode "prolog" "\
21937 Major mode for editing Prolog code.
21938
21939 Blank lines and `%%...' separate paragraphs. `%'s starts a comment
21940 line and comments can also be enclosed in /* ... */.
21941
21942 If an optional argument SYSTEM is non-nil, set up mode for the given system.
21943
21944 To find out what version of Prolog mode you are running, enter
21945 `\\[prolog-mode-version]'.
21946
21947 Commands:
21948 \\{prolog-mode-map}
21949
21950 \(fn)" t nil)
21951
21952 (autoload 'mercury-mode "prolog" "\
21953 Major mode for editing Mercury programs.
21954 Actually this is just customized `prolog-mode'.
21955
21956 \(fn)" t nil)
21957
21958 (autoload 'run-prolog "prolog" "\
21959 Run an inferior Prolog process, input and output via buffer *prolog*.
21960 With prefix argument ARG, restart the Prolog process if running before.
21961
21962 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
21963
21964 ;;;***
21965 \f
21966 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ps-bdf" "ps-bdf.el" (21670 32331 885635 586000))
21967 ;;; Generated autoloads from ps-bdf.el
21968
21969 (defvar bdf-directory-list (if (memq system-type '(ms-dos windows-nt)) (list (expand-file-name "fonts/bdf" installation-directory)) '("/usr/local/share/emacs/fonts/bdf")) "\
21970 List of directories to search for `BDF' font files.
21971 The default value is '(\"/usr/local/share/emacs/fonts/bdf\").")
21972
21973 (custom-autoload 'bdf-directory-list "ps-bdf" t)
21974
21975 ;;;***
21976 \f
21977 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ps-mode" "progmodes/ps-mode.el" (21670 32331
21978 ;;;;;; 385639 720000))
21979 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ps-mode.el
21980 (push (purecopy '(ps-mode 1 1 9)) package--builtin-versions)
21981
21982 (autoload 'ps-mode "ps-mode" "\
21983 Major mode for editing PostScript with GNU Emacs.
21984
21985 Entry to this mode calls `ps-mode-hook'.
21986
21987 The following variables hold user options, and can
21988 be set through the `customize' command:
21989
21990 `ps-mode-tab'
21991 `ps-mode-paper-size'
21992 `ps-mode-print-function'
21993 `ps-run-prompt'
21994 `ps-run-font-lock-keywords-2'
21995 `ps-run-x'
21996 `ps-run-dumb'
21997 `ps-run-init'
21998 `ps-run-error-line-numbers'
21999 `ps-run-tmp-dir'
22000
22001 Type \\[describe-variable] for documentation on these options.
22002
22003
22004 \\{ps-mode-map}
22005
22006
22007 When starting an interactive PostScript process with \\[ps-run-start],
22008 a second window will be displayed, and `ps-run-mode-hook' will be called.
22009 The keymap for this second window is:
22010
22011 \\{ps-run-mode-map}
22012
22013
22014 When Ghostscript encounters an error it displays an error message
22015 with a file position. Clicking mouse-2 on this number will bring
22016 point to the corresponding spot in the PostScript window, if input
22017 to the interpreter was sent from that window.
22018 Typing \\<ps-run-mode-map>\\[ps-run-goto-error] when the cursor is at the number has the same effect.
22019
22020 \(fn)" t nil)
22021
22022 ;;;***
22023 \f
22024 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ps-print" "ps-print.el" (22011 58553 993858
22025 ;;;;;; 469000))
22026 ;;; Generated autoloads from ps-print.el
22027 (push (purecopy '(ps-print 7 3 5)) package--builtin-versions)
22028
22029 (defvar ps-page-dimensions-database (purecopy (list (list 'a4 (/ (* 72 21.0) 2.54) (/ (* 72 29.7) 2.54) "A4") (list 'a3 (/ (* 72 29.7) 2.54) (/ (* 72 42.0) 2.54) "A3") (list 'letter (* 72 8.5) (* 72 11.0) "Letter") (list 'legal (* 72 8.5) (* 72 14.0) "Legal") (list 'letter-small (* 72 7.68) (* 72 10.16) "LetterSmall") (list 'tabloid (* 72 11.0) (* 72 17.0) "Tabloid") (list 'ledger (* 72 17.0) (* 72 11.0) "Ledger") (list 'statement (* 72 5.5) (* 72 8.5) "Statement") (list 'executive (* 72 7.5) (* 72 10.0) "Executive") (list 'a4small (* 72 7.47) (* 72 10.85) "A4Small") (list 'b4 (* 72 10.125) (* 72 14.33) "B4") (list 'b5 (* 72 7.16) (* 72 10.125) "B5") '(addresslarge 236.0 99.0 "AddressLarge") '(addresssmall 236.0 68.0 "AddressSmall") '(cuthanging13 90.0 222.0 "CutHanging13") '(cuthanging15 90.0 114.0 "CutHanging15") '(diskette 181.0 136.0 "Diskette") '(eurofilefolder 139.0 112.0 "EuropeanFilefolder") '(eurofoldernarrow 526.0 107.0 "EuroFolderNarrow") '(eurofolderwide 526.0 136.0 "EuroFolderWide") '(euronamebadge 189.0 108.0 "EuroNameBadge") '(euronamebadgelarge 223.0 136.0 "EuroNameBadgeLarge") '(filefolder 230.0 37.0 "FileFolder") '(jewelry 76.0 136.0 "Jewelry") '(mediabadge 180.0 136.0 "MediaBadge") '(multipurpose 126.0 68.0 "MultiPurpose") '(retaillabel 90.0 104.0 "RetailLabel") '(shipping 271.0 136.0 "Shipping") '(slide35mm 26.0 104.0 "Slide35mm") '(spine8mm 187.0 26.0 "Spine8mm") '(topcoated 425.19685 136.0 "TopCoatedPaper") '(topcoatedpaper 396.0 136.0 "TopcoatedPaper150") '(vhsface 205.0 127.0 "VHSFace") '(vhsspine 400.0 50.0 "VHSSpine") '(zipdisk 156.0 136.0 "ZipDisk"))) "\
22030 List associating a symbolic paper type to its width, height and doc media.
22031 See `ps-paper-type'.")
22032
22033 (custom-autoload 'ps-page-dimensions-database "ps-print" t)
22034
22035 (defvar ps-paper-type 'letter "\
22036 Specify the size of paper to format for.
22037 Should be one of the paper types defined in `ps-page-dimensions-database', for
22038 example `letter', `legal' or `a4'.")
22039
22040 (custom-autoload 'ps-paper-type "ps-print" t)
22041
22042 (defvar ps-print-color-p (or (fboundp 'x-color-values) (fboundp 'color-instance-rgb-components)) "\
22043 Specify how buffer's text color is printed.
22044
22045 Valid values are:
22046
22047 nil Do not print colors.
22048
22049 t Print colors.
22050
22051 black-white Print colors on black/white printer.
22052 See also `ps-black-white-faces'.
22053
22054 Any other value is treated as t.")
22055
22056 (custom-autoload 'ps-print-color-p "ps-print" t)
22057
22058 (autoload 'ps-print-customize "ps-print" "\
22059 Customization of ps-print group.
22060
22061 \(fn)" t nil)
22062
22063 (autoload 'ps-print-buffer "ps-print" "\
22064 Generate and print a PostScript image of the buffer.
22065
22066 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (\\[universal-argument]), the command prompts the
22067 user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in that file instead of
22068 sending it to the printer.
22069
22070 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
22071 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
22072 image in a file with that name.
22073
22074 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
22075
22076 (autoload 'ps-print-buffer-with-faces "ps-print" "\
22077 Generate and print a PostScript image of the buffer.
22078 Like `ps-print-buffer', but includes font, color, and underline information in
22079 the generated image. This command works only if you are using a window system,
22080 so it has a way to determine color values.
22081
22082 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
22083
22084 (autoload 'ps-print-region "ps-print" "\
22085 Generate and print a PostScript image of the region.
22086 Like `ps-print-buffer', but prints just the current region.
22087
22088 \(fn FROM TO &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
22089
22090 (autoload 'ps-print-region-with-faces "ps-print" "\
22091 Generate and print a PostScript image of the region.
22092 Like `ps-print-region', but includes font, color, and underline information in
22093 the generated image. This command works only if you are using a window system,
22094 so it has a way to determine color values.
22095
22096 \(fn FROM TO &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
22097
22098 (autoload 'ps-spool-buffer "ps-print" "\
22099 Generate and spool a PostScript image of the buffer.
22100 Like `ps-print-buffer' except that the PostScript image is saved in a local
22101 buffer to be sent to the printer later.
22102
22103 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
22104
22105 \(fn)" t nil)
22106
22107 (autoload 'ps-spool-buffer-with-faces "ps-print" "\
22108 Generate and spool a PostScript image of the buffer.
22109 Like the command `ps-spool-buffer', but includes font, color, and underline
22110 information in the generated image. This command works only if you are using
22111 a window system, so it has a way to determine color values.
22112
22113 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
22114
22115 \(fn)" t nil)
22116
22117 (autoload 'ps-spool-region "ps-print" "\
22118 Generate a PostScript image of the region and spool locally.
22119 Like `ps-spool-buffer', but spools just the current region.
22120
22121 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
22122
22123 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
22124
22125 (autoload 'ps-spool-region-with-faces "ps-print" "\
22126 Generate a PostScript image of the region and spool locally.
22127 Like `ps-spool-region', but includes font, color, and underline information in
22128 the generated image. This command works only if you are using a window system,
22129 so it has a way to determine color values.
22130
22131 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
22132
22133 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
22134
22135 (autoload 'ps-despool "ps-print" "\
22136 Send the spooled PostScript to the printer.
22137
22138 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (\\[universal-argument]), the command prompts the
22139 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
22140 instead of sending it to the printer.
22141
22142 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
22143 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
22144 image in a file with that name.
22145
22146 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
22147
22148 (autoload 'ps-line-lengths "ps-print" "\
22149 Display the correspondence between a line length and a font size.
22150 Done using the current ps-print setup.
22151 Try: pr -t file | awk '{printf \"%3d %s
22152 \", length($0), $0}' | sort -r | head
22153
22154 \(fn)" t nil)
22155
22156 (autoload 'ps-nb-pages-buffer "ps-print" "\
22157 Display number of pages to print this buffer, for various font heights.
22158 The table depends on the current ps-print setup.
22159
22160 \(fn NB-LINES)" t nil)
22161
22162 (autoload 'ps-nb-pages-region "ps-print" "\
22163 Display number of pages to print the region, for various font heights.
22164 The table depends on the current ps-print setup.
22165
22166 \(fn NB-LINES)" t nil)
22167
22168 (autoload 'ps-setup "ps-print" "\
22169 Return the current PostScript-generation setup.
22170
22171 \(fn)" nil nil)
22172
22173 (autoload 'ps-extend-face-list "ps-print" "\
22174 Extend face in ALIST-SYM.
22175
22176 If optional MERGE-P is non-nil, extensions in FACE-EXTENSION-LIST are merged
22177 with face extension in ALIST-SYM; otherwise, overrides.
22178
22179 If optional ALIST-SYM is nil, `ps-print-face-extension-alist' is used;
22180 otherwise, it should be an alist symbol.
22181
22182 The elements in FACE-EXTENSION-LIST are like those for `ps-extend-face'.
22183
22184 See `ps-extend-face' for documentation.
22185
22186 \(fn FACE-EXTENSION-LIST &optional MERGE-P ALIST-SYM)" nil nil)
22187
22188 (autoload 'ps-extend-face "ps-print" "\
22189 Extend face in ALIST-SYM.
22190
22191 If optional MERGE-P is non-nil, extensions in FACE-EXTENSION list are merged
22192 with face extensions in ALIST-SYM; otherwise, overrides.
22193
22194 If optional ALIST-SYM is nil, `ps-print-face-extension-alist' is used;
22195 otherwise, it should be an alist symbol.
22196
22197 The elements of FACE-EXTENSION list have the form:
22198
22199 (FACE-NAME FOREGROUND BACKGROUND EXTENSION...)
22200
22201 FACE-NAME is a face name symbol.
22202
22203 FOREGROUND and BACKGROUND may be nil or a string that denotes the
22204 foreground and background colors respectively.
22205
22206 EXTENSION is one of the following symbols:
22207 bold - use bold font.
22208 italic - use italic font.
22209 underline - put a line under text.
22210 strikeout - like underline, but the line is in middle of text.
22211 overline - like underline, but the line is over the text.
22212 shadow - text will have a shadow.
22213 box - text will be surrounded by a box.
22214 outline - print characters as hollow outlines.
22215
22216 If EXTENSION is any other symbol, it is ignored.
22217
22218 \(fn FACE-EXTENSION &optional MERGE-P ALIST-SYM)" nil nil)
22219
22220 ;;;***
22221 \f
22222 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pulse" "cedet/pulse.el" (21968 25395 287570
22223 ;;;;;; 741000))
22224 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/pulse.el
22225 (push (purecopy '(pulse 1 0)) package--builtin-versions)
22226
22227 (autoload 'pulse-momentary-highlight-one-line "pulse" "\
22228 Highlight the line around POINT, unhighlighting before next command.
22229 Optional argument FACE specifies the face to do the highlighting.
22230
22231 \(fn POINT &optional FACE)" nil nil)
22232
22233 (autoload 'pulse-momentary-highlight-region "pulse" "\
22234 Highlight between START and END, unhighlighting before next command.
22235 Optional argument FACE specifies the face to do the highlighting.
22236
22237 \(fn START END &optional FACE)" nil nil)
22238
22239 ;;;***
22240 \f
22241 ;;;### (autoloads nil "python" "progmodes/python.el" (22069 62806
22242 ;;;;;; 686804 836000))
22243 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/python.el
22244 (push (purecopy '(python 0 25 1)) package--builtin-versions)
22245
22246 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist (cons (purecopy "\\.py\\'") 'python-mode))
22247
22248 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist (cons (purecopy "python[0-9.]*") 'python-mode))
22249
22250 (autoload 'run-python "python" "\
22251 Run an inferior Python process.
22252
22253 Argument CMD defaults to `python-shell-calculate-command' return
22254 value. When called interactively with `prefix-arg', it allows
22255 the user to edit such value and choose whether the interpreter
22256 should be DEDICATED for the current buffer. When numeric prefix
22257 arg is other than 0 or 4 do not SHOW.
22258
22259 For a given buffer and same values of DEDICATED, if a process is
22260 already running for it, it will do nothing. This means that if
22261 the current buffer is using a global process, the user is still
22262 able to switch it to use a dedicated one.
22263
22264 Runs the hook `inferior-python-mode-hook' after
22265 `comint-mode-hook' is run. (Type \\[describe-mode] in the
22266 process buffer for a list of commands.)
22267
22268 \(fn &optional CMD DEDICATED SHOW)" t nil)
22269
22270 (autoload 'python-mode "python" "\
22271 Major mode for editing Python files.
22272
22273 \\{python-mode-map}
22274
22275 \(fn)" t nil)
22276
22277 ;;;***
22278 \f
22279 ;;;### (autoloads nil "qp" "gnus/qp.el" (21670 32331 385639 720000))
22280 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/qp.el
22281
22282 (autoload 'quoted-printable-decode-region "qp" "\
22283 Decode quoted-printable in the region between FROM and TO, per RFC 2045.
22284 If CODING-SYSTEM is non-nil, decode bytes into characters with that
22285 coding-system.
22286
22287 Interactively, you can supply the CODING-SYSTEM argument
22288 with \\[universal-coding-system-argument].
22289
22290 The CODING-SYSTEM argument is a historical hangover and is deprecated.
22291 QP encodes raw bytes and should be decoded into raw bytes. Decoding
22292 them into characters should be done separately.
22293
22294 \(fn FROM TO &optional CODING-SYSTEM)" t nil)
22295
22296 ;;;***
22297 \f
22298 ;;;### (autoloads nil "quail" "international/quail.el" (21988 10681
22299 ;;;;;; 981624 461000))
22300 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/quail.el
22301
22302 (autoload 'quail-title "quail" "\
22303 Return the title of the current Quail package.
22304
22305 \(fn)" nil nil)
22306
22307 (autoload 'quail-use-package "quail" "\
22308 Start using Quail package PACKAGE-NAME.
22309 The remaining arguments are LIBRARIES to be loaded before using the package.
22310
22311 This activates input method defined by PACKAGE-NAME by running
22312 `quail-activate', which see.
22313
22314 \(fn PACKAGE-NAME &rest LIBRARIES)" nil nil)
22315
22316 (autoload 'quail-define-package "quail" "\
22317 Define NAME as a new Quail package for input LANGUAGE.
22318 TITLE is a string to be displayed at mode-line to indicate this package.
22319 Optional arguments are GUIDANCE, DOCSTRING, TRANSLATION-KEYS,
22320 FORGET-LAST-SELECTION, DETERMINISTIC, KBD-TRANSLATE, SHOW-LAYOUT,
22321 CREATE-DECODE-MAP, MAXIMUM-SHORTEST, OVERLAY-PLIST,
22322 UPDATE-TRANSLATION-FUNCTION, CONVERSION-KEYS and SIMPLE.
22323
22324 GUIDANCE specifies how a guidance string is shown in echo area.
22325 If it is t, list of all possible translations for the current key is shown
22326 with the currently selected translation being highlighted.
22327 If it is an alist, the element has the form (CHAR . STRING). Each character
22328 in the current key is searched in the list and the corresponding string is
22329 shown.
22330 If it is nil, the current key is shown.
22331
22332 DOCSTRING is the documentation string of this package. The command
22333 `describe-input-method' shows this string while replacing the form
22334 \\=\\<VAR> in the string by the value of VAR. That value should be a
22335 string. For instance, the form \\=\\<quail-translation-docstring> is
22336 replaced by a description about how to select a translation from a
22337 list of candidates.
22338
22339 TRANSLATION-KEYS specifies additional key bindings used while translation
22340 region is active. It is an alist of single key character vs. corresponding
22341 command to be called.
22342
22343 FORGET-LAST-SELECTION non-nil means a selected translation is not kept
22344 for the future to translate the same key. If this flag is nil, a
22345 translation selected for a key is remembered so that it can be the
22346 first candidate when the same key is entered later.
22347
22348 DETERMINISTIC non-nil means the first candidate of translation is
22349 selected automatically without allowing users to select another
22350 translation for a key. In this case, unselected translations are of
22351 no use for an interactive use of Quail but can be used by some other
22352 programs. If this flag is non-nil, FORGET-LAST-SELECTION is also set
22353 to t.
22354
22355 KBD-TRANSLATE non-nil means input characters are translated from a
22356 user's keyboard layout to the standard keyboard layout. See the
22357 documentation of `quail-keyboard-layout' and
22358 `quail-keyboard-layout-standard' for more detail.
22359
22360 SHOW-LAYOUT non-nil means the function `quail-help' (as used by
22361 the command `describe-input-method') should show the user's keyboard
22362 layout visually with translated characters. If KBD-TRANSLATE is
22363 set, it is desirable to also set this flag, unless this package
22364 defines no translations for single character keys.
22365
22366 CREATE-DECODE-MAP non-nil means decode map is also created. A decode
22367 map is an alist of translations and corresponding original keys.
22368 Although this map is not used by Quail itself, it can be used by some
22369 other programs. For instance, Vietnamese supporting needs this map to
22370 convert Vietnamese text to VIQR format which uses only ASCII
22371 characters to represent Vietnamese characters.
22372
22373 MAXIMUM-SHORTEST non-nil means break key sequence to get maximum
22374 length of the shortest sequence. When we don't have a translation of
22375 key \"..ABCD\" but have translations of \"..AB\" and \"CD..\", break
22376 the key at \"..AB\" and start translation of \"CD..\". Hangul
22377 packages, for instance, use this facility. If this flag is nil, we
22378 break the key just at \"..ABC\" and start translation of \"D..\".
22379
22380 OVERLAY-PLIST if non-nil is a property list put on an overlay which
22381 covers Quail translation region.
22382
22383 UPDATE-TRANSLATION-FUNCTION if non-nil is a function to call to update
22384 the current translation region according to a new translation data. By
22385 default, a translated text or a user's key sequence (if no translation
22386 for it) is inserted.
22387
22388 CONVERSION-KEYS specifies additional key bindings used while
22389 conversion region is active. It is an alist of single key character
22390 vs. corresponding command to be called.
22391
22392 If SIMPLE is non-nil, then we do not alter the meanings of
22393 commands such as C-f, C-b, C-n, C-p and TAB; they are treated as
22394 non-Quail commands.
22395
22396 \(fn NAME LANGUAGE TITLE &optional GUIDANCE DOCSTRING TRANSLATION-KEYS FORGET-LAST-SELECTION DETERMINISTIC KBD-TRANSLATE SHOW-LAYOUT CREATE-DECODE-MAP MAXIMUM-SHORTEST OVERLAY-PLIST UPDATE-TRANSLATION-FUNCTION CONVERSION-KEYS SIMPLE)" nil nil)
22397
22398 (autoload 'quail-set-keyboard-layout "quail" "\
22399 Set the current keyboard layout to the same as keyboard KBD-TYPE.
22400
22401 Since some Quail packages depends on a physical layout of keys (not
22402 characters generated by them), those are created by assuming the
22403 standard layout defined in `quail-keyboard-layout-standard'. This
22404 function tells Quail system the layout of your keyboard so that what
22405 you type is correctly handled.
22406
22407 \(fn KBD-TYPE)" t nil)
22408
22409 (autoload 'quail-show-keyboard-layout "quail" "\
22410 Show the physical layout of the keyboard type KEYBOARD-TYPE.
22411
22412 The variable `quail-keyboard-layout-type' holds the currently selected
22413 keyboard type.
22414
22415 \(fn &optional KEYBOARD-TYPE)" t nil)
22416
22417 (autoload 'quail-define-rules "quail" "\
22418 Define translation rules of the current Quail package.
22419 Each argument is a list of KEY and TRANSLATION.
22420 KEY is a string meaning a sequence of keystrokes to be translated.
22421 TRANSLATION is a character, a string, a vector, a Quail map, or a function.
22422 If it is a character, it is the sole translation of KEY.
22423 If it is a string, each character is a candidate for the translation.
22424 If it is a vector, each element (string or character) is a candidate
22425 for the translation.
22426 In these cases, a key specific Quail map is generated and assigned to KEY.
22427
22428 If TRANSLATION is a Quail map or a function symbol which returns a Quail map,
22429 it is used to handle KEY.
22430
22431 The first argument may be an alist of annotations for the following
22432 rules. Each element has the form (ANNOTATION . VALUE), where
22433 ANNOTATION is a symbol indicating the annotation type. Currently
22434 the following annotation types are supported.
22435
22436 append -- the value non-nil means that the following rules should
22437 be appended to the rules of the current Quail package.
22438
22439 face -- the value is a face to use for displaying TRANSLATIONs in
22440 candidate list.
22441
22442 advice -- the value is a function to call after one of RULES is
22443 selected. The function is called with one argument, the
22444 selected TRANSLATION string, after the TRANSLATION is
22445 inserted.
22446
22447 no-decode-map --- the value non-nil means that decoding map is not
22448 generated for the following translations.
22449
22450 \(fn &rest RULES)" nil t)
22451
22452 (autoload 'quail-install-map "quail" "\
22453 Install the Quail map MAP in the current Quail package.
22454
22455 Optional 2nd arg NAME, if non-nil, is a name of Quail package for
22456 which to install MAP.
22457
22458 The installed map can be referred by the function `quail-map'.
22459
22460 \(fn MAP &optional NAME)" nil nil)
22461
22462 (autoload 'quail-install-decode-map "quail" "\
22463 Install the Quail decode map DECODE-MAP in the current Quail package.
22464
22465 Optional 2nd arg NAME, if non-nil, is a name of Quail package for
22466 which to install MAP.
22467
22468 The installed decode map can be referred by the function `quail-decode-map'.
22469
22470 \(fn DECODE-MAP &optional NAME)" nil nil)
22471
22472 (autoload 'quail-defrule "quail" "\
22473 Add one translation rule, KEY to TRANSLATION, in the current Quail package.
22474 KEY is a string meaning a sequence of keystrokes to be translated.
22475 TRANSLATION is a character, a string, a vector, a Quail map,
22476 a function, or a cons.
22477 It it is a character, it is the sole translation of KEY.
22478 If it is a string, each character is a candidate for the translation.
22479 If it is a vector, each element (string or character) is a candidate
22480 for the translation.
22481 If it is a cons, the car is one of the above and the cdr is a function
22482 to call when translating KEY (the return value is assigned to the
22483 variable `quail-current-data'). If the cdr part is not a function,
22484 the value itself is assigned to `quail-current-data'.
22485 In these cases, a key specific Quail map is generated and assigned to KEY.
22486
22487 If TRANSLATION is a Quail map or a function symbol which returns a Quail map,
22488 it is used to handle KEY.
22489
22490 Optional 3rd argument NAME, if specified, says which Quail package
22491 to define this translation rule in. The default is to define it in the
22492 current Quail package.
22493
22494 Optional 4th argument APPEND, if non-nil, appends TRANSLATION
22495 to the current translations for KEY instead of replacing them.
22496
22497 \(fn KEY TRANSLATION &optional NAME APPEND)" nil nil)
22498
22499 (autoload 'quail-defrule-internal "quail" "\
22500 Define KEY as TRANS in a Quail map MAP.
22501
22502 If Optional 4th arg APPEND is non-nil, TRANS is appended to the
22503 current translations for KEY instead of replacing them.
22504
22505 Optional 5th arg DECODE-MAP is a Quail decode map.
22506
22507 Optional 6th arg PROPS is a property list annotating TRANS. See the
22508 function `quail-define-rules' for the detail.
22509
22510 \(fn KEY TRANS MAP &optional APPEND DECODE-MAP PROPS)" nil nil)
22511
22512 (autoload 'quail-update-leim-list-file "quail" "\
22513 Update entries for Quail packages in `LEIM' list file in directory DIRNAME.
22514 DIRNAME is a directory containing Emacs input methods;
22515 normally, it should specify the `leim' subdirectory
22516 of the Emacs source tree.
22517
22518 It searches for Quail packages under `quail' subdirectory of DIRNAME,
22519 and update the file \"leim-list.el\" in DIRNAME.
22520
22521 When called from a program, the remaining arguments are additional
22522 directory names to search for Quail packages under `quail' subdirectory
22523 of each directory.
22524
22525 \(fn DIRNAME &rest DIRNAMES)" t nil)
22526
22527 ;;;***
22528 \f
22529 ;;;### (autoloads nil "quail/hangul" "leim/quail/hangul.el" (21953
22530 ;;;;;; 58033 331058 929000))
22531 ;;; Generated autoloads from leim/quail/hangul.el
22532
22533 (autoload 'hangul-input-method-activate "quail/hangul" "\
22534 Activate Hangul input method INPUT-METHOD.
22535 FUNC is a function to handle input key.
22536 HELP-TEXT is a text set in `hangul-input-method-help-text'.
22537
22538 \(fn INPUT-METHOD FUNC HELP-TEXT &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
22539
22540 ;;;***
22541 \f
22542 ;;;### (autoloads nil "quail/uni-input" "leim/quail/uni-input.el"
22543 ;;;;;; (21670 32331 385639 720000))
22544 ;;; Generated autoloads from leim/quail/uni-input.el
22545
22546 (autoload 'ucs-input-activate "quail/uni-input" "\
22547 Activate UCS input method.
22548 With ARG, activate UCS input method if and only if ARG is positive.
22549
22550 While this input method is active, the variable
22551 `input-method-function' is bound to the function `ucs-input-method'.
22552
22553 \(fn &optional ARG)" nil nil)
22554
22555 ;;;***
22556 \f
22557 ;;;### (autoloads nil "quickurl" "net/quickurl.el" (21670 32331 385639
22558 ;;;;;; 720000))
22559 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/quickurl.el
22560
22561 (defconst quickurl-reread-hook-postfix "\n;; Local Variables:\n;; eval: (progn (require 'quickurl) (add-hook 'local-write-file-hooks (lambda () (quickurl-read) nil)))\n;; End:\n" "\
22562 Example `quickurl-postfix' text that adds a local variable to the
22563 `quickurl-url-file' so that if you edit it by hand it will ensure that
22564 `quickurl-urls' is updated with the new URL list.
22565
22566 To make use of this do something like:
22567
22568 (setq quickurl-postfix quickurl-reread-hook-postfix)
22569
22570 in your init file (after loading/requiring quickurl).")
22571
22572 (autoload 'quickurl "quickurl" "\
22573 Insert a URL based on LOOKUP.
22574
22575 If not supplied LOOKUP is taken to be the word at point in the current
22576 buffer, this default action can be modified via
22577 `quickurl-grab-lookup-function'.
22578
22579 \(fn &optional LOOKUP)" t nil)
22580
22581 (autoload 'quickurl-ask "quickurl" "\
22582 Insert a URL, with `completing-read' prompt, based on LOOKUP.
22583
22584 \(fn LOOKUP)" t nil)
22585
22586 (autoload 'quickurl-add-url "quickurl" "\
22587 Allow the user to interactively add a new URL associated with WORD.
22588
22589 See `quickurl-grab-url' for details on how the default word/URL combination
22590 is decided.
22591
22592 \(fn WORD URL COMMENT)" t nil)
22593
22594 (autoload 'quickurl-browse-url "quickurl" "\
22595 Browse the URL associated with LOOKUP.
22596
22597 If not supplied LOOKUP is taken to be the word at point in the
22598 current buffer, this default action can be modified via
22599 `quickurl-grab-lookup-function'.
22600
22601 \(fn &optional LOOKUP)" t nil)
22602
22603 (autoload 'quickurl-browse-url-ask "quickurl" "\
22604 Browse the URL, with `completing-read' prompt, associated with LOOKUP.
22605
22606 \(fn LOOKUP)" t nil)
22607
22608 (autoload 'quickurl-edit-urls "quickurl" "\
22609 Pull `quickurl-url-file' into a buffer for hand editing.
22610
22611 \(fn)" t nil)
22612
22613 (autoload 'quickurl-list-mode "quickurl" "\
22614 A mode for browsing the quickurl URL list.
22615
22616 The key bindings for `quickurl-list-mode' are:
22617
22618 \\{quickurl-list-mode-map}
22619
22620 \(fn)" t nil)
22621
22622 (autoload 'quickurl-list "quickurl" "\
22623 Display `quickurl-list' as a formatted list using `quickurl-list-mode'.
22624
22625 \(fn)" t nil)
22626
22627 ;;;***
22628 \f
22629 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rcirc" "net/rcirc.el" (22011 58553 765858
22630 ;;;;;; 469000))
22631 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/rcirc.el
22632
22633 (autoload 'rcirc "rcirc" "\
22634 Connect to all servers in `rcirc-server-alist'.
22635
22636 Do not connect to a server if it is already connected.
22637
22638 If ARG is non-nil, instead prompt for connection parameters.
22639
22640 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
22641
22642 (defalias 'irc 'rcirc)
22643
22644 (autoload 'rcirc-connect "rcirc" "\
22645
22646
22647 \(fn SERVER &optional PORT NICK USER-NAME FULL-NAME STARTUP-CHANNELS PASSWORD ENCRYPTION)" nil nil)
22648
22649 (defvar rcirc-track-minor-mode nil "\
22650 Non-nil if Rcirc-Track minor mode is enabled.
22651 See the command `rcirc-track-minor-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
22652 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
22653 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
22654 or call the function `rcirc-track-minor-mode'.")
22655
22656 (custom-autoload 'rcirc-track-minor-mode "rcirc" nil)
22657
22658 (autoload 'rcirc-track-minor-mode "rcirc" "\
22659 Global minor mode for tracking activity in rcirc buffers.
22660 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
22661 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
22662 if ARG is omitted or nil.
22663
22664 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22665
22666 ;;;***
22667 \f
22668 ;;;### (autoloads nil "re-builder" "emacs-lisp/re-builder.el" (21998
22669 ;;;;;; 46517 18024 649000))
22670 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/re-builder.el
22671
22672 (defalias 'regexp-builder 're-builder)
22673
22674 (autoload 're-builder "re-builder" "\
22675 Construct a regexp interactively.
22676 This command makes the current buffer the \"target\" buffer of
22677 the regexp builder. It displays a buffer named \"*RE-Builder*\"
22678 in another window, initially containing an empty regexp.
22679
22680 As you edit the regexp in the \"*RE-Builder*\" buffer, the
22681 matching parts of the target buffer will be highlighted.
22682
22683 \(fn)" t nil)
22684
22685 ;;;***
22686 \f
22687 ;;;### (autoloads nil "recentf" "recentf.el" (21998 46517 266024
22688 ;;;;;; 649000))
22689 ;;; Generated autoloads from recentf.el
22690
22691 (defvar recentf-mode nil "\
22692 Non-nil if Recentf mode is enabled.
22693 See the command `recentf-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
22694 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
22695 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
22696 or call the function `recentf-mode'.")
22697
22698 (custom-autoload 'recentf-mode "recentf" nil)
22699
22700 (autoload 'recentf-mode "recentf" "\
22701 Toggle \"Open Recent\" menu (Recentf mode).
22702 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Recentf mode if ARG is
22703 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
22704 Recentf mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
22705
22706 When Recentf mode is enabled, a \"Open Recent\" submenu is
22707 displayed in the \"File\" menu, containing a list of files that
22708 were operated on recently.
22709
22710 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22711
22712 ;;;***
22713 \f
22714 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rect" "rect.el" (22087 6213 796351 952000))
22715 ;;; Generated autoloads from rect.el
22716
22717 (autoload 'delete-rectangle "rect" "\
22718 Delete (don't save) text in the region-rectangle.
22719 The same range of columns is deleted in each line starting with the
22720 line where the region begins and ending with the line where the region
22721 ends.
22722
22723 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22724 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill lines where nothing has
22725 to be deleted.
22726
22727 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
22728
22729 (autoload 'delete-extract-rectangle "rect" "\
22730 Delete the contents of the rectangle with corners at START and END.
22731 Return it as a list of strings, one for each line of the rectangle.
22732
22733 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22734 With an optional FILL argument, also fill lines where nothing has to be
22735 deleted.
22736
22737 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" nil nil)
22738
22739 (autoload 'extract-rectangle "rect" "\
22740 Return the contents of the rectangle with corners at START and END.
22741 Return it as a list of strings, one for each line of the rectangle.
22742
22743 \(fn START END)" nil nil)
22744
22745 (autoload 'kill-rectangle "rect" "\
22746 Delete the region-rectangle and save it as the last killed one.
22747
22748 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22749 You might prefer to use `delete-extract-rectangle' from a program.
22750
22751 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill lines where nothing has to be
22752 deleted.
22753
22754 If the buffer is read-only, Emacs will beep and refrain from deleting
22755 the rectangle, but put it in the kill ring anyway. This means that
22756 you can use this command to copy text from a read-only buffer.
22757 \(If the variable `kill-read-only-ok' is non-nil, then this won't
22758 even beep.)
22759
22760 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
22761
22762 (autoload 'copy-rectangle-as-kill "rect" "\
22763 Copy the region-rectangle and save it as the last killed one.
22764
22765 \(fn START END)" t nil)
22766
22767 (autoload 'yank-rectangle "rect" "\
22768 Yank the last killed rectangle with upper left corner at point.
22769
22770 \(fn)" t nil)
22771
22772 (autoload 'insert-rectangle "rect" "\
22773 Insert text of RECTANGLE with upper left corner at point.
22774 RECTANGLE's first line is inserted at point, its second
22775 line is inserted at a point vertically under point, etc.
22776 RECTANGLE should be a list of strings.
22777 After this command, the mark is at the upper left corner
22778 and point is at the lower right corner.
22779
22780 \(fn RECTANGLE)" nil nil)
22781
22782 (autoload 'open-rectangle "rect" "\
22783 Blank out the region-rectangle, shifting text right.
22784
22785 The text previously in the region is not overwritten by the blanks,
22786 but instead winds up to the right of the rectangle.
22787
22788 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22789 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, fill with blanks even if there is
22790 no text on the right side of the rectangle.
22791
22792 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
22793
22794 (defalias 'close-rectangle 'delete-whitespace-rectangle)
22795
22796 (autoload 'delete-whitespace-rectangle "rect" "\
22797 Delete all whitespace following a specified column in each line.
22798 The left edge of the rectangle specifies the position in each line
22799 at which whitespace deletion should begin. On each line in the
22800 rectangle, all continuous whitespace starting at that column is deleted.
22801
22802 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22803 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill too short lines.
22804
22805 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
22806
22807 (autoload 'string-rectangle "rect" "\
22808 Replace rectangle contents with STRING on each line.
22809 The length of STRING need not be the same as the rectangle width.
22810
22811 Called from a program, takes three args; START, END and STRING.
22812
22813 \(fn START END STRING)" t nil)
22814
22815 (defalias 'replace-rectangle 'string-rectangle)
22816
22817 (autoload 'string-insert-rectangle "rect" "\
22818 Insert STRING on each line of region-rectangle, shifting text right.
22819
22820 When called from a program, the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22821 The left edge of the rectangle specifies the column for insertion.
22822 This command does not delete or overwrite any existing text.
22823
22824 \(fn START END STRING)" t nil)
22825
22826 (autoload 'clear-rectangle "rect" "\
22827 Blank out the region-rectangle.
22828 The text previously in the region is overwritten with blanks.
22829
22830 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22831 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill with blanks the parts of the
22832 rectangle which were empty.
22833
22834 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
22835
22836 (autoload 'rectangle-number-lines "rect" "\
22837 Insert numbers in front of the region-rectangle.
22838
22839 START-AT, if non-nil, should be a number from which to begin
22840 counting. FORMAT, if non-nil, should be a format string to pass
22841 to `format' along with the line count. When called interactively
22842 with a prefix argument, prompt for START-AT and FORMAT.
22843
22844 \(fn START END START-AT &optional FORMAT)" t nil)
22845
22846 (autoload 'rectangle-mark-mode "rect" "\
22847 Toggle the region as rectangular.
22848 Activates the region if needed. Only lasts until the region is deactivated.
22849
22850 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22851
22852 ;;;***
22853 \f
22854 ;;;### (autoloads nil "refill" "textmodes/refill.el" (21670 32331
22855 ;;;;;; 885635 586000))
22856 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/refill.el
22857
22858 (autoload 'refill-mode "refill" "\
22859 Toggle automatic refilling (Refill mode).
22860 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Refill mode if ARG is
22861 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
22862 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
22863
22864 Refill mode is a buffer-local minor mode. When enabled, the
22865 current paragraph is refilled as you edit. Self-inserting
22866 characters only cause refilling if they would cause
22867 auto-filling.
22868
22869 For true \"word wrap\" behavior, use `visual-line-mode' instead.
22870
22871 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22872
22873 ;;;***
22874 \f
22875 ;;;### (autoloads nil "reftex" "textmodes/reftex.el" (22056 47028
22876 ;;;;;; 787798 795000))
22877 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex.el
22878 (autoload 'reftex-citation "reftex-cite" nil t)
22879 (autoload 'reftex-all-document-files "reftex-parse")
22880 (autoload 'reftex-isearch-minor-mode "reftex-global" nil t)
22881 (autoload 'reftex-index-phrases-mode "reftex-index" nil t)
22882
22883 (autoload 'turn-on-reftex "reftex" "\
22884 Turn on RefTeX mode.
22885
22886 \(fn)" nil nil)
22887
22888 (autoload 'reftex-mode "reftex" "\
22889 Minor mode with distinct support for \\label, \\ref and \\cite in LaTeX.
22890
22891 \\<reftex-mode-map>A Table of Contents of the entire (multifile) document with browsing
22892 capabilities is available with `\\[reftex-toc]'.
22893
22894 Labels can be created with `\\[reftex-label]' and referenced with `\\[reftex-reference]'.
22895 When referencing, you get a menu with all labels of a given type and
22896 context of the label definition. The selected label is inserted as a
22897 \\ref macro.
22898
22899 Citations can be made with `\\[reftex-citation]' which will use a regular expression
22900 to pull out a *formatted* list of articles from your BibTeX
22901 database. The selected citation is inserted as a \\cite macro.
22902
22903 Index entries can be made with `\\[reftex-index-selection-or-word]' which indexes the word at point
22904 or the current selection. More general index entries are created with
22905 `\\[reftex-index]'. `\\[reftex-display-index]' displays the compiled index.
22906
22907 Most command have help available on the fly. This help is accessed by
22908 pressing `?' to any prompt mentioning this feature.
22909
22910 Extensive documentation about RefTeX is available in Info format.
22911 You can view this information with `\\[reftex-info]'.
22912
22913 \\{reftex-mode-map}
22914 Under X, these and other functions will also be available as `Ref' menu
22915 on the menu bar.
22916
22917 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
22918
22919 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22920
22921 (autoload 'reftex-reset-scanning-information "reftex" "\
22922 Reset the symbols containing information from buffer scanning.
22923 This enforces rescanning the buffer on next use.
22924
22925 \(fn)" nil nil)
22926
22927 ;;;***
22928 \f
22929 ;;;### (autoloads nil "reftex-vars" "textmodes/reftex-vars.el" (22025
22930 ;;;;;; 5040 882195 139000))
22931 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-vars.el
22932 (put 'reftex-vref-is-default 'safe-local-variable (lambda (x) (or (stringp x) (symbolp x))))
22933 (put 'reftex-fref-is-default 'safe-local-variable (lambda (x) (or (stringp x) (symbolp x))))
22934 (put 'reftex-level-indent 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
22935 (put 'reftex-guess-label-type 'safe-local-variable (lambda (x) (memq x '(nil t))))
22936
22937 ;;;***
22938 \f
22939 ;;;### (autoloads nil "regexp-opt" "emacs-lisp/regexp-opt.el" (22011
22940 ;;;;;; 58553 413858 469000))
22941 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/regexp-opt.el
22942
22943 (autoload 'regexp-opt "regexp-opt" "\
22944 Return a regexp to match a string in the list STRINGS.
22945 Each string should be unique in STRINGS and should not contain any regexps,
22946 quoted or not. If optional PAREN is non-nil, ensure that the returned regexp
22947 is enclosed by at least one regexp grouping construct.
22948 The returned regexp is typically more efficient than the equivalent regexp:
22949
22950 (let ((open (if PAREN \"\\\\(\" \"\")) (close (if PAREN \"\\\\)\" \"\")))
22951 (concat open (mapconcat \\='regexp-quote STRINGS \"\\\\|\") close))
22952
22953 If PAREN is `words', then the resulting regexp is additionally surrounded
22954 by \\=\\< and \\>.
22955 If PAREN is `symbols', then the resulting regexp is additionally surrounded
22956 by \\=\\_< and \\_>.
22957
22958 \(fn STRINGS &optional PAREN)" nil nil)
22959
22960 (autoload 'regexp-opt-depth "regexp-opt" "\
22961 Return the depth of REGEXP.
22962 This means the number of non-shy regexp grouping constructs
22963 \(parenthesized expressions) in REGEXP.
22964
22965 \(fn REGEXP)" nil nil)
22966
22967 ;;;***
22968 \f
22969 ;;;### (autoloads nil "regi" "emacs-lisp/regi.el" (21670 32330 885624
22970 ;;;;;; 725000))
22971 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/regi.el
22972 (push (purecopy '(regi 1 8)) package--builtin-versions)
22973
22974 ;;;***
22975 \f
22976 ;;;### (autoloads nil "remember" "textmodes/remember.el" (21670 32331
22977 ;;;;;; 885635 586000))
22978 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/remember.el
22979 (push (purecopy '(remember 2 0)) package--builtin-versions)
22980
22981 (autoload 'remember "remember" "\
22982 Remember an arbitrary piece of data.
22983 INITIAL is the text to initially place in the *Remember* buffer,
22984 or nil to bring up a blank *Remember* buffer.
22985
22986 With a prefix or a visible region, use the region as INITIAL.
22987
22988 \(fn &optional INITIAL)" t nil)
22989
22990 (autoload 'remember-other-frame "remember" "\
22991 Call `remember' in another frame.
22992
22993 \(fn &optional INITIAL)" t nil)
22994
22995 (autoload 'remember-clipboard "remember" "\
22996 Remember the contents of the current clipboard.
22997 Most useful for remembering things from other applications.
22998
22999 \(fn)" t nil)
23000
23001 (autoload 'remember-diary-extract-entries "remember" "\
23002 Extract diary entries from the region.
23003
23004 \(fn)" nil nil)
23005
23006 (autoload 'remember-notes "remember" "\
23007 Return the notes buffer, creating it if needed, and maybe switch to it.
23008 This buffer is for notes that you want to preserve across Emacs sessions.
23009 The notes are saved in `remember-data-file'.
23010
23011 If a buffer is already visiting that file, just return it.
23012
23013 Otherwise, create the buffer, and rename it to `remember-notes-buffer-name',
23014 unless a buffer of that name already exists. Set the major mode according
23015 to `remember-notes-initial-major-mode', and enable `remember-notes-mode'
23016 minor mode.
23017
23018 Use \\<remember-notes-mode-map>\\[remember-notes-save-and-bury-buffer] to save and bury the notes buffer.
23019
23020 Interactively, or if SWITCH-TO is non-nil, switch to the buffer.
23021 Return the buffer.
23022
23023 Set `initial-buffer-choice' to `remember-notes' to visit your notes buffer
23024 when Emacs starts. Set `remember-notes-buffer-name' to \"*scratch*\"
23025 to turn the *scratch* buffer into your notes buffer.
23026
23027 \(fn &optional SWITCH-TO)" t nil)
23028
23029 ;;;***
23030 \f
23031 ;;;### (autoloads nil "repeat" "repeat.el" (21670 32331 885635 586000))
23032 ;;; Generated autoloads from repeat.el
23033 (push (purecopy '(repeat 0 51)) package--builtin-versions)
23034
23035 (autoload 'repeat "repeat" "\
23036 Repeat most recently executed command.
23037 If REPEAT-ARG is non-nil (interactively, with a prefix argument),
23038 supply a prefix argument to that command. Otherwise, give the
23039 command the same prefix argument it was given before, if any.
23040
23041 If this command is invoked by a multi-character key sequence, it
23042 can then be repeated by repeating the final character of that
23043 sequence. This behavior can be modified by the global variable
23044 `repeat-on-final-keystroke'.
23045
23046 `repeat' ignores commands bound to input events. Hence the term
23047 \"most recently executed command\" shall be read as \"most
23048 recently executed command not bound to an input event\".
23049
23050 \(fn REPEAT-ARG)" t nil)
23051
23052 ;;;***
23053 \f
23054 ;;;### (autoloads nil "reporter" "mail/reporter.el" (21670 32331
23055 ;;;;;; 385639 720000))
23056 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/reporter.el
23057
23058 (autoload 'reporter-submit-bug-report "reporter" "\
23059 Begin submitting a bug report via email.
23060
23061 ADDRESS is the email address for the package's maintainer. PKGNAME is
23062 the name of the package (if you want to include version numbers,
23063 you must put them into PKGNAME before calling this function).
23064 Optional PRE-HOOKS and POST-HOOKS are passed to `reporter-dump-state'.
23065 Optional SALUTATION is inserted at the top of the mail buffer,
23066 and point is left after the salutation.
23067
23068 VARLIST is the list of variables to dump (see `reporter-dump-state'
23069 for details). The optional argument PRE-HOOKS and POST-HOOKS are
23070 passed to `reporter-dump-state'. Optional argument SALUTATION is text
23071 to be inserted at the top of the mail buffer; in that case, point is
23072 left after that text.
23073
23074 This function prompts for a summary if `reporter-prompt-for-summary-p'
23075 is non-nil.
23076
23077 This function does not send a message; it uses the given information
23078 to initialize a message, which the user can then edit and finally send
23079 \(or decline to send). The variable `mail-user-agent' controls which
23080 mail-sending package is used for editing and sending the message.
23081
23082 \(fn ADDRESS PKGNAME VARLIST &optional PRE-HOOKS POST-HOOKS SALUTATION)" nil nil)
23083
23084 ;;;***
23085 \f
23086 ;;;### (autoloads nil "reposition" "reposition.el" (21670 32331 885635
23087 ;;;;;; 586000))
23088 ;;; Generated autoloads from reposition.el
23089
23090 (autoload 'reposition-window "reposition" "\
23091 Make the current definition and/or comment visible.
23092 Further invocations move it to the top of the window or toggle the
23093 visibility of comments that precede it.
23094 Point is left unchanged unless prefix ARG is supplied.
23095 If the definition is fully onscreen, it is moved to the top of the
23096 window. If it is partly offscreen, the window is scrolled to get the
23097 definition (or as much as will fit) onscreen, unless point is in a comment
23098 which is also partly offscreen, in which case the scrolling attempts to get
23099 as much of the comment onscreen as possible.
23100 Initially `reposition-window' attempts to make both the definition and
23101 preceding comments visible. Further invocations toggle the visibility of
23102 the comment lines.
23103 If ARG is non-nil, point may move in order to make the whole defun
23104 visible (if only part could otherwise be made so), to make the defun line
23105 visible (if point is in code and it could not be made so, or if only
23106 comments, including the first comment line, are visible), or to make the
23107 first comment line visible (if point is in a comment).
23108
23109 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23110
23111 ;;;***
23112 \f
23113 ;;;### (autoloads nil "reveal" "reveal.el" (21670 32331 885635 586000))
23114 ;;; Generated autoloads from reveal.el
23115
23116 (autoload 'reveal-mode "reveal" "\
23117 Toggle uncloaking of invisible text near point (Reveal mode).
23118 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Reveal mode if ARG is
23119 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
23120 Reveal mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
23121
23122 Reveal mode is a buffer-local minor mode. When enabled, it
23123 reveals invisible text around point.
23124
23125 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23126
23127 (defvar global-reveal-mode nil "\
23128 Non-nil if Global-Reveal mode is enabled.
23129 See the command `global-reveal-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
23130 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
23131 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
23132 or call the function `global-reveal-mode'.")
23133
23134 (custom-autoload 'global-reveal-mode "reveal" nil)
23135
23136 (autoload 'global-reveal-mode "reveal" "\
23137 Toggle Reveal mode in all buffers (Global Reveal mode).
23138 Reveal mode renders invisible text around point visible again.
23139
23140 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Global Reveal mode if ARG is
23141 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
23142 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
23143
23144 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23145
23146 ;;;***
23147 \f
23148 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ring" "emacs-lisp/ring.el" (21998 46517 18024
23149 ;;;;;; 649000))
23150 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/ring.el
23151
23152 (autoload 'ring-p "ring" "\
23153 Return t if X is a ring; nil otherwise.
23154
23155 \(fn X)" nil nil)
23156
23157 (autoload 'make-ring "ring" "\
23158 Make a ring that can contain SIZE elements.
23159
23160 \(fn SIZE)" nil nil)
23161
23162 ;;;***
23163 \f
23164 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rlogin" "net/rlogin.el" (22011 58553 765858
23165 ;;;;;; 469000))
23166 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/rlogin.el
23167
23168 (autoload 'rlogin "rlogin" "\
23169 Open a network login connection via `rlogin' with args INPUT-ARGS.
23170 INPUT-ARGS should start with a host name; it may also contain
23171 other arguments for `rlogin'.
23172
23173 Input is sent line-at-a-time to the remote connection.
23174
23175 Communication with the remote host is recorded in a buffer `*rlogin-HOST*'
23176 \(or `*rlogin-USER@HOST*' if the remote username differs).
23177 If a prefix argument is given and the buffer `*rlogin-HOST*' already exists,
23178 a new buffer with a different connection will be made.
23179
23180 When called from a program, if the optional second argument BUFFER is
23181 a string or buffer, it specifies the buffer to use.
23182
23183 The variable `rlogin-program' contains the name of the actual program to
23184 run. It can be a relative or absolute path.
23185
23186 The variable `rlogin-explicit-args' is a list of arguments to give to
23187 the rlogin when starting. They are added after any arguments given in
23188 INPUT-ARGS.
23189
23190 If the default value of `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' is t, then the
23191 default directory in that buffer is set to a remote (FTP) file name to
23192 access your home directory on the remote machine. Occasionally this causes
23193 an error, if you cannot access the home directory on that machine. This
23194 error is harmless as long as you don't try to use that default directory.
23195
23196 If `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' is neither t nor nil, then the default
23197 directory is initially set up to your (local) home directory.
23198 This is useful if the remote machine and your local machine
23199 share the same files via NFS. This is the default.
23200
23201 If you wish to change directory tracking styles during a session, use the
23202 function `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' rather than simply setting the
23203 variable.
23204
23205 \(fn INPUT-ARGS &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
23206
23207 ;;;***
23208 \f
23209 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rmail" "mail/rmail.el" (22011 58553 725858
23210 ;;;;;; 469000))
23211 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmail.el
23212
23213 (defvar rmail-file-name (purecopy "~/RMAIL") "\
23214 Name of user's primary mail file.")
23215
23216 (custom-autoload 'rmail-file-name "rmail" t)
23217
23218 (put 'rmail-spool-directory 'standard-value '((cond ((file-exists-p "/var/mail") "/var/mail/") ((file-exists-p "/var/spool/mail") "/var/spool/mail/") ((memq system-type '(hpux usg-unix-v irix)) "/usr/mail/") (t "/usr/spool/mail/"))))
23219
23220 (defvar rmail-spool-directory (purecopy (cond ((file-exists-p "/var/mail") "/var/mail/") ((file-exists-p "/var/spool/mail") "/var/spool/mail/") ((memq system-type '(hpux usg-unix-v irix)) "/usr/mail/") (t "/usr/spool/mail/"))) "\
23221 Name of directory used by system mailer for delivering new mail.
23222 Its name should end with a slash.")
23223
23224 (custom-autoload 'rmail-spool-directory "rmail" t)
23225 (custom-initialize-delay 'rmail-spool-directory nil)
23226
23227 (autoload 'rmail-movemail-variant-p "rmail" "\
23228 Return t if the current movemail variant is any of VARIANTS.
23229 Currently known variants are 'emacs and 'mailutils.
23230
23231 \(fn &rest VARIANTS)" nil nil)
23232
23233 (defvar rmail-user-mail-address-regexp nil "\
23234 Regexp matching user mail addresses.
23235 If non-nil, this variable is used to identify the correspondent
23236 when receiving new mail. If it matches the address of the sender,
23237 the recipient is taken as correspondent of a mail.
23238 If nil (default value), your `user-login-name' and `user-mail-address'
23239 are used to exclude yourself as correspondent.
23240
23241 Usually you don't have to set this variable, except if you collect mails
23242 sent by you under different user names.
23243 Then it should be a regexp matching your mail addresses.
23244
23245 Setting this variable has an effect only before reading a mail.")
23246
23247 (custom-autoload 'rmail-user-mail-address-regexp "rmail" t)
23248
23249 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'rmail-dont-reply-to-names 'mail-dont-reply-to-names "24.1")
23250
23251 (defvar rmail-default-dont-reply-to-names nil "\
23252 Regexp specifying part of the default value of `mail-dont-reply-to-names'.
23253 This is used when the user does not set `mail-dont-reply-to-names'
23254 explicitly.")
23255
23256 (make-obsolete-variable 'rmail-default-dont-reply-to-names 'mail-dont-reply-to-names "24.1")
23257
23258 (defvar rmail-ignored-headers (purecopy (concat "^via:\\|^mail-from:\\|^origin:\\|^references:\\|^sender:" "\\|^status:\\|^received:\\|^x400-originator:\\|^x400-recipients:" "\\|^x400-received:\\|^x400-mts-identifier:\\|^x400-content-type:" "\\|^\\(resent-\\|\\)message-id:\\|^summary-line:\\|^resent-date:" "\\|^nntp-posting-host:\\|^path:\\|^x-char.*:\\|^x-face:\\|^face:" "\\|^x-mailer:\\|^delivered-to:\\|^lines:" "\\|^content-transfer-encoding:\\|^x-coding-system:" "\\|^return-path:\\|^errors-to:\\|^return-receipt-to:" "\\|^precedence:\\|^mime-version:" "\\|^list-owner:\\|^list-help:\\|^list-post:\\|^list-subscribe:" "\\|^list-id:\\|^list-unsubscribe:\\|^list-archive:" "\\|^content-length:\\|^nntp-posting-date:\\|^user-agent" "\\|^importance:\\|^envelope-to:\\|^delivery-date\\|^openpgp:" "\\|^mbox-line:\\|^cancel-lock:" "\\|^DomainKey-Signature:\\|^dkim-signature:" "\\|^resent-face:\\|^resent-x.*:\\|^resent-organization:\\|^resent-openpgp:" "\\|^x-.*:")) "\
23259 Regexp to match header fields that Rmail should normally hide.
23260 \(See also `rmail-nonignored-headers', which overrides this regexp.)
23261 This variable is used for reformatting the message header,
23262 which normally happens once for each message,
23263 when you view the message for the first time in Rmail.
23264 To make a change in this variable take effect
23265 for a message that you have already viewed,
23266 go to that message and type \\[rmail-toggle-header] twice.")
23267
23268 (custom-autoload 'rmail-ignored-headers "rmail" t)
23269
23270 (defvar rmail-displayed-headers nil "\
23271 Regexp to match Header fields that Rmail should display.
23272 If nil, display all header fields except those matched by
23273 `rmail-ignored-headers'.")
23274
23275 (custom-autoload 'rmail-displayed-headers "rmail" t)
23276
23277 (defvar rmail-retry-ignored-headers (purecopy "^x-authentication-warning:\\|^x-detected-operating-system:\\|^x-spam[-a-z]*:\\|content-type:\\|content-transfer-encoding:\\|mime-version:\\|message-id:") "\
23278 Headers that should be stripped when retrying a failed message.")
23279
23280 (custom-autoload 'rmail-retry-ignored-headers "rmail" t)
23281
23282 (defvar rmail-highlighted-headers (purecopy "^From:\\|^Subject:") "\
23283 Regexp to match Header fields that Rmail should normally highlight.
23284 A value of nil means don't highlight. Uses the face `rmail-highlight'.")
23285
23286 (custom-autoload 'rmail-highlighted-headers "rmail" t)
23287
23288 (defvar rmail-primary-inbox-list nil "\
23289 List of files that are inboxes for your primary mail file `rmail-file-name'.
23290 If this is nil, uses the environment variable MAIL. If that is
23291 unset, uses a file named by the function `user-login-name' in the
23292 directory `rmail-spool-directory' (whose value depends on the
23293 operating system). For example, \"/var/mail/USER\".")
23294
23295 (custom-autoload 'rmail-primary-inbox-list "rmail" t)
23296
23297 (defvar rmail-secondary-file-directory (purecopy "~/") "\
23298 Directory for additional secondary Rmail files.")
23299
23300 (custom-autoload 'rmail-secondary-file-directory "rmail" t)
23301
23302 (defvar rmail-secondary-file-regexp (purecopy "\\.xmail$") "\
23303 Regexp for which files are secondary Rmail files.")
23304
23305 (custom-autoload 'rmail-secondary-file-regexp "rmail" t)
23306
23307 (defvar rmail-mode-hook nil "\
23308 List of functions to call when Rmail is invoked.")
23309
23310 (defvar rmail-show-message-hook nil "\
23311 List of functions to call when Rmail displays a message.")
23312
23313 (custom-autoload 'rmail-show-message-hook "rmail" t)
23314
23315 (defvar rmail-file-coding-system nil "\
23316 Coding system used in RMAIL file.
23317
23318 This is set to nil by default.")
23319
23320 (defvar rmail-insert-mime-forwarded-message-function nil "\
23321 Function to insert a message in MIME format so it can be forwarded.
23322 This function is called if `rmail-enable-mime' and
23323 `rmail-enable-mime-composing' are non-nil.
23324 It is called with one argument FORWARD-BUFFER, which is a
23325 buffer containing the message to forward. The current buffer
23326 is the outgoing mail buffer.")
23327
23328 (autoload 'rmail "rmail" "\
23329 Read and edit incoming mail.
23330 Moves messages into file named by `rmail-file-name' and edits that
23331 file in RMAIL Mode.
23332 Type \\[describe-mode] once editing that file, for a list of RMAIL commands.
23333
23334 May be called with file name as argument; then performs rmail editing on
23335 that file, but does not copy any new mail into the file.
23336 Interactively, if you supply a prefix argument, then you
23337 have a chance to specify a file name with the minibuffer.
23338
23339 If `rmail-display-summary' is non-nil, make a summary for this RMAIL file.
23340
23341 \(fn &optional FILE-NAME-ARG)" t nil)
23342
23343 (autoload 'rmail-mode "rmail" "\
23344 Rmail Mode is used by \\<rmail-mode-map>\\[rmail] for editing Rmail files.
23345 All normal editing commands are turned off.
23346 Instead, these commands are available:
23347
23348 \\[rmail-beginning-of-message] Move point to front of this message.
23349 \\[rmail-end-of-message] Move point to bottom of this message.
23350 \\[scroll-up] Scroll to next screen of this message.
23351 \\[scroll-down] Scroll to previous screen of this message.
23352 \\[rmail-next-undeleted-message] Move to Next non-deleted message.
23353 \\[rmail-previous-undeleted-message] Move to Previous non-deleted message.
23354 \\[rmail-next-message] Move to Next message whether deleted or not.
23355 \\[rmail-previous-message] Move to Previous message whether deleted or not.
23356 \\[rmail-first-message] Move to the first message in Rmail file.
23357 \\[rmail-last-message] Move to the last message in Rmail file.
23358 \\[rmail-show-message] Jump to message specified by numeric position in file.
23359 \\[rmail-search] Search for string and show message it is found in.
23360 \\[rmail-delete-forward] Delete this message, move to next nondeleted.
23361 \\[rmail-delete-backward] Delete this message, move to previous nondeleted.
23362 \\[rmail-undelete-previous-message] Undelete message. Tries current message, then earlier messages
23363 till a deleted message is found.
23364 \\[rmail-edit-current-message] Edit the current message. \\[rmail-cease-edit] to return to Rmail.
23365 \\[rmail-expunge] Expunge deleted messages.
23366 \\[rmail-expunge-and-save] Expunge and save the file.
23367 \\[rmail-quit] Quit Rmail: expunge, save, then switch to another buffer.
23368 \\[save-buffer] Save without expunging.
23369 \\[rmail-get-new-mail] Move new mail from system spool directory into this file.
23370 \\[rmail-mail] Mail a message (same as \\[mail-other-window]).
23371 \\[rmail-continue] Continue composing outgoing message started before.
23372 \\[rmail-reply] Reply to this message. Like \\[rmail-mail] but initializes some fields.
23373 \\[rmail-retry-failure] Send this message again. Used on a mailer failure message.
23374 \\[rmail-forward] Forward this message to another user.
23375 \\[rmail-output] Output (append) this message to another mail file.
23376 \\[rmail-output-as-seen] Output (append) this message to file as it's displayed.
23377 \\[rmail-output-body-to-file] Save message body to a file. Default filename comes from Subject line.
23378 \\[rmail-input] Input Rmail file. Run Rmail on that file.
23379 \\[rmail-add-label] Add label to message. It will be displayed in the mode line.
23380 \\[rmail-kill-label] Kill label. Remove a label from current message.
23381 \\[rmail-next-labeled-message] Move to Next message with specified label
23382 (label defaults to last one specified).
23383 Standard labels: filed, unseen, answered, forwarded, deleted.
23384 Any other label is present only if you add it with \\[rmail-add-label].
23385 \\[rmail-previous-labeled-message] Move to Previous message with specified label
23386 \\[rmail-summary] Show headers buffer, with a one line summary of each message.
23387 \\[rmail-summary-by-labels] Summarize only messages with particular label(s).
23388 \\[rmail-summary-by-recipients] Summarize only messages with particular recipient(s).
23389 \\[rmail-summary-by-regexp] Summarize only messages with particular regexp(s).
23390 \\[rmail-summary-by-topic] Summarize only messages with subject line regexp(s).
23391 \\[rmail-toggle-header] Toggle display of complete header.
23392
23393 \(fn)" t nil)
23394
23395 (autoload 'rmail-input "rmail" "\
23396 Run Rmail on file FILENAME.
23397
23398 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
23399
23400 (autoload 'rmail-set-remote-password "rmail" "\
23401 Set PASSWORD to be used for retrieving mail from a POP or IMAP server.
23402
23403 \(fn PASSWORD)" t nil)
23404
23405 ;;;***
23406 \f
23407 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rmailout" "mail/rmailout.el" (21989 31537
23408 ;;;;;; 907825 721000))
23409 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailout.el
23410 (put 'rmail-output-file-alist 'risky-local-variable t)
23411
23412 (autoload 'rmail-output "rmailout" "\
23413 Append this message to mail file FILE-NAME.
23414 Writes mbox format, unless FILE-NAME exists and is Babyl format, in which
23415 case it writes Babyl.
23416
23417 Interactively, the default file name comes from `rmail-default-file',
23418 which is updated to the name you use in this command. In all uses, if
23419 FILE-NAME is not absolute, it is expanded with the directory part of
23420 `rmail-default-file'.
23421
23422 If a buffer is visiting FILE-NAME, adds the text to that buffer
23423 rather than saving the file directly. If the buffer is an Rmail
23424 buffer, updates it accordingly.
23425
23426 This command always outputs the complete message header, even if
23427 the header display is currently pruned.
23428
23429 Optional prefix argument COUNT (default 1) says to output that
23430 many consecutive messages, starting with the current one (ignoring
23431 deleted messages). If `rmail-delete-after-output' is non-nil, deletes
23432 messages after output.
23433
23434 The optional third argument NOATTRIBUTE, if non-nil, says not to
23435 set the `filed' attribute, and not to display a \"Wrote file\"
23436 message (if writing a file directly).
23437
23438 Set the optional fourth argument NOT-RMAIL non-nil if you call this
23439 from a non-Rmail buffer. In this case, COUNT is ignored.
23440
23441 \(fn FILE-NAME &optional COUNT NOATTRIBUTE NOT-RMAIL)" t nil)
23442
23443 (autoload 'rmail-output-as-seen "rmailout" "\
23444 Append this message to mbox file named FILE-NAME.
23445 The details are as for `rmail-output', except that:
23446 i) the header is output as currently seen
23447 ii) this function cannot write to Babyl files
23448 iii) an Rmail buffer cannot be visiting FILE-NAME
23449
23450 Note that if NOT-RMAIL is non-nil, there is no difference between this
23451 function and `rmail-output'. This argument may be removed in future,
23452 so you should call `rmail-output' directly in that case.
23453
23454 \(fn FILE-NAME &optional COUNT NOATTRIBUTE NOT-RMAIL)" t nil)
23455
23456 (autoload 'rmail-output-body-to-file "rmailout" "\
23457 Write this message body to the file FILE-NAME.
23458 Interactively, the default file name comes from either the message
23459 \"Subject\" header, or from `rmail-default-body-file'. Updates the value
23460 of `rmail-default-body-file' accordingly. In all uses, if FILE-NAME
23461 is not absolute, it is expanded with the directory part of
23462 `rmail-default-body-file'.
23463
23464 Note that this overwrites FILE-NAME (after confirmation), rather
23465 than appending to it. Deletes the message after writing if
23466 `rmail-delete-after-output' is non-nil.
23467
23468 \(fn FILE-NAME)" t nil)
23469
23470 ;;;***
23471 \f
23472 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rng-cmpct" "nxml/rng-cmpct.el" (21978 61237
23473 ;;;;;; 666488 269000))
23474 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/rng-cmpct.el
23475
23476 (autoload 'rng-c-load-schema "rng-cmpct" "\
23477 Load a schema in RELAX NG compact syntax from FILENAME.
23478 Return a pattern.
23479
23480 \(fn FILENAME)" nil nil)
23481
23482 ;;;***
23483 \f
23484 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rng-nxml" "nxml/rng-nxml.el" (21670 32331
23485 ;;;;;; 385639 720000))
23486 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/rng-nxml.el
23487
23488 (autoload 'rng-nxml-mode-init "rng-nxml" "\
23489 Initialize `nxml-mode' to take advantage of `rng-validate-mode'.
23490 This is typically called from `nxml-mode-hook'.
23491 Validation will be enabled if `rng-nxml-auto-validate-flag' is non-nil.
23492
23493 \(fn)" t nil)
23494
23495 ;;;***
23496 \f
23497 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rng-valid" "nxml/rng-valid.el" (21948 40114
23498 ;;;;;; 322686 453000))
23499 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/rng-valid.el
23500
23501 (autoload 'rng-validate-mode "rng-valid" "\
23502 Minor mode performing continual validation against a RELAX NG schema.
23503
23504 Checks whether the buffer is a well-formed XML 1.0 document,
23505 conforming to the XML Namespaces Recommendation and valid against a
23506 RELAX NG schema. The mode-line indicates whether it is or not. Any
23507 parts of the buffer that cause it not to be are considered errors and
23508 are highlighted with face `rng-error'. A description of each error is
23509 available as a tooltip. \\[rng-next-error] goes to the next error
23510 after point. Clicking mouse-1 on the word `Invalid' in the mode-line
23511 goes to the first error in the buffer. If the buffer changes, then it
23512 will be automatically rechecked when Emacs becomes idle; the
23513 rechecking will be paused whenever there is input pending.
23514
23515 By default, uses a vacuous schema that allows any well-formed XML
23516 document. A schema can be specified explicitly using
23517 \\[rng-set-schema-file-and-validate], or implicitly based on the buffer's
23518 file name or on the root element name. In each case the schema must
23519 be a RELAX NG schema using the compact schema (such schemas
23520 conventionally have a suffix of `.rnc'). The variable
23521 `rng-schema-locating-files' specifies files containing rules
23522 to use for finding the schema.
23523
23524 \(fn &optional ARG NO-CHANGE-SCHEMA)" t nil)
23525
23526 ;;;***
23527 \f
23528 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rng-xsd" "nxml/rng-xsd.el" (21670 32331 385639
23529 ;;;;;; 720000))
23530 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/rng-xsd.el
23531
23532 (put 'http://www\.w3\.org/2001/XMLSchema-datatypes 'rng-dt-compile 'rng-xsd-compile)
23533
23534 (autoload 'rng-xsd-compile "rng-xsd" "\
23535 Provides W3C XML Schema as a RELAX NG datatypes library.
23536 NAME is a symbol giving the local name of the datatype. PARAMS is a
23537 list of pairs (PARAM-NAME . PARAM-VALUE) where PARAM-NAME is a symbol
23538 giving the name of the parameter and PARAM-VALUE is a string giving
23539 its value. If NAME or PARAMS are invalid, it calls rng-dt-error
23540 passing it arguments in the same style as format; the value from
23541 rng-dt-error will be returned. Otherwise, it returns a list. The
23542 first member of the list is t if any string is a legal value for the
23543 datatype and nil otherwise. The second argument is a symbol; this
23544 symbol will be called as a function passing it a string followed by
23545 the remaining members of the list. The function must return an object
23546 representing the value of the datatype that was represented by the
23547 string, or nil if the string is not a representation of any value.
23548 The object returned can be any convenient non-nil value, provided
23549 that, if two strings represent the same value, the returned objects
23550 must be equal.
23551
23552 \(fn NAME PARAMS)" nil nil)
23553
23554 ;;;***
23555 \f
23556 ;;;### (autoloads nil "robin" "international/robin.el" (21953 58033
23557 ;;;;;; 303058 929000))
23558 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/robin.el
23559
23560 (autoload 'robin-define-package "robin" "\
23561 Define a robin package.
23562
23563 NAME is the string of this robin package.
23564 DOCSTRING is the documentation string of this robin package.
23565 Each RULE is of the form (INPUT OUTPUT) where INPUT is a string and
23566 OUTPUT is either a character or a string. RULES are not evaluated.
23567
23568 If there already exists a robin package whose name is NAME, the new
23569 one replaces the old one.
23570
23571 \(fn NAME DOCSTRING &rest RULES)" nil t)
23572
23573 (autoload 'robin-modify-package "robin" "\
23574 Change a rule in an already defined robin package.
23575
23576 NAME is the string specifying a robin package.
23577 INPUT is a string that specifies the input pattern.
23578 OUTPUT is either a character or a string to be generated.
23579
23580 \(fn NAME INPUT OUTPUT)" nil nil)
23581
23582 (autoload 'robin-use-package "robin" "\
23583 Start using robin package NAME, which is a string.
23584
23585 \(fn NAME)" nil nil)
23586
23587 ;;;***
23588 \f
23589 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rot13" "rot13.el" (21670 32331 885635 586000))
23590 ;;; Generated autoloads from rot13.el
23591
23592 (autoload 'rot13 "rot13" "\
23593 Return ROT13 encryption of OBJECT, a buffer or string.
23594
23595 \(fn OBJECT &optional START END)" nil nil)
23596
23597 (autoload 'rot13-string "rot13" "\
23598 Return ROT13 encryption of STRING.
23599
23600 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
23601
23602 (autoload 'rot13-region "rot13" "\
23603 ROT13 encrypt the region between START and END in current buffer.
23604
23605 \(fn START END)" t nil)
23606
23607 (autoload 'rot13-other-window "rot13" "\
23608 Display current buffer in ROT13 in another window.
23609 The text itself is not modified, only the way it is displayed is affected.
23610
23611 To terminate the ROT13 display, delete that window. As long as that window
23612 is not deleted, any buffer displayed in it will become instantly encoded
23613 in ROT13.
23614
23615 See also `toggle-rot13-mode'.
23616
23617 \(fn)" t nil)
23618
23619 (autoload 'toggle-rot13-mode "rot13" "\
23620 Toggle the use of ROT13 encoding for the current window.
23621
23622 \(fn)" t nil)
23623
23624 ;;;***
23625 \f
23626 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rst" "textmodes/rst.el" (22034 20008 325500
23627 ;;;;;; 287000))
23628 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/rst.el
23629 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist (purecopy '("\\.re?st\\'" . rst-mode)))
23630
23631 (autoload 'rst-mode "rst" "\
23632 Major mode for editing reStructuredText documents.
23633 \\<rst-mode-map>
23634
23635 Turning on `rst-mode' calls the normal hooks `text-mode-hook'
23636 and `rst-mode-hook'. This mode also supports font-lock
23637 highlighting.
23638
23639 \\{rst-mode-map}
23640
23641 \(fn)" t nil)
23642
23643 (autoload 'rst-minor-mode "rst" "\
23644 Toggle ReST minor mode.
23645 With a prefix argument ARG, enable ReST minor mode if ARG is
23646 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
23647 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
23648
23649 When ReST minor mode is enabled, the ReST mode keybindings
23650 are installed on top of the major mode bindings. Use this
23651 for modes derived from Text mode, like Mail mode.
23652
23653 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23654
23655 ;;;***
23656 \f
23657 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ruby-mode" "progmodes/ruby-mode.el" (22015
23658 ;;;;;; 55603 817705 321000))
23659 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ruby-mode.el
23660 (push (purecopy '(ruby-mode 1 2)) package--builtin-versions)
23661
23662 (autoload 'ruby-mode "ruby-mode" "\
23663 Major mode for editing Ruby code.
23664
23665 \\{ruby-mode-map}
23666
23667 \(fn)" t nil)
23668
23669 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist (cons (purecopy (concat "\\(?:\\." "rb\\|ru\\|rake\\|thor" "\\|jbuilder\\|rabl\\|gemspec\\|podspec" "\\|/" "\\(?:Gem\\|Rake\\|Cap\\|Thor" "\\|Puppet\\|Berks" "\\|Vagrant\\|Guard\\|Pod\\)file" "\\)\\'")) 'ruby-mode))
23670
23671 (dolist (name (list "ruby" "rbx" "jruby" "ruby1.9" "ruby1.8")) (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist (cons (purecopy name) 'ruby-mode)))
23672
23673 ;;;***
23674 \f
23675 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ruler-mode" "ruler-mode.el" (22026 25907 643502
23676 ;;;;;; 692000))
23677 ;;; Generated autoloads from ruler-mode.el
23678 (push (purecopy '(ruler-mode 1 6)) package--builtin-versions)
23679
23680 (defvar ruler-mode nil "\
23681 Non-nil if Ruler mode is enabled.
23682 Use the command `ruler-mode' to change this variable.")
23683
23684 (autoload 'ruler-mode "ruler-mode" "\
23685 Toggle display of ruler in header line (Ruler mode).
23686 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Ruler mode if ARG is positive,
23687 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
23688 if ARG is omitted or nil.
23689
23690 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23691
23692 ;;;***
23693 \f
23694 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rx" "emacs-lisp/rx.el" (22011 58553 441858
23695 ;;;;;; 469000))
23696 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/rx.el
23697
23698 (autoload 'rx-to-string "rx" "\
23699 Parse and produce code for regular expression FORM.
23700 FORM is a regular expression in sexp form.
23701 NO-GROUP non-nil means don't put shy groups around the result.
23702
23703 \(fn FORM &optional NO-GROUP)" nil nil)
23704
23705 (autoload 'rx "rx" "\
23706 Translate regular expressions REGEXPS in sexp form to a regexp string.
23707 REGEXPS is a non-empty sequence of forms of the sort listed below.
23708
23709 Note that `rx' is a Lisp macro; when used in a Lisp program being
23710 compiled, the translation is performed by the compiler.
23711 See `rx-to-string' for how to do such a translation at run-time.
23712
23713 The following are valid subforms of regular expressions in sexp
23714 notation.
23715
23716 STRING
23717 matches string STRING literally.
23718
23719 CHAR
23720 matches character CHAR literally.
23721
23722 `not-newline', `nonl'
23723 matches any character except a newline.
23724
23725 `anything'
23726 matches any character
23727
23728 `(any SET ...)'
23729 `(in SET ...)'
23730 `(char SET ...)'
23731 matches any character in SET .... SET may be a character or string.
23732 Ranges of characters can be specified as `A-Z' in strings.
23733 Ranges may also be specified as conses like `(?A . ?Z)'.
23734
23735 SET may also be the name of a character class: `digit',
23736 `control', `hex-digit', `blank', `graph', `print', `alnum',
23737 `alpha', `ascii', `nonascii', `lower', `punct', `space', `upper',
23738 `word', or one of their synonyms.
23739
23740 `(not (any SET ...))'
23741 matches any character not in SET ...
23742
23743 `line-start', `bol'
23744 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of a line
23745 in the text being matched
23746
23747 `line-end', `eol'
23748 is similar to `line-start' but matches only at the end of a line
23749
23750 `string-start', `bos', `bot'
23751 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of the
23752 string being matched against.
23753
23754 `string-end', `eos', `eot'
23755 matches the empty string, but only at the end of the
23756 string being matched against.
23757
23758 `buffer-start'
23759 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of the
23760 buffer being matched against. Actually equivalent to `string-start'.
23761
23762 `buffer-end'
23763 matches the empty string, but only at the end of the
23764 buffer being matched against. Actually equivalent to `string-end'.
23765
23766 `point'
23767 matches the empty string, but only at point.
23768
23769 `word-start', `bow'
23770 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of a word.
23771
23772 `word-end', `eow'
23773 matches the empty string, but only at the end of a word.
23774
23775 `word-boundary'
23776 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning or end of a
23777 word.
23778
23779 `(not word-boundary)'
23780 `not-word-boundary'
23781 matches the empty string, but not at the beginning or end of a
23782 word.
23783
23784 `symbol-start'
23785 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of a symbol.
23786
23787 `symbol-end'
23788 matches the empty string, but only at the end of a symbol.
23789
23790 `digit', `numeric', `num'
23791 matches 0 through 9.
23792
23793 `control', `cntrl'
23794 matches ASCII control characters.
23795
23796 `hex-digit', `hex', `xdigit'
23797 matches 0 through 9, a through f and A through F.
23798
23799 `blank'
23800 matches space and tab only.
23801
23802 `graphic', `graph'
23803 matches graphic characters--everything except whitespace, ASCII
23804 and non-ASCII control characters, surrogates, and codepoints
23805 unassigned by Unicode.
23806
23807 `printing', `print'
23808 matches whitespace and graphic characters.
23809
23810 `alphanumeric', `alnum'
23811 matches alphabetic characters and digits. (For multibyte characters,
23812 it matches according to Unicode character properties.)
23813
23814 `letter', `alphabetic', `alpha'
23815 matches alphabetic characters. (For multibyte characters,
23816 it matches according to Unicode character properties.)
23817
23818 `ascii'
23819 matches ASCII (unibyte) characters.
23820
23821 `nonascii'
23822 matches non-ASCII (multibyte) characters.
23823
23824 `lower', `lower-case'
23825 matches anything lower-case.
23826
23827 `upper', `upper-case'
23828 matches anything upper-case.
23829
23830 `punctuation', `punct'
23831 matches punctuation. (But at present, for multibyte characters,
23832 it matches anything that has non-word syntax.)
23833
23834 `space', `whitespace', `white'
23835 matches anything that has whitespace syntax.
23836
23837 `word', `wordchar'
23838 matches anything that has word syntax.
23839
23840 `not-wordchar'
23841 matches anything that has non-word syntax.
23842
23843 `(syntax SYNTAX)'
23844 matches a character with syntax SYNTAX. SYNTAX must be one
23845 of the following symbols, or a symbol corresponding to the syntax
23846 character, e.g. `\\.' for `\\s.'.
23847
23848 `whitespace' (\\s- in string notation)
23849 `punctuation' (\\s.)
23850 `word' (\\sw)
23851 `symbol' (\\s_)
23852 `open-parenthesis' (\\s()
23853 `close-parenthesis' (\\s))
23854 `expression-prefix' (\\s')
23855 `string-quote' (\\s\")
23856 `paired-delimiter' (\\s$)
23857 `escape' (\\s\\)
23858 `character-quote' (\\s/)
23859 `comment-start' (\\s<)
23860 `comment-end' (\\s>)
23861 `string-delimiter' (\\s|)
23862 `comment-delimiter' (\\s!)
23863
23864 `(not (syntax SYNTAX))'
23865 matches a character that doesn't have syntax SYNTAX.
23866
23867 `(category CATEGORY)'
23868 matches a character with category CATEGORY. CATEGORY must be
23869 either a character to use for C, or one of the following symbols.
23870
23871 `consonant' (\\c0 in string notation)
23872 `base-vowel' (\\c1)
23873 `upper-diacritical-mark' (\\c2)
23874 `lower-diacritical-mark' (\\c3)
23875 `tone-mark' (\\c4)
23876 `symbol' (\\c5)
23877 `digit' (\\c6)
23878 `vowel-modifying-diacritical-mark' (\\c7)
23879 `vowel-sign' (\\c8)
23880 `semivowel-lower' (\\c9)
23881 `not-at-end-of-line' (\\c<)
23882 `not-at-beginning-of-line' (\\c>)
23883 `alpha-numeric-two-byte' (\\cA)
23884 `chinese-two-byte' (\\cC)
23885 `greek-two-byte' (\\cG)
23886 `japanese-hiragana-two-byte' (\\cH)
23887 `indian-tow-byte' (\\cI)
23888 `japanese-katakana-two-byte' (\\cK)
23889 `korean-hangul-two-byte' (\\cN)
23890 `cyrillic-two-byte' (\\cY)
23891 `combining-diacritic' (\\c^)
23892 `ascii' (\\ca)
23893 `arabic' (\\cb)
23894 `chinese' (\\cc)
23895 `ethiopic' (\\ce)
23896 `greek' (\\cg)
23897 `korean' (\\ch)
23898 `indian' (\\ci)
23899 `japanese' (\\cj)
23900 `japanese-katakana' (\\ck)
23901 `latin' (\\cl)
23902 `lao' (\\co)
23903 `tibetan' (\\cq)
23904 `japanese-roman' (\\cr)
23905 `thai' (\\ct)
23906 `vietnamese' (\\cv)
23907 `hebrew' (\\cw)
23908 `cyrillic' (\\cy)
23909 `can-break' (\\c|)
23910
23911 `(not (category CATEGORY))'
23912 matches a character that doesn't have category CATEGORY.
23913
23914 `(and SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23915 `(: SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23916 `(seq SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23917 `(sequence SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23918 matches what SEXP1 matches, followed by what SEXP2 matches, etc.
23919
23920 `(submatch SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23921 `(group SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23922 like `and', but makes the match accessible with `match-end',
23923 `match-beginning', and `match-string'.
23924
23925 `(submatch-n N SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23926 `(group-n N SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23927 like `group', but make it an explicitly-numbered group with
23928 group number N.
23929
23930 `(or SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23931 `(| SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23932 matches anything that matches SEXP1 or SEXP2, etc. If all
23933 args are strings, use `regexp-opt' to optimize the resulting
23934 regular expression.
23935
23936 `(minimal-match SEXP)'
23937 produce a non-greedy regexp for SEXP. Normally, regexps matching
23938 zero or more occurrences of something are \"greedy\" in that they
23939 match as much as they can, as long as the overall regexp can
23940 still match. A non-greedy regexp matches as little as possible.
23941
23942 `(maximal-match SEXP)'
23943 produce a greedy regexp for SEXP. This is the default.
23944
23945 Below, `SEXP ...' represents a sequence of regexp forms, treated as if
23946 enclosed in `(and ...)'.
23947
23948 `(zero-or-more SEXP ...)'
23949 `(0+ SEXP ...)'
23950 matches zero or more occurrences of what SEXP ... matches.
23951
23952 `(* SEXP ...)'
23953 like `zero-or-more', but always produces a greedy regexp, independent
23954 of `rx-greedy-flag'.
23955
23956 `(*? SEXP ...)'
23957 like `zero-or-more', but always produces a non-greedy regexp,
23958 independent of `rx-greedy-flag'.
23959
23960 `(one-or-more SEXP ...)'
23961 `(1+ SEXP ...)'
23962 matches one or more occurrences of SEXP ...
23963
23964 `(+ SEXP ...)'
23965 like `one-or-more', but always produces a greedy regexp.
23966
23967 `(+? SEXP ...)'
23968 like `one-or-more', but always produces a non-greedy regexp.
23969
23970 `(zero-or-one SEXP ...)'
23971 `(optional SEXP ...)'
23972 `(opt SEXP ...)'
23973 matches zero or one occurrences of A.
23974
23975 `(? SEXP ...)'
23976 like `zero-or-one', but always produces a greedy regexp.
23977
23978 `(?? SEXP ...)'
23979 like `zero-or-one', but always produces a non-greedy regexp.
23980
23981 `(repeat N SEXP)'
23982 `(= N SEXP ...)'
23983 matches N occurrences.
23984
23985 `(>= N SEXP ...)'
23986 matches N or more occurrences.
23987
23988 `(repeat N M SEXP)'
23989 `(** N M SEXP ...)'
23990 matches N to M occurrences.
23991
23992 `(backref N)'
23993 matches what was matched previously by submatch N.
23994
23995 `(eval FORM)'
23996 evaluate FORM and insert result. If result is a string,
23997 `regexp-quote' it.
23998
23999 `(regexp REGEXP)'
24000 include REGEXP in string notation in the result.
24001
24002 \(fn &rest REGEXPS)" nil t)
24003
24004 ;;;***
24005 \f
24006 ;;;### (autoloads nil "sasl-ntlm" "net/sasl-ntlm.el" (21670 32331
24007 ;;;;;; 385639 720000))
24008 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/sasl-ntlm.el
24009 (push (purecopy '(sasl 1 0)) package--builtin-versions)
24010
24011 ;;;***
24012 \f
24013 ;;;### (autoloads nil "savehist" "savehist.el" (21981 37426 703399
24014 ;;;;;; 97000))
24015 ;;; Generated autoloads from savehist.el
24016 (push (purecopy '(savehist 24)) package--builtin-versions)
24017
24018 (defvar savehist-mode nil "\
24019 Non-nil if Savehist mode is enabled.
24020 See the command `savehist-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
24021 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
24022 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
24023 or call the function `savehist-mode'.")
24024
24025 (custom-autoload 'savehist-mode "savehist" nil)
24026
24027 (autoload 'savehist-mode "savehist" "\
24028 Toggle saving of minibuffer history (Savehist mode).
24029 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Savehist mode if ARG is
24030 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
24031 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
24032
24033 When Savehist mode is enabled, minibuffer history is saved
24034 periodically and when exiting Emacs. When Savehist mode is
24035 enabled for the first time in an Emacs session, it loads the
24036 previous minibuffer history from `savehist-file'.
24037
24038 This mode should normally be turned on from your Emacs init file.
24039 Calling it at any other time replaces your current minibuffer
24040 histories, which is probably undesirable.
24041
24042 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
24043
24044 ;;;***
24045 \f
24046 ;;;### (autoloads nil "saveplace" "saveplace.el" (21822 58098 20521
24047 ;;;;;; 61000))
24048 ;;; Generated autoloads from saveplace.el
24049
24050 (defvar save-place-mode nil "\
24051 Non-nil if Save-Place mode is enabled.
24052 See the command `save-place-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
24053 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
24054 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
24055 or call the function `save-place-mode'.")
24056
24057 (custom-autoload 'save-place-mode "saveplace" nil)
24058
24059 (autoload 'save-place-mode "saveplace" "\
24060 Non-nil means automatically save place in each file.
24061 This means when you visit a file, point goes to the last place
24062 where it was when you previously visited the same file.
24063
24064 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
24065
24066 ;;;***
24067 \f
24068 ;;;### (autoloads nil "scheme" "progmodes/scheme.el" (22011 58553
24069 ;;;;;; 925858 469000))
24070 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/scheme.el
24071
24072 (autoload 'scheme-mode "scheme" "\
24073 Major mode for editing Scheme code.
24074 Editing commands are similar to those of `lisp-mode'.
24075
24076 In addition, if an inferior Scheme process is running, some additional
24077 commands will be defined, for evaluating expressions and controlling
24078 the interpreter, and the state of the process will be displayed in the
24079 mode line of all Scheme buffers. The names of commands that interact
24080 with the Scheme process start with \"xscheme-\" if you use the MIT
24081 Scheme-specific `xscheme' package; for more information see the
24082 documentation for `xscheme-interaction-mode'. Use \\[run-scheme] to
24083 start an inferior Scheme using the more general `cmuscheme' package.
24084
24085 Commands:
24086 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
24087 Blank lines separate paragraphs. Semicolons start comments.
24088 \\{scheme-mode-map}
24089
24090 \(fn)" t nil)
24091
24092 (autoload 'dsssl-mode "scheme" "\
24093 Major mode for editing DSSSL code.
24094 Editing commands are similar to those of `lisp-mode'.
24095
24096 Commands:
24097 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
24098 Blank lines separate paragraphs. Semicolons start comments.
24099 \\{scheme-mode-map}
24100 Entering this mode runs the hooks `scheme-mode-hook' and then
24101 `dsssl-mode-hook' and inserts the value of `dsssl-sgml-declaration' if
24102 that variable's value is a string.
24103
24104 \(fn)" t nil)
24105
24106 ;;;***
24107 \f
24108 ;;;### (autoloads nil "score-mode" "gnus/score-mode.el" (21670 32331
24109 ;;;;;; 385639 720000))
24110 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/score-mode.el
24111
24112 (autoload 'gnus-score-mode "score-mode" "\
24113 Mode for editing Gnus score files.
24114 This mode is an extended emacs-lisp mode.
24115
24116 \\{gnus-score-mode-map}
24117
24118 \(fn)" t nil)
24119
24120 ;;;***
24121 \f
24122 ;;;### (autoloads nil "scroll-all" "scroll-all.el" (21670 32331 885635
24123 ;;;;;; 586000))
24124 ;;; Generated autoloads from scroll-all.el
24125
24126 (defvar scroll-all-mode nil "\
24127 Non-nil if Scroll-All mode is enabled.
24128 See the command `scroll-all-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
24129 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
24130 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
24131 or call the function `scroll-all-mode'.")
24132
24133 (custom-autoload 'scroll-all-mode "scroll-all" nil)
24134
24135 (autoload 'scroll-all-mode "scroll-all" "\
24136 Toggle shared scrolling in same-frame windows (Scroll-All mode).
24137 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Scroll-All mode if ARG is
24138 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
24139 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
24140
24141 When Scroll-All mode is enabled, scrolling commands invoked in
24142 one window apply to all visible windows in the same frame.
24143
24144 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
24145
24146 ;;;***
24147 \f
24148 ;;;### (autoloads nil "scroll-lock" "scroll-lock.el" (21670 32331
24149 ;;;;;; 885635 586000))
24150 ;;; Generated autoloads from scroll-lock.el
24151
24152 (autoload 'scroll-lock-mode "scroll-lock" "\
24153 Buffer-local minor mode for pager-like scrolling.
24154 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
24155 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
24156 if ARG is omitted or nil. When enabled, keys that normally move
24157 point by line or paragraph will scroll the buffer by the
24158 respective amount of lines instead and point will be kept
24159 vertically fixed relative to window boundaries during scrolling.
24160
24161 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
24162
24163 ;;;***
24164 \f
24165 ;;;### (autoloads nil "secrets" "net/secrets.el" (22011 58553 765858
24166 ;;;;;; 469000))
24167 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/secrets.el
24168 (when (featurep 'dbusbind)
24169 (autoload 'secrets-show-secrets "secrets" nil t))
24170
24171 ;;;***
24172 \f
24173 ;;;### (autoloads nil "semantic" "cedet/semantic.el" (21948 40114
24174 ;;;;;; 186686 453000))
24175 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic.el
24176 (push (purecopy '(semantic 2 2)) package--builtin-versions)
24177
24178 (defvar semantic-default-submodes '(global-semantic-idle-scheduler-mode global-semanticdb-minor-mode) "\
24179 List of auxiliary Semantic minor modes enabled by `semantic-mode'.
24180 The possible elements of this list include the following:
24181
24182 `global-semanticdb-minor-mode' - Maintain tag database.
24183 `global-semantic-idle-scheduler-mode' - Reparse buffer when idle.
24184 `global-semantic-idle-summary-mode' - Show summary of tag at point.
24185 `global-semantic-idle-completions-mode' - Show completions when idle.
24186 `global-semantic-decoration-mode' - Additional tag decorations.
24187 `global-semantic-highlight-func-mode' - Highlight the current tag.
24188 `global-semantic-stickyfunc-mode' - Show current fun in header line.
24189 `global-semantic-mru-bookmark-mode' - Provide `switch-to-buffer'-like
24190 keybinding for tag names.
24191 `global-cedet-m3-minor-mode' - A mouse 3 context menu.
24192 `global-semantic-idle-local-symbol-highlight-mode' - Highlight references
24193 of the symbol under point.
24194 The following modes are more targeted at people who want to see
24195 some internal information of the semantic parser in action:
24196 `global-semantic-highlight-edits-mode' - Visualize incremental parser by
24197 highlighting not-yet parsed changes.
24198 `global-semantic-show-unmatched-syntax-mode' - Highlight unmatched lexical
24199 syntax tokens.
24200 `global-semantic-show-parser-state-mode' - Display the parser cache state.")
24201
24202 (custom-autoload 'semantic-default-submodes "semantic" t)
24203
24204 (defvar semantic-mode nil "\
24205 Non-nil if Semantic mode is enabled.
24206 See the command `semantic-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
24207 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
24208 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
24209 or call the function `semantic-mode'.")
24210
24211 (custom-autoload 'semantic-mode "semantic" nil)
24212
24213 (autoload 'semantic-mode "semantic" "\
24214 Toggle parser features (Semantic mode).
24215 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Semantic mode if ARG is
24216 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
24217 Semantic mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
24218
24219 In Semantic mode, Emacs parses the buffers you visit for their
24220 semantic content. This information is used by a variety of
24221 auxiliary minor modes, listed in `semantic-default-submodes';
24222 all the minor modes in this list are also enabled when you enable
24223 Semantic mode.
24224
24225 \\{semantic-mode-map}
24226
24227 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
24228
24229 ;;;***
24230 \f
24231 ;;;### (autoloads nil "semantic/bovine/grammar" "cedet/semantic/bovine/grammar.el"
24232 ;;;;;; (21670 32330 885624 725000))
24233 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/bovine/grammar.el
24234
24235 (autoload 'bovine-grammar-mode "semantic/bovine/grammar" "\
24236 Major mode for editing Bovine grammars.
24237
24238 \(fn)" t nil)
24239
24240 ;;;***
24241 \f
24242 ;;;### (autoloads nil "semantic/wisent/grammar" "cedet/semantic/wisent/grammar.el"
24243 ;;;;;; (21670 32330 885624 725000))
24244 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/wisent/grammar.el
24245
24246 (autoload 'wisent-grammar-mode "semantic/wisent/grammar" "\
24247 Major mode for editing Wisent grammars.
24248
24249 \(fn)" t nil)
24250
24251 ;;;***
24252 \f
24253 ;;;### (autoloads nil "sendmail" "mail/sendmail.el" (22026 25907
24254 ;;;;;; 603502 692000))
24255 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/sendmail.el
24256
24257 (defvar mail-from-style 'default "\
24258 Specifies how \"From:\" fields look.
24259
24260 If nil, they contain just the return address like:
24261 king@grassland.com
24262 If `parens', they look like:
24263 king@grassland.com (Elvis Parsley)
24264 If `angles', they look like:
24265 Elvis Parsley <king@grassland.com>
24266
24267 Otherwise, most addresses look like `angles', but they look like
24268 `parens' if `angles' would need quoting and `parens' would not.")
24269
24270 (custom-autoload 'mail-from-style "sendmail" t)
24271
24272 (defvar mail-specify-envelope-from nil "\
24273 If non-nil, specify the envelope-from address when sending mail.
24274 The value used to specify it is whatever is found in
24275 the variable `mail-envelope-from', with `user-mail-address' as fallback.
24276
24277 On most systems, specifying the envelope-from address is a
24278 privileged operation. This variable affects sendmail and
24279 smtpmail -- if you use feedmail to send mail, see instead the
24280 variable `feedmail-deduce-envelope-from'.")
24281
24282 (custom-autoload 'mail-specify-envelope-from "sendmail" t)
24283
24284 (defvar mail-self-blind nil "\
24285 Non-nil means insert BCC to self in messages to be sent.
24286 This is done when the message is initialized,
24287 so you can remove or alter the BCC field to override the default.")
24288
24289 (custom-autoload 'mail-self-blind "sendmail" t)
24290
24291 (defvar mail-interactive t "\
24292 Non-nil means when sending a message wait for and display errors.
24293 Otherwise, let mailer send back a message to report errors.")
24294
24295 (custom-autoload 'mail-interactive "sendmail" t)
24296
24297 (defvar send-mail-function (if (and (boundp 'smtpmail-smtp-server) smtpmail-smtp-server) 'smtpmail-send-it 'sendmail-query-once) "\
24298 Function to call to send the current buffer as mail.
24299 The headers should be delimited by a line which is
24300 not a valid RFC822 header or continuation line,
24301 that matches the variable `mail-header-separator'.
24302 This is used by the default mail-sending commands. See also
24303 `message-send-mail-function' for use with the Message package.")
24304
24305 (custom-autoload 'send-mail-function "sendmail" t)
24306
24307 (defvar mail-header-separator (purecopy "--text follows this line--") "\
24308 Line used to separate headers from text in messages being composed.")
24309
24310 (custom-autoload 'mail-header-separator "sendmail" t)
24311
24312 (defvar mail-archive-file-name nil "\
24313 Name of file to write all outgoing messages in, or nil for none.
24314 This is normally an mbox file, but for backwards compatibility may also
24315 be a Babyl file.")
24316
24317 (custom-autoload 'mail-archive-file-name "sendmail" t)
24318
24319 (defvar mail-default-reply-to nil "\
24320 Address to insert as default Reply-to field of outgoing messages.
24321 If nil, it will be initialized from the REPLYTO environment variable
24322 when you first send mail.")
24323
24324 (custom-autoload 'mail-default-reply-to "sendmail" t)
24325
24326 (defvar mail-personal-alias-file (purecopy "~/.mailrc") "\
24327 If non-nil, the name of the user's personal mail alias file.
24328 This file typically should be in same format as the `.mailrc' file used by
24329 the `Mail' or `mailx' program.
24330 This file need not actually exist.")
24331
24332 (custom-autoload 'mail-personal-alias-file "sendmail" t)
24333
24334 (defvar mail-setup-hook nil "\
24335 Normal hook, run each time a new outgoing message is initialized.")
24336
24337 (custom-autoload 'mail-setup-hook "sendmail" t)
24338
24339 (defvar mail-aliases t "\
24340 Alist of mail address aliases,
24341 or t meaning should be initialized from your mail aliases file.
24342 \(The file's name is normally `~/.mailrc', but `mail-personal-alias-file'
24343 can specify a different file name.)
24344 The alias definitions in the file have this form:
24345 alias ALIAS MEANING")
24346
24347 (defvar mail-yank-prefix "> " "\
24348 Prefix insert on lines of yanked message being replied to.
24349 If this is nil, use indentation, as specified by `mail-indentation-spaces'.")
24350
24351 (custom-autoload 'mail-yank-prefix "sendmail" t)
24352
24353 (defvar mail-indentation-spaces 3 "\
24354 Number of spaces to insert at the beginning of each cited line.
24355 Used by `mail-yank-original' via `mail-indent-citation'.")
24356
24357 (custom-autoload 'mail-indentation-spaces "sendmail" t)
24358
24359 (defvar mail-citation-hook nil "\
24360 Hook for modifying a citation just inserted in the mail buffer.
24361 Each hook function can find the citation between (point) and (mark t),
24362 and should leave point and mark around the citation text as modified.
24363 The hook functions can find the header of the cited message
24364 in the variable `mail-citation-header', whether or not this is included
24365 in the cited portion of the message.
24366
24367 If this hook is entirely empty (nil), a default action is taken
24368 instead of no action.")
24369
24370 (custom-autoload 'mail-citation-hook "sendmail" t)
24371
24372 (defvar mail-citation-prefix-regexp (purecopy "\\([ ]*\\(\\w\\|[_.]\\)+>+\\|[ ]*[]>|]\\)+") "\
24373 Regular expression to match a citation prefix plus whitespace.
24374 It should match whatever sort of citation prefixes you want to handle,
24375 with whitespace before and after; it should also match just whitespace.
24376 The default value matches citations like `foo-bar>' plus whitespace.")
24377
24378 (custom-autoload 'mail-citation-prefix-regexp "sendmail" t)
24379
24380 (defvar mail-signature t "\
24381 Text inserted at end of mail buffer when a message is initialized.
24382 If t, it means to insert the contents of the file `mail-signature-file'.
24383 If a string, that string is inserted.
24384 (To make a proper signature, the string should begin with \\n\\n-- \\n,
24385 which is the standard way to delimit a signature in a message.)
24386 Otherwise, it should be an expression; it is evaluated
24387 and should insert whatever you want to insert.")
24388
24389 (custom-autoload 'mail-signature "sendmail" t)
24390
24391 (defvar mail-signature-file (purecopy "~/.signature") "\
24392 File containing the text inserted at end of mail buffer.")
24393
24394 (custom-autoload 'mail-signature-file "sendmail" t)
24395
24396 (defvar mail-default-directory (purecopy "~/") "\
24397 Value of `default-directory' for Mail mode buffers.
24398 This directory is used for auto-save files of Mail mode buffers.
24399
24400 Note that Message mode does not use this variable; it auto-saves
24401 in `message-auto-save-directory'.")
24402
24403 (custom-autoload 'mail-default-directory "sendmail" t)
24404
24405 (defvar mail-default-headers nil "\
24406 A string containing header lines, to be inserted in outgoing messages.
24407 It can contain newlines, and should end in one. It is inserted
24408 before you edit the message, so you can edit or delete the lines.")
24409
24410 (custom-autoload 'mail-default-headers "sendmail" t)
24411
24412 (autoload 'sendmail-query-once "sendmail" "\
24413 Query for `send-mail-function' and send mail with it.
24414 This also saves the value of `send-mail-function' via Customize.
24415
24416 \(fn)" nil nil)
24417
24418 (define-mail-user-agent 'sendmail-user-agent 'sendmail-user-agent-compose 'mail-send-and-exit)
24419
24420 (autoload 'sendmail-user-agent-compose "sendmail" "\
24421
24422
24423 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS CONTINUE SWITCH-FUNCTION YANK-ACTION SEND-ACTIONS RETURN-ACTION &rest IGNORED)" nil nil)
24424
24425 (autoload 'mail-mode "sendmail" "\
24426 Major mode for editing mail to be sent.
24427 Like Text Mode but with these additional commands:
24428
24429 \\[mail-send] mail-send (send the message)
24430 \\[mail-send-and-exit] mail-send-and-exit (send the message and exit)
24431
24432 Here are commands that move to a header field (and create it if there isn't):
24433 \\[mail-to] move to To: \\[mail-subject] move to Subj:
24434 \\[mail-bcc] move to BCC: \\[mail-cc] move to CC:
24435 \\[mail-fcc] move to FCC: \\[mail-reply-to] move to Reply-To:
24436 \\[mail-mail-reply-to] move to Mail-Reply-To:
24437 \\[mail-mail-followup-to] move to Mail-Followup-To:
24438 \\[mail-text] move to message text.
24439 \\[mail-signature] mail-signature (insert `mail-signature-file' file).
24440 \\[mail-yank-original] mail-yank-original (insert current message, in Rmail).
24441 \\[mail-fill-yanked-message] mail-fill-yanked-message (fill what was yanked).
24442 \\[mail-insert-file] insert a text file into the message.
24443 \\[mail-add-attachment] attach to the message a file as binary attachment.
24444 Turning on Mail mode runs the normal hooks `text-mode-hook' and
24445 `mail-mode-hook' (in that order).
24446
24447 \(fn)" t nil)
24448
24449 (defvar mail-mailing-lists nil "\
24450 List of mailing list addresses the user is subscribed to.
24451 The variable is used to trigger insertion of the \"Mail-Followup-To\"
24452 header when sending a message to a mailing list.")
24453
24454 (custom-autoload 'mail-mailing-lists "sendmail" t)
24455
24456 (defvar sendmail-coding-system nil "\
24457 Coding system for encoding the outgoing mail.
24458 This has higher priority than the default `buffer-file-coding-system'
24459 and `default-sendmail-coding-system',
24460 but lower priority than the local value of `buffer-file-coding-system'.
24461 See also the function `select-message-coding-system'.")
24462
24463 (defvar default-sendmail-coding-system 'iso-latin-1 "\
24464 Default coding system for encoding the outgoing mail.
24465 This variable is used only when `sendmail-coding-system' is nil.
24466
24467 This variable is set/changed by the command `set-language-environment'.
24468 User should not set this variable manually,
24469 instead use `sendmail-coding-system' to get a constant encoding
24470 of outgoing mails regardless of the current language environment.
24471 See also the function `select-message-coding-system'.")
24472
24473 (autoload 'mail "sendmail" "\
24474 Edit a message to be sent. Prefix arg means resume editing (don't erase).
24475 When this function returns, the buffer `*mail*' is selected.
24476 The value is t if the message was newly initialized; otherwise, nil.
24477
24478 Optionally, the signature file `mail-signature-file' can be inserted at the
24479 end; see the variable `mail-signature'.
24480
24481 \\<mail-mode-map>
24482 While editing message, type \\[mail-send-and-exit] to send the message and exit.
24483
24484 Various special commands starting with C-c are available in sendmail mode
24485 to move to message header fields:
24486 \\{mail-mode-map}
24487
24488 If `mail-self-blind' is non-nil, a BCC to yourself is inserted
24489 when the message is initialized.
24490
24491 If `mail-default-reply-to' is non-nil, it should be an address (a string);
24492 a Reply-to: field with that address is inserted.
24493
24494 If `mail-archive-file-name' is non-nil, an FCC field with that file name
24495 is inserted.
24496
24497 The normal hook `mail-setup-hook' is run after the message is
24498 initialized. It can add more default fields to the message.
24499
24500 The first argument, NOERASE, determines what to do when there is
24501 an existing modified `*mail*' buffer. If NOERASE is nil, the
24502 existing mail buffer is used, and the user is prompted whether to
24503 keep the old contents or to erase them. If NOERASE has the value
24504 `new', a new mail buffer will be created instead of using the old
24505 one. Any other non-nil value means to always select the old
24506 buffer without erasing the contents.
24507
24508 The second through fifth arguments,
24509 TO, SUBJECT, IN-REPLY-TO and CC, specify if non-nil
24510 the initial contents of those header fields.
24511 These arguments should not have final newlines.
24512 The sixth argument REPLYBUFFER is a buffer which contains an
24513 original message being replied to, or else an action
24514 of the form (FUNCTION . ARGS) which says how to insert the original.
24515 Or it can be nil, if not replying to anything.
24516 The seventh argument ACTIONS is a list of actions to take
24517 if/when the message is sent. Each action looks like (FUNCTION . ARGS);
24518 when the message is sent, we apply FUNCTION to ARGS.
24519 This is how Rmail arranges to mark messages `answered'.
24520
24521 \(fn &optional NOERASE TO SUBJECT IN-REPLY-TO CC REPLYBUFFER ACTIONS RETURN-ACTION)" t nil)
24522
24523 (autoload 'mail-other-window "sendmail" "\
24524 Like `mail' command, but display mail buffer in another window.
24525
24526 \(fn &optional NOERASE TO SUBJECT IN-REPLY-TO CC REPLYBUFFER SENDACTIONS)" t nil)
24527
24528 (autoload 'mail-other-frame "sendmail" "\
24529 Like `mail' command, but display mail buffer in another frame.
24530
24531 \(fn &optional NOERASE TO SUBJECT IN-REPLY-TO CC REPLYBUFFER SENDACTIONS)" t nil)
24532
24533 ;;;***
24534 \f
24535 ;;;### (autoloads nil "seq" "emacs-lisp/seq.el" (22084 30014 55762
24536 ;;;;;; 3000))
24537 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/seq.el
24538 (push (purecopy '(seq 2 3)) package--builtin-versions)
24539
24540 ;;;***
24541 \f
24542 ;;;### (autoloads nil "server" "server.el" (22056 47028 775798 795000))
24543 ;;; Generated autoloads from server.el
24544
24545 (put 'server-host 'risky-local-variable t)
24546
24547 (put 'server-port 'risky-local-variable t)
24548
24549 (put 'server-auth-dir 'risky-local-variable t)
24550
24551 (autoload 'server-start "server" "\
24552 Allow this Emacs process to be a server for client processes.
24553 This starts a server communications subprocess through which client
24554 \"editors\" can send your editing commands to this Emacs job.
24555 To use the server, set up the program `emacsclient' in the Emacs
24556 distribution as your standard \"editor\".
24557
24558 Optional argument LEAVE-DEAD (interactively, a prefix arg) means just
24559 kill any existing server communications subprocess.
24560
24561 If a server is already running, restart it. If clients are
24562 running, ask the user for confirmation first, unless optional
24563 argument INHIBIT-PROMPT is non-nil.
24564
24565 To force-start a server, do \\[server-force-delete] and then
24566 \\[server-start].
24567
24568 \(fn &optional LEAVE-DEAD INHIBIT-PROMPT)" t nil)
24569
24570 (autoload 'server-force-delete "server" "\
24571 Unconditionally delete connection file for server NAME.
24572 If server is running, it is first stopped.
24573 NAME defaults to `server-name'. With argument, ask for NAME.
24574
24575 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
24576
24577 (defvar server-mode nil "\
24578 Non-nil if Server mode is enabled.
24579 See the command `server-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
24580 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
24581 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
24582 or call the function `server-mode'.")
24583
24584 (custom-autoload 'server-mode "server" nil)
24585
24586 (autoload 'server-mode "server" "\
24587 Toggle Server mode.
24588 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Server mode if ARG is
24589 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
24590 Server mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
24591
24592 Server mode runs a process that accepts commands from the
24593 `emacsclient' program. See Info node `Emacs server' and
24594 `server-start' for details.
24595
24596 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
24597
24598 (autoload 'server-save-buffers-kill-terminal "server" "\
24599 Offer to save each buffer, then kill the current client.
24600 With ARG non-nil, silently save all file-visiting buffers, then kill.
24601
24602 If emacsclient was started with a list of filenames to edit, then
24603 only these files will be asked to be saved.
24604
24605 \(fn ARG)" nil nil)
24606
24607 ;;;***
24608 \f
24609 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ses" "ses.el" (21990 52406 736500 385000))
24610 ;;; Generated autoloads from ses.el
24611
24612 (autoload 'ses-mode "ses" "\
24613 Major mode for Simple Emacs Spreadsheet.
24614
24615 When you invoke SES in a new buffer, it is divided into cells
24616 that you can enter data into. You can navigate the cells with
24617 the arrow keys and add more cells with the tab key. The contents
24618 of these cells can be numbers, text, or Lisp expressions. (To
24619 enter text, enclose it in double quotes.)
24620
24621 In an expression, you can use cell coordinates to refer to the
24622 contents of another cell. For example, you can sum a range of
24623 cells with `(+ A1 A2 A3)'. There are specialized functions like
24624 `ses+' (addition for ranges with empty cells), `ses-average' (for
24625 performing calculations on cells), and `ses-range' and `ses-select'
24626 \(for extracting ranges of cells).
24627
24628 Each cell also has a print function that controls how it is
24629 displayed.
24630
24631 Each SES buffer is divided into a print area and a data area.
24632 Normally, you can simply use SES to look at and manipulate the print
24633 area, and let SES manage the data area outside the visible region.
24634
24635 See \"ses-example.ses\" (in `data-directory') for an example
24636 spreadsheet, and the Info node `(ses)Top.'
24637
24638 In the following, note the separate keymaps for cell editing mode
24639 and print mode specifications. Key definitions:
24640
24641 \\{ses-mode-map}
24642 These key definitions are active only in the print area (the visible
24643 part):
24644 \\{ses-mode-print-map}
24645 These are active only in the minibuffer, when entering or editing a
24646 formula:
24647 \\{ses-mode-edit-map}
24648
24649 \(fn)" t nil)
24650
24651 ;;;***
24652 \f
24653 ;;;### (autoloads nil "sgml-mode" "textmodes/sgml-mode.el" (22011
24654 ;;;;;; 58554 69858 469000))
24655 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/sgml-mode.el
24656
24657 (autoload 'sgml-mode "sgml-mode" "\
24658 Major mode for editing SGML documents.
24659 Makes > match <.
24660 Keys <, &, SPC within <>, \", / and \\=' can be electric depending on
24661 `sgml-quick-keys'.
24662
24663 An argument of N to a tag-inserting command means to wrap it around
24664 the next N words. In Transient Mark mode, when the mark is active,
24665 N defaults to -1, which means to wrap it around the current region.
24666
24667 If you like upcased tags, put (setq sgml-transformation-function \\='upcase)
24668 in your init file.
24669
24670 Use \\[sgml-validate] to validate your document with an SGML parser.
24671
24672 Do \\[describe-variable] sgml- SPC to see available variables.
24673 Do \\[describe-key] on the following bindings to discover what they do.
24674 \\{sgml-mode-map}
24675
24676 \(fn)" t nil)
24677
24678 (autoload 'html-mode "sgml-mode" "\
24679 Major mode based on SGML mode for editing HTML documents.
24680 This allows inserting skeleton constructs used in hypertext documents with
24681 completion. See below for an introduction to HTML. Use
24682 \\[browse-url-of-buffer] to see how this comes out. See also `sgml-mode' on
24683 which this is based.
24684
24685 Do \\[describe-variable] html- SPC and \\[describe-variable] sgml- SPC to see available variables.
24686
24687 To write fairly well formatted pages you only need to know few things. Most
24688 browsers have a function to read the source code of the page being seen, so
24689 you can imitate various tricks. Here's a very short HTML primer which you
24690 can also view with a browser to see what happens:
24691
24692 <title>A Title Describing Contents</title> should be on every page. Pages can
24693 have <h1>Very Major Headlines</h1> through <h6>Very Minor Headlines</h6>
24694 <hr> Parts can be separated with horizontal rules.
24695
24696 <p>Paragraphs only need an opening tag. Line breaks and multiple spaces are
24697 ignored unless the text is <pre>preformatted.</pre> Text can be marked as
24698 <b>bold</b>, <i>italic</i> or <u>underlined</u> using the normal M-o or
24699 Edit/Text Properties/Face commands.
24700
24701 Pages can have <a name=\"SOMENAME\">named points</a> and can link other points
24702 to them with <a href=\"#SOMENAME\">see also somename</a>. In the same way <a
24703 href=\"URL\">see also URL</a> where URL is a filename relative to current
24704 directory, or absolute as in `http://www.cs.indiana.edu/elisp/w3/docs.html'.
24705
24706 Images in many formats can be inlined with <img src=\"URL\">.
24707
24708 If you mainly create your own documents, `sgml-specials' might be
24709 interesting. But note that some HTML 2 browsers can't handle `&apos;'.
24710 To work around that, do:
24711 (eval-after-load \"sgml-mode\" \\='(aset sgml-char-names ?\\=' nil))
24712
24713 \\{html-mode-map}
24714
24715 \(fn)" t nil)
24716
24717 ;;;***
24718 \f
24719 ;;;### (autoloads nil "sh-script" "progmodes/sh-script.el" (22061
24720 ;;;;;; 64938 532287 963000))
24721 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/sh-script.el
24722 (push (purecopy '(sh-script 2 0 6)) package--builtin-versions)
24723 (put 'sh-shell 'safe-local-variable 'symbolp)
24724
24725 (autoload 'sh-mode "sh-script" "\
24726 Major mode for editing shell scripts.
24727 This mode works for many shells, since they all have roughly the same syntax,
24728 as far as commands, arguments, variables, pipes, comments etc. are concerned.
24729 Unless the file's magic number indicates the shell, your usual shell is
24730 assumed. Since filenames rarely give a clue, they are not further analyzed.
24731
24732 This mode adapts to the variations between shells (see `sh-set-shell') by
24733 means of an inheritance based feature lookup (see `sh-feature'). This
24734 mechanism applies to all variables (including skeletons) that pertain to
24735 shell-specific features.
24736
24737 The default style of this mode is that of Rosenblatt's Korn shell book.
24738 The syntax of the statements varies with the shell being used. The
24739 following commands are available, based on the current shell's syntax:
24740 \\<sh-mode-map>
24741 \\[sh-case] case statement
24742 \\[sh-for] for loop
24743 \\[sh-function] function definition
24744 \\[sh-if] if statement
24745 \\[sh-indexed-loop] indexed loop from 1 to n
24746 \\[sh-while-getopts] while getopts loop
24747 \\[sh-repeat] repeat loop
24748 \\[sh-select] select loop
24749 \\[sh-until] until loop
24750 \\[sh-while] while loop
24751
24752 For sh and rc shells indentation commands are:
24753 \\[sh-show-indent] Show the variable controlling this line's indentation.
24754 \\[sh-set-indent] Set then variable controlling this line's indentation.
24755 \\[sh-learn-line-indent] Change the indentation variable so this line
24756 would indent to the way it currently is.
24757 \\[sh-learn-buffer-indent] Set the indentation variables so the
24758 buffer indents as it currently is indented.
24759
24760
24761 \\[backward-delete-char-untabify] Delete backward one position, even if it was a tab.
24762 \\[sh-end-of-command] Go to end of successive commands.
24763 \\[sh-beginning-of-command] Go to beginning of successive commands.
24764 \\[sh-set-shell] Set this buffer's shell, and maybe its magic number.
24765 \\[sh-execute-region] Have optional header and region be executed in a subshell.
24766
24767 `sh-electric-here-document-mode' controls whether insertion of two
24768 unquoted < insert a here document.
24769
24770 If you generally program a shell different from your login shell you can
24771 set `sh-shell-file' accordingly. If your shell's file name doesn't correctly
24772 indicate what shell it is use `sh-alias-alist' to translate.
24773
24774 If your shell gives error messages with line numbers, you can use \\[executable-interpret]
24775 with your script for an edit-interpret-debug cycle.
24776
24777 \(fn)" t nil)
24778
24779 (defalias 'shell-script-mode 'sh-mode)
24780
24781 ;;;***
24782 \f
24783 ;;;### (autoloads nil "shadow" "emacs-lisp/shadow.el" (22026 25907
24784 ;;;;;; 583502 692000))
24785 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/shadow.el
24786
24787 (autoload 'list-load-path-shadows "shadow" "\
24788 Display a list of Emacs Lisp files that shadow other files.
24789
24790 If STRINGP is non-nil, returns any shadows as a string.
24791 Otherwise, if interactive shows any shadows in a `*Shadows*' buffer;
24792 else prints messages listing any shadows.
24793
24794 This function lists potential load path problems. Directories in
24795 the `load-path' variable are searched, in order, for Emacs Lisp
24796 files. When a previously encountered file name is found again, a
24797 message is displayed indicating that the later file is \"hidden\" by
24798 the earlier.
24799
24800 For example, suppose `load-path' is set to
24801
24802 \(\"/usr/share/emacs/site-lisp\" \"/usr/share/emacs/24.3/lisp\")
24803
24804 and that each of these directories contains a file called XXX.el. Then
24805 XXX.el in the site-lisp directory is referred to by all of:
24806 \(require \\='XXX), (autoload .... \"XXX\"), (load-library \"XXX\") etc.
24807
24808 The first XXX.el file prevents Emacs from seeing the second (unless
24809 the second is loaded explicitly via `load-file').
24810
24811 When not intended, such shadowings can be the source of subtle
24812 problems. For example, the above situation may have arisen because the
24813 XXX package was not distributed with versions of Emacs prior to
24814 24.3. A system administrator downloaded XXX from elsewhere and installed
24815 it. Later, XXX was updated and included in the Emacs distribution.
24816 Unless the system administrator checks for this, the new version of XXX
24817 will be hidden behind the old (which may no longer work with the new
24818 Emacs version).
24819
24820 This function performs these checks and flags all possible
24821 shadowings. Because a .el file may exist without a corresponding .elc
24822 \(or vice-versa), these suffixes are essentially ignored. A file
24823 XXX.elc in an early directory (that does not contain XXX.el) is
24824 considered to shadow a later file XXX.el, and vice-versa.
24825
24826 Shadowings are located by calling the (non-interactive) companion
24827 function, `load-path-shadows-find'.
24828
24829 \(fn &optional STRINGP)" t nil)
24830
24831 ;;;***
24832 \f
24833 ;;;### (autoloads nil "shadowfile" "shadowfile.el" (21670 32331 885635
24834 ;;;;;; 586000))
24835 ;;; Generated autoloads from shadowfile.el
24836
24837 (autoload 'shadow-define-cluster "shadowfile" "\
24838 Edit (or create) the definition of a cluster NAME.
24839 This is a group of hosts that share directories, so that copying to or from
24840 one of them is sufficient to update the file on all of them. Clusters are
24841 defined by a name, the network address of a primary host (the one we copy
24842 files to), and a regular expression that matches the hostnames of all the
24843 sites in the cluster.
24844
24845 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
24846
24847 (autoload 'shadow-define-literal-group "shadowfile" "\
24848 Declare a single file to be shared between sites.
24849 It may have different filenames on each site. When this file is edited, the
24850 new version will be copied to each of the other locations. Sites can be
24851 specific hostnames, or names of clusters (see `shadow-define-cluster').
24852
24853 \(fn)" t nil)
24854
24855 (autoload 'shadow-define-regexp-group "shadowfile" "\
24856 Make each of a group of files be shared between hosts.
24857 Prompts for regular expression; files matching this are shared between a list
24858 of sites, which are also prompted for. The filenames must be identical on all
24859 hosts (if they aren't, use `shadow-define-literal-group' instead of this
24860 function). Each site can be either a hostname or the name of a cluster (see
24861 `shadow-define-cluster').
24862
24863 \(fn)" t nil)
24864
24865 (autoload 'shadow-initialize "shadowfile" "\
24866 Set up file shadowing.
24867
24868 \(fn)" t nil)
24869
24870 ;;;***
24871 \f
24872 ;;;### (autoloads nil "shell" "shell.el" (21896 48221 754207 816000))
24873 ;;; Generated autoloads from shell.el
24874
24875 (defvar shell-dumb-shell-regexp (purecopy "cmd\\(proxy\\)?\\.exe") "\
24876 Regexp to match shells that don't save their command history, and
24877 don't handle the backslash as a quote character. For shells that
24878 match this regexp, Emacs will write out the command history when the
24879 shell finishes, and won't remove backslashes when it unquotes shell
24880 arguments.")
24881
24882 (custom-autoload 'shell-dumb-shell-regexp "shell" t)
24883
24884 (autoload 'shell "shell" "\
24885 Run an inferior shell, with I/O through BUFFER (which defaults to `*shell*').
24886 Interactively, a prefix arg means to prompt for BUFFER.
24887 If `default-directory' is a remote file name, it is also prompted
24888 to change if called with a prefix arg.
24889
24890 If BUFFER exists but shell process is not running, make new shell.
24891 If BUFFER exists and shell process is running, just switch to BUFFER.
24892 Program used comes from variable `explicit-shell-file-name',
24893 or (if that is nil) from the ESHELL environment variable,
24894 or (if that is nil) from `shell-file-name'.
24895 If a file `~/.emacs_SHELLNAME' exists, or `~/.emacs.d/init_SHELLNAME.sh',
24896 it is given as initial input (but this may be lost, due to a timing
24897 error, if the shell discards input when it starts up).
24898 The buffer is put in Shell mode, giving commands for sending input
24899 and controlling the subjobs of the shell. See `shell-mode'.
24900 See also the variable `shell-prompt-pattern'.
24901
24902 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
24903 in the input and output to the shell, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
24904 before \\[shell]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
24905 in the shell buffer, after you start the shell.
24906 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
24907 `default-process-coding-system'.
24908
24909 The shell file name (sans directories) is used to make a symbol name
24910 such as `explicit-csh-args'. If that symbol is a variable,
24911 its value is used as a list of arguments when invoking the shell.
24912 Otherwise, one argument `-i' is passed to the shell.
24913
24914 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the shell buffer for a list of commands.)
24915
24916 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
24917
24918 ;;;***
24919 \f
24920 ;;;### (autoloads nil "shr" "net/shr.el" (22085 50883 205731 271000))
24921 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/shr.el
24922
24923 (autoload 'shr-render-region "shr" "\
24924 Display the HTML rendering of the region between BEGIN and END.
24925
24926 \(fn BEGIN END &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
24927
24928 (autoload 'shr-insert-document "shr" "\
24929 Render the parsed document DOM into the current buffer.
24930 DOM should be a parse tree as generated by
24931 `libxml-parse-html-region' or similar.
24932
24933 \(fn DOM)" nil nil)
24934
24935 ;;;***
24936 \f
24937 ;;;### (autoloads nil "sieve" "gnus/sieve.el" (21972 22452 270264
24938 ;;;;;; 357000))
24939 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/sieve.el
24940
24941 (autoload 'sieve-manage "sieve" "\
24942
24943
24944 \(fn SERVER &optional PORT)" t nil)
24945
24946 (autoload 'sieve-upload "sieve" "\
24947
24948
24949 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
24950
24951 (autoload 'sieve-upload-and-bury "sieve" "\
24952
24953
24954 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
24955
24956 (autoload 'sieve-upload-and-kill "sieve" "\
24957
24958
24959 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
24960
24961 ;;;***
24962 \f
24963 ;;;### (autoloads nil "sieve-mode" "gnus/sieve-mode.el" (21931 31023
24964 ;;;;;; 733164 572000))
24965 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/sieve-mode.el
24966
24967 (autoload 'sieve-mode "sieve-mode" "\
24968 Major mode for editing Sieve code.
24969 This is much like C mode except for the syntax of comments. Its keymap
24970 inherits from C mode's and it has the same variables for customizing
24971 indentation. It has its own abbrev table and its own syntax table.
24972
24973 Turning on Sieve mode runs `sieve-mode-hook'.
24974
24975 \(fn)" t nil)
24976
24977 ;;;***
24978 \f
24979 ;;;### (autoloads nil "simula" "progmodes/simula.el" (21670 32331
24980 ;;;;;; 385639 720000))
24981 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/simula.el
24982
24983 (autoload 'simula-mode "simula" "\
24984 Major mode for editing SIMULA code.
24985 \\{simula-mode-map}
24986 Variables controlling indentation style:
24987 `simula-tab-always-indent'
24988 Non-nil means TAB in SIMULA mode should always reindent the current line,
24989 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
24990 `simula-indent-level'
24991 Indentation of SIMULA statements with respect to containing block.
24992 `simula-substatement-offset'
24993 Extra indentation after DO, THEN, ELSE, WHEN and OTHERWISE.
24994 `simula-continued-statement-offset' 3
24995 Extra indentation for lines not starting a statement or substatement,
24996 e.g. a nested FOR-loop. If value is a list, each line in a multiple-
24997 line continued statement will have the car of the list extra indentation
24998 with respect to the previous line of the statement.
24999 `simula-label-offset' -4711
25000 Offset of SIMULA label lines relative to usual indentation.
25001 `simula-if-indent' '(0 . 0)
25002 Extra indentation of THEN and ELSE with respect to the starting IF.
25003 Value is a cons cell, the car is extra THEN indentation and the cdr
25004 extra ELSE indentation. IF after ELSE is indented as the starting IF.
25005 `simula-inspect-indent' '(0 . 0)
25006 Extra indentation of WHEN and OTHERWISE with respect to the
25007 corresponding INSPECT. Value is a cons cell, the car is
25008 extra WHEN indentation and the cdr extra OTHERWISE indentation.
25009 `simula-electric-indent' nil
25010 If this variable is non-nil, `simula-indent-line'
25011 will check the previous line to see if it has to be reindented.
25012 `simula-abbrev-keyword' 'upcase
25013 Determine how SIMULA keywords will be expanded. Value is one of
25014 the symbols `upcase', `downcase', `capitalize', (as in) `abbrev-table',
25015 or nil if they should not be changed.
25016 `simula-abbrev-stdproc' 'abbrev-table
25017 Determine how standard SIMULA procedure and class names will be
25018 expanded. Value is one of the symbols `upcase', `downcase', `capitalize',
25019 (as in) `abbrev-table', or nil if they should not be changed.
25020
25021 Turning on SIMULA mode calls the value of the variable simula-mode-hook
25022 with no arguments, if that value is non-nil.
25023
25024 \(fn)" t nil)
25025
25026 ;;;***
25027 \f
25028 ;;;### (autoloads nil "skeleton" "skeleton.el" (22026 25907 643502
25029 ;;;;;; 692000))
25030 ;;; Generated autoloads from skeleton.el
25031
25032 (defvar skeleton-filter-function 'identity "\
25033 Function for transforming a skeleton proxy's aliases' variable value.")
25034
25035 (autoload 'define-skeleton "skeleton" "\
25036 Define a user-configurable COMMAND that enters a statement skeleton.
25037 DOCUMENTATION is that of the command.
25038 SKELETON is as defined under `skeleton-insert'.
25039
25040 \(fn COMMAND DOCUMENTATION &rest SKELETON)" nil t)
25041
25042 (function-put 'define-skeleton 'doc-string-elt '2)
25043
25044 (autoload 'skeleton-proxy-new "skeleton" "\
25045 Insert SKELETON.
25046 Prefix ARG allows wrapping around words or regions (see `skeleton-insert').
25047 If no ARG was given, but the region is visible, ARG defaults to -1 depending
25048 on `skeleton-autowrap'. An ARG of M-0 will prevent this just for once.
25049 This command can also be an abbrev expansion (3rd and 4th columns in
25050 \\[edit-abbrevs] buffer: \"\" command-name).
25051
25052 Optional second argument STR may also be a string which will be the value
25053 of `str' whereas the skeleton's interactor is then ignored.
25054
25055 \(fn SKELETON &optional STR ARG)" nil nil)
25056
25057 (autoload 'skeleton-insert "skeleton" "\
25058 Insert the complex statement skeleton SKELETON describes very concisely.
25059
25060 With optional second argument REGIONS, wrap first interesting point
25061 \(`_') in skeleton around next REGIONS words, if REGIONS is positive.
25062 If REGIONS is negative, wrap REGIONS preceding interregions into first
25063 REGIONS interesting positions (successive `_'s) in skeleton.
25064
25065 An interregion is the stretch of text between two contiguous marked
25066 points. If you marked A B C [] (where [] is the cursor) in
25067 alphabetical order, the 3 interregions are simply the last 3 regions.
25068 But if you marked B A [] C, the interregions are B-A, A-[], []-C.
25069
25070 The optional third argument STR, if specified, is the value for the
25071 variable `str' within the skeleton. When this is non-nil, the
25072 interactor gets ignored, and this should be a valid skeleton element.
25073
25074 SKELETON is made up as (INTERACTOR ELEMENT ...). INTERACTOR may be nil if
25075 not needed, a prompt-string or an expression for complex read functions.
25076
25077 If ELEMENT is a string or a character it gets inserted (see also
25078 `skeleton-transformation-function'). Other possibilities are:
25079
25080 \\n go to next line and indent according to mode, unless
25081 this is the first/last element of a skeleton and point
25082 is at bol/eol
25083 _ interesting point, interregion here
25084 - interesting point, no interregion interaction, overrides
25085 interesting point set by _
25086 > indent line (or interregion if > _) according to major mode
25087 @ add position to `skeleton-positions'
25088 & do next ELEMENT if previous moved point
25089 | do next ELEMENT if previous didn't move point
25090 -NUM delete NUM preceding characters (see `skeleton-untabify')
25091 resume: skipped, continue here if quit is signaled
25092 nil skipped
25093
25094 After termination, point will be positioned at the last occurrence of -
25095 or at the first occurrence of _ or at the end of the inserted text.
25096
25097 Note that \\n as the last element of the skeleton only inserts a
25098 newline if not at eol. If you want to unconditionally insert a newline
25099 at the end of the skeleton, use \"\\n\" instead. Likewise with \\n
25100 as the first element when at bol.
25101
25102 Further elements can be defined via `skeleton-further-elements'.
25103 ELEMENT may itself be a SKELETON with an INTERACTOR. The user is prompted
25104 repeatedly for different inputs. The SKELETON is processed as often as
25105 the user enters a non-empty string. \\[keyboard-quit] terminates skeleton insertion, but
25106 continues after `resume:' and positions at `_' if any. If INTERACTOR in
25107 such a subskeleton is a prompt-string which contains a \".. %s ..\" it is
25108 formatted with `skeleton-subprompt'. Such an INTERACTOR may also be a list
25109 of strings with the subskeleton being repeated once for each string.
25110
25111 Quoted Lisp expressions are evaluated for their side-effects.
25112 Other Lisp expressions are evaluated and the value treated as above.
25113 Note that expressions may not return t since this implies an
25114 endless loop. Modes can define other symbols by locally setting them
25115 to any valid skeleton element. The following local variables are
25116 available:
25117
25118 str first time: read a string according to INTERACTOR
25119 then: insert previously read string once more
25120 help help-form during interaction with the user or nil
25121 input initial input (string or cons with index) while reading str
25122 v1, v2 local variables for memorizing anything you want
25123
25124 When done with skeleton, but before going back to `_'-point call
25125 `skeleton-end-hook' if that is non-nil.
25126
25127 \(fn SKELETON &optional REGIONS STR)" nil nil)
25128
25129 (autoload 'skeleton-pair-insert-maybe "skeleton" "\
25130 Insert the character you type ARG times.
25131
25132 With no ARG, if `skeleton-pair' is non-nil, pairing can occur. If the region
25133 is visible the pair is wrapped around it depending on `skeleton-autowrap'.
25134 Else, if `skeleton-pair-on-word' is non-nil or we are not before or inside a
25135 word, and if `skeleton-pair-filter-function' returns nil, pairing is performed.
25136 Pairing is also prohibited if we are right after a quoting character
25137 such as backslash.
25138
25139 If a match is found in `skeleton-pair-alist', that is inserted, else
25140 the defaults are used. These are (), [], {}, <> and (grave
25141 accent, apostrophe) for the paired ones, and the same character
25142 twice for the others.
25143
25144 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
25145
25146 ;;;***
25147 \f
25148 ;;;### (autoloads nil "smerge-mode" "vc/smerge-mode.el" (21670 32331
25149 ;;;;;; 885635 586000))
25150 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/smerge-mode.el
25151
25152 (autoload 'smerge-ediff "smerge-mode" "\
25153 Invoke ediff to resolve the conflicts.
25154 NAME-MINE, NAME-OTHER, and NAME-BASE, if non-nil, are used for the
25155 buffer names.
25156
25157 \(fn &optional NAME-MINE NAME-OTHER NAME-BASE)" t nil)
25158
25159 (autoload 'smerge-mode "smerge-mode" "\
25160 Minor mode to simplify editing output from the diff3 program.
25161 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
25162 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
25163 if ARG is omitted or nil.
25164 \\{smerge-mode-map}
25165
25166 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25167
25168 (autoload 'smerge-start-session "smerge-mode" "\
25169 Turn on `smerge-mode' and move point to first conflict marker.
25170 If no conflict maker is found, turn off `smerge-mode'.
25171
25172 \(fn)" t nil)
25173
25174 ;;;***
25175 \f
25176 ;;;### (autoloads nil "smiley" "gnus/smiley.el" (21670 32331 385639
25177 ;;;;;; 720000))
25178 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/smiley.el
25179
25180 (autoload 'smiley-region "smiley" "\
25181 Replace in the region `smiley-regexp-alist' matches with corresponding images.
25182 A list of images is returned.
25183
25184 \(fn START END)" t nil)
25185
25186 (autoload 'smiley-buffer "smiley" "\
25187 Run `smiley-region' at the BUFFER, specified in the argument or
25188 interactively. If there's no argument, do it at the current buffer.
25189
25190 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25191
25192 ;;;***
25193 \f
25194 ;;;### (autoloads nil "smtpmail" "mail/smtpmail.el" (21670 32331
25195 ;;;;;; 385639 720000))
25196 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/smtpmail.el
25197
25198 (autoload 'smtpmail-send-it "smtpmail" "\
25199
25200
25201 \(fn)" nil nil)
25202
25203 (autoload 'smtpmail-send-queued-mail "smtpmail" "\
25204 Send mail that was queued as a result of setting `smtpmail-queue-mail'.
25205
25206 \(fn)" t nil)
25207
25208 ;;;***
25209 \f
25210 ;;;### (autoloads nil "snake" "play/snake.el" (21670 32331 385639
25211 ;;;;;; 720000))
25212 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/snake.el
25213
25214 (autoload 'snake "snake" "\
25215 Play the Snake game.
25216 Move the snake around without colliding with its tail or with the border.
25217
25218 Eating dots causes the snake to get longer.
25219
25220 Snake mode keybindings:
25221 \\<snake-mode-map>
25222 \\[snake-start-game] Starts a new game of Snake
25223 \\[snake-end-game] Terminates the current game
25224 \\[snake-pause-game] Pauses (or resumes) the current game
25225 \\[snake-move-left] Makes the snake move left
25226 \\[snake-move-right] Makes the snake move right
25227 \\[snake-move-up] Makes the snake move up
25228 \\[snake-move-down] Makes the snake move down
25229
25230 \(fn)" t nil)
25231
25232 ;;;***
25233 \f
25234 ;;;### (autoloads nil "snmp-mode" "net/snmp-mode.el" (21670 32331
25235 ;;;;;; 385639 720000))
25236 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/snmp-mode.el
25237
25238 (autoload 'snmp-mode "snmp-mode" "\
25239 Major mode for editing SNMP MIBs.
25240 Expression and list commands understand all C brackets.
25241 Tab indents for C code.
25242 Comments start with -- and end with newline or another --.
25243 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
25244 \\{snmp-mode-map}
25245 Turning on snmp-mode runs the hooks in `snmp-common-mode-hook', then
25246 `snmp-mode-hook'.
25247
25248 \(fn)" t nil)
25249
25250 (autoload 'snmpv2-mode "snmp-mode" "\
25251 Major mode for editing SNMPv2 MIBs.
25252 Expression and list commands understand all C brackets.
25253 Tab indents for C code.
25254 Comments start with -- and end with newline or another --.
25255 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
25256 \\{snmp-mode-map}
25257 Turning on snmp-mode runs the hooks in `snmp-common-mode-hook',
25258 then `snmpv2-mode-hook'.
25259
25260 \(fn)" t nil)
25261
25262 ;;;***
25263 \f
25264 ;;;### (autoloads nil "soap-client" "net/soap-client.el" (22084 30014
25265 ;;;;;; 59762 3000))
25266 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/soap-client.el
25267 (push (purecopy '(soap-client 3 0 2)) package--builtin-versions)
25268
25269 ;;;***
25270 \f
25271 ;;;### (autoloads nil "solar" "calendar/solar.el" (21849 48176 337264
25272 ;;;;;; 443000))
25273 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/solar.el
25274
25275 (autoload 'sunrise-sunset "solar" "\
25276 Local time of sunrise and sunset for today. Accurate to a few seconds.
25277 If called with an optional prefix argument ARG, prompt for date.
25278 If called with an optional double prefix argument, prompt for
25279 longitude, latitude, time zone, and date, and always use standard time.
25280
25281 This function is suitable for execution in an init file.
25282
25283 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25284
25285 ;;;***
25286 \f
25287 ;;;### (autoloads nil "solitaire" "play/solitaire.el" (21670 32331
25288 ;;;;;; 385639 720000))
25289 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/solitaire.el
25290
25291 (autoload 'solitaire "solitaire" "\
25292 Play Solitaire.
25293
25294 To play Solitaire, type \\[solitaire].
25295 \\<solitaire-mode-map>
25296 Move around the board using the cursor keys.
25297 Move stones using \\[solitaire-move] followed by a direction key.
25298 Undo moves using \\[solitaire-undo].
25299 Check for possible moves using \\[solitaire-do-check].
25300 \(The variable `solitaire-auto-eval' controls whether to automatically
25301 check after each move or undo.)
25302
25303 What is Solitaire?
25304
25305 I don't know who invented this game, but it seems to be rather old and
25306 its origin seems to be northern Africa. Here's how to play:
25307 Initially, the board will look similar to this:
25308
25309 Le Solitaire
25310 ============
25311
25312 o o o
25313
25314 o o o
25315
25316 o o o o o o o
25317
25318 o o o . o o o
25319
25320 o o o o o o o
25321
25322 o o o
25323
25324 o o o
25325
25326 Let's call the o's stones and the .'s holes. One stone fits into one
25327 hole. As you can see, all holes but one are occupied by stones. The
25328 aim of the game is to get rid of all but one stone, leaving that last
25329 one in the middle of the board if you're cool.
25330
25331 A stone can be moved if there is another stone next to it, and a hole
25332 after that one. Thus there must be three fields in a row, either
25333 horizontally or vertically, up, down, left or right, which look like
25334 this: o o .
25335
25336 Then the first stone is moved to the hole, jumping over the second,
25337 which therefore is taken away. The above thus `evaluates' to: . . o
25338
25339 That's all. Here's the board after two moves:
25340
25341 o o o
25342
25343 . o o
25344
25345 o o . o o o o
25346
25347 o . o o o o o
25348
25349 o o o o o o o
25350
25351 o o o
25352
25353 o o o
25354
25355 Pick your favorite shortcuts:
25356
25357 \\{solitaire-mode-map}
25358
25359 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
25360
25361 ;;;***
25362 \f
25363 ;;;### (autoloads nil "sort" "sort.el" (22011 58553 993858 469000))
25364 ;;; Generated autoloads from sort.el
25365 (put 'sort-fold-case 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
25366
25367 (autoload 'sort-subr "sort" "\
25368 General text sorting routine to divide buffer into records and sort them.
25369
25370 We divide the accessible portion of the buffer into disjoint pieces
25371 called sort records. A portion of each sort record (perhaps all of
25372 it) is designated as the sort key. The records are rearranged in the
25373 buffer in order by their sort keys. The records may or may not be
25374 contiguous.
25375
25376 Usually the records are rearranged in order of ascending sort key.
25377 If REVERSE is non-nil, they are rearranged in order of descending sort key.
25378 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
25379 the sort order.
25380
25381 The next four arguments are functions to be called to move point
25382 across a sort record. They will be called many times from within sort-subr.
25383
25384 NEXTRECFUN is called with point at the end of the previous record.
25385 It moves point to the start of the next record.
25386 It should move point to the end of the buffer if there are no more records.
25387 The first record is assumed to start at the position of point when sort-subr
25388 is called.
25389
25390 ENDRECFUN is called with point within the record.
25391 It should move point to the end of the record.
25392
25393 STARTKEYFUN moves from the start of the record to the start of the key.
25394 It may return either a non-nil value to be used as the key, or
25395 else the key is the substring between the values of point after
25396 STARTKEYFUN and ENDKEYFUN are called. If STARTKEYFUN is nil, the key
25397 starts at the beginning of the record.
25398
25399 ENDKEYFUN moves from the start of the sort key to the end of the sort key.
25400 ENDKEYFUN may be nil if STARTKEYFUN returns a value or if it would be the
25401 same as ENDRECFUN.
25402
25403 PREDICATE, if non-nil, is the predicate function for comparing
25404 keys; it is called with two arguments, the keys to compare, and
25405 should return non-nil if the first key should sort before the
25406 second key. If PREDICATE is nil, comparison is done with `<' if
25407 the keys are numbers, with `compare-buffer-substrings' if the
25408 keys are cons cells (the car and cdr of each cons cell are taken
25409 as start and end positions), and with `string<' otherwise.
25410
25411 \(fn REVERSE NEXTRECFUN ENDRECFUN &optional STARTKEYFUN ENDKEYFUN PREDICATE)" nil nil)
25412
25413 (autoload 'sort-lines "sort" "\
25414 Sort lines in region alphabetically; argument means descending order.
25415 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
25416 REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort).
25417 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
25418 the sort order.
25419
25420 \(fn REVERSE BEG END)" t nil)
25421
25422 (autoload 'sort-paragraphs "sort" "\
25423 Sort paragraphs in region alphabetically; argument means descending order.
25424 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
25425 REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort).
25426 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
25427 the sort order.
25428
25429 \(fn REVERSE BEG END)" t nil)
25430
25431 (autoload 'sort-pages "sort" "\
25432 Sort pages in region alphabetically; argument means descending order.
25433 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
25434 REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort).
25435 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
25436 the sort order.
25437
25438 \(fn REVERSE BEG END)" t nil)
25439 (put 'sort-numeric-base 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
25440
25441 (autoload 'sort-numeric-fields "sort" "\
25442 Sort lines in region numerically by the ARGth field of each line.
25443 Fields are separated by whitespace and numbered from 1 up.
25444 Specified field must contain a number in each line of the region,
25445 which may begin with \"0x\" or \"0\" for hexadecimal and octal values.
25446 Otherwise, the number is interpreted according to sort-numeric-base.
25447 With a negative arg, sorts by the ARGth field counted from the right.
25448 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
25449 FIELD, BEG and END. BEG and END specify region to sort.
25450
25451 \(fn FIELD BEG END)" t nil)
25452
25453 (autoload 'sort-fields "sort" "\
25454 Sort lines in region lexicographically by the ARGth field of each line.
25455 Fields are separated by whitespace and numbered from 1 up.
25456 With a negative arg, sorts by the ARGth field counted from the right.
25457 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
25458 FIELD, BEG and END. BEG and END specify region to sort.
25459 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
25460 the sort order.
25461
25462 \(fn FIELD BEG END)" t nil)
25463
25464 (autoload 'sort-regexp-fields "sort" "\
25465 Sort the text in the region region lexicographically.
25466 If called interactively, prompt for two regular expressions,
25467 RECORD-REGEXP and KEY-REGEXP.
25468
25469 RECORD-REGEXP specifies the textual units to be sorted.
25470 For example, to sort lines, RECORD-REGEXP would be \"^.*$\".
25471
25472 KEY-REGEXP specifies the part of each record (i.e. each match for
25473 RECORD-REGEXP) to be used for sorting.
25474 If it is \"\\\\digit\", use the digit'th \"\\\\(...\\\\)\"
25475 match field specified by RECORD-REGEXP.
25476 If it is \"\\\\&\", use the whole record.
25477 Otherwise, KEY-REGEXP should be a regular expression with which
25478 to search within the record. If a match for KEY-REGEXP is not
25479 found within a record, that record is ignored.
25480
25481 With a negative prefix arg, sort in reverse order.
25482
25483 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
25484 the sort order.
25485
25486 For example: to sort lines in the region by the first word on each line
25487 starting with the letter \"f\",
25488 RECORD-REGEXP would be \"^.*$\" and KEY would be \"\\\\=\\<f\\\\w*\\\\>\"
25489
25490 \(fn REVERSE RECORD-REGEXP KEY-REGEXP BEG END)" t nil)
25491
25492 (autoload 'sort-columns "sort" "\
25493 Sort lines in region alphabetically by a certain range of columns.
25494 For the purpose of this command, the region BEG...END includes
25495 the entire line that point is in and the entire line the mark is in.
25496 The column positions of point and mark bound the range of columns to sort on.
25497 A prefix argument means sort into REVERSE order.
25498 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
25499 the sort order.
25500
25501 Note that `sort-columns' rejects text that contains tabs,
25502 because tabs could be split across the specified columns
25503 and it doesn't know how to handle that. Also, when possible,
25504 it uses the `sort' utility program, which doesn't understand tabs.
25505 Use \\[untabify] to convert tabs to spaces before sorting.
25506
25507 \(fn REVERSE &optional BEG END)" t nil)
25508
25509 (autoload 'reverse-region "sort" "\
25510 Reverse the order of lines in a region.
25511 From a program takes two point or marker arguments, BEG and END.
25512
25513 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
25514
25515 (autoload 'delete-duplicate-lines "sort" "\
25516 Delete all but one copy of any identical lines in the region.
25517 Non-interactively, arguments BEG and END delimit the region.
25518 Normally it searches forwards, keeping the first instance of
25519 each identical line. If REVERSE is non-nil (interactively, with
25520 a C-u prefix), it searches backwards and keeps the last instance of
25521 each repeated line.
25522
25523 Identical lines need not be adjacent, unless the argument
25524 ADJACENT is non-nil (interactively, with a C-u C-u prefix).
25525 This is a more efficient mode of operation, and may be useful
25526 on large regions that have already been sorted.
25527
25528 If the argument KEEP-BLANKS is non-nil (interactively, with a
25529 C-u C-u C-u prefix), it retains repeated blank lines.
25530
25531 Returns the number of deleted lines. Interactively, or if INTERACTIVE
25532 is non-nil, it also prints a message describing the number of deletions.
25533
25534 \(fn BEG END &optional REVERSE ADJACENT KEEP-BLANKS INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
25535
25536 ;;;***
25537 \f
25538 ;;;### (autoloads nil "spam" "gnus/spam.el" (21981 37426 607399 97000))
25539 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/spam.el
25540
25541 (autoload 'spam-initialize "spam" "\
25542 Install the spam.el hooks and do other initialization.
25543 When SYMBOLS is given, set those variables to t. This is so you
25544 can call `spam-initialize' before you set spam-use-* variables on
25545 explicitly, and matters only if you need the extra headers
25546 installed through `spam-necessary-extra-headers'.
25547
25548 \(fn &rest SYMBOLS)" t nil)
25549
25550 ;;;***
25551 \f
25552 ;;;### (autoloads nil "spam-report" "gnus/spam-report.el" (22011
25553 ;;;;;; 58553 601858 469000))
25554 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/spam-report.el
25555
25556 (autoload 'spam-report-process-queue "spam-report" "\
25557 Report all queued requests from `spam-report-requests-file'.
25558
25559 If FILE is given, use it instead of `spam-report-requests-file'.
25560 If KEEP is t, leave old requests in the file. If KEEP is the
25561 symbol `ask', query before flushing the queue file.
25562
25563 \(fn &optional FILE KEEP)" t nil)
25564
25565 (autoload 'spam-report-url-ping-mm-url "spam-report" "\
25566 Ping a host through HTTP, addressing a specific GET resource. Use
25567 the external program specified in `mm-url-program' to connect to
25568 server.
25569
25570 \(fn HOST REPORT)" nil nil)
25571
25572 (autoload 'spam-report-url-to-file "spam-report" "\
25573 Collect spam report requests in `spam-report-requests-file'.
25574 Customize `spam-report-url-ping-function' to use this function.
25575
25576 \(fn HOST REPORT)" nil nil)
25577
25578 (autoload 'spam-report-agentize "spam-report" "\
25579 Add spam-report support to the Agent.
25580 Spam reports will be queued with \\[spam-report-url-to-file] when
25581 the Agent is unplugged, and will be submitted in a batch when the
25582 Agent is plugged.
25583
25584 \(fn)" t nil)
25585
25586 (autoload 'spam-report-deagentize "spam-report" "\
25587 Remove spam-report support from the Agent.
25588 Spam reports will be queued with the method used when
25589 \\[spam-report-agentize] was run.
25590
25591 \(fn)" t nil)
25592
25593 ;;;***
25594 \f
25595 ;;;### (autoloads nil "speedbar" "speedbar.el" (22011 58553 993858
25596 ;;;;;; 469000))
25597 ;;; Generated autoloads from speedbar.el
25598
25599 (defalias 'speedbar 'speedbar-frame-mode)
25600
25601 (autoload 'speedbar-frame-mode "speedbar" "\
25602 Enable or disable speedbar. Positive ARG means turn on, negative turn off.
25603 A nil ARG means toggle. Once the speedbar frame is activated, a buffer in
25604 `speedbar-mode' will be displayed. Currently, only one speedbar is
25605 supported at a time.
25606 `speedbar-before-popup-hook' is called before popping up the speedbar frame.
25607 `speedbar-before-delete-hook' is called before the frame is deleted.
25608
25609 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25610
25611 (autoload 'speedbar-get-focus "speedbar" "\
25612 Change frame focus to or from the speedbar frame.
25613 If the selected frame is not speedbar, then speedbar frame is
25614 selected. If the speedbar frame is active, then select the attached frame.
25615
25616 \(fn)" t nil)
25617
25618 ;;;***
25619 \f
25620 ;;;### (autoloads nil "spook" "play/spook.el" (21670 32331 385639
25621 ;;;;;; 720000))
25622 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/spook.el
25623
25624 (autoload 'spook "spook" "\
25625 Adds that special touch of class to your outgoing mail.
25626
25627 \(fn)" t nil)
25628
25629 (autoload 'snarf-spooks "spook" "\
25630 Return a vector containing the lines from `spook-phrases-file'.
25631
25632 \(fn)" nil nil)
25633
25634 ;;;***
25635 \f
25636 ;;;### (autoloads nil "sql" "progmodes/sql.el" (22011 58553 929858
25637 ;;;;;; 469000))
25638 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/sql.el
25639 (push (purecopy '(sql 3 5)) package--builtin-versions)
25640
25641 (autoload 'sql-add-product-keywords "sql" "\
25642 Add highlighting KEYWORDS for SQL PRODUCT.
25643
25644 PRODUCT should be a symbol, the name of a SQL product, such as
25645 `oracle'. KEYWORDS should be a list; see the variable
25646 `font-lock-keywords'. By default they are added at the beginning
25647 of the current highlighting list. If optional argument APPEND is
25648 `set', they are used to replace the current highlighting list.
25649 If APPEND is any other non-nil value, they are added at the end
25650 of the current highlighting list.
25651
25652 For example:
25653
25654 (sql-add-product-keywords \\='ms
25655 \\='((\"\\\\b\\\\w+_t\\\\b\" . font-lock-type-face)))
25656
25657 adds a fontification pattern to fontify identifiers ending in
25658 `_t' as data types.
25659
25660 \(fn PRODUCT KEYWORDS &optional APPEND)" nil nil)
25661
25662 (autoload 'sql-mode "sql" "\
25663 Major mode to edit SQL.
25664
25665 You can send SQL statements to the SQLi buffer using
25666 \\[sql-send-region]. Such a buffer must exist before you can do this.
25667 See `sql-help' on how to create SQLi buffers.
25668
25669 \\{sql-mode-map}
25670 Customization: Entry to this mode runs the `sql-mode-hook'.
25671
25672 When you put a buffer in SQL mode, the buffer stores the last SQLi
25673 buffer created as its destination in the variable `sql-buffer'. This
25674 will be the buffer \\[sql-send-region] sends the region to. If this
25675 SQLi buffer is killed, \\[sql-send-region] is no longer able to
25676 determine where the strings should be sent to. You can set the
25677 value of `sql-buffer' using \\[sql-set-sqli-buffer].
25678
25679 For information on how to create multiple SQLi buffers, see
25680 `sql-interactive-mode'.
25681
25682 Note that SQL doesn't have an escape character unless you specify
25683 one. If you specify backslash as escape character in SQL, you
25684 must tell Emacs. Here's how to do that in your init file:
25685
25686 \(add-hook \\='sql-mode-hook
25687 (lambda ()
25688 (modify-syntax-entry ?\\\\ \".\" sql-mode-syntax-table)))
25689
25690 \(fn)" t nil)
25691
25692 (autoload 'sql-connect "sql" "\
25693 Connect to an interactive session using CONNECTION settings.
25694
25695 See `sql-connection-alist' to see how to define connections and
25696 their settings.
25697
25698 The user will not be prompted for any login parameters if a value
25699 is specified in the connection settings.
25700
25701 \(fn CONNECTION &optional NEW-NAME)" t nil)
25702
25703 (autoload 'sql-product-interactive "sql" "\
25704 Run PRODUCT interpreter as an inferior process.
25705
25706 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25707 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer `*SQL*'.
25708
25709 To specify the SQL product, prefix the call with
25710 \\[universal-argument]. To set the buffer name as well, prefix
25711 the call to \\[sql-product-interactive] with
25712 \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument].
25713
25714 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25715
25716 \(fn &optional PRODUCT NEW-NAME)" t nil)
25717
25718 (autoload 'sql-oracle "sql" "\
25719 Run sqlplus by Oracle as an inferior process.
25720
25721 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25722 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25723 `*SQL*'.
25724
25725 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-oracle-program'. Login uses
25726 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', and `sql-database' as
25727 defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters can be stored in
25728 the list `sql-oracle-options'.
25729
25730 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25731 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25732
25733 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
25734 before \\[sql-oracle]. Once session has started,
25735 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
25736 buffer.
25737
25738 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25739 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25740 before \\[sql-oracle]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25741 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25742 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25743 `default-process-coding-system'.
25744
25745 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25746
25747 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25748
25749 (autoload 'sql-sybase "sql" "\
25750 Run isql by Sybase as an inferior process.
25751
25752 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25753 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25754 `*SQL*'.
25755
25756 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-sybase-program'. Login uses
25757 the variables `sql-server', `sql-user', `sql-password', and
25758 `sql-database' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
25759 can be stored in the list `sql-sybase-options'.
25760
25761 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25762 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25763
25764 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
25765 before \\[sql-sybase]. Once session has started,
25766 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
25767 buffer.
25768
25769 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25770 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25771 before \\[sql-sybase]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25772 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25773 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25774 `default-process-coding-system'.
25775
25776 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25777
25778 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25779
25780 (autoload 'sql-informix "sql" "\
25781 Run dbaccess by Informix as an inferior process.
25782
25783 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25784 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25785 `*SQL*'.
25786
25787 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-informix-program'. Login uses
25788 the variable `sql-database' as default, if set.
25789
25790 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25791 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25792
25793 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
25794 before \\[sql-informix]. Once session has started,
25795 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
25796 buffer.
25797
25798 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25799 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25800 before \\[sql-informix]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25801 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25802 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25803 `default-process-coding-system'.
25804
25805 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25806
25807 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25808
25809 (autoload 'sql-sqlite "sql" "\
25810 Run sqlite as an inferior process.
25811
25812 SQLite is free software.
25813
25814 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25815 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25816 `*SQL*'.
25817
25818 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-sqlite-program'. Login uses
25819 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database', and
25820 `sql-server' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
25821 can be stored in the list `sql-sqlite-options'.
25822
25823 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25824 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25825
25826 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
25827 before \\[sql-sqlite]. Once session has started,
25828 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
25829 buffer.
25830
25831 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25832 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25833 before \\[sql-sqlite]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25834 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25835 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25836 `default-process-coding-system'.
25837
25838 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25839
25840 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25841
25842 (autoload 'sql-mysql "sql" "\
25843 Run mysql by TcX as an inferior process.
25844
25845 Mysql versions 3.23 and up are free software.
25846
25847 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25848 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25849 `*SQL*'.
25850
25851 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-mysql-program'. Login uses
25852 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database', and
25853 `sql-server' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
25854 can be stored in the list `sql-mysql-options'.
25855
25856 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25857 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25858
25859 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
25860 before \\[sql-mysql]. Once session has started,
25861 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
25862 buffer.
25863
25864 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25865 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25866 before \\[sql-mysql]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25867 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25868 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25869 `default-process-coding-system'.
25870
25871 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25872
25873 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25874
25875 (autoload 'sql-solid "sql" "\
25876 Run solsql by Solid as an inferior process.
25877
25878 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25879 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25880 `*SQL*'.
25881
25882 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-solid-program'. Login uses
25883 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', and `sql-server' as
25884 defaults, if set.
25885
25886 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25887 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25888
25889 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
25890 before \\[sql-solid]. Once session has started,
25891 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
25892 buffer.
25893
25894 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25895 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25896 before \\[sql-solid]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25897 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25898 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25899 `default-process-coding-system'.
25900
25901 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25902
25903 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25904
25905 (autoload 'sql-ingres "sql" "\
25906 Run sql by Ingres as an inferior process.
25907
25908 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25909 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25910 `*SQL*'.
25911
25912 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-ingres-program'. Login uses
25913 the variable `sql-database' as default, if set.
25914
25915 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25916 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25917
25918 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
25919 before \\[sql-ingres]. Once session has started,
25920 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
25921 buffer.
25922
25923 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25924 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25925 before \\[sql-ingres]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25926 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25927 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25928 `default-process-coding-system'.
25929
25930 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25931
25932 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25933
25934 (autoload 'sql-ms "sql" "\
25935 Run osql by Microsoft as an inferior process.
25936
25937 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25938 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25939 `*SQL*'.
25940
25941 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-ms-program'. Login uses the
25942 variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database', and `sql-server'
25943 as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters can be stored
25944 in the list `sql-ms-options'.
25945
25946 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25947 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25948
25949 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
25950 before \\[sql-ms]. Once session has started,
25951 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
25952 buffer.
25953
25954 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25955 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25956 before \\[sql-ms]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25957 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25958 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25959 `default-process-coding-system'.
25960
25961 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25962
25963 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25964
25965 (autoload 'sql-postgres "sql" "\
25966 Run psql by Postgres as an inferior process.
25967
25968 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25969 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25970 `*SQL*'.
25971
25972 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-postgres-program'. Login uses
25973 the variables `sql-database' and `sql-server' as default, if set.
25974 Additional command line parameters can be stored in the list
25975 `sql-postgres-options'.
25976
25977 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25978 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25979
25980 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
25981 before \\[sql-postgres]. Once session has started,
25982 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
25983 buffer.
25984
25985 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25986 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25987 before \\[sql-postgres]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25988 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25989 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25990 `default-process-coding-system'. If your output lines end with ^M,
25991 your might try undecided-dos as a coding system. If this doesn't help,
25992 Try to set `comint-output-filter-functions' like this:
25993
25994 \(setq comint-output-filter-functions (append comint-output-filter-functions
25995 '(comint-strip-ctrl-m)))
25996
25997 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25998
25999 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
26000
26001 (autoload 'sql-interbase "sql" "\
26002 Run isql by Interbase as an inferior process.
26003
26004 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
26005 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
26006 `*SQL*'.
26007
26008 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-interbase-program'. Login
26009 uses the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', and `sql-database' as
26010 defaults, if set.
26011
26012 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
26013 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
26014
26015 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
26016 before \\[sql-interbase]. Once session has started,
26017 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
26018 buffer.
26019
26020 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
26021 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
26022 before \\[sql-interbase]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
26023 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
26024 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
26025 `default-process-coding-system'.
26026
26027 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
26028
26029 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
26030
26031 (autoload 'sql-db2 "sql" "\
26032 Run db2 by IBM as an inferior process.
26033
26034 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
26035 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
26036 `*SQL*'.
26037
26038 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-db2-program'. There is not
26039 automatic login.
26040
26041 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
26042 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
26043
26044 If you use \\[sql-accumulate-and-indent] to send multiline commands to
26045 db2, newlines will be escaped if necessary. If you don't want that, set
26046 `comint-input-sender' back to `comint-simple-send' by writing an after
26047 advice. See the elisp manual for more information.
26048
26049 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
26050 before \\[sql-db2]. Once session has started,
26051 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
26052 buffer.
26053
26054 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
26055 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
26056 before \\[sql-db2]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
26057 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
26058 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
26059 `default-process-coding-system'.
26060
26061 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
26062
26063 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
26064
26065 (autoload 'sql-linter "sql" "\
26066 Run inl by RELEX as an inferior process.
26067
26068 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
26069 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
26070 `*SQL*'.
26071
26072 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-linter-program' - usually `inl'.
26073 Login uses the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database' and
26074 `sql-server' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
26075 can be stored in the list `sql-linter-options'. Run inl -h to get help on
26076 parameters.
26077
26078 `sql-database' is used to set the LINTER_MBX environment variable for
26079 local connections, `sql-server' refers to the server name from the
26080 `nodetab' file for the network connection (dbc_tcp or friends must run
26081 for this to work). If `sql-password' is an empty string, inl will use
26082 an empty password.
26083
26084 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
26085 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
26086
26087 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
26088 before \\[sql-linter]. Once session has started,
26089 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
26090 buffer.
26091
26092 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
26093
26094 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
26095
26096 (autoload 'sql-vertica "sql" "\
26097 Run vsql as an inferior process.
26098
26099 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
26100
26101 ;;;***
26102 \f
26103 ;;;### (autoloads nil "srecode" "cedet/srecode.el" (21670 32330 885624
26104 ;;;;;; 725000))
26105 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/srecode.el
26106 (push (purecopy '(srecode 1 2)) package--builtin-versions)
26107
26108 ;;;***
26109 \f
26110 ;;;### (autoloads nil "srecode/srt-mode" "cedet/srecode/srt-mode.el"
26111 ;;;;;; (21998 46516 910024 649000))
26112 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/srecode/srt-mode.el
26113
26114 (autoload 'srecode-template-mode "srecode/srt-mode" "\
26115 Major-mode for writing SRecode macros.
26116
26117 \(fn)" t nil)
26118
26119 (defalias 'srt-mode 'srecode-template-mode)
26120
26121 ;;;***
26122 \f
26123 ;;;### (autoloads nil "starttls" "gnus/starttls.el" (21670 32331
26124 ;;;;;; 385639 720000))
26125 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/starttls.el
26126
26127 (autoload 'starttls-open-stream "starttls" "\
26128 Open a TLS connection for a port to a host.
26129 Returns a subprocess object to represent the connection.
26130 Input and output work as for subprocesses; `delete-process' closes it.
26131 Args are NAME BUFFER HOST PORT.
26132 NAME is name for process. It is modified if necessary to make it unique.
26133 BUFFER is the buffer (or `buffer-name') to associate with the process.
26134 Process output goes at end of that buffer, unless you specify
26135 an output stream or filter function to handle the output.
26136 BUFFER may be also nil, meaning that this process is not associated
26137 with any buffer
26138 Third arg is name of the host to connect to, or its IP address.
26139 Fourth arg PORT is an integer specifying a port to connect to.
26140 If `starttls-use-gnutls' is nil, this may also be a service name, but
26141 GnuTLS requires a port number.
26142
26143 \(fn NAME BUFFER HOST PORT)" nil nil)
26144
26145 ;;;***
26146 \f
26147 ;;;### (autoloads nil "strokes" "strokes.el" (21981 37426 735399
26148 ;;;;;; 97000))
26149 ;;; Generated autoloads from strokes.el
26150
26151 (autoload 'strokes-global-set-stroke "strokes" "\
26152 Interactively give STROKE the global binding as COMMAND.
26153 Works just like `global-set-key', except for strokes. COMMAND is
26154 a symbol naming an interactively-callable function. STROKE is a
26155 list of sampled positions on the stroke grid as described in the
26156 documentation for the `strokes-define-stroke' function.
26157
26158 See also `strokes-global-set-stroke-string'.
26159
26160 \(fn STROKE COMMAND)" t nil)
26161
26162 (autoload 'strokes-read-stroke "strokes" "\
26163 Read a simple stroke (interactively) and return the stroke.
26164 Optional PROMPT in minibuffer displays before and during stroke reading.
26165 This function will display the stroke interactively as it is being
26166 entered in the strokes buffer if the variable
26167 `strokes-use-strokes-buffer' is non-nil.
26168 Optional EVENT is acceptable as the starting event of the stroke.
26169
26170 \(fn &optional PROMPT EVENT)" nil nil)
26171
26172 (autoload 'strokes-read-complex-stroke "strokes" "\
26173 Read a complex stroke (interactively) and return the stroke.
26174 Optional PROMPT in minibuffer displays before and during stroke reading.
26175 Note that a complex stroke allows the user to pen-up and pen-down. This
26176 is implemented by allowing the user to paint with button 1 or button 2 and
26177 then complete the stroke with button 3.
26178 Optional EVENT is acceptable as the starting event of the stroke.
26179
26180 \(fn &optional PROMPT EVENT)" nil nil)
26181
26182 (autoload 'strokes-do-stroke "strokes" "\
26183 Read a simple stroke from the user and then execute its command.
26184 This must be bound to a mouse event.
26185
26186 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
26187
26188 (autoload 'strokes-do-complex-stroke "strokes" "\
26189 Read a complex stroke from the user and then execute its command.
26190 This must be bound to a mouse event.
26191
26192 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
26193
26194 (autoload 'strokes-describe-stroke "strokes" "\
26195 Displays the command which STROKE maps to, reading STROKE interactively.
26196
26197 \(fn STROKE)" t nil)
26198
26199 (autoload 'strokes-help "strokes" "\
26200 Get instruction on using the Strokes package.
26201
26202 \(fn)" t nil)
26203
26204 (autoload 'strokes-load-user-strokes "strokes" "\
26205 Load user-defined strokes from file named by `strokes-file'.
26206
26207 \(fn)" t nil)
26208
26209 (autoload 'strokes-list-strokes "strokes" "\
26210 Pop up a buffer containing an alphabetical listing of strokes in STROKES-MAP.
26211 With CHRONOLOGICAL prefix arg (\\[universal-argument]) list strokes chronologically
26212 by command name.
26213 If STROKES-MAP is not given, `strokes-global-map' will be used instead.
26214
26215 \(fn &optional CHRONOLOGICAL STROKES-MAP)" t nil)
26216
26217 (defvar strokes-mode nil "\
26218 Non-nil if Strokes mode is enabled.
26219 See the command `strokes-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
26220 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
26221 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
26222 or call the function `strokes-mode'.")
26223
26224 (custom-autoload 'strokes-mode "strokes" nil)
26225
26226 (autoload 'strokes-mode "strokes" "\
26227 Toggle Strokes mode, a global minor mode.
26228 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Strokes mode if ARG is
26229 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp,
26230 enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
26231
26232 \\<strokes-mode-map>
26233 Strokes are pictographic mouse gestures which invoke commands.
26234 Strokes are invoked with \\[strokes-do-stroke]. You can define
26235 new strokes with \\[strokes-global-set-stroke]. See also
26236 \\[strokes-do-complex-stroke] for `complex' strokes.
26237
26238 To use strokes for pictographic editing, such as Chinese/Japanese, use
26239 \\[strokes-compose-complex-stroke], which draws strokes and inserts them.
26240 Encode/decode your strokes with \\[strokes-encode-buffer],
26241 \\[strokes-decode-buffer].
26242
26243 \\{strokes-mode-map}
26244
26245 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26246
26247 (autoload 'strokes-decode-buffer "strokes" "\
26248 Decode stroke strings in BUFFER and display their corresponding glyphs.
26249 Optional BUFFER defaults to the current buffer.
26250 Optional FORCE non-nil will ignore the buffer's read-only status.
26251
26252 \(fn &optional BUFFER FORCE)" t nil)
26253
26254 (autoload 'strokes-compose-complex-stroke "strokes" "\
26255 Read a complex stroke and insert its glyph into the current buffer.
26256
26257 \(fn)" t nil)
26258
26259 ;;;***
26260 \f
26261 ;;;### (autoloads nil "studly" "play/studly.el" (21607 54478 800121
26262 ;;;;;; 42000))
26263 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/studly.el
26264
26265 (autoload 'studlify-region "studly" "\
26266 Studlify-case the region.
26267
26268 \(fn BEGIN END)" t nil)
26269
26270 (autoload 'studlify-word "studly" "\
26271 Studlify-case the current word, or COUNT words if given an argument.
26272
26273 \(fn COUNT)" t nil)
26274
26275 (autoload 'studlify-buffer "studly" "\
26276 Studlify-case the current buffer.
26277
26278 \(fn)" t nil)
26279
26280 ;;;***
26281 \f
26282 ;;;### (autoloads nil "subword" "progmodes/subword.el" (21670 32331
26283 ;;;;;; 885635 586000))
26284 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/subword.el
26285
26286 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'capitalized-words-mode 'subword-mode "25.1")
26287
26288 (autoload 'subword-mode "subword" "\
26289 Toggle subword movement and editing (Subword mode).
26290 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Subword mode if ARG is
26291 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
26292 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
26293
26294 Subword mode is a buffer-local minor mode. Enabling it changes
26295 the definition of a word so that word-based commands stop inside
26296 symbols with mixed uppercase and lowercase letters,
26297 e.g. \"GtkWidget\", \"EmacsFrameClass\", \"NSGraphicsContext\".
26298
26299 Here we call these mixed case symbols `nomenclatures'. Each
26300 capitalized (or completely uppercase) part of a nomenclature is
26301 called a `subword'. Here are some examples:
26302
26303 Nomenclature Subwords
26304 ===========================================================
26305 GtkWindow => \"Gtk\" and \"Window\"
26306 EmacsFrameClass => \"Emacs\", \"Frame\" and \"Class\"
26307 NSGraphicsContext => \"NS\", \"Graphics\" and \"Context\"
26308
26309 This mode changes the definition of a word so that word commands
26310 treat nomenclature boundaries as word boundaries.
26311
26312 \\{subword-mode-map}
26313
26314 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26315
26316 (defvar global-subword-mode nil "\
26317 Non-nil if Global-Subword mode is enabled.
26318 See the command `global-subword-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
26319 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
26320 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
26321 or call the function `global-subword-mode'.")
26322
26323 (custom-autoload 'global-subword-mode "subword" nil)
26324
26325 (autoload 'global-subword-mode "subword" "\
26326 Toggle Subword mode in all buffers.
26327 With prefix ARG, enable Global-Subword mode if ARG is positive;
26328 otherwise, disable it. If called from Lisp, enable the mode if
26329 ARG is omitted or nil.
26330
26331 Subword mode is enabled in all buffers where
26332 `(lambda nil (subword-mode 1))' would do it.
26333 See `subword-mode' for more information on Subword mode.
26334
26335 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26336
26337 (autoload 'superword-mode "subword" "\
26338 Toggle superword movement and editing (Superword mode).
26339 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Superword mode if ARG is
26340 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
26341 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
26342
26343 Superword mode is a buffer-local minor mode. Enabling it changes
26344 the definition of words such that symbols characters are treated
26345 as parts of words: e.g., in `superword-mode',
26346 \"this_is_a_symbol\" counts as one word.
26347
26348 \\{superword-mode-map}
26349
26350 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26351
26352 (defvar global-superword-mode nil "\
26353 Non-nil if Global-Superword mode is enabled.
26354 See the command `global-superword-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
26355 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
26356 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
26357 or call the function `global-superword-mode'.")
26358
26359 (custom-autoload 'global-superword-mode "subword" nil)
26360
26361 (autoload 'global-superword-mode "subword" "\
26362 Toggle Superword mode in all buffers.
26363 With prefix ARG, enable Global-Superword mode if ARG is positive;
26364 otherwise, disable it. If called from Lisp, enable the mode if
26365 ARG is omitted or nil.
26366
26367 Superword mode is enabled in all buffers where
26368 `(lambda nil (superword-mode 1))' would do it.
26369 See `superword-mode' for more information on Superword mode.
26370
26371 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26372
26373 ;;;***
26374 \f
26375 ;;;### (autoloads nil "supercite" "mail/supercite.el" (21852 24381
26376 ;;;;;; 697240 10000))
26377 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/supercite.el
26378
26379 (autoload 'sc-cite-original "supercite" "\
26380 Workhorse citing function which performs the initial citation.
26381 This is callable from the various mail and news readers' reply
26382 function according to the agreed upon standard. See the associated
26383 info node `(SC)Top' for more details.
26384 `sc-cite-original' does not do any yanking of the
26385 original message but it does require a few things:
26386
26387 1) The reply buffer is the current buffer.
26388
26389 2) The original message has been yanked and inserted into the
26390 reply buffer.
26391
26392 3) Verbose mail headers from the original message have been
26393 inserted into the reply buffer directly before the text of the
26394 original message.
26395
26396 4) Point is at the beginning of the verbose headers.
26397
26398 5) Mark is at the end of the body of text to be cited.
26399
26400 The region need not be active (and typically isn't when this
26401 function is called). Also, the hook `sc-pre-hook' is run before,
26402 and `sc-post-hook' is run after the guts of this function.
26403
26404 \(fn)" nil nil)
26405
26406 ;;;***
26407 \f
26408 ;;;### (autoloads nil "t-mouse" "t-mouse.el" (21670 32331 885635
26409 ;;;;;; 586000))
26410 ;;; Generated autoloads from t-mouse.el
26411
26412 (define-obsolete-function-alias 't-mouse-mode 'gpm-mouse-mode "23.1")
26413
26414 (defvar gpm-mouse-mode t "\
26415 Non-nil if Gpm-Mouse mode is enabled.
26416 See the command `gpm-mouse-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
26417 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
26418 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
26419 or call the function `gpm-mouse-mode'.")
26420
26421 (custom-autoload 'gpm-mouse-mode "t-mouse" nil)
26422
26423 (autoload 'gpm-mouse-mode "t-mouse" "\
26424 Toggle mouse support in GNU/Linux consoles (GPM Mouse mode).
26425 With a prefix argument ARG, enable GPM Mouse mode if ARG is
26426 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
26427 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
26428
26429 This allows the use of the mouse when operating on a GNU/Linux console,
26430 in the same way as you can use the mouse under X11.
26431 It relies on the `gpm' daemon being activated.
26432
26433 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26434
26435 ;;;***
26436 \f
26437 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tabify" "tabify.el" (21670 32331 885635 586000))
26438 ;;; Generated autoloads from tabify.el
26439
26440 (autoload 'untabify "tabify" "\
26441 Convert all tabs in region to multiple spaces, preserving columns.
26442 If called interactively with prefix ARG, convert for the entire
26443 buffer.
26444
26445 Called non-interactively, the region is specified by arguments
26446 START and END, rather than by the position of point and mark.
26447 The variable `tab-width' controls the spacing of tab stops.
26448
26449 \(fn START END &optional ARG)" t nil)
26450
26451 (autoload 'tabify "tabify" "\
26452 Convert multiple spaces in region to tabs when possible.
26453 A group of spaces is partially replaced by tabs
26454 when this can be done without changing the column they end at.
26455 If called interactively with prefix ARG, convert for the entire
26456 buffer.
26457
26458 Called non-interactively, the region is specified by arguments
26459 START and END, rather than by the position of point and mark.
26460 The variable `tab-width' controls the spacing of tab stops.
26461
26462 \(fn START END &optional ARG)" t nil)
26463
26464 ;;;***
26465 \f
26466 ;;;### (autoloads nil "table" "textmodes/table.el" (21998 46517 298024
26467 ;;;;;; 649000))
26468 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/table.el
26469
26470 (autoload 'table-insert "table" "\
26471 Insert an editable text table.
26472 Insert a table of specified number of COLUMNS and ROWS. Optional
26473 parameter CELL-WIDTH and CELL-HEIGHT can specify the size of each
26474 cell. The cell size is uniform across the table if the specified size
26475 is a number. They can be a list of numbers to specify different size
26476 for each cell. When called interactively, the list of number is
26477 entered by simply listing all the numbers with space characters
26478 delimiting them.
26479
26480 Examples:
26481
26482 \\[table-insert] inserts a table at the current point location.
26483
26484 Suppose we have the following situation where `-!-' indicates the
26485 location of point.
26486
26487 -!-
26488
26489 Type \\[table-insert] and hit ENTER key. As it asks table
26490 specification, provide 3 for number of columns, 1 for number of rows,
26491 5 for cell width and 1 for cell height. Now you shall see the next
26492 table and the point is automatically moved to the beginning of the
26493 first cell.
26494
26495 +-----+-----+-----+
26496 |-!- | | |
26497 +-----+-----+-----+
26498
26499 Inside a table cell, there are special key bindings. \\<table-cell-map>
26500
26501 M-9 \\[table-widen-cell] (or \\[universal-argument] 9 \\[table-widen-cell]) widens the first cell by 9 character
26502 width, which results as
26503
26504 +--------------+-----+-----+
26505 |-!- | | |
26506 +--------------+-----+-----+
26507
26508 Type TAB \\[table-widen-cell] then type TAB M-2 M-7 \\[table-widen-cell] (or \\[universal-argument] 2 7 \\[table-widen-cell]). Typing
26509 TAB moves the point forward by a cell. The result now looks like this:
26510
26511 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26512 | | |-!- |
26513 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26514
26515 If you knew each width of the columns prior to the table creation,
26516 what you could have done better was to have had given the complete
26517 width information to `table-insert'.
26518
26519 Cell width(s): 14 6 32
26520
26521 instead of
26522
26523 Cell width(s): 5
26524
26525 This would have eliminated the previously mentioned width adjustment
26526 work all together.
26527
26528 If the point is in the last cell type S-TAB S-TAB to move it to the
26529 first cell. Now type \\[table-heighten-cell] which heighten the row by a line.
26530
26531 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26532 |-!- | | |
26533 | | | |
26534 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26535
26536 Type \\[table-insert-row-column] and tell it to insert a row.
26537
26538 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26539 |-!- | | |
26540 | | | |
26541 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26542 | | | |
26543 | | | |
26544 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26545
26546 Move the point under the table as shown below.
26547
26548 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26549 | | | |
26550 | | | |
26551 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26552 | | | |
26553 | | | |
26554 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26555 -!-
26556
26557 Type M-x table-insert-row instead of \\[table-insert-row-column]. \\[table-insert-row-column] does not work
26558 when the point is outside of the table. This insertion at
26559 outside of the table effectively appends a row at the end.
26560
26561 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26562 | | | |
26563 | | | |
26564 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26565 | | | |
26566 | | | |
26567 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26568 |-!- | | |
26569 | | | |
26570 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26571
26572 Text editing inside the table cell produces reasonably expected
26573 results.
26574
26575 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26576 | | | |
26577 | | | |
26578 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26579 | | |Text editing inside the table |
26580 | | |cell produces reasonably |
26581 | | |expected results.-!- |
26582 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26583 | | | |
26584 | | | |
26585 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26586
26587 Inside a table cell has a special keymap.
26588
26589 \\{table-cell-map}
26590
26591 \(fn COLUMNS ROWS &optional CELL-WIDTH CELL-HEIGHT)" t nil)
26592
26593 (autoload 'table-insert-row "table" "\
26594 Insert N table row(s).
26595 When point is in a table the newly inserted row(s) are placed above
26596 the current row. When point is outside of the table it must be below
26597 the table within the table width range, then the newly created row(s)
26598 are appended at the bottom of the table.
26599
26600 \(fn N)" t nil)
26601
26602 (autoload 'table-insert-column "table" "\
26603 Insert N table column(s).
26604 When point is in a table the newly inserted column(s) are placed left
26605 of the current column. When point is outside of the table it must be
26606 right side of the table within the table height range, then the newly
26607 created column(s) are appended at the right of the table.
26608
26609 \(fn N)" t nil)
26610
26611 (autoload 'table-insert-row-column "table" "\
26612 Insert row(s) or column(s).
26613 See `table-insert-row' and `table-insert-column'.
26614
26615 \(fn ROW-COLUMN N)" t nil)
26616
26617 (autoload 'table-recognize "table" "\
26618 Recognize all tables within the current buffer and activate them.
26619 Scans the entire buffer and recognizes valid table cells. If the
26620 optional numeric prefix argument ARG is negative the tables in the
26621 buffer become inactive, meaning the tables become plain text and loses
26622 all the table specific features.
26623
26624 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26625
26626 (autoload 'table-unrecognize "table" "\
26627
26628
26629 \(fn)" t nil)
26630
26631 (autoload 'table-recognize-region "table" "\
26632 Recognize all tables within region.
26633 BEG and END specify the region to work on. If the optional numeric
26634 prefix argument ARG is negative the tables in the region become
26635 inactive, meaning the tables become plain text and lose all the table
26636 specific features.
26637
26638 \(fn BEG END &optional ARG)" t nil)
26639
26640 (autoload 'table-unrecognize-region "table" "\
26641
26642
26643 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
26644
26645 (autoload 'table-recognize-table "table" "\
26646 Recognize a table at point.
26647 If the optional numeric prefix argument ARG is negative the table
26648 becomes inactive, meaning the table becomes plain text and loses all
26649 the table specific features.
26650
26651 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26652
26653 (autoload 'table-unrecognize-table "table" "\
26654
26655
26656 \(fn)" t nil)
26657
26658 (autoload 'table-recognize-cell "table" "\
26659 Recognize a table cell that contains current point.
26660 Probe the cell dimension and prepare the cell information. The
26661 optional two arguments FORCE and NO-COPY are for internal use only and
26662 must not be specified. When the optional numeric prefix argument ARG
26663 is negative the cell becomes inactive, meaning that the cell becomes
26664 plain text and loses all the table specific features.
26665
26666 \(fn &optional FORCE NO-COPY ARG)" t nil)
26667
26668 (autoload 'table-unrecognize-cell "table" "\
26669
26670
26671 \(fn)" t nil)
26672
26673 (autoload 'table-heighten-cell "table" "\
26674 Heighten the current cell by N lines by expanding the cell vertically.
26675 Heightening is done by adding blank lines at the bottom of the current
26676 cell. Other cells aligned horizontally with the current one are also
26677 heightened in order to keep the rectangular table structure. The
26678 optional argument NO-COPY is internal use only and must not be
26679 specified.
26680
26681 \(fn N &optional NO-COPY NO-UPDATE)" t nil)
26682
26683 (autoload 'table-shorten-cell "table" "\
26684 Shorten the current cell by N lines by shrinking the cell vertically.
26685 Shortening is done by removing blank lines from the bottom of the cell
26686 and possibly from the top of the cell as well. Therefore, the cell
26687 must have some bottom/top blank lines to be shorten effectively. This
26688 is applicable to all the cells aligned horizontally with the current
26689 one because they are also shortened in order to keep the rectangular
26690 table structure.
26691
26692 \(fn N)" t nil)
26693
26694 (autoload 'table-widen-cell "table" "\
26695 Widen the current cell by N columns and expand the cell horizontally.
26696 Some other cells in the same table are widen as well to keep the
26697 table's rectangle structure.
26698
26699 \(fn N &optional NO-COPY NO-UPDATE)" t nil)
26700
26701 (autoload 'table-narrow-cell "table" "\
26702 Narrow the current cell by N columns and shrink the cell horizontally.
26703 Some other cells in the same table are narrowed as well to keep the
26704 table's rectangle structure.
26705
26706 \(fn N)" t nil)
26707
26708 (autoload 'table-forward-cell "table" "\
26709 Move point forward to the beginning of the next cell.
26710 With argument ARG, do it ARG times;
26711 a negative argument ARG = -N means move backward N cells.
26712 Do not specify NO-RECOGNIZE and UNRECOGNIZE. They are for internal use only.
26713
26714 Sample Cell Traveling Order (In Irregular Table Cases)
26715
26716 You can actually try how it works in this buffer. Press
26717 \\[table-recognize] and go to cells in the following tables and press
26718 \\[table-forward-cell] or TAB key.
26719
26720 +-----+--+ +--+-----+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +---------+ +--+---+--+
26721 |0 |1 | |0 |1 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 | |0 |1 |2 |
26722 +--+--+ | | +--+--+ +--+ | | | | +--+ +----+----+ +--+-+-+--+
26723 |2 |3 | | | |2 |3 | |3 +--+ | | +--+3 | |1 |2 | |3 |4 |
26724 | +--+--+ +--+--+ | +--+4 | | | |4 +--+ +--+-+-+--+ +----+----+
26725 | |4 | |4 | | |5 | | | | | |5 | |3 |4 |5 | |5 |
26726 +--+-----+ +-----+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+---+--+ +---------+
26727
26728 +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+
26729 |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 |
26730 | | | | | +--+ | | | | | +--+ +--+
26731 +--+ +--+ +--+3 +--+ | +--+ | |3 +--+4 |
26732 |3 | |4 | |4 +--+5 | | |3 | | +--+5 +--+
26733 | | | | | |6 | | | | | | |6 | |7 |
26734 +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+
26735
26736 +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+--+ +--+-----+--+ +--+--+--+--+
26737 |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 |3 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 |3 |
26738 | +--+ | | +--+ | | +--+--+ | | | | | | +--+--+ |
26739 | |3 +--+ +--+3 | | +--+4 +--+ +--+ +--+ +--+4 +--+
26740 +--+ |4 | |4 | +--+ |5 +--+--+6 | |3 +--+--+4 | |5 | |6 |
26741 |5 +--+ | | +--+5 | | |7 |8 | | | |5 |6 | | | | | |
26742 | |6 | | | |6 | | +--+--+--+--+ +--+--+--+--+ +--+-----+--+
26743 +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+
26744
26745 \(fn &optional ARG NO-RECOGNIZE UNRECOGNIZE)" t nil)
26746
26747 (autoload 'table-backward-cell "table" "\
26748 Move backward to the beginning of the previous cell.
26749 With argument ARG, do it ARG times;
26750 a negative argument ARG = -N means move forward N cells.
26751
26752 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26753
26754 (autoload 'table-span-cell "table" "\
26755 Span current cell into adjacent cell in DIRECTION.
26756 DIRECTION is one of symbols; right, left, above or below.
26757
26758 \(fn DIRECTION)" t nil)
26759
26760 (autoload 'table-split-cell-vertically "table" "\
26761 Split current cell vertically.
26762 Creates a cell above and a cell below the current point location.
26763
26764 \(fn)" t nil)
26765
26766 (autoload 'table-split-cell-horizontally "table" "\
26767 Split current cell horizontally.
26768 Creates a cell on the left and a cell on the right of the current point location.
26769
26770 \(fn)" t nil)
26771
26772 (autoload 'table-split-cell "table" "\
26773 Split current cell in ORIENTATION.
26774 ORIENTATION is a symbol either horizontally or vertically.
26775
26776 \(fn ORIENTATION)" t nil)
26777
26778 (autoload 'table-justify "table" "\
26779 Justify contents of a cell, a row of cells or a column of cells.
26780 WHAT is a symbol `cell', `row' or `column'. JUSTIFY is a symbol
26781 `left', `center', `right', `top', `middle', `bottom' or `none'.
26782
26783 \(fn WHAT JUSTIFY)" t nil)
26784
26785 (autoload 'table-justify-cell "table" "\
26786 Justify cell contents.
26787 JUSTIFY is a symbol `left', `center' or `right' for horizontal, or `top',
26788 `middle', `bottom' or `none' for vertical. When optional PARAGRAPH is
26789 non-nil the justify operation is limited to the current paragraph,
26790 otherwise the entire cell contents is justified.
26791
26792 \(fn JUSTIFY &optional PARAGRAPH)" t nil)
26793
26794 (autoload 'table-justify-row "table" "\
26795 Justify cells of a row.
26796 JUSTIFY is a symbol `left', `center' or `right' for horizontal,
26797 or `top', `middle', `bottom' or `none' for vertical.
26798
26799 \(fn JUSTIFY)" t nil)
26800
26801 (autoload 'table-justify-column "table" "\
26802 Justify cells of a column.
26803 JUSTIFY is a symbol `left', `center' or `right' for horizontal,
26804 or `top', `middle', `bottom' or `none' for vertical.
26805
26806 \(fn JUSTIFY)" t nil)
26807
26808 (autoload 'table-fixed-width-mode "table" "\
26809 Cell width is fixed when this is non-nil.
26810 Normally it should be nil for allowing automatic cell width expansion
26811 that widens a cell when it is necessary. When non-nil, typing in a
26812 cell does not automatically expand the cell width. A word that is too
26813 long to fit in a cell is chopped into multiple lines. The chopped
26814 location is indicated by `table-word-continuation-char'. This
26815 variable's value can be toggled by \\[table-fixed-width-mode] at
26816 run-time.
26817
26818 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26819
26820 (autoload 'table-query-dimension "table" "\
26821 Return the dimension of the current cell and the current table.
26822 The result is a list (cw ch tw th c r cells) where cw is the cell
26823 width, ch is the cell height, tw is the table width, th is the table
26824 height, c is the number of columns, r is the number of rows and cells
26825 is the total number of cells. The cell dimension excludes the cell
26826 frame while the table dimension includes the table frame. The columns
26827 and the rows are counted by the number of cell boundaries. Therefore
26828 the number tends to be larger than it appears for the tables with
26829 non-uniform cell structure (heavily spanned and split). When optional
26830 WHERE is provided the cell and table at that location is reported.
26831
26832 \(fn &optional WHERE)" t nil)
26833
26834 (autoload 'table-generate-source "table" "\
26835 Generate source of the current table in the specified language.
26836 LANGUAGE is a symbol that specifies the language to describe the
26837 structure of the table. It must be either 'html, 'latex or 'cals.
26838 The resulted source text is inserted into DEST-BUFFER and the buffer
26839 object is returned. When DEST-BUFFER is omitted or nil the default
26840 buffer specified in `table-dest-buffer-name' is used. In this case
26841 the content of the default buffer is erased prior to the generation.
26842 When DEST-BUFFER is non-nil it is expected to be either a destination
26843 buffer or a name of the destination buffer. In this case the
26844 generated result is inserted at the current point in the destination
26845 buffer and the previously existing contents in the buffer are
26846 untouched.
26847
26848 References used for this implementation:
26849
26850 HTML:
26851 URL `http://www.w3.org'
26852
26853 LaTeX:
26854 URL `http://www.maths.tcd.ie/~dwilkins/LaTeXPrimer/Tables.html'
26855
26856 CALS (DocBook DTD):
26857 URL `http://www.oasis-open.org/html/a502.htm'
26858 URL `http://www.oreilly.com/catalog/docbook/chapter/book/table.html#AEN114751'
26859
26860 \(fn LANGUAGE &optional DEST-BUFFER CAPTION)" t nil)
26861
26862 (autoload 'table-insert-sequence "table" "\
26863 Travel cells forward while inserting a specified sequence string in each cell.
26864 STR is the base string from which the sequence starts. When STR is an
26865 empty string then each cell content is erased. When STR ends with
26866 numerical characters (they may optionally be surrounded by a pair of
26867 parentheses) they are incremented as a decimal number. Otherwise the
26868 last character in STR is incremented in ASCII code order. N is the
26869 number of sequence elements to insert. When N is negative the cell
26870 traveling direction is backward. When N is zero it travels forward
26871 entire table. INCREMENT is the increment between adjacent sequence
26872 elements and can be a negative number for effectively decrementing.
26873 INTERVAL is the number of cells to travel between sequence element
26874 insertion which is normally 1. When zero or less is given for
26875 INTERVAL it is interpreted as number of cells per row so that sequence
26876 is placed straight down vertically as long as the table's cell
26877 structure is uniform. JUSTIFY is a symbol `left', `center' or
26878 `right' that specifies justification of the inserted string.
26879
26880 Example:
26881
26882 (progn
26883 (table-insert 16 3 5 1)
26884 (table-forward-cell 15)
26885 (table-insert-sequence \"D0\" -16 1 1 \\='center)
26886 (table-forward-cell 16)
26887 (table-insert-sequence \"A[0]\" -16 1 1 \\='center)
26888 (table-forward-cell 1)
26889 (table-insert-sequence \"-\" 16 0 1 \\='center))
26890
26891 (progn
26892 (table-insert 16 8 5 1)
26893 (table-insert-sequence \"@\" 0 1 2 \\='right)
26894 (table-forward-cell 1)
26895 (table-insert-sequence \"64\" 0 1 2 \\='left))
26896
26897 \(fn STR N INCREMENT INTERVAL JUSTIFY)" t nil)
26898
26899 (autoload 'table-delete-row "table" "\
26900 Delete N row(s) of cells.
26901 Delete N rows of cells from current row. The current row is the row
26902 contains the current cell where point is located. Each row must
26903 consists from cells of same height.
26904
26905 \(fn N)" t nil)
26906
26907 (autoload 'table-delete-column "table" "\
26908 Delete N column(s) of cells.
26909 Delete N columns of cells from current column. The current column is
26910 the column contains the current cell where point is located. Each
26911 column must consists from cells of same width.
26912
26913 \(fn N)" t nil)
26914
26915 (autoload 'table-capture "table" "\
26916 Convert plain text into a table by capturing the text in the region.
26917 Create a table with the text in region as cell contents. BEG and END
26918 specify the region. The text in the region is replaced with a table.
26919 The removed text is inserted in the table. When optional
26920 COL-DELIM-REGEXP and ROW-DELIM-REGEXP are provided the region contents
26921 is parsed and separated into individual cell contents by using the
26922 delimiter regular expressions. This parsing determines the number of
26923 columns and rows of the table automatically. If COL-DELIM-REGEXP and
26924 ROW-DELIM-REGEXP are omitted the result table has only one cell and
26925 the entire region contents is placed in that cell. Optional JUSTIFY
26926 is one of 'left, 'center or 'right, which specifies the cell
26927 justification. Optional MIN-CELL-WIDTH specifies the minimum cell
26928 width. Optional COLUMNS specify the number of columns when
26929 ROW-DELIM-REGEXP is not specified.
26930
26931
26932 Example 1:
26933
26934 1, 2, 3, 4
26935 5, 6, 7, 8
26936 , 9, 10
26937
26938 Running `table-capture' on above 3 line region with COL-DELIM-REGEXP
26939 \",\" and ROW-DELIM-REGEXP \"\\n\" creates the following table. In
26940 this example the cells are centered and minimum cell width is
26941 specified as 5.
26942
26943 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
26944 | 1 | 2 | 3 | 4 |
26945 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
26946 | 5 | 6 | 7 | 8 |
26947 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
26948 | | 9 | 10 | |
26949 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
26950
26951 Note:
26952
26953 In case the function is called interactively user must use \\[quoted-insert] `quoted-insert'
26954 in order to enter \"\\n\" successfully. COL-DELIM-REGEXP at the end
26955 of each row is optional.
26956
26957
26958 Example 2:
26959
26960 This example shows how a table can be used for text layout editing.
26961 Let `table-capture' capture the following region starting from
26962 -!- and ending at -*-, that contains three paragraphs and two item
26963 name headers. This time specify empty string for both
26964 COL-DELIM-REGEXP and ROW-DELIM-REGEXP.
26965
26966 -!-`table-capture' is a powerful command however mastering its power
26967 requires some practice. Here is a list of items what it can do.
26968
26969 Parse Cell Items By using column delimiter regular
26970 expression and raw delimiter regular
26971 expression, it parses the specified text
26972 area and extracts cell items from
26973 non-table text and then forms a table out
26974 of them.
26975
26976 Capture Text Area When no delimiters are specified it
26977 creates a single cell table. The text in
26978 the specified region is placed in that
26979 cell.-*-
26980
26981 Now the entire content is captured in a cell which is itself a table
26982 like this.
26983
26984 +-----------------------------------------------------------------+
26985 |`table-capture' is a powerful command however mastering its power|
26986 |requires some practice. Here is a list of items what it can do. |
26987 | |
26988 |Parse Cell Items By using column delimiter regular |
26989 | expression and raw delimiter regular |
26990 | expression, it parses the specified text |
26991 | area and extracts cell items from |
26992 | non-table text and then forms a table out |
26993 | of them. |
26994 | |
26995 |Capture Text Area When no delimiters are specified it |
26996 | creates a single cell table. The text in |
26997 | the specified region is placed in that |
26998 | cell. |
26999 +-----------------------------------------------------------------+
27000
27001 By splitting the cell appropriately we now have a table consisting of
27002 paragraphs occupying its own cell. Each cell can now be edited
27003 independently.
27004
27005 +-----------------------------------------------------------------+
27006 |`table-capture' is a powerful command however mastering its power|
27007 |requires some practice. Here is a list of items what it can do. |
27008 +---------------------+-------------------------------------------+
27009 |Parse Cell Items |By using column delimiter regular |
27010 | |expression and raw delimiter regular |
27011 | |expression, it parses the specified text |
27012 | |area and extracts cell items from |
27013 | |non-table text and then forms a table out |
27014 | |of them. |
27015 +---------------------+-------------------------------------------+
27016 |Capture Text Area |When no delimiters are specified it |
27017 | |creates a single cell table. The text in |
27018 | |the specified region is placed in that |
27019 | |cell. |
27020 +---------------------+-------------------------------------------+
27021
27022 By applying `table-release', which does the opposite process, the
27023 contents become once again plain text. `table-release' works as
27024 companion command to `table-capture' this way.
27025
27026 \(fn BEG END &optional COL-DELIM-REGEXP ROW-DELIM-REGEXP JUSTIFY MIN-CELL-WIDTH COLUMNS)" t nil)
27027
27028 (autoload 'table-release "table" "\
27029 Convert a table into plain text by removing the frame from a table.
27030 Remove the frame from a table and deactivate the table. This command
27031 converts a table into plain text without frames. It is a companion to
27032 `table-capture' which does the opposite process.
27033
27034 \(fn)" t nil)
27035
27036 ;;;***
27037 \f
27038 ;;;### (autoloads nil "talk" "talk.el" (21670 32331 885635 586000))
27039 ;;; Generated autoloads from talk.el
27040
27041 (autoload 'talk-connect "talk" "\
27042 Connect to display DISPLAY for the Emacs talk group.
27043
27044 \(fn DISPLAY)" t nil)
27045
27046 (autoload 'talk "talk" "\
27047 Connect to the Emacs talk group from the current X display or tty frame.
27048
27049 \(fn)" t nil)
27050
27051 ;;;***
27052 \f
27053 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tar-mode" "tar-mode.el" (21704 50495 455324
27054 ;;;;;; 752000))
27055 ;;; Generated autoloads from tar-mode.el
27056
27057 (autoload 'tar-mode "tar-mode" "\
27058 Major mode for viewing a tar file as a dired-like listing of its contents.
27059 You can move around using the usual cursor motion commands.
27060 Letters no longer insert themselves.
27061 Type `e' to pull a file out of the tar file and into its own buffer;
27062 or click mouse-2 on the file's line in the Tar mode buffer.
27063 Type `c' to copy an entry from the tar file into another file on disk.
27064
27065 If you edit a sub-file of this archive (as with the `e' command) and
27066 save it with \\[save-buffer], the contents of that buffer will be
27067 saved back into the tar-file buffer; in this way you can edit a file
27068 inside of a tar archive without extracting it and re-archiving it.
27069
27070 See also: variables `tar-update-datestamp' and `tar-anal-blocksize'.
27071 \\{tar-mode-map}
27072
27073 \(fn)" t nil)
27074
27075 ;;;***
27076 \f
27077 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tcl" "progmodes/tcl.el" (21842 42581 539414
27078 ;;;;;; 570000))
27079 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/tcl.el
27080
27081 (autoload 'tcl-mode "tcl" "\
27082 Major mode for editing Tcl code.
27083 Expression and list commands understand all Tcl brackets.
27084 Tab indents for Tcl code.
27085 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
27086 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
27087
27088 Variables controlling indentation style:
27089 `tcl-indent-level'
27090 Indentation of Tcl statements within surrounding block.
27091 `tcl-continued-indent-level'
27092 Indentation of continuation line relative to first line of command.
27093
27094 Variables controlling user interaction with mode (see variable
27095 documentation for details):
27096 `tcl-tab-always-indent'
27097 Controls action of TAB key.
27098 `tcl-auto-newline'
27099 Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces, brackets,
27100 and semicolons inserted in Tcl code.
27101 `tcl-use-smart-word-finder'
27102 If not nil, use a smarter, Tcl-specific way to find the current
27103 word when looking up help on a Tcl command.
27104
27105 Turning on Tcl mode runs `tcl-mode-hook'. Read the documentation for
27106 `tcl-mode-hook' to see what kinds of interesting hook functions
27107 already exist.
27108
27109 \(fn)" t nil)
27110
27111 (autoload 'inferior-tcl "tcl" "\
27112 Run inferior Tcl process.
27113 Prefix arg means enter program name interactively.
27114 See documentation for function `inferior-tcl-mode' for more information.
27115
27116 \(fn CMD)" t nil)
27117
27118 (autoload 'tcl-help-on-word "tcl" "\
27119 Get help on Tcl command. Default is word at point.
27120 Prefix argument means invert sense of `tcl-use-smart-word-finder'.
27121
27122 \(fn COMMAND &optional ARG)" t nil)
27123
27124 ;;;***
27125 \f
27126 ;;;### (autoloads nil "telnet" "net/telnet.el" (21852 24381 767239
27127 ;;;;;; 782000))
27128 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/telnet.el
27129
27130 (autoload 'telnet "telnet" "\
27131 Open a network login connection to host named HOST (a string).
27132 Optional arg PORT specifies alternative port to connect to.
27133 Interactively, use \\[universal-argument] prefix to be prompted for port number.
27134
27135 Communication with HOST is recorded in a buffer `*PROGRAM-HOST*'
27136 where PROGRAM is the telnet program being used. This program
27137 is controlled by the contents of the global variable `telnet-host-properties',
27138 falling back on the value of the global variable `telnet-program'.
27139 Normally input is edited in Emacs and sent a line at a time.
27140
27141 \(fn HOST &optional PORT)" t nil)
27142
27143 (autoload 'rsh "telnet" "\
27144 Open a network login connection to host named HOST (a string).
27145 Communication with HOST is recorded in a buffer `*rsh-HOST*'.
27146 Normally input is edited in Emacs and sent a line at a time.
27147
27148 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
27149
27150 ;;;***
27151 \f
27152 ;;;### (autoloads nil "term" "term.el" (22042 14122 209169 136000))
27153 ;;; Generated autoloads from term.el
27154
27155 (autoload 'make-term "term" "\
27156 Make a term process NAME in a buffer, running PROGRAM.
27157 The name of the buffer is made by surrounding NAME with `*'s.
27158 If there is already a running process in that buffer, it is not restarted.
27159 Optional third arg STARTFILE is the name of a file to send the contents of to
27160 the process. Any more args are arguments to PROGRAM.
27161
27162 \(fn NAME PROGRAM &optional STARTFILE &rest SWITCHES)" nil nil)
27163
27164 (autoload 'term "term" "\
27165 Start a terminal-emulator in a new buffer.
27166 The buffer is in Term mode; see `term-mode' for the
27167 commands to use in that buffer.
27168
27169 \\<term-raw-map>Type \\[switch-to-buffer] to switch to another buffer.
27170
27171 \(fn PROGRAM)" t nil)
27172
27173 (autoload 'ansi-term "term" "\
27174 Start a terminal-emulator in a new buffer.
27175
27176 \(fn PROGRAM &optional NEW-BUFFER-NAME)" t nil)
27177
27178 (autoload 'serial-term "term" "\
27179 Start a terminal-emulator for a serial port in a new buffer.
27180 PORT is the path or name of the serial port. For example, this
27181 could be \"/dev/ttyS0\" on Unix. On Windows, this could be
27182 \"COM1\" or \"\\\\.\\COM10\".
27183 SPEED is the speed of the serial port in bits per second. 9600
27184 is a common value. SPEED can be nil, see
27185 `serial-process-configure' for details.
27186 The buffer is in Term mode; see `term-mode' for the commands to
27187 use in that buffer.
27188 \\<term-raw-map>Type \\[switch-to-buffer] to switch to another buffer.
27189
27190 \(fn PORT SPEED)" t nil)
27191
27192 ;;;***
27193 \f
27194 ;;;### (autoloads nil "testcover" "emacs-lisp/testcover.el" (21998
27195 ;;;;;; 46517 22024 649000))
27196 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/testcover.el
27197
27198 (autoload 'testcover-this-defun "testcover" "\
27199 Start coverage on function under point.
27200
27201 \(fn)" t nil)
27202
27203 ;;;***
27204 \f
27205 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tetris" "play/tetris.el" (22000 1842 148539
27206 ;;;;;; 693000))
27207 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/tetris.el
27208 (push (purecopy '(tetris 2 1)) package--builtin-versions)
27209
27210 (autoload 'tetris "tetris" "\
27211 Play the Tetris game.
27212 Shapes drop from the top of the screen, and the user has to move and
27213 rotate the shape to fit in with those at the bottom of the screen so
27214 as to form complete rows.
27215
27216 tetris-mode keybindings:
27217 \\<tetris-mode-map>
27218 \\[tetris-start-game] Starts a new game of Tetris
27219 \\[tetris-end-game] Terminates the current game
27220 \\[tetris-pause-game] Pauses (or resumes) the current game
27221 \\[tetris-move-left] Moves the shape one square to the left
27222 \\[tetris-move-right] Moves the shape one square to the right
27223 \\[tetris-rotate-prev] Rotates the shape clockwise
27224 \\[tetris-rotate-next] Rotates the shape anticlockwise
27225 \\[tetris-move-bottom] Drops the shape to the bottom of the playing area
27226
27227 \(fn)" t nil)
27228
27229 ;;;***
27230 \f
27231 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tex-mode" "textmodes/tex-mode.el" (22076 35900
27232 ;;;;;; 118633 595000))
27233 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/tex-mode.el
27234
27235 (defvar tex-shell-file-name nil "\
27236 If non-nil, the shell file name to run in the subshell used to run TeX.")
27237
27238 (custom-autoload 'tex-shell-file-name "tex-mode" t)
27239
27240 (defvar tex-directory (purecopy ".") "\
27241 Directory in which temporary files are written.
27242 You can make this `/tmp' if your TEXINPUTS has no relative directories in it
27243 and you don't try to apply \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer] when there are
27244 `\\input' commands with relative directories.")
27245
27246 (custom-autoload 'tex-directory "tex-mode" t)
27247
27248 (defvar tex-first-line-header-regexp nil "\
27249 Regexp for matching a first line which `tex-region' should include.
27250 If this is non-nil, it should be a regular expression string;
27251 if it matches the first line of the file,
27252 `tex-region' always includes the first line in the TeX run.")
27253
27254 (custom-autoload 'tex-first-line-header-regexp "tex-mode" t)
27255
27256 (defvar tex-main-file nil "\
27257 The main TeX source file which includes this buffer's file.
27258 The command `tex-file' runs TeX on the file specified by `tex-main-file'
27259 if the variable is non-nil.")
27260
27261 (custom-autoload 'tex-main-file "tex-mode" t)
27262
27263 (defvar tex-offer-save t "\
27264 If non-nil, ask about saving modified buffers before \\[tex-file] is run.")
27265
27266 (custom-autoload 'tex-offer-save "tex-mode" t)
27267
27268 (defvar tex-run-command (purecopy "tex") "\
27269 Command used to run TeX subjob.
27270 TeX Mode sets `tex-command' to this string.
27271 See the documentation of that variable.")
27272
27273 (custom-autoload 'tex-run-command "tex-mode" t)
27274
27275 (defvar latex-run-command (purecopy "latex") "\
27276 Command used to run LaTeX subjob.
27277 LaTeX Mode sets `tex-command' to this string.
27278 See the documentation of that variable.")
27279
27280 (custom-autoload 'latex-run-command "tex-mode" t)
27281
27282 (defvar slitex-run-command (purecopy "slitex") "\
27283 Command used to run SliTeX subjob.
27284 SliTeX Mode sets `tex-command' to this string.
27285 See the documentation of that variable.")
27286
27287 (custom-autoload 'slitex-run-command "tex-mode" t)
27288
27289 (defvar tex-start-options (purecopy "") "\
27290 TeX options to use when starting TeX.
27291 These immediately precede the commands in `tex-start-commands'
27292 and the input file name, with no separating space and are not shell-quoted.
27293 If nil, TeX runs with no options. See the documentation of `tex-command'.")
27294
27295 (custom-autoload 'tex-start-options "tex-mode" t)
27296
27297 (defvar tex-start-commands (purecopy "\\nonstopmode\\input") "\
27298 TeX commands to use when starting TeX.
27299 They are shell-quoted and precede the input file name, with a separating space.
27300 If nil, no commands are used. See the documentation of `tex-command'.")
27301
27302 (custom-autoload 'tex-start-commands "tex-mode" t)
27303
27304 (defvar latex-block-names nil "\
27305 User defined LaTeX block names.
27306 Combined with `latex-standard-block-names' for minibuffer completion.")
27307
27308 (custom-autoload 'latex-block-names "tex-mode" t)
27309
27310 (defvar tex-bibtex-command (purecopy "bibtex") "\
27311 Command used by `tex-bibtex-file' to gather bibliographic data.
27312 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
27313 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.")
27314
27315 (custom-autoload 'tex-bibtex-command "tex-mode" t)
27316
27317 (defvar tex-dvi-print-command (purecopy "lpr -d") "\
27318 Command used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
27319 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
27320 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.")
27321
27322 (custom-autoload 'tex-dvi-print-command "tex-mode" t)
27323
27324 (defvar tex-alt-dvi-print-command (purecopy "lpr -d") "\
27325 Command used by \\[tex-print] with a prefix arg to print a .dvi file.
27326 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
27327 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.
27328
27329 If two printers are not enough of a choice, you can set the variable
27330 `tex-alt-dvi-print-command' to an expression that asks what you want;
27331 for example,
27332
27333 (setq tex-alt-dvi-print-command
27334 '(format \"lpr -P%s\" (read-string \"Use printer: \")))
27335
27336 would tell \\[tex-print] with a prefix argument to ask you which printer to
27337 use.")
27338
27339 (custom-autoload 'tex-alt-dvi-print-command "tex-mode" t)
27340
27341 (defvar tex-dvi-view-command `(cond ((eq window-system 'x) ,(purecopy "xdvi")) ((eq window-system 'w32) ,(purecopy "yap")) (t ,(purecopy "dvi2tty * | cat -s"))) "\
27342 Command used by \\[tex-view] to display a `.dvi' file.
27343 If it is a string, that specifies the command directly.
27344 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
27345 otherwise, the file name, preceded by a space, is added at the end.
27346
27347 If the value is a form, it is evaluated to get the command to use.")
27348
27349 (custom-autoload 'tex-dvi-view-command "tex-mode" t)
27350
27351 (defvar tex-show-queue-command (purecopy "lpq") "\
27352 Command used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print queue.
27353 Should show the queue(s) that \\[tex-print] puts jobs on.")
27354
27355 (custom-autoload 'tex-show-queue-command "tex-mode" t)
27356
27357 (defvar tex-default-mode 'latex-mode "\
27358 Mode to enter for a new file that might be either TeX or LaTeX.
27359 This variable is used when it can't be determined whether the file
27360 is plain TeX or LaTeX or what because the file contains no commands.
27361 Normally set to either `plain-tex-mode' or `latex-mode'.")
27362
27363 (custom-autoload 'tex-default-mode "tex-mode" t)
27364
27365 (defvar tex-open-quote (purecopy "``") "\
27366 String inserted by typing \\[tex-insert-quote] to open a quotation.")
27367
27368 (custom-autoload 'tex-open-quote "tex-mode" t)
27369
27370 (defvar tex-close-quote (purecopy "''") "\
27371 String inserted by typing \\[tex-insert-quote] to close a quotation.")
27372
27373 (custom-autoload 'tex-close-quote "tex-mode" t)
27374
27375 (autoload 'tex-mode "tex-mode" "\
27376 Major mode for editing files of input for TeX, LaTeX, or SliTeX.
27377 Tries to determine (by looking at the beginning of the file) whether
27378 this file is for plain TeX, LaTeX, or SliTeX and calls `plain-tex-mode',
27379 `latex-mode', or `slitex-mode', respectively. If it cannot be determined,
27380 such as if there are no commands in the file, the value of `tex-default-mode'
27381 says which mode to use.
27382
27383 \(fn)" t nil)
27384
27385 (defalias 'TeX-mode 'tex-mode)
27386
27387 (defalias 'plain-TeX-mode 'plain-tex-mode)
27388
27389 (defalias 'LaTeX-mode 'latex-mode)
27390
27391 (autoload 'plain-tex-mode "tex-mode" "\
27392 Major mode for editing files of input for plain TeX.
27393 Makes $ and } display the characters they match.
27394 Makes \" insert \\=`\\=` when it seems to be the beginning of a quotation,
27395 and \\='\\=' when it appears to be the end; it inserts \" only after a \\.
27396
27397 Use \\[tex-region] to run TeX on the current region, plus a \"header\"
27398 copied from the top of the file (containing macro definitions, etc.),
27399 running TeX under a special subshell. \\[tex-buffer] does the whole buffer.
27400 \\[tex-file] saves the buffer and then processes the file.
27401 \\[tex-print] prints the .dvi file made by any of these.
27402 \\[tex-view] previews the .dvi file made by any of these.
27403 \\[tex-bibtex-file] runs bibtex on the file of the current buffer.
27404
27405 Use \\[tex-validate-buffer] to check buffer for paragraphs containing
27406 mismatched $'s or braces.
27407
27408 Special commands:
27409 \\{plain-tex-mode-map}
27410
27411 Mode variables:
27412 tex-run-command
27413 Command string used by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
27414 tex-directory
27415 Directory in which to create temporary files for TeX jobs
27416 run by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
27417 tex-dvi-print-command
27418 Command string used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
27419 tex-alt-dvi-print-command
27420 Alternative command string used by \\[tex-print] (when given a prefix
27421 argument) to print a .dvi file.
27422 tex-dvi-view-command
27423 Command string used by \\[tex-view] to preview a .dvi file.
27424 tex-show-queue-command
27425 Command string used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print
27426 queue that \\[tex-print] put your job on.
27427
27428 Entering Plain-tex mode runs the hook `text-mode-hook', then the hook
27429 `tex-mode-hook', and finally the hook `plain-tex-mode-hook'. When the
27430 special subshell is initiated, the hook `tex-shell-hook' is run.
27431
27432 \(fn)" t nil)
27433
27434 (autoload 'latex-mode "tex-mode" "\
27435 Major mode for editing files of input for LaTeX.
27436 Makes $ and } display the characters they match.
27437 Makes \" insert \\=`\\=` when it seems to be the beginning of a quotation,
27438 and \\='\\=' when it appears to be the end; it inserts \" only after a \\.
27439
27440 Use \\[tex-region] to run LaTeX on the current region, plus the preamble
27441 copied from the top of the file (containing \\documentstyle, etc.),
27442 running LaTeX under a special subshell. \\[tex-buffer] does the whole buffer.
27443 \\[tex-file] saves the buffer and then processes the file.
27444 \\[tex-print] prints the .dvi file made by any of these.
27445 \\[tex-view] previews the .dvi file made by any of these.
27446 \\[tex-bibtex-file] runs bibtex on the file of the current buffer.
27447
27448 Use \\[tex-validate-buffer] to check buffer for paragraphs containing
27449 mismatched $'s or braces.
27450
27451 Special commands:
27452 \\{latex-mode-map}
27453
27454 Mode variables:
27455 latex-run-command
27456 Command string used by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
27457 tex-directory
27458 Directory in which to create temporary files for LaTeX jobs
27459 run by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
27460 tex-dvi-print-command
27461 Command string used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
27462 tex-alt-dvi-print-command
27463 Alternative command string used by \\[tex-print] (when given a prefix
27464 argument) to print a .dvi file.
27465 tex-dvi-view-command
27466 Command string used by \\[tex-view] to preview a .dvi file.
27467 tex-show-queue-command
27468 Command string used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print
27469 queue that \\[tex-print] put your job on.
27470
27471 Entering Latex mode runs the hook `text-mode-hook', then
27472 `tex-mode-hook', and finally `latex-mode-hook'. When the special
27473 subshell is initiated, `tex-shell-hook' is run.
27474
27475 \(fn)" t nil)
27476
27477 (autoload 'slitex-mode "tex-mode" "\
27478 Major mode for editing files of input for SliTeX.
27479 Makes $ and } display the characters they match.
27480 Makes \" insert \\=`\\=` when it seems to be the beginning of a quotation,
27481 and \\='\\=' when it appears to be the end; it inserts \" only after a \\.
27482
27483 Use \\[tex-region] to run SliTeX on the current region, plus the preamble
27484 copied from the top of the file (containing \\documentstyle, etc.),
27485 running SliTeX under a special subshell. \\[tex-buffer] does the whole buffer.
27486 \\[tex-file] saves the buffer and then processes the file.
27487 \\[tex-print] prints the .dvi file made by any of these.
27488 \\[tex-view] previews the .dvi file made by any of these.
27489 \\[tex-bibtex-file] runs bibtex on the file of the current buffer.
27490
27491 Use \\[tex-validate-buffer] to check buffer for paragraphs containing
27492 mismatched $'s or braces.
27493
27494 Special commands:
27495 \\{slitex-mode-map}
27496
27497 Mode variables:
27498 slitex-run-command
27499 Command string used by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
27500 tex-directory
27501 Directory in which to create temporary files for SliTeX jobs
27502 run by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
27503 tex-dvi-print-command
27504 Command string used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
27505 tex-alt-dvi-print-command
27506 Alternative command string used by \\[tex-print] (when given a prefix
27507 argument) to print a .dvi file.
27508 tex-dvi-view-command
27509 Command string used by \\[tex-view] to preview a .dvi file.
27510 tex-show-queue-command
27511 Command string used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print
27512 queue that \\[tex-print] put your job on.
27513
27514 Entering SliTeX mode runs the hook `text-mode-hook', then the hook
27515 `tex-mode-hook', then the hook `latex-mode-hook', and finally the hook
27516 `slitex-mode-hook'. When the special subshell is initiated, the hook
27517 `tex-shell-hook' is run.
27518
27519 \(fn)" t nil)
27520
27521 (autoload 'tex-start-shell "tex-mode" "\
27522
27523
27524 \(fn)" nil nil)
27525
27526 (autoload 'doctex-mode "tex-mode" "\
27527 Major mode to edit DocTeX files.
27528
27529 \(fn)" t nil)
27530
27531 ;;;***
27532 \f
27533 ;;;### (autoloads nil "texinfmt" "textmodes/texinfmt.el" (22011 58554
27534 ;;;;;; 81858 469000))
27535 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/texinfmt.el
27536
27537 (autoload 'texinfo-format-buffer "texinfmt" "\
27538 Process the current buffer as texinfo code, into an Info file.
27539 The Info file output is generated in a buffer visiting the Info file
27540 name specified in the @setfilename command.
27541
27542 Non-nil argument (prefix, if interactive) means don't make tag table
27543 and don't split the file if large. You can use `Info-tagify' and
27544 `Info-split' to do these manually.
27545
27546 \(fn &optional NOSPLIT)" t nil)
27547
27548 (autoload 'texinfo-format-region "texinfmt" "\
27549 Convert the current region of the Texinfo file to Info format.
27550 This lets you see what that part of the file will look like in Info.
27551 The command is bound to \\[texinfo-format-region]. The text that is
27552 converted to Info is stored in a temporary buffer.
27553
27554 \(fn REGION-BEGINNING REGION-END)" t nil)
27555
27556 (autoload 'texi2info "texinfmt" "\
27557 Convert the current buffer (written in Texinfo code) into an Info file.
27558 The Info file output is generated in a buffer visiting the Info file
27559 names specified in the @setfilename command.
27560
27561 This function automatically updates all node pointers and menus, and
27562 creates a master menu. This work is done on a temporary buffer that
27563 is automatically removed when the Info file is created. The original
27564 Texinfo source buffer is not changed.
27565
27566 Non-nil argument (prefix, if interactive) means don't split the file
27567 if large. You can use `Info-split' to do this manually.
27568
27569 \(fn &optional NOSPLIT)" t nil)
27570
27571 ;;;***
27572 \f
27573 ;;;### (autoloads nil "texinfo" "textmodes/texinfo.el" (22026 25907
27574 ;;;;;; 667502 692000))
27575 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/texinfo.el
27576
27577 (defvar texinfo-open-quote (purecopy "``") "\
27578 String inserted by typing \\[texinfo-insert-quote] to open a quotation.")
27579
27580 (custom-autoload 'texinfo-open-quote "texinfo" t)
27581
27582 (defvar texinfo-close-quote (purecopy "''") "\
27583 String inserted by typing \\[texinfo-insert-quote] to close a quotation.")
27584
27585 (custom-autoload 'texinfo-close-quote "texinfo" t)
27586
27587 (autoload 'texinfo-mode "texinfo" "\
27588 Major mode for editing Texinfo files.
27589
27590 It has these extra commands:
27591 \\{texinfo-mode-map}
27592
27593 These are files that are used as input for TeX to make printed manuals
27594 and also to be turned into Info files with \\[makeinfo-buffer] or
27595 the `makeinfo' program. These files must be written in a very restricted and
27596 modified version of TeX input format.
27597
27598 Editing commands are like text-mode except that the syntax table is
27599 set up so expression commands skip Texinfo bracket groups. To see
27600 what the Info version of a region of the Texinfo file will look like,
27601 use \\[makeinfo-region], which runs `makeinfo' on the current region.
27602
27603 You can show the structure of a Texinfo file with \\[texinfo-show-structure].
27604 This command shows the structure of a Texinfo file by listing the
27605 lines with the @-sign commands for @chapter, @section, and the like.
27606 These lines are displayed in another window called the *Occur* window.
27607 In that window, you can position the cursor over one of the lines and
27608 use \\[occur-mode-goto-occurrence], to jump to the corresponding spot
27609 in the Texinfo file.
27610
27611 In addition, Texinfo mode provides commands that insert various
27612 frequently used @-sign commands into the buffer. You can use these
27613 commands to save keystrokes. And you can insert balanced braces with
27614 \\[texinfo-insert-braces] and later use the command \\[up-list] to
27615 move forward past the closing brace.
27616
27617 Also, Texinfo mode provides functions for automatically creating or
27618 updating menus and node pointers. These functions
27619
27620 * insert the `Next', `Previous' and `Up' pointers of a node,
27621 * insert or update the menu for a section, and
27622 * create a master menu for a Texinfo source file.
27623
27624 Here are the functions:
27625
27626 texinfo-update-node \\[texinfo-update-node]
27627 texinfo-every-node-update \\[texinfo-every-node-update]
27628 texinfo-sequential-node-update
27629
27630 texinfo-make-menu \\[texinfo-make-menu]
27631 texinfo-all-menus-update \\[texinfo-all-menus-update]
27632 texinfo-master-menu
27633
27634 texinfo-indent-menu-description (column &optional region-p)
27635
27636 The `texinfo-column-for-description' variable specifies the column to
27637 which menu descriptions are indented.
27638
27639 Passed an argument (a prefix argument, if interactive), the
27640 `texinfo-update-node' and `texinfo-make-menu' functions do their jobs
27641 in the region.
27642
27643 To use the updating commands, you must structure your Texinfo file
27644 hierarchically, such that each `@node' line, with the exception of the
27645 Top node, is accompanied by some kind of section line, such as an
27646 `@chapter' or `@section' line.
27647
27648 If the file has a `top' node, it must be called `top' or `Top' and
27649 be the first node in the file.
27650
27651 Entering Texinfo mode calls the value of `text-mode-hook', and then the
27652 value of `texinfo-mode-hook'.
27653
27654 \(fn)" t nil)
27655
27656 ;;;***
27657 \f
27658 ;;;### (autoloads nil "thai-util" "language/thai-util.el" (21670
27659 ;;;;;; 32331 385639 720000))
27660 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/thai-util.el
27661
27662 (autoload 'thai-compose-region "thai-util" "\
27663 Compose Thai characters in the region.
27664 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
27665 positions (integers or markers) specifying the region.
27666
27667 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
27668
27669 (autoload 'thai-compose-string "thai-util" "\
27670 Compose Thai characters in STRING and return the resulting string.
27671
27672 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
27673
27674 (autoload 'thai-compose-buffer "thai-util" "\
27675 Compose Thai characters in the current buffer.
27676
27677 \(fn)" t nil)
27678
27679 (autoload 'thai-composition-function "thai-util" "\
27680
27681
27682 \(fn GSTRING)" nil nil)
27683
27684 ;;;***
27685 \f
27686 ;;;### (autoloads nil "thingatpt" "thingatpt.el" (22011 58554 85858
27687 ;;;;;; 469000))
27688 ;;; Generated autoloads from thingatpt.el
27689
27690 (autoload 'forward-thing "thingatpt" "\
27691 Move forward to the end of the Nth next THING.
27692 THING should be a symbol specifying a type of syntactic entity.
27693 Possibilities include `symbol', `list', `sexp', `defun',
27694 `filename', `url', `email', `word', `sentence', `whitespace',
27695 `line', and `page'.
27696
27697 \(fn THING &optional N)" nil nil)
27698
27699 (autoload 'bounds-of-thing-at-point "thingatpt" "\
27700 Determine the start and end buffer locations for the THING at point.
27701 THING should be a symbol specifying a type of syntactic entity.
27702 Possibilities include `symbol', `list', `sexp', `defun',
27703 `filename', `url', `email', `word', `sentence', `whitespace',
27704 `line', and `page'.
27705
27706 See the file `thingatpt.el' for documentation on how to define a
27707 valid THING.
27708
27709 Return a cons cell (START . END) giving the start and end
27710 positions of the thing found.
27711
27712 \(fn THING)" nil nil)
27713
27714 (autoload 'thing-at-point "thingatpt" "\
27715 Return the THING at point.
27716 THING should be a symbol specifying a type of syntactic entity.
27717 Possibilities include `symbol', `list', `sexp', `defun',
27718 `filename', `url', `email', `word', `sentence', `whitespace',
27719 `line', `number', and `page'.
27720
27721 When the optional argument NO-PROPERTIES is non-nil,
27722 strip text properties from the return value.
27723
27724 See the file `thingatpt.el' for documentation on how to define
27725 a symbol as a valid THING.
27726
27727 \(fn THING &optional NO-PROPERTIES)" nil nil)
27728
27729 (autoload 'sexp-at-point "thingatpt" "\
27730 Return the sexp at point, or nil if none is found.
27731
27732 \(fn)" nil nil)
27733
27734 (autoload 'symbol-at-point "thingatpt" "\
27735 Return the symbol at point, or nil if none is found.
27736
27737 \(fn)" nil nil)
27738
27739 (autoload 'number-at-point "thingatpt" "\
27740 Return the number at point, or nil if none is found.
27741
27742 \(fn)" nil nil)
27743
27744 (autoload 'list-at-point "thingatpt" "\
27745 Return the Lisp list at point, or nil if none is found.
27746
27747 \(fn)" nil nil)
27748
27749 ;;;***
27750 \f
27751 ;;;### (autoloads nil "thumbs" "thumbs.el" (21993 28596 414597 473000))
27752 ;;; Generated autoloads from thumbs.el
27753
27754 (autoload 'thumbs-find-thumb "thumbs" "\
27755 Display the thumbnail for IMG.
27756
27757 \(fn IMG)" t nil)
27758
27759 (autoload 'thumbs-show-from-dir "thumbs" "\
27760 Make a preview buffer for all images in DIR.
27761 Optional argument REG to select file matching a regexp,
27762 and SAME-WINDOW to show thumbs in the same window.
27763
27764 \(fn DIR &optional REG SAME-WINDOW)" t nil)
27765
27766 (autoload 'thumbs-dired-show-marked "thumbs" "\
27767 In dired, make a thumbs buffer with marked files.
27768
27769 \(fn)" t nil)
27770
27771 (autoload 'thumbs-dired-show "thumbs" "\
27772 In dired, make a thumbs buffer with all files in current directory.
27773
27774 \(fn)" t nil)
27775
27776 (defalias 'thumbs 'thumbs-show-from-dir)
27777
27778 (autoload 'thumbs-dired-setroot "thumbs" "\
27779 In dired, call the setroot program on the image at point.
27780
27781 \(fn)" t nil)
27782
27783 ;;;***
27784 \f
27785 ;;;### (autoloads nil "thunk" "emacs-lisp/thunk.el" (22064 41137
27786 ;;;;;; 961468 395000))
27787 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/thunk.el
27788 (push (purecopy '(thunk 1 0)) package--builtin-versions)
27789
27790 ;;;***
27791 \f
27792 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tibet-util" "language/tibet-util.el" (21670
27793 ;;;;;; 32331 385639 720000))
27794 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/tibet-util.el
27795
27796 (autoload 'tibetan-char-p "tibet-util" "\
27797 Check if char CH is Tibetan character.
27798 Returns non-nil if CH is Tibetan. Otherwise, returns nil.
27799
27800 \(fn CH)" nil nil)
27801
27802 (autoload 'tibetan-tibetan-to-transcription "tibet-util" "\
27803 Transcribe Tibetan string STR and return the corresponding Roman string.
27804
27805 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
27806
27807 (autoload 'tibetan-transcription-to-tibetan "tibet-util" "\
27808 Convert Tibetan Roman string STR to Tibetan character string.
27809 The returned string has no composition information.
27810
27811 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
27812
27813 (autoload 'tibetan-compose-string "tibet-util" "\
27814 Compose Tibetan string STR.
27815
27816 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
27817
27818 (autoload 'tibetan-compose-region "tibet-util" "\
27819 Compose Tibetan text the region BEG and END.
27820
27821 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
27822
27823 (autoload 'tibetan-decompose-region "tibet-util" "\
27824 Decompose Tibetan text in the region FROM and TO.
27825 This is different from decompose-region because precomposed Tibetan characters
27826 are decomposed into normal Tibetan character sequences.
27827
27828 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
27829
27830 (autoload 'tibetan-decompose-string "tibet-util" "\
27831 Decompose Tibetan string STR.
27832 This is different from decompose-string because precomposed Tibetan characters
27833 are decomposed into normal Tibetan character sequences.
27834
27835 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
27836
27837 (autoload 'tibetan-decompose-buffer "tibet-util" "\
27838 Decomposes Tibetan characters in the buffer into their components.
27839 See also the documentation of the function `tibetan-decompose-region'.
27840
27841 \(fn)" t nil)
27842
27843 (autoload 'tibetan-compose-buffer "tibet-util" "\
27844 Composes Tibetan character components in the buffer.
27845 See also docstring of the function tibetan-compose-region.
27846
27847 \(fn)" t nil)
27848
27849 (autoload 'tibetan-post-read-conversion "tibet-util" "\
27850
27851
27852 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
27853
27854 (autoload 'tibetan-pre-write-conversion "tibet-util" "\
27855
27856
27857 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
27858
27859 (autoload 'tibetan-pre-write-canonicalize-for-unicode "tibet-util" "\
27860
27861
27862 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
27863
27864 ;;;***
27865 \f
27866 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tildify" "textmodes/tildify.el" (22026 25907
27867 ;;;;;; 667502 692000))
27868 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/tildify.el
27869 (push (purecopy '(tildify 4 6 1)) package--builtin-versions)
27870
27871 (autoload 'tildify-region "tildify" "\
27872 Add hard spaces in the region between BEG and END.
27873 See variables `tildify-pattern', `tildify-space-string', and
27874 `tildify-ignored-environments-alist' for information about configuration
27875 parameters.
27876 This function performs no refilling of the changed text.
27877 If DONT-ASK is set, or called interactively with prefix argument, user
27878 won't be prompted for confirmation of each substitution.
27879
27880 \(fn BEG END &optional DONT-ASK)" t nil)
27881
27882 (autoload 'tildify-buffer "tildify" "\
27883 Add hard spaces in the current buffer.
27884 See variables `tildify-pattern', `tildify-space-string', and
27885 `tildify-ignored-environments-alist' for information about configuration
27886 parameters.
27887 This function performs no refilling of the changed text.
27888 If DONT-ASK is set, or called interactively with prefix argument, user
27889 won't be prompted for confirmation of each substitution.
27890
27891 \(fn &optional DONT-ASK)" t nil)
27892
27893 (autoload 'tildify-space "tildify" "\
27894 Convert space before point into a hard space if the context is right.
27895
27896 If
27897 * character before point is a space character,
27898 * character before that has \"w\" character syntax (i.e. it's a word
27899 constituent),
27900 * `tildify-space-pattern' matches when `looking-back' (no more than 10
27901 characters) from before the space character, and
27902 * all predicates in `tildify-space-predicates' return non-nil,
27903 replace the space character with value of `tildify-space-string' and
27904 return t.
27905
27906 Otherwise, if
27907 * `tildify-double-space-undos' variable is non-nil,
27908 * character before point is a space character, and
27909 * text before that is a hard space as defined by
27910 `tildify-space-string' variable,
27911 remove the hard space and leave only the space character.
27912
27913 This function is meant to be used as a `post-self-insert-hook'.
27914
27915 \(fn)" t nil)
27916
27917 (autoload 'tildify-mode "tildify" "\
27918 Adds electric behaviour to space character.
27919
27920 When space is inserted into a buffer in a position where hard space is required
27921 instead (determined by `tildify-space-pattern' and `tildify-space-predicates'),
27922 that space character is replaced by a hard space specified by
27923 `tildify-space-string'. Converting of the space is done by `tildify-space'.
27924
27925 When `tildify-mode' is enabled, if `tildify-string-alist' specifies a hard space
27926 representation for current major mode, the `tildify-space-string' buffer-local
27927 variable will be set to the representation.
27928
27929 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
27930
27931 ;;;***
27932 \f
27933 ;;;### (autoloads nil "time" "time.el" (22026 25907 667502 692000))
27934 ;;; Generated autoloads from time.el
27935
27936 (defvar display-time-day-and-date nil "\
27937 Non-nil means \\[display-time] should display day and date as well as time.")
27938
27939 (custom-autoload 'display-time-day-and-date "time" t)
27940 (put 'display-time-string 'risky-local-variable t)
27941
27942 (autoload 'display-time "time" "\
27943 Enable display of time, load level, and mail flag in mode lines.
27944 This display updates automatically every minute.
27945 If `display-time-day-and-date' is non-nil, the current day and date
27946 are displayed as well.
27947 This runs the normal hook `display-time-hook' after each update.
27948
27949 \(fn)" t nil)
27950
27951 (defvar display-time-mode nil "\
27952 Non-nil if Display-Time mode is enabled.
27953 See the command `display-time-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
27954 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
27955 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
27956 or call the function `display-time-mode'.")
27957
27958 (custom-autoload 'display-time-mode "time" nil)
27959
27960 (autoload 'display-time-mode "time" "\
27961 Toggle display of time, load level, and mail flag in mode lines.
27962 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Display Time mode if ARG is
27963 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
27964 it if ARG is omitted or nil.
27965
27966 When Display Time mode is enabled, it updates every minute (you
27967 can control the number of seconds between updates by customizing
27968 `display-time-interval'). If `display-time-day-and-date' is
27969 non-nil, the current day and date are displayed as well. This
27970 runs the normal hook `display-time-hook' after each update.
27971
27972 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
27973
27974 (autoload 'display-time-world "time" "\
27975 Enable updating display of times in various time zones.
27976 `display-time-world-list' specifies the zones.
27977 To turn off the world time display, go to that window and type `q'.
27978
27979 \(fn)" t nil)
27980
27981 (autoload 'emacs-uptime "time" "\
27982 Return a string giving the uptime of this instance of Emacs.
27983 FORMAT is a string to format the result, using `format-seconds'.
27984 For example, the Unix uptime command format is \"%D, %z%2h:%.2m\".
27985
27986 \(fn &optional FORMAT)" t nil)
27987
27988 (autoload 'emacs-init-time "time" "\
27989 Return a string giving the duration of the Emacs initialization.
27990
27991 \(fn)" t nil)
27992
27993 ;;;***
27994 \f
27995 ;;;### (autoloads nil "time-date" "calendar/time-date.el" (22000
27996 ;;;;;; 55581 510930 477000))
27997 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/time-date.el
27998
27999 (autoload 'date-to-time "time-date" "\
28000 Parse a string DATE that represents a date-time and return a time value.
28001 If DATE lacks timezone information, GMT is assumed.
28002
28003 \(fn DATE)" nil nil)
28004 (if (or (featurep 'emacs)
28005 (and (fboundp 'float-time)
28006 (subrp (symbol-function 'float-time))))
28007 (defalias 'time-to-seconds 'float-time)
28008 (autoload 'time-to-seconds "time-date"))
28009
28010 (autoload 'seconds-to-time "time-date" "\
28011 Convert SECONDS to a time value.
28012
28013 \(fn SECONDS)" nil nil)
28014
28015 (autoload 'days-to-time "time-date" "\
28016 Convert DAYS into a time value.
28017
28018 \(fn DAYS)" nil nil)
28019
28020 (autoload 'time-since "time-date" "\
28021 Return the time elapsed since TIME.
28022 TIME should be either a time value or a date-time string.
28023
28024 \(fn TIME)" nil nil)
28025
28026 (defalias 'subtract-time 'time-subtract)
28027 (autoload 'time-add "time-date")
28028 (autoload 'time-subtract "time-date")
28029 (autoload 'time-less-p "time-date")
28030
28031 (autoload 'date-to-day "time-date" "\
28032 Return the number of days between year 1 and DATE.
28033 DATE should be a date-time string.
28034
28035 \(fn DATE)" nil nil)
28036
28037 (autoload 'days-between "time-date" "\
28038 Return the number of days between DATE1 and DATE2.
28039 DATE1 and DATE2 should be date-time strings.
28040
28041 \(fn DATE1 DATE2)" nil nil)
28042
28043 (autoload 'date-leap-year-p "time-date" "\
28044 Return t if YEAR is a leap year.
28045
28046 \(fn YEAR)" nil nil)
28047
28048 (autoload 'time-to-day-in-year "time-date" "\
28049 Return the day number within the year corresponding to TIME.
28050
28051 \(fn TIME)" nil nil)
28052
28053 (autoload 'time-to-days "time-date" "\
28054 The number of days between the Gregorian date 0001-12-31bce and TIME.
28055 TIME should be a time value.
28056 The Gregorian date Sunday, December 31, 1bce is imaginary.
28057
28058 \(fn TIME)" nil nil)
28059
28060 (autoload 'safe-date-to-time "time-date" "\
28061 Parse a string DATE that represents a date-time and return a time value.
28062 If DATE is malformed, return a time value of zeros.
28063
28064 \(fn DATE)" nil nil)
28065
28066 (autoload 'format-seconds "time-date" "\
28067 Use format control STRING to format the number SECONDS.
28068 The valid format specifiers are:
28069 %y is the number of (365-day) years.
28070 %d is the number of days.
28071 %h is the number of hours.
28072 %m is the number of minutes.
28073 %s is the number of seconds.
28074 %z is a non-printing control flag (see below).
28075 %% is a literal \"%\".
28076
28077 Upper-case specifiers are followed by the unit-name (e.g. \"years\").
28078 Lower-case specifiers return only the unit.
28079
28080 \"%\" may be followed by a number specifying a width, with an
28081 optional leading \".\" for zero-padding. For example, \"%.3Y\" will
28082 return something of the form \"001 year\".
28083
28084 The \"%z\" specifier does not print anything. When it is used, specifiers
28085 must be given in order of decreasing size. To the left of \"%z\", nothing
28086 is output until the first non-zero unit is encountered.
28087
28088 This function does not work for SECONDS greater than `most-positive-fixnum'.
28089
28090 \(fn STRING SECONDS)" nil nil)
28091
28092 (autoload 'seconds-to-string "time-date" "\
28093 Convert the time interval in seconds to a short string.
28094
28095 \(fn DELAY)" nil nil)
28096
28097 ;;;***
28098 \f
28099 ;;;### (autoloads nil "time-stamp" "time-stamp.el" (21980 16568 89544
28100 ;;;;;; 893000))
28101 ;;; Generated autoloads from time-stamp.el
28102 (put 'time-stamp-format 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
28103 (put 'time-stamp-time-zone 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
28104 (put 'time-stamp-line-limit 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
28105 (put 'time-stamp-start 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
28106 (put 'time-stamp-end 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
28107 (put 'time-stamp-inserts-lines 'safe-local-variable 'symbolp)
28108 (put 'time-stamp-count 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
28109 (put 'time-stamp-pattern 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
28110
28111 (autoload 'time-stamp "time-stamp" "\
28112 Update the time stamp string(s) in the buffer.
28113 A template in a file can be automatically updated with a new time stamp
28114 every time you save the file. Add this line to your init file:
28115 (add-hook \\='before-save-hook \\='time-stamp)
28116 or customize `before-save-hook' through Custom.
28117 Normally the template must appear in the first 8 lines of a file and
28118 look like one of the following:
28119 Time-stamp: <>
28120 Time-stamp: \" \"
28121 The time stamp is written between the brackets or quotes:
28122 Time-stamp: <2001-02-18 10:20:51 gildea>
28123 The time stamp is updated only if the variable `time-stamp-active' is non-nil.
28124 The format of the time stamp is set by the variable `time-stamp-pattern' or
28125 `time-stamp-format'. The variables `time-stamp-pattern',
28126 `time-stamp-line-limit', `time-stamp-start', `time-stamp-end',
28127 `time-stamp-count', and `time-stamp-inserts-lines' control finding
28128 the template.
28129
28130 \(fn)" t nil)
28131
28132 (autoload 'time-stamp-toggle-active "time-stamp" "\
28133 Toggle `time-stamp-active', setting whether \\[time-stamp] updates a buffer.
28134 With ARG, turn time stamping on if and only if arg is positive.
28135
28136 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
28137
28138 ;;;***
28139 \f
28140 ;;;### (autoloads nil "timeclock" "calendar/timeclock.el" (21998
28141 ;;;;;; 46516 882024 649000))
28142 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/timeclock.el
28143 (push (purecopy '(timeclock 2 6 1)) package--builtin-versions)
28144
28145 (defvar timeclock-mode-line-display nil "\
28146 Non-nil if Timeclock-Mode-Line-Display mode is enabled.
28147 See the command `timeclock-mode-line-display' for a description of this minor mode.
28148 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
28149 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
28150 or call the function `timeclock-mode-line-display'.")
28151
28152 (custom-autoload 'timeclock-mode-line-display "timeclock" nil)
28153
28154 (autoload 'timeclock-mode-line-display "timeclock" "\
28155 Toggle display of the amount of time left today in the mode line.
28156 If `timeclock-use-display-time' is non-nil (the default), then
28157 the function `display-time-mode' must be active, and the mode line
28158 will be updated whenever the time display is updated. Otherwise,
28159 the timeclock will use its own sixty second timer to do its
28160 updating. With prefix ARG, turn mode line display on if and only
28161 if ARG is positive. Returns the new status of timeclock mode line
28162 display (non-nil means on).
28163
28164 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
28165
28166 (autoload 'timeclock-in "timeclock" "\
28167 Clock in, recording the current time moment in the timelog.
28168 With a numeric prefix ARG, record the fact that today has only that
28169 many hours in it to be worked. If ARG is a non-numeric prefix argument
28170 \(non-nil, but not a number), 0 is assumed (working on a holiday or
28171 weekend). *If not called interactively, ARG should be the number of
28172 _seconds_ worked today*. This feature only has effect the first time
28173 this function is called within a day.
28174
28175 PROJECT is the project being clocked into. If PROJECT is nil, and
28176 FIND-PROJECT is non-nil -- or the user calls `timeclock-in'
28177 interactively -- call the function `timeclock-get-project-function' to
28178 discover the name of the project.
28179
28180 \(fn &optional ARG PROJECT FIND-PROJECT)" t nil)
28181
28182 (autoload 'timeclock-out "timeclock" "\
28183 Clock out, recording the current time moment in the timelog.
28184 If a prefix ARG is given, the user has completed the project that was
28185 begun during the last time segment.
28186
28187 REASON is the user's reason for clocking out. If REASON is nil, and
28188 FIND-REASON is non-nil -- or the user calls `timeclock-out'
28189 interactively -- call the function `timeclock-get-reason-function' to
28190 discover the reason.
28191
28192 \(fn &optional ARG REASON FIND-REASON)" t nil)
28193
28194 (autoload 'timeclock-status-string "timeclock" "\
28195 Report the overall timeclock status at the present moment.
28196 If SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil, display second resolution.
28197 If TODAY-ONLY is non-nil, the display will be relative only to time
28198 worked today, ignoring the time worked on previous days.
28199
28200 \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS TODAY-ONLY)" t nil)
28201
28202 (autoload 'timeclock-change "timeclock" "\
28203 Change to working on a different project.
28204 This clocks out of the current project, then clocks in on a new one.
28205 With a prefix ARG, consider the previous project as finished at the
28206 time of changeover. PROJECT is the name of the last project you were
28207 working on.
28208
28209 \(fn &optional ARG PROJECT)" t nil)
28210
28211 (autoload 'timeclock-query-out "timeclock" "\
28212 Ask the user whether to clock out.
28213 This is a useful function for adding to `kill-emacs-query-functions'.
28214
28215 \(fn)" nil nil)
28216
28217 (autoload 'timeclock-reread-log "timeclock" "\
28218 Re-read the timeclock, to account for external changes.
28219 Returns the new value of `timeclock-discrepancy'.
28220
28221 \(fn)" t nil)
28222
28223 (autoload 'timeclock-workday-remaining-string "timeclock" "\
28224 Return a string representing the amount of time left today.
28225 Display second resolution if SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil. If TODAY-ONLY
28226 is non-nil, the display will be relative only to time worked today.
28227 See `timeclock-relative' for more information about the meaning of
28228 \"relative to today\".
28229
28230 \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS TODAY-ONLY)" t nil)
28231
28232 (autoload 'timeclock-workday-elapsed-string "timeclock" "\
28233 Return a string representing the amount of time worked today.
28234 Display seconds resolution if SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil. If RELATIVE is
28235 non-nil, the amount returned will be relative to past time worked.
28236
28237 \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS)" t nil)
28238
28239 (autoload 'timeclock-when-to-leave-string "timeclock" "\
28240 Return a string representing the end of today's workday.
28241 This string is relative to the value of `timeclock-workday'. If
28242 SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil, the value printed/returned will include
28243 seconds. If TODAY-ONLY is non-nil, the value returned will be
28244 relative only to the time worked today, and not to past time.
28245
28246 \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS TODAY-ONLY)" t nil)
28247
28248 ;;;***
28249 \f
28250 ;;;### (autoloads nil "titdic-cnv" "international/titdic-cnv.el"
28251 ;;;;;; (22011 58553 673858 469000))
28252 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/titdic-cnv.el
28253
28254 (autoload 'titdic-convert "titdic-cnv" "\
28255 Convert a TIT dictionary of FILENAME into a Quail package.
28256 Optional argument DIRNAME if specified is the directory name under which
28257 the generated Quail package is saved.
28258
28259 \(fn FILENAME &optional DIRNAME)" t nil)
28260
28261 (autoload 'batch-titdic-convert "titdic-cnv" "\
28262 Run `titdic-convert' on the files remaining on the command line.
28263 Use this from the command line, with `-batch';
28264 it won't work in an interactive Emacs.
28265 For example, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-titdic-convert XXX.tit\" to
28266 generate Quail package file \"xxx.el\" from TIT dictionary file \"XXX.tit\".
28267 To get complete usage, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-titdic-convert -h\".
28268
28269 \(fn &optional FORCE)" nil nil)
28270
28271 ;;;***
28272 \f
28273 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tmm" "tmm.el" (21907 48688 873360 195000))
28274 ;;; Generated autoloads from tmm.el
28275 (define-key global-map "\M-`" 'tmm-menubar)
28276 (define-key global-map [menu-bar mouse-1] 'tmm-menubar-mouse)
28277
28278 (autoload 'tmm-menubar "tmm" "\
28279 Text-mode emulation of looking and choosing from a menubar.
28280 See the documentation for `tmm-prompt'.
28281 X-POSITION, if non-nil, specifies a horizontal position within the menu bar;
28282 we make that menu bar item (the one at that position) the default choice.
28283
28284 Note that \\[menu-bar-open] by default drops down TTY menus; if you want it
28285 to invoke `tmm-menubar' instead, customize the variable
28286 `tty-menu-open-use-tmm' to a non-nil value.
28287
28288 \(fn &optional X-POSITION)" t nil)
28289
28290 (autoload 'tmm-menubar-mouse "tmm" "\
28291 Text-mode emulation of looking and choosing from a menubar.
28292 This command is used when you click the mouse in the menubar
28293 on a console which has no window system but does have a mouse.
28294 See the documentation for `tmm-prompt'.
28295
28296 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
28297
28298 (autoload 'tmm-prompt "tmm" "\
28299 Text-mode emulation of calling the bindings in keymap.
28300 Creates a text-mode menu of possible choices. You can access the elements
28301 in the menu in two ways:
28302 *) via history mechanism from minibuffer;
28303 *) Or via completion-buffer that is automatically shown.
28304 The last alternative is currently a hack, you cannot use mouse reliably.
28305
28306 MENU is like the MENU argument to `x-popup-menu': either a
28307 keymap or an alist of alists.
28308 DEFAULT-ITEM, if non-nil, specifies an initial default choice.
28309 Its value should be an event that has a binding in MENU.
28310
28311 \(fn MENU &optional IN-POPUP DEFAULT-ITEM)" nil nil)
28312
28313 ;;;***
28314 \f
28315 ;;;### (autoloads nil "todo-mode" "calendar/todo-mode.el" (22015
28316 ;;;;;; 55603 665705 321000))
28317 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/todo-mode.el
28318
28319 (autoload 'todo-show "todo-mode" "\
28320 Visit a todo file and display one of its categories.
28321
28322 When invoked in Todo mode, prompt for which todo file to visit.
28323 When invoked outside of Todo mode with non-nil prefix argument
28324 SOLICIT-FILE prompt for which todo file to visit; otherwise visit
28325 `todo-default-todo-file'. Subsequent invocations from outside
28326 of Todo mode revisit this file or, with option
28327 `todo-show-current-file' non-nil (the default), whichever todo
28328 file was last visited.
28329
28330 If you call this command before you have created any todo file in
28331 the current format, and you have an todo file in old format, it
28332 will ask you whether to convert that file and show it.
28333 Otherwise, calling this command before any todo file exists
28334 prompts for a file name and an initial category (defaulting to
28335 `todo-initial-file' and `todo-initial-category'), creates both of
28336 these, visits the file and displays the category, and if option
28337 `todo-add-item-if-new-category' is non-nil (the default), prompts
28338 for the first item.
28339
28340 The first invocation of this command on an existing todo file
28341 interacts with the option `todo-show-first': if its value is
28342 `first' (the default), show the first category in the file; if
28343 its value is `table', show the table of categories in the file;
28344 if its value is one of `top', `diary' or `regexp', show the
28345 corresponding saved top priorities, diary items, or regexp items
28346 file, if any. Subsequent invocations always show the file's
28347 current (i.e., last displayed) category.
28348
28349 In Todo mode just the category's unfinished todo items are shown
28350 by default. The done items are hidden, but typing
28351 `\\[todo-toggle-view-done-items]' displays them below the todo
28352 items. With non-nil user option `todo-show-with-done' both todo
28353 and done items are always shown on visiting a category.
28354
28355 Invoking this command in Todo Archive mode visits the
28356 corresponding todo file, displaying the corresponding category.
28357
28358 \(fn &optional SOLICIT-FILE INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
28359
28360 (autoload 'todo-mode "todo-mode" "\
28361 Major mode for displaying, navigating and editing todo lists.
28362
28363 \\{todo-mode-map}
28364
28365 \(fn)" t nil)
28366
28367 (autoload 'todo-archive-mode "todo-mode" "\
28368 Major mode for archived todo categories.
28369
28370 \\{todo-archive-mode-map}
28371
28372 \(fn)" t nil)
28373
28374 (autoload 'todo-filtered-items-mode "todo-mode" "\
28375 Mode for displaying and reprioritizing top priority Todo.
28376
28377 \\{todo-filtered-items-mode-map}
28378
28379 \(fn)" t nil)
28380
28381 ;;;***
28382 \f
28383 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tool-bar" "tool-bar.el" (21670 32331 885635
28384 ;;;;;; 586000))
28385 ;;; Generated autoloads from tool-bar.el
28386
28387 (autoload 'toggle-tool-bar-mode-from-frame "tool-bar" "\
28388 Toggle tool bar on or off, based on the status of the current frame.
28389 See `tool-bar-mode' for more information.
28390
28391 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
28392
28393 (autoload 'tool-bar-add-item "tool-bar" "\
28394 Add an item to the tool bar.
28395 ICON names the image, DEF is the key definition and KEY is a symbol
28396 for the fake function key in the menu keymap. Remaining arguments
28397 PROPS are additional items to add to the menu item specification. See
28398 Info node `(elisp)Tool Bar'. Items are added from left to right.
28399
28400 ICON is the base name of a file containing the image to use. The
28401 function will first try to use low-color/ICON.xpm if `display-color-cells'
28402 is less or equal to 256, then ICON.xpm, then ICON.pbm, and finally
28403 ICON.xbm, using `find-image'.
28404
28405 Use this function only to make bindings in the global value of `tool-bar-map'.
28406 To define items in any other map, use `tool-bar-local-item'.
28407
28408 \(fn ICON DEF KEY &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
28409
28410 (autoload 'tool-bar-local-item "tool-bar" "\
28411 Add an item to the tool bar in map MAP.
28412 ICON names the image, DEF is the key definition and KEY is a symbol
28413 for the fake function key in the menu keymap. Remaining arguments
28414 PROPS are additional items to add to the menu item specification. See
28415 Info node `(elisp)Tool Bar'. Items are added from left to right.
28416
28417 ICON is the base name of a file containing the image to use. The
28418 function will first try to use low-color/ICON.xpm if `display-color-cells'
28419 is less or equal to 256, then ICON.xpm, then ICON.pbm, and finally
28420 ICON.xbm, using `find-image'.
28421
28422 \(fn ICON DEF KEY MAP &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
28423
28424 (autoload 'tool-bar-add-item-from-menu "tool-bar" "\
28425 Define tool bar binding for COMMAND in keymap MAP using the given ICON.
28426 This makes a binding for COMMAND in `tool-bar-map', copying its
28427 binding from the menu bar in MAP (which defaults to `global-map'), but
28428 modifies the binding by adding an image specification for ICON. It
28429 finds ICON just like `tool-bar-add-item'. PROPS are additional
28430 properties to add to the binding.
28431
28432 MAP must contain appropriate binding for `[menu-bar]' which holds a keymap.
28433
28434 Use this function only to make bindings in the global value of `tool-bar-map'.
28435 To define items in any other map, use `tool-bar-local-item-from-menu'.
28436
28437 \(fn COMMAND ICON &optional MAP &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
28438
28439 (autoload 'tool-bar-local-item-from-menu "tool-bar" "\
28440 Define local tool bar binding for COMMAND using the given ICON.
28441 This makes a binding for COMMAND in IN-MAP, copying its binding from
28442 the menu bar in FROM-MAP (which defaults to `global-map'), but
28443 modifies the binding by adding an image specification for ICON. It
28444 finds ICON just like `tool-bar-add-item'. PROPS are additional
28445 properties to add to the binding.
28446
28447 FROM-MAP must contain appropriate binding for `[menu-bar]' which
28448 holds a keymap.
28449
28450 \(fn COMMAND ICON IN-MAP &optional FROM-MAP &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
28451
28452 ;;;***
28453 \f
28454 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tq" "emacs-lisp/tq.el" (21670 32330 885624
28455 ;;;;;; 725000))
28456 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/tq.el
28457
28458 (autoload 'tq-create "tq" "\
28459 Create and return a transaction queue communicating with PROCESS.
28460 PROCESS should be a subprocess capable of sending and receiving
28461 streams of bytes. It may be a local process, or it may be connected
28462 to a tcp server on another machine.
28463
28464 \(fn PROCESS)" nil nil)
28465
28466 ;;;***
28467 \f
28468 ;;;### (autoloads nil "trace" "emacs-lisp/trace.el" (21670 32330
28469 ;;;;;; 885624 725000))
28470 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/trace.el
28471
28472 (defvar trace-buffer "*trace-output*" "\
28473 Trace output will by default go to that buffer.")
28474
28475 (custom-autoload 'trace-buffer "trace" t)
28476
28477 (autoload 'trace-values "trace" "\
28478 Helper function to get internal values.
28479 You can call this function to add internal values in the trace buffer.
28480
28481 \(fn &rest VALUES)" nil nil)
28482
28483 (autoload 'trace-function-foreground "trace" "\
28484 Trace calls to function FUNCTION.
28485 With a prefix argument, also prompt for the trace buffer (default
28486 `trace-buffer'), and a Lisp expression CONTEXT.
28487
28488 Tracing a function causes every call to that function to insert
28489 into BUFFER Lisp-style trace messages that display the function's
28490 arguments and return values. It also evaluates CONTEXT, if that is
28491 non-nil, and inserts its value too. For example, you can use this
28492 to track the current buffer, or position of point.
28493
28494 This function creates BUFFER if it does not exist. This buffer will
28495 popup whenever FUNCTION is called. Do not use this function to trace
28496 functions that switch buffers, or do any other display-oriented
28497 stuff - use `trace-function-background' instead.
28498
28499 To stop tracing a function, use `untrace-function' or `untrace-all'.
28500
28501 \(fn FUNCTION &optional BUFFER CONTEXT)" t nil)
28502
28503 (autoload 'trace-function-background "trace" "\
28504 Trace calls to function FUNCTION, quietly.
28505 This is like `trace-function-foreground', but without popping up
28506 the output buffer or changing the window configuration.
28507
28508 \(fn FUNCTION &optional BUFFER CONTEXT)" t nil)
28509
28510 (defalias 'trace-function 'trace-function-foreground)
28511
28512 ;;;***
28513 \f
28514 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tramp" "net/tramp.el" (22083 9150 180915 960000))
28515 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/tramp.el
28516
28517 (defvar tramp-mode t "\
28518 Whether Tramp is enabled.
28519 If it is set to nil, all remote file names are used literally.")
28520
28521 (custom-autoload 'tramp-mode "tramp" t)
28522
28523 (defvar tramp-syntax (if (featurep 'xemacs) 'sep 'ftp) "\
28524 Tramp filename syntax to be used.
28525
28526 It can have the following values:
28527
28528 'ftp -- Ange-FTP respective EFS like syntax (GNU Emacs default)
28529 'sep -- Syntax as defined for XEmacs.")
28530
28531 (custom-autoload 'tramp-syntax "tramp" t)
28532
28533 (defconst tramp-file-name-regexp-unified (if (memq system-type '(cygwin windows-nt)) "\\`/\\(\\[.*\\]\\|[^/|:]\\{2,\\}[^/|]*\\):" "\\`/[^/|:][^/|]*:") "\
28534 Value for `tramp-file-name-regexp' for unified remoting.
28535 Emacs (not XEmacs) uses a unified filename syntax for Ange-FTP and
28536 Tramp. See `tramp-file-name-structure' for more explanations.
28537
28538 On W32 systems, the volume letter must be ignored.")
28539
28540 (defconst tramp-file-name-regexp-separate "\\`/\\[.*\\]" "\
28541 Value for `tramp-file-name-regexp' for separate remoting.
28542 XEmacs uses a separate filename syntax for Tramp and EFS.
28543 See `tramp-file-name-structure' for more explanations.")
28544
28545 (defconst tramp-file-name-regexp (cond ((equal tramp-syntax 'ftp) tramp-file-name-regexp-unified) ((equal tramp-syntax 'sep) tramp-file-name-regexp-separate) (t (error "Wrong `tramp-syntax' defined"))) "\
28546 Regular expression matching file names handled by Tramp.
28547 This regexp should match Tramp file names but no other file names.
28548 When tramp.el is loaded, this regular expression is prepended to
28549 `file-name-handler-alist', and that is searched sequentially. Thus,
28550 if the Tramp entry appears rather early in the `file-name-handler-alist'
28551 and is a bit too general, then some files might be considered Tramp
28552 files which are not really Tramp files.
28553
28554 Please note that the entry in `file-name-handler-alist' is made when
28555 this file (tramp.el) is loaded. This means that this variable must be set
28556 before loading tramp.el. Alternatively, `file-name-handler-alist' can be
28557 updated after changing this variable.
28558
28559 Also see `tramp-file-name-structure'.")
28560
28561 (defconst tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-unified (if (memq system-type '(cygwin windows-nt)) "\\`/[^/]\\{2,\\}\\'" "\\`/[^/]*\\'") "\
28562 Value for `tramp-completion-file-name-regexp' for unified remoting.
28563 GNU Emacs uses a unified filename syntax for Tramp and Ange-FTP.
28564 See `tramp-file-name-structure' for more explanations.
28565
28566 On W32 systems, the volume letter must be ignored.")
28567
28568 (defconst tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-separate "\\`/\\([[][^]]*\\)?\\'" "\
28569 Value for `tramp-completion-file-name-regexp' for separate remoting.
28570 XEmacs uses a separate filename syntax for Tramp and EFS.
28571 See `tramp-file-name-structure' for more explanations.")
28572
28573 (defconst tramp-completion-file-name-regexp (cond ((equal tramp-syntax 'ftp) tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-unified) ((equal tramp-syntax 'sep) tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-separate) (t (error "Wrong `tramp-syntax' defined"))) "\
28574 Regular expression matching file names handled by Tramp completion.
28575 This regexp should match partial Tramp file names only.
28576
28577 Please note that the entry in `file-name-handler-alist' is made when
28578 this file (tramp.el) is loaded. This means that this variable must be set
28579 before loading tramp.el. Alternatively, `file-name-handler-alist' can be
28580 updated after changing this variable.
28581
28582 Also see `tramp-file-name-structure'.")
28583
28584 (defconst tramp-completion-file-name-handler-alist '((file-name-all-completions . tramp-completion-handle-file-name-all-completions) (file-name-completion . tramp-completion-handle-file-name-completion)) "\
28585 Alist of completion handler functions.
28586 Used for file names matching `tramp-file-name-regexp'. Operations
28587 not mentioned here will be handled by Tramp's file name handler
28588 functions, or the normal Emacs functions.")
28589
28590 (defun tramp-completion-run-real-handler (operation args) "\
28591 Invoke `tramp-file-name-handler' for OPERATION.
28592 First arg specifies the OPERATION, second arg is a list of arguments to
28593 pass to the OPERATION." (let* ((inhibit-file-name-handlers (\` (tramp-completion-file-name-handler cygwin-mount-name-hook-function cygwin-mount-map-drive-hook-function \, (and (eq inhibit-file-name-operation operation) inhibit-file-name-handlers)))) (inhibit-file-name-operation operation)) (apply operation args)))
28594
28595 (defun tramp-completion-file-name-handler (operation &rest args) "\
28596 Invoke Tramp file name completion handler.
28597 Falls back to normal file name handler if no Tramp file name handler exists." (let ((directory-sep-char 47) (fn (assoc operation tramp-completion-file-name-handler-alist))) (if (and fn tramp-mode (or (eq tramp-syntax (quote sep)) (featurep (quote tramp)) (and (boundp (quote partial-completion-mode)) (symbol-value (quote partial-completion-mode))) (featurep (quote ido)) (featurep (quote icicles)))) (save-match-data (apply (cdr fn) args)) (tramp-completion-run-real-handler operation args))))
28598
28599 (defun tramp-autoload-file-name-handler (operation &rest args) "\
28600 Load Tramp file name handler, and perform OPERATION." (let ((default-directory "/")) (load "tramp" nil t)) (apply operation args))
28601
28602 (defun tramp-register-autoload-file-name-handlers nil "\
28603 Add Tramp file name handlers to `file-name-handler-alist' during autoload." (add-to-list (quote file-name-handler-alist) (cons tramp-file-name-regexp (quote tramp-autoload-file-name-handler))) (put (quote tramp-autoload-file-name-handler) (quote safe-magic) t) (add-to-list (quote file-name-handler-alist) (cons tramp-completion-file-name-regexp (quote tramp-completion-file-name-handler))) (put (quote tramp-completion-file-name-handler) (quote safe-magic) t))
28604
28605 (tramp-register-autoload-file-name-handlers)
28606
28607 (autoload 'tramp-unload-file-name-handlers "tramp" "\
28608
28609
28610 \(fn)" nil nil)
28611
28612 (autoload 'tramp-completion-handle-file-name-all-completions "tramp" "\
28613 Like `file-name-all-completions' for partial Tramp files.
28614
28615 \(fn FILENAME DIRECTORY)" nil nil)
28616
28617 (autoload 'tramp-completion-handle-file-name-completion "tramp" "\
28618 Like `file-name-completion' for Tramp files.
28619
28620 \(fn FILENAME DIRECTORY &optional PREDICATE)" nil nil)
28621
28622 (autoload 'tramp-unload-tramp "tramp" "\
28623 Discard Tramp from loading remote files.
28624
28625 \(fn)" t nil)
28626
28627 ;;;***
28628 \f
28629 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tramp-ftp" "net/tramp-ftp.el" (21670 32331
28630 ;;;;;; 385639 720000))
28631 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/tramp-ftp.el
28632
28633 (autoload 'tramp-ftp-enable-ange-ftp "tramp-ftp" "\
28634
28635
28636 \(fn)" nil nil)
28637
28638 ;;;***
28639 \f
28640 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tutorial" "tutorial.el" (22011 58554 85858
28641 ;;;;;; 469000))
28642 ;;; Generated autoloads from tutorial.el
28643
28644 (autoload 'help-with-tutorial "tutorial" "\
28645 Select the Emacs learn-by-doing tutorial.
28646 If there is a tutorial version written in the language
28647 of the selected language environment, that version is used.
28648 If there's no tutorial in that language, `TUTORIAL' is selected.
28649 With ARG, you are asked to choose which language.
28650 If DONT-ASK-FOR-REVERT is non-nil the buffer is reverted without
28651 any question when restarting the tutorial.
28652
28653 If any of the standard Emacs key bindings that are used in the
28654 tutorial have been changed then an explanatory note about this is
28655 shown in the beginning of the tutorial buffer.
28656
28657 When the tutorial buffer is killed the content and the point
28658 position in the buffer is saved so that the tutorial may be
28659 resumed later.
28660
28661 \(fn &optional ARG DONT-ASK-FOR-REVERT)" t nil)
28662
28663 ;;;***
28664 \f
28665 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tv-util" "language/tv-util.el" (21855 577
28666 ;;;;;; 57945 485000))
28667 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/tv-util.el
28668
28669 (autoload 'tai-viet-composition-function "tv-util" "\
28670
28671
28672 \(fn FROM TO FONT-OBJECT STRING)" nil nil)
28673
28674 ;;;***
28675 \f
28676 ;;;### (autoloads nil "two-column" "textmodes/two-column.el" (21998
28677 ;;;;;; 46517 298024 649000))
28678 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/two-column.el
28679 (autoload '2C-command "two-column" () t 'keymap)
28680 (global-set-key "\C-x6" '2C-command)
28681 (global-set-key [f2] '2C-command)
28682
28683 (autoload '2C-two-columns "two-column" "\
28684 Split current window vertically for two-column editing.
28685 \\<global-map>When called the first time, associates a buffer with the current
28686 buffer in two-column minor mode (use \\[describe-mode] once in the mode,
28687 for details.). It runs `2C-other-buffer-hook' in the new buffer.
28688 When called again, restores the screen layout with the current buffer
28689 first and the associated buffer to its right.
28690
28691 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
28692
28693 (autoload '2C-associate-buffer "two-column" "\
28694 Associate another buffer with this one in two-column minor mode.
28695 Can also be used to associate a just previously visited file, by
28696 accepting the proposed default buffer.
28697
28698 \(See \\[describe-mode] .)
28699
28700 \(fn)" t nil)
28701
28702 (autoload '2C-split "two-column" "\
28703 Split a two-column text at point, into two buffers in two-column minor mode.
28704 Point becomes the local value of `2C-window-width'. Only lines that
28705 have the ARG same preceding characters at that column get split. The
28706 ARG preceding characters without any leading whitespace become the local
28707 value for `2C-separator'. This way lines that continue across both
28708 columns remain untouched in the first buffer.
28709
28710 This function can be used with a prototype line, to set up things. You
28711 write the first line of each column and then split that line. E.g.:
28712
28713 First column's text sSs Second column's text
28714 \\___/\\
28715 / \\
28716 5 character Separator You type M-5 \\[2C-split] with the point here.
28717
28718 \(See \\[describe-mode] .)
28719
28720 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
28721
28722 ;;;***
28723 \f
28724 ;;;### (autoloads nil "type-break" "type-break.el" (22011 58554 85858
28725 ;;;;;; 469000))
28726 ;;; Generated autoloads from type-break.el
28727
28728 (defvar type-break-mode nil "\
28729 Non-nil if Type-Break mode is enabled.
28730 See the command `type-break-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
28731 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
28732 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
28733 or call the function `type-break-mode'.")
28734
28735 (custom-autoload 'type-break-mode "type-break" nil)
28736
28737 (autoload 'type-break-mode "type-break" "\
28738 Enable or disable typing-break mode.
28739 This is a minor mode, but it is global to all buffers by default.
28740
28741 When this mode is enabled, the user is encouraged to take typing breaks at
28742 appropriate intervals; either after a specified amount of time or when the
28743 user has exceeded a keystroke threshold. When the time arrives, the user
28744 is asked to take a break. If the user refuses at that time, Emacs will ask
28745 again in a short period of time. The idea is to give the user enough time
28746 to find a good breaking point in his or her work, but be sufficiently
28747 annoying to discourage putting typing breaks off indefinitely.
28748
28749 A negative prefix argument disables this mode.
28750 No argument or any non-negative argument enables it.
28751
28752 The user may enable or disable this mode by setting the variable of the
28753 same name, though setting it in that way doesn't reschedule a break or
28754 reset the keystroke counter.
28755
28756 If the mode was previously disabled and is enabled as a consequence of
28757 calling this function, it schedules a break with `type-break-schedule' to
28758 make sure one occurs (the user can call that command to reschedule the
28759 break at any time). It also initializes the keystroke counter.
28760
28761 The variable `type-break-interval' specifies the number of seconds to
28762 schedule between regular typing breaks. This variable doesn't directly
28763 affect the time schedule; it simply provides a default for the
28764 `type-break-schedule' command.
28765
28766 If set, the variable `type-break-good-rest-interval' specifies the minimum
28767 amount of time which is considered a reasonable typing break. Whenever
28768 that time has elapsed, typing breaks are automatically rescheduled for
28769 later even if Emacs didn't prompt you to take one first. Also, if a break
28770 is ended before this much time has elapsed, the user will be asked whether
28771 or not to continue. A nil value for this variable prevents automatic
28772 break rescheduling, making `type-break-interval' an upper bound on the time
28773 between breaks. In this case breaks will be prompted for as usual before
28774 the upper bound if the keystroke threshold is reached.
28775
28776 If `type-break-good-rest-interval' is nil and
28777 `type-break-good-break-interval' is set, then confirmation is required to
28778 interrupt a break before `type-break-good-break-interval' seconds
28779 have passed. This provides for an upper bound on the time between breaks
28780 together with confirmation of interruptions to these breaks.
28781
28782 The variable `type-break-keystroke-threshold' is used to determine the
28783 thresholds at which typing breaks should be considered. You can use
28784 the command `type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold' to try to
28785 approximate good values for this.
28786
28787 There are several variables that affect how or when warning messages about
28788 imminent typing breaks are displayed. They include:
28789
28790 `type-break-mode-line-message-mode'
28791 `type-break-time-warning-intervals'
28792 `type-break-keystroke-warning-intervals'
28793 `type-break-warning-repeat'
28794 `type-break-warning-countdown-string'
28795 `type-break-warning-countdown-string-type'
28796
28797 There are several variables that affect if, how, and when queries to begin
28798 a typing break occur. They include:
28799
28800 `type-break-query-mode'
28801 `type-break-query-function'
28802 `type-break-query-interval'
28803
28804 The command `type-break-statistics' prints interesting things.
28805
28806 Finally, a file (named `type-break-file-name') is used to store information
28807 across Emacs sessions. This provides recovery of the break status between
28808 sessions and after a crash. Manual changes to the file may result in
28809 problems.
28810
28811 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
28812
28813 (autoload 'type-break "type-break" "\
28814 Take a typing break.
28815
28816 During the break, a demo selected from the functions listed in
28817 `type-break-demo-functions' is run.
28818
28819 After the typing break is finished, the next break is scheduled
28820 as per the function `type-break-schedule'.
28821
28822 \(fn)" t nil)
28823
28824 (autoload 'type-break-statistics "type-break" "\
28825 Print statistics about typing breaks in a temporary buffer.
28826 This includes the last time a typing break was taken, when the next one is
28827 scheduled, the keystroke thresholds and the current keystroke count, etc.
28828
28829 \(fn)" t nil)
28830
28831 (autoload 'type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold "type-break" "\
28832 Guess values for the minimum/maximum keystroke threshold for typing breaks.
28833
28834 If called interactively, the user is prompted for their guess as to how
28835 many words per minute they usually type. This value should not be your
28836 maximum WPM, but your average. Of course, this is harder to gauge since it
28837 can vary considerably depending on what you are doing. For example, one
28838 tends to type less when debugging a program as opposed to writing
28839 documentation. (Perhaps a separate program should be written to estimate
28840 average typing speed.)
28841
28842 From that, this command sets the values in `type-break-keystroke-threshold'
28843 based on a fairly simple algorithm involving assumptions about the average
28844 length of words (5). For the minimum threshold, it uses about a fifth of
28845 the computed maximum threshold.
28846
28847 When called from Lisp programs, the optional args WORDLEN and FRAC can be
28848 used to override the default assumption about average word length and the
28849 fraction of the maximum threshold to which to set the minimum threshold.
28850 FRAC should be the inverse of the fractional value; for example, a value of
28851 2 would mean to use one half, a value of 4 would mean to use one quarter, etc.
28852
28853 \(fn WPM &optional WORDLEN FRAC)" t nil)
28854
28855 ;;;***
28856 \f
28857 ;;;### (autoloads nil "uce" "mail/uce.el" (22026 25907 603502 692000))
28858 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/uce.el
28859
28860 (autoload 'uce-reply-to-uce "uce" "\
28861 Compose a reply to unsolicited commercial email (UCE).
28862 Sets up a reply buffer addressed to: the sender, his postmaster,
28863 his abuse@ address, and the postmaster of the mail relay used.
28864 You might need to set `uce-mail-reader' before using this.
28865
28866 \(fn &optional IGNORED)" t nil)
28867
28868 ;;;***
28869 \f
28870 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ucs-normalize" "international/ucs-normalize.el"
28871 ;;;;;; (21670 32331 385639 720000))
28872 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/ucs-normalize.el
28873
28874 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFD-region "ucs-normalize" "\
28875 Normalize the current region by the Unicode NFD.
28876
28877 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
28878
28879 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFD-string "ucs-normalize" "\
28880 Normalize the string STR by the Unicode NFD.
28881
28882 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
28883
28884 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFC-region "ucs-normalize" "\
28885 Normalize the current region by the Unicode NFC.
28886
28887 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
28888
28889 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFC-string "ucs-normalize" "\
28890 Normalize the string STR by the Unicode NFC.
28891
28892 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
28893
28894 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFKD-region "ucs-normalize" "\
28895 Normalize the current region by the Unicode NFKD.
28896
28897 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
28898
28899 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFKD-string "ucs-normalize" "\
28900 Normalize the string STR by the Unicode NFKD.
28901
28902 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
28903
28904 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFKC-region "ucs-normalize" "\
28905 Normalize the current region by the Unicode NFKC.
28906
28907 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
28908
28909 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFKC-string "ucs-normalize" "\
28910 Normalize the string STR by the Unicode NFKC.
28911
28912 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
28913
28914 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-HFS-NFD-region "ucs-normalize" "\
28915 Normalize the current region by the Unicode NFD and Mac OS's HFS Plus.
28916
28917 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
28918
28919 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-HFS-NFD-string "ucs-normalize" "\
28920 Normalize the string STR by the Unicode NFD and Mac OS's HFS Plus.
28921
28922 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
28923
28924 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-HFS-NFC-region "ucs-normalize" "\
28925 Normalize the current region by the Unicode NFC and Mac OS's HFS Plus.
28926
28927 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
28928
28929 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-HFS-NFC-string "ucs-normalize" "\
28930 Normalize the string STR by the Unicode NFC and Mac OS's HFS Plus.
28931
28932 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
28933
28934 ;;;***
28935 \f
28936 ;;;### (autoloads nil "underline" "textmodes/underline.el" (21670
28937 ;;;;;; 32331 885635 586000))
28938 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/underline.el
28939
28940 (autoload 'underline-region "underline" "\
28941 Underline all nonblank characters in the region.
28942 Works by overstriking underscores.
28943 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
28944 which specify the range to operate on.
28945
28946 \(fn START END)" t nil)
28947
28948 (autoload 'ununderline-region "underline" "\
28949 Remove all underlining (overstruck underscores) in the region.
28950 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
28951 which specify the range to operate on.
28952
28953 \(fn START END)" t nil)
28954
28955 ;;;***
28956 \f
28957 ;;;### (autoloads nil "unrmail" "mail/unrmail.el" (21670 32331 385639
28958 ;;;;;; 720000))
28959 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/unrmail.el
28960
28961 (autoload 'batch-unrmail "unrmail" "\
28962 Convert old-style Rmail Babyl files to mbox format.
28963 Specify the input Rmail Babyl file names as command line arguments.
28964 For each Rmail file, the corresponding output file name
28965 is made by adding `.mail' at the end.
28966 For example, invoke `emacs -batch -f batch-unrmail RMAIL'.
28967
28968 \(fn)" nil nil)
28969
28970 (autoload 'unrmail "unrmail" "\
28971 Convert old-style Rmail Babyl file FILE to mbox format file TO-FILE.
28972 The variable `unrmail-mbox-format' controls which mbox format to use.
28973
28974 \(fn FILE TO-FILE)" t nil)
28975
28976 ;;;***
28977 \f
28978 ;;;### (autoloads nil "unsafep" "emacs-lisp/unsafep.el" (21670 32330
28979 ;;;;;; 885624 725000))
28980 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/unsafep.el
28981
28982 (autoload 'unsafep "unsafep" "\
28983 Return nil if evaluating FORM couldn't possibly do any harm.
28984 Otherwise result is a reason why FORM is unsafe.
28985 UNSAFEP-VARS is a list of symbols with local bindings.
28986
28987 \(fn FORM &optional UNSAFEP-VARS)" nil nil)
28988
28989 ;;;***
28990 \f
28991 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url" "url/url.el" (21670 32331 885635 586000))
28992 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url.el
28993
28994 (autoload 'url-retrieve "url" "\
28995 Retrieve URL asynchronously and call CALLBACK with CBARGS when finished.
28996 URL is either a string or a parsed URL. If it is a string
28997 containing characters that are not valid in a URI, those
28998 characters are percent-encoded; see `url-encode-url'.
28999
29000 CALLBACK is called when the object has been completely retrieved, with
29001 the current buffer containing the object, and any MIME headers associated
29002 with it. It is called as (apply CALLBACK STATUS CBARGS).
29003 STATUS is a plist representing what happened during the request,
29004 with most recent events first, or an empty list if no events have
29005 occurred. Each pair is one of:
29006
29007 \(:redirect REDIRECTED-TO) - the request was redirected to this URL
29008 \(:error (ERROR-SYMBOL . DATA)) - an error occurred. The error can be
29009 signaled with (signal ERROR-SYMBOL DATA).
29010
29011 Return the buffer URL will load into, or nil if the process has
29012 already completed (i.e. URL was a mailto URL or similar; in this case
29013 the callback is not called).
29014
29015 The variables `url-request-data', `url-request-method' and
29016 `url-request-extra-headers' can be dynamically bound around the
29017 request; dynamic binding of other variables doesn't necessarily
29018 take effect.
29019
29020 If SILENT, then don't message progress reports and the like.
29021 If INHIBIT-COOKIES, cookies will neither be stored nor sent to
29022 the server.
29023 If URL is a multibyte string, it will be encoded as utf-8 and
29024 URL-encoded before it's used.
29025
29026 \(fn URL CALLBACK &optional CBARGS SILENT INHIBIT-COOKIES)" nil nil)
29027
29028 (autoload 'url-retrieve-synchronously "url" "\
29029 Retrieve URL synchronously.
29030 Return the buffer containing the data, or nil if there are no data
29031 associated with it (the case for dired, info, or mailto URLs that need
29032 no further processing). URL is either a string or a parsed URL.
29033
29034 \(fn URL &optional SILENT INHIBIT-COOKIES)" nil nil)
29035
29036 ;;;***
29037 \f
29038 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-auth" "url/url-auth.el" (21989 31537 943825
29039 ;;;;;; 721000))
29040 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-auth.el
29041
29042 (autoload 'url-get-authentication "url-auth" "\
29043 Return an authorization string suitable for use in the WWW-Authenticate
29044 header in an HTTP/1.0 request.
29045
29046 URL is the url you are requesting authorization to. This can be either a
29047 string representing the URL, or the parsed representation returned by
29048 `url-generic-parse-url'
29049 REALM is the realm at a specific site we are looking for. This should be a
29050 string specifying the exact realm, or nil or the symbol `any' to
29051 specify that the filename portion of the URL should be used as the
29052 realm
29053 TYPE is the type of authentication to be returned. This is either a string
29054 representing the type (basic, digest, etc), or nil or the symbol `any'
29055 to specify that any authentication is acceptable. If requesting `any'
29056 the strongest matching authentication will be returned. If this is
29057 wrong, it's no big deal, the error from the server will specify exactly
29058 what type of auth to use
29059 PROMPT is boolean - specifies whether to ask the user for a username/password
29060 if one cannot be found in the cache
29061
29062 \(fn URL REALM TYPE PROMPT &optional ARGS)" nil nil)
29063
29064 (autoload 'url-register-auth-scheme "url-auth" "\
29065 Register an HTTP authentication method.
29066
29067 TYPE is a string or symbol specifying the name of the method.
29068 This should be the same thing you expect to get returned in
29069 an Authenticate header in HTTP/1.0 - it will be downcased.
29070 FUNCTION is the function to call to get the authorization information.
29071 This defaults to `url-?-auth', where ? is TYPE.
29072 RATING a rating between 1 and 10 of the strength of the authentication.
29073 This is used when asking for the best authentication for a specific
29074 URL. The item with the highest rating is returned.
29075
29076 \(fn TYPE &optional FUNCTION RATING)" nil nil)
29077
29078 ;;;***
29079 \f
29080 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-cache" "url/url-cache.el" (21670 32331
29081 ;;;;;; 885635 586000))
29082 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-cache.el
29083
29084 (autoload 'url-store-in-cache "url-cache" "\
29085 Store buffer BUFF in the cache.
29086
29087 \(fn &optional BUFF)" nil nil)
29088
29089 (autoload 'url-is-cached "url-cache" "\
29090 Return non-nil if the URL is cached.
29091 The actual return value is the last modification time of the cache file.
29092
29093 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29094
29095 (autoload 'url-cache-extract "url-cache" "\
29096 Extract FNAM from the local disk cache.
29097
29098 \(fn FNAM)" nil nil)
29099
29100 ;;;***
29101 \f
29102 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-cid" "url/url-cid.el" (21670 32331 885635
29103 ;;;;;; 586000))
29104 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-cid.el
29105
29106 (autoload 'url-cid "url-cid" "\
29107
29108
29109 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29110
29111 ;;;***
29112 \f
29113 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-dav" "url/url-dav.el" (22011 58554 85858
29114 ;;;;;; 469000))
29115 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-dav.el
29116
29117 (autoload 'url-dav-supported-p "url-dav" "\
29118 Return WebDAV protocol version supported by URL.
29119 Returns nil if WebDAV is not supported.
29120
29121 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29122
29123 (autoload 'url-dav-request "url-dav" "\
29124 Perform WebDAV operation METHOD on URL. Return the parsed responses.
29125 Automatically creates an XML request body if TAG is non-nil.
29126 BODY is the XML document fragment to be enclosed by <TAG></TAG>.
29127
29128 DEPTH is how deep the request should propagate. Default is 0, meaning
29129 it should apply only to URL. A negative number means to use
29130 `Infinity' for the depth. Not all WebDAV servers support this depth
29131 though.
29132
29133 HEADERS is an assoc list of extra headers to send in the request.
29134
29135 NAMESPACES is an assoc list of (NAMESPACE . EXPANSION), and these are
29136 added to the <TAG> element. The DAV=DAV: namespace is automatically
29137 added to this list, so most requests can just pass in nil.
29138
29139 \(fn URL METHOD TAG BODY &optional DEPTH HEADERS NAMESPACES)" nil nil)
29140
29141 (autoload 'url-dav-vc-registered "url-dav" "\
29142
29143
29144 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29145
29146 ;;;***
29147 \f
29148 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-file" "url/url-file.el" (21670 32331 885635
29149 ;;;;;; 586000))
29150 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-file.el
29151
29152 (autoload 'url-file "url-file" "\
29153 Handle file: and ftp: URLs.
29154
29155 \(fn URL CALLBACK CBARGS)" nil nil)
29156
29157 ;;;***
29158 \f
29159 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-gw" "url/url-gw.el" (22011 58554 85858
29160 ;;;;;; 469000))
29161 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-gw.el
29162
29163 (autoload 'url-gateway-nslookup-host "url-gw" "\
29164 Attempt to resolve the given HOST using nslookup if possible.
29165
29166 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
29167
29168 (autoload 'url-open-stream "url-gw" "\
29169 Open a stream to HOST, possibly via a gateway.
29170 Args per `open-network-stream'.
29171 Will not make a connection if `url-gateway-unplugged' is non-nil.
29172 Might do a non-blocking connection; use `process-status' to check.
29173
29174 Optional arg GATEWAY-METHOD specifies the gateway to be used,
29175 overriding the value of `url-gateway-method'.
29176
29177 \(fn NAME BUFFER HOST SERVICE &optional GATEWAY-METHOD)" nil nil)
29178
29179 ;;;***
29180 \f
29181 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-handlers" "url/url-handlers.el" (22089
29182 ;;;;;; 47939 367694 315000))
29183 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-handlers.el
29184
29185 (defvar url-handler-mode nil "\
29186 Non-nil if Url-Handler mode is enabled.
29187 See the command `url-handler-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
29188 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
29189 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
29190 or call the function `url-handler-mode'.")
29191
29192 (custom-autoload 'url-handler-mode "url-handlers" nil)
29193
29194 (autoload 'url-handler-mode "url-handlers" "\
29195 Toggle using `url' library for URL filenames (URL Handler mode).
29196 With a prefix argument ARG, enable URL Handler mode if ARG is
29197 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
29198 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
29199
29200 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
29201
29202 (autoload 'url-file-handler "url-handlers" "\
29203 Function called from the `file-name-handler-alist' routines.
29204 OPERATION is what needs to be done (`file-exists-p', etc). ARGS are
29205 the arguments that would have been passed to OPERATION.
29206
29207 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
29208
29209 (autoload 'url-copy-file "url-handlers" "\
29210 Copy URL to NEWNAME. Both args must be strings.
29211 Signals a `file-already-exists' error if file NEWNAME already exists,
29212 unless a third argument OK-IF-ALREADY-EXISTS is supplied and non-nil.
29213 A number as third arg means request confirmation if NEWNAME already exists.
29214 This is what happens in interactive use with M-x.
29215 Fourth arg KEEP-TIME non-nil means give the new file the same
29216 last-modified time as the old one. (This works on only some systems.)
29217 Fifth arg PRESERVE-UID-GID is ignored.
29218 A prefix arg makes KEEP-TIME non-nil.
29219
29220 \(fn URL NEWNAME &optional OK-IF-ALREADY-EXISTS KEEP-TIME PRESERVE-UID-GID)" nil nil)
29221
29222 (autoload 'url-file-local-copy "url-handlers" "\
29223 Copy URL into a temporary file on this machine.
29224 Returns the name of the local copy, or nil, if FILE is directly
29225 accessible.
29226
29227 \(fn URL &rest IGNORED)" nil nil)
29228
29229 (autoload 'url-insert-file-contents "url-handlers" "\
29230
29231
29232 \(fn URL &optional VISIT BEG END REPLACE)" nil nil)
29233
29234 ;;;***
29235 \f
29236 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-http" "url/url-http.el" (22018 31799 119263
29237 ;;;;;; 120000))
29238 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-http.el
29239 (autoload 'url-default-expander "url-expand")
29240
29241 (defalias 'url-https-expand-file-name 'url-default-expander)
29242 (autoload 'url-https "url-http")
29243 (autoload 'url-https-file-exists-p "url-http")
29244 (autoload 'url-https-file-readable-p "url-http")
29245 (autoload 'url-https-file-attributes "url-http")
29246
29247 ;;;***
29248 \f
29249 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-irc" "url/url-irc.el" (21670 32331 885635
29250 ;;;;;; 586000))
29251 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-irc.el
29252
29253 (autoload 'url-irc "url-irc" "\
29254
29255
29256 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29257
29258 ;;;***
29259 \f
29260 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-ldap" "url/url-ldap.el" (21670 32331 885635
29261 ;;;;;; 586000))
29262 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-ldap.el
29263
29264 (autoload 'url-ldap "url-ldap" "\
29265 Perform an LDAP search specified by URL.
29266 The return value is a buffer displaying the search results in HTML.
29267 URL can be a URL string, or a URL vector of the type returned by
29268 `url-generic-parse-url'.
29269
29270 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29271
29272 ;;;***
29273 \f
29274 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-mailto" "url/url-mailto.el" (21670 32331
29275 ;;;;;; 885635 586000))
29276 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-mailto.el
29277
29278 (autoload 'url-mail "url-mailto" "\
29279
29280
29281 \(fn &rest ARGS)" t nil)
29282
29283 (autoload 'url-mailto "url-mailto" "\
29284 Handle the mailto: URL syntax.
29285
29286 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29287
29288 ;;;***
29289 \f
29290 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-misc" "url/url-misc.el" (21670 32331 885635
29291 ;;;;;; 586000))
29292 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-misc.el
29293
29294 (autoload 'url-man "url-misc" "\
29295 Fetch a Unix manual page URL.
29296
29297 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29298
29299 (autoload 'url-info "url-misc" "\
29300 Fetch a GNU Info URL.
29301
29302 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29303
29304 (autoload 'url-generic-emulator-loader "url-misc" "\
29305
29306
29307 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29308
29309 (defalias 'url-rlogin 'url-generic-emulator-loader)
29310
29311 (defalias 'url-telnet 'url-generic-emulator-loader)
29312
29313 (defalias 'url-tn3270 'url-generic-emulator-loader)
29314
29315 (autoload 'url-data "url-misc" "\
29316 Fetch a data URL (RFC 2397).
29317
29318 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29319
29320 ;;;***
29321 \f
29322 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-news" "url/url-news.el" (21670 32331 885635
29323 ;;;;;; 586000))
29324 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-news.el
29325
29326 (autoload 'url-news "url-news" "\
29327
29328
29329 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29330
29331 (autoload 'url-snews "url-news" "\
29332
29333
29334 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29335
29336 ;;;***
29337 \f
29338 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-ns" "url/url-ns.el" (21670 32331 885635
29339 ;;;;;; 586000))
29340 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-ns.el
29341
29342 (autoload 'isPlainHostName "url-ns" "\
29343
29344
29345 \(fn HOST)" nil nil)
29346
29347 (autoload 'dnsDomainIs "url-ns" "\
29348
29349
29350 \(fn HOST DOM)" nil nil)
29351
29352 (autoload 'dnsResolve "url-ns" "\
29353
29354
29355 \(fn HOST)" nil nil)
29356
29357 (autoload 'isResolvable "url-ns" "\
29358
29359
29360 \(fn HOST)" nil nil)
29361
29362 (autoload 'isInNet "url-ns" "\
29363
29364
29365 \(fn IP NET MASK)" nil nil)
29366
29367 (autoload 'url-ns-prefs "url-ns" "\
29368
29369
29370 \(fn &optional FILE)" nil nil)
29371
29372 (autoload 'url-ns-user-pref "url-ns" "\
29373
29374
29375 \(fn KEY &optional DEFAULT)" nil nil)
29376
29377 ;;;***
29378 \f
29379 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-parse" "url/url-parse.el" (21670 32331
29380 ;;;;;; 885635 586000))
29381 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-parse.el
29382
29383 (autoload 'url-recreate-url "url-parse" "\
29384 Recreate a URL string from the parsed URLOBJ.
29385
29386 \(fn URLOBJ)" nil nil)
29387
29388 (autoload 'url-generic-parse-url "url-parse" "\
29389 Return an URL-struct of the parts of URL.
29390 The CL-style struct contains the following fields:
29391
29392 TYPE is the URI scheme (string or nil).
29393 USER is the user name (string or nil).
29394 PASSWORD is the password (string [deprecated] or nil).
29395 HOST is the host (a registered name, IP literal in square
29396 brackets, or IPv4 address in dotted-decimal form).
29397 PORTSPEC is the specified port (a number), or nil.
29398 FILENAME is the path AND the query component of the URI.
29399 TARGET is the fragment identifier component (used to refer to a
29400 subordinate resource, e.g. a part of a webpage).
29401 ATTRIBUTES is nil; this slot originally stored the attribute and
29402 value alists for IMAP URIs, but this feature was removed
29403 since it conflicts with RFC 3986.
29404 FULLNESS is non-nil if the hierarchical sequence component of
29405 the URL starts with two slashes, \"//\".
29406
29407 The parser follows RFC 3986, except that it also tries to handle
29408 URIs that are not fully specified (e.g. lacking TYPE), and it
29409 does not check for or perform %-encoding.
29410
29411 Here is an example. The URL
29412
29413 foo://bob:pass@example.com:42/a/b/c.dtb?type=animal&name=narwhal#nose
29414
29415 parses to
29416
29417 TYPE = \"foo\"
29418 USER = \"bob\"
29419 PASSWORD = \"pass\"
29420 HOST = \"example.com\"
29421 PORTSPEC = 42
29422 FILENAME = \"/a/b/c.dtb?type=animal&name=narwhal\"
29423 TARGET = \"nose\"
29424 ATTRIBUTES = nil
29425 FULLNESS = t
29426
29427 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29428
29429 ;;;***
29430 \f
29431 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-privacy" "url/url-privacy.el" (21670 32331
29432 ;;;;;; 885635 586000))
29433 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-privacy.el
29434
29435 (autoload 'url-setup-privacy-info "url-privacy" "\
29436 Setup variables that expose info about you and your system.
29437
29438 \(fn)" t nil)
29439
29440 ;;;***
29441 \f
29442 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-queue" "url/url-queue.el" (21670 32331
29443 ;;;;;; 885635 586000))
29444 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-queue.el
29445
29446 (autoload 'url-queue-retrieve "url-queue" "\
29447 Retrieve URL asynchronously and call CALLBACK with CBARGS when finished.
29448 This is like `url-retrieve' (which see for details of the arguments),
29449 but with limits on the degree of parallelism. The variable
29450 `url-queue-parallel-processes' sets the number of concurrent processes.
29451 The variable `url-queue-timeout' sets a timeout.
29452
29453 \(fn URL CALLBACK &optional CBARGS SILENT INHIBIT-COOKIES)" nil nil)
29454
29455 ;;;***
29456 \f
29457 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-tramp" "url/url-tramp.el" (21670 32331
29458 ;;;;;; 885635 586000))
29459 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-tramp.el
29460
29461 (defvar url-tramp-protocols '("ftp" "ssh" "scp" "rsync" "telnet") "\
29462 List of URL protocols the work is handled by Tramp.
29463 They must also be covered by `url-handler-regexp'.")
29464
29465 (custom-autoload 'url-tramp-protocols "url-tramp" t)
29466
29467 (autoload 'url-tramp-file-handler "url-tramp" "\
29468 Function called from the `file-name-handler-alist' routines.
29469 OPERATION is what needs to be done. ARGS are the arguments that
29470 would have been passed to OPERATION.
29471
29472 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
29473
29474 ;;;***
29475 \f
29476 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-util" "url/url-util.el" (21993 28596 418597
29477 ;;;;;; 473000))
29478 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-util.el
29479
29480 (defvar url-debug nil "\
29481 What types of debug messages from the URL library to show.
29482 Debug messages are logged to the *URL-DEBUG* buffer.
29483
29484 If t, all messages will be logged.
29485 If a number, all messages will be logged, as well shown via `message'.
29486 If a list, it is a list of the types of messages to be logged.")
29487
29488 (custom-autoload 'url-debug "url-util" t)
29489
29490 (autoload 'url-debug "url-util" "\
29491
29492
29493 \(fn TAG &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
29494
29495 (autoload 'url-parse-args "url-util" "\
29496
29497
29498 \(fn STR &optional NODOWNCASE)" nil nil)
29499
29500 (autoload 'url-insert-entities-in-string "url-util" "\
29501 Convert HTML markup-start characters to entity references in STRING.
29502 Also replaces the \" character, so that the result may be safely used as
29503 an attribute value in a tag. Returns a new string with the result of the
29504 conversion. Replaces these characters as follows:
29505 & ==> &amp;
29506 < ==> &lt;
29507 > ==> &gt;
29508 \" ==> &quot;
29509
29510 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
29511
29512 (autoload 'url-normalize-url "url-util" "\
29513 Return a 'normalized' version of URL.
29514 Strips out default port numbers, etc.
29515
29516 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29517
29518 (autoload 'url-lazy-message "url-util" "\
29519 Just like `message', but is a no-op if called more than once a second.
29520 Will not do anything if `url-show-status' is nil.
29521
29522 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
29523
29524 (autoload 'url-get-normalized-date "url-util" "\
29525 Return a 'real' date string that most HTTP servers can understand.
29526
29527 \(fn &optional SPECIFIED-TIME)" nil nil)
29528
29529 (autoload 'url-eat-trailing-space "url-util" "\
29530 Remove spaces/tabs at the end of a string.
29531
29532 \(fn X)" nil nil)
29533
29534 (autoload 'url-strip-leading-spaces "url-util" "\
29535 Remove spaces at the front of a string.
29536
29537 \(fn X)" nil nil)
29538
29539 (autoload 'url-display-percentage "url-util" "\
29540
29541
29542 \(fn FMT PERC &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
29543
29544 (autoload 'url-percentage "url-util" "\
29545
29546
29547 \(fn X Y)" nil nil)
29548
29549 (defalias 'url-basepath 'url-file-directory)
29550
29551 (autoload 'url-file-directory "url-util" "\
29552 Return the directory part of FILE, for a URL.
29553
29554 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
29555
29556 (autoload 'url-file-nondirectory "url-util" "\
29557 Return the nondirectory part of FILE, for a URL.
29558
29559 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
29560
29561 (autoload 'url-parse-query-string "url-util" "\
29562
29563
29564 \(fn QUERY &optional DOWNCASE ALLOW-NEWLINES)" nil nil)
29565
29566 (autoload 'url-build-query-string "url-util" "\
29567 Build a query-string.
29568
29569 Given a QUERY in the form:
29570 ((key1 val1)
29571 (key2 val2)
29572 (key3 val1 val2)
29573 (key4)
29574 (key5 \"\"))
29575
29576 \(This is the same format as produced by `url-parse-query-string')
29577
29578 This will return a string
29579 \"key1=val1&key2=val2&key3=val1&key3=val2&key4&key5\". Keys may
29580 be strings or symbols; if they are symbols, the symbol name will
29581 be used.
29582
29583 When SEMICOLONS is given, the separator will be \";\".
29584
29585 When KEEP-EMPTY is given, empty values will show as \"key=\"
29586 instead of just \"key\" as in the example above.
29587
29588 \(fn QUERY &optional SEMICOLONS KEEP-EMPTY)" nil nil)
29589
29590 (autoload 'url-unhex-string "url-util" "\
29591 Remove %XX embedded spaces, etc in a URL.
29592 If optional second argument ALLOW-NEWLINES is non-nil, then allow the
29593 decoding of carriage returns and line feeds in the string, which is normally
29594 forbidden in URL encoding.
29595
29596 \(fn STR &optional ALLOW-NEWLINES)" nil nil)
29597
29598 (autoload 'url-hexify-string "url-util" "\
29599 URI-encode STRING and return the result.
29600 If STRING is multibyte, it is first converted to a utf-8 byte
29601 string. Each byte corresponding to an allowed character is left
29602 as-is, while all other bytes are converted to a three-character
29603 string: \"%\" followed by two upper-case hex digits.
29604
29605 The allowed characters are specified by ALLOWED-CHARS. If this
29606 argument is nil, the list `url-unreserved-chars' determines the
29607 allowed characters. Otherwise, ALLOWED-CHARS should be a vector
29608 whose Nth element is non-nil if character N is allowed.
29609
29610 \(fn STRING &optional ALLOWED-CHARS)" nil nil)
29611
29612 (autoload 'url-encode-url "url-util" "\
29613 Return a properly URI-encoded version of URL.
29614 This function also performs URI normalization, e.g. converting
29615 the scheme to lowercase if it is uppercase. Apart from
29616 normalization, if URL is already URI-encoded, this function
29617 should return it unchanged.
29618
29619 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29620
29621 (autoload 'url-file-extension "url-util" "\
29622 Return the filename extension of FNAME.
29623 If optional argument X is t, then return the basename
29624 of the file with the extension stripped off.
29625
29626 \(fn FNAME &optional X)" nil nil)
29627
29628 (autoload 'url-truncate-url-for-viewing "url-util" "\
29629 Return a shortened version of URL that is WIDTH characters wide or less.
29630 WIDTH defaults to the current frame width.
29631
29632 \(fn URL &optional WIDTH)" nil nil)
29633
29634 (autoload 'url-view-url "url-util" "\
29635 View the current document's URL.
29636 Optional argument NO-SHOW means just return the URL, don't show it in
29637 the minibuffer.
29638
29639 This uses `url-current-object', set locally to the buffer.
29640
29641 \(fn &optional NO-SHOW)" t nil)
29642
29643 ;;;***
29644 \f
29645 ;;;### (autoloads nil "userlock" "userlock.el" (21976 19510 152430
29646 ;;;;;; 241000))
29647 ;;; Generated autoloads from userlock.el
29648
29649 (autoload 'ask-user-about-lock "userlock" "\
29650 Ask user what to do when he wants to edit FILE but it is locked by OPPONENT.
29651 This function has a choice of three things to do:
29652 do (signal 'file-locked (list FILE OPPONENT))
29653 to refrain from editing the file
29654 return t (grab the lock on the file)
29655 return nil (edit the file even though it is locked).
29656 You can redefine this function to choose among those three alternatives
29657 in any way you like.
29658
29659 \(fn FILE OPPONENT)" nil nil)
29660
29661 (autoload 'ask-user-about-supersession-threat "userlock" "\
29662 Ask a user who is about to modify an obsolete buffer what to do.
29663 This function has two choices: it can return, in which case the modification
29664 of the buffer will proceed, or it can (signal 'file-supersession (file)),
29665 in which case the proposed buffer modification will not be made.
29666
29667 You can rewrite this to use any criterion you like to choose which one to do.
29668 The buffer in question is current when this function is called.
29669
29670 \(fn FN)" nil nil)
29671
29672 ;;;***
29673 \f
29674 ;;;### (autoloads nil "utf-7" "international/utf-7.el" (21670 32331
29675 ;;;;;; 385639 720000))
29676 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/utf-7.el
29677
29678 (autoload 'utf-7-post-read-conversion "utf-7" "\
29679
29680
29681 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
29682
29683 (autoload 'utf-7-imap-post-read-conversion "utf-7" "\
29684
29685
29686 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
29687
29688 (autoload 'utf-7-pre-write-conversion "utf-7" "\
29689
29690
29691 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
29692
29693 (autoload 'utf-7-imap-pre-write-conversion "utf-7" "\
29694
29695
29696 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
29697
29698 ;;;***
29699 \f
29700 ;;;### (autoloads nil "utf7" "gnus/utf7.el" (21670 32331 385639 720000))
29701 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/utf7.el
29702
29703 (autoload 'utf7-encode "utf7" "\
29704 Encode UTF-7 STRING. Use IMAP modification if FOR-IMAP is non-nil.
29705
29706 \(fn STRING &optional FOR-IMAP)" nil nil)
29707
29708 ;;;***
29709 \f
29710 ;;;### (autoloads nil "uudecode" "mail/uudecode.el" (21855 577 67944
29711 ;;;;;; 554000))
29712 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/uudecode.el
29713
29714 (autoload 'uudecode-decode-region-external "uudecode" "\
29715 Uudecode region between START and END using external program.
29716 If FILE-NAME is non-nil, save the result to FILE-NAME. The program
29717 used is specified by `uudecode-decoder-program'.
29718
29719 \(fn START END &optional FILE-NAME)" t nil)
29720
29721 (autoload 'uudecode-decode-region-internal "uudecode" "\
29722 Uudecode region between START and END without using an external program.
29723 If FILE-NAME is non-nil, save the result to FILE-NAME.
29724
29725 \(fn START END &optional FILE-NAME)" t nil)
29726
29727 (autoload 'uudecode-decode-region "uudecode" "\
29728 Uudecode region between START and END.
29729 If FILE-NAME is non-nil, save the result to FILE-NAME.
29730
29731 \(fn START END &optional FILE-NAME)" nil nil)
29732
29733 ;;;***
29734 \f
29735 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc" "vc/vc.el" (22083 9150 184915 960000))
29736 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc.el
29737
29738 (defvar vc-checkout-hook nil "\
29739 Normal hook (list of functions) run after checking out a file.
29740 See `run-hooks'.")
29741
29742 (custom-autoload 'vc-checkout-hook "vc" t)
29743
29744 (defvar vc-checkin-hook nil "\
29745 Normal hook (list of functions) run after commit or file checkin.
29746 See also `log-edit-done-hook'.")
29747
29748 (custom-autoload 'vc-checkin-hook "vc" t)
29749
29750 (defvar vc-before-checkin-hook nil "\
29751 Normal hook (list of functions) run before a commit or a file checkin.
29752 See `run-hooks'.")
29753
29754 (custom-autoload 'vc-before-checkin-hook "vc" t)
29755
29756 (autoload 'vc-responsible-backend "vc" "\
29757 Return the name of a backend system that is responsible for FILE.
29758
29759 If FILE is already registered, return the
29760 backend of FILE. If FILE is not registered, then the
29761 first backend in `vc-handled-backends' that declares itself
29762 responsible for FILE is returned.
29763
29764 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
29765
29766 (autoload 'vc-next-action "vc" "\
29767 Do the next logical version control operation on the current fileset.
29768 This requires that all files in the current VC fileset be in the
29769 same state. If not, signal an error.
29770
29771 For merging-based version control systems:
29772 If every file in the VC fileset is not registered for version
29773 control, register the fileset (but don't commit).
29774 If every work file in the VC fileset is added or changed, pop
29775 up a *vc-log* buffer to commit the fileset.
29776 For a centralized version control system, if any work file in
29777 the VC fileset is out of date, offer to update the fileset.
29778
29779 For old-style locking-based version control systems, like RCS:
29780 If every file is not registered, register the file(s).
29781 If every file is registered and unlocked, check out (lock)
29782 the file(s) for editing.
29783 If every file is locked by you and has changes, pop up a
29784 *vc-log* buffer to check in the changes. Leave a
29785 read-only copy of each changed file after checking in.
29786 If every file is locked by you and unchanged, unlock them.
29787 If every file is locked by someone else, offer to steal the lock.
29788
29789 \(fn VERBOSE)" t nil)
29790
29791 (autoload 'vc-register "vc" "\
29792 Register into a version control system.
29793 If VC-FILESET is given, register the files in that fileset.
29794 Otherwise register the current file.
29795 If COMMENT is present, use that as an initial comment.
29796
29797 The version control system to use is found by cycling through the list
29798 `vc-handled-backends'. The first backend in that list which declares
29799 itself responsible for the file (usually because other files in that
29800 directory are already registered under that backend) will be used to
29801 register the file. If no backend declares itself responsible, the
29802 first backend that could register the file is used.
29803
29804 \(fn &optional VC-FILESET COMMENT)" t nil)
29805
29806 (autoload 'vc-version-diff "vc" "\
29807 Report diffs between revisions of the fileset in the repository history.
29808
29809 \(fn FILES REV1 REV2)" t nil)
29810
29811 (autoload 'vc-diff "vc" "\
29812 Display diffs between file revisions.
29813 Normally this compares the currently selected fileset with their
29814 working revisions. With a prefix argument HISTORIC, it reads two revision
29815 designators specifying which revisions to compare.
29816
29817 The optional argument NOT-URGENT non-nil means it is ok to say no to
29818 saving the buffer.
29819
29820 \(fn &optional HISTORIC NOT-URGENT)" t nil)
29821
29822 (autoload 'vc-version-ediff "vc" "\
29823 Show differences between revisions of the fileset in the
29824 repository history using ediff.
29825
29826 \(fn FILES REV1 REV2)" t nil)
29827
29828 (autoload 'vc-ediff "vc" "\
29829 Display diffs between file revisions using ediff.
29830 Normally this compares the currently selected fileset with their
29831 working revisions. With a prefix argument HISTORIC, it reads two revision
29832 designators specifying which revisions to compare.
29833
29834 The optional argument NOT-URGENT non-nil means it is ok to say no to
29835 saving the buffer.
29836
29837 \(fn HISTORIC &optional NOT-URGENT)" t nil)
29838
29839 (autoload 'vc-root-diff "vc" "\
29840 Display diffs between VC-controlled whole tree revisions.
29841 Normally, this compares the tree corresponding to the current
29842 fileset with the working revision.
29843 With a prefix argument HISTORIC, prompt for two revision
29844 designators specifying which revisions to compare.
29845
29846 The optional argument NOT-URGENT non-nil means it is ok to say no to
29847 saving the buffer.
29848
29849 \(fn HISTORIC &optional NOT-URGENT)" t nil)
29850
29851 (autoload 'vc-root-dir "vc" "\
29852 Return the root directory for the current VC tree.
29853 Return nil if the root directory cannot be identified.
29854
29855 \(fn)" nil nil)
29856
29857 (autoload 'vc-revision-other-window "vc" "\
29858 Visit revision REV of the current file in another window.
29859 If the current file is named `F', the revision is named `F.~REV~'.
29860 If `F.~REV~' already exists, use it instead of checking it out again.
29861
29862 \(fn REV)" t nil)
29863
29864 (autoload 'vc-insert-headers "vc" "\
29865 Insert headers into a file for use with a version control system.
29866 Headers desired are inserted at point, and are pulled from
29867 the variable `vc-BACKEND-header'.
29868
29869 \(fn)" t nil)
29870
29871 (autoload 'vc-merge "vc" "\
29872 Perform a version control merge operation.
29873 You must be visiting a version controlled file, or in a `vc-dir' buffer.
29874 On a distributed version control system, this runs a \"merge\"
29875 operation to incorporate changes from another branch onto the
29876 current branch, prompting for an argument list.
29877
29878 On a non-distributed version control system, this merges changes
29879 between two revisions into the current fileset. This asks for
29880 two revisions to merge from in the minibuffer. If the first
29881 revision is a branch number, then merge all changes from that
29882 branch. If the first revision is empty, merge the most recent
29883 changes from the current branch.
29884
29885 \(fn)" t nil)
29886
29887 (autoload 'vc-message-unresolved-conflicts "vc" "\
29888 Display a message indicating unresolved conflicts in FILENAME.
29889
29890 \(fn FILENAME)" nil nil)
29891
29892 (defalias 'vc-resolve-conflicts 'smerge-ediff)
29893
29894 (autoload 'vc-create-tag "vc" "\
29895 Descending recursively from DIR, make a tag called NAME.
29896 For each registered file, the working revision becomes part of
29897 the named configuration. If the prefix argument BRANCHP is
29898 given, the tag is made as a new branch and the files are
29899 checked out in that new branch.
29900
29901 \(fn DIR NAME BRANCHP)" t nil)
29902
29903 (autoload 'vc-retrieve-tag "vc" "\
29904 For each file in or below DIR, retrieve their tagged version NAME.
29905 NAME can name a branch, in which case this command will switch to the
29906 named branch in the directory DIR.
29907 Interactively, prompt for DIR only for VCS that works at file level;
29908 otherwise use the default directory of the current buffer.
29909 If NAME is empty, it refers to the latest revisions of the current branch.
29910 If locking is used for the files in DIR, then there must not be any
29911 locked files at or below DIR (but if NAME is empty, locked files are
29912 allowed and simply skipped).
29913
29914 \(fn DIR NAME)" t nil)
29915
29916 (autoload 'vc-print-log "vc" "\
29917 List the change log of the current fileset in a window.
29918 If WORKING-REVISION is non-nil, leave point at that revision.
29919 If LIMIT is non-nil, it should be a number specifying the maximum
29920 number of revisions to show; the default is `vc-log-show-limit'.
29921
29922 When called interactively with a prefix argument, prompt for
29923 WORKING-REVISION and LIMIT.
29924
29925 \(fn &optional WORKING-REVISION LIMIT)" t nil)
29926
29927 (autoload 'vc-print-root-log "vc" "\
29928 List the change log for the current VC controlled tree in a window.
29929 If LIMIT is non-nil, it should be a number specifying the maximum
29930 number of revisions to show; the default is `vc-log-show-limit'.
29931 When called interactively with a prefix argument, prompt for LIMIT.
29932
29933 \(fn &optional LIMIT)" t nil)
29934
29935 (autoload 'vc-log-incoming "vc" "\
29936 Show a log of changes that will be received with a pull operation from REMOTE-LOCATION.
29937 When called interactively with a prefix argument, prompt for REMOTE-LOCATION.
29938
29939 \(fn &optional REMOTE-LOCATION)" t nil)
29940
29941 (autoload 'vc-log-outgoing "vc" "\
29942 Show a log of changes that will be sent with a push operation to REMOTE-LOCATION.
29943 When called interactively with a prefix argument, prompt for REMOTE-LOCATION.
29944
29945 \(fn &optional REMOTE-LOCATION)" t nil)
29946
29947 (autoload 'vc-region-history "vc" "\
29948 Show the history of the region FROM..TO.
29949
29950 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
29951
29952 (autoload 'vc-revert "vc" "\
29953 Revert working copies of the selected fileset to their repository contents.
29954 This asks for confirmation if the buffer contents are not identical
29955 to the working revision (except for keyword expansion).
29956
29957 \(fn)" t nil)
29958
29959 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'vc-revert-buffer 'vc-revert "23.1")
29960
29961 (autoload 'vc-pull "vc" "\
29962 Update the current fileset or branch.
29963 You must be visiting a version controlled file, or in a `vc-dir' buffer.
29964 On a distributed version control system, this runs a \"pull\"
29965 operation to update the current branch, prompting for an argument
29966 list if required. Optional prefix ARG forces a prompt.
29967
29968 On a non-distributed version control system, update the current
29969 fileset to the tip revisions. For each unchanged and unlocked
29970 file, this simply replaces the work file with the latest revision
29971 on its branch. If the file contains changes, any changes in the
29972 tip revision are merged into the working file.
29973
29974 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
29975
29976 (defalias 'vc-update 'vc-pull)
29977
29978 (autoload 'vc-push "vc" "\
29979 Push the current branch.
29980 You must be visiting a version controlled file, or in a `vc-dir' buffer.
29981 On a distributed version control system, this runs a \"push\"
29982 operation on the current branch, prompting for the precise command
29983 if required. Optional prefix ARG non-nil forces a prompt.
29984 On a non-distributed version control system, this signals an error.
29985
29986 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
29987
29988 (autoload 'vc-switch-backend "vc" "\
29989 Make BACKEND the current version control system for FILE.
29990 FILE must already be registered in BACKEND. The change is not
29991 permanent, only for the current session. This function only changes
29992 VC's perspective on FILE, it does not register or unregister it.
29993 By default, this command cycles through the registered backends.
29994 To get a prompt, use a prefix argument.
29995
29996 \(fn FILE BACKEND)" t nil)
29997
29998 (autoload 'vc-transfer-file "vc" "\
29999 Transfer FILE to another version control system NEW-BACKEND.
30000 If NEW-BACKEND has a higher precedence than FILE's current backend
30001 \(i.e. it comes earlier in `vc-handled-backends'), then register FILE in
30002 NEW-BACKEND, using the revision number from the current backend as the
30003 base level. If NEW-BACKEND has a lower precedence than the current
30004 backend, then commit all changes that were made under the current
30005 backend to NEW-BACKEND, and unregister FILE from the current backend.
30006 \(If FILE is not yet registered under NEW-BACKEND, register it.)
30007
30008 \(fn FILE NEW-BACKEND)" nil nil)
30009
30010 (autoload 'vc-delete-file "vc" "\
30011 Delete file and mark it as such in the version control system.
30012 If called interactively, read FILE, defaulting to the current
30013 buffer's file name if it's under version control.
30014
30015 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
30016
30017 (autoload 'vc-rename-file "vc" "\
30018 Rename file OLD to NEW in both work area and repository.
30019 If called interactively, read OLD and NEW, defaulting OLD to the
30020 current buffer's file name if it's under version control.
30021
30022 \(fn OLD NEW)" t nil)
30023
30024 (autoload 'vc-update-change-log "vc" "\
30025 Find change log file and add entries from recent version control logs.
30026 Normally, find log entries for all registered files in the default
30027 directory.
30028
30029 With prefix arg of \\[universal-argument], only find log entries for the current buffer's file.
30030
30031 With any numeric prefix arg, find log entries for all currently visited
30032 files that are under version control. This puts all the entries in the
30033 log for the default directory, which may not be appropriate.
30034
30035 From a program, any ARGS are assumed to be filenames for which
30036 log entries should be gathered.
30037
30038 \(fn &rest ARGS)" t nil)
30039
30040 (autoload 'vc-branch-part "vc" "\
30041 Return the branch part of a revision number REV.
30042
30043 \(fn REV)" nil nil)
30044
30045 ;;;***
30046 \f
30047 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-annotate" "vc/vc-annotate.el" (22011 58554
30048 ;;;;;; 93858 469000))
30049 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-annotate.el
30050
30051 (autoload 'vc-annotate "vc-annotate" "\
30052 Display the edit history of the current FILE using colors.
30053
30054 This command creates a buffer that shows, for each line of the current
30055 file, when it was last edited and by whom. Additionally, colors are
30056 used to show the age of each line--blue means oldest, red means
30057 youngest, and intermediate colors indicate intermediate ages. By
30058 default, the time scale stretches back one year into the past;
30059 everything that is older than that is shown in blue.
30060
30061 With a prefix argument, this command asks two questions in the
30062 minibuffer. First, you may enter a revision number REV; then the buffer
30063 displays and annotates that revision instead of the working revision
30064 \(type RET in the minibuffer to leave that default unchanged). Then,
30065 you are prompted for the time span in days which the color range
30066 should cover. For example, a time span of 20 days means that changes
30067 over the past 20 days are shown in red to blue, according to their
30068 age, and everything that is older than that is shown in blue.
30069
30070 If MOVE-POINT-TO is given, move the point to that line.
30071
30072 If VC-BK is given used that VC backend.
30073
30074 Customization variables:
30075
30076 `vc-annotate-menu-elements' customizes the menu elements of the
30077 mode-specific menu. `vc-annotate-color-map' and
30078 `vc-annotate-very-old-color' define the mapping of time to colors.
30079 `vc-annotate-background' specifies the background color.
30080 `vc-annotate-background-mode' specifies whether the color map
30081 should be applied to the background or to the foreground.
30082
30083 \(fn FILE REV &optional DISPLAY-MODE BUF MOVE-POINT-TO VC-BK)" t nil)
30084
30085 ;;;***
30086 \f
30087 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-bzr" "vc/vc-bzr.el" (22081 53819 655137
30088 ;;;;;; 351000))
30089 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-bzr.el
30090
30091 (defconst vc-bzr-admin-dirname ".bzr" "\
30092 Name of the directory containing Bzr repository status files.")
30093
30094 (defconst vc-bzr-admin-checkout-format-file (concat vc-bzr-admin-dirname "/checkout/format") "\
30095 Name of the format file in a .bzr directory.")
30096 (defun vc-bzr-registered (file)
30097 (if (vc-find-root file vc-bzr-admin-checkout-format-file)
30098 (progn
30099 (load "vc-bzr" nil t)
30100 (vc-bzr-registered file))))
30101
30102 ;;;***
30103 \f
30104 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-cvs" "vc/vc-cvs.el" (22064 41138 17468
30105 ;;;;;; 395000))
30106 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-cvs.el
30107 (defun vc-cvs-registered (f)
30108 "Return non-nil if file F is registered with CVS."
30109 (when (file-readable-p (expand-file-name
30110 "CVS/Entries" (file-name-directory f)))
30111 (load "vc-cvs" nil t)
30112 (vc-cvs-registered f)))
30113
30114 ;;;***
30115 \f
30116 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-dir" "vc/vc-dir.el" (22085 50883 245731
30117 ;;;;;; 271000))
30118 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-dir.el
30119
30120 (autoload 'vc-dir "vc-dir" "\
30121 Show the VC status for \"interesting\" files in and below DIR.
30122 This allows you to mark files and perform VC operations on them.
30123 The list omits files which are up to date, with no changes in your copy
30124 or the repository, if there is nothing in particular to say about them.
30125
30126 Preparing the list of file status takes time; when the buffer
30127 first appears, it has only the first few lines of summary information.
30128 The file lines appear later.
30129
30130 Optional second argument BACKEND specifies the VC backend to use.
30131 Interactively, a prefix argument means to ask for the backend.
30132
30133 These are the commands available for use in the file status buffer:
30134
30135 \\{vc-dir-mode-map}
30136
30137 \(fn DIR &optional BACKEND)" t nil)
30138
30139 ;;;***
30140 \f
30141 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-dispatcher" "vc/vc-dispatcher.el" (21862
30142 ;;;;;; 60209 928657 362000))
30143 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-dispatcher.el
30144
30145 (autoload 'vc-do-command "vc-dispatcher" "\
30146 Execute a slave command, notifying user and checking for errors.
30147 Output from COMMAND goes to BUFFER, or the current buffer if
30148 BUFFER is t. If the destination buffer is not already current,
30149 set it up properly and erase it. The command is considered
30150 successful if its exit status does not exceed OKSTATUS (if
30151 OKSTATUS is nil, that means to ignore error status, if it is
30152 `async', that means not to wait for termination of the
30153 subprocess; if it is t it means to ignore all execution errors).
30154 FILE-OR-LIST is the name of a working file; it may be a list of
30155 files or be nil (to execute commands that don't expect a file
30156 name or set of files). If an optional list of FLAGS is present,
30157 that is inserted into the command line before the filename.
30158 Return the return value of the slave command in the synchronous
30159 case, and the process object in the asynchronous case.
30160
30161 \(fn BUFFER OKSTATUS COMMAND FILE-OR-LIST &rest FLAGS)" nil nil)
30162
30163 ;;;***
30164 \f
30165 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-git" "vc/vc-git.el" (22081 53819 659137
30166 ;;;;;; 351000))
30167 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-git.el
30168 (defun vc-git-registered (file)
30169 "Return non-nil if FILE is registered with git."
30170 (if (vc-find-root file ".git") ; Short cut.
30171 (progn
30172 (load "vc-git" nil t)
30173 (vc-git-registered file))))
30174
30175 ;;;***
30176 \f
30177 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-hg" "vc/vc-hg.el" (22081 53819 659137 351000))
30178 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-hg.el
30179 (defun vc-hg-registered (file)
30180 "Return non-nil if FILE is registered with hg."
30181 (if (vc-find-root file ".hg") ; short cut
30182 (progn
30183 (load "vc-hg" nil t)
30184 (vc-hg-registered file))))
30185
30186 ;;;***
30187 \f
30188 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-mtn" "vc/vc-mtn.el" (22064 41138 21468
30189 ;;;;;; 395000))
30190 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-mtn.el
30191
30192 (defconst vc-mtn-admin-dir "_MTN" "\
30193 Name of the monotone directory.")
30194
30195 (defconst vc-mtn-admin-format (concat vc-mtn-admin-dir "/format") "\
30196 Name of the monotone directory's format file.")
30197 (defun vc-mtn-registered (file)
30198 (if (vc-find-root file vc-mtn-admin-format)
30199 (progn
30200 (load "vc-mtn" nil t)
30201 (vc-mtn-registered file))))
30202
30203 ;;;***
30204 \f
30205 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-rcs" "vc/vc-rcs.el" (22014 34736 851840
30206 ;;;;;; 613000))
30207 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-rcs.el
30208
30209 (defvar vc-rcs-master-templates (purecopy '("%sRCS/%s,v" "%s%s,v" "%sRCS/%s")) "\
30210 Where to look for RCS master files.
30211 For a description of possible values, see `vc-check-master-templates'.")
30212
30213 (custom-autoload 'vc-rcs-master-templates "vc-rcs" t)
30214
30215 (defun vc-rcs-registered (f) (vc-default-registered 'RCS f))
30216
30217 ;;;***
30218 \f
30219 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-sccs" "vc/vc-sccs.el" (22014 34736 863840
30220 ;;;;;; 613000))
30221 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-sccs.el
30222
30223 (defvar vc-sccs-master-templates (purecopy '("%sSCCS/s.%s" "%ss.%s" vc-sccs-search-project-dir)) "\
30224 Where to look for SCCS master files.
30225 For a description of possible values, see `vc-check-master-templates'.")
30226
30227 (custom-autoload 'vc-sccs-master-templates "vc-sccs" t)
30228
30229 (defun vc-sccs-registered (f) (vc-default-registered 'SCCS f))
30230
30231 (defun vc-sccs-search-project-dir (_dirname basename) "\
30232 Return the name of a master file in the SCCS project directory.
30233 Does not check whether the file exists but returns nil if it does not
30234 find any project directory." (let ((project-dir (getenv "PROJECTDIR")) dirs dir) (when project-dir (if (file-name-absolute-p project-dir) (setq dirs (quote ("SCCS" ""))) (setq dirs (quote ("src/SCCS" "src" "source/SCCS" "source"))) (setq project-dir (expand-file-name (concat "~" project-dir)))) (while (and (not dir) dirs) (setq dir (expand-file-name (car dirs) project-dir)) (unless (file-directory-p dir) (setq dir nil) (setq dirs (cdr dirs)))) (and dir (expand-file-name (concat "s." basename) dir)))))
30235
30236 ;;;***
30237 \f
30238 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-src" "vc/vc-src.el" (22014 34736 863840
30239 ;;;;;; 613000))
30240 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-src.el
30241
30242 (defvar vc-src-master-templates (purecopy '("%s.src/%s,v")) "\
30243 Where to look for SRC master files.
30244 For a description of possible values, see `vc-check-master-templates'.")
30245
30246 (custom-autoload 'vc-src-master-templates "vc-src" t)
30247
30248 (defun vc-src-registered (f) (vc-default-registered 'src f))
30249
30250 ;;;***
30251 \f
30252 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-svn" "vc/vc-svn.el" (22081 53819 663137
30253 ;;;;;; 351000))
30254 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-svn.el
30255 (defun vc-svn-registered (f)
30256 (let ((admin-dir (cond ((and (eq system-type 'windows-nt)
30257 (getenv "SVN_ASP_DOT_NET_HACK"))
30258 "_svn")
30259 (t ".svn"))))
30260 (when (vc-find-root f admin-dir)
30261 (load "vc-svn" nil t)
30262 (vc-svn-registered f))))
30263
30264 ;;;***
30265 \f
30266 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vera-mode" "progmodes/vera-mode.el" (22011
30267 ;;;;;; 58553 929858 469000))
30268 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/vera-mode.el
30269 (push (purecopy '(vera-mode 2 28)) package--builtin-versions)
30270 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist (cons (purecopy "\\.vr[hi]?\\'") 'vera-mode))
30271
30272 (autoload 'vera-mode "vera-mode" "\
30273 Major mode for editing Vera code.
30274
30275 Usage:
30276 ------
30277
30278 INDENTATION: Typing `TAB' at the beginning of a line indents the line.
30279 The amount of indentation is specified by option `vera-basic-offset'.
30280 Indentation can be done for an entire region (`M-C-\\') or buffer (menu).
30281 `TAB' always indents the line if option `vera-intelligent-tab' is nil.
30282
30283 WORD/COMMAND COMPLETION: Typing `TAB' after a (not completed) word looks
30284 for a word in the buffer or a Vera keyword that starts alike, inserts it
30285 and adjusts case. Re-typing `TAB' toggles through alternative word
30286 completions.
30287
30288 Typing `TAB' after a non-word character inserts a tabulator stop (if not
30289 at the beginning of a line). `M-TAB' always inserts a tabulator stop.
30290
30291 COMMENTS: `C-c C-c' comments out a region if not commented out, and
30292 uncomments a region if already commented out.
30293
30294 HIGHLIGHTING (fontification): Vera keywords, predefined types and
30295 constants, function names, declaration names, directives, as well as
30296 comments and strings are highlighted using different colors.
30297
30298 VERA VERSION: OpenVera 1.4 and Vera version 6.2.8.
30299
30300
30301 Maintenance:
30302 ------------
30303
30304 To submit a bug report, use the corresponding menu entry within Vera Mode.
30305 Add a description of the problem and include a reproducible test case.
30306
30307 Feel free to send questions and enhancement requests to <reto@gnu.org>.
30308
30309 Official distribution is at
30310 URL `http://www.iis.ee.ethz.ch/~zimmi/emacs/vera-mode.html'
30311
30312
30313 The Vera Mode Maintainer
30314 Reto Zimmermann <reto@gnu.org>
30315
30316 Key bindings:
30317 -------------
30318
30319 \\{vera-mode-map}
30320
30321 \(fn)" t nil)
30322
30323 ;;;***
30324 \f
30325 ;;;### (autoloads nil "verilog-mode" "progmodes/verilog-mode.el"
30326 ;;;;;; (22097 42046 455599 456000))
30327 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/verilog-mode.el
30328
30329 (autoload 'verilog-mode "verilog-mode" "\
30330 Major mode for editing Verilog code.
30331 \\<verilog-mode-map>
30332 See \\[describe-function] verilog-auto (\\[verilog-auto]) for details on how
30333 AUTOs can improve coding efficiency.
30334
30335 Use \\[verilog-faq] for a pointer to frequently asked questions.
30336
30337 NEWLINE, TAB indents for Verilog code.
30338 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
30339
30340 Supports highlighting.
30341
30342 Turning on Verilog mode calls the value of the variable `verilog-mode-hook'
30343 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
30344
30345 Variables controlling indentation/edit style:
30346
30347 variable `verilog-indent-level' (default 3)
30348 Indentation of Verilog statements with respect to containing block.
30349 `verilog-indent-level-module' (default 3)
30350 Absolute indentation of Module level Verilog statements.
30351 Set to 0 to get initial and always statements lined up
30352 on the left side of your screen.
30353 `verilog-indent-level-declaration' (default 3)
30354 Indentation of declarations with respect to containing block.
30355 Set to 0 to get them list right under containing block.
30356 `verilog-indent-level-behavioral' (default 3)
30357 Indentation of first begin in a task or function block
30358 Set to 0 to get such code to lined up underneath the task or
30359 function keyword.
30360 `verilog-indent-level-directive' (default 1)
30361 Indentation of \\=`ifdef/\\=`endif blocks.
30362 `verilog-cexp-indent' (default 1)
30363 Indentation of Verilog statements broken across lines i.e.:
30364 if (a)
30365 begin
30366 `verilog-case-indent' (default 2)
30367 Indentation for case statements.
30368 `verilog-auto-newline' (default nil)
30369 Non-nil means automatically newline after semicolons and the punctuation
30370 mark after an end.
30371 `verilog-auto-indent-on-newline' (default t)
30372 Non-nil means automatically indent line after newline.
30373 `verilog-tab-always-indent' (default t)
30374 Non-nil means TAB in Verilog mode should always reindent the current line,
30375 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
30376 `verilog-indent-begin-after-if' (default t)
30377 Non-nil means to indent begin statements following a preceding
30378 if, else, while, for and repeat statements, if any. Otherwise,
30379 the begin is lined up with the preceding token. If t, you get:
30380 if (a)
30381 begin // amount of indent based on `verilog-cexp-indent'
30382 otherwise you get:
30383 if (a)
30384 begin
30385 `verilog-auto-endcomments' (default t)
30386 Non-nil means a comment /* ... */ is set after the ends which ends
30387 cases, tasks, functions and modules.
30388 The type and name of the object will be set between the braces.
30389 `verilog-minimum-comment-distance' (default 10)
30390 Minimum distance (in lines) between begin and end required before a comment
30391 will be inserted. Setting this variable to zero results in every
30392 end acquiring a comment; the default avoids too many redundant
30393 comments in tight quarters.
30394 `verilog-auto-lineup' (default 'declarations)
30395 List of contexts where auto lineup of code should be done.
30396
30397 Variables controlling other actions:
30398
30399 `verilog-linter' (default surelint)
30400 Unix program to call to run the lint checker. This is the default
30401 command for \\[compile-command] and \\[verilog-auto-save-compile].
30402
30403 See \\[customize] for the complete list of variables.
30404
30405 AUTO expansion functions are, in part:
30406
30407 \\[verilog-auto] Expand AUTO statements.
30408 \\[verilog-delete-auto] Remove the AUTOs.
30409 \\[verilog-inject-auto] Insert AUTOs for the first time.
30410
30411 Some other functions are:
30412
30413 \\[verilog-complete-word] Complete word with appropriate possibilities.
30414 \\[verilog-mark-defun] Mark function.
30415 \\[verilog-beg-of-defun] Move to beginning of current function.
30416 \\[verilog-end-of-defun] Move to end of current function.
30417 \\[verilog-label-be] Label matching begin ... end, fork ... join, etc statements.
30418
30419 \\[verilog-comment-region] Put marked area in a comment.
30420 \\[verilog-uncomment-region] Uncomment an area commented with \\[verilog-comment-region].
30421 \\[verilog-insert-block] Insert begin ... end.
30422 \\[verilog-star-comment] Insert /* ... */.
30423
30424 \\[verilog-sk-always] Insert an always @(AS) begin .. end block.
30425 \\[verilog-sk-begin] Insert a begin .. end block.
30426 \\[verilog-sk-case] Insert a case block, prompting for details.
30427 \\[verilog-sk-for] Insert a for (...) begin .. end block, prompting for details.
30428 \\[verilog-sk-generate] Insert a generate .. endgenerate block.
30429 \\[verilog-sk-header] Insert a header block at the top of file.
30430 \\[verilog-sk-initial] Insert an initial begin .. end block.
30431 \\[verilog-sk-fork] Insert a fork begin .. end .. join block.
30432 \\[verilog-sk-module] Insert a module .. (/*AUTOARG*/);.. endmodule block.
30433 \\[verilog-sk-ovm-class] Insert an OVM Class block.
30434 \\[verilog-sk-uvm-object] Insert an UVM Object block.
30435 \\[verilog-sk-uvm-component] Insert an UVM Component block.
30436 \\[verilog-sk-primitive] Insert a primitive .. (.. );.. endprimitive block.
30437 \\[verilog-sk-repeat] Insert a repeat (..) begin .. end block.
30438 \\[verilog-sk-specify] Insert a specify .. endspecify block.
30439 \\[verilog-sk-task] Insert a task .. begin .. end endtask block.
30440 \\[verilog-sk-while] Insert a while (...) begin .. end block, prompting for details.
30441 \\[verilog-sk-casex] Insert a casex (...) item: begin.. end endcase block, prompting for details.
30442 \\[verilog-sk-casez] Insert a casez (...) item: begin.. end endcase block, prompting for details.
30443 \\[verilog-sk-if] Insert an if (..) begin .. end block.
30444 \\[verilog-sk-else-if] Insert an else if (..) begin .. end block.
30445 \\[verilog-sk-comment] Insert a comment block.
30446 \\[verilog-sk-assign] Insert an assign .. = ..; statement.
30447 \\[verilog-sk-function] Insert a function .. begin .. end endfunction block.
30448 \\[verilog-sk-input] Insert an input declaration, prompting for details.
30449 \\[verilog-sk-output] Insert an output declaration, prompting for details.
30450 \\[verilog-sk-state-machine] Insert a state machine definition, prompting for details.
30451 \\[verilog-sk-inout] Insert an inout declaration, prompting for details.
30452 \\[verilog-sk-wire] Insert a wire declaration, prompting for details.
30453 \\[verilog-sk-reg] Insert a register declaration, prompting for details.
30454 \\[verilog-sk-define-signal] Define signal under point as a register at the top of the module.
30455
30456 All key bindings can be seen in a Verilog-buffer with \\[describe-bindings].
30457 Key bindings specific to `verilog-mode-map' are:
30458
30459 \\{verilog-mode-map}
30460
30461 \(fn)" t nil)
30462
30463 ;;;***
30464 \f
30465 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vhdl-mode" "progmodes/vhdl-mode.el" (22011
30466 ;;;;;; 58553 969858 469000))
30467 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/vhdl-mode.el
30468
30469 (autoload 'vhdl-mode "vhdl-mode" "\
30470 Major mode for editing VHDL code.
30471
30472 Usage:
30473 ------
30474
30475 TEMPLATE INSERTION (electrification):
30476 After typing a VHDL keyword and entering `SPC', you are prompted for
30477 arguments while a template is generated for that VHDL construct. Typing
30478 `RET' or `C-g' at the first (mandatory) prompt aborts the current
30479 template generation. Optional arguments are indicated by square
30480 brackets and removed if the queried string is left empty. Prompts for
30481 mandatory arguments remain in the code if the queried string is left
30482 empty. They can be queried again by `C-c C-t C-q'. Enabled
30483 electrification is indicated by `/e' in the mode line.
30484
30485 Typing `M-SPC' after a keyword inserts a space without calling the
30486 template generator. Automatic template generation (i.e.
30487 electrification) can be disabled (enabled) by typing `C-c C-m C-e' or by
30488 setting option `vhdl-electric-mode' (see OPTIONS).
30489
30490 Template generators can be invoked from the VHDL menu, by key
30491 bindings, by typing `C-c C-i C-c' and choosing a construct, or by typing
30492 the keyword (i.e. first word of menu entry not in parenthesis) and
30493 `SPC'. The following abbreviations can also be used: arch, attr, cond,
30494 conf, comp, cons, func, inst, pack, sig, var.
30495
30496 Template styles can be customized in customization group
30497 `vhdl-template' (see OPTIONS).
30498
30499
30500 HEADER INSERTION:
30501 A file header can be inserted by `C-c C-t C-h'. A file footer
30502 (template at the end of the file) can be inserted by `C-c C-t C-f'.
30503 See customization group `vhdl-header'.
30504
30505
30506 STUTTERING:
30507 Double striking of some keys inserts cumbersome VHDL syntax elements.
30508 Stuttering can be disabled (enabled) by typing `C-c C-m C-s' or by
30509 option `vhdl-stutter-mode'. Enabled stuttering is indicated by `/s' in
30510 the mode line. The stuttering keys and their effects are:
30511
30512 ;; --> \" : \" [ --> ( -- --> comment
30513 ;;; --> \" := \" [[ --> [ --CR --> comment-out code
30514 .. --> \" => \" ] --> ) --- --> horizontal line
30515 ,, --> \" <= \" ]] --> ] ---- --> display comment
30516 == --> \" == \" \\='\\=' --> \\\"
30517
30518
30519 WORD COMPLETION:
30520 Typing `TAB' after a (not completed) word looks for a VHDL keyword or a
30521 word in the buffer that starts alike, inserts it and adjusts case.
30522 Re-typing `TAB' toggles through alternative word completions. This also
30523 works in the minibuffer (i.e. in template generator prompts).
30524
30525 Typing `TAB' after `(' looks for and inserts complete parenthesized
30526 expressions (e.g. for array index ranges). All keywords as well as
30527 standard types and subprograms of VHDL have predefined abbreviations
30528 (e.g., type \"std\" and `TAB' will toggle through all standard types
30529 beginning with \"std\").
30530
30531 Typing `TAB' after a non-word character indents the line if at the
30532 beginning of a line (i.e. no preceding non-blank characters), and
30533 inserts a tabulator stop otherwise. `M-TAB' always inserts a tabulator
30534 stop.
30535
30536
30537 COMMENTS:
30538 `--' puts a single comment.
30539 `---' draws a horizontal line for separating code segments.
30540 `----' inserts a display comment, i.e. two horizontal lines
30541 with a comment in between.
30542 `--CR' comments out code on that line. Re-hitting CR comments
30543 out following lines.
30544 `C-c C-c' comments out a region if not commented out,
30545 uncomments a region if already commented out. Option
30546 `comment-style' defines where the comment characters
30547 should be placed (beginning of line, indent, etc.).
30548
30549 You are prompted for comments after object definitions (i.e. signals,
30550 variables, constants, ports) and after subprogram and process
30551 specifications if option `vhdl-prompt-for-comments' is non-nil.
30552 Comments are automatically inserted as additional labels (e.g. after
30553 begin statements) and as help comments if `vhdl-self-insert-comments' is
30554 non-nil.
30555
30556 Inline comments (i.e. comments after a piece of code on the same line)
30557 are indented at least to `vhdl-inline-comment-column'. Comments go at
30558 maximum to `vhdl-end-comment-column'. `RET' after a space in a comment
30559 will open a new comment line. Typing beyond `vhdl-end-comment-column'
30560 in a comment automatically opens a new comment line. `M-q' re-fills
30561 multi-line comments.
30562
30563
30564 INDENTATION:
30565 `TAB' indents a line if at the beginning of the line. The amount of
30566 indentation is specified by option `vhdl-basic-offset'. `C-c C-i C-l'
30567 always indents the current line (is bound to `TAB' if option
30568 `vhdl-intelligent-tab' is nil). If a region is active, `TAB' indents
30569 the entire region.
30570
30571 Indentation can be done for a group of lines (`C-c C-i C-g'), a region
30572 (`M-C-\\') or the entire buffer (menu). Argument and port lists are
30573 indented normally (nil) or relative to the opening parenthesis (non-nil)
30574 according to option `vhdl-argument-list-indent'.
30575
30576 If option `vhdl-indent-tabs-mode' is nil, spaces are used instead of
30577 tabs. `\\[tabify]' and `\\[untabify]' allow to convert spaces to tabs
30578 and vice versa.
30579
30580 Syntax-based indentation can be very slow in large files. Option
30581 `vhdl-indent-syntax-based' allows you to use faster but simpler indentation.
30582
30583 Option `vhdl-indent-comment-like-next-code-line' controls whether
30584 comment lines are indented like the preceding or like the following code
30585 line.
30586
30587
30588 ALIGNMENT:
30589 The alignment functions align operators, keywords, and inline comments
30590 to beautify the code. `C-c C-a C-a' aligns a group of consecutive lines
30591 separated by blank lines, `C-c C-a C-i' a block of lines with same
30592 indent. `C-c C-a C-l' aligns all lines belonging to a list enclosed by
30593 a pair of parentheses (e.g. port clause/map, argument list), and `C-c
30594 C-a C-d' all lines within the declarative part of a design unit. `C-c
30595 C-a M-a' aligns an entire region. `C-c C-a C-c' aligns inline comments
30596 for a group of lines, and `C-c C-a M-c' for a region.
30597
30598 If option `vhdl-align-groups' is non-nil, groups of code lines
30599 separated by special lines (see option `vhdl-align-group-separate') are
30600 aligned individually. If option `vhdl-align-same-indent' is non-nil,
30601 blocks of lines with same indent are aligned separately. Some templates
30602 are automatically aligned after generation if option `vhdl-auto-align'
30603 is non-nil.
30604
30605 Alignment tries to align inline comments at
30606 `vhdl-inline-comment-column' and tries inline comment not to exceed
30607 `vhdl-end-comment-column'.
30608
30609 `C-c C-x M-w' fixes up whitespace in a region. That is, operator
30610 symbols are surrounded by one space, and multiple spaces are eliminated.
30611
30612
30613 CODE FILLING:
30614 Code filling allows you to condense code (e.g. sensitivity lists or port
30615 maps) by removing comments and newlines and re-wrapping so that all
30616 lines are maximally filled (block filling). `C-c C-f C-f' fills a list
30617 enclosed by parenthesis, `C-c C-f C-g' a group of lines separated by
30618 blank lines, `C-c C-f C-i' a block of lines with same indent, and
30619 `C-c C-f M-f' an entire region.
30620
30621
30622 CODE BEAUTIFICATION:
30623 `C-c M-b' and `C-c C-b' beautify the code of a region or of the entire
30624 buffer respectively. This includes indentation, alignment, and case
30625 fixing. Code beautification can also be run non-interactively using the
30626 command:
30627
30628 emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs filename.vhd -f vhdl-beautify-buffer
30629
30630
30631 PORT TRANSLATION:
30632 Generic and port clauses from entity or component declarations can be
30633 copied (`C-c C-p C-w') and pasted as entity and component declarations,
30634 as component instantiations and corresponding internal constants and
30635 signals, as a generic map with constants as actual generics, and as
30636 internal signal initializations (menu).
30637
30638 To include formals in component instantiations, see option
30639 `vhdl-association-list-with-formals'. To include comments in pasting,
30640 see options `vhdl-include-...-comments'.
30641
30642 A clause with several generic/port names on the same line can be
30643 flattened (`C-c C-p C-f') so that only one name per line exists. The
30644 direction of ports can be reversed (`C-c C-p C-r'), i.e., inputs become
30645 outputs and vice versa, which can be useful in testbenches. (This
30646 reversion is done on the internal data structure and is only reflected
30647 in subsequent paste operations.)
30648
30649 Names for actual ports, instances, testbenches, and
30650 design-under-test instances can be derived from existing names according
30651 to options `vhdl-...-name'. See customization group `vhdl-port'.
30652
30653
30654 SUBPROGRAM TRANSLATION:
30655 Similar functionality exists for copying/pasting the interface of
30656 subprograms (function/procedure). A subprogram interface can be copied
30657 and then pasted as a subprogram declaration, body or call (uses
30658 association list with formals).
30659
30660
30661 TESTBENCH GENERATION:
30662 A copied port can also be pasted as a testbench. The generated
30663 testbench includes an entity, an architecture, and an optional
30664 configuration. The architecture contains the component declaration and
30665 instantiation of the DUT as well as internal constant and signal
30666 declarations. Additional user-defined templates can be inserted. The
30667 names used for entity/architecture/configuration/DUT as well as the file
30668 structure to be generated can be customized. See customization group
30669 `vhdl-testbench'.
30670
30671
30672 KEY BINDINGS:
30673 Key bindings (`C-c ...') exist for most commands (see in menu).
30674
30675
30676 VHDL MENU:
30677 All commands can be found in the VHDL menu including their key bindings.
30678
30679
30680 FILE BROWSER:
30681 The speedbar allows browsing of directories and file contents. It can
30682 be accessed from the VHDL menu and is automatically opened if option
30683 `vhdl-speedbar-auto-open' is non-nil.
30684
30685 In speedbar, open files and directories with `mouse-2' on the name and
30686 browse/rescan their contents with `mouse-2'/`S-mouse-2' on the `+'.
30687
30688
30689 DESIGN HIERARCHY BROWSER:
30690 The speedbar can also be used for browsing the hierarchy of design units
30691 contained in the source files of the current directory or the specified
30692 projects (see option `vhdl-project-alist').
30693
30694 The speedbar can be switched between file, directory hierarchy and
30695 project hierarchy browsing mode in the speedbar menu or by typing `f',
30696 `h' or `H' in speedbar.
30697
30698 In speedbar, open design units with `mouse-2' on the name and browse
30699 their hierarchy with `mouse-2' on the `+'. Ports can directly be copied
30700 from entities and components (in packages). Individual design units and
30701 complete designs can directly be compiled (\"Make\" menu entry).
30702
30703 The hierarchy is automatically updated upon saving a modified source
30704 file when option `vhdl-speedbar-update-on-saving' is non-nil. The
30705 hierarchy is only updated for projects that have been opened once in the
30706 speedbar. The hierarchy is cached between Emacs sessions in a file (see
30707 options in group `vhdl-speedbar').
30708
30709 Simple design consistency checks are done during scanning, such as
30710 multiple declarations of the same unit or missing primary units that are
30711 required by secondary units.
30712
30713
30714 STRUCTURAL COMPOSITION:
30715 Enables simple structural composition. `C-c C-m C-n' creates a skeleton
30716 for a new component. Subcomponents (i.e. component declaration and
30717 instantiation) can be automatically placed from a previously read port
30718 (`C-c C-m C-p') or directly from the hierarchy browser (`P'). Finally,
30719 all subcomponents can be automatically connected using internal signals
30720 and ports (`C-c C-m C-w') following these rules:
30721 - subcomponent actual ports with same name are considered to be
30722 connected by a signal (internal signal or port)
30723 - signals that are only inputs to subcomponents are considered as
30724 inputs to this component -> input port created
30725 - signals that are only outputs from subcomponents are considered as
30726 outputs from this component -> output port created
30727 - signals that are inputs to AND outputs from subcomponents are
30728 considered as internal connections -> internal signal created
30729
30730 Purpose: With appropriate naming conventions it is possible to
30731 create higher design levels with only a few mouse clicks or key
30732 strokes. A new design level can be created by simply generating a new
30733 component, placing the required subcomponents from the hierarchy
30734 browser, and wiring everything automatically.
30735
30736 Note: Automatic wiring only works reliably on templates of new
30737 components and component instantiations that were created by VHDL mode.
30738
30739 Component declarations can be placed in a components package (option
30740 `vhdl-use-components-package') which can be automatically generated for
30741 an entire directory or project (`C-c C-m M-p'). The VHDL'93 direct
30742 component instantiation is also supported (option
30743 `vhdl-use-direct-instantiation').
30744
30745 Configuration declarations can automatically be generated either from
30746 the menu (`C-c C-m C-f') (for the architecture the cursor is in) or from
30747 the speedbar menu (for the architecture under the cursor). The
30748 configurations can optionally be hierarchical (i.e. include all
30749 component levels of a hierarchical design, option
30750 `vhdl-compose-configuration-hierarchical') or include subconfigurations
30751 (option `vhdl-compose-configuration-use-subconfiguration'). For
30752 subcomponents in hierarchical configurations, the most-recently-analyzed
30753 (mra) architecture is selected. If another architecture is desired, it
30754 can be marked as most-recently-analyzed (speedbar menu) before
30755 generating the configuration.
30756
30757 Note: Configurations of subcomponents (i.e. hierarchical configuration
30758 declarations) are currently not considered when displaying
30759 configurations in speedbar.
30760
30761 See the options group `vhdl-compose' for all relevant user options.
30762
30763
30764 SOURCE FILE COMPILATION:
30765 The syntax of the current buffer can be analyzed by calling a VHDL
30766 compiler (menu, `C-c C-k'). The compiler to be used is specified by
30767 option `vhdl-compiler'. The available compilers are listed in option
30768 `vhdl-compiler-alist' including all required compilation command,
30769 command options, compilation directory, and error message syntax
30770 information. New compilers can be added.
30771
30772 All the source files of an entire design can be compiled by the `make'
30773 command (menu, `C-c M-C-k') if an appropriate Makefile exists.
30774
30775
30776 MAKEFILE GENERATION:
30777 Makefiles can be generated automatically by an internal generation
30778 routine (`C-c M-k'). The library unit dependency information is
30779 obtained from the hierarchy browser. Makefile generation can be
30780 customized for each compiler in option `vhdl-compiler-alist'.
30781
30782 Makefile generation can also be run non-interactively using the
30783 command:
30784
30785 emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs -l vhdl-mode
30786 [-compiler compilername] [-project projectname]
30787 -f vhdl-generate-makefile
30788
30789 The Makefile's default target \"all\" compiles the entire design, the
30790 target \"clean\" removes it and the target \"library\" creates the
30791 library directory if not existent. These target names can be customized
30792 by option `vhdl-makefile-default-targets'. The Makefile also includes a
30793 target for each primary library unit which allows selective compilation
30794 of this unit, its secondary units and its subhierarchy (example:
30795 compilation of a design specified by a configuration). User specific
30796 parts can be inserted into a Makefile with option
30797 `vhdl-makefile-generation-hook'.
30798
30799 Limitations:
30800 - Only library units and dependencies within the current library are
30801 considered. Makefiles for designs that span multiple libraries are
30802 not (yet) supported.
30803 - Only one-level configurations are supported (also hierarchical),
30804 but configurations that go down several levels are not.
30805 - The \"others\" keyword in configurations is not supported.
30806
30807
30808 PROJECTS:
30809 Projects can be defined in option `vhdl-project-alist' and a current
30810 project be selected using option `vhdl-project' (permanently) or from
30811 the menu or speedbar (temporarily). For each project, title and
30812 description strings (for the file headers), source files/directories
30813 (for the hierarchy browser and Makefile generation), library name, and
30814 compiler-dependent options, exceptions and compilation directory can be
30815 specified. Compilation settings overwrite the settings of option
30816 `vhdl-compiler-alist'.
30817
30818 Project setups can be exported (i.e. written to a file) and imported.
30819 Imported setups are not automatically saved in `vhdl-project-alist' but
30820 can be saved afterwards in its customization buffer. When starting
30821 Emacs with VHDL Mode (i.e. load a VHDL file or use \"emacs -l
30822 vhdl-mode\") in a directory with an existing project setup file, it is
30823 automatically loaded and its project activated if option
30824 `vhdl-project-auto-load' is non-nil. Names/paths of the project setup
30825 files can be specified in option `vhdl-project-file-name'. Multiple
30826 project setups can be automatically loaded from global directories.
30827 This is an alternative to specifying project setups with option
30828 `vhdl-project-alist'.
30829
30830
30831 SPECIAL MENUES:
30832 As an alternative to the speedbar, an index menu can be added (set
30833 option `vhdl-index-menu' to non-nil) or made accessible as a mouse menu
30834 (e.g. add \"(global-set-key '[S-down-mouse-3] 'imenu)\" to your start-up
30835 file) for browsing the file contents (is not populated if buffer is
30836 larger than 256000). Also, a source file menu can be
30837 added (set option `vhdl-source-file-menu' to non-nil) for browsing the
30838 current directory for VHDL source files.
30839
30840
30841 VHDL STANDARDS:
30842 The VHDL standards to be used are specified in option `vhdl-standard'.
30843 Available standards are: VHDL'87/'93(02)/'08, VHDL-AMS, and Math Packages.
30844
30845
30846 KEYWORD CASE:
30847 Lower and upper case for keywords and standardized types, attributes,
30848 and enumeration values is supported. If the option
30849 `vhdl-upper-case-keywords' is set to non-nil, keywords can be typed in
30850 lower case and are converted into upper case automatically (not for
30851 types, attributes, and enumeration values). The case of keywords,
30852 types, attributes,and enumeration values can be fixed for an entire
30853 region (menu) or buffer (`C-c C-x C-c') according to the options
30854 `vhdl-upper-case-{keywords,types,attributes,enum-values}'.
30855
30856
30857 HIGHLIGHTING (fontification):
30858 Keywords and standardized types, attributes, enumeration values, and
30859 function names (controlled by option `vhdl-highlight-keywords'), as well
30860 as comments, strings, and template prompts are highlighted using
30861 different colors. Unit, subprogram, signal, variable, constant,
30862 parameter and generic/port names in declarations as well as labels are
30863 highlighted if option `vhdl-highlight-names' is non-nil.
30864
30865 Additional reserved words or words with a forbidden syntax (e.g. words
30866 that should be avoided) can be specified in option
30867 `vhdl-forbidden-words' or `vhdl-forbidden-syntax' and be highlighted in
30868 a warning color (option `vhdl-highlight-forbidden-words'). Verilog
30869 keywords are highlighted as forbidden words if option
30870 `vhdl-highlight-verilog-keywords' is non-nil.
30871
30872 Words with special syntax can be highlighted by specifying their
30873 syntax and color in option `vhdl-special-syntax-alist' and by setting
30874 option `vhdl-highlight-special-words' to non-nil. This allows you to
30875 establish some naming conventions (e.g. to distinguish different kinds
30876 of signals or other objects by using name suffices) and to support them
30877 visually.
30878
30879 Option `vhdl-highlight-case-sensitive' can be set to non-nil in order
30880 to support case-sensitive highlighting. However, keywords are then only
30881 highlighted if written in lower case.
30882
30883 Code between \"translate_off\" and \"translate_on\" pragmas is
30884 highlighted using a different background color if option
30885 `vhdl-highlight-translate-off' is non-nil.
30886
30887 For documentation and customization of the used colors see
30888 customization group `vhdl-highlight-faces' (`\\[customize-group]'). For
30889 highlighting of matching parenthesis, see customization group
30890 `paren-showing'. Automatic buffer highlighting is turned on/off by
30891 option `global-font-lock-mode' (`font-lock-auto-fontify' in XEmacs).
30892
30893
30894 USER MODELS:
30895 VHDL models (templates) can be specified by the user and made accessible
30896 in the menu, through key bindings (`C-c C-m ...'), or by keyword
30897 electrification. See option `vhdl-model-alist'.
30898
30899
30900 HIDE/SHOW:
30901 The code of blocks, processes, subprograms, component declarations and
30902 instantiations, generic/port clauses, and configuration declarations can
30903 be hidden using the `Hide/Show' menu or by pressing `S-mouse-2' within
30904 the code (see customization group `vhdl-menu'). XEmacs: limited
30905 functionality due to old `hideshow.el' package.
30906
30907
30908 CODE UPDATING:
30909 - Sensitivity List: `C-c C-u C-s' updates the sensitivity list of the
30910 current process, `C-c C-u M-s' of all processes in the current buffer.
30911 Limitations:
30912 - Only declared local signals (ports, signals declared in
30913 architecture and blocks) are automatically inserted.
30914 - Global signals declared in packages are not automatically inserted.
30915 Insert them once manually (will be kept afterwards).
30916 - Out parameters of procedures are considered to be read.
30917 Use option `vhdl-entity-file-name' to specify the entity file name
30918 (used to obtain the port names).
30919 Use option `vhdl-array-index-record-field-in-sensitivity-list' to
30920 specify whether to include array indices and record fields in
30921 sensitivity lists.
30922
30923
30924 CODE FIXING:
30925 `C-c C-x C-p' fixes the closing parenthesis of a generic/port clause
30926 (e.g., if the closing parenthesis is on the wrong line or is missing).
30927
30928
30929 PRINTING:
30930 PostScript printing with different faces (an optimized set of faces is
30931 used if `vhdl-print-customize-faces' is non-nil) or colors (if
30932 `ps-print-color-p' is non-nil) is possible using the standard Emacs
30933 PostScript printing commands. Option `vhdl-print-two-column' defines
30934 appropriate default settings for nice landscape two-column printing.
30935 The paper format can be set by option `ps-paper-type'. Do not forget to
30936 switch `ps-print-color-p' to nil for printing on black-and-white
30937 printers.
30938
30939
30940 OPTIONS:
30941 User options allow customization of VHDL Mode. All options are
30942 accessible from the \"Options\" menu entry. Simple options (switches
30943 and choices) can directly be changed, while for complex options a
30944 customization buffer is opened. Changed options can be saved for future
30945 sessions using the \"Save Options\" menu entry.
30946
30947 Options and their detailed descriptions can also be accessed by using
30948 the \"Customize\" menu entry or the command `\\[customize-option]'
30949 (`\\[customize-group]' for groups). Some customizations only take effect
30950 after some action (read the NOTE in the option documentation).
30951 Customization can also be done globally (i.e. site-wide, read the
30952 INSTALL file).
30953
30954 Not all options are described in this documentation, so go and see
30955 what other useful user options there are (`\\[vhdl-customize]' or menu)!
30956
30957
30958 FILE EXTENSIONS:
30959 As default, files with extensions \".vhd\" and \".vhdl\" are
30960 automatically recognized as VHDL source files. To add an extension
30961 \".xxx\", add the following line to your Emacs start-up file (`.emacs'):
30962
30963 (push \\='(\"\\\\.xxx\\\\\\='\" . vhdl-mode) auto-mode-alist)
30964
30965
30966 HINTS:
30967 - To start Emacs with open VHDL hierarchy browser without having to load
30968 a VHDL file first, use the command:
30969
30970 emacs -l vhdl-mode -f speedbar-frame-mode
30971
30972 - Type `C-g C-g' to interrupt long operations or if Emacs hangs.
30973
30974 - Some features only work on properly indented code.
30975
30976
30977 RELEASE NOTES:
30978 See also the release notes (menu) for added features in new releases.
30979
30980
30981 Maintenance:
30982 ------------
30983
30984 To submit a bug report, enter `\\[vhdl-submit-bug-report]' within VHDL Mode.
30985 Add a description of the problem and include a reproducible test case.
30986
30987 Questions and enhancement requests can be sent to <reto@gnu.org>.
30988
30989 The `vhdl-mode-announce' mailing list informs about new VHDL Mode releases.
30990 The `vhdl-mode-victims' mailing list informs about new VHDL Mode beta
30991 releases. You are kindly invited to participate in beta testing. Subscribe
30992 to above mailing lists by sending an email to <reto@gnu.org>.
30993
30994 VHDL Mode is officially distributed at
30995 http://www.iis.ee.ethz.ch/~zimmi/emacs/vhdl-mode.html
30996 where the latest version can be found.
30997
30998
30999 Known problems:
31000 ---------------
31001
31002 - XEmacs: Incorrect start-up when automatically opening speedbar.
31003 - XEmacs: Indentation in XEmacs 21.4 (and higher).
31004 - Indentation incorrect for new 'postponed' VHDL keyword.
31005 - Indentation incorrect for 'protected body' construct.
31006
31007
31008 The VHDL Mode Authors
31009 Reto Zimmermann and Rod Whitby
31010
31011 Key bindings:
31012 -------------
31013
31014 \\{vhdl-mode-map}
31015
31016 \(fn)" t nil)
31017
31018 ;;;***
31019 \f
31020 ;;;### (autoloads nil "viet-util" "language/viet-util.el" (21670
31021 ;;;;;; 32331 385639 720000))
31022 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/viet-util.el
31023
31024 (autoload 'viet-encode-viscii-char "viet-util" "\
31025 Return VISCII character code of CHAR if appropriate.
31026
31027 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
31028
31029 (autoload 'viet-decode-viqr-region "viet-util" "\
31030 Convert `VIQR' mnemonics of the current region to Vietnamese characters.
31031 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
31032 positions (integers or markers) specifying the stretch of the region.
31033
31034 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
31035
31036 (autoload 'viet-decode-viqr-buffer "viet-util" "\
31037 Convert `VIQR' mnemonics of the current buffer to Vietnamese characters.
31038
31039 \(fn)" t nil)
31040
31041 (autoload 'viet-encode-viqr-region "viet-util" "\
31042 Convert Vietnamese characters of the current region to `VIQR' mnemonics.
31043 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
31044 positions (integers or markers) specifying the stretch of the region.
31045
31046 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
31047
31048 (autoload 'viet-encode-viqr-buffer "viet-util" "\
31049 Convert Vietnamese characters of the current buffer to `VIQR' mnemonics.
31050
31051 \(fn)" t nil)
31052
31053 (autoload 'viqr-post-read-conversion "viet-util" "\
31054
31055
31056 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
31057
31058 (autoload 'viqr-pre-write-conversion "viet-util" "\
31059
31060
31061 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
31062
31063 ;;;***
31064 \f
31065 ;;;### (autoloads nil "view" "view.el" (21670 32331 885635 586000))
31066 ;;; Generated autoloads from view.el
31067
31068 (defvar view-remove-frame-by-deleting t "\
31069 Determine how View mode removes a frame no longer needed.
31070 If nil, make an icon of the frame. If non-nil, delete the frame.")
31071
31072 (custom-autoload 'view-remove-frame-by-deleting "view" t)
31073
31074 (defvar view-mode nil "\
31075 Non-nil if View mode is enabled.
31076 Don't change this variable directly, you must change it by one of the
31077 functions that enable or disable view mode.")
31078
31079 (make-variable-buffer-local 'view-mode)
31080
31081 (autoload 'kill-buffer-if-not-modified "view" "\
31082 Like `kill-buffer', but does nothing if the buffer is modified.
31083
31084 \(fn BUF)" nil nil)
31085
31086 (autoload 'view-file "view" "\
31087 View FILE in View mode, returning to previous buffer when done.
31088 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead, a
31089 special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation) are defined for
31090 moving around in the buffer.
31091 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
31092 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
31093
31094 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
31095
31096 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
31097
31098 (autoload 'view-file-other-window "view" "\
31099 View FILE in View mode in another window.
31100 When done, return that window to its previous buffer, and kill the
31101 buffer visiting FILE if unmodified and if it wasn't visited before.
31102
31103 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
31104 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
31105 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
31106 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
31107 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
31108
31109 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
31110
31111 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
31112
31113 (autoload 'view-file-other-frame "view" "\
31114 View FILE in View mode in another frame.
31115 When done, kill the buffer visiting FILE if unmodified and if it wasn't
31116 visited before; also, maybe delete other frame and/or return to previous
31117 buffer.
31118
31119 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
31120 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
31121 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
31122 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
31123 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
31124
31125 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
31126
31127 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
31128
31129 (autoload 'view-buffer "view" "\
31130 View BUFFER in View mode, returning to previous buffer when done.
31131 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead, a
31132 special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation) are defined for
31133 moving around in the buffer.
31134 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
31135 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
31136
31137 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
31138
31139 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION is either nil or a function with buffer as
31140 argument. This function is called when finished viewing buffer. Use
31141 this argument instead of explicitly setting `view-exit-action'.
31142
31143 Do not set EXIT-ACTION to `kill-buffer' when BUFFER visits a
31144 file: Users may suspend viewing in order to modify the buffer.
31145 Exiting View mode will then discard the user's edits. Setting
31146 EXIT-ACTION to `kill-buffer-if-not-modified' avoids this.
31147
31148 This function does not enable View mode if the buffer's major-mode
31149 has a `special' mode-class, because such modes usually have their
31150 own View-like bindings.
31151
31152 \(fn BUFFER &optional EXIT-ACTION)" t nil)
31153
31154 (autoload 'view-buffer-other-window "view" "\
31155 View BUFFER in View mode in another window.
31156 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available;
31157 instead, a special set of commands (mostly letters and
31158 punctuation) are defined for moving around in the buffer.
31159 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
31160 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
31161
31162 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
31163
31164 Optional argument NOT-RETURN is ignored.
31165
31166 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION is either nil or a function with buffer as
31167 argument. This function is called when finished viewing buffer. Use
31168 this argument instead of explicitly setting `view-exit-action'.
31169
31170 This function does not enable View mode if the buffer's major-mode
31171 has a `special' mode-class, because such modes usually have their
31172 own View-like bindings.
31173
31174 \(fn BUFFER &optional NOT-RETURN EXIT-ACTION)" t nil)
31175
31176 (autoload 'view-buffer-other-frame "view" "\
31177 View BUFFER in View mode in another frame.
31178 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available;
31179 instead, a special set of commands (mostly letters and
31180 punctuation) are defined for moving around in the buffer.
31181 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
31182 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
31183
31184 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
31185
31186 Optional argument NOT-RETURN is ignored.
31187
31188 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION is either nil or a function with buffer as
31189 argument. This function is called when finished viewing buffer. Use
31190 this argument instead of explicitly setting `view-exit-action'.
31191
31192 This function does not enable View mode if the buffer's major-mode
31193 has a `special' mode-class, because such modes usually have their
31194 own View-like bindings.
31195
31196 \(fn BUFFER &optional NOT-RETURN EXIT-ACTION)" t nil)
31197
31198 (autoload 'view-mode "view" "\
31199 Toggle View mode, a minor mode for viewing text but not editing it.
31200 With a prefix argument ARG, enable View mode if ARG is positive,
31201 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable View mode
31202 if ARG is omitted or nil.
31203
31204 When View mode is enabled, commands that do not change the buffer
31205 contents are available as usual. Kill commands insert text in
31206 kill buffers but do not delete. Most other commands beep and
31207 tell the user that the buffer is read-only.
31208
31209 \\<view-mode-map>
31210
31211 The following additional commands are provided. Most commands
31212 take prefix arguments. Page commands default to \"page size\"
31213 lines which is almost a whole window, or number of lines set by
31214 \\[View-scroll-page-forward-set-page-size] or \\[View-scroll-page-backward-set-page-size].
31215 Half page commands default to and set \"half page size\" lines
31216 which initially is half a window full. Search commands default
31217 to a repeat count of one.
31218
31219 H, h, ? This message.
31220 Digits provide prefix arguments.
31221 \\[negative-argument] negative prefix argument.
31222 \\[beginning-of-buffer] move to the beginning of buffer.
31223 > move to the end of buffer.
31224 \\[View-scroll-to-buffer-end] scroll so that buffer end is at last line of window.
31225 SPC scroll forward \"page size\" lines.
31226 With prefix scroll forward prefix lines.
31227 DEL, S-SPC scroll backward \"page size\" lines.
31228 With prefix scroll backward prefix lines.
31229 \\[View-scroll-page-forward-set-page-size] like \\[View-scroll-page-forward] but with prefix sets \"page size\" to prefix.
31230 \\[View-scroll-page-backward-set-page-size] like \\[View-scroll-page-backward] but with prefix sets \"page size\" to prefix.
31231 \\[View-scroll-half-page-forward] scroll forward \"half page size\" lines. With prefix, sets
31232 \"half page size\" to prefix lines and scrolls forward that much.
31233 \\[View-scroll-half-page-backward] scroll backward \"half page size\" lines. With prefix, sets
31234 \"half page size\" to prefix lines and scrolls backward that much.
31235 RET, LFD scroll forward one line. With prefix scroll forward prefix line(s).
31236 y scroll backward one line. With prefix scroll backward prefix line(s).
31237 \\[View-revert-buffer-scroll-page-forward] revert-buffer if necessary and scroll forward.
31238 Use this to view a changing file.
31239 \\[what-line] prints the current line number.
31240 \\[View-goto-percent] goes prefix argument (default 100) percent into buffer.
31241 \\[View-goto-line] goes to line given by prefix argument (default first line).
31242 . set the mark.
31243 x exchanges point and mark.
31244 \\[View-back-to-mark] return to mark and pops mark ring.
31245 Mark ring is pushed at start of every successful search and when
31246 jump to line occurs. The mark is set on jump to buffer start or end.
31247 \\[point-to-register] save current position in character register.
31248 ' go to position saved in character register.
31249 s do forward incremental search.
31250 r do reverse incremental search.
31251 \\[View-search-regexp-forward] searches forward for regular expression, starting after current page.
31252 ! and @ have a special meaning at the beginning of the regexp.
31253 ! means search for a line with no match for regexp. @ means start
31254 search at beginning (end for backward search) of buffer.
31255 \\ searches backward for regular expression, starting before current page.
31256 \\[View-search-last-regexp-forward] searches forward for last regular expression.
31257 p searches backward for last regular expression.
31258 \\[View-quit] quit View mode, restoring this window and buffer to previous state.
31259 \\[View-quit] is the normal way to leave view mode.
31260 \\[View-exit] exit View mode but stay in current buffer. Use this if you started
31261 viewing a buffer (file) and find out you want to edit it.
31262 This command restores the previous read-only status of the buffer.
31263 \\[View-exit-and-edit] exit View mode, and make the current buffer editable
31264 even if it was not editable before entry to View mode.
31265 \\[View-quit-all] quit View mode, restoring all windows to previous state.
31266 \\[View-leave] quit View mode and maybe switch buffers, but don't kill this buffer.
31267 \\[View-kill-and-leave] quit View mode, kill current buffer and go back to other buffer.
31268
31269 The effect of \\[View-leave], \\[View-quit] and \\[View-kill-and-leave] depends on how view-mode was entered. If it was
31270 entered by view-file, view-file-other-window, view-file-other-frame, or
31271 \\[dired-view-file] (\\[view-file], \\[view-file-other-window],
31272 \\[view-file-other-frame], or the Dired mode v command),
31273 then \\[View-quit] will try to kill the current buffer.
31274 If view-mode was entered from another buffer, by \\[view-buffer],
31275 \\[view-buffer-other-window], \\[view-buffer-other frame], \\[view-file],
31276 \\[view-file-other-window], or \\[view-file-other-frame],
31277 then \\[View-leave], \\[View-quit] and \\[View-kill-and-leave] will return to that buffer.
31278
31279 Entry to view-mode runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
31280
31281 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31282
31283 (autoload 'view-return-to-alist-update "view" "\
31284 Update `view-return-to-alist' of buffer BUFFER.
31285 Remove from `view-return-to-alist' all entries referencing dead
31286 windows. Optional argument ITEM non-nil means add ITEM to
31287 `view-return-to-alist' after purging. For a description of items
31288 that can be added see the RETURN-TO-ALIST argument of the
31289 function `view-mode-exit'. If `view-return-to-alist' contains an
31290 entry for the selected window, purge that entry from
31291 `view-return-to-alist' before adding ITEM.
31292
31293 \(fn BUFFER &optional ITEM)" nil nil)
31294
31295 (make-obsolete 'view-return-to-alist-update '"this function has no effect." '"24.1")
31296
31297 (autoload 'view-mode-enter "view" "\
31298 Enter View mode and set up exit from view mode depending on optional arguments.
31299 Optional argument QUIT-RESTORE if non-nil must specify a valid
31300 entry for quitting and restoring any window showing the current
31301 buffer. This entry replaces any parameter installed by
31302 `display-buffer' and is used by `view-mode-exit'.
31303
31304 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION, if non-nil, must specify a
31305 function that takes a buffer as argument. This function will be
31306 called by `view-mode-exit'.
31307
31308 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
31309
31310 This function runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
31311
31312 \(fn &optional QUIT-RESTORE EXIT-ACTION)" nil nil)
31313
31314 (autoload 'View-exit-and-edit "view" "\
31315 Exit View mode and make the current buffer editable.
31316
31317 \(fn)" t nil)
31318
31319 ;;;***
31320 \f
31321 ;;;### (autoloads nil "viper" "emulation/viper.el" (22011 58553 461858
31322 ;;;;;; 469000))
31323 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/viper.el
31324 (push (purecopy '(viper 3 14 1)) package--builtin-versions)
31325
31326 (autoload 'toggle-viper-mode "viper" "\
31327 Toggle Viper on/off.
31328 If Viper is enabled, turn it off. Otherwise, turn it on.
31329
31330 \(fn)" t nil)
31331
31332 (autoload 'viper-mode "viper" "\
31333 Turn on Viper emulation of Vi in Emacs. See Info node `(viper)Top'.
31334
31335 \(fn)" t nil)
31336
31337 ;;;***
31338 \f
31339 ;;;### (autoloads nil "warnings" "emacs-lisp/warnings.el" (21986
31340 ;;;;;; 55346 260512 613000))
31341 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/warnings.el
31342
31343 (defvar warning-prefix-function nil "\
31344 Function to generate warning prefixes.
31345 This function, if non-nil, is called with two arguments,
31346 the severity level and its entry in `warning-levels',
31347 and should return the entry that should actually be used.
31348 The warnings buffer is current when this function is called
31349 and the function can insert text in it. This text becomes
31350 the beginning of the warning.")
31351
31352 (defvar warning-series nil "\
31353 Non-nil means treat multiple `display-warning' calls as a series.
31354 A marker indicates a position in the warnings buffer
31355 which is the start of the current series; it means that
31356 additional warnings in the same buffer should not move point.
31357 If t, the next warning begins a series (and stores a marker here).
31358 A symbol with a function definition is like t, except
31359 also call that function before the next warning.")
31360
31361 (defvar warning-fill-prefix nil "\
31362 Non-nil means fill each warning text using this string as `fill-prefix'.")
31363
31364 (defvar warning-type-format (purecopy " (%s)") "\
31365 Format for displaying the warning type in the warning message.
31366 The result of formatting the type this way gets included in the
31367 message under the control of the string in `warning-levels'.")
31368
31369 (autoload 'display-warning "warnings" "\
31370 Display a warning message, MESSAGE.
31371 TYPE is the warning type: either a custom group name (a symbol),
31372 or a list of symbols whose first element is a custom group name.
31373 \(The rest of the symbols represent subcategories, for warning purposes
31374 only, and you can use whatever symbols you like.)
31375
31376 LEVEL should be either :debug, :warning, :error, or :emergency
31377 \(but see `warning-minimum-level' and `warning-minimum-log-level').
31378 Default is :warning.
31379
31380 :emergency -- a problem that will seriously impair Emacs operation soon
31381 if you do not attend to it promptly.
31382 :error -- data or circumstances that are inherently wrong.
31383 :warning -- data or circumstances that are not inherently wrong,
31384 but raise suspicion of a possible problem.
31385 :debug -- info for debugging only.
31386
31387 BUFFER-NAME, if specified, is the name of the buffer for logging
31388 the warning. By default, it is `*Warnings*'. If this function
31389 has to create the buffer, it disables undo in the buffer.
31390
31391 See the `warnings' custom group for user customization features.
31392
31393 See also `warning-series', `warning-prefix-function' and
31394 `warning-fill-prefix' for additional programming features.
31395
31396 \(fn TYPE MESSAGE &optional LEVEL BUFFER-NAME)" nil nil)
31397
31398 (autoload 'lwarn "warnings" "\
31399 Display a warning message made from (format-message MESSAGE ARGS...).
31400 \\<special-mode-map>
31401 Aside from generating the message with `format-message',
31402 this is equivalent to `display-warning'.
31403
31404 TYPE is the warning type: either a custom group name (a symbol),
31405 or a list of symbols whose first element is a custom group name.
31406 \(The rest of the symbols represent subcategories and
31407 can be whatever you like.)
31408
31409 LEVEL should be either :debug, :warning, :error, or :emergency
31410 \(but see `warning-minimum-level' and `warning-minimum-log-level').
31411
31412 :emergency -- a problem that will seriously impair Emacs operation soon
31413 if you do not attend to it promptly.
31414 :error -- invalid data or circumstances.
31415 :warning -- suspicious data or circumstances.
31416 :debug -- info for debugging only.
31417
31418 \(fn TYPE LEVEL MESSAGE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
31419
31420 (autoload 'warn "warnings" "\
31421 Display a warning message made from (format-message MESSAGE ARGS...).
31422 Aside from generating the message with `format-message',
31423 this is equivalent to `display-warning', using
31424 `emacs' as the type and `:warning' as the level.
31425
31426 \(fn MESSAGE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
31427
31428 ;;;***
31429 \f
31430 ;;;### (autoloads nil "wdired" "wdired.el" (22026 25907 675502 692000))
31431 ;;; Generated autoloads from wdired.el
31432 (push (purecopy '(wdired 2 0)) package--builtin-versions)
31433
31434 (autoload 'wdired-change-to-wdired-mode "wdired" "\
31435 Put a Dired buffer in Writable Dired (WDired) mode.
31436 \\<wdired-mode-map>
31437 In WDired mode, you can edit the names of the files in the
31438 buffer, the target of the links, and the permission bits of the
31439 files. After typing \\[wdired-finish-edit], Emacs modifies the files and
31440 directories to reflect your edits.
31441
31442 See `wdired-mode'.
31443
31444 \(fn)" t nil)
31445
31446 ;;;***
31447 \f
31448 ;;;### (autoloads nil "webjump" "net/webjump.el" (21670 32331 385639
31449 ;;;;;; 720000))
31450 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/webjump.el
31451
31452 (autoload 'webjump "webjump" "\
31453 Jumps to a Web site from a programmable hotlist.
31454
31455 See the documentation for the `webjump-sites' variable for how to customize the
31456 hotlist.
31457
31458 Please submit bug reports and other feedback to the author, Neil W. Van Dyke
31459 <nwv@acm.org>.
31460
31461 \(fn)" t nil)
31462
31463 ;;;***
31464 \f
31465 ;;;### (autoloads nil "which-func" "progmodes/which-func.el" (22109
31466 ;;;;;; 33223 420655 811000))
31467 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/which-func.el
31468 (put 'which-func-format 'risky-local-variable t)
31469 (put 'which-func-current 'risky-local-variable t)
31470
31471 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'which-func-mode 'which-function-mode "24.1")
31472
31473 (defvar which-function-mode nil "\
31474 Non-nil if Which-Function mode is enabled.
31475 See the command `which-function-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
31476 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
31477 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
31478 or call the function `which-function-mode'.")
31479
31480 (custom-autoload 'which-function-mode "which-func" nil)
31481
31482 (autoload 'which-function-mode "which-func" "\
31483 Toggle mode line display of current function (Which Function mode).
31484 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Which Function mode if ARG is
31485 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
31486 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
31487
31488 Which Function mode is a global minor mode. When enabled, the
31489 current function name is continuously displayed in the mode line,
31490 in certain major modes.
31491
31492 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31493
31494 ;;;***
31495 \f
31496 ;;;### (autoloads nil "whitespace" "whitespace.el" (22026 25907 675502
31497 ;;;;;; 692000))
31498 ;;; Generated autoloads from whitespace.el
31499 (push (purecopy '(whitespace 13 2 2)) package--builtin-versions)
31500
31501 (autoload 'whitespace-mode "whitespace" "\
31502 Toggle whitespace visualization (Whitespace mode).
31503 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Whitespace mode if ARG is
31504 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
31505 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
31506
31507 See also `whitespace-style', `whitespace-newline' and
31508 `whitespace-display-mappings'.
31509
31510 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31511
31512 (autoload 'whitespace-newline-mode "whitespace" "\
31513 Toggle newline visualization (Whitespace Newline mode).
31514 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Whitespace Newline mode if ARG
31515 is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp,
31516 enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
31517
31518 Use `whitespace-newline-mode' only for NEWLINE visualization
31519 exclusively. For other visualizations, including NEWLINE
31520 visualization together with (HARD) SPACEs and/or TABs, please,
31521 use `whitespace-mode'.
31522
31523 See also `whitespace-newline' and `whitespace-display-mappings'.
31524
31525 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31526
31527 (defvar global-whitespace-mode nil "\
31528 Non-nil if Global-Whitespace mode is enabled.
31529 See the command `global-whitespace-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
31530 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
31531 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
31532 or call the function `global-whitespace-mode'.")
31533
31534 (custom-autoload 'global-whitespace-mode "whitespace" nil)
31535
31536 (autoload 'global-whitespace-mode "whitespace" "\
31537 Toggle whitespace visualization globally (Global Whitespace mode).
31538 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Global Whitespace mode if ARG
31539 is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp,
31540 enable it if ARG is omitted or nil.
31541
31542 See also `whitespace-style', `whitespace-newline' and
31543 `whitespace-display-mappings'.
31544
31545 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31546
31547 (defvar global-whitespace-newline-mode nil "\
31548 Non-nil if Global-Whitespace-Newline mode is enabled.
31549 See the command `global-whitespace-newline-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
31550 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
31551 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
31552 or call the function `global-whitespace-newline-mode'.")
31553
31554 (custom-autoload 'global-whitespace-newline-mode "whitespace" nil)
31555
31556 (autoload 'global-whitespace-newline-mode "whitespace" "\
31557 Toggle global newline visualization (Global Whitespace Newline mode).
31558 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Global Whitespace Newline mode
31559 if ARG is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from
31560 Lisp, enable it if ARG is omitted or nil.
31561
31562 Use `global-whitespace-newline-mode' only for NEWLINE
31563 visualization exclusively. For other visualizations, including
31564 NEWLINE visualization together with (HARD) SPACEs and/or TABs,
31565 please use `global-whitespace-mode'.
31566
31567 See also `whitespace-newline' and `whitespace-display-mappings'.
31568
31569 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31570
31571 (autoload 'whitespace-toggle-options "whitespace" "\
31572 Toggle local `whitespace-mode' options.
31573
31574 If local whitespace-mode is off, toggle the option given by ARG
31575 and turn on local whitespace-mode.
31576
31577 If local whitespace-mode is on, toggle the option given by ARG
31578 and restart local whitespace-mode.
31579
31580 Interactively, it reads one of the following chars:
31581
31582 CHAR MEANING
31583 (VIA FACES)
31584 f toggle face visualization
31585 t toggle TAB visualization
31586 s toggle SPACE and HARD SPACE visualization
31587 r toggle trailing blanks visualization
31588 l toggle \"long lines\" visualization
31589 L toggle \"long lines\" tail visualization
31590 n toggle NEWLINE visualization
31591 e toggle empty line at bob and/or eob visualization
31592 C-i toggle indentation SPACEs visualization (via `indent-tabs-mode')
31593 I toggle indentation SPACEs visualization
31594 i toggle indentation TABs visualization
31595 C-t toggle big indentation visualization
31596 C-a toggle SPACEs after TAB visualization (via `indent-tabs-mode')
31597 A toggle SPACEs after TAB: SPACEs visualization
31598 a toggle SPACEs after TAB: TABs visualization
31599 C-b toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization (via `indent-tabs-mode')
31600 B toggle SPACEs before TAB: SPACEs visualization
31601 b toggle SPACEs before TAB: TABs visualization
31602
31603 (VIA DISPLAY TABLE)
31604 T toggle TAB visualization
31605 S toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization
31606 N toggle NEWLINE visualization
31607
31608 x restore `whitespace-style' value
31609 ? display brief help
31610
31611 Non-interactively, ARG should be a symbol or a list of symbols.
31612 The valid symbols are:
31613
31614 face toggle face visualization
31615 tabs toggle TAB visualization
31616 spaces toggle SPACE and HARD SPACE visualization
31617 trailing toggle trailing blanks visualization
31618 lines toggle \"long lines\" visualization
31619 lines-tail toggle \"long lines\" tail visualization
31620 newline toggle NEWLINE visualization
31621 empty toggle empty line at bob and/or eob visualization
31622 indentation toggle indentation SPACEs visualization
31623 indentation::tab toggle indentation SPACEs visualization
31624 indentation::space toggle indentation TABs visualization
31625 big-indent toggle big indentation visualization
31626 space-after-tab toggle SPACEs after TAB visualization
31627 space-after-tab::tab toggle SPACEs after TAB: SPACEs visualization
31628 space-after-tab::space toggle SPACEs after TAB: TABs visualization
31629 space-before-tab toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization
31630 space-before-tab::tab toggle SPACEs before TAB: SPACEs visualization
31631 space-before-tab::space toggle SPACEs before TAB: TABs visualization
31632
31633 tab-mark toggle TAB visualization
31634 space-mark toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization
31635 newline-mark toggle NEWLINE visualization
31636
31637 whitespace-style restore `whitespace-style' value
31638
31639 See `whitespace-style' and `indent-tabs-mode' for documentation.
31640
31641 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
31642
31643 (autoload 'global-whitespace-toggle-options "whitespace" "\
31644 Toggle global `whitespace-mode' options.
31645
31646 If global whitespace-mode is off, toggle the option given by ARG
31647 and turn on global whitespace-mode.
31648
31649 If global whitespace-mode is on, toggle the option given by ARG
31650 and restart global whitespace-mode.
31651
31652 Interactively, it accepts one of the following chars:
31653
31654 CHAR MEANING
31655 (VIA FACES)
31656 f toggle face visualization
31657 t toggle TAB visualization
31658 s toggle SPACE and HARD SPACE visualization
31659 r toggle trailing blanks visualization
31660 l toggle \"long lines\" visualization
31661 L toggle \"long lines\" tail visualization
31662 n toggle NEWLINE visualization
31663 e toggle empty line at bob and/or eob visualization
31664 C-i toggle indentation SPACEs visualization (via `indent-tabs-mode')
31665 I toggle indentation SPACEs visualization
31666 i toggle indentation TABs visualization
31667 C-t toggle big indentation visualization
31668 C-a toggle SPACEs after TAB visualization (via `indent-tabs-mode')
31669 A toggle SPACEs after TAB: SPACEs visualization
31670 a toggle SPACEs after TAB: TABs visualization
31671 C-b toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization (via `indent-tabs-mode')
31672 B toggle SPACEs before TAB: SPACEs visualization
31673 b toggle SPACEs before TAB: TABs visualization
31674
31675 (VIA DISPLAY TABLE)
31676 T toggle TAB visualization
31677 S toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization
31678 N toggle NEWLINE visualization
31679
31680 x restore `whitespace-style' value
31681 ? display brief help
31682
31683 Non-interactively, ARG should be a symbol or a list of symbols.
31684 The valid symbols are:
31685
31686 face toggle face visualization
31687 tabs toggle TAB visualization
31688 spaces toggle SPACE and HARD SPACE visualization
31689 trailing toggle trailing blanks visualization
31690 lines toggle \"long lines\" visualization
31691 lines-tail toggle \"long lines\" tail visualization
31692 newline toggle NEWLINE visualization
31693 empty toggle empty line at bob and/or eob visualization
31694 indentation toggle indentation SPACEs visualization
31695 indentation::tab toggle indentation SPACEs visualization
31696 indentation::space toggle indentation TABs visualization
31697 big-indent toggle big indentation visualization
31698 space-after-tab toggle SPACEs after TAB visualization
31699 space-after-tab::tab toggle SPACEs after TAB: SPACEs visualization
31700 space-after-tab::space toggle SPACEs after TAB: TABs visualization
31701 space-before-tab toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization
31702 space-before-tab::tab toggle SPACEs before TAB: SPACEs visualization
31703 space-before-tab::space toggle SPACEs before TAB: TABs visualization
31704
31705 tab-mark toggle TAB visualization
31706 space-mark toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization
31707 newline-mark toggle NEWLINE visualization
31708
31709 whitespace-style restore `whitespace-style' value
31710
31711 See `whitespace-style' and `indent-tabs-mode' for documentation.
31712
31713 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
31714
31715 (autoload 'whitespace-cleanup "whitespace" "\
31716 Cleanup some blank problems in all buffer or at region.
31717
31718 It usually applies to the whole buffer, but in transient mark
31719 mode when the mark is active, it applies to the region. It also
31720 applies to the region when it is not in transient mark mode, the
31721 mark is active and \\[universal-argument] was pressed just before
31722 calling `whitespace-cleanup' interactively.
31723
31724 See also `whitespace-cleanup-region'.
31725
31726 The problems cleaned up are:
31727
31728 1. empty lines at beginning of buffer.
31729 2. empty lines at end of buffer.
31730 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `empty', remove all
31731 empty lines at beginning and/or end of buffer.
31732
31733 3. 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line.
31734 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `indentation':
31735 replace 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line by TABs, if
31736 `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil; otherwise, replace TABs by
31737 SPACEs.
31738 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `indentation::tab',
31739 replace 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line by TABs.
31740 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `indentation::space',
31741 replace TABs by SPACEs.
31742
31743 4. SPACEs before TAB.
31744 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `space-before-tab':
31745 replace SPACEs by TABs, if `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil;
31746 otherwise, replace TABs by SPACEs.
31747 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
31748 `space-before-tab::tab', replace SPACEs by TABs.
31749 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
31750 `space-before-tab::space', replace TABs by SPACEs.
31751
31752 5. SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
31753 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `trailing', remove
31754 all SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
31755
31756 6. 8 or more SPACEs after TAB.
31757 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `space-after-tab':
31758 replace SPACEs by TABs, if `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil;
31759 otherwise, replace TABs by SPACEs.
31760 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
31761 `space-after-tab::tab', replace SPACEs by TABs.
31762 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
31763 `space-after-tab::space', replace TABs by SPACEs.
31764
31765 See `whitespace-style', `indent-tabs-mode' and `tab-width' for
31766 documentation.
31767
31768 \(fn)" t nil)
31769
31770 (autoload 'whitespace-cleanup-region "whitespace" "\
31771 Cleanup some blank problems at region.
31772
31773 The problems cleaned up are:
31774
31775 1. 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line.
31776 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `indentation':
31777 replace 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line by TABs, if
31778 `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil; otherwise, replace TABs by
31779 SPACEs.
31780 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `indentation::tab',
31781 replace 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line by TABs.
31782 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `indentation::space',
31783 replace TABs by SPACEs.
31784
31785 2. SPACEs before TAB.
31786 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `space-before-tab':
31787 replace SPACEs by TABs, if `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil;
31788 otherwise, replace TABs by SPACEs.
31789 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
31790 `space-before-tab::tab', replace SPACEs by TABs.
31791 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
31792 `space-before-tab::space', replace TABs by SPACEs.
31793
31794 3. SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
31795 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `trailing', remove
31796 all SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
31797
31798 4. 8 or more SPACEs after TAB.
31799 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `space-after-tab':
31800 replace SPACEs by TABs, if `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil;
31801 otherwise, replace TABs by SPACEs.
31802 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
31803 `space-after-tab::tab', replace SPACEs by TABs.
31804 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
31805 `space-after-tab::space', replace TABs by SPACEs.
31806
31807 See `whitespace-style', `indent-tabs-mode' and `tab-width' for
31808 documentation.
31809
31810 \(fn START END)" t nil)
31811
31812 (autoload 'whitespace-report "whitespace" "\
31813 Report some whitespace problems in buffer.
31814
31815 Perform `whitespace-report-region' on the current buffer.
31816
31817 \(fn &optional FORCE REPORT-IF-BOGUS)" t nil)
31818
31819 (autoload 'whitespace-report-region "whitespace" "\
31820 Report some whitespace problems in a region.
31821
31822 Return nil if there is no whitespace problem; otherwise, return
31823 non-nil.
31824
31825 If FORCE is non-nil or \\[universal-argument] was pressed just
31826 before calling `whitespace-report-region' interactively, it
31827 forces `whitespace-style' to have:
31828
31829 empty
31830 trailing
31831 indentation
31832 space-before-tab
31833 space-after-tab
31834
31835 If REPORT-IF-BOGUS is t, it reports only when there are any
31836 whitespace problems in buffer; if it is `never', it does not
31837 report problems.
31838
31839 Report if some of the following whitespace problems exist:
31840
31841 * If `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil:
31842 empty 1. empty lines at beginning of buffer.
31843 empty 2. empty lines at end of buffer.
31844 trailing 3. SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
31845 indentation 4. 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line.
31846 space-before-tab 5. SPACEs before TAB.
31847 space-after-tab 6. 8 or more SPACEs after TAB.
31848
31849 * If `indent-tabs-mode' is nil:
31850 empty 1. empty lines at beginning of buffer.
31851 empty 2. empty lines at end of buffer.
31852 trailing 3. SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
31853 indentation 4. TABS at beginning of line.
31854 space-before-tab 5. SPACEs before TAB.
31855 space-after-tab 6. 8 or more SPACEs after TAB.
31856
31857 See `whitespace-style' for documentation.
31858 See also `whitespace-cleanup' and `whitespace-cleanup-region' for
31859 cleaning up these problems.
31860
31861 \(fn START END &optional FORCE REPORT-IF-BOGUS)" t nil)
31862
31863 ;;;***
31864 \f
31865 ;;;### (autoloads nil "wid-browse" "wid-browse.el" (21670 32331 885635
31866 ;;;;;; 586000))
31867 ;;; Generated autoloads from wid-browse.el
31868
31869 (autoload 'widget-browse-at "wid-browse" "\
31870 Browse the widget under point.
31871
31872 \(fn POS)" t nil)
31873
31874 (autoload 'widget-browse "wid-browse" "\
31875 Create a widget browser for WIDGET.
31876
31877 \(fn WIDGET)" t nil)
31878
31879 (autoload 'widget-browse-other-window "wid-browse" "\
31880 Show widget browser for WIDGET in other window.
31881
31882 \(fn &optional WIDGET)" t nil)
31883
31884 (autoload 'widget-minor-mode "wid-browse" "\
31885 Minor mode for traversing widgets.
31886 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
31887 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
31888 if ARG is omitted or nil.
31889
31890 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31891
31892 ;;;***
31893 \f
31894 ;;;### (autoloads nil "wid-edit" "wid-edit.el" (22003 64432 668146
31895 ;;;;;; 533000))
31896 ;;; Generated autoloads from wid-edit.el
31897
31898 (autoload 'widgetp "wid-edit" "\
31899 Return non-nil if WIDGET is a widget.
31900
31901 \(fn WIDGET)" nil nil)
31902
31903 (autoload 'widget-prompt-value "wid-edit" "\
31904 Prompt for a value matching WIDGET, using PROMPT.
31905 The current value is assumed to be VALUE, unless UNBOUND is non-nil.
31906
31907 \(fn WIDGET PROMPT &optional VALUE UNBOUND)" nil nil)
31908
31909 (autoload 'widget-create "wid-edit" "\
31910 Create widget of TYPE.
31911 The optional ARGS are additional keyword arguments.
31912
31913 \(fn TYPE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
31914
31915 (autoload 'widget-delete "wid-edit" "\
31916 Delete WIDGET.
31917
31918 \(fn WIDGET)" nil nil)
31919
31920 (autoload 'widget-insert "wid-edit" "\
31921 Call `insert' with ARGS even if surrounding text is read only.
31922
31923 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
31924
31925 (defvar widget-keymap (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap))) (define-key map " " 'widget-forward) (define-key map "\e " 'widget-backward) (define-key map [(shift tab)] 'widget-backward) (put 'widget-backward :advertised-binding [(shift tab)]) (define-key map [backtab] 'widget-backward) (define-key map [down-mouse-2] 'widget-button-click) (define-key map [down-mouse-1] 'widget-button-click) (define-key map [(control 109)] 'widget-button-press) map) "\
31926 Keymap containing useful binding for buffers containing widgets.
31927 Recommended as a parent keymap for modes using widgets.
31928 Note that such modes will need to require wid-edit.")
31929
31930 (autoload 'widget-setup "wid-edit" "\
31931 Setup current buffer so editing string widgets works.
31932
31933 \(fn)" nil nil)
31934
31935 ;;;***
31936 \f
31937 ;;;### (autoloads nil "windmove" "windmove.el" (21852 24382 97237
31938 ;;;;;; 703000))
31939 ;;; Generated autoloads from windmove.el
31940
31941 (autoload 'windmove-left "windmove" "\
31942 Select the window to the left of the current one.
31943 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero,
31944 \"left\" is relative to the position of point in the window; otherwise
31945 it is relative to the top edge (for positive ARG) or the bottom edge
31946 \(for negative ARG) of the current window.
31947 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.
31948
31949 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31950
31951 (autoload 'windmove-up "windmove" "\
31952 Select the window above the current one.
31953 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero, \"up\"
31954 is relative to the position of point in the window; otherwise it is
31955 relative to the left edge (for positive ARG) or the right edge (for
31956 negative ARG) of the current window.
31957 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.
31958
31959 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31960
31961 (autoload 'windmove-right "windmove" "\
31962 Select the window to the right of the current one.
31963 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero,
31964 \"right\" is relative to the position of point in the window;
31965 otherwise it is relative to the top edge (for positive ARG) or the
31966 bottom edge (for negative ARG) of the current window.
31967 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.
31968
31969 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31970
31971 (autoload 'windmove-down "windmove" "\
31972 Select the window below the current one.
31973 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero,
31974 \"down\" is relative to the position of point in the window; otherwise
31975 it is relative to the left edge (for positive ARG) or the right edge
31976 \(for negative ARG) of the current window.
31977 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.
31978
31979 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31980
31981 (autoload 'windmove-default-keybindings "windmove" "\
31982 Set up keybindings for `windmove'.
31983 Keybindings are of the form MODIFIER-{left,right,up,down}.
31984 Default MODIFIER is 'shift.
31985
31986 \(fn &optional MODIFIER)" t nil)
31987
31988 ;;;***
31989 \f
31990 ;;;### (autoloads nil "winner" "winner.el" (22030 22953 17158 467000))
31991 ;;; Generated autoloads from winner.el
31992
31993 (defvar winner-mode nil "\
31994 Non-nil if Winner mode is enabled.
31995 See the command `winner-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
31996 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
31997 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
31998 or call the function `winner-mode'.")
31999
32000 (custom-autoload 'winner-mode "winner" nil)
32001
32002 (autoload 'winner-mode "winner" "\
32003 Toggle Winner mode on or off.
32004 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Winner mode if ARG is
32005 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
32006 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil, and toggle it if ARG is `toggle'.
32007 \\{winner-mode-map}
32008
32009 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
32010
32011 ;;;***
32012 \f
32013 ;;;### (autoloads nil "woman" "woman.el" (22026 25907 679502 692000))
32014 ;;; Generated autoloads from woman.el
32015 (push (purecopy '(woman 0 551)) package--builtin-versions)
32016
32017 (defvar woman-locale nil "\
32018 String specifying a manual page locale, or nil.
32019 If a manual page is available in the specified locale
32020 \(e.g. \"sv_SE.ISO8859-1\"), it will be offered in preference to the
32021 default version. Normally, `set-locale-environment' sets this at startup.")
32022
32023 (custom-autoload 'woman-locale "woman" t)
32024
32025 (autoload 'woman "woman" "\
32026 Browse UN*X man page for TOPIC (Without using external Man program).
32027 The major browsing mode used is essentially the standard Man mode.
32028 Choose the filename for the man page using completion, based on the
32029 topic selected from the directories specified in `woman-manpath' and
32030 `woman-path'. The directory expansions and topics are cached for
32031 speed, but a non-nil interactive argument forces the caches to be
32032 updated (e.g. to re-interpret the current directory).
32033
32034 Used non-interactively, arguments are optional: if given then TOPIC
32035 should be a topic string and non-nil RE-CACHE forces re-caching.
32036
32037 \(fn &optional TOPIC RE-CACHE)" t nil)
32038
32039 (autoload 'woman-dired-find-file "woman" "\
32040 In dired, run the WoMan man-page browser on this file.
32041
32042 \(fn)" t nil)
32043
32044 (autoload 'woman-find-file "woman" "\
32045 Find, decode and browse a specific UN*X man-page source file FILE-NAME.
32046 Use existing buffer if possible; reformat only if prefix arg given.
32047 When called interactively, optional argument REFORMAT forces reformatting
32048 of an existing WoMan buffer formatted earlier.
32049 No external programs are used, except that `gunzip' will be used to
32050 decompress the file if appropriate. See the documentation for the
32051 `woman' command for further details.
32052
32053 \(fn FILE-NAME &optional REFORMAT)" t nil)
32054
32055 (autoload 'woman-bookmark-jump "woman" "\
32056 Default bookmark handler for Woman buffers.
32057
32058 \(fn BOOKMARK)" nil nil)
32059
32060 ;;;***
32061 \f
32062 ;;;### (autoloads nil "xml" "xml.el" (21974 64192 720009 993000))
32063 ;;; Generated autoloads from xml.el
32064
32065 (autoload 'xml-parse-file "xml" "\
32066 Parse the well-formed XML file FILE.
32067 Return the top node with all its children.
32068 If PARSE-DTD is non-nil, the DTD is parsed rather than skipped.
32069
32070 If PARSE-NS is non-nil, then QNAMES are expanded. By default,
32071 the variable `xml-default-ns' is the mapping from namespaces to
32072 URIs, and expanded names will be returned as a cons
32073
32074 (\"namespace:\" . \"foo\").
32075
32076 If PARSE-NS is an alist, it will be used as the mapping from
32077 namespace to URIs instead.
32078
32079 If it is the symbol `symbol-qnames', expanded names will be
32080 returned as a plain symbol `namespace:foo' instead of a cons.
32081
32082 Both features can be combined by providing a cons cell
32083
32084 (symbol-qnames . ALIST).
32085
32086 \(fn FILE &optional PARSE-DTD PARSE-NS)" nil nil)
32087
32088 (autoload 'xml-parse-region "xml" "\
32089 Parse the region from BEG to END in BUFFER.
32090 Return the XML parse tree, or raise an error if the region does
32091 not contain well-formed XML.
32092
32093 If BEG is nil, it defaults to `point-min'.
32094 If END is nil, it defaults to `point-max'.
32095 If BUFFER is nil, it defaults to the current buffer.
32096 If PARSE-DTD is non-nil, parse the DTD and return it as the first
32097 element of the list.
32098 If PARSE-NS is non-nil, then QNAMES are expanded. By default,
32099 the variable `xml-default-ns' is the mapping from namespaces to
32100 URIs, and expanded names will be returned as a cons
32101
32102 (\"namespace:\" . \"foo\").
32103
32104 If PARSE-NS is an alist, it will be used as the mapping from
32105 namespace to URIs instead.
32106
32107 If it is the symbol `symbol-qnames', expanded names will be
32108 returned as a plain symbol `namespace:foo' instead of a cons.
32109
32110 Both features can be combined by providing a cons cell
32111
32112 (symbol-qnames . ALIST).
32113
32114 \(fn &optional BEG END BUFFER PARSE-DTD PARSE-NS)" nil nil)
32115
32116 ;;;***
32117 \f
32118 ;;;### (autoloads nil "xmltok" "nxml/xmltok.el" (21670 32331 385639
32119 ;;;;;; 720000))
32120 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/xmltok.el
32121
32122 (autoload 'xmltok-get-declared-encoding-position "xmltok" "\
32123 Return the position of the encoding in the XML declaration at point.
32124 If there is a well-formed XML declaration starting at point and it
32125 contains an encoding declaration, then return (START . END)
32126 where START and END are the positions of the start and the end
32127 of the encoding name; if there is no encoding declaration return
32128 the position where and encoding declaration could be inserted.
32129 If there is XML that is not well-formed that looks like an XML
32130 declaration, return nil. Otherwise, return t.
32131 If LIMIT is non-nil, then do not consider characters beyond LIMIT.
32132
32133 \(fn &optional LIMIT)" nil nil)
32134
32135 ;;;***
32136 \f
32137 ;;;### (autoloads nil "xref" "progmodes/xref.el" (22087 6213 784351
32138 ;;;;;; 952000))
32139 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/xref.el
32140
32141 (autoload 'xref-pop-marker-stack "xref" "\
32142 Pop back to where \\[xref-find-definitions] was last invoked.
32143
32144 \(fn)" t nil)
32145
32146 (autoload 'xref-marker-stack-empty-p "xref" "\
32147 Return t if the marker stack is empty; nil otherwise.
32148
32149 \(fn)" nil nil)
32150
32151 (autoload 'xref-find-definitions "xref" "\
32152 Find the definition of the identifier at point.
32153 With prefix argument or when there's no identifier at point,
32154 prompt for it.
32155
32156 If the backend has sufficient information to determine a unique
32157 definition for IDENTIFIER, it returns only that definition. If
32158 there are multiple possible definitions, it returns all of them.
32159
32160 If the backend returns one definition, jump to it; otherwise,
32161 display the list in a buffer.
32162
32163 \(fn IDENTIFIER)" t nil)
32164
32165 (autoload 'xref-find-definitions-other-window "xref" "\
32166 Like `xref-find-definitions' but switch to the other window.
32167
32168 \(fn IDENTIFIER)" t nil)
32169
32170 (autoload 'xref-find-definitions-other-frame "xref" "\
32171 Like `xref-find-definitions' but switch to the other frame.
32172
32173 \(fn IDENTIFIER)" t nil)
32174
32175 (autoload 'xref-find-references "xref" "\
32176 Find references to the identifier at point.
32177 With prefix argument, prompt for the identifier.
32178
32179 \(fn IDENTIFIER)" t nil)
32180
32181 (autoload 'xref-find-apropos "xref" "\
32182 Find all meaningful symbols that match PATTERN.
32183 The argument has the same meaning as in `apropos'.
32184
32185 \(fn PATTERN)" t nil)
32186 (define-key esc-map "." #'xref-find-definitions)
32187 (define-key esc-map "," #'xref-pop-marker-stack)
32188 (define-key esc-map "?" #'xref-find-references)
32189 (define-key esc-map [?\C-.] #'xref-find-apropos)
32190 (define-key ctl-x-4-map "." #'xref-find-definitions-other-window)
32191 (define-key ctl-x-5-map "." #'xref-find-definitions-other-frame)
32192
32193 ;;;***
32194 \f
32195 ;;;### (autoloads nil "xt-mouse" "xt-mouse.el" (21852 24382 117243
32196 ;;;;;; 951000))
32197 ;;; Generated autoloads from xt-mouse.el
32198
32199 (defvar xterm-mouse-mode nil "\
32200 Non-nil if Xterm-Mouse mode is enabled.
32201 See the command `xterm-mouse-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
32202 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
32203 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
32204 or call the function `xterm-mouse-mode'.")
32205
32206 (custom-autoload 'xterm-mouse-mode "xt-mouse" nil)
32207
32208 (autoload 'xterm-mouse-mode "xt-mouse" "\
32209 Toggle XTerm mouse mode.
32210 With a prefix argument ARG, enable XTerm mouse mode if ARG is
32211 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
32212 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
32213
32214 Turn it on to use Emacs mouse commands, and off to use xterm mouse commands.
32215 This works in terminal emulators compatible with xterm. It only
32216 works for simple uses of the mouse. Basically, only non-modified
32217 single clicks are supported. When turned on, the normal xterm
32218 mouse functionality for such clicks is still available by holding
32219 down the SHIFT key while pressing the mouse button.
32220
32221 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
32222
32223 ;;;***
32224 \f
32225 ;;;### (autoloads nil "yenc" "gnus/yenc.el" (21670 32331 385639 720000))
32226 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/yenc.el
32227
32228 (autoload 'yenc-decode-region "yenc" "\
32229 Yenc decode region between START and END using an internal decoder.
32230
32231 \(fn START END)" t nil)
32232
32233 (autoload 'yenc-extract-filename "yenc" "\
32234 Extract file name from an yenc header.
32235
32236 \(fn)" nil nil)
32237
32238 ;;;***
32239 \f
32240 ;;;### (autoloads nil "zone" "play/zone.el" (21670 32331 385639 720000))
32241 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/zone.el
32242
32243 (autoload 'zone "zone" "\
32244 Zone out, completely.
32245
32246 \(fn)" t nil)
32247
32248 ;;;***
32249 \f
32250 ;;;### (autoloads nil nil ("calc/calc-aent.el" "calc/calc-alg.el"
32251 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-arith.el" "calc/calc-bin.el" "calc/calc-comb.el"
32252 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-cplx.el" "calc/calc-embed.el" "calc/calc-ext.el"
32253 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-fin.el" "calc/calc-forms.el" "calc/calc-frac.el"
32254 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-funcs.el" "calc/calc-graph.el" "calc/calc-help.el"
32255 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-incom.el" "calc/calc-keypd.el" "calc/calc-lang.el"
32256 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-loaddefs.el" "calc/calc-macs.el" "calc/calc-map.el"
32257 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-math.el" "calc/calc-menu.el" "calc/calc-misc.el"
32258 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-mode.el" "calc/calc-mtx.el" "calc/calc-nlfit.el"
32259 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-poly.el" "calc/calc-prog.el" "calc/calc-rewr.el"
32260 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-rules.el" "calc/calc-sel.el" "calc/calc-stat.el"
32261 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-store.el" "calc/calc-stuff.el" "calc/calc-trail.el"
32262 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-units.el" "calc/calc-vec.el" "calc/calc-yank.el"
32263 ;;;;;; "calc/calcalg2.el" "calc/calcalg3.el" "calc/calccomp.el"
32264 ;;;;;; "calc/calcsel2.el" "calendar/cal-bahai.el" "calendar/cal-coptic.el"
32265 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-french.el" "calendar/cal-html.el" "calendar/cal-islam.el"
32266 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-iso.el" "calendar/cal-julian.el" "calendar/cal-loaddefs.el"
32267 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-mayan.el" "calendar/cal-menu.el" "calendar/cal-move.el"
32268 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-persia.el" "calendar/cal-tex.el" "calendar/cal-x.el"
32269 ;;;;;; "calendar/diary-loaddefs.el" "calendar/hol-loaddefs.el" "cdl.el"
32270 ;;;;;; "cedet/cedet-cscope.el" "cedet/cedet-files.el" "cedet/cedet-global.el"
32271 ;;;;;; "cedet/cedet-idutils.el" "cedet/ede/auto.el" "cedet/ede/autoconf-edit.el"
32272 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/base.el" "cedet/ede/config.el" "cedet/ede/cpp-root.el"
32273 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/custom.el" "cedet/ede/detect.el" "cedet/ede/dired.el"
32274 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/emacs.el" "cedet/ede/files.el" "cedet/ede/generic.el"
32275 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/linux.el" "cedet/ede/loaddefs.el" "cedet/ede/locate.el"
32276 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/make.el" "cedet/ede/makefile-edit.el" "cedet/ede/pconf.el"
32277 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/pmake.el" "cedet/ede/proj-archive.el" "cedet/ede/proj-aux.el"
32278 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/proj-comp.el" "cedet/ede/proj-elisp.el" "cedet/ede/proj-info.el"
32279 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/proj-misc.el" "cedet/ede/proj-obj.el" "cedet/ede/proj-prog.el"
32280 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/proj-scheme.el" "cedet/ede/proj-shared.el" "cedet/ede/proj.el"
32281 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/project-am.el" "cedet/ede/shell.el" "cedet/ede/simple.el"
32282 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/source.el" "cedet/ede/speedbar.el" "cedet/ede/srecode.el"
32283 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/system.el" "cedet/ede/util.el" "cedet/semantic/analyze.el"
32284 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/analyze/complete.el" "cedet/semantic/analyze/debug.el"
32285 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/analyze/fcn.el" "cedet/semantic/analyze/refs.el"
32286 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/bovine.el" "cedet/semantic/bovine/c.el" "cedet/semantic/bovine/debug.el"
32287 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/bovine/el.el" "cedet/semantic/bovine/gcc.el"
32288 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/bovine/make.el" "cedet/semantic/bovine/scm.el"
32289 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/chart.el" "cedet/semantic/complete.el" "cedet/semantic/ctxt.el"
32290 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/db-debug.el" "cedet/semantic/db-ebrowse.el"
32291 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/db-el.el" "cedet/semantic/db-file.el" "cedet/semantic/db-find.el"
32292 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/db-global.el" "cedet/semantic/db-javascript.el"
32293 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/db-mode.el" "cedet/semantic/db-ref.el" "cedet/semantic/db-typecache.el"
32294 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/db.el" "cedet/semantic/debug.el" "cedet/semantic/decorate.el"
32295 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/decorate/include.el" "cedet/semantic/decorate/mode.el"
32296 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/dep.el" "cedet/semantic/doc.el" "cedet/semantic/ede-grammar.el"
32297 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/edit.el" "cedet/semantic/find.el" "cedet/semantic/format.el"
32298 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/fw.el" "cedet/semantic/grammar-wy.el" "cedet/semantic/grammar.el"
32299 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/html.el" "cedet/semantic/ia-sb.el" "cedet/semantic/ia.el"
32300 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/idle.el" "cedet/semantic/imenu.el" "cedet/semantic/java.el"
32301 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/lex-spp.el" "cedet/semantic/lex.el" "cedet/semantic/loaddefs.el"
32302 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/mru-bookmark.el" "cedet/semantic/sb.el" "cedet/semantic/scope.el"
32303 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/senator.el" "cedet/semantic/sort.el" "cedet/semantic/symref.el"
32304 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/symref/cscope.el" "cedet/semantic/symref/filter.el"
32305 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/symref/global.el" "cedet/semantic/symref/grep.el"
32306 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/symref/idutils.el" "cedet/semantic/symref/list.el"
32307 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/tag-file.el" "cedet/semantic/tag-ls.el" "cedet/semantic/tag-write.el"
32308 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/tag.el" "cedet/semantic/texi.el" "cedet/semantic/util-modes.el"
32309 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/util.el" "cedet/semantic/wisent.el" "cedet/semantic/wisent/comp.el"
32310 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/wisent/java-tags.el" "cedet/semantic/wisent/javascript.el"
32311 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/wisent/python.el" "cedet/semantic/wisent/wisent.el"
32312 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/args.el" "cedet/srecode/compile.el" "cedet/srecode/cpp.el"
32313 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/ctxt.el" "cedet/srecode/dictionary.el" "cedet/srecode/document.el"
32314 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/el.el" "cedet/srecode/expandproto.el" "cedet/srecode/extract.el"
32315 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/fields.el" "cedet/srecode/filters.el" "cedet/srecode/find.el"
32316 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/getset.el" "cedet/srecode/insert.el" "cedet/srecode/java.el"
32317 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/loaddefs.el" "cedet/srecode/map.el" "cedet/srecode/mode.el"
32318 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/semantic.el" "cedet/srecode/srt.el" "cedet/srecode/table.el"
32319 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/template.el" "cedet/srecode/texi.el" "cus-dep.el"
32320 ;;;;;; "dframe.el" "dired-aux.el" "dired-x.el" "dom.el" "dos-fns.el"
32321 ;;;;;; "dos-vars.el" "dos-w32.el" "dynamic-setting.el" "emacs-lisp/avl-tree.el"
32322 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/bindat.el" "emacs-lisp/byte-opt.el" "emacs-lisp/cl-extra.el"
32323 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/cl-loaddefs.el" "emacs-lisp/cl-macs.el" "emacs-lisp/cl-seq.el"
32324 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/cl.el" "emacs-lisp/eieio-base.el" "emacs-lisp/eieio-compat.el"
32325 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/eieio-custom.el" "emacs-lisp/eieio-datadebug.el"
32326 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/eieio-opt.el" "emacs-lisp/eieio-speedbar.el"
32327 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/generator.el" "emacs-lisp/lisp-mnt.el" "emacs-lisp/package-x.el"
32328 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/smie.el" "emacs-lisp/subr-x.el" "emacs-lisp/tcover-ses.el"
32329 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/tcover-unsafep.el" "emulation/cua-gmrk.el" "emulation/edt-lk201.el"
32330 ;;;;;; "emulation/edt-mapper.el" "emulation/edt-pc.el" "emulation/edt-vt100.el"
32331 ;;;;;; "emulation/viper-cmd.el" "emulation/viper-ex.el" "emulation/viper-init.el"
32332 ;;;;;; "emulation/viper-keym.el" "emulation/viper-macs.el" "emulation/viper-mous.el"
32333 ;;;;;; "emulation/viper-util.el" "erc/erc-backend.el" "erc/erc-goodies.el"
32334 ;;;;;; "erc/erc-ibuffer.el" "erc/erc-lang.el" "eshell/em-alias.el"
32335 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-banner.el" "eshell/em-basic.el" "eshell/em-cmpl.el"
32336 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-dirs.el" "eshell/em-glob.el" "eshell/em-hist.el"
32337 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-ls.el" "eshell/em-pred.el" "eshell/em-prompt.el"
32338 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-rebind.el" "eshell/em-script.el" "eshell/em-smart.el"
32339 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-term.el" "eshell/em-tramp.el" "eshell/em-unix.el"
32340 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-xtra.el" "eshell/esh-arg.el" "eshell/esh-cmd.el"
32341 ;;;;;; "eshell/esh-ext.el" "eshell/esh-groups.el" "eshell/esh-io.el"
32342 ;;;;;; "eshell/esh-module.el" "eshell/esh-opt.el" "eshell/esh-proc.el"
32343 ;;;;;; "eshell/esh-util.el" "eshell/esh-var.el" "ezimage.el" "format-spec.el"
32344 ;;;;;; "fringe.el" "generic-x.el" "gnus/compface.el" "gnus/gnus-async.el"
32345 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-bcklg.el" "gnus/gnus-cite.el" "gnus/gnus-cloud.el"
32346 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-cus.el" "gnus/gnus-demon.el" "gnus/gnus-dup.el"
32347 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-eform.el" "gnus/gnus-ems.el" "gnus/gnus-icalendar.el"
32348 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-int.el" "gnus/gnus-logic.el" "gnus/gnus-mh.el"
32349 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-salt.el" "gnus/gnus-score.el" "gnus/gnus-srvr.el"
32350 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-topic.el" "gnus/gnus-undo.el" "gnus/gnus-util.el"
32351 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-uu.el" "gnus/gnus-vm.el" "gnus/gssapi.el" "gnus/ietf-drums.el"
32352 ;;;;;; "gnus/legacy-gnus-agent.el" "gnus/mail-parse.el" "gnus/mail-prsvr.el"
32353 ;;;;;; "gnus/mail-source.el" "gnus/mailcap.el" "gnus/messcompat.el"
32354 ;;;;;; "gnus/mm-archive.el" "gnus/mm-bodies.el" "gnus/mm-decode.el"
32355 ;;;;;; "gnus/mm-util.el" "gnus/mm-view.el" "gnus/mml-sec.el" "gnus/mml-smime.el"
32356 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnagent.el" "gnus/nnbabyl.el" "gnus/nndir.el" "gnus/nndraft.el"
32357 ;;;;;; "gnus/nneething.el" "gnus/nngateway.el" "gnus/nnheader.el"
32358 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnimap.el" "gnus/nnir.el" "gnus/nnmail.el" "gnus/nnmaildir.el"
32359 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnmairix.el" "gnus/nnmbox.el" "gnus/nnmh.el" "gnus/nnnil.el"
32360 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnoo.el" "gnus/nnregistry.el" "gnus/nnrss.el" "gnus/nnspool.el"
32361 ;;;;;; "gnus/nntp.el" "gnus/nnvirtual.el" "gnus/nnweb.el" "gnus/registry.el"
32362 ;;;;;; "gnus/rfc1843.el" "gnus/rfc2045.el" "gnus/rfc2047.el" "gnus/rfc2231.el"
32363 ;;;;;; "gnus/rtree.el" "gnus/sieve-manage.el" "gnus/smime.el" "gnus/spam-stat.el"
32364 ;;;;;; "gnus/spam-wash.el" "hex-util.el" "hfy-cmap.el" "ibuf-ext.el"
32365 ;;;;;; "international/charscript.el" "international/fontset.el"
32366 ;;;;;; "international/iso-ascii.el" "international/ja-dic-cnv.el"
32367 ;;;;;; "international/ja-dic-utl.el" "international/ogonek.el" "international/uni-bidi.el"
32368 ;;;;;; "international/uni-brackets.el" "international/uni-category.el"
32369 ;;;;;; "international/uni-combining.el" "international/uni-comment.el"
32370 ;;;;;; "international/uni-decimal.el" "international/uni-decomposition.el"
32371 ;;;;;; "international/uni-digit.el" "international/uni-lowercase.el"
32372 ;;;;;; "international/uni-mirrored.el" "international/uni-name.el"
32373 ;;;;;; "international/uni-numeric.el" "international/uni-old-name.el"
32374 ;;;;;; "international/uni-titlecase.el" "international/uni-uppercase.el"
32375 ;;;;;; "kermit.el" "language/hanja-util.el" "language/thai-word.el"
32376 ;;;;;; "ldefs-boot.el" "leim/quail/arabic.el" "leim/quail/croatian.el"
32377 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/cyril-jis.el" "leim/quail/cyrillic.el" "leim/quail/czech.el"
32378 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/ethiopic.el" "leim/quail/georgian.el" "leim/quail/greek.el"
32379 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/hanja-jis.el" "leim/quail/hanja.el" "leim/quail/hanja3.el"
32380 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/hebrew.el" "leim/quail/indian.el" "leim/quail/ipa-praat.el"
32381 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/ipa.el" "leim/quail/japanese.el" "leim/quail/lao.el"
32382 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/latin-alt.el" "leim/quail/latin-ltx.el" "leim/quail/latin-post.el"
32383 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/latin-pre.el" "leim/quail/lrt.el" "leim/quail/persian.el"
32384 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/py-punct.el" "leim/quail/pypunct-b5.el" "leim/quail/rfc1345.el"
32385 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/sgml-input.el" "leim/quail/sisheng.el" "leim/quail/slovak.el"
32386 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/symbol-ksc.el" "leim/quail/thai.el" "leim/quail/tibetan.el"
32387 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/viqr.el" "leim/quail/vntelex.el" "leim/quail/vnvni.el"
32388 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/welsh.el" "loadup.el" "mail/blessmail.el" "mail/mailheader.el"
32389 ;;;;;; "mail/mspools.el" "mail/rfc2368.el" "mail/rfc822.el" "mail/rmail-spam-filter.el"
32390 ;;;;;; "mail/rmailedit.el" "mail/rmailkwd.el" "mail/rmailmm.el"
32391 ;;;;;; "mail/rmailmsc.el" "mail/rmailsort.el" "mail/rmailsum.el"
32392 ;;;;;; "mail/undigest.el" "mh-e/mh-acros.el" "mh-e/mh-alias.el"
32393 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-buffers.el" "mh-e/mh-compat.el" "mh-e/mh-funcs.el"
32394 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-gnus.el" "mh-e/mh-identity.el" "mh-e/mh-inc.el"
32395 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-junk.el" "mh-e/mh-letter.el" "mh-e/mh-limit.el"
32396 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-loaddefs.el" "mh-e/mh-mime.el" "mh-e/mh-print.el"
32397 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-scan.el" "mh-e/mh-search.el" "mh-e/mh-seq.el" "mh-e/mh-show.el"
32398 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-speed.el" "mh-e/mh-thread.el" "mh-e/mh-tool-bar.el"
32399 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-utils.el" "mh-e/mh-xface.el" "mouse-copy.el" "mwheel.el"
32400 ;;;;;; "net/dns.el" "net/eudc-vars.el" "net/eudcb-bbdb.el" "net/eudcb-ldap.el"
32401 ;;;;;; "net/eudcb-mab.el" "net/eudcb-ph.el" "net/hmac-def.el" "net/hmac-md5.el"
32402 ;;;;;; "net/imap.el" "net/ldap.el" "net/mairix.el" "net/newsticker.el"
32403 ;;;;;; "net/nsm.el" "net/rfc2104.el" "net/sasl-cram.el" "net/sasl-digest.el"
32404 ;;;;;; "net/sasl-scram-rfc.el" "net/sasl.el" "net/shr-color.el"
32405 ;;;;;; "net/soap-inspect.el" "net/socks.el" "net/tls.el" "net/tramp-adb.el"
32406 ;;;;;; "net/tramp-cache.el" "net/tramp-cmds.el" "net/tramp-compat.el"
32407 ;;;;;; "net/tramp-gvfs.el" "net/tramp-gw.el" "net/tramp-loaddefs.el"
32408 ;;;;;; "net/tramp-sh.el" "net/tramp-smb.el" "net/tramp-uu.el" "net/trampver.el"
32409 ;;;;;; "net/zeroconf.el" "notifications.el" "nxml/nxml-enc.el" "nxml/nxml-maint.el"
32410 ;;;;;; "nxml/nxml-ns.el" "nxml/nxml-outln.el" "nxml/nxml-parse.el"
32411 ;;;;;; "nxml/nxml-rap.el" "nxml/nxml-util.el" "nxml/rng-dt.el" "nxml/rng-loc.el"
32412 ;;;;;; "nxml/rng-maint.el" "nxml/rng-match.el" "nxml/rng-parse.el"
32413 ;;;;;; "nxml/rng-pttrn.el" "nxml/rng-uri.el" "nxml/rng-util.el"
32414 ;;;;;; "nxml/xsd-regexp.el" "org/ob-C.el" "org/ob-R.el" "org/ob-asymptote.el"
32415 ;;;;;; "org/ob-awk.el" "org/ob-calc.el" "org/ob-clojure.el" "org/ob-comint.el"
32416 ;;;;;; "org/ob-core.el" "org/ob-css.el" "org/ob-ditaa.el" "org/ob-dot.el"
32417 ;;;;;; "org/ob-emacs-lisp.el" "org/ob-eval.el" "org/ob-exp.el" "org/ob-fortran.el"
32418 ;;;;;; "org/ob-gnuplot.el" "org/ob-haskell.el" "org/ob-io.el" "org/ob-java.el"
32419 ;;;;;; "org/ob-js.el" "org/ob-keys.el" "org/ob-latex.el" "org/ob-ledger.el"
32420 ;;;;;; "org/ob-lilypond.el" "org/ob-lisp.el" "org/ob-lob.el" "org/ob-makefile.el"
32421 ;;;;;; "org/ob-matlab.el" "org/ob-maxima.el" "org/ob-mscgen.el"
32422 ;;;;;; "org/ob-ocaml.el" "org/ob-octave.el" "org/ob-org.el" "org/ob-perl.el"
32423 ;;;;;; "org/ob-picolisp.el" "org/ob-plantuml.el" "org/ob-python.el"
32424 ;;;;;; "org/ob-ref.el" "org/ob-ruby.el" "org/ob-sass.el" "org/ob-scala.el"
32425 ;;;;;; "org/ob-scheme.el" "org/ob-screen.el" "org/ob-sh.el" "org/ob-shen.el"
32426 ;;;;;; "org/ob-sql.el" "org/ob-sqlite.el" "org/ob-table.el" "org/ob-tangle.el"
32427 ;;;;;; "org/ob.el" "org/org-archive.el" "org/org-attach.el" "org/org-bbdb.el"
32428 ;;;;;; "org/org-bibtex.el" "org/org-clock.el" "org/org-crypt.el"
32429 ;;;;;; "org/org-ctags.el" "org/org-datetree.el" "org/org-docview.el"
32430 ;;;;;; "org/org-element.el" "org/org-entities.el" "org/org-eshell.el"
32431 ;;;;;; "org/org-faces.el" "org/org-feed.el" "org/org-footnote.el"
32432 ;;;;;; "org/org-gnus.el" "org/org-habit.el" "org/org-id.el" "org/org-indent.el"
32433 ;;;;;; "org/org-info.el" "org/org-inlinetask.el" "org/org-install.el"
32434 ;;;;;; "org/org-irc.el" "org/org-list.el" "org/org-loaddefs.el"
32435 ;;;;;; "org/org-macro.el" "org/org-mhe.el" "org/org-mobile.el" "org/org-mouse.el"
32436 ;;;;;; "org/org-pcomplete.el" "org/org-plot.el" "org/org-protocol.el"
32437 ;;;;;; "org/org-rmail.el" "org/org-src.el" "org/org-table.el" "org/org-timer.el"
32438 ;;;;;; "org/org-w3m.el" "org/ox-ascii.el" "org/ox-beamer.el" "org/ox-html.el"
32439 ;;;;;; "org/ox-icalendar.el" "org/ox-latex.el" "org/ox-man.el" "org/ox-md.el"
32440 ;;;;;; "org/ox-odt.el" "org/ox-org.el" "org/ox-publish.el" "org/ox-texinfo.el"
32441 ;;;;;; "org/ox.el" "play/gametree.el" "progmodes/ada-prj.el" "progmodes/cc-align.el"
32442 ;;;;;; "progmodes/cc-awk.el" "progmodes/cc-bytecomp.el" "progmodes/cc-cmds.el"
32443 ;;;;;; "progmodes/cc-defs.el" "progmodes/cc-fonts.el" "progmodes/cc-langs.el"
32444 ;;;;;; "progmodes/cc-menus.el" "progmodes/ebnf-abn.el" "progmodes/ebnf-bnf.el"
32445 ;;;;;; "progmodes/ebnf-dtd.el" "progmodes/ebnf-ebx.el" "progmodes/ebnf-iso.el"
32446 ;;;;;; "progmodes/ebnf-otz.el" "progmodes/ebnf-yac.el" "progmodes/idlw-complete-structtag.el"
32447 ;;;;;; "progmodes/idlw-help.el" "progmodes/idlw-toolbar.el" "progmodes/mantemp.el"
32448 ;;;;;; "progmodes/xscheme.el" "ps-def.el" "ps-mule.el" "ps-samp.el"
32449 ;;;;;; "sb-image.el" "scroll-bar.el" "soundex.el" "subdirs.el" "tempo.el"
32450 ;;;;;; "textmodes/bib-mode.el" "textmodes/makeinfo.el" "textmodes/page-ext.el"
32451 ;;;;;; "textmodes/refbib.el" "textmodes/refer.el" "textmodes/reftex-auc.el"
32452 ;;;;;; "textmodes/reftex-cite.el" "textmodes/reftex-dcr.el" "textmodes/reftex-global.el"
32453 ;;;;;; "textmodes/reftex-index.el" "textmodes/reftex-parse.el" "textmodes/reftex-ref.el"
32454 ;;;;;; "textmodes/reftex-sel.el" "textmodes/reftex-toc.el" "textmodes/texnfo-upd.el"
32455 ;;;;;; "timezone.el" "tooltip.el" "tree-widget.el" "url/url-about.el"
32456 ;;;;;; "url/url-cookie.el" "url/url-dired.el" "url/url-domsuf.el"
32457 ;;;;;; "url/url-expand.el" "url/url-ftp.el" "url/url-future.el"
32458 ;;;;;; "url/url-history.el" "url/url-imap.el" "url/url-methods.el"
32459 ;;;;;; "url/url-nfs.el" "url/url-proxy.el" "url/url-vars.el" "vc/ediff-diff.el"
32460 ;;;;;; "vc/ediff-init.el" "vc/ediff-merg.el" "vc/ediff-ptch.el"
32461 ;;;;;; "vc/ediff-vers.el" "vc/ediff-wind.el" "vc/pcvs-info.el" "vc/pcvs-parse.el"
32462 ;;;;;; "vc/pcvs-util.el" "vc/vc-dav.el" "vc/vc-filewise.el" "vcursor.el"
32463 ;;;;;; "vt-control.el" "vt100-led.el" "w32-fns.el" "w32-vars.el"
32464 ;;;;;; "x-dnd.el") (22106 57434 227149 199000))
32465
32466 ;;;***
32467 \f
32468 (provide 'loaddefs)
32469 ;; Local Variables:
32470 ;; version-control: never
32471 ;; no-byte-compile: t
32472 ;; no-update-autoloads: t
32473 ;; coding: utf-8
32474 ;; End:
32475 ;;; loaddefs.el ends here